Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2018

Registration No. 333-225166


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 1 to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Focus Financial Partners Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  6282
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  47-4780811
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
(646) 519-2456

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

J. Russell McGranahan
General Counsel
825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
(646) 519-2456

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Robert Seber
Brenda K. Lenahan
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
New York, New York 10103
(212) 237-0000

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.
Derek J. Dostal
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 450-4000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:     o

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

Emerging growth company  ý

         If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.     ý

          The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated June 29, 2018

P R O S P E C T U S

          Shares

LOGO

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

Class A Common Stock



        This is Focus Financial Partners Inc.'s initial public offering. We are offering                shares of our Class A common stock.

        We expect the initial public offering price to be between $            and $            per share. Currently, no public market exists for our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our shares of Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "FOCS."

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 30 of this prospectus.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and will therefore be subject to reduced reporting requirements. Please read "Prospectus Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status."



 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $              $             

Underwriting discount

  $              $             

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

  $              $             

(1)
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. Please read "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

        The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional                shares of our Class A common stock from us, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The shares of Class A common stock will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2018.



Joint Book-Running Managers

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   BofA Merrill Lynch   KKR



BMO Capital Markets   RBC Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey



Co-Managers

Fifth Third Securities   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
                        A Stifel Company
  MUFG

Raymond James

 

Regions Securities LLC

 

William Blair

   

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2018.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

   
30
 

A LETTER FROM RUEDIGER ADOLF

   
56
 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   
60
 

INTERNAL REORGANIZATION

   
61
 

USE OF PROCEEDS

   
67
 

DIVIDEND POLICY

   
68
 

CAPITALIZATION

   
69
 

DILUTION

   
71
 

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   
73
 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   
76
 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   
86
 

BUSINESS

   
114
 

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

   
133
 

MANAGEMENT

   
135
 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   
140
 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   
148
 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

   
156
 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
157
 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   
163
 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

   
166
 

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

   
170
 

LEGAL MATTERS

   
181
 

EXPERTS

   
181
 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   
181
 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
F-1
 

GLOSSARY

   
A-1
 



        Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of our Class A common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time

i


of any sale of the Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Please read "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Industry and Market Data

        Unless otherwise indicated, industry and market data used throughout this prospectus were obtained through company research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and industry and general publications. Certain information contained in "Prospectus Summary" and "Business" is based on studies, analyses and surveys prepared by Cerulli Associates, Inc., Capgemini/RBC Wealth Management, IBISWorld Inc. and other third-party sources. The industry data presented herein involves uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Trademarks and Trade Names

        We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties' trademarks, service marks or trade names in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not, imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

ii


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, including the information under the headings "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and the historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The information presented in this prospectus assumes (i) an initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and (ii) unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock to cover overallotments, if any.

         Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Focus" and similar terms refer (i) for periods prior to giving effect to the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization," to Focus Financial Partners, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) for periods beginning on the date of and after giving effect to such reorganization transactions, to Focus Financial Partners Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Also, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus gives effect to the reorganization transactions. "Focus LLC" refers to Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a consolidated subsidiary of ours following the reorganization transactions. The term "partner firms" refers to our consolidated subsidiaries engaged in wealth management and related services, the businesses of which are typically managed by the principals. The term "principals" refers to the wealth management professionals who manage the businesses of our partner firms pursuant to the relevant management agreement. The term "our partnership" refers to our business and relationship with our partner firms and is not intended to describe a particular form of legal entity or a legal relationship. For explanations of certain terms used in this prospectus, please read "Glossary" beginning on page A-1.


Our Company

        We are a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms operating in the highly fragmented registered investment advisor ("RIA") industry, with a footprint of over 50 partner firms across the country. We have achieved this market leadership by positioning ourselves as the partner of choice for many firms in an industry where a number of secular trends are driving RIA consolidation. Our partner firms primarily service high net worth individuals and families by providing highly differentiated and comprehensive wealth management services. Our partner firms benefit from our intellectual and financial resources, operating in a scaled business model with aligned interests, while retaining their entrepreneurial culture and independence.

        Our partnership is built on the following principles, which enable us to attract and retain high-quality wealth management firms and accelerate their growth:

    Entrepreneurship :  Emphasis on the entrepreneurial spirit, independence and unique culture of each partner firm.

    Fiduciary Standard :  Partnership with wealth management firms that are held to the fiduciary standard in serving their clients.

    Alignment of Interests :  Alignment of principals' interests with the interests of Focus through our differentiated partnership and economic model.

    Value-Add Program :  Empowerment of our partner firms through collaboration on strategy, growth and acquisition opportunities, marketing, technology and operational expertise, best practices and access to world-class intellectual resources and capital to fund expansion and acquisitions.

1


Table of Contents

        We were founded by entrepreneurs and began revenue-generating and acquisition activities in 2006. Since that time, we have:

    created a partnership of over 50 partner firms, the substantial majority of which are RIAs registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act");

    built a business with revenues of $662.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $196.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018;

    established an attractive revenue model whereby in excess of 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 were fee-based and recurring in nature;

    built a partnership model currently comprised of over 2,700 wealth management-focused principals and employees; and

    established a national footprint across the United States and expanded our international footprint into the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.

        We are in the midst of a fundamental shift in the growing wealth management services industry. According to the Capgemini 2017 World Wealth Report (the "2017 World Wealth Report"), the population of high net worth individuals continues to grow globally and has reached record levels in the United States since 2010, which is driving increased demand for wealth management services. In addition, due to the significant increase in retirees in the United States, the industry is witnessing significant growth in the flow of retirement assets from company-sponsored plans into flexible investment accounts. For example, rollovers, primarily from employer-sponsored retirement plans, to traditional IRAs grew significantly from $114.0 billion in 1996 to $423.9 billion in 2014 according to The IRA Investor Profile: Traditional IRA Investors' Activity, 2007-2015 ICI Research Report (June 2017) by Sarah Holden and Steven Bass (the "June 2017 ICI Report"). Additionally, the delivery of wealth management services is moving from traditional brokerage, commission-based platforms to a fiduciary, open architecture and fee-based structure. This shift has resulted in a significant transfer of client assets and wealth management professionals out of traditional brokerage, commission-based platforms to independent wealth management practices. We believe that our leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms positions us to benefit from these trends.

        The independent wealth management industry, including RIAs, is highly fragmented, which we believe enables us to continue our growth strategy of acquiring high-quality wealth management firms, directly and through acquisitions by our partner firms. We have a track record of enhancing the competitive position of our partner firms by providing them with access to the resources of our large organization. Our scale enables us to help our partner firms achieve operational efficiencies and ensure organizational continuity. Additionally, our scale, resources and value-added services increase our partner firms' ability to achieve growth through a variety of tactical, operational and strategic initiatives, as well as the consummation of their own acquisitions. As our existing partner firms benefit from these growth initiatives, we continue to focus on acquisitions of new partner firms. For the 20 partner firms that have been with us a full five calendar years, the median revenue CAGR was 9.5% after five calendar years, representing a 3.8% increase as compared with the median revenue growth of 5.7% for the first year with Focus for the same firms.

        Our partnership is comprised of trusted professionals providing comprehensive wealth management services under a largely recurring, fee-based model, which differentiates our partner firms from the traditional brokerage platforms whose revenues are largely derived from commissions. We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from wealth management fees for investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. We also generate other revenues from recordkeeping and administration service fees, commissions and distribution fees.

2


Table of Contents

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, we generated total revenues of $662.9 million, net loss of $48.4 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $145.2 million and Adjusted Net Income of $96.6 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we generated total revenues of $196.2 million, net loss of $12.1 million, Adjusted EBITDA of $44.2 million and Adjusted Net Income of $28.3 million. Over the last three fiscal years, our total revenues, our net income, our Adjusted EBITDA and our Adjusted Net Income have changed at compounded annual growth rates ("CAGR") of 26.7%, (259.2)%, 28.9% and 20.0%, respectively. We expect our growth to continue as a result of the growth of our partner firms, attractive market and industry tailwinds and ongoing acquisition opportunities within the fragmented wealth management industry. For additional information regarding our non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business."

3


Table of Contents

        The following chart shows key aspects of our differentiated business model versus the typical investment manager and broker dealer.

GRAPHIC

4


Table of Contents


Our Partnership Model

        Our differentiated partnership model has allowed us to grow and enhance our leadership position in the wealth management industry. The hallmarks of our model include:

    Selective Approach.   We are highly selective in choosing our partner firms and conduct extensive financial, legal, tax, operational and business due diligence. We evaluate a variety of criteria including the quality of the wealth management professionals, historical revenues and cash flows, the recurring nature of the revenues, compliance policies and procedures and the alignment of interests between wealth management professionals and clients. We focus on firms with owners who are committed to the long-term management and growth of their business.

    Alignment of Interests.   We have to date, with limited exceptions, acquired substantially all of the assets of the firms we chose to partner with but only a portion of the underlying economics in order to align the principals' interests with our own objectives. To determine the acquisition price, we first estimate the operating cash flow of the business based on current and projected levels of revenue and expense, before compensation and benefits to the selling principals or other individuals who become principals. We refer to the operating cash flow of the business as Earnings Before Partner Compensation ("EBPC") and to this estimate as Target Earnings ("Target Earnings"). In economic terms, we typically purchase only 40% to 60% of the partner firm's EBPC. The purchase price is a multiple of the corresponding percentage of Target Earnings and consists of cash and Focus LLC equity and the right to receive contingent consideration and may in the future include our Class A common stock. We refer to the corresponding percentage of Target Earnings on which we base the purchase price as Base Earnings ("Base Earnings"). We create downside protection for ourselves by retaining a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings, with the excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings being retained by the principals via a management agreement as described below. We refer to our cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings as Acquired Base Earnings ("Acquired Base Earnings"). EBPC in excess of the Target Earnings is shared typically in accordance with the same economic percentages, creating an incentive for the principals to grow earnings above the Target Earnings.

    Entrepreneurial Management.   Our partner firms are primarily overseen by the principals who own a new management company formed concurrently with the acquisition. The newly formed operating subsidiary, the management company and the principals enter into a long-term management agreement pursuant to which the management company provides the personnel responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the partner firm. The management company is entitled to management fees typically consisting of all EBPC in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. This ownership and management structure allows the principals to maintain an entrepreneurial spirit through autonomous day-to-day decision making, while gaining access to our extensive resources and preserving the principals' long-term economic incentive to continue to grow the business. The management company structure provides both flexibility to us and stability to our partner firms by permitting the principals to continue to build equity value in the management company as the partner firm grows and to control their internal economics and succession plans within the management company.

        Since 2006 when we began revenue generating and acquisition activities, we have grown to a partnership with over 50 partner firms. Acquisitions of partner firms to date have been structured as illustrated below, with limited exceptions. Subsidiary mergers at the partner firm level have been

5


Table of Contents

structured differently, and in the future we may structure acquisitions in foreign jurisdictions differently depending on legal and tax considerations.

GRAPHIC


(1)
Focus LLC forms a wholly owned subsidiary.

(2)
In exchange for a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity and the right to receive contingent consideration, the operating subsidiary acquires substantially all of the assets of the target firm, which is owned by the selling principals, and becomes the successor firm. Following this offering, acquisition consideration may also include our Class A common stock.

(3)
The selling principals form a management company. In addition to the selling principals, the management company may include non-selling principals who become newly admitted in connection with the acquisition or thereafter.

(4)
The successor firm, the principals and the management company enter into a management agreement which typically has an initial term of six years subject to automatic renewals for consecutive one-year terms, unless earlier terminated by either the management company or us in certain limited situations. Under the management agreement, the management company is entitled to management fees typically consisting of all future EBPC of the successor firm in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. Pursuant to the management agreement, the management company provides the personnel who conduct the day-to-day operations of the successor firm. Through the management agreement, we create downside protection for ourselves by retaining a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings.


Our Market Opportunity

Overview of the Wealth Management Industry

        The market we serve is significant and expanding. The Financial Planning and Advice market in the United States, as defined by an IBISWorld report dated December 2017, is estimated to have a total revenue pool of $56.0 billion in 2017, up from $37.9 billion in 2012. Furthermore, the total revenue pool for the Financial Planning and Advice market is expected to reach $78.5 billion by 2023. The U.S. wealth management market is generally categorized into six distinct channels, including the RIA channel we focus on and five broker-dealer channels (independent broker-dealer, wirehouse, regional, bank and insurance). We believe that the RIA channel and channels with similar characteristics in other countries provide a superior structure through which to deliver wealth management services, which leads to attractive growth opportunities and a high-quality client base relative to other channels.

6


Table of Contents

        The high net worth population worldwide grew at a 7.2% annual rate from 2010 to 2016, according to the 2017 World Wealth Report. In addition, globally, the wealth of high net worth individuals is expected to grow at a 5.9% annual rate from 2016 to 2025, according to the same report. We believe this trend is increasing overall demand for wealth management services and provides an attractive underlying growth trajectory for our business. Within the larger wealth management industry, we have focused primarily on the United States to date. Between 2014 and 2016, the U.S. high net worth population increased at an annual rate of approximately 5.0% from 4.4 million to 4.8 million, which represents approximately 29.0% of the global high net worth population, according to the 2017 World Wealth Report.

Overview of the RIA Channel in the United States

        RIAs are generally focused on providing high net worth clients a full suite of wealth management services under a fee-based model. According to the Cerulli U.S. RIA Marketplace 2017 Report (the "Cerulli 2017 RIA Report"), in 2017, advisors in the RIA channel allocated 56% of moderate risk investor's portfolios to equity, 32% to fixed income and cash and 12% to alternatives and other. RIAs are registered with the SEC or a state's securities agency and therefore have a legal obligation to adhere to the fiduciary standard, whereas broker-dealers operate under a client suitability standard of conduct, which requires only that investment recommendations be based on a reasonable inquiry into a client's situation. In addition, while RIAs are required by the fiduciary standard to make full and fair disclosure to clients of all material facts, including any potential conflicts of interest, broker-dealers have more limited disclosure obligations. Lastly, whereas broker-dealers generally operate under a commission-based system, RIAs generally operate under a fee-based system, which leads to more recurring and visible revenue streams.

        In 2016, RIAs grew 6.5% to 36,959 total advisors, according to the Cerulli U.S. Advisor Metrics 2017 Report (the "Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report"). In addition, from 2007 to 2016, RIAs increased their share of total advisors across all channels from 7.0% to 11.9%. The number of advisors in the RIA channel is expected to reach 42,523 advisors with an advisor headcount share of 14.1% by 2021, based on estimates from the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. In addition to a growing number of advisors, the RIA channel is fragmented with 14,693 RIAs as of December 31, 2016, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. As a leading partnership of RIAs, we believe this gives us a competitive advantage for further expansion in this growing, yet fragmented, channel.

Key Trends Driving Growth of RIAs and Hybrid RIA Firms

        We believe there are several key factors driving the growth of RIAs and hybrid RIA firms:

    Advisors Moving Toward Independent Advisor Model.   As of December 31, 2016, 20.7% of advisors across all channels worked for RIAs or hybrid RIA firms (those firms that can act either in a fiduciary-based advisory capacity or a suitability-based broker capacity), collectively, and such percentage is expected to grow to 23.2% by the end of 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 RIA Report. One of the key factors driving the shift of financial advisors to the RIA channel is the ability to garner a greater share of the economics associated with the wealth management services they provide. Advisors also enjoy the increased autonomy associated with running their own firms as they can offer their customers a wider array of investment strategies and services, all of which are aligned with the clients' best interest through the fiduciary standard.


    From time to time, we offer teams of wealth management professionals at traditional brokerages and wirehouses with attractive track records and books of business access to the Focus Independence program, which is designed to actively help teams of wealth management professionals transition from traditional brokerages and wirehouses to the RIA

7


Table of Contents

        model by providing assistance with business planning, staffing and transition management to minimize disruption and best position them for future growth.

    Increased Demand for Independent Advice.   Recent market trends indicate a preference by clients for the independent wealth management advice provided by RIAs and hybrid RIA firms. Wirehouse asset market share fell from 42.6% to 36.1% between 2007 and 2016 and is expected to fall further to 32.5% by 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. Conversely, RIAs and hybrid RIA firms saw an increase in their collective asset market share from 16.8% to 22.7% between 2007 and 2016 and are expected to have an asset market share of 25.0% by 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. As a leading partnership of RIAs, we believe we are poised to benefit from such trends.

    Lack of Succession Planning in RIA Channel.   According to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report, 20% of all RIAs are unsure who their practice successor will be. The Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report found that the average age of an RIA advisor was 53.3 years and 24% of RIA advisors planned to exit the industry in the next nine years. We believe we are well-positioned to capture this growing need for RIAs to prepare their firms for the next generation of leadership through Focus Successions , which consists of a standardized agreement pursuant to which an RIA can transition its business upon the retirement of its principal advisors or the occurrence of a key person event to one of our existing partner firms.

    Projected Growth of Managed Accounts.   The United States is in the midst of a generational shift where baby boomers, born between 1946 and 1964, are beginning to retire. The U.S. population aged 65 years and over is expected to increase by 72% from 2015 to 2040, increasing from 14.9% to an estimated 21.7% of the total U.S. population in 2040, according to data from the U.S. Census Bureau. Accompanying this shift is an expected increase in demand for wealth management services as assets are moved out of 401(k) accounts and company-sponsored plans into managed accounts. This influx of retirement assets into flexible investment accounts represents a growth opportunity for the independent wealth management sector, specifically the growing RIA channel.

Expanding International Opportunities

        We believe that there are similar business and regulatory trends in several key international jurisdictions that are driving wealth management professionals toward independent, fee-based business models consistent with our partner firms' approach. In particular, in addition to targeting the RIA-led wealth management industry in the United States, we believe the heightened regulatory scrutiny and proliferating awareness of the fiduciary standard for wealth management as well as the growing population of high net worth clients in various regions globally will provide us with an increasing number of acquisition targets abroad. We have identified Canada, the United Kingdom, Western Europe and Australia as attractive markets where we expect our philosophy of fiduciary alignment and independence to resonate with potential partner firms. We also believe that Asia in the medium term is an attractive market for wealth management services and presents growth opportunities in the future given the growth of the high net worth population in the region. We believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of the growth opportunities in these and other international markets.

    International Regulatory Changes Favor Our Model.   Regulators across the globe are continuing to focus on, and to increasingly mandate, the provision of independent advice by wealth management professionals. In the United Kingdom, the Retail Distribution Review ("RDR") has created a set of rules clarifying the independence, compensation and professional standards for advisors. In particular, the RDR rules ban the payment of commissions by third-party managers for sales of investment products by advisors. These rules provide a strong incentive for advisors to adopt fee-based models. A similar prohibition is in the process of being adopted across the

8


Table of Contents

      European Union with the implementation of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II ("MiFID II"), which was entered into law in July 2014 and is in the process of being adopted by member states. A similar regulatory initiative in Australia, the Future of Financial Advice reforms, became mandatory in July 2013 and provides formal guidelines that provide structural tailwinds for the independent wealth management model.

    Ongoing Wealth Creation in Asia.   The Asia-Pacific region experienced 8.2% growth in high net worth wealth in 2016 to a total of $18.8 trillion, according to the 2017 World Wealth Report. The Asia-Pacific region surpassed North America in high net worth wealth in 2015 according to the same study. We believe that the rate of wealth creation in Asia will provide opportunities for fiduciary wealth management that aligns with our model. Additionally, jurisdictions across Asia, including China, are increasingly opening up to international ownership and participation in the provision of wealth management advice.

        Our future international acquisitions may not be structured like our typical partner firm acquisitions. For example, we have a minority equity investment in Australia. A variety of structures may be used for future international investments and acquisitions.


Our Competitive Strengths

        As a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms led by entrepreneurs, we believe the following strengths provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage:

A Leading Partnership of Fiduciary Wealth Management Firms

        We strategically built a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms led by entrepreneurs through a unique, disciplined and proven acquisition strategy. Our partnership delivers key innovative features that clients are increasingly seeking in today's environment, such as adoption of the fiduciary standard and a lack of dependence on cross-selling and commission-based revenues. Our position as a large-scale partnership of wealth management firms provides significant tangible benefits to our partner firms, including acquisition opportunities. Today, we have over 50 partner firms that operate under the fiduciary standard with open-architecture access. Our model allows our partner firms to use each other as business development resources and drives innovation through Centers of Competence , our program through which we share best practices among our partner firms and provide them with value-added services. We believe we have a proven model for transitioning new wealth management firms into the partnership with minimal disruption to the operations of the firm.

Unique Value Proposition for Entrepreneurial Wealth Management Professionals

        We are actively involved in providing strategic advice and other value-added services to our partner firms without compromising their autonomy, client service or culture. As early as the acquisition due diligence process, we identify areas where we believe we can add value to a potential partner firm, and upon acquisition, we assign a relationship leader to each partner firm who is responsible for collaborating with that firm to drive business strategy and growth. Each relationship leader is tasked with intimately understanding the partner firm, identifying opportunities for growth and coordinating our value-added services to assist that partner firm in accelerating its growth. In the interest of emphasizing the independence of our partner firms, we do not impose business decisions on them but rather consult and advise.

        Our operating model ensures financial alignment between us and our partner firms allowing each of us to benefit from the adoption of new value add services and growth strategies. We have a team of approximately 70 professionals who support our partner firms by providing value-added services including marketing and business development support, advisor coaching and development and

9


Table of Contents

structuring compensation and incentive models along with career path planning, succession planning advice, operational and technology expertise, legal and regulatory support and providing negotiating leverage with vendors. Our value-added services also include acquisition opportunities for our partner firms through a proactive outreach program, structuring transactions and providing guidance to partner firms to facilitate their integration into our partnership. Additionally, we offer offsite meetings, seminars and other opportunities for partner firms to learn and adopt best practices. We host semiannual meetings of our partner firms, as well as periodic summits for the chief investment officers, chief compliance officers, chief operating officers and chief marketing officers of our partner firms where our partner firms can gather and share industry expertise and business development practices. Our partner firms are encouraged to share best practices regularly in order to enhance their collective ability to better serve their clients. We believe the strong growth across our partner firms is evidence of the impact of our value-added services.

Proven Acquisition Expertise

        Growth through acquisitions of new partner firms by us and acquisitions by our partner firms is integral to and a core competency of our business. Since 2006, we have completed over 140 acquisitions, both directly and through acquisitions by our partner firms. In the past three years, we have averaged approximately 21 transactions per year. Our senior leadership team, along with all of our other headquarters personnel, spend a significant portion of their time on sourcing and executing acquisitions. Our value-added services professionals have acquisition, legal, financial, tax, compliance and operational experience and are devoted to our acquisition strategy. We are disciplined about both the types of wealth management firms we acquire and the terms at which we are willing to transact. Our areas of expertise include:

    Sourcing.   We have an experienced team of professionals, including our co-founders and our business development associates, who have established deep industry relationships, which were developed through meetings with hundreds of wealth management professionals and attendance at industry events. Over the past 10+ years, through data analysis and research and with the benefit of well-established industry relationships, our co-founders and business development associates have developed a pipeline of potential acquisitions of new partner firms. Our team also assists in identifying potential acquisition targets for our partner firms. In addition, we have relationships with many recruiting and investment banking firms in our industry, which serves as an additional source for acquisition opportunities.

    Comprehensive due diligence.   Having grown to a partnership with over 50 partner firms and conducted due diligence on many more target firms, we have developed expertise in identifying the highest quality wealth management firms. Our comprehensive due diligence process includes distinct qualitative and quantitative factors and, over time, we have developed a number of proprietary parameters to screen acquisition candidates and identify ways to add value to a target firm. Our partner firms benefit from this same level of expertise when we are identifying potential acquisitions on their behalf.

    Structure.   Our acquisition structure aligns our interests with the interests of the principals by sharing EBPC of our partner firms with them. While we have to date, with limited exceptions, acquired substantially all of the assets of the firms we chose to partner with, as a result of the management agreement, the principals oversee the day-to-day operations of the partner firm, which promotes their entrepreneurial mindset.

    Financing.   We benefit from access to significant capital resources which we believe provides us a competitive advantage. As of March 31, 2018, total capacity under our first lien revolving credit facility was $247.5 million, which allows us to execute acquisitions with speed and certainty.

10


Table of Contents

        We believe that our disciplined acquisition strategy allows us to attract and execute acquisitions of high-quality, fiduciary wealth management firms that continue to support our growth. This is demonstrated by our track record to date, with over 50 partner firms and numerous acquisitions executed by our partner firms.

Attractive Financial Model

        Our attractive, differentiated financial model is evidenced by our proven track record of strong financial performance. Since 2008, we have generated a revenue growth CAGR of approximately 20%, achieved through executing our balanced strategy of acquiring new partner firms and supporting organic growth at our existing partner firms. In our most recent year ended December 31, 2017, our revenue grew by 36.6%, we had a net loss, our Adjusted EBITDA grew by 40.9% and our Adjusted Net Income grew by 24.6%, each as compared to the prior year. Further, our business generated net income (loss) margins of approximately 2.4%, 3.2% and (7.3)% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 20% for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and is capital light given our limited working and regulatory capital requirements, which together create substantial operating leverage and drive free cash flow generation. We believe our financial profile provides the flexibility to continue to execute our various growth initiatives.

        Our attractive financial model is further supported by certain elements that insulate our revenue and earnings streams from operational and market volatility:

    Variable expense nature of management fees.   As a result of our contractual arrangements under our management agreements, 100% of management fees are variable expenses. Management fees are one of our largest operating expenses. Additionally, pursuant to the contractual terms of our management agreements, we have a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings. This structural downside protection serves as a safeguard in our earnings from potential variability in the operating performance of our partner firms.

    Fee-based and recurring revenues.   Our revenues are substantially fee-based and recurring in nature, including greater than 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018. We believe that this provides us with a high degree of revenue stability and visibility into future earnings, and differentiates us from traditional brokerage-based platforms whose revenues are largely derived from commissions and thus more sensitive to broader market trends.

    Diversified investment classes.   Our clients have portfolios that are allocated across equity, fixed income and other investment classes.

    Client focus.   Clients increase their reliance on our partner firms for advice during times of market volatility.

Experienced Management Team with Proven Execution Track Record

        Our management team, which includes our co-founders, has played a significant role in building the business and has a deep, fundamental understanding of the company. Our executives have strong relationships in the wealth management industry and are actively involved in the day-to-day operations of the business and in sourcing acquisitions. Prior to joining Focus, members of our management team developed financial services and consultative expertise and leadership capabilities at organizations such as McKinsey & Company, The Boston Consulting Group, American Express ("AMEX"), Merrill Lynch, BlackRock and PricewaterhouseCoopers. Our management team is closely aligned with shareholders' interests as a result of its significant equity ownership in us.

11


Table of Contents

 


Our Growth Strategy

        We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of favorable trends in the wealth management industry, including the migration of wealth management professionals from traditional brokerage, commission-based platforms to a fiduciary, open-architecture and fee-based structure. We plan to grow our business through the growth of our existing partner firms and expansion of our partnership.

Growth of Our Existing Partner Firms

    High-Quality, Growth-Oriented Partner Firms.   Our goal has been and continues to be to acquire high-quality, entrepreneurial wealth management firms that have built their businesses through a proven track record of growth. We believe that our partner firms will continue to take advantage of the shift in the market share of client assets to the RIA space and grow organically through acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships, attracting new clients, additions of new wealth management professionals, increasing the amount of assets from existing clients and market-based growth over time. The economic arrangements put in place at the time of acquisition through our management agreements further incentivize the principals of our partner firms to continue executing on their growth plans.

    Value-Added Services.   We have a team of approximately 70 professionals who support our partner firms by providing value-added services, including marketing and business development support, advisor coaching and development and structuring compensation and incentive models along with career path planning, succession planning advice, operational and technology expertise, legal and regulatory support and providing negotiating leverage with vendors. We assign a relationship leader to each partner firm who is tasked with coordinating our value-added services to assist that partner firm in accelerating its growth. These services are provided to our partner firms at no additional cost. Our partner firms have access to the resources of a large organization, which ultimately enhances their operations, enabling them to better serve their clients.

    Acquisitions by Our Partner Firms.   We support acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships by our partner firms to further expand their businesses. Partner firms pursue acquisitions for a variety of reasons, including geographic expansion, acquisition of new talent and/or specific expertise and succession planning. Acquisitions by our partner firms allow them to add new talent and services to better support their client base while simultaneously capturing synergies from the acquired businesses. We believe there are currently over 5,000 firms in the United States that are suitable targets for our partner firms. We have an experienced team of professionals with deep industry relationships to assist in identifying potential acquisition targets for our partner firms. Through our proprietary in-house sourcing effort, we frequently identify acquisition opportunities for our partner firms. Additionally, many of our partner firms are well-known in the industry and have developed extensive relationships. In recent years, principals and employees of our partner firms have identified attractive merger candidates, and we believe this trend will continue as our partner firms continue to build scale.

    Succession Planning for Firms Outside of Our Partnership.   We enable unaffiliated wealth management firms to better plan for changes in personnel and unanticipated disruptions through Focus Successions , which consists of a standardized agreement for a third-party wealth management firm to transition its business upon retirement or a key person event to one of our existing partner firms. We facilitate this process by identifying and sourcing third-party firms in need of succession planning and matching them with a compatible partner firm within our partnership. Typically, we select an existing partner firm that is in the same geographical region and offers similar client services as the third-party firm. This is a unique opportunity to build acquisition pipelines for our partner firms.

12


Table of Contents

Acquisitions of New Partner Firms

        Since inception, a fundamental aspect of our growth strategy has been the acquisition of high-quality, entrepreneurial wealth management firms to expand our partnership. We believe that there are over 500 firms in the United States that are high-quality targets for future acquisitions. While most of our acquisitions have taken place in the United States, we see opportunities in multiple international locations where market and regulatory trends toward the fiduciary standard and open-architecture access mirror those occurring in the United States. We have already begun expansion into the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.


Risks Related to Our Partnership Model and Growth Strategy

        We face risks related to our partnership model and growth strategy. You should carefully read the section of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" for an explanation of these risks before investing in our Class A common stock. The principal risks we face related to our partnership model and growth strategy include:

    The wealth management industry is very competitive.

    Our success depends, in part, on our ability to make successful acquisitions.

    Acquired businesses may not perform as expected, leading to an adverse effect on our earnings and revenue growth.

    Our growth strategy depends, in part, upon continued growth from our existing partner firms. However, the significant growth we have experienced may be difficult to sustain in the future.

    Our acquisition due diligence process may not reveal all facts that are relevant in connection with an acquisition, which could subject us to unknown liabilities.

    The success of Focus Independence depends upon our ability to lift out teams of wealth management professionals from traditional brokerages and wirehouses.

    We may encounter complications in implementing Focus Successions related to transitioning and administering client assets and obtaining required client consents.

    We may face operational risks associated with expanding internationally.

    Our partner firms' autonomy limits our ability to alter their management practices and policies, and our dependence on the principals who manage the businesses of our partner firms may have an adverse effect on our business.

    We rely on our key personnel and principals.

    If a management company terminates its management agreement with us, our financial condition and results could be negatively affected.

    If our partner firms are unable to maintain their client-oriented, fiduciary-minded culture or compensation levels for wealth management professionals, they may be unable to attract, develop and retain talented wealth management professionals, which could negatively impact their financial results and their ability to grow.


Recent Developments

        From April 1, 2018 to the date of this prospectus, we completed          business acquisitions (accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805: Business Combinations ) consisting of both new partner firms and acquisitions by our partner firms. The Acquired Base Earnings associated with the acquisition of the new partner firms during this period was $            . Proceeds from borrowings under our credit facilities were used to pay a portion of the cash

13


Table of Contents

consideration associated with these business acquisitions. As of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding borrowings of $            under our credit facilities. Additionally, we have signed definitive purchase agreements to acquire an additional            new partner firms with associated additional Acquired Base Earnings of $            . Each of these pending transactions is generally on terms and in a structure consistent with past transactions, and the closings are subject to customary closing conditions. Among other risks and uncertainties, there can be no guarantee that these acquisitions will be completed. For additional information regarding Acquired Base Earnings, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Acquired Base Earnings."

        To further support our partner firms, in June 2018 we completed a minority investment in Financial Insight Technology, Inc. (known as SmartAsset), a New York-based FinTech company that connects prospective clients with financial advisors and provides tools to help people make financial decisions. We participated in SmartAsset's $28 million series C investment round with certain other third party investors.

        In June 2018, we entered into an amendment to our credit facilities that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding the pending amendment, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities."


Our Structure and Reorganization

Summary of Offering Structure

        This offering is conducted through an "Up-C" structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited liability companies when they go public. An Up-C structure allows the equity holders in an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes to retain and realize tax benefits associated with their continued ownership interest following an initial public offering.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Focus LLC (the "Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement"). Following this offering and the reorganization transactions described below, Focus will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be a membership interest in Focus LLC. Focus will be the sole managing member of Focus LLC, will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions of Focus LLC and will consolidate the financial results of Focus LLC and its operating subsidiaries. All other membership interests in Focus LLC will be non-voting.

        Investors in this offering will purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Focus will use a portion of the proceeds to purchase outstanding Focus LLC units from certain existing owners other than our private equity investors (as defined below). In addition, certain existing owners will exchange all or a portion of their Focus LLC units for shares of our Class A common stock and, in some cases, receive either compensatory stock options or non-compensatory stock options and cash. Certain existing owners will continue to hold Focus LLC units representing economic, non-voting interests in Focus LLC and receive shares of our Class B common stock.

        Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock for accounting purposes. After giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering and further assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing owners and immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in

14


Table of Contents

this offering of $            per share. Please read "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $            per share." and "Dilution."

        The Class A and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. The Class B common stock will not have any economic rights. Upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares), existing owners, including our private equity investors and other shareholders, will own approximately      % of our Class A common stock (representing      % of the economic interest and      % of the voting power). The continuing owners will own 100% of our Class B common stock (representing 0% of the economic interest and    % of the voting power).

Reorganization Transactions

        In connection with this offering, we will effect an internal reorganization, which we refer to as the "reorganization transactions." The existing equity interests in Focus LLC consist of convertible preferred units, common units and incentive units. Each incentive unit has a hurdle amount, which is similar to the exercise price of a stock option. The owners of existing Focus LLC units, whom we refer to as the "existing owners," primarily include (i) affiliates of Stone Point Capital LLC (together with its affiliates, "Stone Point"), Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (together with its affiliates, "KKR") and Centerbridge Partners, L.P., whom we refer to as our "private equity investors," (ii) members of management, (iii) current and former principals and (iv) current and former employees of us and our partner firms.

        We will implement the following steps in connection with this offering:

    Focus LLC will purchase, utilizing proceeds from existing working capital, all common units held by existing owners who are not accredited investors, as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D, at a purchase price per unit equal to 1.25 times the gross IPO price. We refer to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock as the "gross IPO price."

    Focus LLC will accelerate vesting of all unvested incentive units held by existing owners who are not accredited investors and convert the incentive units of each such holder into a number of common units equal to (i) the number of such incentive units times the gross IPO price, minus the aggregate hurdle amount of such incentive units, divided by (ii) the gross IPO price. We refer to the resulting number of common units as the "appropriate conversion number." Focus LLC will then purchase all common units issued upon such conversion at a purchase price per unit equal to 1.25 times the gross IPO price.

    We refer to existing owners who are accredited investors and hold fewer than 85,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate as "mandatorily exchanging owners." We will first convert all vested and unvested incentive units of mandatorily exchanging owners into the appropriate conversion number of vested and unvested common units, respectively. Mandatorily exchanging owners may sell up to 100% of their vested common units (after giving effect to such conversion) to Focus at the net IPO price, subject to cut-backs depending on the proceeds available from this offering. We refer to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock, less the underwriting discount, as the "net IPO price." Unless a mandatorily exchanging owner elects to sell all of its vested common units (after giving effects to such conversion), such mandatorily exchanging owner must elect to sell at least 10,000 vested common units (after giving effect to such conversion). The remaining vested and unvested common units of a mandatorily exchanging owner will be exchanged for an equal number of shares of vested Class A common stock and unvested Class A common stock, which will vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Mandatorily exchanging owners of vested common units issued upon conversion of vested incentive units and

15


Table of Contents

      not sold will also receive (i) vested non-compensatory stock options to purchase a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to (A) the number of vested incentive units that were converted into such vested common units minus (B) the number of shares of vested Class A common stock issued in such exchange and (ii) cash in an amount equal to 65% of the fair market value of such non-compensatory stock options, as determined by us. Mandatorily exchanging owners of unvested common units issued upon conversion of unvested incentive units and not sold will also receive unvested compensatory stock options, which will vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, to purchase a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to (i) the number of unvested incentive units that were converted into such unvested common units minus (ii) the number of shares of unvested Class A common stock issued in such exchange. All of the foregoing stock options will have a term of ten (10) years and an exercise price per share of Class A common stock equal to the gross IPO price.

    Existing owners who are accredited investors and hold 85,000 or more common units and incentive units in the aggregate may sell up to 100% of their vested common units and vested incentive units (after conversion into the appropriate conversion number of common units) to Focus at the net IPO price, subject to cut-backs depending on the proceeds available from this offering. Unless such existing owner elects to sell all of its vested common units and vested incentive units (after conversion into the appropriate conversion number of common units), such existing owner must elect to sell at least 10,000 vested common units and vested incentive units (after conversion into the appropriate conversion number of common units). These existing owners may also elect to exchange all or a portion of their remaining common units and incentive units on the following terms: (i) common units will be exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, (ii) vested incentive units will be converted into the appropriate conversion number of vested common units and exchanged for an equal number of shares of vested Class A common stock and (iii) unvested incentive units will be converted into the appropriate conversion number of unvested common units and exchanged for an equal number of shares of unvested Class A common stock, which will vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. We refer to existing owners who elect such exchange as "optionally exchanging owners." Optionally exchanging owners may elect to exchange a portion of their common and incentive units only if they exchange at least 25,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate and, after any elective sale and such exchange, they continue to hold at least 25,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate in Focus LLC following this offering. These existing owners will continue to hold their common units and incentive units remaining after any such sale or exchange in Focus LLC.

    We refer to direct or indirect owners of convertible preferred units that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes as "blockers". All outstanding convertible preferred units will be converted into common units on a one-for-one basis. The common units held by certain affiliates of our private equity investors will be distributed to their owners, some of which are blockers. Each blocker will then merge with a separate newly formed subsidiary of Focus, with the blocker as the surviving entity. Each owner of each blocker (a "blocker owner") will receive consideration in the merger equal to one share of Class A common stock for each common unit held.

    The continuing owners affiliated with certain of our private equity investors will transfer a portion of their common units to Focus in exchange for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock. We refer to such private equity investors, solely with respect to the Class A common stock held by them following the reorganization transactions, as the "PE exchanging owners," and to mandatorily exchanging owners, optionally exchanging owners, and PE exchanging owners together as "exchanging owners."

16


Table of Contents

    We will not issue any fractional shares of Class A common stock or common units in the reorganization transactions.

        We refer to existing owners who will hold common units or incentive units in Focus LLC after the reorganization transactions, including common units converted from convertible preferred units, as "continuing owners." In connection with this offering, Focus will issue shares of its Class B common stock to the continuing owners who hold vested common units in exchange for their assignment to Focus of their voting rights in Focus LLC. Each such owner will receive one share of Class B common stock for each vested common unit held. Continuing owners holding unvested common units will receive Class B common stock only upon vesting of such units. Continuing owners holding incentive units will not receive any Class B common stock.

        Shares of Class B common stock will not entitle their holders to any economic rights. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law. Each share of Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote. We do not intend to list the Class B common stock on any stock exchange. Continuing owners holding unvested common units will not have any voting rights until such units vest. Continuing owners holding incentive units will not have any voting rights.

Structure Upon Completion of Offering

        From the proceeds received in this offering after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

    Focus will pay $           million to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units, pay $             million to exchanging owners who elect to sell their Focus LLC units and contribute $          million to Focus LLC (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for common units.

    Focus LLC will use $             million of such contribution amount to reduce indebtedness under our credit facilities.

    The remaining $             million of such contribution amount (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be used by Focus LLC for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes and to pay the expenses of this offering.

        Upon completion of the reorganization transactions and this offering:

    The outstanding capitalization of Focus will be as follows:

              shares of Class A common stock (or                    shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) held by investors in this offering;

              shares of Class A common stock held by the exchanging owners and blocker owners;

              shares of Class B common stock held by the continuing owners;

    vested non-compensatory stock options to purchase          shares of Class A common stock at the gross IPO price issued to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units; and

    unvested compensatory stock options to purchase          shares of Class A common stock at the gross IPO price granted to mandatorily exchanging owners of unvested incentive units.

17


Table of Contents

    The outstanding capitalization of Focus LLC will be as follows:

              common units held by Focus;

              common units held by the continuing owners; and

              incentive units held by the continuing owners, which will be convertible into                        common units (assuming an offering price at the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus) in connection with the exercise of an exchange right, as described below.

    The combined voting power in Focus will be as follows:

              % for investors in this offering (or        % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) who will hold shares of Class A common stock;

              % for the exchanging owners and blocker owners (or        % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) as a result of their holding shares of Class A common stock; and

              % for the continuing owners holding vested common units in Focus LLC and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock.

        Each unitholder of Focus LLC (other than Focus) will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to cause Focus LLC to redeem all or a portion of its vested common units and vested incentive units, which we refer to as an "exchange right." Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested incentive units, such incentive units will first be converted into a number of common units that takes into account the then-current value of the common units and such incentive units' aggregate hurdle amount. Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested common units, and immediately after the conversion of vested incentive units into common units as described in the preceding sentence, Focus LLC will acquire each tendered common unit for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and other similar transactions, or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, in connection with any redemption of vested common units (other than common units received upon a conversion of incentive units as described in this paragraph), the corresponding shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. Alternatively, upon the exercise of any exchange right, Focus (instead of Focus LLC) will have the right to acquire each tendered common unit (and corresponding share of Class B common stock, as applicable) from the exchanging unitholder for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and other similar transactions, or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash, which we refer to as our "call right." The exchange rights will be subject to certain limitations and restrictions intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement."

Liquidity Rights and Limitations

        All existing owners will, subject to certain exceptions, be restricted from selling or transferring any shares of Class A common stock or any other of our equity securities for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement—Transfer of Securities" and "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities."

        Following the expiration of this 180-day period and except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will be restricted in exchanging Focus LLC units beneficially owned by them at the closing of this offering, such that they may

18


Table of Contents

exchange only up to one-third of such beneficially owned units per year, with certain carry-forward rights, and subject to certain exceptions, all as described below. The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the existing owners affiliated with our private equity investors ("PE Holders") as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions.

        Except for certain additional liquidity rights provided under the registration rights agreement described below and except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will only be permitted to exercise their exchange rights on quarterly exchange dates and with respect to one-twelfth of the units held by them at the closing of this offering, with an ability to carry forward unused exchange rights to subsequent exchange dates. The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions.

        Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we will file a shelf registration statement to permit the resale of shares of Class A common stock held by PE Holders or issuable upon the exercise of exchange rights by continuing owners as soon as practicable following the one year anniversary of this offering.

        The PE Holders will have the right to demand up to three secondary underwritten offerings per year. We may initiate one additional underwritten offering per year for the benefit of the other continuing owners.

        The PE Holders and the other continuing owners may have participation rights with respect to any such underwritten offerings. We may also participate on a primary basis and issue and sell shares of our Class A common stock for our own account. We will use the proceeds from any such offering to purchase outstanding Focus LLC units from continuing owners and pay related fees and expenses. In the event of any underwriter cutbacks, all participating holders will be treated equally and included pro rata based on their ownership of registrable shares at the closing of this offering.

        The PE Holders and the other continuing owners may also have piggyback registration rights with respect to other underwritten offerings by us under certain circumstances.

        We expect that future unitholders in certain instances may also be granted registration rights in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC, but on terms that are not superior to the registration rights of the continuing owners. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

        In addition, continuing owners will be subject to certain transfer restrictions under the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Receivable Agreements

        Focus's acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Focus LLC units in connection with this offering or pursuant to an exercise of an exchange right or the call right is expected to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC and such adjustments will be allocated to Focus. Moreover, following Focus's acquisition or deemed acquisition of Focus LLC units and of the blockers, Focus will be allocated adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC as a result of the acquisition in July 2017 of convertible preferred units by our private equity investors and certain of the blockers owned by our private equity investors. These adjustments would not have been available to Focus absent its

19


Table of Contents

acquisition or deemed acquisition of Focus LLC units or its acquisition of the blockers and are expected to reduce the amount of cash tax that Focus would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, Focus will enter into two tax receivable agreements (the "Tax Receivable Agreements"), the first of which will be entered into with the blocker owners and the PE Holders, and the second of which will be entered into with the continuing owners who are not PE Holders and certain other existing owners (the parties to the two agreements collectively, the "TRA holders"). The term of each Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the closing of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to such Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we experience a change of control (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), and we make the termination payments specified in the Tax Receivable Agreements. The Tax Receivable Agreements generally provide for the payment by Focus to each TRA holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of, as applicable to the relevant TRA holder, (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Focus's acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA holder's units in connection with this offering or pursuant to the exercise of an exchange right or the call right, (ii) the increases in tax basis relating to the July 2017 acquisition by our private equity investors that will be available to Focus as a result of its acquisition of the blockers in connection with this offering and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Focus as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Focus makes under the relevant Tax Receivable Agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreements, cash savings in tax generally are calculated by comparing Focus's actual tax liability (using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and an assumed combined state and local income and franchise tax rate) to the amount it would have been required to pay had it not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements. In addition, if we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements early, or upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, Focus's (or Focus's successor's) tax savings under the Tax Receivable Agreements would be based on certain assumptions, including the assumption that Focus has sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreements. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements" for a description of the Tax Receivable Agreements generally and for a discussion of circumstances in which Focus will be deemed to acquire units or realize net cash tax savings. We expect that future unitholders may become party to one or more tax receivable agreements entered into in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC.

        Because Focus is a holding company with no operations of its own, Focus's ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements is dependent on the ability of Focus LLC to make distributions to Focus in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Internal Reorganization and Resulting Structure—Focus is a holding company. Focus's sole material asset after completion of this offering will be its equity interest in Focus LLC and Focus will be accordingly dependent upon distributions from Focus LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements and cover its corporate and other overhead expenses." If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), Focus could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment.

20


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

        The following diagram indicates our ownership structure immediately following the reorganization transactions and this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares).

GRAPHIC


(1)
Does not include          shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance upon exercise of vested non-compensatory stock options or unvested compensatory stock options.

(2)
Does not include                        shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon redemption of vested common units and vested incentive units in Focus LLC.

21


Table of Contents

(3)
Does not include additional shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the Focus Financial Partners 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "Omnibus Plan"), which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

(4)
Does not include additional Focus LLC units reserved for future issuance under the Omnibus Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.


Risk Factors

        Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks and uncertainties. You should carefully read the section of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" for an explanation of these risks before investing in our Class A common stock. The principal risks we face include fluctuations in wealth management fees, our reliance on our partner firms and the principals who manage their businesses, our ability to make successful acquisitions, unknown liabilities of or poor performance by acquired businesses, harm to our reputation, our inability to facilitate smooth succession planning at our partner firms, our inability to compete, our reliance on key personnel, our inability to attract, develop and retain talented wealth management professionals, our inability to retain clients following an acquisition, write down of goodwill and other intangible assets, our failure to maintain and properly safeguard an adequate technology infrastructure, cyber-attacks, our inability to recover from business continuity problems, inadequate insurance coverage, the termination of management agreements by management companies, our inability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, the failure of our partner firms to comply with applicable U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, legal proceedings and governmental inquiries.


Emerging Growth Company Status

        We are an "emerging growth company" within the meaning of the federal securities laws. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies," including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

        In addition, Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the "JOBS Act") also provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of such extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

        For a description of the qualifications and other requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, please read "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering and our Class A Common Stock—For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies."


Our Offices

        We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022 and our telephone number at that address is (646) 519-2456. Our website address is  www.                    . Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

22


Table of Contents



The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us

                shares (              shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

 

              shares (              shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).(1)

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our Class A common stock.

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

 

              shares, or one share for each vested common unit held by the continuing owners immediately following this offering. Each share of Class B common stock has no economic rights but entitles its holder to one vote. When a vested common unit is acquired pursuant to the exercise of an exchange right or the call right, a corresponding share of Class B common stock will be cancelled.

Voting power of Class A common stock immediately after giving effect to this offering(1)

 

          %

Voting power of Class B common stock immediately after giving effect to this offering

 

          %


(1)
In this prospectus, the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering excludes:

             shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance upon exercise of vested non-compensatory stock options or unvested compensatory stock options;

            shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon redemption of vested common units and vested incentive units in Focus LLC; and

            additional shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the Omnibus Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

23


Table of Contents

Voting rights

  Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law. Please read "Description of Capital Stock."

Use of proceeds

  We expect to receive approximately $              million of net proceeds from the sale of the Class A common stock offered by us, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us (or approximately $              million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay $             million to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units and pay $             million to exchanging owners who elect to sell their Focus LLC units; and

 

we intend to contribute $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to Focus LLC (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for        common units. Focus LLC will use $             million of such contribution amount to reduce indebtedness under our credit facilities. The remaining $             million of such contribution amount (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be used by Focus LLC for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes and to pay the expenses of this offering.

24


Table of Contents

  Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $          million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares). An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares of Class A common stock to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $          million. Any increase or decrease in proceeds due to a change in the initial public offering price or number of shares issued would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of net proceeds contributed to Focus LLC to be used by it for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes.

Exchange rights of continuing owners

  Each unitholder of Focus LLC (other than Focus) will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to cause Focus LLC to redeem all or a portion of its vested common units and vested incentive units, which we refer to as an "exchange right." Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested incentive units, such incentive units will first be converted into a number of common units that takes into account the then-current value of the common units and such incentive units' aggregate hurdle amount. Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested common units, and immediately after the conversion of vested incentive units into common units as described in the preceding sentence, Focus LLC will acquire each tendered common unit for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and other similar transactions, or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, in connection with any redemption of vested common units (other than common units received upon a conversion of incentive units as described in this paragraph), the corresponding shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. Alternatively, upon the exercise of any exchange right, Focus (instead of Focus LLC) will have the right to acquire each tendered unit (and corresponding share of Class B common stock, as applicable) from the exchanging unitholder for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and other similar transactions, or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash, which we refer to as our "call right." The exchange rights will be subject to certain limitations and restrictions intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement."

25


Table of Contents

Tax Receivable Agreements

  In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into two Tax Receivable Agreements with the TRA holders which generally provide for the payment by Focus to the TRA holders of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local income taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of certain increases in tax basis and certain tax benefits attributable to imputed interest. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements" for a description of the Tax Receivable Agreements generally and for a discussion of circumstances in which Focus will be deemed to realize net cash tax savings.

Dividend policy

  We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A common stock. If we decide to pay cash dividends in the future, the declaration and payment of such dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and may be discontinued at any time. In determining the amount of any future dividends, our board of directors will take into account any legal or contractual limitations, our actual and anticipated future earnings, cash flow, debt service and capital requirements and the amount of distributions to us from Focus LLC. Because we are a holding company, our cash flow and ability to pay dividends depends upon the financial results and cash flows of our operating subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of cash to us in the form of dividends or otherwise from Focus LLC. Please read "Dividend Policy."

Directed share program

  The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 10% of the Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors, business associates and related persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing Class A common stock in the offering. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Please read "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

Listing and trading symbol

  We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "FOCS".

Risk factors

  You should carefully read and consider the information beginning on page 30 of this prospectus set forth under the heading "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

26


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest

  Affiliates of KKR Capital Markets LLC own more than 10% of existing Focus LLC units. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC is an underwriter for this offering, it is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Since KKR Capital Markets LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary. KKR Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

27


Table of Contents


Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

        Focus Financial Partners Inc. was formed in July 2015 and does not have historical financial operating results. The following table shows summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data of our accounting predecessor, Focus Financial Partners, LLC, for the periods and as of the dates presented. Focus Financial Partners, LLC was formed on November 30, 2004.

        The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 were derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015 were derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor not included in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 were derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor not included in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data has been prepared on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners, LLC. In the opinion of management, such summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary to present our financial position for the periods presented. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of statements of financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

        The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2017 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization", (ii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering and (iii) the acquisition of the business of SCS Financial Services, LLC and subsidiaries on July 3, 2017 (the "SCS Acquisition") as if they had each been completed as of January 1, 2017. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed as of January 1, 2018, with the exception of the SCS Acquisition, which is included in the unaudited consolidated statement of operations data of our accounting predecessor for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed as of March 31, 2018, with the exception of the SCS Acquisition, which is included in the unaudited balance sheet of our accounting predecessor as of March 31, 2018. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are presented for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the reorganization transactions, this offering and the SCS Acquisition been consummated on the dates indicated and do not purport to be indicative of statements of financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

        You should read the following table in conjunction with "Internal Reorganization," "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus and the pro forma consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners Inc. set forth under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information." Among other things, the historical and pro forma

28


Table of Contents

financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information.

 
   
   
   
  Three Months Ended March 31,    
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Focus Financial Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  Focus Financial Partners, LLC  
 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
   
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
 
 
  2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                           

Revenues

  $ 382,347   $ 485,444   $ 662,887   $ 135,546   $ 196,229   $              $             

Operating expenses

    361,030     447,161     657,134     124,152     183,683                                

Income from operations

    21,317     38,283     5,753     11,394     12,546                                

Other expense, net

    (11,347 )   (21,580 )   (55,613 )   (6,501 )   (23,424 )                              

Income (loss) before income tax

    9,970     16,703     (49,860 )   4,893     (10,878 )                              

Income tax expense (benefit)

    649     981     (1,501 )   442     1,176                                

Net income (loss)

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 ) $ 4,451   $ (12,054 ) $              $             

Net income (loss) per share of Class A common stock:

                                           

Basic

  $              $             

Diluted

  $              $             

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (at period end):

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,499   $ 16,508   $ 51,455   $ 17,815   $ 27,949   $              $             

Total assets

    550,670     752,941     1,234,837     814,765     1,254,519                                

Total liabilities

    418,871     562,339     1,148,749     605,862     1,170,399                                

Total mezzanine equity

    405,347     452,485     864,749     468,416     864,749                                

Total members' deficit/shareholders' equity

    (273,548 )   (261,883 )   (778,661 )   (259,513 )   (780,629 )                              

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net income (loss) margin(1)

    2.4 %   3.2 %   (7.3 )%   3.3 %   (6.1 )%            

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 75,442   $ 103,038   $ 145,226   $ 28,198   $ 44,221   $              $             

Adjusted EBITDA margin(3)

    19.7 %   21.2 %   21.9 %   20.8 %   22.5 %            

Adjusted Net Income(4)

  $ 60,538   $ 77,504   $ 96,553   $ 20,627   $ 28,302   $              $             

(1)
Net income (loss) margin is defined as net income divided by revenues.

(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business."

(3)
Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenues.

(4)
Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business."

29


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the information in this prospectus, including the matters addressed under "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," and the following risks before making an investment decision. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Capital Markets and Competition

Our financial results largely depend on wealth management fees received by our partner firms, which are impacted by market fluctuations, including as a result of reducing the value of our partner firms' regulatory assets under management.

        The substantial majority of our revenues are derived from the wealth management fees charged by our partner firms for providing clients with investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. A material portion of these wealth management fees are calculated based on a contractual percentage of the client's assets. Wealth management fees may be adversely affected by prolonged declines in the capital markets because assets of clients may decline. Global economic conditions, exacerbated by changes in the equity or debt marketplaces, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates, inflation rates, the yield curve, financial crises, war, terrorism, natural disasters or other factors that are difficult to predict affect the capital markets. If unfavorable market conditions, actions taken by clients in response to market conditions (such as clients reducing or eliminating the amount of their assets with respect to which our partner firms provide advice) or volatility in the capital markets cause a decline in client assets overseen by our partner firms, such a decline could result in lower revenues from wealth management fees. If our partner firms' revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in their expenses, their net income will be reduced and their business will be negatively affected, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our partner firms' regulatory assets under management are based on the Form ADVs that our partner firms have on file with the SEC, and this should not be relied upon as an indication of our results of operations.

        As of June 2018, our partner firms disclosed regulatory assets under management, as defined by the SEC ("RAUM"), of $126.3 billion as of the dates indicated in our partner firms' most recent Form ADVs on file with the SEC. Of this amount, $102.1 billion was discretionary and $24.2 billion was non-discretionary. These amounts do not include four of our partner firms that are not registered investment advisors with the SEC. The value of our partner firms' RAUM may be impacted by a number of factors, including market conditions and client withdrawals, either of which could materially reduce the wealth management fees we receive from our partner firms. In addition, these RAUM metrics are based on the most recent Form ADVs filed by our partner firms, and are not all of the same date, and no assurance can be given that there have not been material changes in our partner firms' RAUM since the dates reported in their respective most recent Form ADV filings. RAUM does not include all client assets that our partner firms charge fees on and may include assets that our partner firms do not charge fees on. Furthermore, our partner firms may also charge flat fees, an hourly rate or a combination of fees, which are not based on the amount of the clients' assets, and charge a number of fees for services unrelated to client assets. For all these reasons, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on RAUM as an indication of our results of operations.

The historical returns of existing investment strategies of our partner firms may not be indicative of their future results or of the future results of investment strategies they may develop in the future.

        The historical returns of our partner firms' existing investment strategies should not be considered indicative of the future results of these strategies or of the results of any other strategies that our

30


Table of Contents

partner firms may develop in the future. The investment performance that our partner firms achieve for their clients varies over time, and the variance can be wide. The performance that our partner firms achieve as of a future date and for a future period may be higher or lower, and the difference may be material. During times of negative economic and market conditions, our partner firms may not be able to identify investment opportunities within their current or future strategies.

Our partner firms may not be able to maintain their current wealth management fee structure as a result of poor investment performance or competitive pressures or as a result of changes in their mix of wealth management services, which could have an adverse effect on our partner firms' results of operations.

        Our partner firms may not be able to maintain their current wealth management fee structure for any number of reasons, including as a result of poor investment performance, competitive pressures or changes in their mix of wealth management services. In order to maintain their fee structure in a competitive environment, our partner firms must be able to continue to provide clients with investment services that their clients believe justify their fees. Our partner firms may not succeed in providing the investment services that will allow them to maintain their current fee structure. If our partner firms' investment strategies perform poorly, they may be forced to lower their fees in order to retain current, and attract additional, clients. Such decline in a partner firm's revenue could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The wealth management industry is very competitive.

        We compete for clients, advisors and other personnel with a broad range of wealth management firms, including public and privately held investment advisors, firms associated with securities broker-dealers, financial institutions and insurance companies, many of whom have greater resources than we do. The wealth management industry is very competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, wealth management fee rates, the quality of services provided to clients, the ability to attract and retain key wealth management professionals, the depth and continuity of client relationships, adherence to the fiduciary standard and reputation. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase the competitive risks of our partner firms: (i) many competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing, name recognition and other resources and more personnel than our partner firms do, (ii) potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the wealth management industry, (iii) some competitors may invest according to different investment styles or in alternative asset classes that the markets may perceive as more attractive than the investment strategies our partner firms offer, (iv) some competitors charge lower fees for their wealth management services than our partner firms do and (v) some competitors may be able to engage in more widespread marketing activities or may have access to products and services to which our partner firms do not.

        If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Because clients can terminate their client service contracts at any time, poor wealth management service or performance of the investment strategies that our partner firms recommend may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

        Our clients can generally terminate their client service contracts with us at any time. We cannot be certain that we will be able to retain our existing clients or attract new clients, and these client service contracts and client relationships may be terminated or not renewed for any number of reasons. In particular, poor wealth management service or performance of the investment strategies that our partner firms recommend relative to the performance of other wealth management firms could result in

31


Table of Contents

the loss of accounts. Moreover, certain clients specify guidelines regarding investment allocation and strategy that our partner firms are required to follow in managing their portfolios, and the failure to comply with any of these guidelines and other limitations could result in losses to clients, which could result in the obligation to make clients whole for such losses. If we believe that the circumstances do not justify a reimbursement, or our client believes that the reimbursement it was offered was insufficient, the client could seek to recover damages from us in addition to terminating its client service contract. Any of these events could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and harm our reputation.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to facilitate smooth succession planning.

        We cannot predict with certainty how long the principals or employees of our partner firms will continue working, and upon the retirement or exit of a principal or employee, a partner firm's business may be adversely affected. If we are not successful in facilitating succession planning of our partner firms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If our reputation is harmed, we could suffer losses in our business and financial results.

        Our business depends on earning and maintaining the trust and confidence of our partner firms. Our reputation is critical to our business and is vulnerable to threats that may be difficult or impossible to control and costly or impossible to remediate. For example, failure to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations, errors in our public reports or litigation or the publicity surrounding these events, even if satisfactorily addressed, could adversely impact our reputation, our relationships with our partner firms and our ability to negotiate acquisitions and partner firm-level acquisitions with wealth management firms, as well as adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our reliance on our partner firms to report their results to us may make it difficult to respond quickly to negative business developments, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        We rely on our partner firms to report their results to us on a monthly basis. We have implemented common general ledger, payroll and cash management systems that allow us to monitor the financial performance and overall operations of our partner firms. However, if our partner firms delay reporting results or informing us of negative business developments, we may not be able to address the situation on a timely basis, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, our risk management policies and procedures may be inadequate and operational risks could adversely affect our reputation and financial condition.

        We and our partner firms have adopted various controls, procedures, policies and systems to monitor and manage risk in our business. Some of our risk evaluation methods depend upon information provided by our partner firms and others and public information regarding markets, clients or other matters. In some cases, however, that information may not be accurate, complete or up-to-date. While we currently believe that our operational controls are effective, we cannot provide assurance that those controls, procedures, policies and systems will always be adequate to identify and manage the internal and external risks in our business in a timely manner. Furthermore, we may have errors in our business processes or fail to implement proper procedures in operating our business, which may expose us to risk of financial loss. We are also subject to the risk that our employees or contractors, the employees or contractors of our partner firms or other third parties may deliberately seek to circumvent established controls to commit fraud or act in ways that are inconsistent with our and our partner firms' controls, policies and procedures. The financial and reputational impact of control failures could be significant.

32


Table of Contents

        In addition, our businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. If our risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, regulatory requirements or our business, counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or fall out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual mandates or expectations. Any of these events could adversely affect our reputation and financial condition.

Failure to maintain and properly safeguard an adequate technology infrastructure and to protect against cyber-attacks may limit our growth, result in losses or disrupt our business.

        Our business is reliant upon financial, accounting and technology systems and networks to process, transmit and store information, including sensitive client and proprietary information, and to conduct many business activities and transactions with clients, advisors, vendors and other third parties. The failure to implement, maintain and safeguard an infrastructure commensurate with the size and scope of our business could impede our productivity and growth, which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we rely heavily on third parties for certain aspects of our business, including financial intermediaries and technology infrastructure and service providers, and these parties are also susceptible to similar risks.

        Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software, networks and mobile devices, and those of third parties on whom we rely, may be vulnerable to cyber-attacks, breaches, unauthorized access, theft, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. Further, our back-up procedures, cyber defenses and capabilities in the event of a failure, interruption or breach of security may not be adequate. If any such events occur, it could jeopardize our, as well as our clients', employees' or counterparties' confidential, proprietary and other sensitive information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our or third-party computer systems, networks and mobile devices or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, as well as our clients', employees' or counterparties' operations. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems and networks, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all threats, especially because the techniques used change frequently and can originate from a wide variety of sources. As a result, we could experience business disruptions, significant losses, increased costs, reputational harm, regulatory actions or legal liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We may in the future be required to spend significant additional resources to modify existing protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, including hiring third-party technology service providers and additional information technology staff. Additionally, we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against fully or not fully covered through any insurance that we maintain.

Our inability to successfully recover from a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

        Should we experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as a terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, power loss, telecommunications failure, earthquake, hurricane or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of personnel and office facilities, and the proper functioning of computer, telecommunication and other related systems and operations. Further, we could potentially lose client data or experience adverse interruptions to our operations or delivery of services to clients in a disaster recovery scenario, which could result in material financial loss, regulatory action, reputational harm or legal liability.

33


Table of Contents

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate or expensive.

        We maintain voluntary and required insurance coverage, including, among others, general liability, property, director and officer, errors and omissions, network security and privacy, fidelity bond and fiduciary liability insurance and insurance required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). Such entity insurance costs were approximately $4.8 million and $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively. Recently in the insurance industry, premiums and deductible costs associated with certain insurance coverage have increased, and the number of insurers has decreased. While we endeavor to purchase coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of our risk, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims for direct or consequential damages. Our business may be negatively affected if in the future our insurance proves to be inadequate or unavailable. In addition, insurance claims may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our Class A common stock.

        Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls will be successful, that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. For example, Section 404 will require us, among other things, to annually review and report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. We must comply with Section 404 (except for the requirement for an auditor's attestation report) beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K after becoming a public company. Any failure to develop or maintain effective internal controls, or difficulties encountered in implementing or improving our internal controls, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Partnership Model and Growth Strategy

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to make successful acquisitions.

        Our continued success will depend, in part, upon our ability to find suitable partner firms to acquire, our ability to acquire such firms on acceptable terms and our ability to raise the capital necessary to finance such transactions. We compete with banks, outsourced service providers, private equity firms and other wealth management and advisory firms to acquire high-quality wealth management firms. Some of our competitors may be able to outbid us for these acquisition targets. If we identify suitable acquisition targets, we may not be able to complete any such acquisition on terms that are commercially acceptable to us. If we are not successful in acquiring suitable acquisition candidates, it may have an adverse effect on our business and on our earnings and revenue growth.

34


Table of Contents

Acquired businesses may not perform as expected, leading to an adverse effect on our earnings and revenue growth.

        Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including the following, any of which could have an adverse effect on our partner firms' and our earnings and revenue growth: (i) incurring costs in excess of what we anticipated; (ii) potential loss of key wealth management professionals or other team members of the predecessor firm; (iii) inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset transaction costs; (iv) inability to retain clients following an acquisition; (v) incurring expenses associated with the amortization or impairment of intangible assets, particularly for goodwill and other intangible assets; and (vi) payment of more than fair market value for the assets of the partner firm.

        While we intend that our completed acquisitions will improve profitability, past or future acquisitions may not be accretive to earnings or otherwise meet operational or strategic expectations. The failure of any partner firm to perform as expected after acquisition may have an adverse effect on our earnings and revenue growth.

Contingent consideration payments could result in a higher than expected impact on our future earnings.

        We have typically incorporated into our acquisition structure contingent consideration paid to the sellers upon the achievement of specified financial thresholds. The contingent consideration is paid upon the satisfaction of specified growth thresholds typically over a six-year period. This arrangement may result in the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers for periods following the closing of an acquisition. We anticipate that future acquisitions will continue to include contingent consideration. For business acquisitions, we recognize the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the acquisition date and contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting period until the contingency is resolved. Since the contingent consideration to be paid is based on the growth of forecasted financial performance levels over a number of years, we cannot calculate the maximum contingent consideration that may be payable under these arrangements. Contingent consideration payments could result in a higher than expected impact on our future earnings.

We may incur debt, issue additional equity or use cash on hand to pay for future acquisitions, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the market price of our Class A common stock.

        We may finance future acquisitions through debt financing, including significant draws on our first lien revolving credit facility, issuance of additional term debt, the issuance of equity securities, the use of existing cash or cash equivalents or any combination of the foregoing. Acquisitions financed with debt could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to principal and interest payments. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our equity securities would be dilutive to the share value and voting power of our existing Class A common stock, which could affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Future acquisitions financed with our own cash could deplete the cash and working capital available to fund our operations adequately. Difficulty borrowing funds, selling securities or generating sufficient cash from operations to finance our activities may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our growth strategy depends, in part, upon continued growth from our existing partner firms. However, the significant growth we have experienced may be difficult to sustain in the future.

        Over the last three years, our total revenues, our net income, our Adjusted EBITDA and our Adjusted Net Income CAGRs were 26.7%, (259.2)%, 28.9% and 20.0%, respectively. Please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business" for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. The continued growth of our business will depend

35


Table of Contents

on, among other things, the ability of our partner firms to grow through acquisitions, to retain key wealth management professionals and to devote sufficient resources to maintaining existing client relationships and developing new client relationships. Our business growth will also depend on their success in providing high-quality wealth management services, as well as their ability to deal with changing market conditions, to maintain adequate financial and business controls and to comply with new regulatory requirements arising in response to both the increased sophistication of the wealth management industry and the significant market and economic events of the last few years. In the future, our partner firms may not contribute to our growth at their historical or currently anticipated levels.

Our acquisition due diligence process may not reveal all facts that are relevant in connection with an acquisition, which could subject us to unknown liabilities.

        In connection with our acquisitions of new partner firms and acquisitions by existing partner firms, we conduct due diligence that we deem reasonable and appropriate based on the facts and circumstances applicable to such transactions and expect to use our resources to enhance the risk management functions and diligence of our business and our partner firms' businesses going forward. When conducting due diligence, we evaluate important and complex business, financial, tax, accounting, legal and compliance issues. Outside consultants, legal advisers, accountants, regulatory experts and other third parties may be involved in the due diligence process in varying degrees depending on the type, size and complexity of the acquisition. When conducting due diligence and making an assessment regarding a transaction, we have and will continue to rely on the resources available to us, including information provided by third parties. Our diligence efforts with respect to RIAs that were newly formed in connection with our Focus Independence program may be limited due to the short operating history of such firms.

        Since commencing acquisition activities in 2006, there were certain instances where we discovered matters about acquired partner firms that were not uncovered during the due diligence process. These instances did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, and our acquisition agreements include standard sellers' representations and warranties and indemnification provisions that provide us with some financial protection in the event of an undiscovered or undisclosed matter. However, the due diligence investigations that we have carried out or will carry out with respect to any transaction may not reveal or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating the transaction, which could subject us or our partner firms to unknown liabilities that could adversely affect our or our partner firms' results of operations and financial condition.

The success of Focus Independence depends upon our ability to lift out teams of wealth management professionals from traditional brokerages and wirehouses.

        Our ability to lift out teams of wealth management professionals from traditional brokerages and wirehouses depends on our ability to offer more favorable opportunities than those provided by their current employers, many of which have substantially greater financial resources and may be able to entice their current employees to stay. If we are not successful in attracting and lifting out suitable wealth management professionals for our Focus Independence program, it may have an adverse effect on the growth of our revenues and earnings.

We may encounter complications in implementing Focus Successions related to transitioning and administering client assets and obtaining required client consents.

        We have succession agreements with prospective advisors as part of Focus Successions . No succession transition has been initiated to date, but several of the succession plans have been converted into acquisitions by our partner firms. In the future, we may encounter complications as we implement

36


Table of Contents

these succession agreements, including problems transitioning and administering client assets at the custodians and difficulties in obtaining any required client consent. Furthermore, because we are unable to predict when any particular agreement might take effect or what acquired assets would be transferred at such time, we are unable to quantify the potential cost of completing succession transactions in the future. Difficulties implementing Focus Successions could have an adverse effect on the growth of our partner firms.

We may face operational risks associated with expanding internationally.

        Our business strategy includes expanding our presence in non-U.S. markets through acquisitions. This strategy presents a number of risks, including: (i) greater difficulties in supporting, or the need to hire additional personnel to support, the operations of foreign partner firms, (ii) language and cultural differences, (iii) unfavorable fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, (iv) higher operating costs, (v) unexpected changes in wealth management policies and other regulatory requirements, (vi) adverse tax consequences and (vii) more complex acquisition structures. If our international business increases relative to our total business, these factors could have a more pronounced effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business Model and Key Professionals

Our partner firms' autonomy limits our ability to alter their management practices and policies, and our dependence on the principals who manage the businesses of our partner firms may have an adverse effect on our business.

        Under the management agreements between our partner firms and the new management companies formed by the principals, the management companies provide the personnel who manage the partner firm's day-to-day operations and oversee the provision of wealth management services, the implementation of employment policies, the negotiation, execution and delivery of contracts in connection with the management and operation of the partner firm's business in the ordinary course and the implementation of policies and procedures to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. Such individuals also maintain the primary relationships with clients and vendors. As a consequence, we are exposed to losses resulting from day-to-day decisions of the principals who manage our partner firm, and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by problems stemming from the day-to-day operations of a partner firm, where weaknesses or failures in internal processes or systems could lead to a disruption of the partner firm's operations, liability to its clients or exposure to disciplinary action. Unsatisfactory performance by the principals could also hinder the partner firms' ability to grow and could have an adverse effect on our business. Further, there is a risk of reputational harm to us if any of our partner firms, among other things, have engaged in, or in the future were to engage in, poor business practices or were to experience adverse results.

We rely on our key personnel and principals.

        We depend on the efforts of our executive officers, other management team members, employees and principals. Our executive officers, in particular, play an important role in the stability and growth of our business, including the growth and stability of existing partner firms and in identifying potential acquisition opportunities for us. However, there is no guarantee that these officers will remain with us. In addition, our partner firms depend heavily on the services of key principals, who in many cases have managed their predecessor firms for many years. Although we use a combination of economic incentives, transfer restrictions and non-solicitation and non-competition agreements in an effort to retain key management personnel, there is no guarantee that these principals will remain with the respective partner firms. The loss of key management personnel at our partner firms could have an adverse impact on our business.

37


Table of Contents

        In addition, compliance with public company requirements will place significant additional demands on our senior management and will require us to enhance our investor relations, legal, financial reporting, corporate communications and certain other functions. These additional efforts may strain our resources and divert management's attention from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business.

If a management company terminates its management agreement with us, our financial condition and results could be negatively affected.

        At the time of the acquisition of a partner firm, we enter into a management agreement with the management company that is substantially owned by the selling principals. Pursuant to the management agreement, the management company provides the personnel who conduct the day-to-day management and operation of the partner firm. These management agreements can be terminated by the management company at the end of the initial term, which is typically six years. Termination of a management agreement could lead to a disruption of the partner firm's operations, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If our partner firms are unable to maintain their client-oriented, fiduciary-minded culture or compensation levels for wealth management professionals, they may be unable to attract, develop and retain talented wealth management professionals, which could negatively impact their financial results and their ability to grow.

        Attracting, developing and retaining talented wealth management professionals are essential components of the business strategy of our partner firms. To do so, it is critical that they continue to foster an environment and provide compensation that is attractive for their existing and prospective wealth management professionals. If they are unsuccessful in maintaining such an environment (for instance, because of changes in management structure, corporate culture or corporate governance arrangements) or compensation levels for any reason, their existing wealth management professionals may leave the firm or fail to produce their best work on a consistent, long-term basis and/or our partner firms may be unsuccessful in attracting talented new wealth management professionals, any of which could negatively impact their financial results and their ability to grow and may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Internal Reorganization and Resulting Structure

Our internal reorganization may adversely affect our relationship with certain principals and employees.

        Our performance is largely dependent on the efforts and motivation of our principals and employees. One element of our partnership is an alignment of interests of principals and employees with our goals through their ownership of common units and incentive units in Focus LLC. In connection with the reorganization transactions, Focus LLC will purchase all common and incentive units held by existing owners who are not accredited investors. Many of these existing owners, who will cease to be members of Focus LLC, are principals or employees. Current and future principals and employees may receive grants of restricted Class A common stock or stock options under the Omnibus Plan. The incentives to attract, retain and motivate principals and employees provided by their ownership of Class A common stock and stock options or by future arrangements may not be as effective as the status as, or opportunity to become, a member in Focus LLC.

38


Table of Contents

Focus is a holding company. Focus's sole material asset after completion of this offering will be its equity interest in Focus LLC, and Focus will be accordingly dependent upon distributions from Focus LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements and cover its corporate and other overhead expenses.

        Focus is a holding company and will have no material assets other than its equity interest in Focus LLC. Please read "Internal Reorganization—Structure Upon Completion of Offering." Focus has no independent means of generating revenue. To the extent Focus LLC has available cash and subject to the terms of Focus LLC's credit agreements and any other debt instruments, we intend to cause Focus LLC to make (i) generally pro rata distributions to its unitholders, including Focus, in an amount generally intended to allow the Focus LLC unitholders to satisfy their respective income tax liabilities with respect to their allocable share of the income of Focus LLC, based on certain assumptions and conventions, provided that the distribution will be sufficient to allow Focus to satisfy its actual tax liabilities and to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that it will enter into with the TRA holders in connection with the closing of this offering and any subsequent tax receivable agreements that it may enter into in connection with future acquisitions and (ii) non pro rata distributions to Focus in an amount at least sufficient to reimburse Focus for its corporate and other overhead expenses. Focus LLC may make tax distributions to its existing owners or tax payments on their behalf before or shortly after the consummation of this offering with respect to the taxable income of Focus LLC for the period ending on the date of such consummation. We are limited, however, in our ability to cause Focus LLC and its subsidiaries to make these and other distributions to Focus due to the restrictions under Focus LLC's credit facilities. To the extent that Focus needs funds and Focus LLC or its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of their financing arrangements or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, Focus's liquidity and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Focus will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements for certain tax benefits it may claim, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, Focus will enter into two Tax Receivable Agreements with the TRA holders. The agreements generally provide for the payment by Focus to each TRA holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of certain increases in tax basis and certain tax benefits attributable to imputed interest. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings.

        The term of each Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to such Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), and Focus makes the termination payments specified in the Tax Receivable Agreements. In addition, payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreements will be increased by any interest accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return.

        The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements are Focus's obligations and not obligations of Focus LLC, and we expect that such payments required to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreements will be substantial. Estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreements is by its nature imprecise. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreements, cash savings in tax generally are calculated by comparing Focus's actual tax liability (determined by using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and an assumed combined state and local income and franchise tax rate) to the amount Focus would have been

39


Table of Contents

required to pay had it not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements. The actual increases in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of any redemption of units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each redemption, the extent to which such redemptions are taxable transactions, the amount of Focus LLC's assets that consist of equity in entities taxed as corporations at the time of each redemption, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rates then applicable, and the portion of the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis.

        The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements will not be conditioned upon a TRA holder having a continued ownership interest in Focus or Focus LLC. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements."

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, realized in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements.

        If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), Focus could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. This payment would equal the present value of hypothetical future payments that could be required to be paid under the Tax Receivable Agreements (determined by applying a discount rate of one-year London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 1.5%). The calculation of hypothetical future payments will be based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreements, including (i) that Focus has sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreements and (ii) any Focus LLC units (other than those held by Focus) outstanding on the termination date are deemed to be redeemed on the termination date. Any early termination payments may be made significantly in advance of, and may materially exceed, the actual realization, if any, of the future tax benefits to which the termination payments relate.

        If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements) or the Tax Receivable Agreements otherwise terminate early, Focus's obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales or other forms of business combinations or changes of control. For example, if the Tax Receivable Agreements were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated termination payments would, in the aggregate, be approximately $             million (calculated using a discount rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 1.5%, applied against an undiscounted liability of $             million); this amount could be substantially larger if Focus enters into additional tax receivable agreements in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC. The foregoing amounts are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance any payments required to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreements.

        Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements."

In the event that payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements are accelerated upon certain mergers, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the consideration payable to holders of our Class A common stock could be substantially reduced.

        If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations), Focus would be

40


Table of Contents

obligated to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment, and such payment may be significantly in advance of, and may materially exceed, the actual realization, if any, of the future tax benefits to which the payment relates. As a result of this payment obligation, holders of our Class A common stock could receive substantially less consideration in connection with a change of control transaction than they would receive in the absence of such obligation. Further, any payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements will not be conditioned upon the TRA holders' having a continued interest in Focus or Focus LLC. Accordingly, the TRA holders' interests may conflict with those of the holders of our Class A common stock. Please read "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Internal Reorganization and Resulting Structure—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits realized, if any, in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements."

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreements in the event that any tax benefits are subsequently disallowed.

        Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. The TRA holders will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreements if any tax benefits that have given rise to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any TRA holder will be netted against payments that would otherwise be made to such TRA holder, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments that are greater than our actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

If Focus LLC were to become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, significant tax inefficiencies might result, and Focus would not be able to recover payments previously made by it under the Tax Receivable Agreements even if the corresponding tax benefits were subsequently determined to have been unavailable due to such status.

        A number of aspects of our structure depend on the classification of Focus LLC as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to certain exceptions relating to the receipt of predominantly qualifying income for which we do not expect to qualify, a "publicly traded partnership" is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The U.S. Treasury regulations provide that a "publicly traded partnership" is a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. Under certain circumstances, exchanges of Focus LLC units pursuant to an exchange right (or the call right) or other transfers of Focus LLC units could cause Focus LLC to be treated as a publicly traded partnership. The U.S. Treasury regulations provide for certain safe harbors from treatment as a publicly traded partnership, and we intend to operate such that exchanges or other transfers of Focus LLC units qualify for one or more such safe harbors. For example, we intend to limit the number of unitholders of Focus LLC, and the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, will provide for limitations on the ability of unitholders of Focus LLC to transfer their Focus LLC units and will provide us, as managing member of Focus LLC, with the right to impose limitations and restrictions (in addition to those already in place), subject to certain consent rights, on the ability of unitholders of Focus LLC to exchange their Focus LLC units pursuant to an exchange right to the extent we believe it is necessary to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If Focus LLC were to become a publicly traded partnership, significant tax inefficiencies might result, including as a result of Focus's inability to file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return with Focus LLC. In addition, Focus would no longer have the benefit of the increases in tax basis

41


Table of Contents

covered under the Tax Receivable Agreements, and Focus would not be able to recover any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreements, even if the corresponding tax benefits (including any claimed increase in the tax basis of Focus LLC's assets) were subsequently determined to have been unavailable.

In certain circumstances, Focus LLC will be required to make tax distributions to the Focus LLC unitholders, including Focus, and the tax distributions that Focus LLC will be required to make may be substantial. To the extent Focus receives tax distributions in excess of its tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements and retains such excess cash, the continuing owners would benefit from such accumulated cash balances if they exercise their exchange right.

        Pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreements, Focus LLC will make generally pro rata cash distributions, or tax distributions, to the Focus LLC unitholders, including Focus, in an amount generally intended to allow the Focus LLC unitholders to satisfy their respective income tax liabilities with respect to their allocable share of the income of Focus LLC, based on certain assumptions and conventions, provided that the distribution will be sufficient to allow Focus to satisfy its actual tax liabilities and to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that it will enter into with the TRA holders in connection with the closing of this offering and any subsequent tax receivable agreements that it may enter into in connection with future acquisitions. Focus LLC may make tax distributions to its existing owners or tax payments on their behalf before or shortly after the consummation of this offering with respect to the taxable income of Focus LLC for the period ending on the date of such consummation. Under applicable tax rules, Focus LLC is required to allocate net taxable income disproportionately to its members in certain circumstances. Because tax distributions will be made pro rata based on ownership and based on an assumed tax rate, Focus LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that Focus LLC would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the assumed rate. The pro rata distribution amounts will also be increased to the extent necessary, if any, to ensure that the amount distributed to Focus is sufficient to enable Focus to pay its actual tax liabilities and any amounts payable under the Tax Receivable Agreements.

        Funds used by Focus LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions Focus LLC will be required to make may be substantial, and may exceed (as a percentage of Focus LLC's income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. In addition, because these payments will be calculated with reference to an assumed tax rate, and because of the disproportionate allocation of net taxable income, these payments may significantly exceed the actual tax liability for many of the existing owners of Focus LLC.

        As a result of potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to Focus and to the other Focus LLC unitholders, as well as the use of an assumed tax rate in calculating Focus LLC's tax distribution obligations, Focus may receive distributions significantly in excess of its tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements. If Focus retains such cash balances, the continuing owners would benefit from any value attributable to such accumulated cash balances as a result of their exercise of an exchange right. We intend to cause Focus to take steps to eliminate any material cash balances. Such steps could include distributing such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock, reinvesting such cash balances in Focus LLC for additional Focus LLC units (with an accompanying stock dividend with respect to our Class A common stock), and using such cash balances to effect buybacks of shares of our Class A common stock (with an accompanying conversion rate adjustment with respect to the exchange right).

42


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Financing and Liquidity

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under applicable debt instruments, which may not be successful.

        At March 31, 2018, we had outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities of $998.0 million at stated value. Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness, including our credit facilities, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness.

        If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay acquisitions or partner firm-level acquisitions and capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of sufficient cash flows and capital resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet debt service and other obligations. Our credit facilities currently restrict our ability to dispose of assets and our use of the proceeds from such disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions, and the proceeds of any such disposition may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet scheduled debt service obligations.

Restrictions in our existing and future debt agreements could limit our growth and our ability to engage in certain activities.

        Our credit facilities contain a number of customary covenants, including (i) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees, (ii) creating liens or other encumbrances on property or granting negative pledges, (iii) entering into a merger or similar transaction, (iv) selling or transferring certain property and (v) declaring dividends or making other restricted payments.

        In addition, our credit facilities require us to maintain certain financial ratios. These restrictions may also limit our ability to obtain future financings, to withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, or to otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities. We may also be prevented from taking advantage of acquisitions or other business opportunities that arise because of the limitations that the restrictive covenants under our credit facility impose on us.

        A breach of any covenant in our credit facilities would result in a default under the applicable agreement after any applicable grace periods. A default, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the indebtedness outstanding under the credit facilities. The accelerated indebtedness would become immediately due and payable. If that occurs, we may not be able to make all of the required payments or borrow on short notice sufficient funds to refinance such indebtedness. Even if new financing were available at that time, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us.

Lack of liquidity or access to capital could impair our business and financial condition.

        Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. We expend significant resources investing in our business, particularly with respect to acquisition activity. As a result, reduced levels of liquidity could have a significant negative effect on us and our partner firms. Some potential conditions

43


Table of Contents

that could negatively affect our liquidity or that of our partner firms include: (i) illiquid or volatile markets, (ii) diminished access to debt or capital markets, (iii) unforeseen cash or capital requirements or (iv) regulatory penalties or fines or adverse legal settlements or judgments.

        The capital and credit markets continue to experience varying degrees of volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to curtail our operations.

        In the event current resources are insufficient to satisfy our needs or the needs of our partner firms, we may need to rely on financing sources such as bank debt. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as: (i) market conditions, (ii) the general availability of credit, including the availability of credit to the financial services industry, (iii) our credit ratings and credit capacity and (iv) the possibility that lenders could develop a negative perception of our or their long- or short-term financial prospects if the level of business activity decreases due to a market downturn. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating organizations take negative actions against us or our partner firms.

        Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our businesses. Such market conditions may limit our ability to generate revenue to meet liquidity needs and access the capital necessary to grow our business. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of capital than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital or bear an unattractive cost of capital, which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility.

Risks Related to Regulation and Litigation

Our business is highly regulated.

        Our partner firms are subject to extensive regulation by various regulatory and self-regulatory authorities in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, as detailed in "Regulatory Environment." In the United States, our partner firms are subject to regulation primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the Advisers Act, by the U.S. Department of Labor (the "DOL") under ERISA, regulation of broker-dealers by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"), state insurance regulations and state securities regulation. As a publicly traded company with listed equity securities, we will be subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC ("NASDAQ").

        Providing investment advice to clients is regulated on both the federal and state level in the United States. Our partner firms are predominantly investment advisers registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. Each firm that is a federally registered investment adviser is regulated and subject to examination by the SEC. The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including fiduciary duties, disclosure obligations, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, marketing restrictions and general anti-fraud prohibitions. The failure to comply with the Advisers Act could cause the SEC to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations, including censure or terminating their SEC registrations and could also result in litigation or reputational harm. In addition, our partner firms who are investment advisers are subject to notice filings and the anti-fraud rules of state securities regulators under applicable state securities laws.

        The U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") has also issued regulations requiring that we and our partner firms refrain from doing business in certain countries or with certain organizations or individuals on a list maintained by the U.S. government. Our partner firms rely on custodians to ensure compliance with OFAC. A partner firm's failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, censure, suspension of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of the registration of the partner firm as an RIA.

44


Table of Contents

        Our partner firms also rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and ERISA. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, our partner firms could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected. To the extent any of our partner firms manage investment vehicles, those partner firms could also be subject to additional disclosure and compliance requirements. These laws and regulations impose requirements, restrictions and limitations on our business, and compliance with these laws and regulations results in significant cost and expense. If our partner firms were to fail to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations or be named as a subject of an investigation or other regulatory action, the public announcement and potential publicity surrounding any such investigation or action could have an adverse effect on our stock price and result in increased costs even if our partner firms were found not to have violated such laws, rules or regulations. The failure of our partner firms to satisfy regulatory requirements could also result in the partner firms or us being subjected to civil liability, criminal liability or sanctions that might materially impact our business.

        Certain of our partner firms have affiliated SEC-registered broker-dealers. Broker-dealers and their personnel are regulated, to a large extent, by the SEC and self-regulatory organizations, principally FINRA. Broker-dealers are subject to regulations which cover all aspects of the securities business, including sales practices, trading practices among broker-dealers, use and safekeeping of clients' funds and securities, capital structure, recordkeeping and the conduct of directors, officers, employees and representatives. Continued efforts by market regulators to increase transparency by requiring the disclosure of conflicts of interest have affected, and could continue to impact, our partner firms' disclosures and our business.

        Certain of our partner firms have affiliated insurance brokers. State insurance laws grant supervisory agencies, including state insurance departments, broad administrative authority. State insurance regulators and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners continually review existing laws and regulations, some of which affect certain partner firms who engage in the sale of insurance products through affiliated or unaffiliated entities. These supervisory agencies regulate many aspects of the insurance business, including the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and other insurance intermediaries, and trade practices, such as marketing, advertising and compensation arrangements entered into by insurance brokers and agents.

Our international operations are subject to additional non-U.S. regulatory requirements.

        We have partner firms located in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia. We may have partner firms located in other non-U.S. jurisdictions in the future. Failure to comply with the applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes, directives, notices or guidelines in any jurisdiction outside of the United States could result in a wide range of penalties and disciplinary actions, including fines, censures and the suspension or expulsion from a particular jurisdiction or market or the revocation of licenses, any of which could adversely affect our reputation and operations and our partner firms in those jurisdictions. Regulators in jurisdictions outside of the United States could also change their policies or laws in a manner that might restrict or otherwise impede the ability of such partner firms to offer wealth management services in their respective markets, or they may be unable to keep up with, or adapt to, changing, complex regulatory requirements in such jurisdictions or markets, which could further negatively impact our business.

        In the future, we may further expand our business outside of the markets in which we currently operate in such a way or to such an extent that we may be required to register with additional foreign regulatory agencies or otherwise comply with additional non-U.S. laws and regulations that do not currently apply to us. Lack of compliance with any such non-U.S. laws and regulations may increase our risk of becoming party to litigation and subject to regulatory actions. We are also subject to the

45


Table of Contents

enhanced risk that our differentiated partnership model might not be enforceable in some non-U.S. jurisdictions.

We and our partner firms are subject to anticorruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA"), the U.K. Bribery Act (the "Bribery Act") and the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (the "CFPOA"). Certain of our partner firms are also subject to anti-money laundering ("AML") laws in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia and may be subject to other anti-corruption laws and AML laws, as well as sanctions laws and other laws governing our and our partner firms' operations, to the extent our business expands to other non-U.S. jurisdictions. If our partner firms fail to comply with these laws, they and we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        We continue to pursue investment opportunities outside of the United States. We and our partner firms are currently subject to anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, the Bribery Act and the CFPOA. To the extent we expand our international operations to other non-U.S. jurisdictions, our prospective partner firms may be subject to additional anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where they are doing business. The FCPA, the Bribery Act, the CFPOA and other applicable anti-corruption laws generally prohibit our partner firms, employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. Our partner firms may also participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject them to liability under the FCPA, the Bribery Act, the CFPOA or other jurisdictions' anti-corruption laws. In addition, we and our partner firms cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which their internal operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

        Our partner firms that are SEC-registered broker-dealers are also subject to AML laws and related compliance obligations under the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA") that require that these partner firms maintain an AML compliance program covering certain of their business activities. While currently there are no AML laws and related compliance obligations with respect to the activities of RIAs, in August 2015, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN"), a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, proposed an AML rule that, if adopted, would subject our partner firms that are RIAs to the requirements of the BSA. Our partner firms that conduct business in non-U.S. jurisdictions, such as the United Kingdom and Canada, are also subject to specific AML and counter terrorist financing requirements that require them to develop and maintain AML and counter terrorist financing policies and procedures.

        There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our partner firms' compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, the Bribery Act and the CFPOA and AML laws in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia. If we or our partner firms are not in compliance with the FCPA, the Bribery Act, the CFPOA or other anti-corruption laws or AML laws, they may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA, the Bribery Act, the CFPOA or other anti-corruption laws or AML laws by authorities in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia or other jurisdictions where we conduct business could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

46


Table of Contents

The regulatory environment in which our partner firms operate is subject to continuous change, and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may adversely affect our business.

        The legislative and regulatory environment in which our partner firms operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past, including additional filings with the SEC required by investment advisory firms, which have resulted in increased costs to us. Regulatory review or the issuance of interpretations of existing laws and regulations may result in the enactment of new laws and regulations that could adversely affect our operations or our ability to conduct business profitably. We are unable to predict whether any such laws or regulations will be enacted and to what extent such laws and regulations would affect our business.

        In the United States, regulatory uncertainty continues to surround the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), which represented a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services regulatory environment and requires federal agencies to implement numerous new rules, which may impose additional restrictions and limitations on our business as they are adopted. In the United Kingdom, our business may be impacted by financial services reform initiatives enacted or under consideration in the European Union or by the United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union. Compliance with these new laws and regulations may also result in increased compliance costs and expenses, and non-compliance may result in fines and penalties.

        We believe that significant regulatory changes in the wealth management industry are likely to continue, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more detailed regulation. For example, on August 25, 2015 FinCEN proposed an AML rule that would, if adopted, subject RIAs to the requirements of the BSA. On April 18, 2018, the SEC proposed a package of rulemakings and interpretations that if adopted would impose a best interest standard of conduct for broker-dealers, require the delivery of a short-form disclosure document to retail investors, restrict the use of the term "adviser" or "advisor" by broker-dealers who are not also registered as investment advisers and clarify the SEC's views on the fiduciary duty that investment advisers owe to their clients. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to our partner firms may adversely affect our business. Our continued ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes. Changes in laws or regulatory requirements, or the interpretation or application of such laws and regulatory requirements by regulatory authorities, can occur without notice and could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Please read "Regulatory Environment."

Our business is subject to risks related to legal proceedings and governmental inquiries.

        Our business is subject to litigation, regulatory investigations and claims arising in the normal course of operations. The risks associated with these matters often may be difficult to assess or quantify and the existence and magnitude of potential claims often remain unknown for substantial periods of time.

        Our partner firms depend to a large extent on their network of relationships and on their reputation to attract and retain clients. The principals and other wealth management professionals at our partner firms make investment decisions on behalf of clients that could result in substantial losses. If clients suffer significant losses, or are otherwise dissatisfied with wealth management services, we could be subject to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of contract, unjust enrichment and/or fraud. Moreover, our partner firms are predominantly RIAs and have a legal obligation to operate under the fiduciary standard, a heightened standard as compared to the client suitability standard of conduct applicable to broker-dealers. These risks are often difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time, even after an action has been commenced.

47


Table of Contents

        Our involvement in any investigations and lawsuits would cause us to incur additional legal and other costs and, if we were found to have violated any laws, we could be required to pay fines, damages and other costs, perhaps in material amounts. Regardless of final costs, these matters could have an adverse effect on our business by exposing us to negative publicity, reputational damage, harm to our partner firms' client relationships or diversion of personnel and management resources.

Principal or employee misconduct could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

        We are vulnerable to reputational harm because our partner firms operate in an industry in which personal relationships, integrity and the confidence of clients are of critical importance. The principals and employees at our partner firms could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. For example, if a principal or employee were to engage in illegal or suspicious activities, a partner firm could be subject to regulatory sanctions and we could suffer serious harm to our reputation (as a consequence of the negative perception resulting from such activities), our financial position, our partner firms' client relationships and their ability to attract new clients.

        The wealth management business often requires that we deal with confidential information. If principals or employees at our partner firms were to improperly use or disclose this information, even if inadvertently, we or our partner firms could be subject to legal action and suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position and current and future business relationships or those of our partner firms. It is not always possible to deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not always be effective. Misconduct by principals or employees at our partner firms, or even unsubstantiated allegations of misconduct, could result in an adverse effect on our reputation and our business.

Failure to properly disclose conflicts of interest and comply with fiduciary duty requirements could harm our reputation, business and results of operations.

        Some of our partner firms have affiliated SEC-registered broker-dealers and affiliated insurance brokers. Certain of our partner firms also have compensation arrangements pursuant to which they receive payments based on client assets invested in certain third-party mutual funds. Such arrangements allow a partner firm to receive payments from multiple parties based on the same client asset and can incentivize a partner firm to act in a manner contrary to the best interests of its clients. As investment advisors subject to a legal obligation to operate under the fiduciary standard, these partner firms must fully disclose any conflicts between their interests and those of their clients. The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and our partner firms have implemented policies and procedures to mitigate conflicts of interest. However, if our partner firms fail to fully disclose conflicts of interest or if their policies and procedures are not effective, they could face reputational damage, litigation or regulatory proceedings or penalties, any of which may adversely affect our reputation, business and results of operations.

Acquisitions of newly established RIA firms formed by teams of wealth management professionals formerly employed at traditional brokerages and wirehouses expose us to litigation risk.

        As part of the Focus Independence program, we have to date, with limited exceptions acquired substantially all of the assets of new RIA firms formed by teams of wealth management professionals formerly employed at traditional brokerages and wirehouses. These acquisitions may expose us to the risk of legal actions alleging misappropriation of confidential information, including client information, unfair competition, breach of contract and tortious interference with contracts between the lift out wealth management teams and the brokerage or wirehouse. Additionally, in November 2017 two larger brokerage firms withdrew from an industry agreement known as the Protocol for Broker Recruiting or the "Broker Protocol." These withdrawals, and any additional withdrawals by signatories to the Broker Protocol, may increase the potential for such legal actions. These risks are often difficult to assess or

48


Table of Contents

quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time, even after an action has been commenced. We may incur significant legal expenses in defending against litigation commenced by a brokerage or wirehouse. Substantial legal liability could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition or cause significant reputational harm to us.

In the event of a change of control of our company, we may be required to obtain the consent of our partner firms' advisory clients to the change of control, and any failure to obtain these consents could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or business.

        As required by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the investment advisory agreements entered into by our investment adviser subsidiaries provide that an "assignment" of the agreement may not be made without the client's consent. Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, advisory agreements with registered funds provide that they terminate automatically upon "assignment" and the board of directors and the shareholders of the registered fund must approve a new agreement for advisory services to continue. Under both the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, a change of ownership may constitute such an "assignment" if it is a change of control. For example, under certain circumstances, an assignment may be deemed to occur if a controlling block of voting securities is transferred, if any party acquires control, or, in certain circumstances, if a controlling party gives up control. Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a 25% voting interest is presumed to constitute control. While we have concluded that this offering does not constitute such an assignment or a change of control, an assignment or a change of control could be deemed to occur in the future if we, or one of our investment adviser subsidiaries, were to gain or lose a controlling person, or in other situations that may depend significantly on facts and circumstances. In any such case we would seek to obtain the consent of our advisory clients, including any funds, to the assignment. To the extent of any failure to obtain these consents, our results of operations, financial condition or business could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to the Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. In addition, an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be maintained, and our stock price may be volatile.

        Prior to this offering, our Class A common stock was not traded on any market. An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. Active, liquid and orderly trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors' purchase and sale orders. The market price of our Class A common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our Class A common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)," and may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering.

        The following factors could affect our stock price:

    our financial performance;

    quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as revenues;

    the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

49


Table of Contents

    strategic actions by our competitors;

    changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

    speculation in the press or investment community;

    the failure of research analysts to cover our Class A common stock;

    sales of our Class A common stock by us or other shareholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

    changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations or standards;

    additions or departures of key management personnel;

    actions by our shareholders;

    general market conditions;

    domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; and

    the realization of any risks described under this "Risk Factors" section.

        The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company's securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management's attention and resources and harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Certain existing owners will continue to collectively hold a substantial percentage of the voting power of our common stock.

        Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation. Upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares), existing owners, including our private equity investors and other shareholders, will own approximately      % of our Class A common stock (representing      % of the economic interest and      % of the voting power). The continuing owners will own 100% of our Class B common stock (representing 0% of the economic interest and        % of the voting power). Please read "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

        Although these existing owners are entitled to act separately in their own respective interests with respect to their stock in us, they will together have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs. In connection with this offering, investment vehicles affiliated with Stone Point and KKR will also enter into nomination agreements pursuant to which they will have the right to nominate an aggregate of three members of our board of directors for so long as they maintain certain ownership stakes. These existing owners will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and will be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company. The existence of significant shareholders may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or

50


Table of Contents

preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company.

        Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock to the extent investors perceive a disadvantage in owning stock of our company.

The interests of our existing owners may differ from those of our public shareholders.

        So long as our existing owners continue to control a significant amount of our common stock, they will continue to be able to strongly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval, regardless of whether or not other shareholders believe that a potential transaction is in their own best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of the existing owners (including their interests, if any, as TRA holders) may differ or conflict with the interests of our other shareholders. For example, these existing owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the Tax Receivable Agreements, and whether and when Focus should terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements and accelerate its obligations thereunder; provided that any decision to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements and accelerate the obligations thereunder would also require the approval of a majority of the disinterested directors of Focus. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing owners' tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements."

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as Delaware law, contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without shareholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, repurchase rights, liquidation preferences or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the value or our Class A common stock. Furthermore, if our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. For example, our board of directors may grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or upon the occurrence of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions.

        In addition, some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our shareholders, including: (i) prohibiting us from engaging in any business combination with any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) establishing advance notice provisions with regard to shareholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our shareholders, (iii) providing that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, (iv) providing that all vacancies in our board of directors may, except as otherwise be required, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, (v) providing that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding voting stock, (vi) providing for our board of directors to be divided into three classes of directors, (vii) providing that our amended and restated bylaws can be amended by the board of directors, (viii) limitations on the ability of shareholders to call special meetings, (ix) limitations on the ability of shareholders to act by written consent, (x) requiring the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting stock

51


Table of Contents

held by affiliates of Stone Point and KKR, for so long as they collectively own at least 25% of our outstanding voting stock, to amend, alter, repeal or rescind the certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and (xi) renouncing any reasonable expectancy interest that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any corporate or business opportunities that are from time to time presented to Stone Point, KKR, directors affiliated with these parties and their respective affiliates.

        In addition, certain change of control events have the effect of accelerating the payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which could result in a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment that could serve as a disincentive to a potential acquirer of us, please see "Risks Related to Our Internal Reorganization and Resulting Structure—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, realized in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements."

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or trustees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a shareholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be adopted in connection with this offering will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of that person's actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and

52


Table of Contents

future directors and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

        In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be adopted in connection with this offering will limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the DGCL. Delaware law provides that directors of a company will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liabilities:

    for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        The above limitations on liability and our indemnification obligations limit the personal liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors by shifting the burden of such losses and expenses to us. Certain liabilities or expenses covered by our indemnification obligations may not be covered by our directors' and officers' liability insurance or the coverage limitation amounts may be exceeded. As a result, any claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $          per share.

        Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock for accounting purposes. After giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering and further assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing owners and immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering of $            per share. Please read "Dilution."

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our Class A common stock appreciates.

        We do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if you sell your shares of Class A common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering.

53


Table of Contents

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

        Unitholders of Focus LLC (other than Focus and any of its subsidiaries) may receive shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of an exchange right or the call right and then sell those shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, we may issue additional shares of Class A common stock or convertible securities in subsequent public offerings or as consideration for future acquisitions. After the completion of this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of Class A common stock. This number includes              shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering and              shares of Class A common stock that we may sell in this offering if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, which may be resold immediately in the public market. Following the completion of this offering, the exchanging owners and the blocker owners will own              shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately      % (or      % if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our total outstanding Class A common stock. All such shares will be restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and under the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, but may be sold into the market in the future. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement—Transfer of Securities." Additionally, except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will only be permitted to exercise their exchange rights on quarterly exchange dates and with respect to one-twelfth of the units held by them at the closing of this offering, with an ability to carry forward unused exchange rights to subsequent exchange dates. The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions. We expect that the PE Class A Holders and the continuing owners will be party to a registration rights agreement with us that will require us to effect the registration of their shares in certain circumstances, without being subject to the preceding limitations, no earlier than the expiration of the lock-up period contained in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement entered into in connection with the closing of this offering. We, Focus LLC, our director, director nominees, executive officers, certain key employees, all blocker owners, exchanging owners, continuing owners and persons that purchase shares through our directed share program will, subject to certain exceptions, be subject to certain restrictions on the sale of their shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus; however, after such period, and subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exemptions therefrom, these persons may sell such shares into the public market. Please read "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

        In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of              shares of our Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions and the expiration of lock-up periods, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

        We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock.

54


Table of Contents

We may seek to finance acquisitions of partner firms by issuing equity securities that would dilute your ownership.

        We may finance future acquisitions through the issuance of equity securities, including common units and our Class A common stock. Acquisitions financed with the issuance of common units could significantly reduce our percentage ownership of Focus LLC. Furthermore, the new holders of common units may receive shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of an exchange right or the call right, which may have a dilutive impact on your ownership interest.

        Acquisitions financed with the issuance of our Class A common stock could be dilutive to the share value and voting power of our existing Class A common stock, which could affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock.

        We, Focus LLC, our director, director nominees, executive officers, certain key employees, all blocker owners, exchanging owners and continuing owners and persons that purchase shares through our directed share program will, subject to certain exceptions, be subject to certain resale restrictions with respect to our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock, any membership interests in Focus LLC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such common stock or membership interests for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement—Transfer of Securities" and "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities." The representatives for the underwriters, at any time and without notice, may upon request release all or any portion of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then such shares will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

        We are classified as an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor's attestation report on management's assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) comply with any new requirements adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (iii) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or (iv) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if we have more than $1.07 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, have more than $700.0 million in market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

        To the extent that we rely on any of the exemptions available to emerging growth companies, you will receive less information about our executive compensation and internal control over financial reporting than issuers that are not emerging growth companies. If some investors find our Class A common stock to be less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

55


Table of Contents


A LETTER FROM RUEDIGER ADOLF

         This letter should be read in the context of the disclosures made in the entire prospectus, including the information under the heading "Risk Factors" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Going public is a big step in the evolution of any business. It is an even bigger step for a wealth management business that evolved from my kitchen table in 2004.

        As a McKinsey & Company consultant and an industry executive at American Express, I had a deep understanding of the wealth management industry but was saddened by the quality of advice available to investors. It was clear to me that investors receiving "advice" based on the low suitability standard from employees working for too large, inflexible institutions with legacy systems, lack of transparency and limited, often proprietary choices, compensated by commissions and with large overheads and inferior economics was not the model of the future: The traditional market leaders may continue to lose market share for years to come!

        Through my travels, I encountered a superior model that is held to a higher standard of care, that is closer to the client than any large institution could ever be and that—I strongly believe—is more closely aligned with clients' interests: this is the world of the registered investment advisor, or RIA, long working away from the limelight but now the place-to-be for clients seeking superior wealth management services. RIAs are held to the fiduciary standard with a duty to place the interest of their clients above their own and to act in their client's best interest with due care and sense of loyalty, interestingly, principles that date back 4,000 years to the Code of Hammurabi.

        However, the more I learned about the RIA model, the more I believed it could be even more successful. What if a business existed that could:

            (1)   . . . "credentialize" an RIA without forcing it into a singular operating model, like a "Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval," telling investors they were dealing with a small, accountable firm which simultaneously had the credentials of a much larger organization behind it.

            (2)   . . . add value to these entrepreneurs by introducing them to best practices in marketing, operations and technology; helping them achieve purchasing power when beneficial to their business and clients; and providing them with access to subject matter experts they could never afford to hire on their own.

            (3)   . . . provide access to significant capital for acquisitions, changing the growth trajectory and potential for success of the many already-outstanding RIA firms in the industry.

            (4)   . . . solve the only true "crisis" the RIA industry is facing: succession planning. Many of the advisors I met did not have a viable management succession plan for their firm, creating risks for their clients, their employees and their families . . . successions is where scale and capital matters.

        Equipped with a fresh and differentiated approach, as well as access to plenty of capital, such a business could provide a tremendous service to the RIA industry and its clients.

        There was a final, critical lesson I had learned in my childhood days working for my dad's highly respected accounting firm that he had founded: "Never, never turn a successful entrepreneur into an employee." RIAs are entrepreneurs and, as fiduciaries, they are ferociously independent. As banks that acquire RIAs have consistently demonstrated: "If you turn the entrepreneur into an employee, you destroy what you just acquired!"

        When I walk into the offices of my partner firms or prospects, it often feels like walking into exactly the type of office my father had built. There is tremendous pride in what they accomplish, and most importantly, pride in serving their clients in the best way they possibly can.

56


Table of Contents

        The opportunity was identified, the objectives were set, but how could such a business be built?

        Focus is a business that really did start with a sketch on a napkin at my kitchen table, followed by talking to many people about the idea (most of whom advised me to "get a real job"). However, two former colleagues from American Express and McKinsey & Company were compelled by the vision: my two co-founders Lenny Chang and Rajini Kodialam. The three of us developed the detailed economic, legal and operational model and inspired our first group of partner firms to join our vision and launch the business in 2006.

        Yes, there were surprises, and it is important to highlight them:

    RIA Hesitation :  Telling the Focus story before we were "real" was a tremendous challenge. Many people in the industry believed we were "on to something" but thought it impossible to execute. This is where our model of entrepreneurship paid its biggest dividends: a compelling proposition attracts successful players: Buckingham, GW & Wade, The Colony Group, Kovitz, Douglas Lane and SCS Financial Services . . over 50 firms in all. We did not initially envision the quality of firms we ultimately attracted.

    The Power of Diversity :  Our partner firms are united by their passion for their clients, their expertise and a commitment to the fiduciary standard. But there is also great diversity in their business models from a client focus, breadth of service and investment management perspective. Their diversity is a terrific source of strength: twice a year the principals of our partner firms meet to share their experiences and update each other (as well as to hear about Focus's evolution, welcome new principals from new partner firms to our partnership and meet prospects). This is only possible under Focus's differentiated partnership model.

    Adding Value :  "Never turning entrepreneurs into employees" does not exclude adding value! Many of our partner firms have more than doubled their revenues since they joined Focus and we have been a catalyst in their journey. Often new partner firms need more scalable technology and operations solutions or need to hire additional talent. Often their marketing capabilities are only in a nascent stage, and almost always they need a new approach toward succession planning. Probably our highest impact is our ability to support their acquisitions with our marketing, capital and deal expertise. Many firms have never done a transaction before and wisely decide not to "moonlight" in the acquisitions business.

    2008 :  Learning from my and Rajini's years at McKinsey & Company and Lenny's at The Boston Consulting Group, we of course had stress-tested our model in countless scenarios. However, the magnitude of the 2008 disruption we did not test. In 2008, we were just emerging from "start-up" to becoming a "respectable" business after a highly successful 2007. This was not an easy time for our clients, our partner firms or management. However, the prudent advice our partner firms gave to their clients, going well beyond just investments, helped to preserve the balances in their portfolios and led to stronger client relationships with our partner firms and to Focus emerging from 2008 stronger than ever.

    Breakaway Brokers :  Our initial business plan did not include Focus supporting wealth management professionals as they leave the wirehouses. But as our model gained traction in the RIA space, we started a dialogue with highly successful wealth management teams that felt stifled by the limitations and conflicts of the traditional model. Our first breakaway team joined us in October 2008, creating a tremendously successful advisory business and a model for many more transactions or "lift outs."

    International Expansion :  Rajini and I are immigrants, so we always thought about Focus as a global opportunity but somewhere "down the road." Focus now has a presence in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, and we are convinced that—while there is still significant opportunity in the United States—clients looking for high-quality advice delivered by nimble

57


Table of Contents

      entrepreneurs is a global phenomenon. Regulation in various countries is creating higher standards of care, favoring fee-based compensation and creating transparency and disclosure that at times actually leapfrogs the standards of the United States.

    Raising Debt :  Raising capital in 2005 for a new enterprise was certainly easier than it would be now—it was also very helpful that there was no "Focus" to compete with as our idea was novel for this industry. However, to our surprise, only months after we closed our first number of transactions, we managed to raise debt, a critical component in our balance sheet structure. From our first $10.0 million credit facility in 2006, scaling to the $1.4 billion in credit facilities that support our business today. Focus has always had the resources to support its rapid growth.

        Our business has achieved considerable success, has strong access to capital and has created attractive returns for our principals and the existing owners of Focus. So why are we considering going public? We believe that Focus will benefit from:

    Balance Sheet Flexibility :  As a public company, we can tap into additional and more flexible sources of capital. We have never been capital-constrained. However, adding additional tools to our existing financing is a prudent step in our evolution.

    Public Currency :  Our deals are typically structured as a combination of cash and our equity. Occasionally our private currency is an advantage, in other situations prospects would prefer to "exchange" their private currency for a public currency.

    Marketing :  No question, a successful initial public offering is a terrific credentializing event for Focus. As such, we expect that the initial public offering will be an important step towards building the Focus "brand" in a way that supports our partner firms' marketing without taking away their differentiated positioning.

        We recognize that being a public company comes with responsibility that goes beyond just the legal standards. We intend to manage Focus with a high level of transparency and continue to invest carefully and manage the business with a long-term perspective motivated by business fundamentals. In this way, we aim to preserve the sense of responsibility I learned through my father's business and that we share with all of the entrepreneurs who are members of our partnership.

        In the same vein, a business that adds value creates shareholder returns. We recognize that Focus's capital will be your capital and that our responsibility is to manage it prudently.

        We are proud of the scale that we have already achieved, but we believe that Focus will continue to have terrific opportunities ahead:

    The RIA space is our terrific home market. Since our founding, we have created a vast network of relations with prospects and other industry players and significant acquisition expertise. Sometimes the time may not have been right for a transaction, but when the time is right, prospects will give us serious consideration. We believe that acquisitions and our program, Focus Successions, will provide tremendous opportunities for our partner firms and Focus.

    Selectively, we expect that the breakaway space will remain highly attractive. As the brokerage industry continues to lose market share, it will keep on squeezing its advisors and clients economically. This will continue to create terrific opportunities for Focus. However, we will remain very selective in the type of teams that qualify to join our partnership as we believe only selective brokers can be successful entrepreneurs and are willing to commit to the fiduciary standard.

    We will continue to develop innovative value-add programs for our partner firms that only a player of our scale and strength can develop. Our partner firms are demanding and they are constantly pushing our innovation.

58


Table of Contents

    Our international strategy is at its beginning, but we have the resources and terrific market access and have built the foundation for prudent expansion.

        It is our aspiration to be the partnership of choice for entrepreneurial, growth-oriented and sophisticated wealth management firms who "have their heart in the right place" and are committed to outstanding wealth management services for their clients.

        Thank you for your interest in Focus. I am honored to lead this organization and grateful to our partner firms and the countless people who believed in our vision and trusted our leadership.

        On behalf of our partner firms, my two co-founders and our colleagues, I would like to invite you to invest in our unique business and support our transition to the next level in market leadership!

        Rudy

59


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the information in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future events. Words such as "may," "assume," "forecast," "position," "predict," "strategy," "expect," "intend," "plan," "estimate," "anticipate," "believe," "project," "budget," "potential," "continue," "will" and similar expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements. They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statements can be guaranteed. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Actual results may vary materially. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include fluctuations in wealth management fees, our reliance on our partner firms and the principals who manage their businesses, our ability to make successful acquisitions, unknown liabilities of or poor performance by acquired businesses, harm to our reputation, our inability to facilitate smooth succession planning at our partner firms, our inability to compete, our reliance on key personnel, our inability to attract, develop and retain talented wealth management professionals, our inability to retain clients following an acquisition, write down of goodwill and other intangible assets, our failure to maintain and properly safeguard an adequate technology infrastructure, cyber-attacks, our inability to recover from business continuity problems, inadequate insurance coverage, the termination of management agreements by management companies, our inability to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, the failure of our partner firms to comply with applicable U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, legal proceedings and governmental inquiries and certain factors discussed in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus.

        All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus or as of the date as of which they are made. Except as required by applicable law, including federal securities laws, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements.

60


Table of Contents


INTERNAL REORGANIZATION

Summary of Offering Structure

        This offering is conducted through an "Up-C" structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited liability companies when they go public. An Up-C structure allows the equity holders in an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes to retain and realize tax benefits associated with their continued ownership interest following an initial public offering.

        Focus Financial Partners Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in July 2015. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement. Following this offering and the reorganization transactions described below, Focus will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be a membership interest in Focus LLC. Focus LLC directly or indirectly owns all of the outstanding equity interests in Focus Operating, LLC, through which we hold our partner firms. Focus will be the sole managing member of Focus LLC, will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions of Focus LLC and will consolidate the financial results of Focus LLC and its operating subsidiaries. All other membership interests in Focus LLC will be non-voting.

        Investors in this offering will purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Focus will use a portion of the proceeds to purchase outstanding Focus LLC units from certain existing owners other than our private equity investors (as defined below). In addition, certain existing owners will exchange all or a portion of their Focus LLC units for shares of our Class A common stock and, in some cases, receive either compensatory stock options or non-compensatory stock options and cash. Certain existing owners will continue to hold Focus LLC units representing economic, non-voting interests in Focus LLC and receive shares of our Class B common stock.

        The Class A and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. The Class B common stock will not have any economic rights.

Reorganization Transactions

        In connection with this offering, we will effect an internal reorganization, which we refer to as the "reorganization transactions." The existing equity interests in Focus LLC consist of convertible preferred units, common units and incentive units. Each incentive unit has a hurdle amount, which is similar to the exercise price of a stock option. The owners of existing Focus LLC units, whom we refer to as the "existing owners," primarily include (i) affiliates of Stone Point, KKR and Centerbridge Partners, L.P., whom we refer to as our "private equity investors," (ii) members of management, (iii) current and former principals and (iv) current and former employees of us and our partner firms.

        We will implement the following steps in connection with this offering:

    Focus LLC will purchase, utilizing proceeds from existing working capital, all common units held by existing owners who are not accredited investors, as defined by Rule 501 of Regulation D, at a purchase price per unit equal to 1.25 times the gross IPO price. We refer to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock as the "gross IPO price."

    Focus LLC will accelerate vesting of all unvested incentive units held by existing owners who are not accredited investors and convert the incentive units of each such holder into a number of common units equal to (i) the number of such incentive units times the gross IPO price, minus the aggregate hurdle amount of such incentive units, divided by (ii) the gross IPO price. We refer to the resulting number of common units as the "appropriate conversion number." Focus LLC will then purchase all common units issued upon such conversion at a purchase price per unit equal to 1.25 times the gross IPO price.

61


Table of Contents

    We refer to existing owners who are accredited investors and hold fewer than 85,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate as "mandatorily exchanging owners." We will first convert all vested and unvested incentive units of mandatorily exchanging owners into the appropriate conversion number of vested and unvested common units, respectively. Mandatorily exchanging owners may sell up to 100% of their vested common units (after giving effect to such conversion) to Focus at the net IPO price, subject to cut-backs depending on the proceeds available from this offering. We refer to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock, less the underwriting discount, as the "net IPO price." Unless a mandatorily exchanging owner elects to sell all of its vested common units (after giving effect to such conversion), such mandatorily exchanging owner must elect to sell at least 10,000 vested common units (after giving effect to such conversion). The remaining vested and unvested common units of a mandatorily exchanging owner will be exchanged for an equal number of shares of vested Class A common stock and unvested Class A common stock, which will vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Mandatorily exchanging owners of vested common units issued upon conversion of vested incentive units and not sold will also receive (i) vested non-compensatory stock options to purchase a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to (A) the number of vested incentive units that were converted into such vested common units minus (B) the number of shares of vested Class A common stock issued in such exchange and (ii) cash in an amount equal to 65% of the fair market value of such non-compensatory stock options, as determined by us. Mandatorily exchanging owners of unvested common units issued upon conversion of unvested incentive units and not sold will also receive unvested compensatory stock options, which will vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, to purchase a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to (i) the number of unvested incentive units that were converted into such unvested common units minus (ii) the number of shares of unvested Class A common stock issued in such exchange. All of the foregoing stock options will have a term of ten (10) years and an exercise price per share of Class A common stock equal to the gross IPO price.

    Existing owners who are accredited investors and hold 85,000 or more common units and incentive units in the aggregate may sell up to 100% of their vested common units and vested incentive units (after conversion into the appropriate conversion number of common units) to Focus at the net IPO price, subject to cut-backs depending on the proceeds available from this offering. Unless such existing owner elects to sell all of its vested common units and vested incentive units (after conversion into the appropriate conversion number of common units), such existing owner must elect to sell at least 10,000 vested common units and vested incentive units (after conversion into the appropriate conversion number of common units). These existing owners may also elect to exchange all or a portion of their remaining common units and incentive units on the following terms: (i) common units will be exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, (ii) vested incentive units will be converted into the appropriate conversion number of vested common units and exchanged for an equal number of shares of vested Class A common stock and (iii) unvested incentive units will be converted into the appropriate conversion number of unvested common units and exchanged for an equal number of shares of unvested Class A common stock, which will vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. We refer to existing owners who elect such exchange as "optionally exchanging owners." Optionally exchanging owners may elect to exchange a portion of their common and incentive units only if they exchange at least 25,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate and, after any elective sale and such exchange, they continue to hold at least 25,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate in Focus LLC following this offering. These existing owners will continue to hold their common units and incentive units remaining after any such sale or exchange in Focus LLC.

62


Table of Contents

    We refer to direct or indirect owners of convertible preferred units that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes as "blockers." All outstanding convertible preferred units will be converted into common units on a one-for-one basis. The common units held by certain affiliates of our private equity investors will be distributed to their owners, some of which are blockers. Each blocker will then merge with a separate newly formed subsidiary of Focus, with the blocker as the surviving entity. Each blocker owner will receive consideration in the merger equal to one share of Class A common stock for each common unit held.

    The continuing owners affiliated with certain of our private equity investors will transfer a portion of their common units to Focus in exchange for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock. We refer to such private equity investors, solely with respect to the Class A common stock held by them following the reorganization transactions, as the "PE exchanging owners," and to mandatorily exchanging owners, optionally exchanging owners, and PE exchanging owners together as "exchanging owners."

    We will not issue any fractional shares of Class A common stock or common units in the reorganization transactions.

        We refer to existing owners who will hold common units or incentive units in Focus LLC after the reorganization transactions, including common units converted from convertible preferred units, as "continuing owners." In connection with this offering, Focus will issue shares of its Class B common stock to the continuing owners who hold vested common units in exchange for their assignment to Focus of their voting rights in Focus LLC. Each such owner will receive one share of Class B common stock for each vested common unit held. Continuing owners holding unvested common units will receive Class B common stock only upon vesting of such units. Continuing owners holding incentive units will not receive any Class B common stock.

        Shares of Class B common stock will not entitle their holders to any economic rights. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law. Each share of Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote. We do not intend to list the Class B common stock on any stock exchange. Continuing owners holding unvested common units will not have any voting rights until such units vest. Continuing owners holding incentive units will not have any voting rights.

Structure Upon Completion of Offering

        From the proceeds received in this offering after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

    Focus will pay $        million to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units, pay $             million to exchanging owners who elect to sell their Focus LLC units and contribute $            million to Focus LLC (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for common units.

    Focus LLC will use $             million of such contribution amount to reduce indebtedness under our credit facilities.

    The remaining $             million of such contribution amount (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be used by Focus LLC for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes and to pay the expenses of this offering.

63


Table of Contents

        Upon completion of the reorganization transactions and this offering:

    The outstanding capitalization of Focus will be as follows:

                shares of Class A common stock (or            shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) held by investors in this offering;

                shares of Class A common stock held by the exchanging owners and blocker owners;

                shares of Class B common stock held by the continuing owners;

    vested non-compensatory stock options to purchase          shares of Class A common stock at the gross IPO price issued to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units; and

    unvested compensatory stock options to purchase          shares of Class A common stock at the gross IPO price granted to mandatorily exchanging owners of unvested incentive units.

    The outstanding capitalization of Focus LLC will be as follows:

                common units held by Focus;

                common units held by the continuing owners; and

                incentive units held by the continuing owners, which will be convertible into            common units (assuming an offering price at the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus) in connection with the exercise of an exchange right, as described below.

    The combined voting power in Focus will be as follows:

            % for investors in this offering (or        % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) who will hold shares of Class A common stock;

            % for the exchanging owners and blocker owners (or        % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) as a result of their holding shares of Class A common stock; and

            % for the continuing owners holding vested common units in Focus LLC and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock.

        Each unitholder of Focus LLC (other than Focus) will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to cause Focus LLC to redeem all or a portion of its vested common units and vested incentive units, which we refer to as an "exchange right." Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested incentive units, such incentive units will first be converted into a number of common units that takes into account the then-current value of the common units and such incentive units' aggregate hurdle amount. Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested common units, and immediately after the conversion of vested incentive units into common units as described in the preceding sentence, Focus LLC will acquire each tendered common unit for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends reclassification and other similar transactions or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, in connection with any redemption of vested common units (other than common units received upon a conversion of incentive units as described in this paragraph), the corresponding shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. Alternatively, upon the exercise of any exchange right, Focus (instead of Focus LLC) will have the right to acquire each tendered common unit (and corresponding share of Class B common stock, as applicable) from the exchanging unitholder for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends reclassification and other similar transactions or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash, which we refer to as our "call

64


Table of Contents

right." The exchange rights will be subject to certain limitations and restrictions intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement."

Liquidity Rights and Limitations

        All existing and continuing owners will, subject to certain exceptions, be restricted from selling or transferring any shares of Class A common stock or any other of our equity securities for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement—Transfer of Securities" and "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities."

        Following the expiration of this 180-day period and except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will be restricted in exchanging Focus LLC units beneficially owned by them at the closing of this offering, such that they may exchange only up to one-third of such beneficially owned units per year, with certain carry-forward rights, and subject to certain exceptions, all as described below. The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions.

        Except for certain additional liquidity rights provided under the registration rights agreement described below and except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will only be permitted to exercise their exchange rights on quarterly exchange dates and with respect to one-twelfth of the units held by them at the closing of this offering, with an ability to carry forward unused exchange rights to subsequent exchange dates. The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions.

        Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we will file a shelf registration statement to permit the resale of shares of Class A common stock held by PE Holders or issuable upon the exercise of exchange rights by continuing owners as soon as practicable following the one year anniversary of this offering.

        The PE Holders will have the right to demand up to three secondary underwritten offerings per year. We may initiate one additional underwritten offering per year for the benefit of the other continuing owners.

        The PE Holders and the other continuing owners may have participation rights with respect to any such underwritten offerings. We may also participate on a primary basis and issue and sell shares of our Class A common stock for our own account. We will use the proceeds from any such offering to purchase outstanding Focus LLC units from continuing owners and pay related fees and expenses. In the event of any underwriter cutbacks, all participating holders will be treated equally and included pro rata based on their ownership of registrable shares at the closing of this offering.

        The PE Holders and the other continuing owners will also have piggyback registration rights with respect to other underwritten offerings by us under certain circumstances.

        We expect that future unitholders in certain instances may also be granted registration rights in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC, but on terms that are not superior to the registration rights of the continuing owners. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

65


Table of Contents

        In addition, continuing owners will be subject to certain transfer restrictions under the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Tax Receivable Agreements

        Focus's acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Focus LLC units in connection with this offering or pursuant to an exercise of an exchange right or the call right is expected to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC and such adjustments will be allocated to Focus. Moreover, following Focus's acquisition or deemed acquisition of Focus LLC units and of the blockers, Focus will be allocated adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC as a result of the acquisition in July 2017 of convertible preferred units by our private equity investors and certain of the blockers owned by our private equity investors. These adjustments would not have been available to Focus absent its acquisition or deemed acquisition of Focus LLC units or its acquisition of the blockers and are expected to reduce the amount of cash tax that Focus would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, Focus will enter into two Tax Receivable Agreements with the TRA holders. The term of each Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the closing of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to such Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we experience a change of control (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), and we make the termination payments specified in the Tax Receivable Agreements. The Tax Receivable Agreements generally provide for the payment by Focus to each TRA holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of, as applicable to the relevant TRA holder, (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Focus's acquisition or deemed acquisition (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA holder's units in connection with this offering or pursuant to the exercise of an exchange right or the call right, (ii) the increases in tax basis relating to the July 2017 acquisition by our private equity investors that will be available to Focus as a result of its acquisition of the blockers in connection with this offering and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Focus as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Focus makes under the relevant Tax Receivable Agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the cash savings.

        Because Focus is a holding company with no operations of its own, Focus's ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements is dependent on the ability of Focus LLC to make distributions to Focus in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Internal Reorganization and Resulting Structure—Focus is a holding company. Focus's sole material asset after completion of this offering will be its equity interest in Focus LLC and Focus will be accordingly dependent upon distributions from Focus LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements and cover its corporate and other overhead expenses." If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), Focus could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment.

66


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We expect the net proceeds from this offering to be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $             million, in the aggregate.

        Focus intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay $             million to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units and pay $             million to exchanging owners that elect to sell their Focus LLC units.

        Focus intends to contribute $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to Focus LLC (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for                        common units. Focus LLC will use $             million of such contribution amount to reduce indebtedness under our credit facilities.

        The remaining $             million of such contribution amount (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be used by Focus LLC for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes and to pay the expenses of this offering.

        Borrowings under our credit facilities were primarily made for acquisitions, cash liquidity for unitholders and other general business purposes. As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding borrowings of $998.0 million at stated value under our credit facilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the weighted-average interest rate under our credit facilities was approximately 6%. As of March 31, 2018, we had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $2.5 million, bearing interest at an annual rate of approximately 3%. After payoff of our second lien term loan, the remaining credit facilities will consist of our first lien term loan and first lien revolving credit facility, which currently have July 2024 and July 2022 maturity dates, respectively. In June 2018, we entered into an amendment to our credit facilities that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. Please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities."

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, received by us to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus remains the same. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares of Class A common stock to be sold by us in this offering would cause the net proceeds received by us to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same. Any increase or decrease in proceeds due to a change in the initial public offering price or number of shares issued would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of net proceeds contributed to Focus LLC to be used by it for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes.

67


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of our business. If we decide to pay cash dividends in the future, the declaration and payment of such dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and may be discontinued at any time. In determining the amount of any future dividends, our board of directors will take into account any legal or contractual limitations, our actual and anticipated future earnings, cash flow, debt service and capital requirements, the amount of distributions to us from Focus LLC and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company, our cash flow and ability to pay dividends depends upon the financial results and cash flows of our operating subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of cash to us in the form of dividends or otherwise from Focus LLC.

68


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

    on an actual basis; and

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," (ii) the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $            per share (which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and (iii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under "Use of Proceeds."

        You should read the following table in conjunction with "Internal Reorganization," "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2018  
 
  Actual(1)   Pro Forma(2)  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,949   $    

First Lien Term Loan

  $ 791,025   $    

Second Lien Term Loan

    207,000        

Unamortized debt financing costs

    (3,963 )      

Unamortized discount

    (1,877 )      

Borrowings under credit facilities(3)

  $ 992,185        

Redeemable common and incentive units

    166,249        

Convertible preferred units

    698,500        

Total mezzanine equity

  $ 864,749   $    

Equity:

             

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized (pro forma);              shares issued and outstanding (pro forma)

           

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized (pro forma);              shares issued and outstanding (pro forma)

           

Additional paid-in capital

           

Total members' deficit/shareholders' equity

    (780,629 ) $    

Total capitalization

  $ 1,076,305   $    

(1)
Focus was incorporated in July 2015. The data in this table has been derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Focus LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares of Class A common stock to be sold by us in this offering would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming the assumed initial

69


Table of Contents

    public offering price per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)
As of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities of $            . In June 2018, we entered into an amendment to our credit facilities that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding the pending amendment, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Facilities."

70


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock for accounting purposes. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018, after giving pro forma effect to the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," was approximately $             million, or $            per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma tangible net worth (tangible assets less total liabilities), inclusive of convertible preferred units that will be converted into common units in connection with the reorganization transactions, by the total number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering, including giving effect to our internal reorganization. After giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering and further assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing owners and immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering of $            per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering (assuming that 100% of the outstanding Focus LLC common units and incentive units have been exchanged for Class A common stock):

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018 (after giving effect to our internal reorganization)

                  

Increase per share attributable to new investors in the offering

                  

Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share (after giving effect to our internal reorganization and this offering)

                  

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering(1)

                  

(1)
If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per share, then dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would equal $            or $            , respectively.

        The following table summarizes, as of the closing of this offering, the total number of shares of Class A common stock owned by existing owners (assuming that 100% of the outstanding Focus LLC common units and incentive units have been exchanged for Class A common stock) and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing owners and to be paid by new investors in this offering at $            (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) calculated before deduction of the estimated underwriting discount.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 

Existing owners

                                  % $                               % $               

Investors in this offering

                                  % $                               % $               

Total

                                  % $                               % $               

71


Table of Contents

        If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to                        , or approximately         % of the total number of shares of Class A common stock. Assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by approximately $             million.

        To the extent that (i) we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised, (ii) other issuances of Class A common stock are made or (iii) other issuances of common units or grants of incentive units are made and those units are exchanged for Class A common stock, there will be further dilution to new investors.

72


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        Focus Financial Partners Inc. was formed in July 2015 and does not have historical financial operating results. The following table shows selected historical and pro forma consolidated financial data of our accounting predecessor, Focus Financial Partners, LLC, for the periods and as of the dates presented. Focus Financial Partners, LLC was formed on November 30, 2004.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 were derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor not included in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 were derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor not included in this prospectus. The summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data has been prepared on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners, LLC. In the opinion of management, such summary unaudited historical consolidated financial data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary to present our financial position for the periods presented. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of statements of financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

        The selected unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2017 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization", (ii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering and (iii) the SCS Acquisition as if they had each been completed as of January 1, 2017. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed as of January 1, 2018, with the exception of the SCS Acquisition, which is included in the unaudited consolidated statement of operations data of our accounting predecessor for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The selected unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed as of March 31, 2018, with the exception of the SCS Acquisition, which is included in the unaudited balance sheet of our accounting predecessor as of March 31, 2018. The selected unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data are presented for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the reorganization transactions, this offering and the SCS Acquisition been consummated on the dates indicated and do not purport to be indicative of statements of financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

        You should read the following table in conjunction with "Internal Reorganization," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus and the pro forma consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners Inc. set forth under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information." Among other things, the

73


Table of Contents

historical and pro forma financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information.

 
  Focus Financial Partners, LLC   Focus Financial Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,    
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
 
 
  2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                       

Revenues

  $ 268,935   $ 325,574   $ 382,347   $ 485,444   $ 662,887   $ 135,546   $ 196,229   $     $    

Operating expenses

    251,903     304,549     361,030     447,161     657,134     124,152     183,683              

Income from operations

    17,032     21,025     21,317     38,283     5,753     11,394     12,546              

Other expense, net

    (7,380 )   (8,817 )   (11,347 )   (21,580 )   (55,613 )   (6,501 )   (23,424 )            

Income (loss) before income tax

    9,652     12,208     9,970     16,703     (49,860 )   4,893     (10,878 )            

Income tax expense (benefit)

    975     212     649     981     (1,501 )   442     1,176              

Net income (loss)

  $ 8,677   $ 11,996   $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 ) $ 4,451   $ (12,054 ) $     $    

Net income (loss) per share of Class A common stock:

                                                       

Basic

  $     $    

Diluted

  $     $    

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data (at period end):

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,668   $ 9,086   $ 15,499   $ 16,508   $ 51,455   $ 17,815   $ 27,949   $     $    

Total assets

    381,334     404,467     550,670     752,941     1,234,837     814,765     1,254,519              

Total liabilities

    251,977     257,130     418,871     562,339     1,148,749     605,862     1,170,399              

Total mezzanine equity

    348,817     369,574     405,347     452,485     864,749     468,416     864,749              

Total members' deficit/shareholders' equity

    (219,460 )   (222,237 )   (273,548 )   (261,883 )   (778,661 )   (259,513 )   (780,629 )            

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Revenue Metrics:

                                                       

Revenue growth(1) from prior period

    28.9 %   21.1 %   17.4 %   27.0 %   36.6 %   17.0 %   44.8 %            

Organic revenue growth(2) from prior period

    12.2 %   14.2 %   5.5 %   5.2 %   13.4 %   9.3 %   17.6 %            

Management Fees Metrics (operating expense):

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Management fees growth(3) from prior period

    41.4 %   21.7 %   13.4 %   28.0 %   42.5 %   25.6 %   39.3 %            

Organic management fees growth(4) from prior period

    16.5 %   16.9 %   1.9 %   3.6 %   23.0 %   17.7 %   24.5 %            

Adjusted EBITDA Metrics:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 55,717   $ 67,755   $ 75,442   $ 103,038   $ 145,226   $ 28,198   $ 44,221   $     $    

Adjusted EBITDA growth(5) from prior period

    29.4 %   21.6 %   11.3 %   36.6 %   40.9 %   17.6 %   56.8 %            

Adjusted Net Income Metrics:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Adjusted Net Income(6)

  $ 45,345   $ 55,870   $ 60,538   $ 77,504   $ 96,553   $ 20,627   $ 28,302   $     $    

Adjusted Net Income growth(6) from prior period

    39.5 %   23.2 %   8.4 %   28.0 %   24.6 %   18.1 %   37.2 %            

Other Metrics:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Acquired Base Earnings(7)

  $ 5,009   $ 5,327   $ 15,586   $ 23,217   $ 44,191   $ 6,793   $ 2,750              

Number of partner firms at period end(8)

    27     30     36     42     51     45     52              

(1)
Represents growth in our GAAP revenue.

74


Table of Contents

(2)
Organic revenue growth represents the year-over-year growth in revenue related to partner firms, including growth related to acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships by our partner firms and partner firms that have merged, that (i) for the annual periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire fiscal year-periods presented and (ii) for the three month-periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire three month-periods presented. We believe these growth statistics are useful in that they present full-period revenue growth of partner firms on a "same store" basis exclusive of the effect of the partial period results of partner firms that are acquired during the comparable periods.

(3)
The terms of our management agreements entitle the management companies to management fees typically consisting of all EBPC in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. Management fees growth represents the year-over-year growth in GAAP management fees earned by management companies. While an expense, we believe that growth in management fees reflect the strength of the partnership.

(4)
Organic management fees growth represents the year-over-year growth in management fees earned by management companies related to partner firms, including growth related to acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships by our partner firms and partner firms that have merged, that (i) for the annual periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire fiscal year-periods presented and (ii) for the three month-periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire three month-periods presented. We believe that these growth statistics are useful in that they present full-period growth of management fees on a "same store" basis exclusive of the effect of the partial period results of partner firms that are acquired during the comparable periods.

(5)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business."

(6)
Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business."

(7)
Pursuant to our management agreements, we retain a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings, which we refer to as Acquired Base Earnings. For additional information regarding Acquired Base Earnings, please read "—Acquired Base Earnings."

(8)
Represents the number of partner firms on the last day of the period presented. For the applicable period end, the number of partner firms has been reduced for partner firms that merged with existing partner firms prior to the last day of the period. Subsequent to March 31, 2018 through the date of this prospectus, we completed the acquisition of three additional partner firms. Additionally, one partner firm has transitioned a portion of its business into a new partner firm and, in June 2018, we entered into an agreement to sell the legacy partner firm in exchange for Focus LLC common units held by the buyer.

75


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        Focus Financial Partners Inc. was formed in July 2015 and does not have historical financial operating results. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners Inc. are based on the historical consolidated financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Focus Financial Partners, LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization" elsewhere in this prospectus and this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as if they had been completed as of January 1, 2017 and (ii) the SCS Acquisition as though it was completed on January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed as of January 1, 2018, with the exception of the SCS Acquisition, which is included in the unaudited consolidated statement of operations data of our accounting predecessor for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed as of March 31, 2018, with the exception of the SCS Acquisition, which is included in the unaudited balance sheet of our accounting predecessor as of March 31, 2018. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the reorganization transactions, this offering and the SCS Acquisition on the historical financial information of Focus Financial Partners, LLC.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with "Internal Reorganization," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners, LLC and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Upon completion of this offering, we expect our operating expenses to increase as a result of being a publicly traded company, including annual and quarterly report preparation, tax return preparation, independent auditor fees, investor relations activities, transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and independent director compensation. We also expect our accounting, legal, tax and personnel-related expenses to increase as we supplement our compliance and governance functions, maintain and review internal controls over financial reporting and prepare and distribute periodic reports as required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not reflect these increased expenses.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the reorganization transactions and this offering been consummated on the dates indicated, and does not purport to be indicative of statements of financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

76


Table of Contents


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2017
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Focus Financial
Partners, LLC
Historical
  SCS Financial
Services, LLC
and Subsidiaries
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
Note
  Subtotal   Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
Note
  Focus Financial
Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 

REVENUES:

                                               

Wealth management fees

  $ 617,124   $ 24,722                     $                    $               

Other

    45,763                                        

Total revenues

    662,887     24,722                                    

OPERATING EXPENSES:

                                               

Compensation and related expenses               

    265,555     20,599           (f )             (a)        

Management fees

    163,617               (f )                      

Selling, general and administrative               

    134,615     2,520                                    

Intangible amortization

    64,367               (g )                      

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    22,294                                        

Depreciation and other amortization

    6,686     115                                    

Total operating expenses

    657,134     23,234                                    

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

    5,753     1,488                                    

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

                                               

Interest income

    222                                        

Interest expense

    (41,861 )   (363 )         (h )             (b)        

Amortization of debt financing costs

    (4,084 )                             (b)        

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

    (8,106 )                             (b)        

Other (expense) income—net

    (3,191 )   4                                    

Income from equity method investments

    1,407                                        

Total other expense—net

    (55,613 )   (359 )                                  

INCOME(LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

    (49,860 )   1,129                                    

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

    (1,501 )             (i )             (c)        

Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

        (66 )         (j )             (d)        

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC. 

  $ (48,359 ) $ 1,063                     $                    $               

Net loss per share of Class A common stock:

                                               

Basic

                                      (e)   $               

Diluted

                                      (e)   $               

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:

                                               

Basic

                                      (e)        

Diluted

                                      (e)        

77


Table of Contents


Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2017
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

        (a)   Reflects additional compensation expense related to the vesting and exchange of certain incentive units occurring in connection with the reorganization transactions and additional compensation expense related to cash payments and the issuance of stock options to unitholders in connection with this offering.

        (b)   Reflects adjustments to interest expense and loss on extinguishment of borrowings related to the reduction of indebtedness under our credit facilities, reduction in the assumed interest rate to        %, the increase in our first lien revolving credit facility and amortization of debt financing costs, in connection with the pending amendment to our credit facilities (as if these transactions had been completed as of July 3, 2017). Each 1.00% change in the assumed interest rate for such indebtedness would increase or decrease pro forma interest expense by approximately $           million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        (c)   Reflects the impact of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes on the income of Focus. The pro forma effective income tax rate is estimated to be approximately        % and was determined by combining the projected U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes.

        As a flow-through entity, Focus LLC is generally not and has not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes at the entity level, although it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. Instead, for U.S. federal and certain state income tax purposes, taxable income was and is passed through to its unitholders, which after the reorganization transactions, will include Focus. Focus is subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes applicable to corporations. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal income tax statutory rate to loss before provision for income taxes as follows:

 
  For the Year
Ended December 31, 2017
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

U.S. federal statutory rate

  $                                       %

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal

                           %

Permanent items and other

                           %

Rate benefit from the flow through entity(1)

                           %

Provision for income taxes(2)

  $                                       %

(1)
Rate benefit from the flow through entity is calculated principally by multiplying the consolidated pro forma income before tax by the percentage of non-controlling interests (        %) represented by the common units and incentive units, after taking into account the hurdle, of Focus LLC held by the continuing owners and the U.S. federal statutory rate. The pro forma income before tax attributable to the non-controlling interests would be subject to New York City Unincorporated Business tax at the consolidated level at a statutory rate of 4.0%. The U.S. federal and state income taxes on the earnings attributable to the common units and incentive units held by the continuing owners will be payable directly by the continuing owners.

(2)
The pro forma provision for income taxes excludes the impact of the remeasurement of pro forma deferred tax assets resulting from the reduction in the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% as enacted by the 2017 Tax Cuts and Job Act (the "Tax Act"). A related adjustment to the Tax Receivable Agreement obligation has also been excluded from the pro forma statement of operations. In addition, the impact of the previously recorded benefit of $2,653 relating to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities of Focus LLC for the year

78


Table of Contents

    ended December 31, 2017 because of the Tax Act has also been removed from the pro forma provision for income taxes. The impact of the remeasurement of pro forma deferred tax assets would have been an expense of approximately $        . The impact of the remeasurement of the pro forma liability for the Tax Receivable Agreements would have been a benefit of approximately $        to other income.

        The table above includes certain book to tax differences such as non-deductible meals and entertainment, non-cash equity compensation expense, and intangible acquisition expenses which represent permanent differences. These differences are recognized at the level of the flow through entity, Focus LLC, and indirectly impact Focus by increasing the effective income tax rate.

        (d)   Represents the non-controlling interest allocation of        % of the net loss of Focus to the continuing owners. The percentage is based on the common units and incentive units of Focus LLC to be outstanding after the offering.

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31, 2017
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Vested common units held by continuing owners

       

Common unit equivalents of vested incentive units held by continuing owners(1)

       

Total common units and common unit equivalents attributable to non-controlling interest

       

Total vested common units and vested common unit equivalents of incentive units outstanding

       

Non-controlling interest allocation

                         %

Loss before provision for income taxes

  $                       

Non-controlling interest allocation

                         %

Loss before provision for income taxes attributable to non-controlling interest

       

Non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes(2)

       

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

  $                       

(1)
On a common unit equivalent basis using the initial public offering price.

(2)
The non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes of $            for the year ended December 31, 2017, is calculated by multiplying the pro forma provision for income taxes for Focus LLC of $            by the non-controlling interest allocation percentage of        %.

        (e)   The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of Class A common stock is calculated as follows:

 
  Basic   Diluted  
 
  (dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to Focus(1)

  $                $               

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding(1)(2)(3)

             

Pro forma net loss per share of Class A common stock

  $                $               

(1)
Shares of Class B common stock do not share in the earnings of Focus and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net loss per share. Furthermore, no pro forma effect was given to the future potential exchanges of the            vested common units and            vested incentive units held by the continuing owners that will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of the reorganization and the offering for a corresponding number of

79


Table of Contents

    shares of our Class A common stock because the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon these exchanges would not be dilutive.

(2)
Compensatory and non-compensatory stock options issued in connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering are anti-dilutive and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares.

(3)
Diluted net loss per share includes            shares related to unvested Class A common stock.

        (f)    To record management fees pursuant to the management agreement entered into with the selling principals of SCS Financial Services, LLC and adjust the principals' historical compensation.

        (g)   To record additional amortization expense related to the SCS Financial Services, LLC intangibles acquired in connection with the SCS Acquisition.

        (h)   To record adjustments to interest expense due to increased borrowings of $213,000 as a result of the SCS Acquisition at an assumed interest rate of        % (in connection with the pending amendment to our credit facilities) and eliminate SCS Financial Services, LLC's interest expense, as the outstanding debt of SCS Financial Services, LLC was repaid at the closing of the SCS acquisition. Each 1.00% change in the assumed interest rate for such indebtedness would increase or decrease pro forma interest expense by approximately $           million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        (i)    To record additional tax expense resulting from the SCS Acquisition.

        (j)    To eliminate SCS Financial Services, LLC's non-controlling interest as Focus LLC is the sole equity owner post-acquisition.

80


Table of Contents


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
as of March 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Focus Financial
Partners, LLC
Historical
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
Note
  Focus Financial
Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 

ASSETS

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,949   $     (a)(b)(c)(e)(f)(g)   $    

Accounts receivable—net

    84,433                  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    47,858         (c)        

Fixed assets—net

    21,870                  

Debt financing costs—net

    12,541         (b)        

Deferred tax asset

              (d)        

Goodwill

    527,201                  

Other intangible assets—net

    532,667                  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 1,254,519   $         $    

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT/SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY:

                       

LIABILITIES:

                       

Accounts payable

  $ 7,201   $         $    

Accrued expenses

    28,837                  

Due to affiliates

    23,735                  

Deferred revenue

    7,986                  

Other liabilities

    110,455                  

Borrowings under credit facilities

    992,185         (b)(g)        

Tax receivable agreement obligations

              (d)        

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    1,170,399                  

MEZZANINE EQUITY:

                       

Redeemable common and incentive units

    166,249         (j)        

Convertible preferred units

    698,500         (j)        

Total mezzanine equity

    864,749                  

MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (780,629 )       (a)(j)        

Class A Common stock, par value $0.01, 500,000,000 shares authorized; and                 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

              (c)(g)        

Class B Common stock, par value $0.01, 500,000,000 shares authorized; and                 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

              (g)        

Additional paid-in capital

              (a)(c)(d)        

Shareholder's equity

              (a)(f)        

Total members' deficit / shareholder's equity

    (780,629 )                

Non-controlling interests

              (h)        

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT/SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

  $ 1,254,519   $         $    

81


Table of Contents


Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Focus Financial
Partners, LLC
Historical
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
Note
  Focus Financial
Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 

REVENUES:

                       

Wealth management fees

  $ 184,323   $         $    

Other

    11,906                  

Total revenues

    196,229                  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

                       

Compensation and related expenses

    73,349         (a)        

Management fees

    46,300                  

Selling, general and administrative

    36,287                  

Intangible amortization

    19,494                  

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    6,371                  

Depreciation and other amortization

    1,882                  

Total operating expenses

    183,683                  

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

    12,546                  

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

                       

Interest income

    142                  

Interest expense

    (14,272 )       (b)        

Amortization of debt financing costs

    (959 )                

Gain on sale of investment

    5,509                  

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

    (14,011 )       (b)        

Other (expense) income—net

    93                  

Income from equity investments

    74                  

Total other expense—net

    (23,424 )                

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

    (10,878 )                

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

    1,176         (e)        

Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

            (h)        

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC. 

  $ (12,054 ) $         $    

Net loss per share of Class A common stock:

                       

Basic

              (i)   $    

Diluted

              (i)   $    

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:

                       

Basic

              (i)   $    

Diluted

              (i)   $    

82


Table of Contents


Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet and Statement of Operations
as of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018

        (a)   Reflects additional compensation expense related to the vesting and exchange of certain incentive units occurring in connection with the reorganization transactions and additional compensation expense related to cash payments and the issuance of stock options to unitholders in connection with this offering.

        (b)   Reflects adjustments to interest expense and loss on extinguishment of borrowings related to the reduction of indebtedness under our credit facilities, reduction in the assumed interest rate to        %, the increase in our first lien revolving credit facility and amortization of debt financing costs in connection with the pending amendment to our credit facilities. Each 1.00% change in the assumed interest rate for such indebtedness would increase or decrease pro forma interest expense by approximately $          million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Also reflects estimated debt financing costs of $        and debt discount of $        , which is reflected net for borrowings under our credit facilities, in connection with the pending amendment to our credit facilities.

        (c)   From this offering, Focus expects to receive net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of approximately $            , representing the gross proceeds of $            less the underwriting discount of $            and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $            , of which $875,000 have been previously incurred and that Focus has deferred and included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet. The gross proceeds are based on the initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint in the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

        The offering adjustments to additional paid-in capital are determined as follows (in thousands):

Gross proceeds from offering

  $    

Underwriting discount

       

Estimated offering expenses

       

Par value of Class A common stock

       

  $    

        (d)   In connection with the closing of this offering, Focus will enter into two Tax Receivable Agreements with the TRA Holders. The agreements generally provide for the payment by Focus to each TRA holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of certain increases in tax basis and certain tax benefits attributable to imputed interest. Focus will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. The portion of the deferred tax asset of $            resulting from the offering and attributable to the TRA holders is $            . The liability to be recognized for the Tax Receivable Agreements is $            or 85% of the deferred tax asset of $            which has been recognized from the increase in tax basis and certain tax benefits attributable to imputed interest. This liability is included in pro forma Tax Receivable Agreements obligations. Focus expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, realized.

        The total deferred tax asset and Tax Receivable Agreements liability pro forma adjustments are $            and $            , respectively. The excess of the deferred tax asset pro forma adjustment over the Tax Receivable Agreements liability pro forma adjustment of $            is recorded as additional paid-in capital.

        (e)   Reflects the impact of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes on the income of Focus. The pro forma effective income tax rate is estimated to be approximately        % and was determined by combining the projected U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes.

83


Table of Contents

        As a flow-through entity, Focus LLC is generally not and has not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes at the entity level, although it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. Instead, for U.S. federal and certain state income tax purposes, taxable income was and is passed through to its unitholders, which after the reorganization transactions, will include Focus. Focus is subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes applicable to corporations. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. federal income tax statutory rate to loss before provision for income taxes as follows:

 
  For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

U.S. federal statutory rate

  $         %

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal

            %

Permanent items and other

            %

Rate benefit from the flow through entity(1)

            %

Provision for income taxes

  $         %

(1)
Rate benefit from the flow through entity is calculated principally by multiplying the consolidated pro forma income before tax by the percentage of non-controlling interests (        %) represented by the common units and incentive units, after taking into account the hurdle, of Focus LLC held by the continuing owners and the U.S. federal statutory rate. The pro forma income before tax attributable to the non-controlling interests would be subject to New York City Unincorporated Business tax at the consolidated level at a statutory rate of 4.0%. The U.S. federal and state income taxes on the earnings attributable to the common units and incentive units held by the continuing owners will be payable directly by the continuing owners.

        The table above includes certain book to tax differences such as non-deductible meals and entertainment, non-cash equity compensation expense, and intangible acquisition expenses which represent permanent differences. These differences are recognized at the level of the flow through entity, Focus LLC, and indirectly impact Focus by increasing the effective income tax rate.

        (f)    Focus intends to use the net proceeds from this offering to pay $            million to mandatorily exchanging owners of vested incentive units and pay $            million to exchanging owners that elect to sell their Focus LLC units.

        (g)   Focus intends to contribute $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to Focus LLC (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for                common units. Focus LLC will use $             million of such contribution amount to reduce indebtedness under our credit facilities. The remaining $             million of such contribution amount (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be used by Focus LLC for acquisitions and general corporate business purposes and to pay the expenses of this offering. The par value of Class B common stock related to issuance of common units was $        .

84


Table of Contents

        (h)   Represents the non-controlling interest allocation of        % of the net loss of Focus to the continuing owners. The percentage is based on the common units and incentive units of Focus LLC to be outstanding after the offering.

 
  For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Vested common units held by continuing owners

       

Common unit equivalents of vested incentive units held by continuing owners(1)

       

Total common units and common unit equivalents attributable to non-controlling interest

       

Total vested common units and vested common unit equivalents of incentive units outstanding

       

Non-controlling interest allocation

      %

Loss before provision for income taxes

  $    

Non-controlling interest allocation

      %

Loss before provision for income taxes attributable to non-controlling interest

       

Non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes(2)

       

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

  $    

(1)
On a common unit equivalent basis using the initial public offering price.

(2)
The non-controlling portion of provision for income taxes of $            for the three months ended March 31, 2018, is calculated by multiplying the pro forma provision for income taxes for Focus LLC of $            by the non-controlling interest allocation percentage of        %.

        (i)    The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of Class A common stock is calculated as follows:

 
  Basic   Diluted  
 
  (dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to Focus(1)

  $                $               

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding(1)(2)(3)

             

Pro forma net loss per share of Class A common stock

  $                $               

(1)
Shares of Class B common stock do not share in the earnings of Focus and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net loss per share. Furthermore, no pro forma effect was given to the future potential exchanges of the                    vested common units and                    vested incentive units held by the continuing owners that will be outstanding immediately after the consummation of the reorganization and the offering for a corresponding number of shares of our Class A common stock because the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon these exchanges would not be dilutive.

(2)
Compensatory and non-compensatory stock options issued in connection with the reorganization transactions and this offering are anti-dilutive and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares.

(3)
Diluted net loss per share includes            shares related to unvested Class A common stock.

        (j)    Represents the elimination of convertible preferred units and redeemable common and incentive units of $            and $            , respectively, pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering.

85


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read this discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and the historical financial statements and related notes of Focus Financial Partners, LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information in this section contains forward-looking statements. Please read "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Our actual results may differ significantly from the results suggested by these forward-looking statements and from our historical results. Some factors that may cause our results to differ are described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. Focus Financial Partners Inc. was formed in July 2015 and does not have historical financial operating results. The historical financial data discussed below reflect the historical results of operations and financial condition of our accounting predecessor, Focus Financial Partners, LLC, and its subsidiaries and do not give effect to the reorganization transactions described elsewhere in this prospectus. Please read "Internal Reorganization" and "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information" included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the reorganization transactions and their effect on our historical results of operations and financial condition.

Overview

        We are a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms operating in the highly fragmented RIA industry, with a footprint of over 50 partner firms across the country. We have achieved this market leadership by positioning ourselves as the partner of choice for many firms in an industry where a number of secular trends are driving RIA consolidation. Our partner firms primarily service high net worth individuals and families by providing highly differentiated and comprehensive wealth management services. Our partner firms benefit from our intellectual and financial resources, operating in a scaled business model with aligned interests, while retaining their entrepreneurial culture and independence.

        Our partnership is comprised of trusted professionals providing comprehensive wealth management services under a largely recurring, fee-based model, which differentiates our partner firms from the traditional brokerage platforms whose revenues are largely derived from commissions. We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from wealth management fees for investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. We also generate other revenues from recordkeeping and administration service fees, commissions and distribution fees.

        Since we began revenue-generating and acquisition activities in 2006, we have created a partnership of over 50 partner firms, the substantial majority of which are RIAs registered with the SEC; built a business with revenues of $662.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $196.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018; established an attractive revenue model whereby in excess of 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 were fee-based and recurring in nature; and established a national footprint across the United States and expanded our international footprint into the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.

Sources of Revenue

        Our partner firms provide comprehensive wealth management services under a largely recurring, fee-based model. We, solely through our partner firms, derive a substantial majority of our revenue from wealth management fees, which are comprised of fees earned from wealth management services, including investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. Fees are primarily based either on a contractual percentage of the client's assets, a flat fee, an hourly rate or a combination of such fees and are billed either in advance or

86


Table of Contents

arrears on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. In certain cases, such wealth management fees may be subject to minimum fee levels depending on the services performed. We also generate other revenues, which include recordkeeping and administration service fees, commissions and distribution fees. The following table summarizes our sources of revenue:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  Revenues   % of Total
Revenues
  Revenues   % of Total
Revenues
  Revenues   % of Total
Revenues
  Revenues   % of Total
Revenues
  Revenues   % of Total
Revenues
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Wealth management fees

  $ 336,475     88.0 % $ 438,794     90.4 % $ 617,124     93.1 % $ 123,862     91.4 % $ 184,323     93.9 %

Other

    45,872     12.0 %   46,650     9.6 %   45,763     6.9 %   11,684     8.6 %   11,906     6.1 %

Total revenues

  $ 382,347     100.0 % $ 485,444     100.0 % $ 662,887     100.0 % $ 135,546     100.0 % $ 196,229     100.0 %

        During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, and the three months ended March 31, 2018 our wealth management fees were impacted by the acquisitions of new partner firms and the growth of existing partner firms, which includes the acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer lists by our existing partner firms. In 2015, 2016 and 2017, and the three months ended March 31, 2018 we completed acquisitions of seven, six, ten and two partner firms, respectively. In 2015 the new partner firms were IFAM Capital, Dorchester Wealth Management, The Fiduciary Group, Quadrant Private Wealth, Relative Value Partners, Fort Pitt Capital Group and Patton Albertson Miller Group. In 2016, the new partner firms were Douglas Lane & Associates, Kovitz Investment Group Partners, Waddell & Associates, Carnick & Kubik Group, GYL Financial Synergies and XML Financial Group. In 2017, the new partner firms were Crestwood Advisors, CFO4Life, One Charles Private Wealth, Bordeaux Wealth Advisors, Gelfand, Rennert & Feldman, Lake Street Advisors, Financial Professionals, SCS Financial Services, Brownlie & Braden and Eton Advisors. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the new partner firms were Cornerstone Wealth and Fortem Financial.

        In 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, our partner firms completed fourteen, twelve, fifteen and five transactions, respectively, consisting of both business acquisitions accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") Topic 805: Business Combinations and asset acquisitions.

        For additional information about our acquisitions see footnote 3 on pages F-16 and F-40 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        As of June 2018, our partner firms disclosed RAUM of $126.3 billion as of the dates indicated in our partner firms' most recent Form ADVs on file with the SEC. Of this amount, $102.1 billion was discretionary and $24.2 billion was non-discretionary. These amounts do not include four of our partner firms that are not registered investment advisors with the SEC.

        Discretionary RAUM means the RIA has discretionary authority over and provides ongoing supervisory and management services with respect to the account. Non-discretionary RAUM means the RIA does not have discretionary authority over the account, but it has ongoing responsibility to select or make recommendations based upon the needs of the client, as to specific securities or other investments the account may purchase or sell and, if such recommendations are accepted by the client, the RIA is responsible for arranging or effecting the purchase or sale. RAUM does not include all client assets that our partner firms charge fees on and may include assets that our partner firms do not charge fees on. Furthermore, our partner firms may charge flat fees, an hourly rate or a combination of fees, which are not based on the amount of the clients' assets, and charge a number of fees for services unrelated to client assets.

        Although the substantial majority of our revenues are fee-based and recurring, our revenues can fluctuate due to macroeconomic factors and the overall state of the financial markets, particularly in the United States. Our partner firms' wealth management fees are primarily based either on a

87


Table of Contents

contractual percentage of the client's assets, a flat fee, an hourly rate or a combination of such fees and are billed either in advance or arrears on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. Because of the variety of billing practices across our partner firms, there is no direct correlation between short-term financial market movements and total revenues. Additionally, we estimate that approximately 17% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were not directly correlated to the financial markets. Longer term trends in the financial markets may favorably or unfavorably impact our total revenues, but not in a linear relationship. For example, during 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Standard & Poor's 500 Index had a total return of 1.4%, 12.0% and 21.8%, respectively, and the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index had a total return for the same periods of 0.5%, 2.6% and 3.5%, respectively. By comparison, for the same periods our organic revenue growth was 5.5%, 5.2% and 13.4%, respectively. For additional information, please read "—How We Evaluate our Business."

Operating Expenses

        Our operating expenses consist of compensation and related expenses, management fees, selling, general and administrative expense, intangible amortization, non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration and depreciation and other amortization expense.

Compensation and Related Expenses

        Compensation and related expenses includes salaries, wages, related employee benefits and taxes for employees at our partner firms and employees at the holding company level. Compensation and related expenses also includes non-cash compensation expense, issued primarily in the form of common units or incentive units, to employees and non-employees, including management company principals.

Management Fees

        While we have to date, with limited exceptions, acquired substantially all of the assets of a target firm, following our acquisition of a new partner firm, the partner firm continues to be primarily managed by its principals through their 100% ownership of a new management company formed by them concurrently with the acquisition. Our operating subsidiary, the management company and the principals enter into a management agreement that provides for the payment of ongoing management fees to the management company. The terms of the management agreements are generally six years subject to automatic renewals for consecutive one-year terms, unless earlier terminated by either the management company or us in certain limited situations. Under the management agreement, the management company is entitled to management fees typically consisting of all EBPC in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of EBPC in excess of Target Earnings.

        We retain a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings. To the extent earnings of an acquired business in any year are less than Base Earnings, in the following year we are entitled to receive Base Earnings together with the prior years' shortfall before any management fees are earned by the management company.

        The following table provides an illustrative example of our economics, including management fees earned by the management company, for periods of projected revenues, +10% growth in revenues and –10% growth in revenues. This example assumes (i) Target Earnings of $3.0 million; (ii) Base Earnings

88


Table of Contents

acquired of 60% of Target Earnings or $1.8 million; and (iii) a percentage of earnings in excess of Target Earnings retained by the management company of 40%.

 
  Projected
Revenues
  +10% Growth
in Revenues
  –10% Growth
in Revenues
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

New Partner Firm

                   

New partner firm revenues

  $ 5,000   $ 5,500   $ 4,500  

Less:

                   

Operating expenses (excluding management fees)

    (2,000 )   (2,000 )   (2,000 )

EBPC

  $ 3,000   $ 3,500   $ 2,500  

Base Earnings to Focus (60%)

    1,800     1,800     1,800  

Management fees to management company (40%)

    1,200     1,200     700  

EBPC in excess of Target Earnings:

                   

To Focus (60%)

        300      

To management company as management fees (40%)

        200      

Focus

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Focus revenues

  $ 5,000   $ 5,500   $ 4,500  

Less:

                   

Operating expenses (excluding management fees)

    (2,000 )   (2,000 )   (2,000 )

Less:

                   

Management fees to management company

    (1,200 )   (1,400 )   (700 )

Operating income

  $ 1,800   $ 2,100   $ 1,800  

        As a result of our economic arrangements with the various management company entities, 100% of management fees are variable expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative

        Selling, general and administrative expenses include rent, insurance premiums, professional fees, travel and entertainment and other costs.

Intangible Amortization

        Amortization of intangibles consists primarily of the amortization of intangibles we acquired through our various acquisitions of new partner firms and acquisitions by our partner firms.

Non-Cash Changes in Fair Value of Estimated Contingent Consideration

        We have typically incorporated into our acquisition structure contingent consideration paid to the sellers upon the satisfaction of specified financial thresholds, and the purchase price for a typical acquisition is comprised of a base purchase price and the right to receive such contingent consideration in the form of earn out payments. The contingent consideration is paid upon the satisfaction of specified growth thresholds typically over a six-year period. This arrangement may result in the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers for periods following the closing of an acquisition. The growth thresholds are typically tied to the CAGR of the partner firm's earnings. Earn out payments are typically payable in a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity and in the future may include our Class A common stock.

        For business acquisitions, we recognize the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the acquisition date as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for substantially all of the assets of the wealth management firm. The contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved. Any changes in fair value are recognized each

89


Table of Contents

reporting period in non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of operations.

Depreciation and Other Amortization

        Depreciation and other amortization expense primarily represents the benefits we received from using long-lived assets such as computers and equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures. Those assets primarily consist of purchased fixed assets as well as fixed assets acquired though our acquisitions.

Business Acquisitions

        We completed thirteen, twelve, twenty-three and six business acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively, consisting of both new partner firms and acquisitions by our partner firms. Such business acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 805: Business Combinations .

        The purchase price is comprised of a base purchase price and a right to receive contingent consideration in the form of earn out payments. The base purchase price typically consists of an upfront cash payment and Focus LLC equity. Following this offering, we may pay a portion of the base purchase price in our Class A common stock.

        The contingent consideration generally consists of two successive three-year earn out periods following the closing, with payment upon the satisfaction of specified growth thresholds. The growth thresholds are typically tied to the CAGR of the partner firm's earnings. Earn out payments are typically payable in a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity. Future acquisition agreements may provide for earn out payments to include Class A common stock.

        The following table summarizes our business acquisitions for the periods presented.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
  2015   2016   2017  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Number of business acquisitions closed

    13     12     23     6  

Consideration:

                         

Cash due at closing and option premium

  $ 97,089   $ 163,067   $ 362,524   $ 24,867  

Cash due subsequent to closing at net present value

    2,980     1,379     188      

Fair market value of Focus LLC common units issued

    28,527     43,788     64,728     6,302  

Fair market value of estimated contingent consideration

    12,462     12,620     37,551     8,928  

Total consideration

  $ 141,058   $ 220,854   $ 464,991   $ 40,097  

        Substantially all of our acquisitions have been paid for with a combination of cash flow from operations, proceeds from borrowings under our credit facilities and Focus LLC equity, valued at the then-fair market value. In the future, consideration may include our Class A common stock.

90


Table of Contents

How We Evaluate Our Business

        We focus on several key financial metrics in evaluating the success of our business, the success of our partner firms and our resulting financial position and operating performance. Key metrics for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 include the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue Metrics:

                               

Revenue growth(1) from prior period

    17.4 %   27.0 %   36.6 %   17.0 %   44.8 %

Organic revenue growth(2) from prior period

    5.5 %   5.2 %   13.4 %   9.3 %   17.6 %

Management Fees Metrics (operating expense):

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Management fees growth(3) from prior period

    13.4 %   28.0 %   42.5 %   25.6 %   39.3 %

Organic management fees growth(4) from prior period

    1.9 %   3.6 %   23.0 %   17.7 %   24.5 %

Adjusted EBITDA Metrics:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 75,442   $ 103,038   $ 145,226   $ 28,198   $ 44,221  

Adjusted EBITDA growth(5) from prior period

    11.3 %   36.6 %   40.9 %   17.6 %   56.8 %

Adjusted Net Income Metrics:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Adjusted Net Income(5)

  $ 60,538   $ 77,504   $ 96,553   $ 20,627   $ 28,302  

Adjusted Net Income growth(5) from prior period

    8.4 %   28.0 %   24.6 %   18.1 %   37.2 %

Other Metrics:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Acquired Base Earnings(6)

  $ 15,586   $ 23,217   $ 44,191   $ 6,793   $ 2,750  

Number of partner firms at period end(7)

    36     42     51     45     52  

(1)
Represents growth in our GAAP revenue.

(2)
Organic revenue growth represents the year-over-year growth in revenue related to partner firms, including growth related to acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships by our partner firms and partner firms that have merged, that (i) for the annual periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire fiscal year-periods presented and (ii) for the three month-periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire three month-periods presented. We believe these growth statistics are useful in that they present full-period revenue growth of partner firms on a "same store" basis exclusive of the effect of the partial period results of partner firms that are acquired during the comparable periods.

(3)
The terms of our management agreements entitle the management companies to management fees typically consisting of all EBPC in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. Management fees growth represents the year-over-year growth in GAAP management fees earned by management companies. While an expense, we believe that growth in management fees reflect the strength of the partnership.

(4)
Organic management fees growth represents the year-over-year growth in management fees earned by management companies related to partner firms, including growth related to acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships by our partner firms and partner firms that have merged, that (i) for the annual periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire fiscal year-periods presented and (ii) for the three month-periods presented, are included in our consolidated statements of operations for each of the entire three month-periods presented. We believe that these growth statistics are useful in that they present full-period growth of management fees on a "same store" basis exclusive of the effect of the partial period results of partner firms that are acquired during the comparable periods.

(5)
For additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, please read "—Adjusted EBITDA." and "—Adjusted Net Income," respectively.

91


Table of Contents

(6)
Pursuant to our management agreements, we retain a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings, which we refer to as Acquired Base Earnings. For additional information regarding Acquired Base Earnings, please read "—Acquired Base Earnings."

(7)
Represents the number of partner firms on the last day of the period presented. For the applicable period end, the number of partner firms has been reduced for partner firms that merged with existing partner firms prior to the last day of the period. Subsequent to March 31, 2018 through the date of this prospectus, we completed the acquisition of three additional partner firms. Additionally, one partner firm has transitioned a portion of its business into a new partner firm and, in June 2018, we entered into an agreement to sell the legacy partner firm in exchange for Focus LLC common units held by the buyer.

Adjusted EBITDA

        Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) excluding interest income, interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), amortization of debt financing costs, intangible amortization and impairments, if any, depreciation and other amortization, non-cash equity compensation expense, non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration, gain on sale of investment, loss on extinguishment of borrowings, other expense/income, net, delayed offering cost expense and management contract buyout, if any. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, viewed in addition to and not in lieu of, our reported GAAP results, provides additional useful information to investors regarding our performance and overall results of operations for various reasons, including the following:

    non-cash equity grants made to employees or non-employees at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time, stock-based compensation expense is not a key measure of our operating performance;

    contingent consideration or earn outs can vary substantially from company to company and depending upon each company's growth metrics and accounting assumption methods, the non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration is not considered a key measure in comparing our operating performance; and

    amortization expenses can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon each company's financing and accounting methods, the fair value and average expected life of acquired intangible assets and the method by which assets were acquired, the amortization of intangible assets obtained in acquisitions are not considered a key measure in comparing our operating performance.

        We use Adjusted EBITDA:

    as a measure of operating performance;

    for planning purposes, including the preparation of budgets and forecasts;

    to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;

    to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and

    as a consideration in determining compensation for certain employees.

        Adjusted EBITDA does not purport to be an alternative to net income (loss) or cash flows from operating activities. The term Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP, and Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income (loss), operating income or any other performance or liquidity measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Therefore, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

92


Table of Contents

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs; and

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense on our debt or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments.

        In addition, Adjusted EBITDA can differ significantly from company to company depending on strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We compensate for these limitations by relying also on the GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information.

        Set forth below is a reconciliation of historical net income (loss) to historical Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and a reconciliation of pro forma net loss to pro forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 
  Focus Financial Partners, LLC    
   
 
 
  Focus Financial Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
   
   
   
  For the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
 
 
  2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 ) $ 4,451   $ (12,054 ) $     $    

Interest income

    (90 )   (88 )   (222 )   (16 )   (142 )            

Interest expense

    9,977     21,327     41,861     5,991     14,272              

Income tax expense (benefit)

    649     981     (1,501 )   442     1,176              

Amortization of debt financing costs

    1,770     2,482     4,084     691     959              

Intangible amortization

    35,421     50,942     64,367     13,198     19,494              

Depreciation and other amortization

    5,327     5,680     6,686     1,469     1,882              

Non-cash equity compensation expense

    13,537     8,520     34,879     1,923     3,854              

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (160 )   (1,143 )   22,294     (78 )   6,371              

Gain on sale of investment

                    (5,509 )            

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

            8,106         14,011              

Other expense (income), net

    (310 )   (1,385 )   3,191     127     (93 )            

Delayed offering cost expense

            9,840                      

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 75,442   $ 103,038   $ 145,226   $ 28,198   $ 44,221   $     $    

Acquired Base Earnings

        The terms of our management agreements entitle the management companies to management fees typically consisting of all future EBPC of the acquired wealth management firm in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. Acquired Base Earnings is equal to our retained cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings. We are entitled to receive these earnings notwithstanding any earnings that we are entitled to receive in excess of Target Earnings. Base Earnings may change in future periods for various business or contractual matters. For example, from time to time when a partner firm consummates an acquisition, the management agreement among the partner firm, the management company and the principals is amended to adjust Base Earnings and Target Earnings to reflect the projected post-acquisition earnings of the partner firm.

93


Table of Contents

        From April 1, 2018 to the date of this prospectus, we completed            business acquisitions (accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 805: Business Combinations ) consisting of both new partner firms and acquisitions by our partner firms. The Acquired Base Earnings associated with the acquisition of the new partner firms during this period was $            . Proceeds from borrowings under our credit facilities were used to pay a portion of the cash consideration associated with these business acquisitions. As of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding borrowings of $            under our credit facilities. Additionally, we have signed definitive purchase agreements to acquire an additional            new partner firms with associated additional Acquired Base Earnings of $            . Each of these pending transactions is generally on terms and in a structure consistent with past transactions, and the closings are subject to customary closing conditions. Among other risks and uncertainties, there can be no guarantee that these acquisitions will be completed.

Adjusted Net Income

        Following our initial public offering, we will also analyze our performance using Adjusted Net Income. Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP measure. We expect to define Adjusted Net Income as net income (loss) excluding income tax expense (benefit), amortization of debt financing costs, intangible amortization and impairments, if any, non-cash equity compensation expense, non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration, gain on sale of investment, loss on extinguishment of borrowings, delayed offering cost expense, management contract buyout, if any, and other one-time transaction expenses. The calculation of pro forma Adjusted Net Income also includes adjustments to reflect (i) a pro forma 27% income tax rate assuming all earnings of Focus LLC were recognized by Focus and no earnings were attributable to non-controlling interests and (ii) an intangible asset related income tax benefit from acquisitions based on a pro forma 27% tax rate. We have historically not used Adjusted Net Income for internal management reporting and evaluation purposes; however, we believe that Adjusted Net Income, viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, our reported GAAP results, will provide additional useful information to investors regarding our performance and overall results of operations for various reasons, including the following:

    non-cash equity grants made to employees or non-employees at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time, stock-based compensation expense is not a key measure of our operating performance;

    contingent consideration or earn outs can vary substantially from company to company and depending upon each company's growth metrics and accounting assumption methods, the non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration is not considered a key measure in comparing our operating performance; and

    amortization expenses can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon each company's financing and accounting methods, the fair value and average expected life of acquired intangible assets and the method by which assets were acquired, the amortization of intangible assets obtained in acquisitions are not considered a key measure in comparing our operating performance.

        Adjusted Net Income does not purport to be an alternative to net income (loss) or cash flows from operating activities. The term Adjusted Net Income is not defined under GAAP, and Adjusted Net Income is not a measure of net income (loss), operating income or any other performance or liquidity measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Therefore, Adjusted Net Income has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Adjusted Net Income does not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

94


Table of Contents

    Adjusted Net Income does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs; and

    Other companies in the financial services industry may calculate Adjusted Net Income differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

        In addition, Adjusted Net Income can differ significantly from company to company depending on strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. We compensate for these limitations by relying also on the GAAP results and expect to use Adjusted Net Income as supplemental information.

        Set forth below is a reconciliation of historical net income (loss) to historical Adjusted Net Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018:

 
   
   
   
  For the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Focus Financial Partners Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  Focus Financial Partners, LLC  
 
  For the Year Ended December 31,    
   
   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2018
 
 
   
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
2017
 
 
  2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 ) $ 4,451   $ (12,054 ) $     $    

Income tax expense (benefit)

    649     981     (1,501 )   442     1,176              

Amortization of debt financing costs

    1,770     2,482     4,084     691     959              

Intangible amortization

    35,421     50,942     64,367     13,198     19,494              

Non-cash equity compensation expense

    13,537     8,520     34,879     1,923     3,854              

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (160 )   (1,143 )   22,294     (78 )   6,371              

Gain on sale of investment

                    (5,509 )            

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

            8,106         14,011              

Delayed offering cost expense

            9,840                      

Other one time transaction expenses

            2,843                      

Subtotal

    60,538     77,504     96,553     20,627     28,302              

Pro forma income tax expense (27%)

    N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A              

Tax Adjustments(1)

    N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A              

Adjusted Net Income(2)

  $ 60,538   $ 77,504   $ 96,553   $ 20,627   $ 28,302   $     $    

(1)
Represents the estimated pro forma tax benefits due to the amortization of intangible assets associated with our acquisitions. Inclusive of a full year of amortization of intangibles associated with the SCS Acquistion.

(2)
The historical periods for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 do not reflect pro forma income tax expense or Tax Adjustments in the computation of Adjusted Net Income.

95


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Comparability

        Our future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations, principally for the following reasons:

Tax Treatment

        As a flow-through entity, Focus LLC is generally not and has not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes at the entity level, although it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. Instead, for U.S. federal and certain state income tax purposes, taxable income was and is passed through to its unitholders, which, after the reorganization transactions completed in connection with this offering, include Focus. Focus is subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes applicable to corporations. Accordingly, our effective tax rate, and the absolute dollar amount of our tax expense, will increase as a result of the reorganization. Please read "Internal Reorganization."

Public Company Expenses

        Upon completion of this offering, we expect our operating expenses to increase as a result of being a publicly traded company, including annual and quarterly report preparation, tax return preparation, independent auditor fees, investor relations activities, transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and independent director compensation. We also expect our accounting, legal, tax and personnel-related expenses to increase as we supplement our compliance and governance functions, maintain and review internal controls over financial reporting and prepare and distribute periodic reports as required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

        The following discussion presents an analysis of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. Where appropriate, we have identified specific events and changes that

96


Table of Contents

affect comparability or trends and, where possible and practical, have quantified the impact of such items.

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Revenues:

                         

Wealth management fees

  $ 336,475   $ 438,794   $ 102,319     30.4 %

Other

    45,872     46,650     778     1.7 %

Total revenues

    382,347     485,444     103,097     27.0 %

Operating expenses:

                         

Compensation and related expenses

    151,641     178,193     26,552     17.5 %

Management fees

    89,729     114,846     25,117     28.0 %

Selling, general and administrative

    79,072     98,643     19,571     24.8 %

Intangible amortization

    35,421     50,942     15,521     43.8 %

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (160 )   (1,143 )   (983 )     *

Depreciation and other amortization

    5,327     5,680     353     6.6 %

Total operating expenses

    361,030     447,161     86,131     23.9 %

Income from operations

    21,317     38,283     16,966     79.6 %

Other income (expense):

                         

Interest income

    90     88     (2 )   (2.2 )%

Interest expense

    (9,977 )   (21,327 )   (11,350 )   (113.8 )%

Amortization of debt financing costs          

    (1,770 )   (2,482 )   (712 )   (40.2 )%

Other income (expense)—net

    310     1,385     1,075     346.8 %

Income from equity method investments

        756     756       *

Total other expense—net

    (11,347 )   (21,580 )   (10,233 )   (90.2 )%

Income before income tax

    9,970     16,703     6,733     67.5 %

Income tax expense

    649     981     332     51.2 %

Net income

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ 6,401     68.7 %

*
Not meaningful

    Revenues

        Wealth management fees increased $102.3 million, or 30.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. New partner firms added during the year ended December 31, 2016 were Douglas Lane & Associates, Kovitz Investment Group Partners, Waddell & Associates, Carnick & Kubik Group, GYL Financial Synergies and XML Financial Group. These new partner firms contributed approximately $62.1 million in revenue during the year ended December 31, 2016. The balance of the increase of $40.2 million was due to the revenue growth at our existing partners firms associated with wealth management services and partner firm-level acquisitions and a full period of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2015.

        Other revenue increased $0.8 million, or 1.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily related to higher recordkeeping and administration fees.

97


Table of Contents

    Operating Expenses

        Compensation and related expenses increased $26.6 million, or 17.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase related to new partner firms was $13.6 million. The balance of the increase of $13.0 million was due to an increase in salaries and related expense, in part the result of a full year of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2015.

        Management fees increased $25.1 million, or 28.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase related to new partner firms was $16.1 million. Management fees are variable and a function of earnings during the period and the balance of the increase of $9.0 million was due to the increase in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, in part the result of a full year of earnings recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2015.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $19.6 million, or 24.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase related to the new partner firms was $10.7 million. The balance of the increase of $8.9 million was in part the result of a full year of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2015 and in part due to an increase in expenses related to professional fees, travel, marketing and information technology expenses related to the growth of our existing partner firms and our acquisition of new partner firms.

        Intangible amortization increased $15.5 million, or 43.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. New partner firms added amortization of $10.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. The balance of the increase of $5.1 million is due primarily to the result of a full period of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 for partner firms acquired during the year ended December 31, 2015.

        Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration decreased $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was the result of the decrease in the probability that certain contingent consideration payments would be achieved, resulting in a decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability during the year ended December 31, 2016.

        Depreciation and other amortization expense increased $0.4 million, or 6.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to acquisitions and capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

        The following discussion presents an analysis of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. Where appropriate, we have identified specific events and changes that

98


Table of Contents

affect comparability or trends and, where possible and practical, have quantified the impact of such items.

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2016   2017   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Revenues:

                         

Wealth management fees

  $ 438,794   $ 617,124   $ 178,330     40.6 %

Other

    46,650     45,763     (887 )   (1.9 )%

Total revenues

    485,444     662,887     177,443     36.6 %

Operating expenses:

                         

Compensation and related expenses

    178,193     265,555     87,362     49.0 %

Management fees

    114,846     163,617     48,771     42.5 %

Selling, general and administrative

    98,643     134,615     35,972     36.5 %

Intangible amortization

    50,942     64,367     13,425     26.4 %

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (1,143 )   22,294     23,437                *

Depreciation and other amortization

    5,680     6,686     1,006     17.7 %

Total operating expenses

    447,161     657,134     209,973     47.0 %

Income from operations

    38,283     5,753     (32,530 )   (85.0 )%

Other income (expense):

                         

Interest income

    88     222     134     152.3 %

Interest expense

    (21,327 )   (41,861 )   (20,534 )   (96.3 )%

Amortization of debt financing costs          

    (2,482 )   (4,084 )   (1,602 )   (64.5 )%

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

        (8,106 )   (8,106 )              *

Other income (expense)—net

    1,385     (3,191 )   (4,576 )   (330.4 )%

Income from equity method investments

    756     1,407     651     86.1 %

Total other expense—net

    (21,580 )   (55,613 )   (34,033 )   (157.7 )%

Income (loss) before income tax

    16,703     (49,860 )   (66,563 )   (398.5 )%

Income tax expense (benefit)

    981     (1,501 )   (2,482 )   (253.0 )%

Net income (loss)

  $ 15,722   $ (48,359 ) $ (64,081 )   (407.6 )%

*
Not meaningful

    Revenues

        Wealth management fees increased $178.3 million, or 40.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. New partner firms added during the year ended December 31, 2017 were Crestwood Advisors, CFO4Life, One Charles Private Wealth, Bordeaux Wealth Advisors, Gelfand Rennert & Feldman, Lake Street Advisors, Financial Professionals, SCS Financial Services, Brownlie & Braden and Eton Advisors. These new partner firms contributed approximately $102.5 million in revenue during the year ended December 31, 2017. The balance of the increase of $75.8 million was due to the revenue growth at our existing partners firms associated with wealth management services and partner firm-level acquisitions and a full period of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2016.

99


Table of Contents

        Other revenue decreased $0.9 million, or 1.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily related to lower commissions and distribution fees.

    Operating Expenses

        Compensation and related expenses increased $87.4 million, or 49.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase related to new partner firms was $40.2 million. The balance of the increase of $47.2 million was due to an increase in salaries and related expense, in part the result of a full year of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2016 and an increase of $26.4 million in noncash equity compensation expense primarily related to the recognition of expense associated with the modification and vesting of certain common units and incentive units.

        Management fees increased $48.8 million, or 42.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase related to new partner firms was $19.3 million. Management fees are variable and a function of earnings during the period and the balance of the increase of $29.5 million was due to the increase in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, in part the result of a full year of earnings recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2016.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $36.0 million, or 36.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase related to the new partner firms was $14.1 million. The balance of the increase of $21.9 million was in part the result of a full year of expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017 for partner firms that were acquired during the year ended December 31, 2016 and in part due to an increase in expenses related to professional fees, travel, marketing and information technology expenses related to the growth of our existing partner firms and our acquisition of new partner firms, as well as the $9.8 million in delayed offering cost expense.

        Intangible amortization increased $13.4 million, or 26.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. New partner firms added amortization of $13.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration increased $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was the result of the increase in the probability that certain contingent consideration payments would be achieved, resulting in an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        Depreciation and other amortization expense increased $1.0 million, or 17.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was due primarily to acquisitions and capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, a loss on extinguishment of borrowings of $8.1 million was recognized in connection with new credit facilities.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2018

        The following discussion presents an analysis of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. Where appropriate, we have identified specific events and changes

100


Table of Contents

that affect comparability or trends and, where possible and practical, have quantified the impact of such items.

 
  For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2017   2018   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Revenues:

                         

Wealth management fees

  $ 123,862   $ 184,323   $ 60,461     48.8 %

Other

    11,684     11,906     222     1.9 %

Total revenues

    135,546     196,229     60,683     44.8 %

Operating expenses:

                         

Compensation and related expenses

    49,095     73,349     24,254     49.4 %

Management fees

    33,245     46,300     13,055     39.3 %

Selling, general and administrative

    27,223     36,287     9,064     33.3 %

Intangible amortization

    13,198     19,494     6,296     47.7 %

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (78 )   6,371     6,449     *  

Depreciation and other amortization

    1,469     1,882     413     28.1 %

Total operating expenses

    124,152     183,683     59,531     48.0 %

Income from operations

    11,394     12,546     1,152     10.1 %

Other income (expense):

                         

Interest income

    16     142     126     787.5 %

Interest expense

    (5,991 )   (14,272 )   (8,281 )   (138.2 )%

Amortization of debt financing costs

    (691 )   (959 )   (268 )   (38.8 )%

Gain on sale of investment

        5,509     5,509     *  

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

        (14,011 )   (14,011 )   *  

Other income (expense)—net

    (127 )   93     220     173.2 %

Income from equity method investments

    292     74     (218 )   (74.7 )%

Total other expense—net

    (6,501 )   (23,424 )   (16,923 )   260.3 %

Income (loss) before income tax

    4,893     (10,878 )   (15,771 )   (322.3 )%

Income tax expense

    442     1,176     734     166.1 %

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,451   $ (12,054 ) $ (16,505 )   (370.8 )%

*
Not meaningful

    Revenues

        Wealth management fees increased $60.5 million, or 48.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. New partner firms added subsequent to the three months ended March 31, 2017 that are included in our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 include Gelfand, Rennert & Feldman, Lake Street Advisors, Financial Professionals, SCS Financial Services, Brownlie & Braden, Eton Advisors, Cornerstone Wealth and Fortem Financial. These new partner firms contributed approximately $35.0 million in revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2018. The balance of the increase of $25.5 million was due to the revenue growth at our existing partner firms associated with wealth management services and partner firm-level acquisitions and a full period of revenue recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2018 for partner firms that were acquired during the three months ended March 31, 2017.

101


Table of Contents

        Other revenues increased $0.2 million, or 1.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017.

    Operating Expenses

        Compensation and related expenses increased $24.3 million, or 49.4%, in the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase related to new partner firms was $14.2 million. The balance of the increase of $10.1 million was due to an increase in salaries and related expense, in part the result of a full period of expense recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2018 for partner firms that were acquired during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and an increase of $1.9 million in noncash equity compensation primarily related to the recognition of expenses associated with the vesting of incentive units.

        Management fees increased $13.1 million, or 39.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase related to the new partner firms was $4.6 million. Management fees are variable and a function of earnings during the period and the balance of the increase of $8.5 million was due to the increase in earnings during the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months March 31, 2017, in part the result of a full period of earnings recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2018 for partner firms that were acquired during the three months ended March 31, 2017.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $9.1 million, or 33.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase related to new partner firms was $4.6 million. The balance of the increase of $4.5 million was in part the result of a full period of expense recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2018 for partner firms that were acquired during the three months ended March 31, 2017 and in part due to an increase in expenses related to travel, information technology and rent expense related to the growth of our existing partner firms and our acquisition of new partner firms.

        Intangible amortization increased $6.3 million, or 47.7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily related to new partner firms which added amortization of $5.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

        Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration increased $6.4 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 the probability that certain contingent consideration payments would be achieved increased resulting in an increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability.

        Depreciation and other amortization expense increased $0.4 million, or 28.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was related to a full period of depreciation and amortization for fixed assets acquired in 2017.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

        In 2017, we met our cash and liquidity needs primarily through cash generated by our operations and borrowings under our credit facilities. Over the next twelve months, and in the longer term, we expect that our cash and liquidity needs will continue to be met by cash generated by our ongoing operations as well as our credit facilities, especially for acquisition activities. Our ongoing sources of cash will primarily consist of wealth management fees. We will primarily use cash flow from operations to pay compensation and related expenses, management fees, selling, general and administrative expenses, income taxes and debt service. For information regarding our credit facilities, please read "—Credit Facilities."

102


Table of Contents

Tax Receivable Agreements

        In connection with the closing of this offering, Focus will enter into two Tax Receivable Agreements with the TRA holders. The agreements generally provide for the payment by Focus to each TRA holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of certain increases in tax basis and certain tax benefits attributable to imputed interest. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings.

        The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements are Focus's obligations and not obligations of Focus LLC, and we expect that such payments required to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreements will be substantial. Estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreements is by its nature imprecise. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreements, cash savings in tax generally are calculated by comparing Focus's actual tax liability (determined by using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and an assumed combined state and local income and franchise tax rate) to the amount Focus would have been required to pay had it not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements. The actual increases in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of any redemption of units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each redemption, the extent to which such redemptions are taxable transactions, the amount of Focus LLC's assets that consist of equity in entities taxed as corporations at the time of each redemption, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rates then applicable and the portion of the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis. We expect that if the Tax Receivable Agreements were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated termination payments would, based on the assumptions discussed below, in the aggregate, be approximately $             million (calculated using a discount rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 1.5%, applied against an undiscounted liability of $                     million); this amount could be substantially larger if Focus enters into additional tax receivable agreements in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC.

        The foregoing amounts are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreements payments as compared to the foregoing estimates. Moreover, there may be a negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements exceed the actual benefits realized in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements and/or (ii) distributions to Focus by Focus LLC are not sufficient to permit Focus to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. Please see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering and our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, realized in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements." The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements will not be conditioned upon a TRA holder's having a continued ownership interest in either Focus or Focus LLC.

        For information regarding the Tax Receivable Agreements, please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreements."

103


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

        The following table presents information regarding our cash flows and cash and cash equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change   2016   2017   $ Change   % Change   2017   2018   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash provided by (used in):

                                                                         

Operating activities

  $ 61,126   $ 77,150   $ 16,024     26.2 % $ 77,150   $ 69,090   $ (8,060 )   (10.4 )% $ (20,240 ) $ 12,725   $ 32,965     162.9 %

Investing activities

    (114,936 )   (186,799 )   (71,863 )   62.5 %   (186,799 )   (376,716 )   (189,917 )   101.7 %   (42,524 )   (31,243 )   (11,281 )   (26.5 )%

Financing activities

    60,286     110,864     50,578     83.9 %   110,864     342,403     231,539     208.8 %   64,058     (4,998 )   (69,056 )   (107.8 )%

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   
15,499
   
16,508
   
1,009
   
6.5

%
 
16,508
   
51,455
   
34,947
   
211.7

%
 
17,815
   
27,949
   
10,134
   
56.9

%

    Operating Activities

        Net cash provided by operating activities includes net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash expenses such as intangible amortization, depreciation and other amortization, amortization of debt financing costs, non-cash equity compensation expense, non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration, other non-cash items and changes in cash resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Operating assets and liabilities include receivables from our clients, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, deferred revenues and other assets and liabilities.

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased $16.0 million, or 26.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in net income and intangible amortization of $21.9 million offset by a decrease in non-cash equity compensation expense of $5.0 million. Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $8.1 million, or 10.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily the result of the net loss of $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and a net decrease in operating assets and liabilities of $18.6 million, primarily offset by an increase in intangible amortization of $13.4 million, non-cash equity compensation expense of $26.4 million and non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration of $23.4 million.

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased $33.0 million, or 162.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily related to an increase in intangible amortization, non-cash equity compensation expense, non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration and loss on extinguishment of borrowings during the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017, primarily offset by the net loss during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

    Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities increased $71.9 million, or 62.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash paid for acquisitions and contingent consideration and equity method investment and other of $75.6 million offset by a decrease in purchase of fixed assets of $3.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015. Net cash used in investing activities increased $189.9 million, or 101.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash paid for acquisitions and contingent consideration of $194.5 million.

104


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in investing activities decreased $11.3 million, or 26.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $15.6 million in cash paid for acquisitions during the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017.

    Financing Activities

        Net cash provided by financing activities increased $50.6 million, or 83.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily the result of payments in connection with our unit redemption during the year ended December 31, 2015 of $59.2 million that did not occur again during the year end December 31, 2016. For more details regarding our unit redemption during the year end December 31, 2015 please read the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Net cash provided by financing activities increased $231.5 million, or 208.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in net borrowings under our credit facilities of $415.9 million and the convertible preferred unit issuance of $643.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 that did not occur during the year end December 31, 2016, offset by payments in connection with the unit redemption of $795.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. For more details regarding our convertible preferred unit issuance and unit redemption during the year end December 31, 2017 please read the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2018 decreased $69.1 million, or 107.8%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $65.1 million in net borrowings made under our credit facilities as there were no borrowings during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table describes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:

 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Credit Facility maturities

  $ 1,000,012   $ 7,950   $ 15,900   $ 15,900   $ 960,262  

Credit Facility interest

    400,752     60,129     119,062     116,859     104,702  

Credit Facility letters of credit

    2,232     2,232              

Operating lease obligations

    131,798     24,040     39,007     27,703     41,048  

Capital lease obligations

    503     235     267     1      

Total

  $ 1,535,297   $ 94,586   $ 174,236   $ 160,463   $ 1,106,012  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. For information about our succession agreements with unaffiliated wealth management firms through Focus Successions , please read "Business—Our Growth Strategy—Growth of Our Existing Partner Firms—Succession Planning for Firms Outside of Our Partnership."

Credit Facilities

        During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we amended and restated our credit facility and entered into incremental joinder agreements to increase availability under the facility (the "Old Credit Facility"). As of December 31, 2016, the availability under the Old Credit Facility was

105


Table of Contents

approximately $1,100.0 million consisting of term and revolving loans, inclusive of an accordion feature of $255.0 million. The Old Credit Facility had a June 2020 maturity date.

        In July 2017, we entered into new credit facilities (collectively, the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility consists of a $795.0 million first lien term loan (the "First Lien Term Loan"), a $250.0 million first lien revolving credit facility (the "First Lien Revolver"), and a $207.0 million second lien term loan (the "Second Lien Term Loan"). In connection with the Credit Facility, we repaid all amounts outstanding under the Old Credit Facility with the proceeds from the Credit Facility and wrote off all deferred financing costs related to the Old Credit Facility resulting in a $8.1 million loss on extinguishment of borrowings.

        The First Lien Term Loan has a maturity date of July 2024 and requires quarterly installment repayments of $1,988. The First Lien Term Loan was issued at a discount of 0.125% or $1.0 million that we are amortizing to interest expense over the term of the First Lien Term Loan. The First Lien Revolver has a maturity date of July 2022 and has no required quarterly installment repayments. Up to $30.0 million of the First Lien Revolver is available for the issuance of letters of credit, subject to certain limitations. The First Lien Term Loan (up to January 2018 as noted below) and First Lien Revolver bear interest (at our option) at: (i) the London InterBank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin of 3.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 3.00% and 2.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio (as defined below) or, (ii) the lender's Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of 2.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 2.00% and 1.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. The First Lien Leverage Ratio means the ratio of total amounts outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan and First Lien Revolver plus other outstanding debt obligations secured on a pari passu basis with the liens securing the First Lien Term Loan and First Lien Revolver (excluding letters of credit other than unpaid drawings thereunder) minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility also includes an unused commitment fee of 0.50% of the outstanding commitments under the First Lien Revolver, with a stepdown to 0.375% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. As of March 31, 2018, the available unused commitment line was $247.5 million.

        In January 2018, we amended our First Lien Term Loan to reduce our interest rate to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% or the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 1.75%. The First Lien Term Loan requires a prepayment penalty of 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan if repaid prior to July 2018. As a result of the amendment, we recognized in January 2018 a loss on extinguishment of borrowings of $14.0 million, representing the write-off of $13.1 million and $0.9 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized discount related to the First Lien Term Loan.

        In April 2018, we expanded our First Lien Term Loan by $200.0 million. In connection with the $200.0 million incremental First Lien Term Loan, we incurred approximately $1.3 million in debt financing costs. In addition, the quarterly installment repayments increased to $2.5 million beginning in June 2018.

        The Second Lien Term Loan has a maturity date of July 2025 and bears interest (at our option) at: (i) LIBOR plus a margin of 7.50% or (ii) the lender's Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of 6.50%. The Second Lien Term Loan has no required installment repayments due prior to the maturity date. The Second Lien Term Loan was issued at a discount of 1.00% or $2.1 million that we are amortizing to interest expense over the term of the Second Lien Term Loan. The Second Lien Term Loan requires a prepayment penalty of 2.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan if prepaid prior to July 2018 and 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan if prepaid prior to July 2019.

        Our obligations under the Credit Facility are collateralized by the majority of the Company's assets. The Credit Facility contains various customary covenants, including, but not limited to:

106


Table of Contents

(i) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees, (ii) creating liens or other encumbrances on property or granting negative pledges, (iii) entering into a merger or similar transaction, (iv) selling or transferring certain property and (v) declaring dividends or making other restricted payments.

        The Credit Facility requires us to maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Total Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined below) of not more than 8.85:1.00 for each quarterly measurement period through March 31, 2019 and 8.60:1.00 thereafter. At March 31, 2018, our Total Secured Leverage Ratio was 5.42:1.00, which satisfied the maximum ratio of 8.85:1.00. Total Secured Leverage Ratio means the ratio of amounts outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan, First Lien Revolver and Second Lien Term Loan plus other outstanding debt obligations secured by a lien on our assets (excluding letters of credit other than unpaid drawings thereunder) minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents to Consolidated EBITDA.

        We are also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Facility) commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

        At December 31, 2016 and 2017, outstanding stated value borrowings under the Old Credit Facility and Credit Facility were $457.0 million and $1,000.0 million, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate for outstanding borrowings was approximately 4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 5% for the year ended December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2016 and 2017, we had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $1.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, bearing interest at an annual rate of approximately 4% and 3%, respectively.

        At March 31, 2018, outstanding stated value borrowings under the Credit Facility were $998.0 million. The weighted-average interest rate for outstanding borrowings was approximately 6% for the three months ended March 31, 2018. At March 31, 2018, we had outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $2.5 million bearing interest at an annual rate of approximately 3%.

        In June 2018, we entered into an amendment to our Credit Facility that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. Our First Lien Term Loan will be amended to reduce our interest rate to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% or the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 1.75%; provided that, from and after the later of (x) July 18, 2018 and (y) the first date on which Focus LLC has obtained public corporate family ratings of at least Ba3 (stable) from Moody's and BB- (stable) from S&P, the foregoing rates shall be reduced to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.50% or the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 1.50%. Our First Lien Revolver will be amended to increase our borrowing capacity to $650.0 million and extend the maturity date to 5 years from the effective date of the amendment. Our First Lien Revolver will also be amended such that it will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% with step downs to 1.75%, 1.50% and 1.25% or the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 1.00% with step downs to 0.75%, 0.50% and 0.25%, based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. The First Lien Revolver unused commitment fee will be 0.50% with step downs to 0.375% and 0.25% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. Our Credit Facility will also be amended to require us to maintain a First Lien Leverage Ratio of not more than 6.25:1.00 instead of the prior requirement to maintain a Total Secured Leverage Ratio of 8:85:1.00.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our financial statements include the accounts of Focus LLC and our subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Critical accounting policies are those that are the most important portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements, our most critical accounting policies are discussed below. The preparation of the

107


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and the accompanying notes. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing the financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

    Wealth Management Fees

        We, solely through our partner firms, recognize revenue when earned from wealth management fees, which are primarily comprised of fees earned from wealth management services, including investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. Client arrangements may contain a single or multiple performance obligations, each of which are separately identifiable and accounted for as the related services are provided and consumed over time. Fees are primarily based either on a contractual percentage of the client's assets, a flat fee, an hourly rate or a combination of such fees and are billed either in advance or arrears on a monthly, quarterly, or semiannual basis and such fees earned as the services are performed over time. Revenue for wealth management and operational support services provided to third-party wealth management firms is presented net since these services are performed in an agent capacity. Wealth management fees are recorded when: (i) an arrangement with a client has been identified, (ii) the performance obligations have been identified, (iii) the fee or other transaction price has been determined; (iv) the fee or other transaction price has been allocated to each performance obligation; and (v) we have satisfied the applicable performance obligation.

    Other

        Other revenue includes recordkeeping and administration service fees, commissions and distribution fees. Client arrangements may contain a single or multiple performance obligations, each of which are separately identifiable and accounted for as the related services are provided and consumed over time. Recordkeeping and administration revenue, in accordance with the same five criteria above, is recognized over the period in which services are provided. Commissions and distribution fees, in accordance with the same five criteria above, are recognized when earned.

    Deferred Revenue

        Fees collected in advance are deferred and recognized in revenue over the period earned with the unrecognized portion of fees collected in advance recorded as deferred revenue.

Business Acquisitions

        Business acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 805: Business Combinations . Business acquisitions are accounted for by allocating the purchase price consideration to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is recognized as the excess of the purchase price consideration over the fair value of net assets of the business acquired. All transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

        We have incorporated contingent consideration into the structure of our partner firm acquisitions. These arrangements may result in the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers based on the growth of certain financial thresholds for periods following the closing of the respective acquisition. The additional purchase price consideration is payable in the form of cash and/or equity.

        For business acquisitions, we recognize the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the acquisition date as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the acquired wealth management firm. The contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until

108


Table of Contents

the contingency is resolved. Any changes in fair value are recognized each reporting period in non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration in the consolidated statements of operations.

        The results of the acquired wealth management firms are included in our consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets

        Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life and is not amortized. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. We have no indefinite-lived intangible assets.

        Goodwill is tested annually for impairment as of October 1, or more frequently if events and circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. A two-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow approach. Under this approach, management uses certain assumptions including, but not limited to, a risk-adjusted rate that is estimated to be commensurate with the risk associated with the underlying cash flows, cash flow trends from prior periods, current-period cash flow, and management's expectation of future cash flows. Expectations of future cash flows are based on projections or forecasts derived from our understanding of the relevant business prospects, economic or market trends, and regulatory or legislative changes which may occur. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit in the first step, no further testing is performed. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit in the first step, then we perform the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied fair value of goodwill and compare the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill to determine the extent of the impairment, if any.

        In March 2018, we modified the manner in which we assess goodwill for impairment. We have determined for the purpose of our annual goodwill impairment test that our reporting units should be aggregated into one reporting unit. Our determination was based on; our reporting units having similar economic and business characteristics, and the services performed by the reporting units are wealth management related and that the reporting units are subject to a similar regulatory framework. We believe that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the reporting unit utilized in the annual goodwill impairment test will not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. We determined that the change in accounting principle related to the reporting unit used in our annual impairment test is appropriate based on the nature of our business. The change would not have had an impact on the results of our impairment test for 2017.

        Intangible assets and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired or that the estimated useful life should be changed prospectively. If impairment indicators are present, the recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, which is determined using a discounted cash flow approach.

Income Taxes

        Focus LLC is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, Focus LLC is generally not and has not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes at the entity level, although it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. Instead, for U.S. federal and certain state income tax purposes, the income, deductions, losses and credits of Focus LLC

109


Table of Contents

are passed through to its unitholders, which after the reorganization transactions, will include Focus. Focus LLC has historically made tax distribution payments in accordance with its current Operating Agreement (the "Focus LLC Agreement"), and we intend to cause Focus LLC to continue to make tax distribution payments, to the extent of available cash, in accordance with the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, following this offering and the related reorganization transactions. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign corporate income taxes. We file income tax returns with the U.S. federal government as well as various state and local jurisdictions and certain of our subsidiaries are subject to filing requirements in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.

        We apply the asset and liability method for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances, if any, are recorded to reduce the deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        We review and evaluate tax positions in our major tax jurisdictions and determine whether or not there are uncertain tax positions that require financial statement recognition. Based on this review, we have recorded no reserves for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Consolidation Considerations

        ASC Topic 810, Consolidations , requires an entity to perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether its variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity ("VIE"). Under the standard, an enterprise has a controlling financial interest when it has (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. An enterprise that holds a controlling financial interest is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE.

        Certain of our subsidiaries have management agreements with the respective management company, which causes these operating subsidiaries to be VIEs. We have assessed whether or not we are the primary beneficiary for these operating subsidiaries and have concluded that we are the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the results of these subsidiaries have been consolidated.

        Certain of our subsidiaries have variable interests in certain investment funds that are deemed voting interest entities. Due to substantive kick-out rights possessed by the limited partners of these funds, we do not consolidate the investment funds.

        From time to time, we enter into option agreements with wealth management firms (each, an "Optionee") and their owners. In exchange for payment of an option premium, the option agreement allows us, at our sole discretion, to acquire substantially all of the assets of the Optionee at a predetermined time and at a predetermined purchase price formula. If we choose to exercise our option, the acquisition and the corresponding management agreement would be executed in accordance with our typical acquisition structure. If we choose not to exercise the option, the option premium would be recorded as a loss on investment in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that the option expires. Option premiums paid by us of $3.4 million and $1.8 million are included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. We have determined that the respective option agreements with the Optionees qualify the Optionees as VIEs. We have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of the Optionees and do not consolidate the results of the Optionees.

110


Table of Contents

Unit-Based Compensation Costs

        Compensation cost for unit-based awards is measured based on the fair value of the unit-based awards determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date that the unit-based awards are issued or modified, and is adjusted for the estimated number of awards that are expected to be forfeited. The compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

        Our common unit price is determined based on third-party transactions and/or third-party valuation reports.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers ," which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of Effective Date ." ASU No. 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year for public companies. ASU No. 2015-14 applies to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. ASU No. 2014-09 replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it became effective for us on January 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additionally, ASU No. 2014-09 requires enhanced disclosures, including revenue recognition policies to identify performance obligations to customers and significant judgements in measurement and recognition. We adopted ASU No. 2014-09 using the retrospective transition method. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements and no adjustments were required to prior periods because there were no changes to our recognition of revenues or presentation of revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

        In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, " Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ". The amendments in this update address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU No. 2016-01 was effective for us beginning January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-01 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, " Leases (Topic 842). " ASU No. 2016-02 requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU No. 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for us for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. We expect that most of our operating lease commitments will be subject to ASU No. 2016-02 and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right of use assets upon adoption, resulting in a significant increase in assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. We are continuing our assessment of ASU No. 2016-02, which may identify additional impacts that ASU No. 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, " Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ", which amends ASC Topic 718, " Stock Compensation ". The objective of this amendment is part of the FASB's Simplification Initiative as it applies to several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU

111


Table of Contents

No. 2016-09 was effective for us on January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, " Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments ". ASU No. 2016-15 will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. We adopted ASU No. 2016-15 on January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-15 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, " Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business", which amends the guidance of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, " Business Combinations ", adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. ASU No. 2017-01 was effective for us prospectively on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-01 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, " Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ", which removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test that requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and will be applied prospectively, early application is permitted. ASU No. 2017-04 is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, " Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting" . ASU No. 2017-09 provides guidance that clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require the application of modification accounting under ASC 718. ASU No. 2017-09 will allow for certain changes to be made to awards without accounting for them as modifications. We early adopted ASU No. 2017-09 during the year ended December 31, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-09 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

Market Risk

        Our exposure to market risk is primarily related to our partner firms' wealth management services. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, over 90% of our revenues were fee-based and recurring in nature. The substantial majority of our revenues are derived from the wealth management fees charged by our partner firms for providing clients with investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. The majority of our wealth management fees are based on the value of the client assets and we expect those fees to increase over time as the assets increase. A decrease in the aggregate value of client assets across our partner firms may cause our revenue and income to decline.

Interest Rate Risk

        Interest payable on our Credit Facility is variable. Borrowing under the First Lien Term Loan (up to January 2018 as noted below) and First Lien Revolver bear interest (at our option) at: (i) the LIBOR plus a margin of 3.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 3.00% and 2.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio or, (ii) the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 2.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 2.00% and 1.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. Borrowings under the Second Lien Term Loan

112


Table of Contents

bear interest (at our option) at: (i) LIBOR plus a margin of 7.50% or (ii) the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 6.50%. Interest rate changes will therefore affect the amount of our interest payments, future earnings and cash flows. As of December 31, 2017, we had total stated value borrowings outstanding under our Credit Facility of $1,000.0 million. If LIBOR based interest rates increased by 1.0% on this amount, our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 would have increased by approximately $10 million.

        In January 2018, we amended our First Lien Term Loan to reduce interest to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% or the lender's Base Rate plus a margin of 1.75%.

        In April 2018, we expanded our First Lien Term Loan by $200.0 million for acquisition purposes.

        In June 2018, we entered into an amendment to our Credit Facility that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding the pending amendment, please read "—Credit Facilities" above.

JOBS Act

        Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of such extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

        In addition, for as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies" including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering; although, if the market value of our shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time or our revenue is $1.07 billion or more, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

113


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms operating in the highly fragmented RIA industry, with a footprint of over 50 partner firms across the country. We have achieved this market leadership by positioning ourselves as the partner of choice for many firms in an industry where a number of secular trends are driving RIA consolidation. Our partner firms primarily service high net worth individuals and families by providing highly differentiated and comprehensive wealth management services. Our partner firms benefit from our intellectual and financial resources, operating in a scaled business model with aligned interests, while retaining their entrepreneurial culture and independence.

        Our partnership is built on the following principles, which enable us to attract and retain high-quality wealth management firms and accelerate their growth:

    Entrepreneurship :  Emphasis on the entrepreneurial spirit, independence and unique culture of each partner firm.

    Fiduciary Standard :  Partnership with wealth management firms that are held to the fiduciary standard in serving their clients.

    Alignment of Interests :  Alignment of principals' interests with the interests of Focus through our differentiated partnership and economic model.

    Value-Add Program :  Empowerment of our partner firms through collaboration on strategy, growth and acquisition opportunities, marketing, technology and operational expertise, best practices and access to world-class intellectual resources and capital to fund expansion and acquisitions.

        We were founded by entrepreneurs and began revenue-generating and acquisition activities in 2006. Since that time, we have:

    created a partnership of over 50 partner firms, the substantial majority of which are RIAs registered with the SEC pursuant to the Advisers Act;

    built a business with revenues of $662.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and $196.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018;

    established an attractive revenue model whereby in excess of 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 were fee-based and recurring in nature;

    built a partnership model currently comprised of over 2,700 wealth management-focused principals and employees; and

    established a national footprint across the United States and expanded our international footprint into the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.

        We are in the midst of a fundamental shift in the growing wealth management services industry. According to the 2017 World Wealth Report, the population of high net worth individuals continues to grow globally and has reached record levels in the United States since 2010, which is driving increased demand for wealth management services. Additionally, the delivery of wealth management services is moving from traditional brokerage, commission-based platforms to a fiduciary, open architecture and fee-based structure. This shift has resulted in a significant transfer of client assets and wealth management professionals out of traditional brokerage, commission-based platforms to independent wealth management practices. We believe that our leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms positions us to benefit from these trends.

114


Table of Contents

        The independent wealth management industry, including RIAs, is highly fragmented, which we believe enables us to continue our growth strategy of acquiring high-quality wealth management firms, directly and through acquisitions by our partner firms. We have a track record of enhancing the competitive position of our partner firms by providing them with access to the resources of our large organization. Our scale enables us to help our partner firms achieve operational efficiencies and ensure organizational continuity. Additionally, our scale, resources and value-added services increase our partner firms' ability to achieve growth through a variety of tactical, operational and strategic initiatives, as well as the consummation of their own acquisitions. As our existing partner firms benefit from these growth initiatives, we continue to focus on acquisitions of new partner firms. For the 20 partner firms that have been with us a full five calendar years, the median revenue CAGR was 9.5% after five calendar years, representing a 3.8% increase as compared with the median revenue growth of 5.7% for the first year with Focus for the same firms.

        Our partnership is comprised of trusted professionals providing comprehensive wealth management services under a largely recurring, fee-based model, which differentiates our partner firms from the traditional brokerage platforms whose revenues are largely derived from commissions. We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from wealth management fees for investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. We also generate other revenues from recordkeeping and administration service fees, commissions and distribution fees.

Our Market Opportunity

Overview of the Wealth Management Industry

        The market we serve is significant and expanding. The Financial Planning and Advice market in the United States, as defined by an IBISWorld report dated December 2017, is estimated to have a total revenue pool of $56.0 billion in 2017, up from $37.9 billion in 2012. Furthermore, the total revenue pool for the Financial Planning and Advice market is expected to reach $78.5 billion by 2023. The U.S. wealth management market is generally categorized into six distinct channels, including the RIA channel we focus on and five broker-dealer channels (independent broker-dealer, wirehouse, regional, bank and insurance). We believe that the RIA channel and channels with similar characteristics in other countries provide a superior structure through which to deliver wealth management services, which leads to attractive growth opportunities and a high-quality client base relative to other channels.

        The high net worth population worldwide grew at a 7.2% annual rate from 2010 to 2016, according to the 2017 World Wealth Report. In addition, globally, the wealth of high net worth individuals is expected to grow at a 5.9% annual rate from 2016 to 2025, according to the same report. We believe this trend is increasing overall demand for wealth management services and provides an attractive underlying growth trajectory for our business. Within the larger wealth management industry, we have focused primarily on the United States to date. Between 2014 and 2016, the U.S. high net worth population increased at an annual rate of approximately 5.0% from 4.4 million to 4.8 million. The U.S. high net worth population represents approximately 29.0% of the global high net worth population, according to the 2017 World Wealth Report.

Overview of the RIA Channel in the United States

        RIAs are generally focused on providing high net worth clients a full suite of wealth management services under a fee-based model. According to the Cerulli 2017 RIA Report, in 2017, advisors in the RIA channel allocated 56% of moderate risk investor's portfolios to equity, 32% to fixed income and cash and 12% to alternatives and other. RIAs are registered with the SEC or a state's securities agency and therefore have a legal obligation to adhere to the fiduciary standard, whereas broker-dealers operate under a client suitability standard of conduct, which requires only that investment

115


Table of Contents

recommendations be based on a reasonable inquiry into a client's situation. In addition, while RIAs are required by the fiduciary standard to make full and fair disclosure to clients of all material facts, including any potential conflicts of interest, broker-dealers have more limited disclosure obligations. Lastly, whereas broker-dealers generally operate under a commission-based system, RIAs generally operate under a fee-based system, which leads to more recurring and visible revenue streams.

        In 2016, RIAs grew 6.5% to 36,959 total advisors, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. In addition, from 2007 to 2016 RIAs increased their share of total advisors across all channels from 7.0% to 11.9%. The number of advisors in the RIA channel is expected to reach 42,523 advisors with an advisor headcount share of 14.1% by 2021, based on estimates from the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. In addition to a growing number of advisors, the RIA channel is fragmented with 14,693 RIAs as of December 31, 2016, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. As a leading partnership of RIAs, we believe this gives us a competitive advantage for further expansion in this growing, yet fragmented, channel.

Key Trends Driving Growth of RIAs and Hybrid RIA Firms

        We believe there are several key factors driving the growth of RIAs and hybrid RIA firms:

    Advisors Moving Toward Independent Advisor Model.   As of December 31, 2016, 20.7% of advisors across all channels, worked for RIAs or hybrid RIA firms (those firms that can act either in a fiduciary-based advisory capacity or a suitability-based broker capacity), collectively, and such percentage is expected to grow to 23.2% by the end of 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 RIA Report, which is greater than the growth forecasted for the other wealth management channels. One of the key factors driving the shift of financial advisors to the RIA channel is the ability to garner a greater share of the economics associated with the wealth management services they provide. Advisors also enjoy the increased autonomy associated with running their own firms as they can offer their customers a wider array of investment strategies and services, all of which are aligned with the clients' best interest through the fiduciary standard.

    From time to time, we offer teams of wealth management professionals at traditional brokerages and wirehouses with attractive track records and books of business access to the Focus Independence program, which is designed to actively help teams of wealth management professionals transition from traditional brokerages and wirehouses to the RIA model by providing assistance with business planning, staffing and transition management to minimize disruption and best position them for future growth.

    Increased Demand for Independent Advice.   Recent market trends indicate a preference by clients for the independent wealth management advice provided by RIAs and hybrid RIA firms. Wirehouse asset market share fell from 42.6% to 36.1% between 2007 and 2016 and is expected to fall further to 32.5% by 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. Conversely, RIAs and hybrid RIA firms saw an increase in their collective asset marketshare from 16.8% to 22.7% between 2007 and 2016 and are expected to have an asset marketshare of 25.0% by 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report. As a leading partnership of RIAs, we believe we are poised to benefit from such trends.

    Lack of Succession Planning in RIA Channel.   According to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report, 20% of all RIAs are unsure who their practice successor will be. The Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report found that the average age of an RIA advisor was 53.3 years and 24% of RIA advisors planned to exit the industry in the next nine years, an exit rate in line with most of the other wealth management channels. We believe we are well-positioned to capture this growing need for RIAs to prepare their firms for the next generation of leadership through Focus Successions , which consists of a standardized agreement pursuant to which an RIA can transition its business upon

116


Table of Contents

      the retirement of its principal advisors or the occurrence of a key person event to one of our existing partner firms.

    Projected Growth of Managed Accounts.   The United States is in the midst of a generational shift where baby boomers, born between 1946 and 1964, are beginning to retire. The U.S. population aged 65 years and over is expected to increase by 72% from 2015 to 2040, increasing from 14.9% to an estimated 21.7% of the total U.S. population in 2040, according to data from the U.S. Census Bureau. Accompanying this shift is an expected increase in demand for wealth management services as assets are moved out of 401(k) accounts and company-sponsored plans into managed accounts. For example, rollovers, primarily from employer-sponsored retirement plans, to traditional IRAs grew significantly from $114.0 billion in 1996 to $423.9 billion in 2014 according to the June 2017 ICI Report. This influx of retirement assets into flexible investment accounts represents a growth opportunity for the independent wealth management sector, specifically the growing RIA channel.

Expanding International Opportunities

        We believe that there are similar business and regulatory trends in several key international jurisdictions that are driving wealth management professionals toward independent, fee-based business models consistent with our partner firms' approach. In particular, in addition to targeting the RIA-led wealth management industry in the United States, we believe the heightened regulatory scrutiny and proliferating awareness of the fiduciary standard for wealth management as well as the growing population of high net worth clients in various regions globally will provide us with an increasing number of acquisition targets abroad. We have identified Canada, the United Kingdom, Western Europe and Australia as attractive markets where we expect our philosophy of fiduciary alignment and independence to resonate with potential partner firms. We also believe that Asia in the medium term is an attractive market for wealth management services and presents growth opportunities in the future given the growth of the high net worth population in the region. We believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of the growth opportunities in these and other international markets.

    International Regulatory Changes Favor Our Model.   Regulators across the globe are continuing to focus on, and to increasingly mandate, the provision of independent advice by wealth management professionals. In the United Kingdom, the RDR has created a set of rules clarifying the independence, compensation and professional standards for advisors. In particular, the RDR rules ban the payment of commissions by third-party managers for sales of investment products by advisors. These rules provide a strong incentive for advisors to adopt fee-based models. A similar prohibition is in the process of being adopted across the European Union with the implementation of the MiFID II, which was entered into law in July 2014 and is in the process of being adopted by member states. A similar regulatory initiative in Australia, the Future of Financial Advice reforms, became mandatory in July 2013 and provides formal guidelines that provide structural tailwinds for the independent wealth management model.

    Ongoing Wealth Creation in Asia.   The Asia-Pacific region experienced 8.2% growth in high net worth wealth in 2016 to a total of $18.8 trillion, according to the 2017 World Wealth Report. The Asia-Pacific region surpassed North America in high net worth wealth in 2015 according to the same study. We believe that the rate of wealth creation in Asia will provide opportunities for fiduciary wealth management that aligns with our model. Additionally, jurisdictions across Asia, including China, are increasingly opening up to international ownership and participation in the provision of wealth management advice.

        Our future international acquisitions may not be structured like our typical partner firm acquisitions. For example, we have a minority equity investment in Australia. A variety of structures may be used for future international investments and acquisitions.

117


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

        As a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms led by entrepreneurs, we believe the following strengths provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage:

A Leading Partnership of Fiduciary Wealth Management Firms

        We strategically built a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms led by entrepreneurs through a unique, disciplined and proven acquisition strategy. Our partnership delivers key innovative features that clients are increasingly seeking in today's environment, such as adoption of the fiduciary standard and a lack of dependence on cross-selling and commission-based revenues. Our position as a large-scale partnership of wealth management firms provides significant tangible benefits to our partner firms, including acquisition opportunities. Today, we have over 50 partner firms that operate under the fiduciary standard with open-architecture access. Our model allows our partner firms to use each other as business development resources and drives innovation through Centers of Competence , our program through which we share best practices among our partner firms and provide them with value-added services. We believe we have a proven model for transitioning new wealth management firms into the partnership with minimal disruption to the operations of the firm.

Unique Value Proposition for Entrepreneurial Wealth Management Professionals

        We are actively involved in providing strategic advice and other value-added services to our partner firms without compromising their autonomy, client service or culture. As early as the acquisition due diligence process, we identify areas where we believe we can add value to a potential partner firm, and upon acquisition, we assign a relationship leader to each partner firm who is responsible for collaborating with that firm to drive business strategy and growth. Each relationship leader is tasked with intimately understanding the partner firm, identifying opportunities for growth and coordinating our value-added services to assist that partner firm in accelerating its growth. In the interest of emphasizing the independence of our partner firms, we do not impose business decisions on them but rather consult and advise.

        Our operating model ensures financial alignment between us and our partner firms allowing each of us to benefit from the adoption of new value add services and growth strategies. We have a team of approximately 70 professionals who support our partner firms by providing value-added services including marketing and business development support, advisor coaching and development and structuring compensation and incentive models along with career path planning, succession planning advice, operational and technology expertise, legal and regulatory support and providing negotiating leverage with vendors. Our value-added services also include acquisition opportunities for our partner firms through a proactive outreach program, structuring transactions and providing guidance to partner firms to facilitate their integration into our partnership. Additionally, we offer offsite meetings, seminars and other opportunities for partner firms to learn and adopt best practices. We host semiannual meetings of our partner firms, as well as periodic summits for the chief investment officers, chief compliance officers, chief operating officers and chief marketing officers of our partner firms where our partner firms can gather and share industry expertise and business development practices. Our partner firms are encouraged to share best practices regularly in order to enhance their collective ability to better serve their clients. We believe the strong growth across our partner firms is evidence of the impact of our value-added services.

Proven Acquisition Expertise

        Growth through acquisitions of new partner firms by us and acquisitions by our partner firms is integral to and a core competency of our business. Since 2006, we have completed over 140 acquisitions, both directly and through acquisitions by our partner firms. In the past three years, we

118


Table of Contents

have averaged approximately 21 transactions per year. Our senior leadership team, along with all of our other headquarters personnel, spend a significant portion of their time on sourcing and executing acquisitions. Our value added services professionals have acquisition, legal, financial, tax, compliance and operational experience and are devoted to our acquisition strategy. We are disciplined about both the types of wealth management firms we acquire and the terms at which we are willing to transact. Our areas of expertise include:

    Sourcing.   We have an experienced team of professionals, including our co-founders and our business development associates, who have established deep industry relationships, which were developed through meetings with hundreds of wealth management professionals and attendance at industry events. Over the past 10+ years, through data analysis and research and with the benefit of well-established industry relationships, our co-founders and business development associates have developed a pipeline of potential acquisitions of new partner firms. Our team also assists in identifying potential acquisition targets for our partner firms. In addition, we have relationships with many recruiting and investment banking firms in our industry, which serves as an additional source for acquisition opportunities.

    Comprehensive due diligence.   Having grown to a partnership with over 50 partner firms and conducted due diligence on many more target firms, we have developed expertise in identifying the highest quality wealth management firms. Our comprehensive due diligence process includes distinct qualitative and quantitative factors and, over time, we have developed a number of proprietary parameters to screen acquisition candidates and identify ways to add value to a target firm. Our partner firms benefit from this same level of expertise when we are identifying potential acquisitions on their behalf.

    Structure.   Our acquisition structure aligns our interests with the interests of the principals by sharing EBPC of our partner firms with them. While we have to date, with limited exceptions, acquired substantially all of the assets of the firms we chose to partner with, as a result of the management agreement, the principals oversee the day-to-day operations of the partner firm, which promotes their entrepreneurial mindset.

    Financing.   We benefit from access to significant capital resources which we believe provides us a competitive advantage. As of March 31, 2018, total capacity under our First Lien Revolver was $247.5 million, which allows us to execute acquisitions with speed and certainty.

        We believe that our disciplined acquisition strategy allows us to attract and execute acquisitions of high-quality, fiduciary wealth management firms that continue to support our growth. This is demonstrated by our track record to date, with over 50 partner firms and numerous acquisitions executed by our partner firms.

Attractive Financial Model

        Our attractive, differentiated financial model is evidenced by our proven track record of strong financial performance. Since 2008, we have generated a revenue growth CAGR of approximately 20%, achieved through executing our balanced strategy of acquiring new partner firms and supporting organic growth at our existing partner firms. In our most recent year ended December 31, 2017, our revenue grew by 36.6%, we had a net loss, our Adjusted EBITDA grew by 40.9% and our Adjusted Net Income grew by 24.6%, each as compared to the prior year. Further, our business generated net income (loss) margins of approximately 2.4%, 3.2% and (7.3)% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA margins of approximately 20% for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and is capital light given our limited working and regulatory capital requirements, which together create substantial operating leverage and drive free cash flow generation. We believe our financial profile provides the flexibility to continue to execute our various growth initiatives.

119


Table of Contents

        Our attractive financial model is further supported by certain elements that insulate our revenue and earnings streams from operational and market volatility:

    Variable expense nature of management fees.   As a result of our contractual arrangements under our management agreements, 100% of management fees are variable expenses. Management fees are one of our largest operating expenses. Additionally, pursuant to the contractual terms of our management agreements, we have a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings. This structural downside protection serves as a safeguard in our earnings from potential variability in the operating performance of our partner firms.

    Fee-based and recurring revenues.   Our revenues are substantially fee-based and recurring in nature, including greater than 90% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018. We believe that this provides us with a high degree of revenue stability and visibility into future earnings, and differentiates us from traditional brokerage-based platforms whose revenues are largely derived from commissions and thus more sensitive to broader market trends.

    Diversified investment classes.   Our clients have portfolios that are allocated across equity, fixed income and other investment classes.

    Client focus.   Clients increase their reliance on our partner firms for advice during times of market volatility.

Experienced Management Team with Proven Execution Track Record

        Our management team, which includes our co-founders, has played a significant role in building the business and has a deep, fundamental understanding of the company. Our executives have strong relationships in the wealth management industry and are actively involved in the day-to-day operations of the business and in sourcing acquisitions. Prior to joining Focus, members of our management team developed financial services and consultative expertise and leadership capabilities at organizations such as McKinsey & Company, The Boston Consulting Group, AMEX, Merrill Lynch, BlackRock and PricewaterhouseCoopers. Our management team is closely aligned with shareholders' interests as a result of its significant equity ownership in us.

Our Growth Strategy

        We believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of favorable trends in the wealth management industry, including the migration of wealth management professionals from traditional brokerage, commission-based platforms to a fiduciary, open-architecture and fee-based structure. We plan to grow our business through the growth of our existing partner firms and expansion of our partnership.

Growth of Our Existing Partner Firms

    High-Quality, Growth-Oriented Partner Firms

        Our goal has been and continues to be to acquire high-quality, entrepreneurial wealth management firms that have built their businesses through a proven track record of growth. We believe that our partner firms will continue to take advantage of the shift in the market share of client assets to the RIA space and grow organically through acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships, attracting new clients, additions of new wealth management professionals, increasing the amount of assets from existing clients and market-based growth over time. The economic arrangements put in place at the time of acquisition through our management agreements further incentivize the principals of our partner firms to continue executing on their growth plans.

120


Table of Contents

    Value-Added Services

        We have a team of approximately 70 professionals who support our partner firms by providing value-added services, including marketing and business development support, advisor coaching and development and structuring compensation and incentive models along with career path planning, succession planning advice, operational and technology expertise, legal and regulatory support and providing negotiating leverage with vendors. Our value-added services also include acquisition opportunities for our partner firms through a proactive outreach program, structuring transactions and providing guidance to partner firms to facilitate their integration into our partnership. We assign a relationship leader to each partner firm who is tasked with coordinating our value-added services to assist that partner firm in accelerating its growth. These services are provided to our partner firms at no additional cost. Our partner firms have access to the resources of a large organization, which ultimately enhances their operations, enabling them to better serve their clients.

        Some of our key value-added services are described in detail below.

         Marketing and Business Development .    We offer marketing and business development coaching to our partner firms on topics including referral programs, revenue enhancement measures, communications, website and social media, brand strategy and public relations support. Our marketing team works closely with each of our partner firms to understand their unique value proposition in order to ultimately help our partner firms better market themselves to clients and their centers of influence, including accounting and law firms who serve as potential referral sources.

         Talent Management .    We also support the mentoring of next-generation talent through continuous coaching programs that we organize and execute. These programs emphasize key learnings gained from observing top talent across our organization. These services allow our firms to benefit from best practices across our talent pool.

         Compensation Structures and Succession Planning .    We help our partner firms align their compensation models to further incentivize their teams. We also facilitate wealth management professional career path planning and advise on principal promotions to the respective management company. These services allow our partner firms to attract and retain the highest quality wealth management professionals. Our acquisition structure facilitates succession planning by maintaining the partner firm and management company as separate entities, thereby allowing for the principals owning the management company to change over time without disrupting client relationships at the partner firm.

         Operations and Technology .    We assist partner firms in selecting and implementing third-party technology solutions that strengthen each firm's operational performance. Our partner firms can request that our operations team conduct detailed operational assessments to determine their staffing and operating efficiency. Additionally, our operations team provides partner firms negotiating leverage with vendors and cost-efficient access to third-party technology.

         Legal and Regulatory Support .    We have an experienced team of legal professionals in place at Focus to help support our partner firms in fulfilling their regulatory responsibilities by providing additional guidance and expertise. We have relationships with numerous legal and compliance advisors to help our partner firms maintain compliance.

         Sharing of Best Practices / Collaboration with Other Partner Firms .    Our partner firms have access to networking opportunities, best practices roundtable discussions and training seminars. We offer offsite meetings, seminars and other opportunities for partner firms to learn and adopt best practices. On a semiannual basis, we host partners meetings where wealth management professionals from our partner firms have opportunities to meet face to face to collaborate and share ideas. In addition we host periodic summits for chief investment officers, chief compliance officers, chief operating officers and chief marketing officers, where our partner firms can gather and share industry

121


Table of Contents

expertise and business development practices. Our partner firms are also encouraged to share best practices regularly in order to enhance their collective ability to better serve their clients.

    Acquisitions by Our Partner Firms

        We support acquisitions of wealth management practices and customer relationships by our partner firms to further expand their businesses. Partner firms pursue acquisitions for a variety of reasons, including geographic expansion, acquisition of new talent and/or specific expertise and succession planning. Acquisitions by our partner firms allow them to add new talent and services to better support their client base while simultaneously capturing synergies from the acquired businesses. We believe there are currently over 5,000 firms in the United States that are suitable targets for our partner firms. We have an experienced team of professionals with deep industry relationships to assist in identifying potential acquisition targets for our partner firms. Through our proprietary in-house sourcing effort, we frequently identify acquisition opportunities for our partner firms. Additionally, many of our partner firms are well-known in the industry and have developed extensive relationships. In recent years, principals and employees of our partner firms have identified attractive merger candidates, and we believe this trend will continue as our partner firms continue to build scale.

        In addition to sourcing opportunities, we are actively involved through each stage of the process to provide legal, financial, tax, compliance and operational expertise to guide our partner firms through the due diligence process and execution. We provide the funding for acquisitions in the same manner that a parent company would typically fund acquisitions by its wholly owned subsidiaries.

        Our partner firms typically acquire substantially all of the assets of a target firm for cash or a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity and the right to receive contingent consideration. In certain instances, our partner firms may acquire only the customer relationships. Following this offering, acquisition consideration may also include our Class A common stock. At the time a partner firm consummates an acquisition, we amend our management agreement with the partner firm to adjust Base Earnings and Target Earnings to reflect the projected post-acquisition EBPC of the partner firm.

        Our partner firms completed fourteen transactions in 2015, twelve transactions in 2016 and fifteen transactions in 2017. Our partner firms may choose to merge with each other as well. Consolidation of our existing partner firms leads to efficiencies and incremental growth in our cash flows. Since October 2012, five partner firms have consummated mergers with other partner firms.

    Succession Planning for Firms Outside of Our Partnership

        We enable unaffiliated wealth management firms to better plan for changes in personnel and unanticipated disruptions through Focus Successions , which consists of a standardized agreement for a third-party wealth management firm to transition its business upon retirement or a key person event to one of our existing partner firms. We facilitate this process by identifying and sourcing third-party firms in need of succession planning and matching them with a compatible partner firm within our partnership. Typically, we select an existing partner firm that is in the same geographical region and offers similar client services as the third-party firm. This is a unique opportunity to build acquisition pipelines for our partner firms.

        The third-party firms and its principals enter into a succession agreement with one of our existing partner firms, under which our partner firm grants the third-party firm the right to offer to sell substantially all of its assets to the partner firm at any time with notice. The third-party firm's right under the succession agreement is subject to certain conditions, and the terms of the sale are pre-negotiated in a form of asset purchase agreement. Except in the case of succession pursuant to a key person event, the third-party firm must enter into a non-competition agreement upon the closing of the succession transaction. Generally, the term of a succession agreement is one year and renews automatically for an additional year unless earlier terminated by one of the parties.

122


Table of Contents

        We require third-party firms participating in Focus Successions to provide us with certain financial and other information and to attest to their compliance with our standards for participation in the program. These standards relate to legal compliance, client retention and financial health of the firm, among others.

Expansion of Our Partnership

    Acquisitions of New Partner Firms

        Since inception, a fundamental aspect of our growth strategy has been the acquisition of high-quality, entrepreneurial wealth management firms to expand our partnership. We believe that there are over 500 firms in the United States that are high-quality targets for future acquisitions. While most of our acquisitions have taken place in the United States, we see opportunities in multiple international locations where market and regulatory trends toward the fiduciary standard and open-architecture access mirror those occurring in the United States. We have already begun expansion into the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia.

        Our differentiated partnership model has allowed us to grow and enhance our leadership position in the wealth management industry.

        We are highly selective in choosing our partner firms and conduct extensive financial, legal, tax, operational and business due diligence. We evaluate a variety of criteria including the quality of the wealth management professionals, historical revenues and cash flows, the recurring nature of the revenues, compliance policies and procedures and the alignment of interests between wealth management professionals and clients. We focus on firms with owners who are committed to the long-term management and growth of their business.

        With limited exceptions, our partner firm acquisitions have been structured as acquisitions of substantially all of the assets of the firm we choose to partner with but only a portion of the underlying economics in order to align the principals' interests with our own objectives. To determine the acquisition price, we first estimate the operating cash flow of the business based on current and projected levels of revenue and expense, before compensation and benefits to the selling principals or other individuals who become principals. We refer to the operating cash flow of the business as EBPC and to this estimate as Target Earnings. In economic terms, we typically purchase only 40% to 60% of the partner firm's EBPC. Under a management agreement among our operating subsidiary, the management company and the principals, the management company is entitled to management fees typically consisting of all future EBPC of the acquired wealth management firm in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. Through the management agreement, we create downside protection for ourselves by retaining a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings.

        Since 2006, when we began revenue generating and acquisition activities, our model has allowed us to grow to a partnership with over 50 partner firms. Acquisitions of partner firms to date have been structured as illustrated below, with limited exceptions. Subsidiary mergers at the partner firm level

123


Table of Contents

have been structured differently, and in the future we may structure acquisitions in foreign jurisdictions differently depending on legal and tax considerations.

GRAPHIC


(1)
Focus LLC forms a wholly owned subsidiary.

(2)
In exchange for a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity and the right to receive contingent consideration, the operating subsidiary acquires substantially all of the assets of the target firm, which is owned by the selling principals, and becomes the successor firm. Following this offering, acquisition consideration may also include our Class A common stock.

(3)
The selling principals form a management company. In addition to the selling principals, the management company may include non-selling principals who become newly admitted in connection with the acquisition or thereafter.

(4)
The successor firm, the principals and the management company enter into a management agreement which typically has an initial term of six years subject to automatic renewals for consecutive one-year terms, unless earlier terminated by either the management company or us in certain limited situations. Under the management agreement, the management company is entitled to management fees typically consisting of all future EBPC of the successor firm in excess of Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any EBPC in excess of Target Earnings. Pursuant to the management agreement, the management company provides the personnel who conduct the day-to-day operations of the successor firm. Through the management agreement, we create downside protection for ourselves by retaining a cumulative preferred position in Base Earnings.

        In connection with a typical acquisition, we enter into an acquisition agreement with the target wealth management firm and its selling principals pursuant to which we purchase substantially all of the assets of the target firm. The purchase price is a multiple of Base Earnings, which is a percentage of Target Earnings. The purchase price is comprised of a base purchase price and a right to receive contingent consideration in the form of earn out payments. The base purchase price typically consists of an upfront cash payment and Focus LLC equity. Following this offering, we may pay a portion of the base purchase price in shares of our Class A common stock. The contingent consideration is paid upon the satisfaction of specified growth thresholds typically over a six-year period. This arrangement may result in the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers for periods following the closing of an acquisition. The growth thresholds are typically tied to the CAGR of the partner firm's earnings. Earn out payments are typically payable in a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity. Future acquisition agreements may provide for earn out payments to include Class A common stock.

        The acquisition agreements contain customary representations and warranties of the parties, and closing is generally conditioned on the delivery of certain ancillary documents, including an executed management agreement, a confidentiality and non-solicitation agreement, a non-competition agreement and a notice issued by the acquired firm to its clients notifying them of the acquisition and requesting their consent for the assignment of any agreements to the successor firm.

124


Table of Contents

        In connection with the acquisition, management companies and selling principals agree to non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of the management agreement, as well as standalone non-competition and non-solicitation agreements required by the acquisition agreement. Such non-competition and non-solicitation agreements typically have five-year terms. The non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of the management agreement continue during the term of the management agreement and for a period of two years thereafter.

        Our partner firms are primarily overseen by the principals who own the management company formed concurrently with the acquisition. Our operating subsidiary, the management company and the principals enter into a long-term management agreement pursuant to which the management company provides the personnel responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the partner firm. The term of the management agreement is generally six years subject to automatic renewals for consecutive one-year terms, unless earlier terminated by either the management company or us. Subject to applicable cure periods, we may terminate the management agreement upon the occurrence of an event of cause, which may include willful misconduct by the management company or any principal that is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect, the failure of the management company to comply with regulatory or other governmental compliance procedures or a material breach of the agreement by the management company or the principals. In some cases, we may have the right to terminate the agreement if any principal ceases to be involved on a full-time basis in the management of the management company or the performance of services under the agreement. Generally, the management company may terminate the management agreement upon a material breach of the agreement by us and the expiration of the applicable cure period.

        This ownership and management structure allows the principals to maintain an entrepreneurial spirit through autonomous day-to-day decision making, while gaining access to our extensive resources and preserving the principals' long-term economic incentive to continue to grow the business. The management company structure provides both flexibility to us and stability to our partner firms by permitting the principals to continue to build equity value in the management company as the partner firm grows and to control their internal economics and succession plans within the management company.

        The following table provides an illustrative example of our economics, including management fees earned by the management company, for periods of projected revenues, +10% growth in revenues and –10% growth in revenues. This example assumes (i) Target Earnings of $3.0 million; (ii) Base Earnings

125


Table of Contents

acquired of 60% of Target Earnings or $1.8 million; and (iii) a percentage of earnings in excess of Target Earnings retained by the management company of 40%.

 
  Projected
Revenues
  +10% Growth
in Revenues
  –10% Growth
in Revenues
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

New Partner Firm

                   

New partner firm revenues

  $ 5,000   $ 5,500   $ 4,500  

Less:

                   

Operating expenses (excluding management fees)

    (2,000 )   (2,000 )   (2,000 )

EBPC

  $ 3,000   $ 3,500   $ 2,500  

Base Earnings to Focus (60%)

    1,800     1,800     1,800  

Management fees to management company (40%)

    1,200     1,200     700  

EBPC in excess of Target Earnings:

                   

To Focus (60%)

        300      

To management company as management fees (40%)

        200      

Focus

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Focus revenues

  $ 5,000   $ 5,500   $ 4,500  

Less:

                   

Operating expenses (excluding management fees)

    (2,000 )   (2,000 )   (2,000 )

Less:

                   

Management fees to management company

    (1,200 )   (1,400 )   (700 )

Operating income

  $ 1,800   $ 2,100   $ 1,800  

        In certain circumstances, the structure of our relationship with partner firms may differ from the typical structure described above. In addition, our future international acquisitions may not be structured like our typical partner firm acquisitions. For example, the structure of our ownership interests in non-U.S. partner firms may differ from the way in which we own our U.S. partner firms. Please read "—Our Market Opportunity—Expanding International Opportunities."

    Lift Outs of Established Wealth Management Professionals

        From time to time, through Focus Independence , we offer teams of wealth management professionals at traditional brokerages and wirehouses with attractive track records and books of business the opportunity to establish their own independent wealth management firm and ultimately join our partnership as a new partner firm. This program gives these professionals the opportunity to build a business largely unencumbered by the conflicts of interest they face at traditional brokerages and wirehouses and with more favorable economics. Focus Independence is a targeted approach to lift out teams of wealth management professionals from traditional brokerages and wirehouses with attractive track records and books of business and make them entrepreneurs within our partnership. The program has been successful, with the substantial majority of high net worth clients historically retained by the newly formed partner firm. We have completed thirteen acquisitions of new partner firms through Focus Independence since the program's inception.

        We work with each team of wealth management professionals to establish a new RIA business and provide consultation as needed on virtually everything needed to transition to and operate the new RIA as a full-service firm, including technology, personnel and office space. With many teams, we enter into an option agreement, which provides us with the option to acquire substantially all of the assets of the RIA 12 to 13 months after the team's resignation date. The option agreement provides a purchase price formula, typically equal to a multiple of the portion of the new RIA's run rate EBPC at the time of acquisition closing. The option agreement also establishes the portion of the purchase price to be paid in cash and Focus LLC equity. Transactions with teams where we do not enter into an option

126


Table of Contents

agreement may be structured more like a typical acquisition. Following this offering, we may pay a portion of the purchase price in shares of our Class A common stock.

Our Partner Firms

        Our partner firms provide comprehensive wealth management services to high net worth individuals and families, as well as business entities, under a largely recurring, fee-based model. Our partner firms provide these services across a diverse range of investment styles, asset classes and clients. The substantial majority of our partner firms are RIAs, and certain of our partner firms also have affiliated broker-dealers and/or insurance brokers. Several of our partner firms and principals have been recognized as leading wealth management firms and advisors by financial publications such as Barron's, The Financial Times and Forbes.

        Our partner firms derive a substantial majority of their revenues from wealth management fees for investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services. Wealth management fees are primarily based either on a contractual percentage of the client assets, a flat fee, an hourly rate or a combination of such fees and are billed either in advance or arrears on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. We also generate other revenue from recordkeeping and administration service fees, commissions and distribution fees.

        We currently have over 50 partner firms. All of our partner firm acquisitions have been paid for with a combination of cash and Focus LLC equity and the right to receive contingent consideration. We have to date, with limited exceptions, acquired substantially all of the assets of the firms we choose to partner with and have assumed only post-closing contractual obligations, not any material existing liabilities. Consideration for future acquisitions may include our Class A common stock.

127


Table of Contents

        The following is a list of our partner firms as of June 1, 2018:

Partner Firm
  Partner Firm
Since
  Joined through Focus
Independence
  Acquisition(s)
Completed
by Partner
Firm
  Signed Succession
Agreement(s)
                 

  2006            

StrategicPoint

  January            

HoyleCohen

  May       ü    

Resnick Advisors

  June            

  2007            

Sentinel Benefits & Financial Group

  January       ü    

Buckingham

  February       ü   ü

Benefit Financial Services Group

  March       ü    

JFS Wealth Advisors

  August       ü   ü

Atlas Private Wealth Management

  September       ü   ü

GW & Wade

  September       ü   ü

Lara, May & Associates

  October       ü   ü

  2008            

Greystone

  April       ü    

WESPAC

  July            

  2009            

Joel Isaacson & Co. 

  November           ü

Coastal Bridge Advisors

  December   ü   ü    

  2010            

Pettinga

  December            

  2011            

Sapient Private Wealth Management

  September   ü   ü    

The Colony Group

  October       ü   ü

LVW Flynn

  October   ü   ü    

  2012            

Vestor Capital

  October           ü

Merriman

  December       ü   ü

The Portfolio Strategy Group

  December            

  2013            

Beirne Wealth Consulting

  February   ü   ü   ü

LaFleur & Godfrey

  August            

Telemus Capital

  August       ü    

  2014            

Summit Financial

  April   ü   ü    

Gratus Capital

  October       ü    

Strategic Wealth Partners

  November       ü   ü

  2015            

IFAM Capital

  February   ü        

Dorchester Wealth Management

  April            

The Fiduciary Group

  April            

Quadrant Private Wealth

  July   ü        

Relative Value Partners

  July            

Fort Pitt Capital Group

  October            

Patton Albertson Miller Group

  October            

  2016            

Douglas Lane & Associates

  January            

Kovitz Investment Group Partners

  January           ü

Waddell & Associates

  April            

Carnick & Kubik Group

  April       ü    

GYL Financial Synergies

  August   ü        

XML Financial Group

  October   ü        

  2017            

Crestwood Advisors

  January            

CFO4Life

  February       ü    

One Charles Private Wealth

  February   ü        

Bordeaux Wealth Advisors

  March            

Gelfand, Rennert & Feldman

  April            

Lake Street Advisors

  April            

Financial Professionals

  May            

SCS Financial Services

  July            

Brownlie & Braden

  July            

Eton Advisors

  September            

  2018            

Cornerstone Wealth

  January   ü        

Fortem Financial

  February   ü        

Bartlett Wealth Management

  April            

Campbell Deegan Financial

  April   ü        

Nigro Karlin Segal Feldstein & Bolno (NKSFB)

  April            

TrinityPoint Wealth

  May            

128


Table of Contents

        The following shows the value-added services we have provided to our partner firms through June 1, 2018:

 
  Value-Added Services
Partner Firm
  Marketing
and Business
Development
  Operational and
Technology
Enhancements
  Legal and
Compliance
Support
  Talent
Management
  Succession
Planning

StrategicPoint

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

HoyleCohen

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Resnick Advisors

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Sentinel Benefits & Financial Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Buckingham

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Benefit Financial Services Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

JFS Wealth Advisors

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Atlas Private Wealth Management

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

GW & Wade

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Lara, May & Associates

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Greystone

      ü   ü   ü   ü

WESPAC

      ü   ü   ü   ü

Joel Isaacson & Co. 

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Coastal Bridge Advisors

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Pettinga

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Sapient Private Wealth Management

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

The Colony Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

LVW Flynn

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Vestor Capital

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Merriman

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

The Portfolio Strategy Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Beirne Wealth Consulting

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

LaFleur & Godfrey

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Telemus Capital

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Summit Financial

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Gratus Capital

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Strategic Wealth Partners

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

IFAM Capital

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Dorchester Wealth Management

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

The Fiduciary Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Quadrant Private Wealth

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Relative Value Partners

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Fort Pitt Capital Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Patton Albertson Miller Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Douglas Lane & Associates

  ü   ü   ü        

Kovitz Investment Group Partners

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Waddell & Associates

  ü   ü   ü   ü   ü

Carnick & Kubik Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

GYL Financial Synergies

  ü   ü   ü        

XML Financial Group

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Crestwood Advisors

  ü       ü   ü    

CFO4Life

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

One Charles Private Wealth

      ü   ü        

Bordeaux Wealth Advisors

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Gelfand, Rennert & Feldman

          ü        

Lake Street Advisors

          ü   ü    

Financial Professionals

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

SCS Financial Services

      ü   ü        

Brownlie & Braden

      ü   ü   ü    

Eton Advisors

  ü       ü   ü    

Cornerstone Wealth

  ü   ü   ü   ü    

Fortem Financial

          ü        

Bartlett Wealth Management

  ü   ü   ü        

Campbell Deegan Financial

          ü        

Nigro Karlin Segal Feldstein & Bolno (NKSFB)

          ü        

TrinityPoint Wealth

  ü   ü   ü        

129


Table of Contents

        Our partner firms are primarily located in the United States. In addition, we have one partner firm, Greystone, in the United Kingdom, one partner firm, Dorchester Wealth Management, in Canada and one partner firm, Financial Professionals, in Australia. The following table shows our domestic and international revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2015   2016   2017   2017   2018  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Domestic revenue

  $ 368,203     96.3 % $ 470,888     97.0 % $ 643,077     97.0 % $ 131,474     97.0 % $ 190,625     97.1 %

International revenue

    14,144     3.7 %   14,556     3.0 %   19,810     3.0 %   4,072     3.0 %   5,604     2.9 %

Total revenue

  $ 382,347     100.0 % $ 485,444     100.0 % $ 662,887     100.0 % $ 135,546     100.0 % $ 196,229     100.0 %

        The map below shows the locations of our partner firms in the United States as of June 1, 2018. The majority of our partner firms operate multiple offices.

GRAPHIC

        Upon joining our partnership, each partner firm transitions its operations to our common general ledger, payroll and cash management systems. Our common general ledger system provides us access to financial information of each partner firm and is designed to accommodate the varied needs of each individual business. We control payroll and payment of management fees for partner firms through a common disbursement process. The common payroll system allows us to effectively monitor compensation, new hires, terminations and other personnel changes. We employ a cash management system under which cash held by partner firms above a threshold is transferred into our centralized accounts. The cash management system enables us to control and secure our cash flow and more efficiently monitor partner firm earnings and financial position.

130


Table of Contents

        We and our partner firms devote substantial time and effort to remaining current on, and addressing, regulatory and compliance matters. Each of our registered partner firms has its own chief compliance officer and has established a compliance program to help detect and prevent compliance violations.

        While the chief compliance officers at our partner firms are principally responsible for maintaining their respective compliance programs and to tailor them to the specifics of their partner firms' business, we have an experienced team of legal professionals in place at the holding company to support our partner firms in fulfilling their regulatory responsibilities by providing additional guidance and expertise. We collaborate with each of our partner firms in its completion of an annual compliance risk assessment, which is conducted by an outside law firm or a compliance consulting firm. We also engage third-party firms to conduct periodic compliance audits, including cybersecurity audits, and help coordinate completion of certain other employee trainings. We also monitor how our partner firms address risk assessment recommendations and regulatory exam findings. We also work with our partner firms to assist them in identifying capable legal and compliance advisors by leveraging our extensive relationships.

Competition

        The wealth management industry is very competitive. We compete with a broad range of wealth management firms, including public and privately held investment advisors, traditional brokerages and wirehouses, firms associated with securities broker-dealers, financial institutions and insurance companies. We believe that important factors affecting our partner firms' ability to compete for clients include investment performance, wealth management fee rates, the quality of services provided to clients, the ability to attract and retain key wealth management professionals, the depth and continuity of client relationships, adherence to the fiduciary standard and reputation.

        We strategically built a leading partnership of independent, fiduciary wealth management firms led by entrepreneurs through a unique, disciplined and proven acquisition strategy. Our differentiated partnership model has allowed us to grow and enhance our leadership position in the wealth management industry. As we continue our growth strategy of acquiring high-quality partner firms, we believe that important factors affecting our ability to compete for future acquisitions include:

    the degree to which target wealth management firms view our partnership model as preferable, financially and operationally or otherwise, to acquisition or other arrangements offered by other potential purchasers;

    the reputation and performance of our existing and future partner firms, by which target wealth management firms may judge us and our future prospects; and

    the quality and breadth of our value-added services.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2017, we had over 2,000 employees, 65 of whom were employed at the holding company.

        Additionally, as of December 31, 2017, there were approximately 300 principals who were part of the management companies that oversaw partner firms and were not our employees.

Trademarks

        We own many registered trademarks and service marks in the United States. We believe the Focus Financial Partners name and the many distinctive marks associated with it are of significant value and

131


Table of Contents

are very important to our business. Accordingly, as a general policy, we monitor the use of our marks and vigorously oppose any unauthorized use of the marks.

        We register some of our copyrighted material and otherwise rely on common law protection of our copyrighted works. Such copyrighted materials are not material to our business.

Properties

        We and our partner firms conduct our operations using leased office facilities. While we believe we have suitable office space currently, we will continue to evaluate our office space requirements and will complement these facilities as necessary.

        Our corporate headquarters are located at 825 Third Avenue, New York, New York, where we occupy approximately 16,900 square feet of space under subleases, the terms of which expire in April 2019. In addition, each of our partner firms leases office space in the city or cities in which it conducts business.

Legal Proceedings

        We are, from time to time, involved in various legal claims and regulatory matters arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, we do not believe that the resolutions of any such matters we are currently involved in, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. However, we can provide no assurance that any pending or future matters will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in future reporting periods.

        From time to time, our partner firms receive requests for information from governmental authorities regarding business activities. We have cooperated and will continue to cooperate fully with all governmental agencies. We continue to believe that the resolution of any governmental inquiry will not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

132


Table of Contents


REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Existing Regulation

        Our partner firms are subject to extensive regulation in the United States. In addition, Greystone, Dorchester and Financial Professionals are subject to extensive regulation in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, respectively. In the United States, our partner firms are subject to regulation primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the Advisers Act, by the DOL under ERISA and by the SEC and FINRA for our partner firm subsidiaries that are broker-dealers. Our partner firms may also be subject to regulation by state insurance and securities regulators for insurance and other aspects of our partner firms' activities. Outside of the United States, Greystone is regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom, Dorchester is regulated by the securities regulators of Canada's provinces and Financial Professionals is regulated by the Australian Securities & Investment Commission ("ASIC").

        Our U.S.-based partner firms that are investment advisers are registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including fiduciary duties, compliance and disclosure obligations, recordkeeping requirements and operational requirements. Certain of our partner firms sponsor unregistered and registered funds in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. These activities subject those partner firms to additional regulatory requirements in those jurisdictions. In addition, many state securities commissions impose filing requirements on investment advisers that operate or have places of business in their states. Similarly, many states require certain client facing employees of RIAs and FINRA-registered broker-dealers to become state licensed.

        Certain of our partner firms have affiliated SEC registered broker-dealers for the purpose of distributing funds or other securities products. Broker-dealers and their personnel are regulated, to a large extent, by the SEC and self-regulatory organizations, principally FINRA. In addition, state blue sky commissions have supervisory authority over broker-dealer activities conducted in their states. Broker-dealers are subject to regulations which cover virtually all aspects of their business, including sales practices, trading practices, use and safekeeping of clients' funds and securities, recordkeeping and the conduct of directors, officers, employees and representatives. Broker-dealers are also subject to net capital rules that mandate that they maintain certain levels of capital. Certain partner firms have a limited number of employees that are registered representatives with unaffiliated broker-dealers.

        Certain of our partner firms have affiliated insurance brokers. State insurance laws grant state insurance regulators broad administrative powers. These supervisory agencies regulate many aspects of the insurance business, including the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and other insurance intermediaries, and trade practices such as marketing, advertising and compensation arrangements entered into by insurance brokers and agents.

        Our partner firms are also subject to regulation by the DOL under ERISA and related regulations with respect to investment advisory and management services provided to participants in retirement plans covered by ERISA, including individual retirement accounts. Among other requirements, ERISA imposes duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA and prohibits certain transactions involving related parties.

    Additional Regulatory Reform

        Our partner firms are subject to the numerous regulatory reform initiatives in the United States and in international jurisdictions where they operate. New laws or regulations, or changes in enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could have a material and adverse impact on the scope or profitability of our partner firms' business activities or require us and/or our partner firms to change business practices and incur additional costs as well as potential reputational harm.

133


Table of Contents

        For example, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law in the United States in July 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is expansive in scope and requires the adoption of extensive regulations, many of which have just recently been adopted or become effective. As the impact of these regulations will become evident over time, it is not yet possible to predict the ultimate effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business, the businesses of our partner firms or the businesses of our competitors.

        In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act contains provisions authorizing the SEC to adopt a uniform fiduciary standard for all broker-dealers and investment advisers, but no formal proposal has been made by the SEC. At present, it is not clear if the SEC will propose or adopt rules related to a uniform fiduciary standard, if any such proposals would be adopted, and accordingly, any potential impact on our partner firms.

        In August 2015, FinCEN proposed an AML rule that would apply to investment advisers registered with the SEC. The proposed rule, if adopted, would require RIAs to establish and maintain an AML program, including designating an AML compliance officer and to report suspicious activity to FinCEN pursuant to the BSA. The proposed rule delegates authority to the SEC to examine RIAs to ensure their compliance with the BSA. Currently, only our partner firms that are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers are subject to the BSA.

        On April 18, 2018, the SEC proposed a package of rulemakings and interpretations that if adopted would impose a best interest standard of conduct for broker-dealers, require the delivery of a short-form disclosure document to retail investors, restrict the use of the term "adviser" or "advisor" by broker-dealers who are not also registered as investment advisers and clarify the SEC's views on the fiduciary duty that investment advisers owe to their clients.

        In addition, financial regulators are increasing their enforcement and examination attention across a wide range of activities and business practices, including disclosure, conflicts of interest, cybersecurity, business continuity and succession planning. Such enhanced scrutiny may increase the likelihood of enforcement actions or violation findings or cause us or our partner firms to change business practices or incur additional costs. It is also not possible to predict how such changes may impact the businesses of our competitors and the competitive dynamics of the industry.

134


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Director, Director Nominees, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees

        The following sets forth information regarding our director, director nominees and executive officers as of June 1, 2018:

Name
  Age   Position with Focus  

Ruediger Adolf

  55     Founder of Focus LLC and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman  

Rajini Sundar Kodialam

  50     Co-Founder of Focus LLC and Chief Operating Officer and Director Nominee  

James Shanahan

  48     Chief Financial Officer  

James D. Carey

  51     Director Nominee  

Fayez S. Muhtadie

  40     Director Nominee  

Christopher J. Harrington

  37     Director Nominee  

Deborah D. McWhinney

  63     Director Nominee  

Noah Gottdiener

  61     Director Nominee  

        The following table sets forth information regarding other key employees as of June 1, 2018:

Name
  Age   Position with Focus  

Leonard R. Chang

    43     Co-Founder of Focus LLC and Managing Director  

Christopher T. Dupuy

    52     President—Independence  

J. Russell McGranahan

    48     General Counsel  

Vamsi K. Yadlapati

    37     Managing Director  

        Set forth below are the backgrounds of our director nominees and executive officers.

        Ruediger Adolf.     Mr. Adolf has served as Founder and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of managers of Focus LLC since 2004. Mr. Adolf has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman and as a member of our board of directors since our formation in 2015. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Adolf served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the AMEX Global Brokerage and Banking division. Prior to this role, Mr. Adolf was the Senior Vice President of Strategy and Business Development. Before joining AMEX, Mr. Adolf was a partner at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Adolf holds a Mag. iur. and a Dr. iur. from the University of Innsbruck, Austria.

        Mr. Adolf is qualified to serve as a director because of his operational and historical experience as Focus LLC's Founder and Chief Executive Officer and as a board member of Focus LLC and his extensive experience in the financial services industry.

        Rajini Sundar Kodialam.     Ms. Kodialam has served as Co-Founder and Managing Director of Focus LLC since 2005 and as a member of the board of managers since July 2017. Ms. Kodialam has served as our Chief Operating Officer since our formation in 2015 and has agreed to serve on our board of directors. Prior to founding Focus, Ms. Kodialam worked at AMEX from 1998 to 2005 where she served as a Vice President from 1999 to 2005. Prior to joining AMEX, Ms. Kodialam was with McKinsey & Company. Ms. Kodialam holds a Master of Business Administration in Finance and Marketing from Columbia Business School, a Post Graduate Diploma in Management from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad and a Bachelor of Arts from Delhi University, India.

        Ms. Kodialam is qualified to serve as a director because of her operational and historical experience as a Co-Founder and Managing Director and as a board member of Focus LLC and her extensive experience in the financial services industry.

        James Shanahan.     Mr. Shanahan has served as Chief Financial Officer of Focus LLC since October 2006. Mr. Shanahan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our formation in 2015.

135


Table of Contents

From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Shanahan served in the Chief Financial Officer/Vice President of Operations roles for Sybari Software, a software security company that became a subsidiary of Microsoft in 2005. Prior to Microsoft, Mr. Shanahan was with PricewaterhouseCoopers from 1992 to 2001 where he last served as a Senior Audit Manager. Mr. Shanahan is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Master of Business Administration/Bachelor of Business Administration from Hofstra University. Additionally, Mr. Shanahan is a Chartered Financial Consultant and Personal Financial Specialist.

        Christopher J. Harrington.     Mr. Harrington has served on the board of managers of Focus LLC since July 2017 and has agreed to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Harrington is a Member of KKR. He joined KKR in 2008 and is a senior member of the firm's financial services industry team within the Americas Private Equity platform. Mr. Harrington currently serves on the boards of directors of Privilege Underwriters, Sedgwick Claims Management Services, USI Insurance Services and WMIH Corp. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Harrington was with Merrill Lynch & Co., where he was involved in a variety of acquisitions, divestitures, and other corporate advisory transactions. Mr. Harrington holds a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard College and a Juris Doctor from Harvard Law School.

        Mr. Harrington is qualified to serve as a director because of his financial services industry and board experience and his affiliation with KKR.

        James D. Carey.     Mr. Carey has agreed to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Carey is a Senior Principal of Stone Point. He has been with Stone Point or its predecessor entities since 1997. Mr. Carey currently serves on the boards of directors of Alliant Insurance Services, Inc., Amherst Pierpont Securities LLC, Citco III Limited, Eagle Point Credit Management LLC, Enstar Group Limited, New Point Limited VII, Kestra Financial Holdings GP LLC, Sedgwick Claims Management Services, Inc., StarStone Specialty Holdings Ltd. and Privilege Underwriters Inc. Mr. Carey holds a Bachelor of Science from Boston College, a Juris Doctor from Boston College Law School and a Master of Business Administration from Duke University Fuqua School of Business.

        Mr. Carey is qualified to serve as a director because of his financial service industry and board experience and his affiliation with Stone Point.

        Fayez S. Muhtadie.     Mr. Muhtadie has served on the board of managers of Focus LLC since July 2017 and has agreed to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Muhtadie is a Principal of Stone Point. Prior to joining Stone Point in 2003, Mr. Muhtadie worked at Credit Suisse First Boston as an analyst in the Financial Institutions Investment Banking Group and as a financial analyst at Aon Capital Markets. Mr. Muhtadie currently serves on the boards of directors of Greenspoint Capital LLC, Kestra Financial Holdings GP LLC, Newport Holdings, and SKY Harbor Capital Holdings LLC. Mr. Muhtadie is a graduate of The Ohio State University and holds a Master of Business Administration from the Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

        Mr. Muhtadie is qualified to serve as a director because of his financial service industry and board experience and his affiliation with Stone Point.

        Deborah D. McWhinney.     Ms. McWhinney has agreed to serve on our board of directors. Ms. McWhinney worked at Citigroup,  Inc. ("Citi") from 2009 to 2014, as Chief Executive Officer of Global Enterprise Payments from September 2013 to January 2014, as Chief Operating Officer of Global Enterprise Payments from February 2011 to September 2013 and as President of Personal Banking and Wealth Management from May 2009 to February 2011. Prior to joining Citi, Ms. McWhinney worked at Schwab Inc. ("Schwab"), as President of Schwab Institutional from 2001 to 2007 and as Chair of the Global Risk Committee of Schwab from 2004 to 2007. Ms. McWhinney currently serves on the boards of directors of Fluor Corporation, Lloyds Banking Group plc, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co., and IHS Markit Ltd. and served on the board of managers of Focus LLC from 2007 to 2009. Ms. McWhinney holds a Bachelor of Science from University of Montana and a Certificate of Completion with honors from Pacific Coast Banking School.

136


Table of Contents

        Ms. McWhinney is qualified to serve as a director because of her operational and historical experience as a board member of Focus LLC and her extensive experience in the financial services industry.

        Noah Gottdiener.     Mr. Gottdiener has agreed to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Gottdiener has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors of Duff & Phelps Corp ("Duff & Phelps") since 2004. He also served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of managers of Duff & Phelps Acquisitions, LLC, a subsidiary of Duff & Phelps. Prior to joining Duff & Phelps, Mr. Gottdiener was the founding partner of Stone Ridge Partners LLC ("Stone Ridge"), a mergers and acquisitions advisory firm. Prior to founding Stone Ridge, he was a Partner of Thomas Weisel Partners, a Partner of Furman Selz LLC and a Managing Director at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Gottdiener holds a Bachelor of Arts from Princeton University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

        Mr. Gottdiener is qualified to serve as a director because of his financial services industry and board experience.

        Set forth below are the backgrounds of our other key employees.

        Leonard R. Chang.     Mr. Chang is a co-founder of Focus LLC and has served as a Managing Director of Focus LLC since 2004. Mr. Chang has served as a Managing Director since our formation in 2015. Prior to Focus, Mr. Chang was with the Boston Consulting Group, and before that, Mr. Chang worked at AMEX in the Strategy and Business Development Group, based in New York and London. Mr. Chang received his Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School and his Bachelor of Science in Economics with dual concentration in Finance and Strategic Management from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

        Christopher T. Dupuy.     Mr. Dupuy has served as President of the Focus Independence team of Focus LLC since 2014. Mr. Dupuy has served as President of our Focus Independence team since our formation in 2015. Prior to joining Focus, Mr. Dupuy worked for Merrill Lynch in several positions, including Market Executive of the Pacific Northwest Market, Head of the Wealth Management, Private Wealth and Asia International businesses, National Sales Manager of Merrill Lynch Wealth Management, Head of Merrill Lynch's Global Investments Solutions Business and Chief Operating Officer of Merrill Lynch's Wealth Management Bank. He also served as a member of Merrill Lynch's Executive and Compensation Committees. Mr. Dupuy received his Bachelor of Science in Communication Arts from James Madison University.

        J. Russell McGranahan.     Mr. McGranahan has served as General Counsel of Focus LLC since August 2015 and has served as our General Counsel since that time. From 2006 to 2015, Mr. McGranahan was a Managing Director, M&A Counsel and Corporate Secretary at BlackRock. Prior to joining BlackRock, Mr. McGranahan was counsel in the mergers and acquisitions and corporate departments of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Mr. McGranahan began his career as a corporate associate with White & Case, LLP and for three years was based in Eastern Europe. Mr. McGranahan received his Juris Doctor from Yale Law School and his Bachelor of Arts in economics and world politics from the Catholic University of America. He has also earned the Chartered Financial Analyst® designation.

        Vamsi K. Yadlapati.     Mr. Yadlapati has been with Focus LLC since 2007 and served as a Managing Director of Focus LLC since 2013. Mr. Yadlapati has served as a Managing Director since our formation in 2015. Prior to joining Focus, Mr. Yadlapati was with Summit Partners, L.P., and prior to Summit Partners, L.P., Mr. Yadlapati worked in the investment-banking group at Salomon Smith Barney. Mr. Yadlapati received his Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.

137


Table of Contents

Composition of Our Board of Directors

        Upon completion of this offering, we anticipate that our board of directors will consist of seven members, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer.

        In evaluating director nominees, we will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance the board's ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their duties of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors.

        Our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until our annual meetings of shareholders in 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Messrs. Adolf, Carey and Harrington will be assigned to Class I, Ms. Kodialam and Mr. Gottdiener will be assigned to Class II, and Ms. McWhinney and Mr. Muhtadie will be assigned to Class III. At each annual meeting of shareholders held after the initial classification, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of shareholders will be necessary for shareholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

        In connection with this offering, we will enter into nomination agreements with investment vehicles affiliated with Stone Point and KKR. Stone Point will have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors for so long as it holds at least 50% of the interest it holds, in the form of our Class A and Class B common stock on a combined basis, on the date of this offering, and one member of our board of directors for so long as it holds 5% of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding on a combined basis. Stone Point will have the right to nominate at least two directors, for so long as it has the right to nominate two directors, and then one director, for so long as it has the right to nominate one director, for service on our compensation committee. Stone Point will also have the right to nominate one director for service on our nominating and governance committee for so long as it has the right to nominate at least one director. Initially, Stone Point has nominated Mr. Muhtadie and Mr. Carey to serve on our board of directors. KKR will have the right to nominate one member of our board of directors for so long as it holds at least 5% of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding on a combined basis. KKR will have the right to nominate one director for service on our nominating and governance committee and as an observer on our compensation committee, in each case, for so long as it has the right to nominate one director. Initially, KKR has nominated Mr. Harrington to serve on our board of directors. Any replacement directors nominated by Stone Point or KKR must be an employee or partner of Stone Point or KKR, respectively, of the same level of seniority within Stone Point or KKR as the initial directors designated by Stone Point or KKR, respectively, qualify as an independent director under the independence standards of NASDAQ and satisfy such other criteria set forth in the respective nomination agreement. In addition, the nomination agreements will require Stone Point and KKR to vote their shares of Class A and Class B common stock in favor of our Chief Executive Officer and Rajini Sundar Kodialam (or such other officer of Focus designated by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the board of directors if Ms. Kodialam is no longer a member of the board of directors) for election to our board of directors. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Nomination Agreements."

Director Independence

        The board of directors reviewed the independence of our directors using the independence standards of NASDAQ, and, based on this review, it determined that Ms. McWhinney and Messrs. Gottdiener, Carey, Muhtadie and Harrington will be independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ listing standards currently in effect.

138


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

        We will establish an audit committee prior to the completion of this offering, which is expected to be composed initially of Ms. McWhinney and Messrs. Muhtadie and Gottdiener, with Ms. McWhinney acting as chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. McWhinney and Mr. Gottdiener qualify as independent with the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company intends to appoint a third member that qualifies as independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act within the one year period provided in such rule. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. McWhinney and Mr. Gottdiener qualify as "audit committee financial experts" as defined under the SEC and have experience that results in their financial sophistication as defined under NASDAQ rules.

        This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including: the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee will oversee our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements. We expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee's primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

        We will establish a compensation committee prior to completion of this offering, which is expected to be composed initially of Messrs. Gottdiener, Carey and Muhtadie, with Mr. Gottdiener acting as chair of the committee. Messrs. Gottdiener, Carey and Muhtadie qualify as "Non-Employee Directors" for the purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. This committee will establish salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees. Our compensation committee will also administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. We expect to adopt a compensation committee charter defining the committee's primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        We will establish a nominating and governance committee shortly after completion of this offering, which is expected to be composed initially of Ms. McWhinney, Mr. Muhtadie and Mr. Harrington, with Ms. McWhinney acting as chair of the committee. As required by the listing standards of NASDAQ, the nominating and governance committee will consist solely of independent directors. This committee will identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors, with consideration of nomination agreements that may be in place from time to time with significant shareholders, and review and approve corporate governance guidelines. We expect to adopt a nominating and governance committee charter defining the committee's primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and the listing standards of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our board or compensation committee. No member of our board is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of NASDAQ.

139


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        We are currently considered an emerging growth company for purposes of the SEC's executive compensation disclosure rules. In accordance with such rules, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to the individuals serving as our chief executive officer, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. For fiscal year 2017, our named executive officers were:

    Ruediger Adolf, Founder of Focus LLC and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman;

    Rajini Sundar Kodialam, Co-Founder of Focus LLC and Chief Operating Officer and board member; and

    James Shanahan, Chief Financial Officer.

2015, 2016 and 2017 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total
($)
 

Ruediger Adolf

    2017     736,837     1,779,692     N/A     1,269,102     131,820     3,917,451  

Founder of Focus LLC and Chief

    2016     679,168     1,217,400     N/A         115,239     2,011,807  

Executive Officer and Chairman

    2015     653,638     1,339,584     N/A     1,329,557     97,849     3,420,628  

Rajini Sundar Kodialam

    2017     482,944     1,197,021     N/A     866,054     38,124     2,584,143  

Co-Founder of Focus LLC and

    2016     436,921     900,000     N/A         42,168     1,379,089  

Chief Operating Officer

    2015     424,195     950,715     N/A     864,212     29,125     2,268,247  

James Shanahan

    2017     434,274     928,723     N/A     1,707,243     33,114     3,103,354  

Chief Financial Officer

    2016     394,443     800,000     N/A         31,313     1,225,756  

    2015     382,954     845,080     N/A     598,301     18,270     1,844,605  

(1)
Each of the named executive officers received various grants of incentive units during 2015 and 2017. A description of these awards may be found in the footnotes and the narrative following the "Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End" table. We believe that, despite the fact that the incentive units do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options, and as such, they are properly classified as "options" under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an "option-like feature." Amounts disclosed in this column reflect a grant date fair value of the incentive units in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used to calculate the grant date values are described within the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

On January 12, 2017, Mr. Adolf, Kodialam 2014 Family Trust and Shanahan Family 2013 Insurance Trust were granted 190,500, 130,000 and 90,000 incentive units, respectively, with a $21.00 hurdle rate that are subject to vesting conditions, which were issued in connection with annual compensation awards for fiscal year 2016.

On July 3, 2017, Mr. Adolf, Ms. Kodialam, Kodialam 2014 Family Trust and Mr. Shanahan received incentive unit grants of 725,000, 100,000, 450,000 and 400,000, respectively. Because the vesting of these awards is dependent upon the consummation of an initial public offering or a change in control, which is not deemed "probable" in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 on the grant date, the value is assumed to be $0 for purposes of this table. Please read the narrative following the "Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End" table for further details on these awards.

140


Table of Contents

    On January 2, 2018, Mr. Adolf and Ms. Kodialam were granted 206,284 and 93,544 incentive units, respectively. Additionally, the Adolf Family Trust II and the Kodialam 2014 Family Trust were granted 100,000 and 125,000 incentive units, respectively. These incentive units were issued with a $23.00 hurdle rate. These awards were issued in connection with annual compensation awards for fiscal year 2017 and will vest in four equal installments on each anniversary of November 22, 2017. These awards will be disclosed in the compensation tables relating to 2018, as applicable.

(2)
Amounts in this column consist of company contributions made on each executive's behalf for the respective year into the Focus Operating LLC 401(k) Retirement Plan in the amount, $12,000 for Mr. Adolf and $9,000 for each of Ms. Kodialam and Mr. Shanahan for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $29,391 for Mr. Adolf and $22,043 for Ms. Kodialam and Mr. Shanahan for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $24,000 for Mr. Adolf and $18,000 for each of Ms. Kodialam and Mr. Shanahan for the year ended December 31, 2017. The remainder of the amounts in this column primarily reflect the cost of the key man life insurance policy premiums that the company incurred during the respective fiscal year.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

Employment Agreements

        Each of the named executive officers was party to an employment agreement during the 2015, 2016 and 2017 fiscal years that we originally entered into during 2013 and that was amended and restated as of April 2017 (each, an "Employment Agreement," and collectively, the "Employment Agreements"). The narrative below summarizes the payments and benefits that each executive is currently eligible to receive on an annual basis, as well as the amounts and benefits that would have been owed to the named executive officers in the event of a termination of employment or a change in control as of the end of fiscal year 2017 under the Employment Agreements. If the discussion notes that a termination of employment is deemed to be "in connection with" a change of control or Company Sale (defined below), the protection period is deemed to be two years following such change in control or Company Sale. Other applicable protection periods are specifically noted below.

Mr. Adolf, Ms. Kodialam and Mr. Shanahan's Employment Agreements

        The Employment Agreements provide for annual salaries of at least $800,000, $530,000, and $475,000, respectively, for Mr. Adolf, Ms. Kodialam, and Mr. Shanahan. Each executive is entitled to participate in our annual cash bonus plan that is applicable for the fiscal year in question. The annual cash bonus plan is typically structured to create a bonus pool for each individual fiscal year that is based upon company-wide financial goals. The compensation committee makes final decisions regarding the bonus pool size and the individual participant amounts each year with input from the Chief Executive Officer. Under the Employment Agreements, as amended in 2017, the annual target cash bonus opportunity for Mr. Adolf and Ms. Kodialam is set at 150% to 200% of their respective base salaries, and for Mr. Shanahan it is set at 125% to 150% of his base salary. Each executive is also eligible to participate in our incentive unit plan. The annual target equity incentive opportunity for each executive is equal to 150% to 200% of base salary for Mr. Adolf and Ms. Kodialam and 125% to 150% of base salary for Mr. Shanahan, with the number of incentive units to be issued to each executive determined annually. These discretionary annual bonuses provided to each named executive with respect to the 2015, 2016 and 2017 years have been disclosed above in the "Bonus," "Stock Awards" and "Option Awards" columns of the Summary Compensation Table with respect to the cash and incentive unit portions of such bonuses, respectively.

        Each executive will be entitled to five weeks of vacation during each calendar year, excluding paid holidays. Subject to the terms of any applicable plans, policies or programs, each executive is entitled to receive such employee benefits, including any and all deferred compensation, pension, disability, group life, sickness, accident and health insurance as we may provide from time to time to salaried employees generally, and such other benefits as the compensation committee may from time to time establish for

141


Table of Contents

the executives. Each executive will be reimbursed by us for all ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred in the course of the performance of employment services. We maintain term life insurance for each executive in the amount of approximately five times the executive's salary for the benefit of such executive's estate.

        Upon termination of employment due to death, the heirs, personal representatives or estate of the executive will be entitled to (a) any accrued and unpaid salary through the date of termination (b) any accrued benefits up to the date of termination (c) reimbursable business expenses accrued but unpaid through the date of termination, (d) accrued but unused paid time off ((a) through (d), the "Accrued Rights"), (e) a pro-rated lump sum amount equal to the target annual cash bonus opportunity of the executive for the calendar year in which such termination occurs based on the mid-point of the range for which the executive is eligible (the "Pro-Rata Bonus"), (f) any cash bonus (or the value of any noncash bonus that was paid in lieu of such cash bonus) awarded to such executive for the prior calendar year in which the termination occurred but unpaid as of the date of termination (the "Prior Year Bonus"), (g) continued eligibility to participate in Focus LLC's health insurance plan (the "Continued Health Insurance") for a period of up to eighteen months at our expense and (h) accelerated vesting of any unvested time-based equity awards and equity interests held by the executive and scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time on or before the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs.

        We have the right to terminate the employment of the executive if such executive suffers a disability and the disability continues for periods aggregating more than 90 days during a 180-day period. Upon termination of employment due to disability, all of the named executive officer's rights to compensation and benefits terminate, except that the executive will be entitled to (i) the Accrued Rights, (ii) an amount equal to one-and-a-half times the target annual cash bonus opportunity in the case of Mr. Adolf or Ms. Kodialam and one time the target annual cash bonus opportunity in the case of Mr. Shanahan (the "Annual Cash Bonus Payment") using in such calculation the mid-point of the target bonus opportunity if the target is a range, (iii) Continued Health Insurance for a period of eighteen months, (iv) accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by the executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time within the eighteen-month period in the case of Mr. Adolf or Ms. Kodialam and twelve-month period in the case of Mr. Shanahan from the effective date of termination because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs ("Accelerated Vesting") and (v) continuation of salary as in effect on the date of such termination for eighteen months in the case of Mr. Adolf and Ms. Kodialam and twelve months in the case of Mr. Shanahan ("Salary Continuation Payments").

        Upon termination of employment due to cause, all of the executive's rights to compensation and benefits terminate, except that the executive will be entitled to any Accrued Rights.

        Upon termination of employment by us without cause, for good reason, or as a result of our election to not enter into a renewal term with respect to the applicable Employment Agreement, the executive will have the right to receive (i) Salary Continuation Payments, (ii) the Annual Cash Bonus Payment, (iii) the Prior Year Bonus, if any, (iv) the Pro-Rata Bonus based on the high-point of the range to which the executive is eligible, (v) Continued Health Insurance for a period of eighteen months and (vi) Accelerated Vesting.

        Upon the occurrence of a change in control or upon the sale or other disposition by us of all or a substantial portion of our assets in one or more transactions to any person or group of persons (a "Company Sale"), an executive will have the right to receive accelerated vesting for the executive's time based equity awards or equity interests held by executive at the time of such event; provided that a

142


Table of Contents

Company Sale shall not be deemed to occur for these purposes as a result of an initial public offering and sale of equity interests after which such equity interests are listed on a national securities exchange.

        If an executive is terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason or we elect not to enter into a renewal term with respect to an Employment Agreement within the nine-month period immediately prior to the consummation of a change of control, then the executive shall be deemed to be employed on the date of the change of control, and all of executive's unvested equity awards or equity interests held by executive immediately prior to the time of such cessation of employment shall vest in full as of the date of the change in control (with performance vesting determined by reference to our valuation in the change in control).

        If the executive's employment with us is terminated due to the executive's death or disability, then the executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) will have the option to require Focus LLC to repurchase any or all of the remaining equity interests held by the executive that are vested or become vested in connection with such termination.

        Each executive is subject to a general non-competition and non-solicitation clause for periods of one year and two years, respectively, following termination of employment as well as general nondisparagement, nondisclosure and assignment of development clauses.

        Each Employment Agreement generally defines "good reason" as any one of the following: (a) a reduction in the executive's salary or a material reduction or discontinuance of any material benefit; (b) a material diminution in the executive's duties, responsibilities or title; (c) a change in the executive's principal place of employment, without the executive's consent, to a location that is greater than 25 miles from the executive's principal place of employment on the date of effectiveness of the applicable Employment Agreement; (d) our breach of a material provision in the executive's employment agreement; or (e) our breach of a material provision of an agreement governing the executive's equity awards or equity interests, the result of which is a material negative change in executive's employment relationship with us or our affiliates. Each Employment Agreement generally defines "cause" as any one of the following: (a) the gross negligence or willful failure or refusal of executive to perform the executive's duties hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from executive being disabled) that is not cured within thirty days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to executive by the compensation committee which specifically identifies the manner in which the compensation committee believes executive has not substantially performed the executive's duties; (b) the engaging by executive in (i) willful misconduct that is materially detrimental to us, monetarily, reputationally or otherwise or (ii) a violation of any U.S. securities or commodities law or regulation that results in the suspension of the executive's ability to engage in any regulated activity; (c) the commitment by executive of any act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds; (d) the conviction by executive of, or the plea by executive of guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony or serious misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; or (e) a material breach by the executive of the material provisions of his or her Employment Agreement that is not cured by the executive within thirty days of written notice of such breach by the compensation committee (to the extent such breach is capable of cure as reasonably determined by the compensation committee).

143


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table reflects information regarding outstanding equity-based awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.

 
  Option Awards    
   
 
Name
  Date of
Grant of
Options
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)(2)
  Option
Expiration
Date(1)
   
   
 

Ruediger Adolf

  1/6/2006     175,421         1.42     N/A              

  1/29/2007     97,798         5.50     N/A              

  2/5/2007     46,386         6.00     N/A              

  12/26/2007     200,000         9.00     N/A              

  12/23/2009     173,000         7.00     N/A              

  2/1/2010     16,511         16.00     N/A              

  2/1/2010     14,676         7.00     N/A              

  2/1/2010     149,405         7.00     N/A              

  5/9/2011     146,965         9.00     N/A              

  5/9/2011     78,035           9.00     N/A              

  2/17/2012     162,000           9.00     N/A              

  12/21/2012     170,000           9.00     N/A              

  10/4/2013     120,000           11.00     N/A              

  1/27/2014     100,000           11.00     N/A              

  1/27/2014(3)     90,000           11.00     N/A              

  8/15/2014(3)     470,000           12.00     N/A              

  12/5/2014     195,000           13.00     N/A              

  12/28/15     200,000         $ 19.00     N/A              

  1/12/17         190,500(6 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

  7/3/17         725,000(7 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

Rajini Sundar Kodialam

 

12/26/2007

   
82,348
   
   
9.00
   
N/A
             

  2/1/2010     9,401         16.00     N/A              

  5/9/2011     88,179         9.00     N/A              

  5/9/2011     46,821           9.00     N/A              

  2/17/2012     58,000           9.00     N/A              

  12/21/2012     70,000           9.00     N/A              

  10/4/2013(4)     250,000           11.00     N/A              

  1/27/2014(4)     90,000           11.00     N/A              

  11/21/2014(4)     200,000           13.00     N/A              

  12/5/2014(4)     95,000           13.00     N/A              

  12/28/2015(4)     130,000         $ 19.00     N/A              

  1/12/17(4)         130,000(6 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

  7/3/17         100,000(7 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

  7/3/17(4)         450,000(7 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

James Shanahan

 

12/26/2007

   
90,000
   
   
9.00
   
N/A
             

  2/1/2010     11,739         16.00     N/A              

  5/9/2011     145,723         9.00     N/A              

  5/9/2011     24,277           9.00     N/A              

  2/17/2012     87,000           9.00     N/A              

  12/21/2012     70,000           9.00     N/A              

  10/4/2013     70,000           11.00     N/A              

  1/27/2014     70,000           11.00     N/A              

  12/5/2014(5)     75,000           13.00     N/A              

  12/28/2015(5)     90,000         $ 19.00     N/A              

  1/12/17(5)         90,000(6 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

  7/3/17         400,000(7 ) $ 21.00     N/A              

  11/22/17         167,405(8 ) $ 22.00     N/A              

(1)
Despite the fact that profits interests such as the incentive units do not require the payment of an exercise price nor do they have an option expiration date, we believe that these profits interest awards are economically similar to stock options due to the fact that they have no value for tax purposes at the grant date and will obtain value only as the price of the underlying security rises, and as such, are required to be reported in this table as an "Option" award. Awards reflected as "Unexercisable" are incentive units that have not yet vested. Awards reflected as "Exercisable" are profits interest awards that have vested, but have not yet been settled. For a description of how and when the profits interest awards could become vested and when such awards could begin to receive payments, please read the discussion below.

144


Table of Contents

(2)
The incentive awards do not have an "exercise price" in the same sense that a true stock option award would have an exercise price. Each incentive award does have a "hurdle rate" associated with the award. Each incentive unit will entitle the holder to receive distributions only if the aggregate distributions made by Focus LLC in respect of each common unit issued and outstanding on or prior to date of the grant of the incentive unit exceeds a specified amount, or the hurdle rate. The hurdle rate is set at the time of grant and typically represents the estimated fair value of a common unit on the date of grant. The figure reflected in this column is the hurdle rate assigned to each incentive award.

(3)
The incentive units reflected in these rows are not owned directly by Mr. Adolf. They are each held in the Adolf Family Trust II.

(4)
The incentive units reflected in these rows are not owned directly by Ms. Kodialam. They are each held in the Kodialam 2014 Family Trust.

(5)
The incentive units reflected in these rows are not owned directly by Mr. Shanahan. They are each held in the Shanahan Family 2013 Insurance Trust.

(6)
These incentive unit awards are scheduled to vest in full on July 12, 2018.

(7)
These incentive unit awards were originally scheduled to vest upon the earlier to occur of a change of control or our initial public offering, with certain valuation triggers. Following the grant date, the incentive unit vesting schedules were amended as described in more detail below under the "Additional Narrative Disclosure Relating to Incentive Unit Awards."

(8)
These incentive unit awards will vest in four equal installments on each anniversary of November 22, 2017.

Additional Narrative Disclosure Relating to Incentive Unit Awards

        Each of the named executive officers has received incentive unit awards in Focus LLC, which are designed as profits interest awards. A profits interest award has a $0 value at the time of grant, providing the award holder with value only if and when the company grows in value following the grant date of the award. If Focus LLC makes periodic cash distributions or there is a liquidation or termination event, the incentive unit award holders are eligible to receive cash distributions in accordance with the terms of the Focus LLC Agreement.

        With respect to the outstanding incentive units listed within the table above, the vesting provisions are generally set forth within the footnotes for each award other than the incentive units granted to the named executive officers on July 3, 2017 (the "Retention Incentive Units"). The Retention Incentive Units, as amended to be effective upon the pricing of this offering, potentially vest in two tranches. The first fifty percent (50%) of the Retention Incentive Units will vest if our weighted average price per share is at least $35.00 for the first ninety (90) days following the pricing of this offering. Following that ninety (90) day period, all Retention Incentive Units that remain unvested will be eligible to vest on the three (3) year anniversary of this offering if the weighted average per share price for the ninety (90) day period immediately preceding the third (3 rd ) anniversary of this offering is: (i) less than $42.00, then no remaining unvested Retention Incentive Units will vest; (ii) greater than $63.00, then all remaining unvested Retention Incentive Units will become vested; and (iii) if between $42.00 and $63.00, then (x) fifty percent (50%) of the remaining unvested Retention Incentive Units will become vested and (y) the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the remaining unvested Retention Incentive Units will become vested linearly based on where the price falls within the range of $42.00 and $63.00. If a change in control transaction occurs prior the three year anniversary of this offering, any unvested Retention Units, subject to any superior provision in any employment agreement, will vest based on the price of our stock used in the change in control transaction, applying the same vesting benchmarks as are applied on the third anniversary of this offering.

        In addition to the above, Mr. Adolf, Ms. Kodialam, the Kodialam 2014 Family Trust and Mr. Shanahan were issued 800,000, 487,500, 162,500 and 540,000 incentive unit awards that will not become effective until the pricing of this offering. Such incentive awards will only vest on the fifth anniversary of the pricing of this offering provided that the volume weighted average per share price for any ninety (90) calendar day period within such five (5) year period immediately following the pricing of this offering reaches at least $100.00. In the event a change in control transaction occurs prior to the end of such five (5) year period, the incentive awards, subject to any superior provision in any employment agreement, will vest linearly based on where the price of our stock used in the transaction falls between our stock price in connection with this offering and $100.00, with 100%

145


Table of Contents

vesting if the price of our stock used in the transaction is at least $100.00, 0% vesting if the price of our stock used in the transaction is equal to or less than the price of our stock in this offering, and linear interpolation in between.

Director Compensation

        Certain members of Focus LLC's board of managers received cash fees in connection with their service on the board during the 2017 year, and some members received incentive unit awards similar to those described above with respect to the named executive officers. All Focus LLC board of managers members receiving compensation in 2017, listed below, resigned in connection with the effectiveness of the Third Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement in July 2017. Individuals that served on our board of managers following July 2017 were not provided any compensation for their services during 2017.

Name
  Total
($)(1)
 

William I. Campbell

    522,701  

Lawrence G. Graev

    532,701  

Lawrence S. Kanarek

    421,956  

Daniel C. Sontag

    451,337  

(1)
Amounts reflected in this column reflect the board fees earned by each director during 2017. Such fees include one-time fees paid to the directors pursuant to a Special Board Fee Agreement entered into with each director in connection with the July 2017 transaction with Stone Point and KKR. The Special Board Fees were $392,701 for Messrs. Campbell and Graev, $309,456 for Mr. Kanarek and $338,837 for Mr. Sontag.

        Following this offering, we will implement a director compensation program for certain non-employee directors, although such a program has not been formally adopted at the time of this filing. The program will consist of both cash and equity-based incentive compensation. We expect eligible directors to receive an annual cash retainer of approximately $60,000 for general service on our board of directors, committee membership fees ($20,000 for audit committee membership, and $10,000 for compensation committee and nominating and governance committee membership) and committee chairman fees ($10,000 for the audit committee chair, and $5,000 for each of the compensation committee and nominating and governance committee chairs). In addition, upon joining the board Mr. Gottdiener and Ms. McWhinney will receive grants of 30,000 incentive unit awards each that will become effective upon the pricing of the offering and will carry a threshold value equal to the price per share of our stock at the time of the offering. The awards will vest in equal installments over a period of three years provided that the directors continue to provide services to us. Applicable directors will be eligible to receive equity-based compensation awards pursuant to the Omnibus Plan described below, and we currently expect to grant such annual awards in the form of Focus LLC incentive units with a three year installment vesting schedule. In the event that an eligible director is affiliated with one of our private equity investors, the director may have an arrangement with that entity for his or her director compensation ultimately to be paid to the entity rather than the director in an individual capacity. If that situation occurs we may be directed by the director to pay the applicable compensation to the entity rather than the director.

Compensation Following This Offering

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan

        We intend to adopt the Omnibus Plan for the employees, consultants and the directors of our company and its affiliates who perform services for us. The description of the Omnibus Plan set forth

146


Table of Contents

below is a summary of the material features of the plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Plan, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to this registration statement. At this time we have not made any final decisions regarding whether Omnibus Plan awards will be given to any individual in connection with this offering other than as described in the section titled "Internal Reorganization" above, but each of our named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the Omnibus Plan.

        The Omnibus Plan will provide for potential grants of the following awards with respect to shares of our Class A common stock, to the extent applicable: (i) incentive stock options qualified as such under U.S. federal income tax laws; (ii) non-qualified stock options or any other form of stock options; (iii) restricted stock awards; (iv) phantom stock awards; (v) restricted stock units; (vi) bonus stock; (vii) performance awards; (viii) annual cash incentive awards; (ix) any of the foregoing award types (other than incentive stock options) as awards related to Class A Units or other units of Focus LLC; and (x) incentive units in Focus LLC, which are intended to constitute "profits interests" within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43 (collectively referred to as "awards").

        The compensation committee of our board of directors will generally oversee the Omnibus Plan pursuant to its terms and all applicable state, federal or other rules or laws, except in the event that our board of directors chooses to take action under the Omnibus Plan. The compensation committee will have the power to determine to whom and when awards will be granted, determine the amount of awards (measured in cash, shares or units), proscribe and interpret the terms and provisions of each award agreement (the terms of which may vary), accelerate the vesting or exercise terms of an award, delegate duties under the Omnibus Plan and execute all other responsibilities permitted or required under the Omnibus Plan.

        The maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the Omnibus Plan after its effective date shall not exceed 6,000,000 shares (including such number of Focus LLC units or other securities which can be exchanged or converted into shares). The reserve pool will be subject to adjustment due to recapitalization or reorganization, or related to forfeitures or the expiration of awards, as provided under the Omnibus Plan. If the shares or units subject to any award are not issued or transferred, or cease to be issuable or transferable for any reason, including (but not exclusively) because shares or units are withheld or surrendered in payment of taxes or any exercise or purchase price relating to an award or because an award is forfeited, terminated, expires unexercised, is settled in cash or is otherwise terminated without a delivery of shares or units, those shares or units will again be available for issue, transfer or exercise pursuant to awards under the Omnibus Plan to the extent allowable by law. The Omnibus Plan will also contain a provision that will add an additional number of shares equal to the lesser of (a) 3,000,000 shares, (b) 5% of the outstanding (vested and unvested) shares and Focus LLC units of the last day of the previous year, and (c) an amount determined by our board of managers, each year between 2019 and 2028.

147


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement

        A form of the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement that will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following description of the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto. We refer to the unitholders of Focus LLC after the reorganization transactions as the "unitholders." The unitholders will initially include the continuing owners and Focus. The continuing owners will have limited rights to transfer their units. In addition, we may finance future acquisitions through the issuance of equity securities, including Focus LLC units. Each permitted transferee of a continuing owner's units and recipient of units pursuant to an acquisition will become a unitholder.

Exchange Rights

        In accordance with the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, each unitholder (other than Focus) will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to cause Focus LLC to redeem all or a portion of its vested common units and incentive units, which we refer to as "exchange right."

        Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested common units, unless we exercise the call right (as described below), Focus LLC will acquire each tendered common unit for, at Focus LLC's option, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and other similar transactions or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash. In connection with any redemption of vested common units pursuant to the exchange right, the corresponding shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled.

        Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested incentive units, such incentive units will first be converted into a number of common units that takes into account the then-current value of the common units and such incentive units' aggregate hurdle amount. Immediately thereafter, unless we exercise the call right (as described below), Focus LLC will acquire each common unit received pursuant to such conversion for, at its election, (i) one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and other similar transactions or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash.

        We are obligated to facilitate an exercise of an exchange right with respect to any vested common units or vested incentive units by contributing to Focus LLC Class A common stock or cash to be used to acquire the tendered units.

        Alternatively, upon the exercise of an exchange right by continuing owners with respect to vested common units or vested incentive units, Focus (instead of Focus LLC) will have the right to acquire the subject common units that are tendered by the exchanging unitholder or received pursuant to a conversion of tendered incentive units for, at Focus's option, either (i) the number of shares of Class A common stock such continuing owner would have received from Focus LLC pursuant to the exchange right or (ii) an equivalent amount of cash. We refer to this right as our "call right." In connection with any exercise of the call right with respect to vested common units, the corresponding shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled.

        The unitholders will be permitted to exercise their exchange rights on a quarterly basis on designated dates. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will only be permitted to exercise their exchange rights with respect to one-twelfth of the units held by them at the closing of this offering, with an ability to carry forward unused exchange rights to subsequent exchange dates, subject to certain registration rights described under "—Registration Rights Agreement." The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell

148


Table of Contents

Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions, subject to certain registration rights described under "—Registration Rights Agreement."

        In addition, the exchange rights will be subject to certain limitations and restrictions intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As the unitholders redeem their units, our membership interest in Focus LLC will be correspondingly increased and, with respect to redemptions of vested common units, the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding will be correspondingly reduced.

Transfer of Securities

        Under the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, all existing owners will, subject to certain exceptions, be subject to certain resale restrictions with respect to our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock, any membership interests in Focus LLC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such common stock or membership interests for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Each of the representatives for the underwriters will be a third-party beneficiary of, with the right to enforce, this lock-up provision. In addition, we and Focus LLC have agreed in the underwriting agreement for this offering not to waive or release parties subject to this lock-up provision or otherwise permit this provision to be amended without the consent of each of the representatives for the underwriters. Additionally, except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will only be permitted to exercise their exchange rights on quarterly exchange dates and with respect to one-twelfth of the units held by them at the closing of this offering, with an ability to carry forward unused exchange rights to subsequent exchange dates, subject to certain registration rights described under "—Registration Rights Agreement." The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions, subject to certain registration rights described under "—Registration Rights Agreement." Please read "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities."

Distributions and Allocations

        Under the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, we have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the unitholders and the amount of any such distributions. Following this offering, if we authorize a distribution, such distribution will generally be made to the unitholders on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective number of units they hold, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances to take into account the hurdle rates applicable to then-outstanding incentive units. Focus LLC may make tax distributions to its existing owners or tax payments on their behalf before or shortly after the consummation of this offering with respect to the taxable income of Focus LLC for the period ending on the date of such consummation.

        Focus LLC will allocate its net income or net loss for each year to the unitholders pursuant to the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, and its unitholders, including Focus, will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their share of any taxable income of Focus LLC. Net income and losses of Focus LLC generally will be allocated to unitholders on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective number of units they hold, subject to requirements under U.S. federal income tax law that certain items of income, gain, loss or deduction be allocated disproportionately in certain circumstances. To the extent Focus LLC has available cash and subject to the terms of Focus's credit agreements and any other debt instruments, we intend to cause Focus LLC to make (i) generally pro rata distributions to its unitholders, including Focus, in an amount generally intended to allow the Focus LLC unitholders to satisfy their respective income tax liabilities with respect to their allocable share of the income of Focus LLC, based on certain assumptions and conventions, provided that the distribution will be sufficient to allow Focus to satisfy its actual tax liabilities and to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that it will enter into with the

149


Table of Contents

TRA holders in connection with the closing of this offering and any subsequent tax receivable agreements that Focus may enter into in connection with future acquisitions and (ii) non-pro rata distributions to Focus in an amount at least sufficient to reimburse it for its corporate and other overhead expenses.

Issuance of Equity

        The Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement will provide that at any time Focus issues a share of Class A common stock or any other equity security, the net proceeds received by Focus with respect to such issuance, if any, will be concurrently invested in Focus LLC, and Focus LLC will issue to Focus one common unit or other economically equivalent equity interest. Conversely, if at any time, any shares of Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by us, Focus LLC will redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of common units held by Focus, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired.

Dissolution

        Focus LLC will be dissolved only upon the first to occur of (i) the sale of substantially all of its assets or (ii) an election by us to dissolve Focus LLC, which election, so long as KKR and Stone Point each own at least 3% of all outstanding Focus LLC units, shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the Focus LLC common units held by KKR and Stone Point. Upon dissolution, the incentive units will first be converted into common units at a ratio that is less than one-to-one to take into account each converted incentive unit's respective hurdle amount. Immediately thereafter, Focus LLC will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including to the extent permitted by law, creditors who are members) in satisfaction of the liabilities of Focus LLC, (b) second, to establish cash reserves for contingent or unforeseen liabilities and (c) third, to the unitholders on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective number of common units (including common units from the conversion of incentive units) they hold.

Tax Receivable Agreements

        As described in "Internal Reorganization," included elsewhere in this prospectus, Focus will acquire (or be deemed to acquire for U.S. federal income tax purposes) Focus LLC units from certain of the existing owners in exchange for cash. In addition, Focus may acquire (or be deemed to acquire for U.S. federal income tax purposes) Focus LLC units from the other Focus LLC unitholders in the future pursuant to an exercise of an exchange right or the call right. Focus LLC intends to make for itself (and for each of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that it controls) an election under Section 754 of the Code that will be effective for the taxable year of this offering and each taxable year in which an acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of units pursuant to an exchange right or the call right occurs. Pursuant to the Section 754 election, our acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Focus LLC units as a part of the reorganization transactions or pursuant to an exercise of an exchange right or the call right is expected to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC. These adjustments will be allocated to Focus. Moreover, following Focus's acquisition or deemed acquisition of Focus LLC units and of the blockers, Focus will be allocated adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC as a result of the acquisition in July 2017 of convertible preferred units by our private equity investors and certain of the blockers owned by our private equity investors. Such adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Focus LLC would not have been available to Focus absent its acquisition or deemed acquisition of Focus LLC units or its acquisition of the blockers as a part of the reorganization transactions or pursuant to an exercise of an exchange right or the call right.

150


Table of Contents

The anticipated basis adjustments are expected to increase (for tax purposes) Focus's depreciation and amortization deductions and may also decrease Focus's gains (or increase its losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Such increased deductions and losses and reduced gains may reduce the amount of tax that Focus would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, Focus will enter into two Tax Receivable Agreements with the TRA holders. These agreements generally provide for the payment by Focus to each TRA holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax that Focus actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of, as applicable to the relevant TRA holder, (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Focus's acquisition or deemed acquisition (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA holder's units in connection with this offering or pursuant to the exercise of an exchange right or the call right, (ii) the increases in tax basis relating to the July 2017 acquisition by our private equity investors that will be available to Focus as a result of its acquisition of the blockers in connection with this offering and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Focus as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Focus makes under the relevant Tax Receivable Agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the cash savings.

        The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements are Focus's obligations and not obligations of Focus LLC, and we expect that such payments required be made to under the Tax Receivable Agreements will be substantial. Estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreements is by its nature imprecise. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreements, cash savings in tax generally are calculated by comparing Focus's actual tax liability (determined by using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and an assumed combined state and local income and franchise tax rate) to the amount Focus would have been required to pay had it not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements. The actual increases in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of any redemption of units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each redemption, the extent to which such redemptions are taxable transactions, the amount of Focus LLC's assets that consist of equity in entities taxed as corporations at the time of each redemption, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rates then applicable, and the portion of the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis. We expect that if the Tax Receivable Agreements were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated termination payments would, based on the assumptions discussed below, in the aggregate, be approximately $             million (calculated using a discount rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 1.5%, applied against an undiscounted liability of $             million).

        The foregoing amounts are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments as compared to the foregoing estimates. Moreover, there may be a negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements exceed the actual benefits realized in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements and/or (ii) distributions to Focus by Focus LLC are not sufficient to permit Focus to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. Please see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Offering and our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, realized in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements." The payments under the Tax

151


Table of Contents

Receivable Agreements will not be conditioned upon a TRA holder's having a continued ownership interest in either Focus or Focus LLC.

        In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or other relevant tax authorities to challenge potential tax basis increases or other tax benefits covered under the Tax Receivable Agreements, the TRA holders will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreements if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, Focus could make payments that are greater than its actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect its liquidity.

        The term of each Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to such Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements. If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreements, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreements terminate early (at our election or as a result of our breach), we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. This payment would equal the present value of hypothetical future payments that could be required to be paid under the Tax Receivable Agreements (determined by applying a discount rate of one-year LIBOR plus 1.5%). The calculation of hypothetical future payments will be based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreements, including (i) Focus has sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreements and (ii) any Focus LLC units (other than those held by Focus) outstanding on the termination date are deemed to be redeemed on the termination date. Any early termination payments may be made significantly in advance of, and materially exceed, the actual realization, if any, of the future tax benefits to which the termination payments relate.

        The Tax Receivable Agreements provide that in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under either Tax Receivable Agreement, whether as a result of (i) our failure to make any payment when due (including in cases where we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements early, the Tax Receivable Agreements are terminated early due to certain mergers, asset sales, or other forms of business combinations or changes of control or we have available cash but fail to make payments when due under circumstances where we do not have the right to elect to defer the payment, as described below), (ii) our failure to honor any other material obligation under either Tax Receivable Agreement or (iii) by operation of law as a result of the rejection of either Tax Receivable Agreement in a case commenced under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then the TRA holders may elect to treat such breach as an early termination of such Tax Receivable Agreement, which would cause all our payment and other obligations under such Tax Receivable Agreement to be accelerated and become due and payable applying the same assumptions described above.

        As a result of either an early termination or a change of control, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements that exceed our actual cash tax savings under the Tax Receivable Agreements. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, or other forms of business combinations or changes of control. For example, if we experienced a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreements were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated termination payments would, in the aggregate, be approximately $             million; this amount could be substantially larger if Focus enters into additional tax receivable agreements in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements.

152


Table of Contents

        Decisions we make in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by the TRA holders under the Tax Receivable Agreements. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following a redemption of Focus LLC units may accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before a redemption of Focus LLC units may increase the TRA holders' tax liability without giving rise to any rights of the TRA holders to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements. Such effects may result in differences or conflicts of interest between the interests of the TRA holders and other shareholders.

        Payments generally are due under the Tax Receivable Agreements within five days following the finalization of the schedule with respect to which the payment obligation is calculated. However, interest on such payments will begin to accrue from the due date (without extensions) of our U.S. federal income tax return for the period to which such payments relate until such payment due date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1%. Except in cases where we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreements early or they are otherwise terminated as described above, generally we may elect to defer payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements if we do not have available cash to satisfy our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements or if our contractual obligations limit our ability to make these payments. Any such deferred payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements generally will accrue interest from the due date for such payment until the payment date at a rate of LIBOR plus 5%. However, interest will accrue from the due date for such payment until the payment date at a rate of LIBOR plus 1% if we are unable to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by existing credit agreements. We have no present intention to defer payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements.

        Because Focus is a holding company with no operations of its own, its ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements is dependent on the ability of Focus LLC to make distributions to it in an amount sufficient to cover its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreements. This ability, in turn, may depend on the ability of Focus LLC's subsidiaries to make distributions to it. The ability of Focus LLC, its subsidiaries and other entities in which it directly or indirectly holds an equity interest to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, (i) the applicable provisions of Delaware law (or other applicable jurisdiction) that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution and (ii) restrictions in relevant debt instruments issued by Focus LLC, or its subsidiaries and/other entities in which it directly or indirectly holds an equity interest. To the extent that Focus is unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

        The forms of the Tax Receivable Agreements are filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the Tax Receivable Agreements is qualified by reference thereto. In addition, we expect that future unitholders may become party to one or more tax receivable agreements entered into in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC.

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with the PE Holders and the continuing owners. We expect that the agreement will contain the following liquidity rights:

    We will file a shelf registration statement to permit the resale of shares of Class A common stock held by the PE Holders or issuable upon the exercise of exchange rights by continuing owners as soon as practicable following the one year anniversary of this offering.

    The PE Holders will have the right to demand up to three secondary underwritten offerings per year. We may initiate one additional underwritten offering per year for the benefit of the other continuing owners. The PE Holders and the other continuing owners may have participation

153


Table of Contents

      rights with respect to any such underwritten offerings. We may also participate on a primary basis and issue and sell shares of our Class A common stock for our own account. We will use the proceeds from any such offering to purchase outstanding Focus LLC units from continuing owners and pay related fees and expenses. In the event of any underwriter cutbacks, all participating holders will be treated equally and included pro rata based on their ownership of registrable shares at the closing of this offering.

        The PE Holders and the other continuing owners will also have piggyback registration rights with respect to other underwritten offerings by us under certain circumstances.

        We expect that future unitholders in certain instances may also be granted registration rights in connection with future acquisitions by Focus LLC, but on terms that are not superior to the registration rights of the continuing owners.

        These registration rights will be subject to certain conditions and limitations. We will generally be obligated to pay all registration expenses in connection with these registration obligations, regardless of whether a registration statement becomes effective or any sale is made in a public offering.

Nomination Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we will enter into nomination agreements with investment vehicles affiliated with Stone Point and KKR. Stone Point will have the right to nominate two members of our board of directors for so long as it holds at least 50% of the interest it holds, in the form of our Class A and Class B common stock on a combined basis, on the date of this offering, and one member of our board of directors for so long as it holds 5% of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding on a combined basis. Stone Point will have the right to nominate at least two directors, for so long as it has the right to nominate two directors, and then one director, for so long as it has the right to nominate one director, for service on our compensation committee. Stone Point will also have the right to nominate one director for service on our nominating and governance committee for so long as it has the right to nominate at least one director. Initially, Stone Point has nominated Mr. Muhtadie and Mr. Carey to serve on our board of directors. KKR will have the right to nominate one member of our board of directors for so long as it holds at least 5% of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding on a combined basis. KKR will have the right to nominate one director for service on our nominating and governance committee and as an observer on our compensation committee, in each case, for so long as it has the right to nominate one director. Initially, KKR has nominated Mr. Harrington to serve on our board of directors. Any replacement directors nominated by Stone Point or KKR must be an employee or partner of Stone Point or KKR, respectively, of the same level of seniority within Stone Point or KKR as the initial directors designated by Stone Point or KKR respectively, qualify as an independent director under the independence standards of NASDAQ and satisfy such other criteria set forth in the respective nomination agreement. In addition, the nomination agreements will require Stone Point and KKR to vote their shares of Class A and Class B common stock in favor of our Chief Executive Officer and Rajini Sundar Kodialam (or such other officer of Focus designated by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the board of directors if Ms. Kodialam is no longer a member of the board of directors) for election to our board of directors.

Repurchase of Common Units

        In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to pay $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to exchanging owners who elect to sell their Focus LLC units.

Historical Transactions with Affiliates

Internal Reorganization

        In connection with our internal reorganization, we engaged in certain transactions with certain affiliates and the members of Focus LLC. Please read "Internal Reorganization."

154


Table of Contents

Other Transactions

        Mr. Adolf owns a personal aircraft that was acquired without corporate resources and that he uses for business travel. We reimburse Mr. Adolf for certain costs and third-party payments associated with his use of his aircraft for business travel. We also directly pay pilot fees for business travel flights. We incurred approximately $0.6 million in such costs for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and approximately $0.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2017 to reimburse Mr. Adolf for business travel on his personal aircraft and to compensate the pilot for these flights. These reimbursement costs and third-party payments were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations. Given the geography of our partner firms and prospects, we believe the use of the private aircraft creates efficiencies to enhance Mr. Adolf's productivity and the Focus LLC staff who accompany him on business trips.

        We employ Conrad Adolf, the son of Mr. Adolf, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman and Founder of Focus LLC, as a business development associate, and he received total compensation from us of approximately $0.1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and approximately $0.3 million for the year ending December 31, 2017. Such compensation consisted of base salary, cash bonus, Company contributions into the Focus Operating LLC 401(k) Retirement Plan and grants of incentive units.

        KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, will act as an underwriter in connection with this offering. For additional details on this relationship, see "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)".

        Affiliates of Stone Point and KKR are lenders under our credit facilities.

Policies and Procedures for Review of Related Party Transactions

        A "Related Party Transaction" is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A "Related Person" means:

    any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;

    any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock;

    any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock; and

    any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

        Our board of directors will adopt a written related party transactions policy prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, our audit committee will review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, our audit committee shall take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the Related Person's interest in the transaction. Further, the policy requires that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

155


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that, upon the consummation of this offering and reorganization transactions related thereto will be owned by:

    each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our outstanding voting securities;

    each director and director nominee;

    each of our named executive officers; and

    all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

        The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership before this offering that are set forth below are based on the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, common units and incentive units to be issued and outstanding prior to this offering after giving effect to the reorganization transactions. The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership after this offering that are set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, common units and incentive units to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). These numbers exclude shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to an exchange right for common units and incentive units and upon cancellation of shares of our Class B common stock, each as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement."

        The amounts and percentages of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

        All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective more than 5% shareholders, directors, director nominees or executive officers, as the case may be. Unless otherwise noted, the mailing address of each listed beneficial owner is 825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 
   
   
  Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
(assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option
to purchase additional shares)
  Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
(assuming exercise in full of the underwriters'
option to purchase additional shares)
 
 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior
to the Offering
 
 
  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
  Combined
Voting Power(1)
  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
  Combined
Voting Power(1)
 
 
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %   Number   %   Number   %   Number   %   Number   %  

5% Shareholders

                                                                                     

                                

                                                                                     

                                

                                                                                     

                                

                                                                                     

Directors, Director Nominees and Named Executive Officers:

                                                                                     

Ruediger Adolf

                                                                                     

Rajini Sundar Kodialam

                                                                                     

James Shanahan

                                                                                     

James D. Carey

                                                                                     

Fayez S. Muhtadie

                                                                                     

Christopher J. Harrington

                                                                                     

Deborah D. McWhinney

                                                                                     

Noah Gottdiener

                                                                                     

Directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

                                                                                     

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Represents the percentage of voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class. Each share of Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote.

156


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Upon completion of this offering, the authorized capital stock of Focus Financial Partners Inc. will consist of 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which            shares will be issued and outstanding, 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which            shares will be issued and outstanding and 500,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares will be issued and outstanding.

        The following summary of the capital stock and amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Focus Financial Partners Inc. does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Rights

        Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. The holders of Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Dividend Rights

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to ratably receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the shareholders after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Other Matters

        The shares of Class A common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, including the Class A common stock offered in this offering, are fully paid and non-assessable.

Class B Common Stock

        In connection with the reorganization and this offering, each continuing owner will receive one share of Class B common stock for each vested common unit that it holds. Accordingly, each continuing owner will have a number of votes in Focus Financial Partners Inc. equal to the aggregate number of vested common units that such owner holds.

Voting Rights

        Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except the amendment of certain provisions of our certificate of

157


Table of Contents

incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a single class, or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

        Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends, unless the dividend consists of shares of our Class B common stock or of rights, options, warrants or other securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for shares of Class B common stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock and a dividend consisting of shares of Class A common stock or of rights, options, warrants or other securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock on equivalent terms is simultaneously paid to the holders of Class A common stock. Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Focus Financial Partners Inc.

Preferred Stock

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further shareholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more classes or series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, covering up to an aggregate of 500,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Each class or series of preferred stock will cover the number of shares and will have the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions determined by the board of directors, which may include, among others, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights, conversion rights, preemptive rights and redemption rights. Except as provided by law or in a preferred stock designation, the holders of preferred stock will not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of shareholders.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws and Delaware Law

        Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws described below, will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisitions of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that shareholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

        These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection and our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        We have elected not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that are similar to Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, these provisions will prohibit us from engaging in any business combination with

158


Table of Contents

any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless:

    before such time our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the interested shareholder attaining that status;

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

    on or after such time the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of shareholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that interested shareholder will not include the investment vehicles affiliated with Stone Point or certain of their transferees (as further described below), their respective affiliates or successors, or any person whose ownership in excess of the 15% limitation set forth therein is the result of any action taken solely by us. A transferee of a Stone Point investment vehicle will not be an interested shareholder if it (i) acquired beneficial ownership of outstanding voting stock directly from such an investment vehicle or any of its affiliates or successors, or directly from any other exempt transferee, (ii) did not have beneficial ownership of more than 4.9% of the then outstanding voting stock prior to such acquisition, and (iii) is not a national or global financial institution or insurance company or a regional bank that in each case derives at least 30% of its revenue from wealth management services or the sale of proprietary financial products (which for the avoidance of doubt, excludes life insurance and annuities), an independent broker dealer, a platform for or aggregator of registered investment advisors or broker-dealer teams, or a holding company or acquisition vehicle of any entity described in this clause (iii). Any such exempt transferee will be an interested shareholder if simultaneously or thereafter it acquires additional voting stock, except as a result of any corporate action not caused by such transferee.

        Under certain circumstances, these provisions would make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested shareholder to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. Accordingly, these provisions could have an anti-takeover effect with respect to certain transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. These provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. However, these provisions also could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by shareholders. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

        Additionally, other provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will:

    establish advance notice procedures with regard to shareholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our shareholders. These procedures provide that notice of shareholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual

159


Table of Contents

      meeting for the preceding year. Our amended and restated bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all shareholders' notices. These requirements may preclude shareholders from bringing matters before the shareholders at an annual or special meeting;

    provide our board of directors the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock. This ability makes it possible for our board of directors to issue, without shareholder approval, preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company;

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

    provide that all vacancies in our board of directors, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law or, if applicable, the rights of holders of a series of preferred stock or any nomination agreements with any significant shareholders that may be in effect from time to time, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

    provide that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding voting stock;

    provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms, other than directors which may be elected by holders of preferred stock, if any. Our staggered board may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for shareholders to replace a majority of the directors; and

    provide that our amended and restated bylaws can be amended by the board of directors.

Special Shareholder Meeting

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or the chairman of our board of directors. However, so long as affiliates of Stone Point and KKR collectively own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, special meetings of our shareholders shall also be called by the board of directors at the request of any shareholder affiliated with either Stone Point or KKR.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude shareholder action by written consent, provided that so long as investment funds or entities controlled or advised by Stone Point and KKR collectively own 25% of our outstanding common stock, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

160


Table of Contents

Supermajority Provisions

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that for as long as affiliates of Stone Point and KKR own any common stock (for the first two bullet points below) or collectively own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock (for the last two bullet points below), in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting stock held by affiliates of Stone Point and KKR, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend, alter, repeal or rescind the provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to:

    corporate opportunities;

    business combinations with interested shareholders;

    stockholder action by written consent; and

    calling special meetings of shareholders.

Corporate Opportunities

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, renounce any reasonable expectancy interest that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any corporate or business opportunities that are from time to time presented to Stone Point, KKR, directors affiliated with these parties and their respective affiliates, and that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such persons will have no duty to refrain from engaging in any transaction or matter that may be a corporate or business opportunity in which we or any of our subsidiaries could have an interest or expectancy. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Stone Point, KKR, directors affiliated with these parties and their respective affiliates acquire knowledge of any such opportunity, other than in their capacity as a member of our board of directors, such person will have no duty to communicate or present such opportunity to us or any of our subsidiaries, and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity.

Forum Selection

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

    any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

    any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or trustees to us or our shareholders;

    any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or

    any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States. Additionally, it will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to, this forum selection provision.

161


Table of Contents

Although we believe these provisions will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could rule that this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the DGCL. Delaware law provides that directors of a company will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liabilities:

    for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or modification.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also will permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of that person's actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision that will be in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Registration Rights

        For a description of registration rights with respect to our Class A common stock, please read the information under the heading "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

        We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "FOCS."

162


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sales of Restricted Shares

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of            shares of Class A common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding stock options. Of these shares, all of the            shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our "affiliates" as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which means they may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below under "—Rule 144." All remaining shares of Class A common stock held by exchanging owners and blocker owners will be deemed "restricted securities" as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

        Each unitholder (other than Focus) will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to cause Focus LLC to acquire all or a portion of its units. Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested incentive units, such incentive units will be converted into a number of common units that takes into account the then-current value of the common units and such incentive units' aggregate hurdle amount. Upon an exercise of an exchange right with respect to vested common units, and immediately after conversion of incentive units into common units, Focus LLC (or Focus, if it exercises its call right) will acquire each such common unit for one share of Class A common stock, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends reclassification and other similar transactions, or, at such entity's election, an equivalent amount of cash. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such redemptions would be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 described below. Additionally, except as otherwise permitted by the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, continuing owners will only be permitted to exercise their exchange rights on quarterly exchange dates and with respect to one-twelfth of the units held by them at the closing of this offering, with an ability to carry forward unused exchange rights to subsequent exchange dates. The foregoing volume restrictions will apply to the PE Holders as an aggregate limitation on their ability to sell Focus LLC units or the shares of Class A common stock received in connection with the reorganization transactions. However, upon the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the PE Holders and the continuing owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock and with respect to which the foregoing exchange restrictions are inapplicable. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

163


Table of Contents

        As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our Class A common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

    no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus or prior to 180 days after the date of this prospectus;

                     shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up periods in the lock-up agreements with the underwriters and the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701, subject to any further restrictions in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement and the registration rights agreement; and

                     shares will be eligible for sale, upon exercise of vested options, upon the expiration of the lock-up periods in the lock-up agreements with the underwriters and the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to any further restrictions in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement and the registration rights agreement.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, Focus LLC, our director, director nominees, executive officers, certain key employees, all blocker owners, exchanging owners, continuing owners and persons that purchase shares through our directed share program will, subject to certain exceptions, be subject to certain resale restrictions with respect to our Class A common stock, our Class B common stock, any membership interests in Focus LLC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such common stock or membership interests for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus under the terms of lock-up agreements entered into with the underwriters for this offering and/or a lock-up provision set forth in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, which will be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering. Please read "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement—Transfer of Securities" and "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities" for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours (a "non-affiliated person") at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least sixth months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person (who has been unaffiliated for at least the past three months) who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the public information requirement of Rule 144.

        A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock reported through the NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also

164


Table of Contents

subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Stock Issued Under Employee Plans

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under our equity incentive plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

165


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below), that holds our Class A common stock as a "capital asset" (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

    tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

    qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund);

    dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

    persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

    "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

    traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

    partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

    persons that acquired our Class A common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and

    persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.

        PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

166


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

        If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, we urge partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our Class A common stock to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by such partnership.

Distributions

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not plan to make any distributions on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, in the event we do make distributions of cash or other property on our Class A common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder's tax basis in our Class A common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A common stock. Please read "—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock." Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower

167


Table of Contents

rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

        Subject to the discussions below under "—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting" and "—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA," a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met;

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

    our Class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation ("USRPHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes and as a result such gain is treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States.

        A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

        A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above, generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items) which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

        Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a USRPHC for the foreseeable future. However, in the event that we become a USRPHC, as long as our Class A common stock is and continues to be "regularly traded on an established securities market" (within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury regulations), only a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owns, or owned at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for the Class A common stock, more than 5% of our Class A common stock will be treated as disposing of a U.S. real property interest and will be taxable on gain realized on the disposition of our Class A common stock as a result of our status as a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC and our Class A common stock were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market, such holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be treated as disposing of a U.S. real property interest and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock (as described in the preceding paragraph), and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

        Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

168


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).

        Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our Class A common stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA

        Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder ("FATCA"), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our Class A common stock and on the gross proceeds from a disposition of our Class A common stock (if such disposition occurs after December 31, 2018), in each case if paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E), or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on an investment in our common stock.

        INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

169


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

        Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among Focus, Focus LLC and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of Class A common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter
  Number of
Shares

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

   

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                  Incorporated

   

KKR Capital Markets LLC

   

BMO Capital Markets Corp. 

   

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

   

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. 

   

Fifth Third Securities, Inc.

   

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 

   

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

   

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

   

Regions Securities LLC

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

   

Total

   

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        Focus and Focus LLC have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $          per share. After the initial offering, the initial public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

170


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per Share   Without
Overallotment
Option
  With
Overallotment
Option
 

Initial public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

        The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $          and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with FINRA of up to $          . We intend to cause Focus LLC to bear the costs of any offering expenses payable by us.

Overallotment Option

        We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount to cover overallotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors and business associates who have expressed an interest in purchasing Class A common stock in the offering. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We and Focus LLC have agreed that, during a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and Focus LLC will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Class A or Class B common stock, any membership interests in Focus LLC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Class A or Class B common stock, membership interests in Focus LLC or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence will not apply to the following:

    the Class A common stock to be sold pursuant to this prospectus;

    any shares of Class A or Class B common stock issued by us or membership interests issued by Focus LLC upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus and referred to in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

171


Table of Contents

    any shares of Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC issued or options to purchase Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC granted as equity compensation pursuant to the operating agreement of Focus LLC or any employee benefit plan referred to in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

    any shares of Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC issued as equity compensation pursuant to the operating agreement of Focus LLC or any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

    any shares of Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or options to purchase Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or such other securities of ours, Focus LLC or any of our or its respective affiliates issued, transferred or otherwise disposed of in connection with the reorganization described under "Internal Reorganization";

    the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to, and the issuance and sale of any shares of Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC pursuant to, the terms of a plan described in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part or any plan in existence as of the date of this prospectus; or

    any shares of Class A or Class B common stock, membership interests in Focus LLC or options to purchase Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or such other securities of ours, Focus LLC or any of our or its respective affiliates issued as consideration or contingent consideration for acquisitions of one or more companies (or its or their operating assets or stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalent equity interests) by us, Focus LLC or our or its respective subsidiaries pursuant to purchase agreements entered into prior to the date of this prospectus, provided that each recipient thereof has executed a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the 180-day period in substantially the form attached to the underwriting agreement or contained in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement; or

    any shares of Class A or Class B common stock, membership interests in Focus LLC or options to purchase Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or such other securities of ours, Focus LLC or any of our or its respective affiliates issued as consideration for acquisitions of one or more companies (or its or their operating assets or stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalent equity interests) by us, Focus LLC or our or its respective subsidiaries, provided that (x) each recipient thereof has executed a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the 180-day period in substantially the form attached to the underwriting agreement or contained in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement, (y) the aggregate number of such shares of Class A or Class B common stock, membership interests, options (on an as-exercised basis) or other securities that may be issued as consideration for each such acquisition may not exceed 5% of the total diluted common stock and units outstanding (as defined in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business—Adjusted Net Income") immediately following completion of the transactions contemplated by the underwriting agreement (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends and other similar events after the date of this prospectus and inclusive of compensatory and non-compensatory stock options issued in connection with the reorganization described under "Internal Reorganization" and this offering to the extent they become dilutive) (such number of diluted common stock and units outstanding, the "Post-IPO Diluted Share Count") and (z) the aggregate number of such shares of Class A and Class B common stock, membership interests, options (on an as-exercised

172


Table of Contents

      basis) or other securities that may be issued as consideration for all such acquisitions pursuant to this seventh bullet will not exceed 10% of the Post-IPO Diluted Share Count.

        In addition, under the terms of lock-up agreements entered into with the underwriters for this offering and/or a lock-up provision set forth in the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement to be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, we, Focus LLC, our director, director nominees, executive officers, certain key employees, all blocker owners, exchanging owners, continuing owners and persons that purchase shares through our directed share program may not during the same 180-day period, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Class A or Class B common stock, any membership interests in Focus LLC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the "lock-up securities"), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the lock-up securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act, or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Class A or Class B common stock, membership interests in Focus LLC or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, and subject to the conditions below, such person may transfer the lock-up securities without the prior written consent of the representatives, provided that, except in the case of the first, second, third, seventh and eighth bullets below (with respect to which items (2), (3) and (4) will not apply) and the fourth, fifth and ninth bullets below (with respect to which items (1), (2), (3) and (4) will not apply), (1) the representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the lockup period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer will not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and (4) such person does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers:

    as a bona fide gift or gifts or for bona fide estate planning;

    pursuant to a will or other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent, or otherwise by way of testate or intestate succession, to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person (for this purpose, "immediate family" will mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), in transfers not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or if such person is a trust, to any beneficiary of such person or to the estate of any such beneficiary;

    by operation of law or pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order, a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

    to the representatives on behalf of the underwriters in connection with this offering;

    following this offering and the consummation of the reorganization transactions described under "Internal Reorganization" and the other transactions contemplated by the underwriting agreement, to us upon a vesting event of our securities, upon a termination of such person's employment or service relationship, upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the our securities or upon expiration of our securities, options or warrants, in each case on a "cashless" or "net exercise" basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of such person in connection with such vesting, termination, exercise or expiration;

173


Table of Contents

    the exercise by the undersigned of any right to exchange any membership interests in Focus LLC for shares of Class A or Class B common stock;

    as distributions of shares of Class A or Class B common stock to the members, managers, limited or general partners, stockholders or other equityholders of such person, or to its direct or indirect affiliates or other entities or investment funds directly or indirectly controlling, controlled or managed by, or under common control with, such person;

    to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under the first, second and seventh bullets; or

    upon completion of a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our securities involving a change of control of our company; provided that, in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by such person shall remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the 180-day lock-up agreement (for this purpose, "change of control" shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of our company (or the surviving entity));

provided that, if such person is required to file a report under the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Class A or Class B common stock during the term of the 180-day lock-up agreement as a result of a transfer or disposition pursuant to the first, second, third, fifth, seventh, eighth or tenth bullets above, then such person will take the necessary steps to ensure that all relevant transaction codes applicable to the transaction are reported on the Exchange Act report and such report will include a statement to the effect that the filing relates to a transfer pursuant to a gift or estate planning (in the case of the first bullet and, if applicable, the eighth bullet), a will or other testamentary document or applicable laws of descent or otherwise by way of testate or intestate succession to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or his or her immediate family, or, if such person is a trust, any beneficiary of such person or to the estate of such beneficiary (in the case of the second bullet and, if applicable, the eighth bullet), a transfer by operation of law (in the case of the third bullet), the satisfaction of tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with the vesting, exercise or expiration of options to purchase Class A or Class B common stock (in the case of the fifth bullet), or a distribution to a member, manager, limited or general partner, stockholders, other equityholder, or direct or indirect affiliate of such person (in the case of the seventh bullet and, if applicable, the eighth bullet). In addition, in the event that the representatives grant an early release to certain beneficial holders of any Class A common stock or other securities subject to the lock-up agreements with respect to shares of Class A common stock that, in the aggregate, exceed a specified percentage of our then outstanding Class A common stock, then certain other lock-up parties shall also be granted an early release, on the same terms, from their obligations on a pro rata basis, subject to certain exceptions.

        In addition, the above restrictions will not prohibit such person from exercising any right with respect to, or the taking of any other action in preparation for, a registration by us of Class A or Class B common stock; provided that no transfer of such person's Class A or Class B common stock proposed to be registered pursuant to the exercise of such rights under this sentence will occur, such exercise will not result in any public announcement regarding the exercise of such right will occur and no registration statement will be filed, in each case during the 180-day lock-up period referred to above. In addition, the above restrictions will not apply to transfers of Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or options to purchase Class A or Class B common stock or membership interests in Focus LLC or such other securities to us, Focus LLC or any of our or their respective affiliates in connection with the reorganization described under "Internal Reorganization"

174


Table of Contents

and the transactions contemplated by the underwriting agreement. Finally, such person will be permitted to establish a contract, instruction or plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1) under the Exchange Act (a "10b5-1 Plan"), at any time during the 180-day lock-up period; provided that, prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, (x) such person will not transfer any of the undersigned's Lock-Up Securities under such 10b5-1 Plan and (y) such person will not make any public announcement with respect to such 10b5-1 Plan, except that to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of such person or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing will include a statement to the effect that no transfer of the lock-up securities may be made under such plan during the 180-day lock-up period.

        In addition, continuing owners will be subject to certain transfer restrictions under the Fourth Amended and Restated Focus LLC Agreement that are intended to ensure that Focus LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

NASDAQ Listing

        We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "FOCS." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

    our financial information,

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

    the present state of our development, and

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our Class A common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to

175


Table of Contents

purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

        In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Conflicts of Interest

        Some of the underwriters and/or their affiliates are lenders and/or agents under our Credit Facility and, accordingly, are expected to receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering due to the repayment of borrowings thereunder. In addition, some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

        Affiliates of KKR Capital Markets LLC own more than 10% of existing Focus LLC units. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC is an underwriter for this offering, it is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). Accordingly, this offering is being made in

176


Table of Contents

compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Since KKR Capital Markets LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary. KKR Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area, no offer of shares which are the subject of the offering has been, or will be made to the public in that Member State, other than under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

    (a)
    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    (b)
    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

    (c)
    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for Focus or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of an offer of shares, or who initially acquires any shares will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with each representative and Focus that (1) it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (2) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

        Focus, the representatives and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

177


Table of Contents

        This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for Focus or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither Focus nor the representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for Focus or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Member State.

        The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, Focus, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

178


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

179


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

    (a)
    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

    (b)
    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

    (a)
    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

    (b)
    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

    (c)
    where the transfer is by operation of law;

    (d)
    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

    (e)
    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

180


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The balance sheets of Focus Financial Partners Inc., as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such balance sheets have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners, LLC as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of SCS Financial Services LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., independent auditor, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of the registration statement, and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained from such office, upon payment of a duplicating fee. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to full information requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.

181


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

Balance Sheets

   
 
 

Unaudited balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018

   
F-3
 

Notes to unaudited balance sheets

   
F-4
 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   
F-5
 

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017

   
F-6
 

Notes to balance sheets

   
F-7
 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC (PREDECESSOR)

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018

   
 
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018

   
F-8
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

   
F-9
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

   
F-10
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

   
F-11
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of members' deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2018

   
F-12
 

Notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

   
F-13
 

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017

   
 
 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   
F-27
 

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017

   
F-28
 

Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017

   
F-29
 

Statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017

   
F-30
 

Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017

   
F-31
 

Statements of members' deficit for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017

   
F-32
 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   
F-33
 

       

F-1


Table of Contents

 
  Page  

SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

   
 
 

Independent auditors' report

   
F-60
 

Consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016

   
F-61
 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2016

   
F-62
 

Consolidated statement of changes in members' deficit for the year ended December 31, 2016

   
F-63
 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016

   
F-64
 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   
F-65
 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

   
 
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2016 and 2017

   
F-76
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

   
F-77
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of changes in members' deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

   
F-78
 

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

   
F-79
 

Notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

   
F-80
 

        The capital structure of Focus Financial Partners, LLC (Predecessor) is not indicative of the capital structure of Focus Financial Partners Inc. following this offering. Accordingly, the Company has not presented historical earnings per unit of Focus Financial Partners, LLC (Predecessor).

F-2


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

UNAUDITED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND MARCH 31, 2018

 
  December 31,
2017
  March 31,
2018
 

ASSETS

             

Cash

  $ 8   $ 8  

SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

             

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value—500 shares authorized, 10 shares issued and outstanding

         

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value—500 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    100     100  

Accumulated deficit

    (92 )   (92 )

Total shareholder's equity

  $ 8   $ 8  

   

See notes to balance sheets

F-3


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND MARCH 31, 2018

1. ORGANIZATION

        Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 29, 2015. The Company's fiscal year end is December 31. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Focus Financial Partners, LLC ("Focus LLC"), a Delaware limited liability company. The Company will be the managing member of Focus LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Focus LLC and, through Focus LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Accounting—The Balance Sheets have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate Statements of Income, Shareholder's Equity and of Cash Flows have not been presented as there have been no operating activities by this entity other than $92 in cumulative bank account fees. The Company's initial issuance of Class A common stock was on October 5, 2015.

3. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

        Ruediger Adolf, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company is the sole shareholder of the Company, and contributed $100 to the Company on October 5, 2015 to purchase 10 shares of Class A common stock.

        Holders of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to shareholders for vote, consent or approval. Holders of Class B common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B common stock held.

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        The Company has conducted a review for and evaluated subsequent events from April 1, 2018 through May 24, 2018, the date the balance sheets were available to be issued.

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholder of Focus Financial Partners Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related notes, collectively referred to as the "financial statements". In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
April 20, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

F-5


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2017

 
  2016   2017  

ASSETS

             

Cash

  $ 8   $ 8  

SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

             

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value—500 shares authorized, 10 shares issued and outstanding

         

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value—500 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    100     100  

Accumulated deficit

    (92 )   (92 )

Total shareholder's equity

  $ 8   $ 8  

   

See notes to balance sheets

F-6


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2017

1. ORGANIZATION

        Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 29, 2015. The Company's fiscal year end is December 31. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Focus Financial Partners, LLC ("Focus LLC"), a Delaware limited liability company. The Company will be the managing member of Focus LLC and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Focus LLC and, through Focus LLC and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Accounting—The Balance Sheets have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate Statements of Income, Shareholder's Equity and of Cash Flows have not been presented as there have been no operating activities by this entity other than $92 in cumulative bank account fees. The Company's initial issuance of Class A common stock was on October 5, 2015.

3. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

        Ruediger Adolf, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company is the sole shareholder of the Company, and contributed $100 to the Company on October 5, 2015 to purchase 10 shares of Class A common stock.

        Holders of Class A common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to shareholders for vote, consent or approval. Holders of Class B common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class B common stock held.

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        The Company has conducted a review for and evaluated subsequent events from December 31, 2017 through April 20, 2018, the date the balance sheets were available to be issued.

F-7


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND MARCH 31, 2018

(In thousands)

 
  December 31, 2017   March 31, 2018  

ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 51,455   $ 27,949  

Accounts receivable less allowances of $505 at 2017 and $593 at 2018

    73,513     84,433  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    37,423     47,858  

Fixed assets—net

    21,397     21,870  

Debt financing costs—net

    13,278     12,541  

Goodwill

    515,489     527,201  

Other intangible assets—net

    522,282     532,667  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 1,234,837   $ 1,254,519  

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT:

             

LIABILITIES:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 5,752   $ 7,201  

Accrued expenses

    23,626     28,837  

Due to affiliates

    33,698     23,735  

Deferred revenue

    6,094     7,986  

Other liabilities

    99,077     110,455  

Borrowings under credit facilities (stated value of $1,000,012 and $998,025 at December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018)

    980,502     992,185  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    1,148,749     1,170,399  

MEZZANINE EQUITY:

             

Redeemable common and incentive units

    166,249     166,249  

Convertible preferred units

    698,500     698,500  

TOTAL MEZZANINE EQUITY

    864,749     864,749  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)

             

MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (778,661 )   (780,629 )

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

  $ 1,234,837   $ 1,254,519  

   

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-8


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands)

 
  2017   2018  

REVENUES:

             

Wealth management fees

  $ 123,862   $ 184,323  

Other

    11,684     11,906  

Total revenues

    135,546     196,229  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

             

Compensation and related expenses

    49,095     73,349  

Management fees

    33,245     46,300  

Selling, general and administrative

    27,223     36,287  

Intangible amortization

    13,198     19,494  

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (78 )   6,371  

Depreciation and other amortization

    1,469     1,882  

Total operating expenses

    124,152     183,683  

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

    11,394     12,546  

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

             

Interest income

    16     142  

Interest expense

    (5,991 )   (14,272 )

Amortization of debt financing costs

    (691 )   (959 )

Gain on sale of investment

        5,509  

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

        (14,011 )

Other (expense) income—net

    (127 )   93  

Income from equity method investments

    292     74  

Total other expense—net

    (6,501 )   (23,424 )

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

    4,893     (10,878 )

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

    442     1,176  

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 4,451   $ (12,054 )

   

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-9


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands)

 
  2017   2018  

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,451   $ (12,054 )

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    910     (384 )

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 5,361   $ (12,438 )

   

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-10


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands)

 
  2017   2018  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,451   $ (12,054 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities—net of effect of acquisitions:

             

Intangible amortization

    13,198     19,494  

Depreciation and other amortization

    1,469     1,882  

Amortization of debt financing costs

    691     959  

Non-cash equity compensation expense

    1,923     3,854  

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (78 )   6,371  

Income from equity method investments

    (292 )   (74 )

Distributions received from equity method investments

    288     344  

Other non-cash items

    193     (368 )

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

        14,011  

Changes in cash resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (11,284 )   (11,017 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (3,837 )   (8,167 )

Accounts payable

    (1,172 )   1,410  

Accrued expenses

    (9,935 )   5,383  

Due to affiliates

    (14,870 )   (9,914 )

Other liabilities

    (783 )   (1,280 )

Deferred revenue

    (202 )   1,891  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (20,240 )   12,725  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             

Cash paid for acquisitions and contingent consideration—net of cash acquired

    (41,093 )   (25,531 )

Purchase of fixed assets

    (931 )   (2,312 )

Other

    (500 )   (3,400 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (42,524 )   (31,243 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Borrowings under credit facilities

    80,000      

Repayments of borrowings under credit facilities

    (12,918 )   (1,987 )

Contingent consideration paid

    (882 )   (2,180 )

Payments of debt financing costs

        (634 )

Payments on capital lease obligations

    (57 )   (59 )

Distributions for unitholders

    (2,085 )   (138 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    64,058     (4,998 )

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    13     10  

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    1,307     (23,506 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

             

Beginning of period

    16,508     51,455  

End of period

  $ 17,815   $ 27,949  

See Note 9 for supplement cash flow disclosure

   

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-11


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS' DEFICIT

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2018

(In thousands)

 
  Common
Units
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Deemed
Capital
Contribution
  Total
Members'
Deficit
 

MEMBERS' DEFICIT—January 1, 2018

  $ 4,347   $ (805,470 ) $ (8,269 ) $ 30,731   $ (778,661 )

Net loss

        (12,054 )           (12,054 )

Issuance of restricted common units in connection with acquisitions and contingent consideration

    6,584                 6,584  

Non-cash equity compensation expense—net of related forfeitures, related to incentive units

                3,854     3,854  

Currency translation adjustment—net of tax

            (384 )       (384 )

Distributions for unitholders

        32             32  

MEMBERS' DEFICIT—March 31, 2018

  $ 10,931   $ (817,492 ) $ (8,653 ) $ 34,585   $ (780,629 )

   

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-12


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

1. GENERAL

        Organization and Business —Focus Financial Partners, LLC (the "Company") is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed in November 2004. The Company's subsidiaries commenced revenue-generating and acquisition activities in January 2006. The Company's activities are governed by its third amended and restated operating agreement, as amended.

        The Company is in the business of acquiring and overseeing independent fiduciary wealth management and related businesses.

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Presentation —The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") for interim financial statements and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for fair presentation have been included. The condensed consolidated interim financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. These condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included elsewhere in this registration statement for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017.

        Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018.

        Use of Estimates —The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Revenue Recognition—

        Wealth Management Fees —The Company, solely through its subsidiaries, recognizes revenue from wealth management fees, which are primarily comprised of fees earned for advising on the assets of clients, financial and tax planning fees, consulting fees, tax return preparation fees, fees for family office services, and fees for wealth management and operational support services provided to third-party wealth management firms. Client arrangements may contain a single or multiple performance obligations, each of which are separately identifiable and accounted for as the related services are provided and consumed over time. Fees are primarily based either on a contractual percentage of the client's assets, a flat fee, an hourly rate or a combination of such fees and are billed either in advance or arrears on a monthly, quarterly, or semiannual basis and such fees earned as the services are performed over time. Revenue for wealth management and operational support services provided to third-party wealth management firms is presented net since these services are performed in an agent capacity. Wealth management fees are recorded when: (i) an arrangement with a client has been

F-13


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

identified, (ii) the performance obligations have been identified, (iii) the fee or other transaction price has been determined; (iv) the fee or other transaction price has been allocated to each performance obligation; and (v) the Company has satisfied the applicable performance obligation.

        Other —Other revenue includes fees earned for recordkeeping and administration services provided to employee benefit plans as well as commissions and distribution fees. Client arrangements may contain a single or multiple performance obligations, each of which are separately identifiable and accounted for as the related services are provided and consumed over time. Recordkeeping and administration revenue, in accordance with the same five criteria above, is recognized over the period in which services are provided. Commissions and distribution fees, in accordance with the same five criteria above, are recognized when earned.

        Deferred Revenue —Fees collected in advance are deferred and recognized in revenue over the period earned with the unrecognized portion of fees collected in advance recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company disaggregates revenue based on the above two categories. The Company does not allocate revenue by the type of service provided in connection with providing holistic wealth management client services. The Company generally manages its business based on the operating results of the enterprise taken as a whole, not by geographic region. The following table disaggregates the revenues based on the location of the partner firm that generates the revenues and therefore may not be reflective of the geography in which clients are located.

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2018  

Domestic revenue

  $ 131,474   $ 190,625  

International revenue

    4,072     5,604  

Total revenue

  $ 135,546   $ 196,229  

        Segment Reporting —Management has determined that the Company operates in one operating segment, as a wealth management focused organization, which is consistent with our structure and how we manage the business. The Company's acquired businesses have similar economic and business characteristics. The services provided are wealth management related and our businesses are subject to a similar regulatory framework. Furthermore, the Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Company's Chief Executive Officer, monitors and reviews financial information at a consolidated level for assessing operating results and the allocation of resources.

        Income Taxes —On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") was enacted. Among other things, the Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from a maximum rate of 35%, to a flat rate of 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The Company is principally structured as a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes and therefore does not pay income taxes on its taxable income in most jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company is subject to income taxes on its taxable income in certain foreign countries, in certain state and local

F-14


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

jurisdictions that impose income taxes on partnerships, such as the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax, and on the taxable income of its U.S. corporate subsidiaries. The Company's income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 reflects the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate imposed on its U.S. corporate subsidiaries.

        The Tax Act also requires companies to pay a one-time repatriation tax on previously unremitted earnings of certain non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries. All of the Company's operations outside the U.S. are conducted by entities that are either disregarded entities or partnerships for U.S. income tax purposes, and, as a result, the deemed repatriation transition tax does not apply to these entities or their earnings.

        In accordance with the guidance provided by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB No. 118"), the Company recognized an income tax benefit of $2,653 for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the remeasurement of its U.S. corporate deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company has completed its assessment of the impact of the Tax Act and no measurement period adjustments, as permitted under SAB No. 118, are expected.

        Recent Accounting Pronouncements —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers", which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of Effective Date." ASU No. 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year for public companies. ASU No. 2015-14 applies to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. ASU No. 2014-09 replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additionally, ASU No. 2014-09 requires enhanced disclosures, including revenue recognition policies to identify performance obligations to customers and significant judgments in measurement and recognition. The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09 using the retrospective transition method. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements and no adjustments were required to prior periods because there were no changes to the Company's recognition of revenues or presentation of revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

        In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, " Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ". The amendments in this update address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-01 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, " Leases (Topic 842) " ASU No. 2016-02 requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a

F-15


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for the Company for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. We expect that most of the Company's operating lease commitments will be subject to ASU No. 2016-02 and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right of use assets upon adoption, resulting in a significant increase in assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. We are continuing our assessment of ASU No. 2016-02, which may identify additional impacts that ASU No. 2016-02 will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, " Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which amends ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation ". The objective of this amendment is part of the FASB's Simplification Initiative as it applies to several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-09 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, " Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business", which amends the guidance of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, " Business Combinations ", adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. ASU No. 2017-01 was effective for the Company prospectively on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-01 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, " Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ", which removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test that requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and will be applied prospectively, early adoption is permitted. ASU No. 2017-04 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        Subsequent Events —The Company has conducted a review for and evaluated subsequent events from April 1, 2018 through May 24, 2018, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

3. ACQUISITIONS

Business Acquisitions

        Business acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805: Business Combinations .

        The Company has incorporated contingent consideration, or earn out provisions, into the structure of its acquisitions. The Company recognizes the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the

F-16


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

acquisition date as part of the consideration transferred in the exchange. The contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved.

        The purchase price associated with business acquisitions and the allocation thereof during the three months ended March 31, 2018 is as follows:

Number of business acquisitions closed

    6  

Consideration:

       

Cash due at closing and option premium

  $ 24,867  

Fair market value of common units issued

    6,302  

Fair market value of estimated contingent consideration

    8,928  

Total consideration

  $ 40,097  

Allocation of purchase price:

       

Total tangible assets

  $ 228  

Total liabilities assumed

    (35 )

Customer relationships

    26,080  

Management contracts

    1,790  

Goodwill

    11,891  

Other intangibles

    143  

Total allocated consideration

  $ 40,097  

        Management believes approximately $26,327 of tax goodwill and intangibles related to business acquisitions completed during the three months ended March 31, 2018 will be deductible for tax purposes. Additional tax goodwill may be deductible when estimated contingent consideration is earned and paid.

        The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 includes revenue and income from operations for the business acquisitions that are new subsidiary partner firms from the date they were acquired of $2,490 and $356, respectively.

Asset Acquisitions

        The Company also separately purchased customer relationships and other intangible assets. These purchases are accounted for as asset acquisitions as they do not qualify as business acquisitions pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Total purchase consideration for asset acquisitions during the three months ended March 31, 2018 was $903 in cash plus contingent consideration as additional purchase consideration when the outcome is determinable.

F-17


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        The weighted-average useful lives of intangible assets acquired during the three months ended March 31, 2018 through business acquisitions and asset acquisitions are as follows:

 
  Number
of Years
 

Management contracts

    20  

Customer relationships

    8  

Other intangibles

    5  

Weighted-average useful life of all intangibles acquired

    9  

        From April 1, 2018, to May 24, 2018, the Company completed wealth management business acquisitions for cash and option premium and restricted common unit consideration of $216,314, plus contingent consideration.

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The following table summarizes the change in the goodwill balances for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 
  December 31,
2017
  March 31,
2018
 

Balance beginning of period:

             

Goodwill

  $ 339,129   $ 538,113  

Cumulative impairment losses

    (22,624 )   (22,624 )

    316,505     515,489  

Goodwill acquired

    198,546     11,891  

Other

    438     (179 )

    198,984     11,712  

Balance end of period:

             

Goodwill

    538,113     549,825  

Cumulative impairment losses

    (22,624 )   (22,624 )

  $ 515,489   $ 527,201  

        The following table summarizes the amortizing acquired intangible assets at December 31, 2017:

 
  Gross Carry
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 

Customer relationships

  $ 713,966   $ (270,629 ) $ 443,337  

Management contracts

    103,316     (25,976 )   77,340  

Other intangibles

    3,436     (1,831 )   1,605  

Total

  $ 820,718   $ (298,436 ) $ 3522,282  

F-18


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the amortizing acquired intangible assets at March 31, 2018:

 
  Gross Carry
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 

Customer relationships

  $ 742,270   $ (288,918 ) $ 453,352  

Management contracts

    105,091     (27,449 )   77,642  

Other intangibles

    3,676     (2,003 )   1,673  

Total

  $ 851,037   $ (318,370 ) $ 532,667  

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

        The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels, as follows:

        Level 1 —Unadjusted price quotations in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

        Level 2 —Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

        Level 3 —Significant unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

        The implied fair value of the Company's First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan based on Level 2 inputs at December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2017   March 31, 2018  
 
  Stated
Value
  Fair
Value
  Stated
Value
  Fair
Value
 

First Lien Term Loan

  $ 793,012   $ 799,952   $ 791,025   $ 795,969  

Second Lien Term Loan

    207,000     208,811     207,000     210,623  

        For business acquisitions, the Company recognizes the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the acquisition date as part of purchase price. This fair value measurement is based on Level 3 inputs.

F-19


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        The following table represents changes in the fair value of estimated contingent consideration for business acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018:

Balance as of January 1, 2017

  $ 26,188  

Additions to estimated contingent consideration

    37,551  

Payments of contingent consideration

    (9,435 )

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    22,294  

Other

    79  

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    76,677  

Additions to estimated contingent consideration

    8,928  

Payments of contingent consideration

    (3,930 )

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    6,371  

Other

    (46 )

Balance at March 31, 2018

  $ 88,000  

        Estimated contingent consideration is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        In determining fair value of the estimated contingent consideration, the acquired business's future performance is estimated using financial projections for the acquired businesses. These financial projections, as well as alternative scenarios of financial performance, are measured against the performance targets specified in each respective acquisition agreement. The fair value of the Company's estimated contingent consideration is established using the monte carlo simulation model.

        The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company's estimated contingent consideration is the forecasted growth rates over the measurement period. Significant increases or decreases in the Company's forecasted growth rates over the measurement would result in a higher or lower fair value measurement.

        Inputs used in the fair value measurement of estimated contingent consideration at December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 are summarized below:

 
  Quantitative Information About Level 3
Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value at
December 31, 2017
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Input
  Range
$ 76,677   Monte carlo simulation model   Forecasted growth rates   (0.8)% - 24.9%

F-20


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


 
  Quantitative Information About Level 3
Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value at
March 31, 2018
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Input
  Range
$ 88,000   Monte carlo simulation model   Forecasted growth rates   0.9% - 28.7%

6. CREDIT FACILITY

        As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a credit facility of approximately $1,067,000 consisting of term and revolving loans, inclusive of an accordion feature of $255,000 (the "Old Credit Facility"). The Old Credit Facility had a June 2020 maturity date.

        In July 2017, the Company entered into new credit facilities (collectively, the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility consists of a $795,000 first lien term loan (the "First Lien Term Loan"), a $250,000 first lien revolving credit facility (the "First Lien Revolver"), and a $207,000 second lien term loan (the "Second Lien Term Loan"). In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company repaid all amounts outstanding under the Old Credit Facility with the proceeds from the Credit Facility and wrote off all deferred financing costs related to the Old Credit Facility resulting in a $8,106 loss on extinguishment of borrowings in the consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        The First Lien Term Loan has a maturity date of July 2024 and requires quarterly installment repayments of $1,988. The First Lien Term Loan was issued at a discount of 0.125% or $994 that the Company is amortizing to interest expense over the term of the First Lien Term Loan. The First Lien Revolver has a maturity date of July 2022 and has no required quarterly installment repayments. Up to $30,000 of the First Lien Revolver is available for the issuance of letters of credit, subject to certain limitations. The First Lien Term Loan (up to January 2018 as noted below) and First Lien Revolver bear interest (at the Company's option) at: (i) the London InterBank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin of 3.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 3.00% and 2.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio (as defined below) or, (ii) the lender's Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of 2.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 2.00% and 1.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. The First Lien Leverage Ratio means the ratio of total amounts outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan and First Lien Revolver plus other outstanding debt obligations secured on a pari passu basis with the liens securing the First Lien Term Loan and First Lien Revolver (excluding letters of credit other than unpaid drawings thereunder) minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility also includes an unused commitment fee of 0.50% of the outstanding commitments under the First Lien Revolver, with a stepdown to 0.375% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the available unused commitment line was $247,768 and $247,473, respectively.

        In January 2018, the Company amended its First Lien Term Loan to reduce its interest rate to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% or the lender's base rate plus a margin of 1.75%. The First Lien Term Loan requires a prepayment penalty of 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan if repaid prior to July 2018. As a result of the amendment, the Company recognized in

F-21


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

6. CREDIT FACILITY (Continued)

January 2018 a loss on extinguishment of borrowings of $14,011, representing the write-off of $13,094 and $917 in deferred financing costs and unamortized discount related to the First Lien Term Loan, respectively. In connection with the amendment, the Company incurred new deferred financing costs of $634.

        In April 2018, the Company expanded its First Lien Term Loan by $200,000. In connection with the $200,000 incremental First Lien Term Loan the Company incurred approximately $1,300 in debt financing costs. In addition, the quarterly installment repayments increased to $2,490 beginning in June 2018.

        The Second Lien Term Loan has a maturity date of July 2025 and bears interest (at the Company's option) at: (i) LIBOR plus a margin of 7.50% or (ii) the lender's Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of 6.50%. The Second Lien Term Loan has no required installment repayments due prior to the maturity date. The Second Lien Term Loan was issued at a discount of 1.00% or $2,070 that the Company is amortizing to interest expense over the term of the Second Lien Term Loan. The Second Lien Term Loan requires a prepayment penalty of 2.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan if prepaid prior to July 2018 and 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan if prepaid prior to July 2019.

        The Company's obligations under the Credit Facility are collateralized by the majority of the Company's assets. The Credit Facility contains various customary covenants, including, but not limited to: (i) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees, (ii) creating liens or other encumbrances on property or granting negative pledges, (iii) entering into a merger or similar transaction, (iv) selling or transferring certain property and (v) declaring dividends or making other restricted payments.

        The Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Total Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined below) of not more than 8.85:1.00 for each quarterly measurement period through March 31, 2019 and 8.60:1.00 thereafter. At March 31, 2018, the Company's Total Secured Leverage Ratio was 5.42:1.00, which satisfied the maximum ratio of 8.85:1.00. Total Secured Leverage Ratio means the ratio of amounts outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan, First Lien Revolver and Second Lien Term Loan plus other outstanding debt obligations secured by a lien on the assets of the Company (excluding letters of credit other than unpaid drawings thereunder) minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents to Consolidated EBITDA.

        The Company is also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Facility) commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

        In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company incurred debt financing costs. The Company defers and amortizes its debt financing costs over the respective terms of the First Lien Term Loan, First Lien Revolver and Second Lien Term Loan. The debt financing costs related to the First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan are recorded as reduction of the carrying amounts of the First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018. The debt financing costs related to the First Lien Revolver are recorded in

F-22


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

6. CREDIT FACILITY (Continued)

debt financing costs-net in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018.

        The following is a reconciliation of principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility to borrowings under credit facilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018:

 
  December 31,
2017
  March 31,
2018
 

First Lien Term Loan

  $ 793,012   $ 791,025  

Second Lien Term Loan

    207,000     207,000  

Unamortized debt financing costs

    (16,646 )   (3,963 )

Unamortized discount

    (2,864 )   (1,877 )

Total

  $ 980,502   $ 992,185  

        In connection with the First Lien Revolver closing in July 2017, the Company incurred $14,735 in deferred financing costs. At December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, unamortized debt financing costs associated with the First Lien Revolver of $13,278 and $12,541, respectively, were recorded in debt financing costs-net in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no First Lien Revolver amounts outstanding at December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018.

        Weighted-average interest rates for outstanding borrowings was approximately 5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 6% for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

        As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company was contingently obligated for letters of credit in the amount of $2,232 and $2,527, respectively, each bearing interest at an annual rate of approximately 3%.

7. MEZZANINE EQUITY/MEMBERS' DEFICIT

Incentive Units

        The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, incentive units granted during the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 
  Incentive
Units
  Weighted Average
Hurdle Price
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2018

    15,229,039   $ 15.53  

Granted

    751,411     24.19  

Forfeited

    (31,000 )   20.03  

Outstanding—March 31, 2018

    15,949,450     15.93  

Vested—March 31, 2018

    8,355,641     11.25  

F-23


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Credit Risk —The Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries clear all transactions through clearing brokers on a fully disclosed basis. Pursuant to the terms of the agreements between the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries and their clearing brokers, the clearing brokers have the right to charge the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries for losses that result from a counterparty's failure to fulfill its contractual obligations. This right applies to all trades executed through its clearing brokers, and therefore, the Company believes there is no maximum amount assignable to the right of the clearing brokers. Accordingly, at December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the Company had recorded no liabilities in connection with this right.

        In addition, the Company has the right to pursue collection or performance from the counterparties who do not perform under their contractual obligations. The Company monitors the credit standing of the clearing brokers and counterparties with which they conduct business.

        The Company is exposed to credit risk for accounts receivable from clients. Such credit risk is limited to the amount of accounts receivable. The Company is also exposed to credit risk for changes in the benchmark interest rate (LIBOR or base rate) in connection with its Credit Facility.

        The Company maintains its cash in bank depository accounts, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company selects depository institutions based, in part, upon management's review of the financial stability of the institution. At December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, a significant portion of cash and cash equivalents were held at a single institution.

        Contingent Consideration Arrangements —Contingent consideration is payable in the form of cash and/or Company common units. Since the contingent consideration to be paid is based on the growth of forecasted financial performance levels over a number of years, the Company cannot calculate the maximum contingent consideration that may be payable under these arrangements.

        Legal and Regulatory Matters —In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits and other claims. The Company has insurance to cover certain losses that arise in such matters; however, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover these losses. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, currently does not anticipate that the aggregate liability, if any, arising out of any existing legal matters will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        From time to time, the Company's subsidiaries receive requests for information from governmental authorities regarding business activities. The Company has cooperated and will continue to cooperate fully with all governmental agencies. The Company continues to believe that the resolution of any governmental inquiry will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Indemnifications —In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contracts pursuant to which it may agree to indemnify third parties in certain circumstances. The terms of these indemnities vary from contract to contract and the amount of indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

F-24


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        Management believes that the likelihood of any liability arising under these indemnification provisions is remote. Management cannot estimate any potential maximum exposure due to both the remoteness of any potential claims and the fact that items that would be included within any such calculated claim would be beyond the control of the Company. Consequently, no liability has been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets.

        Succession Program —The Company has a succession program to provide wealth management firms a succession planning solution for their businesses. Pursuant to the program, the wealth management firm enters into an agreement with one of the Company's subsidiaries that provides the firm the ability (subject to certain terms and conditions) to sell substantially all of its assets to the Company's subsidiary at a future date for an acquisition price based on a predetermined formula.

9. CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2017   2018  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information—cash paid for:

             

Interest

  $ 6,653   $ 14,432  

Income taxes

  $ 996   $ 839  

Supplemental non-cash cash flow information:

             

Fair market value of estimated contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions

  $ 6,524   $ 8,928  

Fair market value of restricted common units in connection with acquisitions and contingent consideration

  $ 13,658   $ 6,584  

Accretion of senior preferred units return

  $ 8,438   $  

Accretion of senior preferred units to estimated redemption value

  $ 3,073   $  

Accretion of junior preferred units return

  $ 331   $  

Accretion of junior preferred units to estimated redemption value

  $ 4,089   $  

Net assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions

  $ 659   $ 193  

10. RELATED PARTIES

        The Company reimburses the Company's Chief Executive Officer for certain costs and third-party payments associated with the use of his personal aircraft for Company-related business travel. The Company also pays pilot fees for such business travel flights. During the three months ended March 31,

F-25


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands, except unit data)

10. RELATED PARTIES (Continued)

2017 and 2018, the Company recognized expenses of $157 and $523, respectively, related to these reimbursements.

        Affiliates of certain of our Convertible Preferred Unit holders are lenders under the Company's Credit Facility.

11. OTHER

        During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized a gain on sale of investment of $5,509 related to an investment in a financial service company previously carried at cost. The gain on sale of investment is presented in other income (expense) in the Company's condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

F-26


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Members of Focus Financial Partners, LLC:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Focus Financial Partners, LLC and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and members' deficit, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
April 20, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2008.

F-27


Table of Contents

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND DECEMBER 31, 2017

(In thousands)

 
  2016   2017  

ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,508   $ 51,455  

Accounts receivable less allowances of $404 at 2016 and $505 at 2017

    43,128     73,513  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    42,936     37,423  

Fixed assets—net

    15,253     21,397  

Debt financing costs—net

    9,502     13,278  

Goodwill

    316,505     515,489  

Other intangible assets—net

    309,109     522,282  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 752,941   $ 1,234,837  

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT:

             

LIABILITIES:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 6,941   $ 5,752  

Accrued expenses

    26,301     23,626  

Due to affiliates

    24,230     33,698  

Deferred revenue

    4,351     6,094  

Other liabilities

    43,516     99,077  

Borrowings under credit facilities (stated value of $457,000 and $1,000,012 at December 31, 2016 and 2017)

    457,000     980,502  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    562,339     1,148,749  

MEZZANINE EQUITY:

             

Redeemable common and incentive units

        166,249  

Convertible preferred units

        698,500  

Redeemable senior preferred units

    305,157      

Redeemable junior preferred units

    147,328      

TOTAL MEZZANINE EQUITY

    452,485     864,749  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)

             

MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (261,883 )   (778,661 )

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

  $ 752,941   $ 1,234,837  

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-28


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands)

 
  2015   2016   2017  

REVENUES:

                   

Wealth management fees

  $ 336,475   $ 438,794   $ 617,124  

Other

    45,872     46,650     45,763  

Total revenues

    382,347     485,444     662,887  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

                   

Compensation and related expenses

    151,641     178,193     265,555  

Management fees

    89,729     114,846     163,617  

Selling, general and administrative

    79,072     98,643     134,615  

Intangible amortization

    35,421     50,942     64,367  

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (160 )   (1,143 )   22,294  

Depreciation and other amortization

    5,327     5,680     6,686  

Total operating expenses

    361,030     447,161     657,134  

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

    21,317     38,283     5,753  

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest income

    90     88     222  

Interest expense

    (9,977 )   (21,327 )   (41,861 )

Amortization of debt financing costs

    (1,770 )   (2,482 )   (4,084 )

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

            (8,106 )

Other (expense) income—net

    310     1,385     (3,191 )

Income from equity method investments

        756     1,407  

Total other expense—net

    (11,347 )   (21,580 )   (55,613 )

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

    9,970     16,703     (49,860 )

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

    649     981     (1,501 )

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 )

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-29


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands)

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Net income (loss)

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 )

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (1,506 )   (1,171 )   2,470  

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 7,815   $ 14,551   $ (45,889 )

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-30


Table of Contents

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands)

 
  2015   2016   2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 9,321   $ 15,722   $ (48,359 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities—net of effect of acquisitions:

                   

Intangible amortization

    35,421     50,942     64,367  

Depreciation and other amortization

    5,327     5,680     6,686  

Amortization of debt financing costs

    1,770     2,482     4,084  

Non-cash equity compensation expense

    13,537     8,520     34,879  

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration           

    (160 )   (1,143 )   22,294  

Income from equity method investments

        (756 )   (1,407 )

Distributions received from equity method investments

        469     984  

Other non-cash items

    273     359     (3,960 )

Loss on extinguishment of borrowings

            8,106  

Changes in cash resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable

    (10,799 )   (5,472 )   (30,209 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (6,525 )   (6,644 )   9,889  

Accounts payable

    709     2,741     (1,210 )

Accrued expenses

    5,820     1,635     (4,671 )

Due to affiliates

    8,597     5,837     9,700  

Other liabilities

    (2,033 )   (4,392 )   (3,686 )

Deferred revenue

    (132 )   1,170     1,603  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    61,126     77,150     69,090  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Cash paid for acquisitions and contingent consideration—net of cash acquired

    (105,422 )   (171,202 )   (365,698 )

Purchase of fixed assets

    (6,448 )   (3,408 )   (10,518 )

Equity method investment and other

    (3,066 )   (12,854 )   (500 )

Other

        665      

Net cash used in investing activities

    (114,936 )   (186,799 )   (376,716 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Borrowings under credit facilities

    227,250     231,169     1,181,936  

Repayments of borrowings under credit facilities

    (87,750 )   (107,169 )   (641,987 )

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred units, net

            643,272  

Payments for treasury units

    (1,968 )   (42 )    

Payments in connection with unit redemption, net

    (59,180 )       (795,894 )

Payments of preferred dividends

    (75 )       (3,063 )

Contingent consideration paid

    (5,917 )   (3,034 )   (6,224 )

Payments of debt financing costs

    (5,538 )   (1,928 )   (32,612 )

Payments on capital lease obligations

    (272 )   (253 )   (271 )

Distributions for unitholders

    (6,264 )   (7,879 )   (2,754 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    60,286     110,864     342,403  

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (63 )   (206 )   170  

CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    6,413     1,009     34,947  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

                   

Beginning of year

    9,086     15,499     16,508  

End of year

  $ 15,499   $ 16,508   $ 51,455  

See Note 13 for supplemental cash flow disclosure

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-31


Table of Contents

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS' DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands)

 
  Common
Units
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Deemed
Capital
Contribution
  Total
Members'
Deficit
 

MEMBERS' DEFICIT—January 1, 2015

  $ 98,248   $ (312,423 ) $ (8,062 ) $   $ (222,237 )

Net income

        9,321             9,321  

Issuance of restricted common units in connection with acquisitions and contingent consideration

    29,468                 29,468  

Redemption of units

    (17,725 )   (39,388 )           (57,113 )

Accretion of senior preferred units return

        (7,588 )       (3,862 )   (11,450 )

Accretion of senior preferred units to estimated redemption value

        (10,994 )       (6,327 )   (17,321 )

Accretion of junior preferred units return

        (818 )       (416 )   (1,234 )

Accretion of junior preferred units to estimated redemption value

        (4,978 )       (2,932 )   (7,910 )

Non-cash equity compensation expense—net of related forfeitures, related to restricted common and incentive units

                13,537     13,537  

Treasury units

    (575 )   (1,393 )           (1,968 )

Currency translation adjustment—net of tax

            (1,506 )       (1,506 )

Distributions for unitholders

        (5,135 )           (5,135 )

MEMBERS' DEFICIT—December 31, 2015

  $ 109,416   $ (373,396 ) $ (9,568 ) $   $ (273,548 )

Net income

        15,722             15,722  

Issuance of restricted common units in connection with acquisitions and contingent consideration

    44,966                 44,966  

Accretion of senior preferred units return

        (9,824 )       (2,198 )   (12,022 )

Accretion of senior preferred units to estimated redemption value

        (18,889 )       (4,147 )   (23,036 )

Accretion of junior preferred units return

        (1,056 )       (237 )   (1,293 )

Accretion of junior preferred units to estimated redemption value

        (8,849 )       (1,938 )   (10,787 )

Non-cash equity compensation expense—net of related forfeitures, related to restricted common and incentive units

                8,520     8,520  

Treasury units

        (42 )           (42 )

Currency translation adjustment—net of tax

            (1,171 )       (1,171 )

Distributions for unitholders

        (9,192 )           (9,192 )

MEMBERS' DEFICIT—December 31, 2016

  $ 154,382   $ (405,526 ) $ (10,739 ) $   $ (261,883 )

Net loss

        (48,359 )           (48,359 )

Issuance of restricted common units in connection with acquisitions and contingent consideration

    27,125                 27,125  

Accretion of senior preferred units return

        (5,461 )       (788 )   (6,249 )

Accretion of senior preferred units to estimated redemption value

        (15,256 )       (2,207 )   (17,463 )

Accretion of junior preferred units return

        (587 )       (85 )   (672 )

Accretion of junior preferred units to estimated redemption value

        (7,384 )       (1,068 )   (8,452 )

Issuance of convertible preferred units, redemption, retirement and recapitalization of units, net

    (177,160 )   (320,739 )           (497,899 )

Non-cash equity compensation expense—net of related forfeitures, related to restricted common and incentive units

                34,879     34,879  

Currency translation adjustment—net of tax

            2,470         2,470  

Distributions for unitholders

        (2,158 )           (2,158 )

MEMBERS' DEFICIT—December 31, 2017

  $ 4,347   $ (805,470 ) $ (8,269 ) $ 30,731   $ (778,661 )

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-32


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

1. GENERAL

        Organization and Business —Focus Financial Partners, LLC (the "Company") is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed in November 2004. The Company's subsidiaries commenced revenue-generating and acquisition activities in January 2006. The Company's activities are governed by its third amended and restated operating agreement (the "Operating Agreement").

        The Company is in the business of acquiring and overseeing independent fiduciary wealth management and related businesses. The Company typically acquires 100% of the net assets of the wealth management businesses on terms that are generally consistent for each acquisition. To determine the acquisition price, the Company first estimates the operating cash flow of the business to be acquired based on current and projected levels of revenue and expense. For this purpose, the Company defines operating cash flow as cash revenue of the business, less cash expenses, other than compensation and benefits to the selling entrepreneurs or individuals who typically become principals of the management entities discussed below. The Company refers to the estimated operating cash flow earnings before partner compensation as target earnings ("Target Earnings"). The acquisition price is a multiple of a portion of the Target Earnings, referred to as base earnings ("Base Earnings").

        At the date of each of the respective acquisitions, the Company typically enters into a management agreement ("Management Agreement") with a management company ("Management Company") that is owned substantially by the selling principals of the acquired businesses. The Management Company earns management fees to manage the daily operations of the acquired business. The terms of the Management Agreements are generally six years with automatic renewals for consecutive one-year terms, unless terminated by either the Management Company or the Company. Under the Management Agreement, the Management Company is entitled to management fees typically consisting of all future earnings of the acquired business in excess of the Base Earnings up to Target Earnings, plus a percentage of any earnings in excess of Target Earnings. The Company, through its respective operating subsidiary, retains a cumulative preferred position in the Base Earnings. To the extent earnings of an acquired business in any year are less than the Base Earnings, in the following year the Company, through its respective operating subsidiary, is entitled to receive the Base Earnings together with the prior years' shortfall before any management fees are earned by the Management Company. Since each Management Company is neither acquired nor consolidated, management fees are included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations as operating expenses. Estimated management fees due are included in due to affiliates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Presentation —The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

        Use of Estimates —The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial

F-33


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Revenue Recognition

        Wealth Management Fees —The Company, solely through its subsidiaries, recognizes revenue from wealth management fees, which are primarily comprised of fees earned for advising on the assets of clients, financial and tax planning fees, consulting fees, tax return preparation fees, fees for family office services, and fees for wealth management and operational support services provided to third-party wealth management firms. Fees are primarily based either on a contractual percentage of the client's assets, a flat fee, an hourly rate or a combination of such fees and are billed either in advance or arrears on a monthly, quarterly, or semiannual basis. Revenue for wealth management and operational support services provided to third-party wealth management firms is presented net since these services are performed in an agent capacity.

        Other —Other revenue includes fees earned for recordkeeping and administration services provided to employee benefit plans as well as commissions and distribution fees. Recordkeeping and administration revenue is recognized over the period in which services are provided. Commissions and distribution fees are recognized when earned.

        Deferred Revenue —Fees collected in advance are deferred and recognized in revenue over the period earned with the unrecognized portion of fees collected in advance recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

        Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable are stated at their net realizable value. Allowances for uncollectible accounts are maintained for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. In determining these estimates, historical write-offs, the aging of the receivables and other factors, such as overall economic conditions, are considered.

        Fixed Assets —Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for fixed assets, primarily consisting of computers, equipment, and furniture and fixtures, are generally between three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated economic useful lives or the terms of the leases. The costs of improvements that extend the life of a fixed asset are capitalized, while the costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

        The Company capitalizes costs related to computer software obtained or developed for internal use. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, which are generally three to five years.

        Debt Financing Costs —Direct costs incurred with obtaining debt financing are capitalized or recorded as a reduction of the underlying debt. The costs are amortized over the respective term of the

F-34


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

underlying debt and are included in amortization of debt financing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        Business Acquisitions —Business acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805: Business Combinations . Business acquisitions are accounted for by allocating the purchase price consideration to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is recognized as the excess of the purchase price consideration over the fair value of net assets of the business acquired. All transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

        The Company has incorporated contingent consideration, or earn out provisions, into the structure of its business acquisitions. These arrangements may result in the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers based on the growth of certain financial thresholds for periods following the closing of the respective acquisition. The additional purchase price consideration is payable in the form of cash and/or the Company's common units.

        The Company recognizes the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the acquisition date as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the acquired business. The contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved. Any changes in fair value are recognized each reporting period in noncash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        The results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition.

        Equity Method Investments —The Company applies the equity method of accounting to investments where the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial matters. The Company's equity method investments are recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

        Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets —Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life and is not amortized. Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. The Company has no indefinite-lived intangible assets.

        Goodwill is tested annually for impairment as of October 1, or more frequently if events and circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. A two-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. In the first step, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow approach. Under this approach, management uses certain assumptions including, but not limited to, a risk-adjusted rate that is estimated to be commensurate with the risk associated with the underlying cash flows, cash flow trends from prior periods, current-period cash flow, and management's expectation of future cash flows. Expectations of future cash flows are based on projections or forecasts derived from the Company's understanding of the relevant business prospects, economic or market trends, and regulatory or legislative changes which may occur. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit in the first step, no further testing is

F-35


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

performed. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit in the first step, then the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied fair value of goodwill and compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill to determine the extent of the impairment, if any.

        In March 2018, the Company modified the manner in which it assesses goodwill for impairment. The Company has determined for the purpose of its annual goodwill impairment test that its reporting units should be aggregated into one reporting unit. The Company's determination was based on; the Company's reporting units having similar economic and business characteristics, and the services performed by the reporting units are wealth management related and that the reporting units are subject to a similar regulatory framework. The Company believes that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the reporting unit utilized in the annual goodwill impairment test will not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. The Company determined that the change in accounting principle related to the reporting unit used in the Company's annual impairment test is appropriate based on the nature of the Company's business. The change would not have had an impact on the results of the Company's impairment test for 2017.

        Intangible assets and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired or that the estimated useful life should be changed prospectively. If impairment indicators are present, the recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset, which is determined using a discounted cash flow approach.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments —The carrying amounts of substantially all of the Company's financial assets and liabilities are considered to approximate their fair values because of their short-term nature. The carrying amount of borrowings under credit facility approximates fair value, as the debt bears interest at selected short-term variable market rates. The Company measures the implied fair value of its First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan using trading levels obtained from a third-party service provider, accordingly, these borrowings are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. See Note 6 for further information regarding the Company's fair value measurements.

        Income Taxes —The Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, accordingly, in lieu of taxes assessed at the entity level, unitholders report to the taxing authorities their share of the Company's income, deductions, losses and credits. The Company makes tax distribution payments in accordance with the Operating Agreement. Certain of the Company's subsidiaries are subject to federal, state, local, or foreign corporate income taxes. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as various state and local jurisdictions and certain of the Company's subsidiaries file income tax returns in foreign jurisdictions.

        The Company applies the asset and liability method for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the

F-36


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances, if any, are recorded to reduce the deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets, and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company reviews and evaluates tax positions in its major tax jurisdictions and determines whether or not there are uncertain tax positions that require financial statement recognition. Based on this review, the Company had recorded no reserves for uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2016 and 2017.

        Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts —Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries and equity method investments that have a foreign currency as their functional currency are re-measured to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates and revenues and expenses are re-measured at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other (expense) income—net in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Consolidation Considerations —ASC Topic 810, Consolidations , requires an entity to perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether its variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity ("VIE"). Under the standard, an enterprise has a controlling financial interest when it has (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. An enterprise that holds a controlling financial interest is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE.

        Certain of the Company's subsidiaries have Management Agreements with the respective Management Company, which causes these Company subsidiaries to be VIEs. The Company has assessed whether or not it is the primary beneficiary for these subsidiaries and has concluded that it is the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the results of these subsidiaries have been consolidated.

        Certain of the Company's subsidiaries have variable interests in certain investment funds that are deemed voting interest entities. Due to substantive kick-out rights possessed by the limited partners of these funds, the Company does not consolidate the investment funds.

        From time to time, the Company enters into option agreements with wealth management businesses (the "Optionee"). In exchange for payment of an option premium, the option agreement allows the Company, at its sole discretion, to acquire the Optionee at a predetermined time and at a predetermined purchase price formula. If the Company chooses to exercise its option to acquire the Optionee, the acquisition and the corresponding Management Agreement would be executed in accordance with the Company's typical acquisition structure as discussed in Note 1. If the Company chooses not to exercise the option, the option premium would be recorded as a loss on investment in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that the option expires. Option premiums paid

F-37


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

by the Company of $3,433 and $1,833 are included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The Company has determined that the respective option agreements with the Optionees qualify the Optionees as VIEs. The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the Optionees and does not consolidate the results of the Optionees.

        Unit-Based Compensation Costs —Compensation cost for unit-based awards is measured based on the fair value of the unit-based awards determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date that the unit-based awards are issued or modified, and is adjusted for the estimated number of awards that are expected to be forfeited. The compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Noncash compensation expense, associated with employees and non-employees, including principals in the management companies, is included in compensation and related expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Leases —The Company leases office space in various locations under noncancelable lease agreements. Many of these lease agreements provide for tenant improvement allowances, rent increases, and/or rent-free periods. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis commencing with the possession date of the property, which is typically the earlier of the lease commencement date or the date when the Company takes possession of the property. Rent expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Other (Expense) Income—Net —Other (expense) income—net primarily consists of life insurance proceeds and insurance costs associated with the 2017 convertible preferred unit issuance discussed in Note 8.

        Segment Reporting —Management has determined that the Company operates in one operating segment, as a wealth management focused organization, which is consistent with our structure and how we manage the business. The Company's acquired businesses have similar economic and business characteristics. The services provided are wealth management related and our businesses are subject to a similar regulatory framework. Furthermore, the Company's Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Company's Chief Executive Officer, monitors and reviews financial information at a consolidated level for assessing operating results and the allocation of resources.

        Recent Accounting Pronouncements —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers", which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, " Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of Effective Date." ASU No. 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year for public companies. ASU 2015-14 applies to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. ASU No. 2014-09 replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additionally, ASU No. 2014-09 requires enhanced disclosures, including revenue recognition policies to

F-38


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

identify performance obligations to customers and significant judgments in measurement and recognition. The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09 using the retrospective transition method. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements because there was no changes to the Company's recognition of revenues or presentation of revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

        In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, " Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ". The amendments in this update address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-01 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, " Leases (Topic 842) " ASU No. 2016-02 requires lessees to put most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to current practice. ASU 2016-02 states that a lessee would recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-to-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for the Company for interim and annual periods beginning January 1, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. We expect that most of the Company's operating lease commitments will be subject to ASU No. 2016-02 and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right of use assets upon adoption, resulting in a significant increase in assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. We are continuing our assessment of ASU No. 2016-02, which may identify additional impacts that ASU No. 2016-02 will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, " Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which amends ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation ". The objective of this amendment is part of the FASB's Simplification Initiative as it applies to several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-09 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, " Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payment s". ASU No. 2016-15 will make eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-15 on January 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-05 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, " Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business", which amends the guidance of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, " Business Combinations ", adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. ASU No. 2017-01 was effective for the Company prospectively on January 1, 2018. The

F-39


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

adoption of ASU No. 2017-01 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, " Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ", which removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test that requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and will be applied prospectively, early adoption is permitted. ASU No. 2017-04 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, " Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting" . ASU No. 2017-09 provides guidance that clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require the application of modification accounting under ASC 718. ASU No. 2017-09 will allow for certain changes to be made to awards without accounting for them as modifications. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2017-09 during the year ended December 31, 2017. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-09 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        Subsequent Events —The Company has conducted a review for and evaluated subsequent events from January 1, 2017 through April 20, 2018, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

3. ACQUISITIONS

Business Acquisitions

        The purchase price associated with business acquisitions and the allocation thereof during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, is summarized as follows:

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Number of business acquisitions closed

    13     12     23  

Consideration:

                   

Cash due at closing and option premium

  $ 97,089   $ 163,067   $ 362,524  

Cash due subsequent to closing at net present value

    2,980     1,379     188  

Fair market value of common units issued

    28,527     43,788     64,728  

Fair market value of estimated contingent consideration

    12,462     12,620     37,551  

Total consideration

  $ 141,058   $ 220,854   $ 464,991  

Allocation of purchase price:

                   

Total tangible assets

  $ 1,768   $ 3,033   $ 6,095  

Total liabilities assumed

    (922 )   (517 )   (12,273 )

Customer relationships

    68,001     119,850     244,289  

Management contracts

    13,920     12,917     27,890  

Goodwill

    58,218     85,455     198,546  

Other intangibles

    73     116     444  

Total allocated consideration

  $ 141,058   $ 220,854   $ 464,991  

F-40


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        A portion of the cash due at closing for one of the Company's business acquisitions was placed in an escrow fund for the benefit of the Company in satisfaction of certain indemnifications, if any.

        Management believes approximately $315,998 of tax goodwill and intangibles related to 2017 business acquisitions will be deductible for tax purposes. Additional tax goodwill may be deductible when estimated contingent consideration is earned and paid.

        The accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes revenue and income from operations for business acquisitions that are new subsidiary partner firms from the date they were acquired of $102,502 and $13,790, respectively.

Asset Acquisitions

        The Company also separately purchases customer relationships and other intangible assets. These purchases are accounted for as asset acquisitions as they do not qualify as business acquisitions pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . The Company completed eight, six and two asset acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Total purchase consideration, inclusive of transaction costs, for asset acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $10,763 consisting of $10,500 in cash and $263 in restricted common unit consideration. Total purchase consideration for asset acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $7,336 consisting of $6,324 in cash and $1,012 in restricted common unit consideration. Total purchase consideration for asset acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0. Certain asset acquisitions include contingent consideration provisions. The Company records the contingent consideration as additional purchase consideration when the outcome of the contingency is determinable. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Company paid $1,250, $3,396 and $7,713, respectively, of additional purchase price consideration related to asset acquisitions.

        Intangible assets acquired in asset acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 were as follows:

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Customer relationships

  $ 10,225   $ 6,969   $  

Management contracts

    66          

Other intangibles

    472     367      

Total

  $ 10,763   $ 7,336   $  

        The weighted-average useful life of intangibles acquired during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 through business acquisitions and asset acquisitions are as follows:

(in years)
  2015   2016   2017  

Management contracts

    20     19     19  

Customer relationships

    9     10     10  

Other intangibles

    5     5     5  

Weighted-average useful life of all intangibles acquired

    11     11     11  

F-41


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

3. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        In May 2016, the Company purchased a minority equity interest in a wealth management firm in Australia for approximately $11,500 in cash that is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The equity method investment is included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

        From January 1, 2018, to April 20, 2018, the Company completed wealth management business acquisitions and acquired customer relationships and other intangible assets for cash, option premium and restricted common unit consideration of $243,182, plus contingent consideration.

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The following table summarizes the change in the goodwill balances for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017:

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Balance as of January 1,:

                   

Goodwill

  $ 197,281   $ 255,062   $ 339,129  

Cumulative impairment losses

    (22,624 )   (22,624 )   (22,624 )

    174,657   $ 232,438   $ 316,505  

Goodwill acquired

    58,218     85,455     198,546  

Other

    (437 )   (1,388 )   438  

    57,781     84,067     198,984  

Balance as of December 31,:

                   

Goodwill

    255,062     339,129     538,113  

Cumulative impairment losses

    (22,624 )   (22,624 )   (22,624 )

  $ 232,438   $ 316,505   $ 515,489  

        There were no goodwill impairment losses during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017.

        The following table summarizes the amortizing acquired intangible assets at December 31, 2016:

 
  Gross Carry
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 

Customer relationships

  $ 464,061   $ (210,488 ) $ 253,573  

Management contracts

    75,304     (21,286 )   54,018  

Other intangibles

    2,807     (1,289 )   1,518  

Total

  $ 542,172   $ (233,063 ) $ 309,109  

F-42


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the amortizing acquired intangible assets at December 31, 2017:

 
  Gross Carry
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 

Customer relationships

  $ 713,966   $ (270,629 ) $ 443,337  

Management contracts

    103,316     (25,976 )   77,340  

Other intangibles

    3,436     (1,831 )   1,605  

Total

  $ 820,718   $ (298,436 ) $ 522,282  

        Management contracts and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from 4 to 20 years. Customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 4 to 10 years.

        Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

Years Ending December 31
  Amount  

2018

  $ 72,689  

2019

    66,370  

2020

    61,229  

2021

    58,165  

2022

    53,518  

5. FIXED ASSETS

        Fixed assets consist of the following at December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 
  2016   2017  

Computers, software development and equipment

  $ 19,700   $ 24,351  

Leasehold improvements

    13,946     18,798  

Furniture and fixtures

    7,263     10,304  

Subtotal

    40,909     53,453  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (25,656 )   (32,056 )

Total

  $ 15,253   $ 21,397  

        The Company capitalizes certain software development costs. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, software development costs capitalized and amortization expense related to capitalized software development cost were as follows:

 
  2016   2017  

Capitalized software development costs

  $ 764   $ 1,207  

Amortization of capitalized software development costs

    668     865  

F-43


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

        The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels, as follows:

        Level 1 —Unadjusted price quotations in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

        Level 2 —Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

        Level 3 —Significant unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

        The implied fair value of the Company's First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan based on Level 2 inputs is as follows:

 
  December 31, 2017  
 
  Stated
Value
  Fair Value  

First Lien Term Loan

  $ 793,012   $ 799,952  

Second Lien Term Loan

    207,000     208,811  

        For business acquisitions, the Company recognizes the fair value of estimated contingent consideration at the acquisition date as part of purchase price. This fair value measurement is based on Level 3 inputs.

        The following table represents changes in the fair value of estimated contingent consideration for business acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 
  2016   2017  

Balance at January 1,

  $ 23,062     26,188  

Additions to estimated contingent consideration

    12,620     37,551  

Payments of contingent consideration

    (7,016 )   (9,435 )

Non-cash changes in fair value of estimated contingent consideration

    (1,143 )   22,294  

Other

    (1,335 )   79  

Balance at December 31,

  $ 26,188   $ 76,677  

F-44


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        Estimated contingent consideration is included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company paid $6,850 in cash and issued $166 of restricted common units as contingent consideration associated with business acquisitions. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company paid $9,222 in cash and issued $213 of restricted common units as contingent consideration associated with business acquisitions.

        In determining fair value of the estimated contingent consideration, the acquired business's future performance is estimated using financial projections for the acquired businesses. These financial projections, as well as alternative scenarios of financial performance, are measured against the performance targets specified in each respective acquisition agreement. Historically, the fair value of the Company's estimated contingent consideration was established using the probability weighted-expected return method. The Company currently uses the monte carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the Company's estimated contingent consideration. This approach is deemed more appropriate based on the non-linear nature of the Company's contingent consideration arrangements consistent with current valuation practices.

        The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company's estimated contingent consideration is the forecasted growth rates over the measurement period. Significant increases or decreases in the Company's forecasted growth rates over the measurement would result in a higher or lower fair value measurement.

        Inputs used in the fair value measurement of estimated contingent consideration at December 31, 2016 and 2017 are summarized below:

 
  Quantitative Information About Level 3
Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value at
December 31, 2016
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Input
  Range
$ 26,188   Probability weighted expected return model   Forecasted growth rates   (2.2)% - 44.5%

 

 
  Quantitative Information About Level 3
Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value at
December 31, 2017
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Input
  Range
$ 76,677   Monte carlo simulation model   Forecasted growth rates   (0.8)% - 24.9%

7. CREDIT FACILITY

        During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company amended and restated its credit facility and entered into incremental joinder agreements to increase availability under the facility (the "Old Credit Facility"). As of December 31, 2016, the availability under the Old Credit Facility was

F-45


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

7. CREDIT FACILITY (Continued)

approximately $1,067,000 consisting of term and revolving loans, inclusive of an accordion feature of $255,000. The Old Credit Facility had a June 2020 maturity date.

        In July 2017, the Company entered into new credit facilities (collectively, the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility consists of a $795,000 first lien term loan (the "First Lien Term Loan"), a $250,000 first lien revolving credit facility (the "First Lien Revolver"), and a $207,000 second lien term loan (the "Second Lien Term Loan"). In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company repaid all amounts outstanding under the Old Credit Facility with the proceeds from the Credit Facility and wrote off all deferred financing costs related to the Old Credit Facility resulting in a $8,106 loss on extinguishment of borrowings in the consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        The First Lien Term Loan has a maturity date of July 2024 and requires quarterly installment repayments of $1,988. The First Lien Term Loan was issued at a discount of 0.125% or $994 that the Company is amortizing to interest expense over the term of the First Lien Term Loan. The First Lien Revolver has a maturity date of July 2022 and has no required quarterly installment repayments. Up to $30,000 of the First Lien Revolver is available for the issuance of letters of credit, subject to certain limitations. The First Lien Term Loan (up to January 2018 as noted below) and First Lien Revolver bear interest (at the Company's option) at: (i) the London InterBank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin of 3.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 3.00% and 2.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio (as defined below) or, (ii) the lender's Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of 2.25% with the First Lien Revolver having step downs to 2.00% and 1.75% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. The First Lien Leverage Ratio means the ratio of total amounts outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan and First Lien Revolver plus other outstanding debt obligations secured on a pari passu basis with the liens securing the First Lien Term Loan and First Lien Revolver (excluding letters of credit other than unpaid drawings thereunder) minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility also includes an unused commitment fee of 0.50% of the outstanding commitments under the First Lien Revolver, with a stepdown to 0.375% based on achievement of a specified First Lien Leverage Ratio. As of December 31, 2017 the available unused commitment line was $247,768.

        In January 2018, the Company amended its First Lien Term Loan to reduce its interest rate to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% or the lender's base rate plus a margin of 1.75%. The First Lien Term Loan requires a prepayment penalty of 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan if repaid prior to July 2018. As a result of the amendment the Company recognized in January 2018 a loss on extinguishment of borrowings of $14,011, representing the write-off of $13,094 and $917 in deferred financing costs and unamortized discount related to the First Lien Term Loan, respectively.

        In April 2018, the Company expanded its First Lien Term Loan by $200,000. In connection with the $200,000 incremental First Lien Term Loan the Company incurred approximately $1,300 in debt financing costs. In addition the quarterly installment repayments increased to $2,490 beginning in June 2018.

F-46


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

7. CREDIT FACILITY (Continued)

        The Second Lien Term Loan has a maturity date of July 2025 and bears interest (at the Company's option) at: (i) LIBOR plus a margin of 7.50% or (ii) the lender's Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of 6.50%. The Second Lien Term Loan has no required installment repayments due prior to the maturity date. The Second Lien Term Loan was issued at a discount of 1.00% or $2,070 that the Company is amortizing to interest expense over the term of the Second Lien Term Loan. The Second Lien Term Loan requires a prepayment penalty of 2.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan if prepaid prior to July 2018 and 1.00% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan if prepaid prior to July 2019.

        The Company's obligations under the Credit Facility are collateralized by the majority of the Company's assets. The Credit Facility contains various customary covenants, including, but not limited to: (i) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees, (ii) creating liens or other encumbrances on property or granting negative pledges, (iii) entering into a merger or similar transaction, (iv) selling or transferring certain property and (v) declaring dividends or making other restricted payments.

        The Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Total Secured Leverage Ratio (as defined below) of not more than 8.85:1.00 for each quarterly measurement period through March 31, 2019 and 8.60:1.00 thereafter. At December 31, 2017, the Company's Total Secured Leverage Ratio was 5.60:1.00, which satisfied the maximum ratio of 8.85:1.00. Total Secured Leverage Ratio means the ratio of amounts outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan, First Lien Revolver and Second Lien Term Loan plus other outstanding debt obligations secured by a lien on the assets of the Company (excluding letters of credit other than unpaid drawings thereunder) minus unrestricted cash and cash equivalents to Consolidated EBITDA.

        The Company is also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Facility) commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

        In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company incurred debt financing costs. The Company defers and amortizes its debt financing costs over the respective terms of the First Lien Term Loan, First Lien Revolver and Second Lien Term Loan. The debt financing costs related to the First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan are recorded as reduction of the carrying amounts of the First Lien Term Loan and Second Lien Term Loan in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017. The debt financing costs related to the Old Credit Facility and the First Lien Revolver are recorded in debt financing costs-net in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2017.

F-47


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

7. CREDIT FACILITY (Continued)

        The following is a reconciliation of principal amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility to borrowings under credit facilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017:

 
  2017  

First Lien Term Loan

  $ 793,012  

Second Lien Term Loan

    207,000  

Unamortized debt financing costs

    (16,646 )

Unamortized discount

    (2,864 )

Total

  $ 980,502  

        In connection with the First Lien Revolver closing in July 2017, the Company incurred $14,735 in deferred financing costs. At December 31, 2017, unamortized debt financing costs associated with the First Lien Revolver of $13,278 were recorded in debt financing costs-net in the consolidated balance sheet. There were no First Lien Revolver amounts outstanding at December 31, 2017.

        Weighted-average interest rates for outstanding borrowings was approximately 4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 5% for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company was contingently obligated for letters of credit in the amount of $1,236 and $2,232, respectively, bearing interest at an annual rate of approximately 4% and 3%, respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2015, total interest expense and noncash interest expense associated with debt financing costs totaled $9,865 and $1,770, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, total interest expense and noncash interest expense associated with debt financing costs totaled $20,948 and $2,482, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, total interest expense and noncash interest expense associated with debt financing costs totaled $41,533 and $4,084, respectively.

        During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Company had various other interest expense items, which amounted to $112, $379 and $328, respectively.

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

        At December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had outstanding preferred units, common units and incentive units, detail of which are as follows:

Senior and Junior Preferred Units

        In October 2013, an investor acquired 19,636,364 of the Company's Senior Preferred Units ("Senior Preferred Units") at a price of $11 per unit. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Preferred Units to the investor, the then outstanding preferred units were recapitalized as Junior Preferred Units ("Junior Preferred Units"). The holders of the Senior Preferred Units and Junior Preferred Units were entitled to receive a preferred return compounded annually at the rate of 5%. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the accrued preferred return on the Senior Preferred Units

F-48


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

and Junior Preferred Units was paid or converted as described below through July 2017 (the "Effective Date") and on such date the majority of the Junior Preferred Units and Senior Preferred Units were redeemed and certain of the Senior Preferred Units and Junior Preferred Units were recapitalized as discussed below.

        The unit activity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, for the Senior Preferred Units and Junior Preferred Units is summarized as follows:

 
  Senior Preferred
Units
  Junior Preferred
Units
 

Balance—January 1, 2015

  $ 242,103   $ 127,471  

Accretion of preferred unit return

    11,450     1,234  

Accretion to estimated redemption value

    17,321     7,910  

Payment of preferred unit return

    (56 )   (19 )

Redemption of units

    (719 )   (1,348 )

Balance—December 31, 2015

    270,099     135,248  

Accretion of preferred unit return

    12,022     1,293  

Accretion to estimated redemption value

    23,036     10,787  

Balance—December 31, 2016

  $ 305,157   $ 147,328  

Accretion of preferred unit return

    6,249     672  

Accretion to estimated redemption value

    17,463     8,452  

Redemption, recapitalization and payment of preferred unit return

    (328,869 )   (156,452 )

Balance—December 31, 2017

  $   $  

2015 Redemption and Tender Offer

        In May 2015, the Company closed a redemption and tender offer for outstanding preferred units, common units and incentive units. The total amount paid by the Company in connection with the redemption and tender offer was $59,180.

        During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized additional noncash equity compensation expense of $499 related to the common units and incentive units redeemed.

Convertible Preferred Units

        In July 2017, pursuant to a series of transactions and a tender offer, new investors acquired 30,918,280 of the Company's Convertible Preferred Units ("Convertible Preferred Units") at a price of $21 per unit for $649,284. Such funds, together with a portion of the proceeds from the Company's Credit Facility (see Note 7), were used primarily to create cash liquidity for existing holders of Senior Preferred Units, Junior Preferred Units, common units and incentive units. In connection with the transactions, accrued preferred return of $44,815 related to Senior Preferred Units and Junior Preferred Units was converted, redeemed or recapitalized and $3,063 of accrued preferred return was

F-49


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

paid in cash. The Convertible Preferred Units were recorded at $21 per unit, their fair value on the effective date of the transactions, net of transaction expenses of $2,012.

        The new investors acquired the Senior Preferred Units and Junior Preferred Units from certain of the Company's existing preferred unitholders for $207,014, net of transaction expenses, and from the Company for $442,270. Through the tender offer, the Company subsequently retired; 17,195,412 Senior Preferred Units, 10,332,956 Junior Preferred Units, 6,521,720 common units, and 2,767,911 incentive units. The price per unit paid for Senior Preferred Units, Junior Preferred Units and common units was $21 per unit reduced by an allocation of transaction expenses of $15,500 (borne by the selling unitholders). The price per unit paid for incentive units was $21 per unit reduced by an allocation of transaction expenses of $15,500 (borne by the selling unitholders) and the applicable hurdle rate of the incentive units. The Company accounted for the units acquired in the tender offer as a repurchase and retirement of the respective units with the difference between the cash paid and the carrying amount of the respective units, if any, recorded in accumulated deficit. Senior Preferred Units of 2,380,952 and Junior Preferred Units of 58,495 that were not tendered by the investors were recapitalized as 2,439,447 of Convertible Preferred Units.

        In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Preferred Units, the Company recognized additional noncash equity compensation expense of $24,369 related to certain common units and incentive units that were modified or contractually vested as a result of the transactions.

        The terms of the Convertible Preferred Units include the following:

        Liquidation —The Convertible Preferred Units rank senior to common units and incentive units, with respect to the distribution rights, and rights on redemption, liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the affairs of the Company.

        Liquidating distributions are made in the following order: first pro rata to the holders of Convertible Preferred Units with respect to the unreturned capital contributions; and second pro rata to the holders of common units and incentive units in proportion to their percentage interest except that no amount will be distributed in respect any incentive unit unless and until the aggregate distributions in respect of each common unit exceeds the hurdle amount applicable to such incentive unit, and in the event that the amounts distributed to any holder of Convertible Preferred Units would be less than that the amounts that would otherwise be distributed to such holder if distributions were made pro rata in proportion to the percentage interest to all members, but treating the Convertible Preferred Units as common units, then such liquidating distributions will be made to holders of Convertible Preferred Units, common units and incentive units pro rata in proportion to their percentage units of the aggregate number of all units outstanding (taking into account the hurdle amount with respect to incentive units).

        Voting —The holders of Convertible Preferred Units, common units and incentive units are entitled to one vote for each unit held for corporate matters.

        Redemption —The Convertible Preferred Units have an implied redemption right due to the ability of certain Convertible Preferred Units holders to cause a sale of the Company four years from the

F-50


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

Effective Date. As a result of this implied redemption right, the Convertible Preferred Units have been classified outside of members' deficit as mezzanine equity.

        The Company incurred certain legal, audit, tax and other professional fee costs in connection with a planned initial public offering that were initially capitalized. As a result of the Convertible Preferred Unit transaction, the initial public offering was delayed. Accordingly, the Company expensed $9,840 of costs initially capitalized in connection with the planned initial public offering in selling general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Restricted Common Units

        Certain common units are subject to performance based or time-based vesting criteria. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company modified and vested 253,332 restricted common units that were performance based awards, resulting in noncash equity compensation expense of $4,307. There were no such modifications to performance based awards during the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Company recorded $513, $516 and $263, respectively of noncash equity compensation expense for certain common units that met time based vesting criteria.

        The Company's common unit price is determined by management based on third-party transactions and/or third-party valuation reports.

        The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, restricted common units during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017:

 
  Restricted
Common Units
  Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested units—January 1, 2015

    1,173,332     9.41  

Granted

    60,000     16.00  

Vested

    (296,665 )   1.75  

Forfeited

    (80,000 )   12.00  

Unvested units—December 31, 2015

    856,667     12.28  

Vested

    (43,334 )   12.00  

Unvested units—December 31, 2016

    813,333     12.30  

Vested

    (813,333 )   12.30  

Unvested units—December 31, 2017

                  

Incentive Units

        The Company provides for the granting of incentive units. Grants are designed as profits interests, which entitle a holder to receive distributions in excess of a specific hurdle amount, subject to the provisions of the Company's Operating Agreement. The hurdle amount is set at the time of grant and

F-51


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

typically represents the fair value of a common unit on the date of grant. Incentive unit vesting provisions are either time based or performance based. The Company has determined that the achievement of the performance criteria for 3,000,000 incentive units with performance based vesting provisions is not probable at December 31, 2017. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded noncash equity compensation expense related to these units.

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of incentive units. The determination of the fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by the Company's estimated common unit price, as well as by assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include the Company's expected unit price volatility over the term of the incentive unit, expected term, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yield.

        The estimated grant-date fair values of the 2015, 2016 and 2017 incentive unit grants were calculated based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  2015   2016   2017

Expected term

  5.0 years   4.4 years   4.0 years

Expected unit price volatility

  36%   38%   37%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.69%   1.39%   1.79%

Expected dividend yield

  —%   —%   —%

        The weighted-average per unit grant date fair value of incentive units granted during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 was $6.22, $5.94 and $6.64, respectively.

        Additionally, the Company estimates forfeitures at the time of the unit grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ materially from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate unit forfeitures and records noncash equity compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

        Employees —During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, a total of 1,559,413, 323,283 and 6,135,917 incentive units were granted to employees, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, 284,386, 13,200 and 392,375 incentive units were forfeited by employees, respectively.

        Nonemployees —Noncash equity compensation expense related to incentive units granted to nonemployees is recognized as the incentive units are earned. The Company has determined that the fair value of the incentive units granted is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the incentive units is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Company granted 220,353, 73,043 and 57,125 incentive units, respectively, to nonemployees. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, 15,000, 9,375 and 0 incentive units, respectively were forfeited by nonemployees.

        The Company has recorded $8,209, $7,948 and $10,090 of noncash equity compensation expense for employee and nonemployee incentive units during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Noncash equity compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2015

F-52


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

includes noncash equity compensation expense of $2,499 related to 216,416 performance based incentive units that were modified and vested. Noncash equity compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes noncash equity compensation expense of $1,092 related to 192,106 time based incentive units that were modified and vested. Noncash equity compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes noncash equity compensation expense related to time and performance based incentive units that were vested in connection with the issuance of Convertible Preferred Units as discussed above. Total unrecognized expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to unvested incentive units at December 31, 2017, was $31,413 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

        During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Company had other noncash equity compensation expenses, which amount to $9, $56 and $157, respectively.

        The following table provides information relating to the status of, and changes in, incentive units granted during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017:

 
  Incentive Units   Weighted Average
Hurdle Price
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2015

    12,289,773     9.34  

Granted

    1,779,766     17.90  

Forfeited

    (299,386 )   11.71  

Redeemed and tendered

    (1,903,371 )   8.20  

Outstanding—December 31, 2015

    11,866,782     10.75  

Vested—December 31, 2015

    7,140,420     8.58  

Outstanding—January 1, 2016

    11,866,782     10.75  

Granted

    396,326     17.94  

Forfeited

    (22,575 )   14.13  

Redeemed

    (6,250 )   12.20  

Outstanding—December 31, 2016

    12,234,283     10.97  

Vested—December 31, 2016

    8,659,527     9.47  

Outstanding—January 1, 2017

    12,234,283     10.97  

Granted

    6,193,042     21.30  

Forfeited

    (392,375 )   16.50  

Redeemed and tendered

    (2,805,911 )   8.25  

Outstanding—December 31, 2017

    15,229,039     15.53  

Vested—December 31, 2017

    8,237,146     11.22  

F-53


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

8. PREFERRED UNITS, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT (Continued)

        Incentive units outstanding and vested at December 31, 2017 were as follows:

Hurdle Rates
  Number Outstanding   Vested Incentive
Units
 

$1.42

    175,421     175,421  

5.00

    1,985     1,985  

5.50

    97,798     97,798  

6.00

    56,702     56,702  

7.00

    553,323     553,323  

8.00

    83,333     83,333  

9.00

    2,658,497     2,658,497  

11.00

    1,809,857     1,669,425  

12.00

    570,375     552,541  

13.00

    1,161,634     1,010,800  

14.00

    192,616     128,741  

14.50

    11,893     11,893  

16.00

    221,898     209,398  

17.00

    305,827     138,076  

19.00

    1,128,338     840,838  

20.00

    25,000     6,250  

21.00

    4,343,625     42,125  

22.00

    1,830,917      

    15,229,039     8,237,146  

Common unit and incentive unit right

        Commencing on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter certain common unit and incentive unit holders who held units as of the Effective Date have the right to require the Company to purchase and redeem their units. The total redemption amount is capped at $30,000 for the first anniversary date of the Effective Date and $40,000 for each subsequent anniversary date of the Effective Date. The right to redeem terminates upon either a change in control or an initial public offering. As a result of this redemption right, these common and incentive units have been classified outside of members' deficit as mezzanine equity.

F-54


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

9. INCOME TAXES

        The following represents the U.S. and foreign components of income (loss) before income tax:

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Income (loss) before income tax:

                   

United States

  $ 9,486   $ 14,912   $ (52,276 )

Foreign

    484     1,791     2,416  

Total income (loss) before income tax

  $ 9,970   $ 16,703   $ (49,860 )

        The following represents the U.S. and foreign components of income tax expense (benefit):

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Current provision:

                   

Federal

  $ 87   $ 164   $ 1,020  

State and local

    136     300     477  

Foreign

    338     434     980  

Subtotal

  $ 561     898   $ 2,477  

Deferred provision (benefit):

                   

Federal

    (2 )   102     (3,455 )

State and local

    117     (43 )   (49 )

Foreign

    (27 )   24     (474 )

Subtotal

    88     83     (3,978 )

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 649   $ 981   $ (1,501 )

        At December 31, 2016 and 2017, tax effects of book/tax temporary differences give rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) as follows:

 
  2016   2017  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 544   $ 272  

Intangible assets

    185     119  

Deferred rent and other

    377     356  

Gross deferred tax assets

    1,106     747  

Valuation allowance

    (804 )   (31 )

Deferred tax assets

    302     716  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Intangible assets

    (624 )   (6,923 )

Fixed assets and other

    (102 )   (201 )

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    (726 )   (7,124 )

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (424 ) $ (6,408 )

F-55


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

9. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the differences between the federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 is as follows:

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Federal statutory tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Income passed through to individual members

    (37.1 )   (35.3 )   (36.8 )

Foreign income taxes

    3.2     2.7     (1.0 )

Non-deductible expenses

    5.6     3.3     (0.3 )

Valuation allowance

    (1.7 )   (1.2 )   1.6  

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    1.7     1.2     (0.7 )

Remeasurement of deferred taxes

            5.3  

Other

    (0.2 )   0.2     (0.1 )

Effective income tax rate

    6.5 %   5.9 %   3.0 %

        On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") was enacted. Among other things, the Tax Act reduced the federal corporate income tax rate from a maximum rate of 35%, to a flat rate of 21%, effective January 1, 2018. The change in the corporate income tax rate resulted in the remeasurement of certain of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2017, based on the reduction in the tax rate at which they are expected to reverse. Such remeasurement resulted in an income tax benefit of $2,653 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income. Due to the uncertainty regarding the Company's ability to utilize certain deferred tax assets in the future, the Company provided a valuation allowance of $804 and $31 at December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, against certain of its deferred tax assets, which more than likely will not be realized.

        The Company files tax returns in U.S. federal, local and state jurisdictions and certain of the Company's subsidiaries file income tax returns in foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to 2014. In addition, open tax years related to local, state and foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination, but are not considered material to the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company is not aware of any tax position for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized benefits will change materially in the next 12 months.

F-56


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Office Facilities —The Company rents office space under operating leases with various expiration dates. Future minimum lease commitments under these operating leases as of December 31, 2017 were as follows:

Years Ending December 31
  Amount  

2018

  $ 24,040  

2019

    21,289  

2020

    17,718  

2021

    15,272  

2022

    12,431  

2023 and thereafter

    41,048  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 131,798  

        Total future minimum obligations have not been reduced for future minimum subtenant rentals of $729 under certain operating subleases.

        Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 was approximately $12,858, $16,716 and $23,061, respectively.

        Credit Risk —The Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries clear all transactions through clearing brokers on a fully disclosed basis. Pursuant to the terms of the agreements between the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries and their clearing brokers, the clearing brokers have the right to charge the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries for losses that result from a counterparty's failure to fulfill its contractual obligations. This right applies to all trades executed through its clearing brokers, and therefore, the Company believes there is no maximum amount assignable to the right of the clearing brokers. Accordingly, at December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company had recorded no liabilities in connection with this right.

        In addition, the Company has the right to pursue collection or performance from the counterparties who do not perform under their contractual obligations. The Company monitors the credit standing of the clearing brokers and counterparties with which they conduct business.

        The Company is exposed to credit risk for accounts receivable from clients. Such credit risk is limited to the amount of accounts receivable. The Company is also exposed to credit risk for changes in the benchmark interest rate (LIBOR or base rate) in connection with its Credit Facility.

        The Company maintains its cash in bank depository accounts, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company selects depository institutions based, in part, upon management's review of the financial stability of the institution. At December 31, 2016 and 2017, a significant portion of cash and cash equivalents were held at a single institution.

        Contingent Consideration Arrangements —As discussed in Note 2, contingent consideration is payable in the form of cash and/or Company common units. Since the contingent consideration to be paid is based on the growth of forecasted financial performance levels over a number of years, the

F-57


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Company cannot calculate the maximum contingent consideration that may be payable under these arrangements.

        Legal and Regulatory Matters —In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in lawsuits and other claims. The Company has insurance to cover certain losses that arise in such matters; however, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover these losses. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, currently does not anticipate that the aggregate liability, if any, arising out of any existing legal matters will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        From time to time, the Company's subsidiaries receive requests for information from governmental authorities regarding business activities. The Company has cooperated and will continue to cooperate fully with all governmental agencies. The Company continues to believe that the resolution of any governmental inquiry will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Indemnifications —In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contracts pursuant to which it may agree to indemnify third parties in certain circumstances. The terms of these indemnities vary from contract to contract and the amount of indemnification liability, if any, cannot be determined.

        Management believes that the likelihood of any liability arising under these indemnification provisions is remote. Management cannot estimate any potential maximum exposure due to both the remoteness of any potential claims and the fact that items that would be included within any such calculated claim would be beyond the control of the Company. Consequently, no liability has been recorded on the consolidated balance sheets.

        Succession Program —The Company has a succession program to provide wealth management firms a succession planning solution for their businesses. Pursuant to the program, the wealth management firm enters into an agreement with one of the Company's subsidiaries that provides the firm the ability (subject to certain terms and conditions) to sell substantially all of its assets to the Company's subsidiary at a future date for an acquisition price based on a predetermined formula.

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        The Company and its subsidiaries have defined contribution retirement plans, including 401(k) and profit-sharing plans covering eligible employees. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the amounts recorded in expense relating to these plans were $3,656, $4,804 and $7,485, respectively, and are included in compensation and related expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

12. NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

        Certain of the Company's regulated subsidiaries are subject to minimum net capital requirements. As of December 31, 2017, all regulated subsidiaries subject to minimum net capital requirements

F-58


Table of Contents


FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2016 AND 2017

(In thousands, except unit data)

12. NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

individually had net capital in excess of minimum net capital requirements. As of December 31, 2016, these subsidiaries had aggregate net capital of $7,976, which was $7,002 in excess of aggregate minimum net capital requirements of $974. As of December 31, 2017, these subsidiaries had aggregate net capital of $10,612, which was $9,377 in excess of aggregate minimum net capital requirements of $1,235.

13. CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 
  2015   2016   2017  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information—cash paid during the year for:

                   

Interest

  $ 9,754   $ 21,199   $ 41,840  

Income taxes

  $ 775   $ 2,252   $ 3,357  

Supplemental non-cash cash flow information:

                   

Fair market value of estimated contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions          

  $ 12,462   $ 12,620   $ 37,551  

Fair market value of restricted common units in connection with acquisitions and contingent consideration

  $ 29,468   $ 44,966   $ 65,064  

Accretion of senior preferred units return

  $ 11,450   $ 12,022   $ 6,249  

Accretion of senior preferred units to estimated redemption value

  $ 17,321   $ 23,036   $ 17,463  

Accretion of junior preferred units return

  $ 1,234   $ 1,293   $ 672  

Accretion of junior preferred units to estimated redemption value

  $ 7,910   $ 10,787   $ 8,452  

Net assets (liabilities) acquired in connection with business acquisitions

  $ 846   $ 2,516   $ (6,178 )

Discount on proceeds from credit facilities

          $ 3,064  

Other

  $ 3,128   $ 1,379   $ 188  

14. RELATED PARTIES

        The Company reimburses the Company's Chief Executive Officer for certain costs and third-party payments associated with the use of his personal aircraft for Company-related business travel. The Company also pays pilot fees for such business travel flights. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017, the Company recognized expenses $596, $612 and $770, respectively, related to these reimbursements.

        Affiliates of certain of our Convertible Preferred Unit holders are lenders under our Credit Facility.

F-59


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
SCS Financial Services, LLC and Subsidiaries
Boston, Massachusetts

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of SCS Financial Services, LLC and Subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in members' deficit and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors' Responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors' judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the organization's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the organization's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

        We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SCS Financial Services, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016, and the consolidated results of their operations, changes in their members' deficit and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

April 27, 2017
Boston, Massachusetts

F-60


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016

 
  2016  

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,932,555  

Accounts receivable

    3,245,184  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,139,954  

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

    6,317,693  

Property and equipment, net

    663,520  

Restricted cash

    250,000  

Investments, at fair value

    19,273  

Due from affiliates

    473,474  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 7,723,960  

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accrued compensation and distributions

  $ 6,152,050  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    530,937  

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,423,289  

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    11,106,276  

Long-term debt, net

    14,887,793  

Deferred rent

    114,426  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    26,108,495  

Members' deficit:

       

SCS Financial Services, LLC members' deficit:

       

Series A Preferred Shares, $.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized and 821,787 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

    87  

Restricted Class A Common Shares, no par value; 8,390,998 shares authorized, 3,946,692 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

     

Restricted Class B Common Shares, $.02 par value; 13,445,000 shares authorized and 11,097,726 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

    257,215  

Restricted Class C Common Shares, $.02 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, 4,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

    80  

Incentive Common Shares, $.02 par value; 1,637,418 shares authorized, 1,091,719 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

    21,834  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,952,962  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    8,400  

Unearned compensation

    (15,139 )

Accumulated deficit

    (24,084,193 )

TOTAL SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (19,858,754 )

Noncontrolling interest

    1,474,219  

TOTAL MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (18,384,535 )

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

  $ 7,723,960  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-61


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 
  2016  

Revenue

  $ 46,192,291  

Operating expenses:

       

Compensation and related expenses

    35,246,056  

General and administrative

    5,186,525  

Depreciation and amortization

    237,205  

Total operating expense

    40,669,786  

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

    5,522,505  

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense

    (776,782 )

Other income

    54  

NET INCOME

    4,745,777  

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (111,293 )

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC

    4,634,484  

Other comprehensive income:

       

Unrealized gain on investments

    68  

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC

  $ 4,634,552  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-62


Table of Contents

SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' DEFICIT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 
   
   
   
   
  Series I
through XIII
Restricted Class B
Common Shares
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A
Preferred Shares
  Restricted Class A
Common Shares
  Series I and II
Restricted Class C
Common Shares
  Series I through IV
Incentive
Common Shares
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Number of
Shares
  $0.0001
Amount
  Number of
Shares
  No Par
Value
  Number of
Shares
  $0.02
Amount
  Number of
Shares
  $0.02
Amount
  Number of
Shares
  $0.02
Amounts
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Unearned
Compen-
sation
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Noncon-
trolling
Interest
  Total
Members'
Deficit
 

BALANCE, January 1, 2016

    821,787   $ 87     3,946,692   $     11,089,984   $ 257,202     4,667   $ 93     741,719   $ 14,834   $ 3,952,962   $ 8,332   $ (27,174 ) $ (29,107,158 ) $ 1,362,926   $ (23,537,896 )

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                 

Other comprehensive income

                                                68                 68  

Net income

                                                        4,634,484     111,293     4,745,777  

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                                                                                              4,745,845  

Series I Incentive Common Shares canceled

                                    (7,500 )   (150 )           150              

Series II Incentive Common Shares canceled

                                    (10,000 )   (200 )           200              

Issuance of Series IV Incentive Common Shares

                                    367,500     7,350             (7,350 )            

Conversion of Class C Shares

                    7,742     13     (667 )   (13 )                                

Amortization of unearned compensation

                                                    19,035             19,035  

Contribution

                                                        388,481         388,481  

BALANCE, December 31, 2016

    821,787   $ 87     3,946,692   $     11,097,726   $ 257,215     4,000   $ 80     1,091,719   $ 21,834   $ 3,952,962   $ 8,400   $ (15,139 ) $ (24,084,193 ) $ 1,474,219   $ (18,384,535 )

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-63


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 
  2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

       

Net income

  $ 4,745,777  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    237,205  

Realized gains

    (54 )

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    44,825  

Amortization of unearned compensation

    19,035  

Expense reimbursement agreement expense (Note 4)

    231,874  

Changes in:

       

Restricted cash

    40,000  

Accounts receivable

    (1,037,552 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (444,903 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    195,495  

Accrued compensation and distributions

    1,292,823  

Deferred rent

    (87,901 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    5,236,624  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

       

Redemptions of investments

    302  

Purchase of investments

    (3,000 )

Purchases of property and equipment

    (466,473 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (469,171 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       

Due from affiliates

    (247,849 )

Repayments on long-term debt

    (4,811,769 )

Contributions

    388,481  

Net cash used in financing activities

    (4,671,137 )

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    96,316  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    1,836,239  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

  $ 1,932,555  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 731,958  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-64


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        SCS Financial Services, LLC and Subsidiaries (the "Company"), a Delaware Limited Liability Company, commenced operations on October 1, 2002. The Company is a wealth management firm offering investment management services in both traditional and alternative categories. Other services include tax, trust and estate planning, asset protection, and philanthropic strategy. SCS Capital Management, LLC ("SCS Capital"), is registered as an Investment Advisor with the Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to the Investment Advisor Act of 1940. All investment advisory services of the Company are contracted with SCS Capital.

        During 2012, the Company established a majority owned subsidiary, SCS Financial Partners, LLC ("SCS Partners"). SCS Partners was established to provide investment management solutions to other investment advisors. SCS Financial Services, LLC has a 91% ownership interest in SCS Partners, with the remaining 9% interest held by outside investors. The portion of SCS Partners held by outside investors is accounted for as a non-controlling interest in the consolidated financial statements.

        The Company has a long-term debt agreement with a bank, which financed the purchase of certain outstanding shares of common and preferred stock. Management anticipates servicing the debt with current revenue to cover the future required payments. In the event that future revenue growth is not sufficient to service the debt, management will make the required debt service payments before discretionary distributions are made.

    Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

    Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of SCS Financial Services, LLC, its wholly owned subsidiary, SCS Capital, and its majority owned subsidiary, SCS Partners. All significant intercompany account balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Capital contributions and allocation of income related to the portion of SCS Partners held by outside investors is accounted for as a non-controlling interest in these consolidated financial statements.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly-liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2016, these consist primarily of investments in money market funds.

    Accounts Receivable

        The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its clients and, as a consequence, believes that its accounts receivable credit risk exposure is limited. The factors influencing management's judgment of the collectability of accounts receivable include historical losses, knowledge of the clients' financial condition and current economic conditions. Management has determined that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary. Receivable balances are considered past due when payment is

F-65


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

not consistent with contractual terms. Accounts receivable are written off after it is evident that the collection effort has little or no chance of immediate success.

    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company depreciates its assets on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of three to five years. Routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

    Due from Affiliates

        The Company has amounts due from investment funds affiliated through common management. The amounts represent advances made by the Company for start-up and operational costs totaling $473,474 as of December 31, 2016. No repayment terms have been established. Management considers the outstanding balance fully collectible (see Note 4).

        There were no amounts due to affiliated entities as of December 31, 2016.

    Long-term Debt

        Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line basis over the seven-year term of the debt. At December 31, 2016, debt issuance costs of $312,069 are included in long-term debt, net of accumulated amortization of $110,356. Amortization expense, which is included in interest expense, totaled $44,825 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Fair Value Measurements

        The Company accounts for its investments under the fair value standards, which among other matters, requires enhanced disclosures about investments that are measured and reported at fair value. The fair value measurement standards establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework, which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value. Fair value standards require the Company to classify financial instruments (but for those measured net asset value ("NAV")) into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the valuation

        The Company's investments in affiliated private investment companies are valued, at NAV, without adjustment, as the asset valuations of the investments are calculated in a manner consistent with GAAP for investment companies. The fair value of the investments held in NAV investments totaled $19,273 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Income Taxes

        The Company is treated as a partnership for Federal and state income tax purposes. Consequently, members are taxed individually on their proportionate share of the Company's income or losses. The Company's net income or loss is allocated among the members in accordance with the Company's operating agreement. Therefore, the consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for income taxes.

        The Company accounts for the effect of any uncertain tax positions based on a "more likely than not" threshold to the recognition of the tax positions being sustained based on the technical merits of

F-66


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the position under scrutiny by the applicable taxing authority. If a tax position or positions are deemed to result in uncertainties of those positions, the unrecognized tax benefit is estimated based on a "cumulative probability assessment" that aggregates the estimated tax liability for all uncertain tax positions. Interest and penalties assessed, if any, are accrued as income tax expense. The Company has identified its tax status as a partnership electing to be taxed as a pass through entity as a tax position; however, the Company has determined that such tax position does not result in an uncertainty requiring recognition.

        In addition to its tax status, the Company has other tax positions that have been determined to be highly certain, and therefore, no reserve for unrecognized tax liability is deemed necessary. The Company is not currently under examination by any taxing jurisdiction. The Company's Federal and state income tax returns are generally open for examination for the past 3 years.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company charges management fees on a quarterly basis in advance or arrears for its investment advisory, consulting fees, and other fees based on a percentage of assets under management. Accordingly, management recognizes advisory fees as revenue as the services are performed as long as there is: (1) evidence of an arrangement; (2) a fixed or determinable fee; and (3) reasonable assurance of collectability. Amounts received in advance of the service period are deferred until earned. Additionally, the Company earns performance fees based on the performance of underlying assets. Performance fees are recognized when they are earned.

    Guaranteed Payments to Members

        Guaranteed payments to members that are intended as compensation for services rendered are accounted for as expenses of the Company rather than allocations of Company's net income. Included in guaranteed payments were profit distributions of approximately $19,259,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Advertising Expenses

        The Company expenses advertising and related costs as they are incurred. These expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $475,775.

    Customer Accounts

        The Company's customer account balances are carried directly on the books and records of various custodians. As such, those amounts are not included in these consolidated financial statements.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements used and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Significant estimates include the useful lives of depreciable

F-67


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

assets, valuation of accounts receivable, reserve for uncollectible due from affiliates, and fair value of investments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Reclassifications

        During 2016, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30)—Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, and debt issuance costs are now presented as a reduction of debt on the financial statements.

        During 2016, the Company adopted, FASB ASU 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or its Equivalent) and investments valued at NAV are no longer categorized within the fair value hierarchy. Since ASU 2015-07 will only impact the Company's disclosures, adoption will not affect the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

    Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 27, 2017, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

Note 2—Property and Equipment, Net

        At December 31, 2016, property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

Software

  $ 1,496,346  

Equipment

    917,047  

Furniture and fixtures

    391,789  

Leasehold improvements

    539,825  

    3,345,007  

Less accumulated depreciation

   
2,681,487
 

Property and equipment, net

  $ 663,520  

Note 3—Fair Value and Investments

        At December 31, 2016, investments consist of investments in private investment companies managed by the Company totaling $19,273.

        Gains and losses from these investments are allocated to the Company in accordance with their ownership percentage. During 2016, the Company redeemed a portion of their investments for proceeds of $302 and recognized a realized gain of $54 on the redemption. Unrealized gains on investments of $68 for the year ended December 31, 2016 are reported as separate components of comprehensive income.

F-68


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Commitments

    Leases

        The Company has an agreement to lease office space in Boston through September 2017. At December 31, 2016, the lease calls for monthly lease payments of $60,409, which are adjusted on the anniversary date of the lease each year. The Company is also required to make additional monthly payments of $3,100 for an advance received for construction costs incurred upon commencement of the lease. In addition to minimum monthly lease payments, the lease requires payment of a proportionate share of annual operational costs. Additionally, the Company exercised an option to lease additional office space at the same location at similar rates effective April 2015 through September 2017.

        During 2013, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with a related party, Stone Point Capital LLC ("Stone Point"), for office space located in New York City through October 2018. At December 31, 2016, the lease calls for monthly lease payments of $22,754, which is to be adjusted in 2017. In addition to minimum monthly lease payments, the lease requires payment of a proportionate share of annual operational costs.

        During 2015, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space in Boston beginning 2017 through 2030. Upon commencement of the lease, the monthly payment required will be $114,494 for the first six years of the lease after which it will be adjusted.

        The Company has two equipment leases that expire in 2018 with total monthly payments due of approximately $1,047.

        As of December 31, 2016, the future minimum rental commitments are as follows:

2017

  $ 1,527,137  

2018

    1,626,347  

2019

    1,373,925  

2020

    1,373,925  

2021

    1,373,925  

Thereafter

    12,754,604  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 20,029,863  

        The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between rental payments made under the lease and rent expense calculated on the straight-line basis is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred rent. For the year ended December 31, 2016, rent expense was $1,304,011.

    Letters of Credit

        In conjunction with two of the Company's leases for office space, the Company has letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2016 with a bank in the amounts of $250,000 and $995,205, in lieu of providing a security deposit to the landlord. The $250,000 letter of credit, which expires on December 30, 2017, is backed in full with cash deposits held by the bank, which is recorded as restricted cash at December 31, 2016. The $995,205 letter of credit was issued during 2015 and is backed by availability under the line of credit (Note 5) and expires December 1, 2029.

F-69


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Commitments (Continued)

    Expense Reimbursement Agreement

        The Company has entered into an expense limitation agreement with an investment fund under common control (the "Fund"). The agreement requires the Company to absorb ordinary operating expenses of the Fund to the extent necessary so that the annual operating expenses of the Fund do not exceed its expense limit, which is 2.5% of assets under management. If, at a future date, the operating expenses of the Fund are less than its expense limit, the Company shall be entitled to reimbursement of the prior amount of expenses paid for up to a three-year period from when the expenses were paid. During 2016, the Company and the board of directors of the Fund have mutually agreed to close the Fund and cease all collections on remaining amounts due from the Fund. All outstanding amounts due from the Fund were recognized as expense during 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company incurred expenses of $231,874 associated with this receivable.

Note 5—Debt

    Long-Term Debt

        During July 2014, the Company entered into a $30,000,000 term loan with a bank. The proceeds were distributed to members, net of closing costs and the repayment of existing debt. Interest is payable monthly equal to the Prime Rate less 0.25% (3.50% at December 31, 2016). Principal payments are due in the amount of $1,104,059 on January 30 th  and October 31 st  each year and $2,215,171 is due on July 31 st  each year through the maturity date of July 2, 2021. Additionaly, during 2016 the Company made an additional principal payment of $388,481, which represented proceeds of the debt returned by individuals who are no longer members of the Company (Note 6). All of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral against the long-term debt.

        During November 2016, the Company entered into a term loan with a bank in the principal amount of $3,500,000. The Company can request borrowings on this loan up to the principal through August 21, 2017. Interest is payable monthly equal to the greater of the Prime Rate less 0.625% or 1.50% (3.13% at December 31, 2016). The loan will mature on November 21, 2023. The proceeds of this loan are to be used for the purpose of the build-out of the new Boston office space to be occupied in 2017 (Note 4). As of December 31, 2016, no amounts have been borrowed on this loan. The long-term debt agreement contains certain restrictive covenants, which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2016.

        As of December 31, 2016, future principal maturities on long-term debt are as follows:

2017

    4,423,289  

2018

    4,423,289  

2019

    4,423,289  

2020

    4,423,289  

2021

    1,819,639  

Total

    19,512,795  

Less current portion of long-term debt

   
(4,423,289

)

Less debt issuance costs

    (201,713 )

Long-term debt, net

  $ 14,887,793  

F-70


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5—Debt (Continued)

        Interest expense was $731,958 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

        The Company has a revolving line of credit with a financial institution with a principal amount of $6,000,000. During May 2015, the line of credit was modified to allow the Company to execute letters of credits in aggregate amounts up to an additional $1,000,000. All letters of credit subsequently issued will reduce the amount of the commitment by the aggregate face amount of such letters of credit and all payments made by the financial institution in connection with the letter of credit will constitute an advance on the line of credit. During September 2015, the line of credit was modified again to increase the principal amount to $6,000,000. The maturity date is November 21, 2017. Management intends to extend the line of credit under similar terms in advance of its expiration. Available borrowings on the line of credit were $5,004,795 at December 31, 2016. The revolving line of credit charges interest at the LIBOR plus 2.25% (3.10% at December 31, 2016). The revolving line of credit is collateralized by all assets of the Company. The revolving line of credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants, which the Company was in compliance with at December 31, 2016.

Note 6—Members' Equity

        Pursuant to the second amended and restated limited liability agreement of the Company dated January 29, 2013 the Company had the authority to issue 21,763,199 shares consisting of the following: 20,000,000 Common Shares, 1,000,000 Series A Preferred Shares and 763,199 Incentive Shares.

        During October 2012, Stone Point, via Trident SCS Holdings, Inc., acquired a minority equity stake in the Company through the purchase of 3,610,694 Restricted Class A Common Shares. Stone Point is a private equity firm, which makes investments in businesses within the global financial services industry. Stone Point provides investment advisory services directly and through certain affiliated entities to five private equity funds—the Trident Funds—including Trident V, LP fund, through which the investment in SCS Financial was made. As part of the transaction, Stone Point obtained one board seat on the Company's Board of Directors.

        During July 2014, the Company paid out discretionary distributions to all members of participating shares. Such distributions were paid out with the proceeds received on the long term debt agreement entered into in 2014 (see Note 5) and is subject to repayment from members who are also employees of the Company in the event that their employment terminates prior to the Company's repayment of all amounts outstanding on the debt. During the year ended December 31, 2016, there were two members that were also employees that terminated employment with the Company and as a result paid a total of $388,481 as contributions to the Company as repayment of the respective portions of this distribution that were due back.

        Pursuant to the third amended and restated limited liability agreement of the Company dated August 29, 2013 (the "Agreement"), the Company has the authority to issue 29,137,418 shares consisting of the following: 26,500,000 Common Shares, 1,000,000 Preferred Shares and 1,637,418 Incentive Shares. The Agreement states that in the event that the Company issues any Class B Common shares, the Company shall immediately issue Stone Point concurrently the number of Class A Common Shares necessary for Stone Point to maintain its minority stake. These additional shares issued also automatically increase the authorized number of Class A Common Shares pursuant to the Agreement. During 2015, as a result of a decrease in outstanding Class B Common shares, and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company decreased the amount of Class A shares issued and outstanding by 2,500, in order for Stone Point to maintain its minority stake. As described in the

F-71


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Members' Equity (Continued)

Agreement, this issuance automatically adjusted the authorized Common Shares to 26,835,998 at December 31, 2015. There were no adjustments to the Class A shares in 2016.

        The Company has repurchase rights with respect to outstanding shares. Each series of outstanding shares, except for series 12, has a minimum valuation that must be met in order for the outstanding shares to be redeemed for value. The fair value of outstanding shares at the time of purchase is determined by the Board of Directors of the Company by applying a valuation methodology consistent with industry standards, which takes into account the illiquid nature of the outstanding shares.

    Series A Preferred Shares

        The Agreement authorizes 1,000,000 preferred shares, which were designated by the Company as Series A Preferred Shares ("the Preferred Shares"). At December 31, 2016, 821,787 Preferred Shares were issued and outstanding.

        The holders of the Preferred Shares have the following rights:

            Dividends

        The holders of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive dividends when, and if, declared by the Board of Directors at the same rate as dividends declared for other participating shares. No dividends were declared for the year ended December 31, 2016.

            Voting

        The holders of Preferred Shares shall be entitled, pursuant to the Bylaws, to one vote for each share held by such member on any matter presented to the members for their action or consideration.

            Liquidation

        In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Series A preferred shares then outstanding shall be entitled to receive out of the net assets available for distribution to members, of the available amount after any distributable proceeds are allocated to certain members pursuant to the Agreement, prior and in preference to any other distribution, an amount equal to: (i) $2.00 per each Series A preferred share minus, (ii) any capital distributions paid prior to liquidation, plus (iii) any dividends declared but unpaid.

    Common Shares

        Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company has designated 8,390,998 common shares as restricted Class A common shares (the "Class A shares"), 13,445,000 common shares as restricted Class B common shares (the "Class B shares") and 5,000,000 common shares as restricted Class C common shares (the "Class C shares").

F-72


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Members' Equity (Continued)

        The holders of the Common Shares have the following rights:

            Dividends

        The holders of Common Shares shares shall be entitled to receive dividends when, and if, declared by the Board of Directors at the same rate as dividends declared for other participating shares. No dividends were declared for the year ended December 31, 2016.

            Voting

        The holders of Common Shares shall be entitled, pursuant to the Bylaws, to one vote for each share held by such member on any matter presented to the members for their action or consideration.

            Liquidation

        In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to participate with each other class and series of common shares, each class and series of preferred shares and each class and series of incentive shares in any capital distribution or any distribution in connection with the liquidation of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

    Restricted Class A Common Shares

        At December 31, 2016, 3,946,692, shares were issued and outstanding.

    Restricted Class B Common Shares

        Of the total designated Class B shares, 11,538,299 were designated as Series I through Series XIII, of which 11,097,726 Shares are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016. The Class B shares vest over a period of four years from vesting commencement date, except for the Series XII shares which have no vesting requirement. At December 31, 2016, 11,085,837 of the issued and outstanding Class B Common Shares are vested.

        Effective January 1, 2014 the Company implemented the 2014 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"). The plan is intended to allow for the purchase and ownership of Class B Common Shares of the Company by certain employees of the Company as an employment incentive. The Board of Directors of the Company have the authority under the Purchase Plan to determine the number of shares to be offered for purchase and to any one employee, determine the fair market value of the shares offered for purchase adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the Purchase Plan. The shares available for purchase under the Purchase Plan shall be newly issued Class B common shares and Class B common shares that have been redeemed, repurchased or acquired from members by the Company.

        The Company did not repurchase any shares under the Purchase Plan during the year ended December 31, 2016.

        During 2016, the Company recorded amortization of unearned compensation totaling $14,607 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which has been recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Such expense was based on the fair value of the Series XI

F-73


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Members' Equity (Continued)

Common Shares (determined by management to be approximately $0.02 per share at the time of issuance). Series I through X were fully amortized prior to 2016.

    Restricted Class C Common Shares

        In connection with the opening of the Company's New York City office ("SCS NY") the Company established Class C shares. The Company designated 5,000,000 common shares as Class C shares, which will be tied to the performance of SCS NY and are mandatorily convertible to Class B shares based on a pre-determined schedule. Class C shares vest over a period of four years from the vesting commencement date. At December 31, 2016 1,334 of the issued and outstanding Class C Common Shares are vested.

            Series I Class C Common Shares

        During 2014, the Company issued 4,000 shares of Series I Class C shares for no proceeds. During 2016, the Company recorded amortization of unearned compensation totaling $40 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which has been recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Such expense was based on the fair value of the Series I Class C shares (determined by management to be approximately $0.02 per share at the time of issuance).

            Series II Class C Common Shares

        During 2015, the Company issued 2,000 shares of Series I Class C shares for no proceeds. During 2016, in accordance with the Agreement, 667 of the unvested Series I Class C Common Shares converted to 7,742 unvested Class B Common Shares.

    Incentive Shares

        The holders of the Incentive Shares have the following rights:

            Dividends

        The holders of Incentive Shares shall be entitled to receive dividends when, and if, declared by the Board of Directors at the same rate as dividends declared for other participating shares provided; however, that the shares have become participating incentive shares in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. No dividends were declared for the year ended December 31, 2016.

            Voting

        The holders of Incentive Shares shall be entitled, pursuant to the Bylaws, to one vote for each share held by such member on any matter presented to the members for their action or consideration.

            Liquidation

        In the event of any liquidation, the holders of Incentive Shares shall be entitled to participate with each other class and series of common shares, each class and series of preferred shares and each class and series of incentive shares in any capital distribution or any distribution in connection with the liquidation of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement provided; however, that the shares have become participating incentive shares in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

F-74


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Members' Equity (Continued)

        Of the total designated incentive shares, 1,167,500 were designated as Series I through Series IV, of which 1,091,719 shares are issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016. The Incentive shares vest over a period of four years from vesting commencement date. At December 31, 2016, 338,750 of the issued and outstanding Incentive Shares are vested.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, 111,875 of the Series I Incentive Shares vested and 107,500 of the Series II Incentive Shares vested. As a result, the Company recorded amortization of unearned compensation totaling $4,388 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which has been recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Such expense was based on the fair value of the Series I and Series II Incentive Shares (determined by management to be approximately $0.02 per share at the time of issuance). Additionally, the Company canceled 7,500 Series I Incentive Shares and 10,000 Series II Incentive Shares and reduced unearned compensation by $350 of unamortized unearned compensation on the canceled shares.

        During 2016, 367,500 Series IV Incentive Shares were issued for no proceeds and all were outstanding at December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the Company recorded $7,350 in unearned compensation during 2016. Such expense was based on the fair value of the Series IV Incentive Shares (determined by the Board of Directors to be approximately $0.02 per share at the time of issuance). None of the incentive shares for this series were vested as of December 31, 2016 and, therefore, no unearned compensation has been amortized.

Note 7—Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts and a money market account, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

        Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the number of clients and their financial strength. At December 31, 2016, three clients account for approximately 47% of the accounts receivable balance.

        From time to time, the Company is subject to revenue concentration risks. For the year ended December 31, 2016 there were no revenue concentrations.

Note 8—Retirement Plan

        The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of its employees. Contributions are determined annually by the Company's management. During 2016, the Company matched 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 2% of participant contributions. Contribution expense was approximately $401,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

F-75


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

 
  June 30,  
 
  2016   2017  

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,704,735   $ 5,678,507  

Accounts receivable

    2,628,349     2,211,564  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    489,653     1,156,491  

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

    8,822,737     9,046,562  

Property and equipment, net

    613,722     893,838  

Restricted cash

    250,000     250,000  

Investments, at fair value

    19,452     21,159  

Due from affiliates and other assets

    549,792     956,100  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 10,255,703   $ 11,167,659  

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accrued compensation and distributions

  $ 8,240,008   $ 9,624,095  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    182,206     110,200  

Deferred revenue

    470,336     423,824  

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,423,289     4,423,289  

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    13,315,839     14,581,408  

Long-term debt, net

    18,573,091     13,806,146  

Deferred rent

    189,769     35,365  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    32,078,699     28,422,919  

Members' deficit:

             

SCS Financial Services, LLC members' deficit:

             

Series A Preferred Shares, $.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized and 821,787 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2017

    87     87  

Restricted Class A Common Shares, no par value; 8,390,998 shares authorized, 3,946,692 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2017

         

Restricted Class B Common Shares, $.02 par value; 13,445,000 shares authorized and 11,089,984 and 11,097,726 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively

    257,202     257,215  

Restricted Class C Common Shares, $.02 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, 4,667 and 4,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively

    93     80  

Incentive Common Shares, $.02 par value; 1,637,418 shares authorized, 1,091,719 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2017

    21,834     21,834  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,952,962     3,952,962  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    8,332     8,400  

Unearned compensation

    (34,174 )   (15,139 )

Accumulated deficit

    (27,458,419 )   (23,021,079 )

TOTAL SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (23,252,083 )   (18,795,640 )

Noncontrolling interest

    1,429,087     1,540,380  

TOTAL MEMBERS' DEFICIT

    (21,822,996 )   (17,255,260 )

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' DEFICIT

  $ 10,255,703   $ 11,167,659  

   

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-76


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2016   2017  

Revenue

  $ 22,675,068   $ 24,721,933  

Operating expenses:

             

Compensation and related expenses

    18,239,045     20,598,734  

General and administrative

    2,579,980     2,520,426  

Depreciation and amortization

    123,303     114,719  

Total operating expense

    20,942,328     23,233,879  

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

    1,732,740     1,488,054  

Other income (expense):

             

Interest expense

    (406,829 )   (362,684 )

Other income

    508     3,905  

NET INCOME

    1,326,419     1,129,275  

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

    (66,161 )   (66,161 )

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC

  $ 1,260,258   $ 1,063,114  

Other comprehensive income:

             

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC

  $ 1,260,258   $ 1,063,114  

   

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-77


Table of Contents

SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' DEFICIT

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

 
  Series A
Preferred Shares
  Restricted
Class A
Common Shares
  Series I through XIII
Restricted Class B
Common Shares
  Series I and II
Restricted Class C
Common Shares
  Series I through IV
Incentive
Common Shares
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Number
of Shares
  $0.0001
Amount
  Number
of Shares
  No Par
Value
  Number
of Shares
  $0.02 and
$10.85
Amount
  Number
of Shares
  $0.02
Amount
  Number
of Shares
  $0.02
Amounts
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Unearned
Compensation
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Members'
Deficit
 

BALANCE, January 1, 2016

    821,787   $ 87     3,946,692   $     11,089,984   $ 257,202     4,667   $ 93     741,719   $ 14,834   $ 3,952,962   $ 8,332   $ (27,174 ) $ (29,107,158 ) $ 1,362,926   $ (23,537,896 )

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                 

Net income

                                                        1,260,258     66,161     1,326,419  

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                                                                                              1,326,419  

Series I Incentive Common Shares canceled

                                    (7,500 )   (150 )           150              

Series II Incentive Common Shares canceled

                                    (10,000 )   (200 )           200              

Issuance of Series III Incentive Common Shares

                                    367,500     7,350             (7,350 )            

Contributions

                                                        388,481         388,481  

BALANCE, June 30, 2016

    821,787   $ 87     3,946,692   $     11,089,984   $ 257,202     4,667   $ 93     1,091,719   $ 21,834   $ 3,952,962   $ 8,332   $ (34,174 ) $ (27,458,419 ) $ 1,429,087   $ (21,882,996 )

BALANCE, January 1, 2017

    821,787   $ 87     3,946,692   $     11,097,726   $ 257,215     4,000   $ 80     1,091,719   $ 21,834   $ 3,952,962   $ 8,400   $ (15,139 ) $ (24,084,193 ) $ 1,474,219   $ (18,384,535 )

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                 

Net income

                                                        1,063,114     66,161     1,129,275  

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                                                                                              1,129,275  

BALANCE, June 30, 2017

    821,787   $ 87     3,946,692   $     11,097,726   $ 257,215     4,000   $ 80     1,091,719   $ 21,834   $ 3,952,962   $ 8,400   $ (15,139 ) $ (23,021,079 ) $ 1,540,380   $ (17,255,260 )

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-78


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2016   2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Net income

  $ 1,326,419   $ 1,129,275  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    123,303     114,719  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    22,413     22,413  

Changes in:

             

Accounts receivable

    (420,717 )   1,033,620  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    205,398     (16,537 )

Restricted cash

    40,000      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (153,236 )   (420,737 )

Accrued compensation

    3,380,781     3,472,045  

Deferred revenue

    470,336     423,824  

Deferred rent

    (12,558 )   (79,061 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    4,982,139     5,679,561  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             

Redemptions of investments

        114  

Purchase of investments

    (2,999 )   (2,000 )

Purchases of property and equipment

    (302,773 )   (345,037 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (305,772 )   (346,923 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Due from affiliates and other assets

    (92,293 )   (482,626 )

Repayments on long-term debt

    (1,104,059 )   (1,104,060 )

Contributions

    388,481      

Net cash used in financing activities

    (807,871 )   (1,586,686 )

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    3,868,496     3,745,952  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    1,836,239     1,932,555  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

  $ 5,704,735   $ 5,678,507  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 386,968   $ 340,271  

   

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-79


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        SCS Financial Services, LLC and Subsidiaries (the "Company"), a Delaware Limited Liability Company, commenced operations on October 1, 2002. The Company is a wealth management firm offering investment management services in both traditional and alternative categories. Other services include tax, trust and estate planning, asset protection, and philanthropic strategy. SCS Capital Management, LLC ("SCS Capital"), is registered as an Investment Advisor with the Securities and Exchange Commission, subject to the Investment Advisor Act of 1940. All investment advisory services of the Company are contracted with SCS Capital.

        During 2012, the Company established a majority owned subsidiary, SCS Financial Partners, LLC ("SCS Partners"). SCS Partners was established to provide investment management solutions to other investment advisers. SCS Financial Services, LLC has a 91% ownership interest in SCS Partners, with the remaining 9% interest held by outside investors. The portion of SCS Partners held by outside investors is accounted for as a non-controlling interest in the consolidated financial statements.

        The Company had a long-term debt agreement with a bank, which financed the purchase of certain outstanding shares of common and preferred stock in 2010. In the event that future revenue growth is not sufficient to service the debt, management will make the required debt service payments before discretionary distributions are made.

    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") for interim financial statements and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for fair presentation have been included. The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements include the accounts of SCS Financial Services, LLC, its wholly owned subsidiary, SCS Capital, and its majority owned subsidiary, SCS Partners. Capital contributions and allocation of income related to the portion of SCS Partners held by outside investors is accounted for as a non-controlling interest in these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. These unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2016.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements used and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Significant estimates include the useful lives of depreciable assets, valuation of accounts receivable, reserve for uncollectible due from affiliates, and fair value of investments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-80


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 20, 2018. During July 2017, the Company was acquired by Focus Financial Partners, LLC. In conjunction with this transaction, all of the Company's debt was paid in full.

Note 2—Debt

    Long-Term Debt

        During July 2014, the Company entered into a $30,000,000 term loan with a bank. The proceeds were distributed to shareholders, net of closing costs and the repayment of existing debt. Interest is payable monthly equal to the Prime Rate less 0.25% (4.0% at June 30, 2017). Principal payments were due in the amount of $1,104,059 on January 30 th  and October 31 st  each year and $2,215,171 was due on July 31 st  each year through the maturity date of July 2, 2021. All of the Company's assets were pledged as collateral against the long-term debt.

        As of June 30, 2017, the calendar year principal maturities on long-term debt are as follows:

2017

    3,319,230  

2018

    4,423,289  

2019

    4,423,289  

2020

    4,423,289  

2021

    1,819,638  

Total

    18,408,735  

Less current portion of long-term debt

    (4,423,289 )

Less debt issuance costs

    (179,300 )

Long-term debt

  $ 13,806,146  

        Interest expense was $384,416 and $340,271 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

    Revolving Line of Credit

        The Company had a revolving line of credit with a financial institution with a principal amount of $6,000,000. During May 2015, the line of credit was modified to allow the Company to execute letters of credits in aggregate amounts up to an additional $1,000,000. All letters of credit subsequently issued reduce the amount of the commitment by the aggregate face amount of such letters of credit and all payments made by the financial institution in connection with the letter of credit constitute an advance on the line of credit. During September 2015, the line of credit was modified again to increase the principal amount to $6,000,000. The maturity date was November 21, 2017. Available borrowings on the line of credit were $6,000,000 at June 30 2017. The revolving line of credit charged interest at the LIBOR plus 2.25%. The revolving line of credit was collateralized by all assets of the Company. All of the above indebtedness was paid in full in July 2017 (see Note 1 Subsequent Events).

F-81


Table of Contents


SCS FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts and a money market account, which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

        Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the number of clients and their financial strength. At June 30, 2016 and 2017, three clients account for approximately 67% and four clients account for approximately 68% of the accounts receivable balance, respectively.

        From time to time, the Company is subject to revenue concentration risks. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, there were no revenue concentrations.

F-82


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

        The following terms are used throughout this prospectus:

        Appropriate Conversion Number.     A number of common units equal to (i) the number of such incentive units times the gross IPO price, minus the aggregate hurdle amount of such incentive units, divided by (ii) the gross IPO price.

        Blockers.     Direct or indirect owners of preferred units that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Commission-based.     Commission-based revenue is derived from commissions paid by clients or payments from third parties for sales of investment or insurance products.

        Continuing Owners.     Existing owners who will hold common units or incentive units in Focus LLC after the reorganization transactions, including common units converted from preferred units.

        Exchanging Owners.     The term we use to refer to mandatorily exchanging owners, optionally exchanging owners and PE exchanging owners, together.

        Existing Owners.     The owners of the existing equity interests in Focus LLC, which primarily include affiliates of our private equity investors, members of management, current and former principals and current and former employees of us and our partner firms.

        Fee-based.     Fee-based services are those for which a partner firm primarily charges a fee directly to the client for wealth management services or recordkeeping and administration services rather than being primarily compensated through commissions from third parties for recommending financial products.

        Fiduciary Duty.     A fiduciary duty is a legal duty to act in another party's interests, with utmost good faith, to make full and fair disclosure of all material facts and to exercise all reasonable care to avoid misleading clients.

        GAAP.     Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        Gross IPO Price.     The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock.

        High Net Worth.     High net worth individuals are generally defined in the financial industry as those with liquid financial assets, excluding primary residence, in excess of $1 million.

        Hybrid RIA Firm.     A hybrid RIA firm is an advisor that can act either in a fiduciary-based advisory capacity or a suitability-based broker capacity.

        Lift Out.     The circumstance when a group of wealth management professionals, already working as a team, seeks to leave their current employer and join another employer or start their own RIA firm.

        Mandatorily Exchanging Owners.     Existing owners who are accredited investors and hold fewer than 85,000 common units and incentive units in the aggregate.

        Net IPO Price.     The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock, less the underwriting discount.

        Open Architecture.     An investment platform that grants clients access to a wide range of investment funds and products offered by third parties. By contrast, a closed architecture is an investment platform that grants clients access only to proprietary investment funds and products.

A-1


Table of Contents

        Optionally Exchanging Owners.     Existing owners who are accredited investors, hold 85,000 or more common units and incentive units in the aggregate and elect to exchange all or a portion of their remaining common units and incentive units.

        Partnership.     The term we use to refer to our business and relationship with our partner firms. It is not intended to describe a particular form of legal entity or a legal relationship.

        Partner Firm.     The term we use to refer to our consolidated subsidiaries engaged in wealth management and related services, the businesses of which are typically managed by the principals.

        PE exchanging owners.     Existing owners affiliated with certain of our private equity investors that will transfer a portion of their common units to Focus in exchange for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock.

        Principals.     The term we use to refer to the wealth management professionals who manage the businesses of our partner firms pursuant to the relevant management agreement.

        Private Equity Investors.     The term we use to refer to Stone Point Capital LLC, KKR and Centerbridge Partners, L.P.

        Recurring Fees.     Fees for services charged to a client on a regular ongoing basis so long as such services are provided.

        Registered Investment Advisor or RIA.     A firm that is registered with the SEC pursuant to the Advisers Act.

        Wealth Management.     Comprehensive professional services that combine investment advice, financial and tax planning, consulting, tax return preparation, family office services and other services that help clients achieve their objectives regarding accumulation, preservation and distribution of long-term wealth.

        Wirehouse.     Brokerage firm that provides a full range of investment, research, trading and wealth management services to clients. The term originated prior to the advent of modern wireless communications, when brokerage firms were connected to their branches primarily through telephone and telegraph wires.

A-2


Table of Contents

 

        Through and including                        , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

            Shares

LOGO

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

Class A Common Stock



P R E L I M I N A R Y    P R O S P E C T U S



Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

BofA Merrill Lynch

KKR

BMO Capital Markets

RBC Capital Markets

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

Fifth Third Securities

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
                               
A Stifel Company

MUFG

Raymond James

Regions Securities LLC

William Blair

                        , 2018


Table of Contents


Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding the underwriting discount and commissions and excluding the $9.8 million costs associated with the 2017 delayed offering) payable by us in connection with the registration of the Class A common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

SEC registration fee

  $              *

FINRA filing fee

                 *

NASDAQ listing fee

                 *

Accounting fees and expenses

                 *

Legal fees and expenses

                 *

Printing expenses

                 *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

                 *

Miscellaneous

                 *

Total

  $              *

*
To be provided by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions (i.e., actions by or in the right of the corporation), except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except liability:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to our company or our shareholders;

    for any act or omission not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the DGCL regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

        In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our current directors and officers containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. The indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and officers.

        We intend to maintain liability insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities, including certain liabilities under arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, which may be incurred by them in their capacity as such.

        Also, our directors nominated by Stone Point and KKR may be indemnified by such entities on a secondary basis and covered by insurance policies maintained by such firms.

        The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        On October 5, 2015, the registrant issued 10 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Mr. Adolf in exchange for $100. The issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

        (a)   

EXHIBIT INDEX

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.3   Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with Non-Private Equity Investors
        
  10.4   Form of Nomination Agreement with Stone Point Capital LLC
        
  10.5   Form of Nomination Agreement with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
        
  10.6 Form of Focus Financial Partners Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan
        
  10.7 * First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017 among Focus Financial Partners, LLC, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as revolver administrative agent for the Lenders, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and Royal Bank of Canada, as term administrative agent for the Lenders
        
  10.8 * Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2018 among Focus Financial Partners,  LLC, Royal Bank of Canada, as term administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders party thereto
        
  10.9 * Amendment No. 2 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2018 among Focus Financial Partners, LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as term administrative agent and collateral agent
        
  10.10 * Amendment No. 3 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2018 among Focus Financial Partners,  LLC, Royal Bank of Canada, as term administrative agent and collateral agent, and the Lenders Party thereto
        
  10.11   Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2018 among Focus Financial Partners, LLC, Royal Bank of Canada, as term administrative agent and collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A., as revolver administrative agent and L/C Issuer, and the Lenders parter thereto
        
  10.12 * Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017 among Focus Financial Partners, LLC, the Lenders party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the Lenders and collateral agent
        
  10.13 * Amendment No. 1 to Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2018 among Focus Financial Partners,  LLC and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the Lenders and collateral agent
        
  10.14 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Ruediger Adolf and Focus Financial Partners, LLC
        
  10.15 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Rajini Sundar Kodialam and Focus Financial Partners, LLC
        
  10.16 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between James Shanahan and Focus Financial Partners, LLC
        
  10.17 Form of Incentive Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Operating Agreement dated as of July 3, 2017, as amended
        
  10.18 Form of Restricted Unit Award Agreement pursuant to the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Operating Agreement dated as of July 3, 2017, as amended
        
  10.19   Form of Indemnification Agreement
        
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries of Focus Financial Partners Inc.
        
  23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
   

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  23.2   Consent of Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.
        
  23.3   Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
        
  23.4   Consent of Cerulli Associates, Inc.
        
  23.5 * Consent of IBISWorld Inc.
        
  24.1 * Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement)
        
  99.1 * Consent of Director Nominee, Fayez S. Muhtadie
        
  99.2 * Consent of Director Nominee, Christopher J. Harrington
        
  99.3 * Consent of Director Nominee, Rajini Sundar Kodialam
        
  99.4 * Consent of Director Nominee, James D. Carey
        
  99.5 * Consent of Director Nominee, Deborah D. McWhinney
        
  99.6 * Consent of Director Nominee, Noah Gottdiener

*
Previously filed.

Compensatory plan or arrangement.

        (b)   Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, not required or included in the financial statements or the notes thereto included in the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on June 29, 2018.

    FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RUEDIGER ADOLF

        Name:   Ruediger Adolf
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 29, 2018.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ RUEDIGER ADOLF

Ruediger Adolf
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ JAMES SHANAHAN

James Shanahan

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

II-5




Exhibit 1 .1

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[          ] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

Dated: [       ], 2018

 



 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[          ] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[         ], 2018

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
200 West Street
New York, New York 10282-2198

 

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Operating LLC”), agree with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch and Goldman are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the issuance and sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Class A Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [       ] additional shares of Class A Common Stock.  The aforesaid [       ] shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [       ] shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”  The shares of Class A Common Stock and the shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Class B Common Stock”) to be outstanding immediately after the Closing Time (as defined below) are herein called, collectively, the “Common Stock.”  In connection with  the Closing Time, the Company will complete a series of reorganization transactions (the “Reorganization”) as described under the heading “Internal Reorganization” in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (each as defined below).  In connection with the Reorganization and the offering

 

2



 

contemplated by this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), the Company will become the sole managing member of the Operating LLC, and will directly own a [  ]% membership interest in the Operating LLC consisting of common units of the Operating LLC.  Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this Agreement to the “Transactions” shall include the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (as defined below) and the Reorganization.  In connection with the Reorganization, the offering contemplated by this Agreement and the Transactions, and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) the Company will enter into a tax receivable agreement with certain investors in the Operating LLC (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), (b) the Company will enter into a registration rights agreement with certain investors in the Operating LLC (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), (c) the operating agreement of the Operating LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, add the Company as a member of the Operating LLC and designate the Company as the sole managing member of the Operating LLC (as so amended and restated, the “Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement”) and (d) the certificate of incorporation of the Company will be amended and restated (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).  This Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents.”

 

The Company has arranged for Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC, Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services LLC, and Canaccord Genuity Corp., together with its affiliate, Canaccord Genuity LLC (collectively, the “DSP Manager”), to administer a directed share program, under which [      ] shares of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”) at the initial public offering price, as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), including without limitation FINRA Rule 5130(d), and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations, as set forth in the Prospectus.  To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 8:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of this Agreement, or such other time as shall be mutually agreed by the Company and the DSP Manager, such Reserved Securities shall be allocated to other Invitees up to the maximum amount of their confirmed order or otherwise offered to the public by the Underwriters as part of the public offering contemplated hereby as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-225166), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).  Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations.  The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.”  Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.”  Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was distributed to investors after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus”, and references herein to “the most recent preliminary prospectus” refer to the preliminary prospectus dated [    ], 2018, which is the most recent preliminary prospectus distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time.  The final prospectus that discloses the public offering price, other Rule 430A Information and other final terms of the Securities and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the 1933 Act, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.”  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any

 

3



 

amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [    ]:00 [P./A.]M., New York City time, on [       ], 2018 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), relating to the Securities, including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

 

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

 

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405.

 

SECTION 1.                             Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties by the Company and the Operating LLC .  Each of the Company and the Operating LLC, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)                                      Registration Statement and Prospectuses .  Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act.  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s and the Operating LLC’s knowledge, threatened by the

 

4



 

Commission.  The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.  Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.  Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T of the 1933 Act (“Regulation S-T”).

 

(ii)                                   Accurate Disclosure .  Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  As of the Applicable Time, [neither / none of] (A) the General Disclosure Package [nor] (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package [and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication,] when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Operating LLC by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.  For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be [the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution”] in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii)                                Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.  The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

5



 

(iv)                               Testing-the-Waters Materials .  Neither the Company nor the Operating LLC (A) has engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company and the Operating LLC reconfirm that the Representatives have been authorized to act on their behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.  Neither the Company nor the Operating LLC has distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule [  ] hereto.

 

(v)                                  Company Not Ineligible Issuer .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405.

 

(vi)                               Emerging Growth Company Status.   From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

(vii)                            Independent Accountants .  (A) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who audited certain financial statements of the Company and the Operating LLC included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and the Operating LLC as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and (B) Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., who audited certain financial statements of SCS Financial Services LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively, “SCS”) included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to SCS as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(viii)                         Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures .  The historical financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related notes, present fairly the financial position of the entities purported to be shown at the dates indicated and the statements of income, members’ deficit and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The summary historical financial data included under the caption “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data”  and the selected historical financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited and unaudited financial statements, except as described  therein.  The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of Regulation S-X of the 1933 Act (“Regulation S-X”) with respect to pro forma financial

 

6



 

statements and have been properly compiled, in all material respects, on the basis described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the pro forma adjustments used therein are appropriate, in all material respects, to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.  Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations.  All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act (“Regulation S-K”), to the extent applicable.

 

(ix)                               No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C)  there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or the Operating LLC on any class of its capital stock, in each case, other than in connection with the Reorganization or as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(x)                                  Good Standing of the Company and the Operating LLC .  The Company and the Operating LLC have been duly organized and are validly existing as a corporation and limited liability company, respectively, in each case in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and have corporate or similar power and authority to own or lease their properties and to conduct their business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and the Company and the Operating LLC are duly qualified as a foreign corporation and limited liability company, respectively, to transact business and are in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi)                               Good Standing of Subsidiaries .  Each “significant subsidiary” (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) of the Company after giving effect to the Reorganization (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), other than the Operating LLC, has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, immediately following the Reorganization, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or limited liability company interests of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and will

 

7



 

be validly issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable (except as such non-assessability may be limited by Sections 18-303, 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act) and will be owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity (other than those arising under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement (collectively, the “Credit Agreement”), each dated as of July 3, 2017, among the Operating LLC and certain subsidiaries, and Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent and the other lenders party thereto, each as amended).  None of the outstanding shares of capital stock or limited liability company interests of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary.  The only subsidiaries of the Company are (A) the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement and (B) certain other subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.

 

(xii)                            Capitalization .  As of March 30, 2018 and after giving effect to the  Reorganization and the issuance of the Initial Securities, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the authorized and issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company would be as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column with the heading entitled “Pro Forma” under the caption “Capitalization”.  The shares of capital stock of the Company to be outstanding immediately following the Reorganization have been duly authorized and immediately following the Reorganization will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.  None of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be outstanding immediately following the Reorganization will have been issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company or the Operating LLC.

 

(xiii)                         Authorization of Agreement .  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Operating LLC.

 

(xiv)                        Authorization and Description of Securities .  The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company or the Operating LLC.  The Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same.

 

(xv)                           Descriptions of the Transactions and Transaction Documents .  The statements made in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the Transaction Documents constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such Transaction Documents in all material respects.

 

(xvi)                        Registration Rights .  There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement other than those rights that have been waived or that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xvii)                     Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither the Company, the Operating LLC nor any of their respective subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or

 

8



 

similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company, the Operating LLC or any such subsidiary is subject (collectively, the “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, therein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company and the Operating LLC with their respective obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (A) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries or (B) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except for, in the case of (B), such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries.

 

(xviii)                  Absence of Labor Dispute .  No labor dispute with the employees of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating LLC, is imminent, and neither the Company nor the Operating LLC is aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal service providers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xix)                        Absence of Proceedings .  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating LLC, threatened against or affecting the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company, the Operating

 

9



 

LLC or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xx)                           Accuracy of Exhibits .  There are no contracts or documents which are required pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(xxi)                        Absence of Further Requirements .  No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company or the Operating LLC of their respective obligations hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, except (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws, the rules of FINRA or the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities are offered and (B) that, if not obtained would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of the Company or the Operating LLC to consummate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

(xxii)                     Possession of Licenses and Permits .  The Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business in the manner described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company, the Operating LLC nor any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiii)                  Title to Property .  The Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries do not own any real property.   All of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries leases properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company, the Operating LLC nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by

 

10


 

anyone adverse to the rights of the Company, the Operating LLC or any such subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company, the Operating LLC or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

 

(xxiv)                 Possession of Intellectual Property .  The Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on their respective business now operated by them, except where the failure to own or possess such rights would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company, the Operating LLC nor any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property, which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding), singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxv)                    Accounting Controls .  To the extent required by Rule 13a-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”), the Company, the Operating LLC and each of their respective subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, as applicable; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Operating LLC’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(xxvi)                 Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.    Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, the executive officers and directors of the Company, in their capacities as such, were, and at the Closing Time, will be, in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(xxvii)              Payment of Taxes .  All tax returns of the Company, the Operating LLC and each of their respective subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed or extensions to file such returns have been timely requested (except in any case in which the failure to file would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and all taxes shown by such returns, which are due and payable, have been paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided or the nonpayment of which would not, singly or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxviii)           Insurance .  The Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in

 

11



 

such amounts and covering such risks as is prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged, and all such insurance is in full force and effect.  Neither the Company nor the Operating LLC has any reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxix)                 Investment Company Act .  Neither the Company nor the Operating LLC is required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(xxx)                    Absence of Manipulation .  Neither the Company, the Operating LLC nor any controlled affiliate of the Company or the Operating LLC has taken, nor will the Company, the Operating LLC or any such controlled affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or the Operating LLC to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xxxi)                 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act .  None of the Company, the Operating LLC, any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating LLC, any director, officer, agent, employee, controlled affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and the Operating LLC and, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating LLC, their respective controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA.  The Code of Conduct adopted by the Company in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement includes policies intended to ensure compliance with the FCPA.

 

(xxxii)              Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries conduct business and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating LLC, threatened.

 

(xxxiii)           OFAC .  None of the Company, the Operating LLC, any of their respective subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Operating LLC, any director, officer,

 

12



 

agent, employee, controlled affiliate or  representative of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any  sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or the Operating LLC located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company and the Operating LLC will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person to fund any activities of or business with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of  Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

(xxxiv)          Sales of Reserved Securities .  In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, any prospectus wrapper and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time it was filed, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the same is distributed.  Neither the Company nor the Operating LLC has offered, or caused the DSP Manager to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or service provider of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective controlled affiliates to alter the customer’s or service provider’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective controlled affiliates, or their respective businesses.

 

(xxxv)             Statistical and Market-Related Data .  Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company or the Operating LLC has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxvi)          No Rated Debt Securities . Neither the Company, the Operating LLC nor their respective subsidiaries have any debt securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating agency” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act), except the ratings assigned by S&P Global Ratings and Moody’s Investors Service.

 

(xxxvii)       Fair Summaries .  The statements in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption  “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, “Description of Capital Stock” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”, insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements or documents discussed therein, are accurate summaries in all material respects of such legal matters, agreements or documents and present information required to be shown therein pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission.  The statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders,” insofar as they purport to describe provisions of U.S. federal tax laws or legal conclusions with respect thereto, accurately summarize the matters referred to therein in all material respects.

 

(b)                                  Officer’s Certificates .  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or the Operating LLC delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a

 

13



 

representation and warranty by the Company and the Operating LLC to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2.                             Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a)                                  Initial Securities .  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(b)                                  Option Securities .  In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [     ] shares of Class A Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.  The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities.  Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time.  If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(c)                                   Payment .  Payment of the purchase price for and delivery of the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for and delivery of such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

 

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters for the Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized each Representative, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.  [     ], individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but

 

14



 

shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.                             Covenants of the Company and the Operating LLC .  The Company and the Operating LLC covenant, jointly and severally, with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)                                  Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests .  The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus.  The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(b)                                  Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .  The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.  The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably

 

15



 

request.  The Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

(c)                                   Delivery of Registration Statements .  The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters.  The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(d)                                  Delivery of Prospectuses .  The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.  The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request.  The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e)                                   Blue Sky Qualifications .  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(f)                                    Rule 158 .  The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(g)                                   Use of Proceeds .  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(h)                                  Listing .  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

(i)                                      Restriction on Sale of Securities .  During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, each of the Company and the Operating LLC will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock, any membership interests in the Operating LLC or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or membership interests in

 

16



 

the Operating LLC or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock, membership interests in the Operating LLC or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder; (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or membership interests issued by the Operating LLC upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (C) any shares of Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC issued or options to purchase Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC granted as equity compensation pursuant to the operating agreement of the Operating LLC or any employee benefit plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC issued as equity compensation pursuant to the operating agreement of the Operating LLC or any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (E) any shares of Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC or options to purchase Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC or such other securities of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective affiliates issued, transferred or otherwise disposed of in connection with the Reorganization; (F) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to, and the issuance and sale of any shares of Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC pursuant to, the terms of a plan described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any plan in existence as of the date hereof; (G) any shares of Common Stock, membership interests in the Operating LLC or options to purchase Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC or such other securities of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective affiliates issued as consideration or contingent consideration for acquisitions of one or more companies (or its or their operating assets or stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalent equity interests) by the Company, the Operating LLC or their respective subsidiaries pursuant to purchase agreements entered into prior to the date hereof, provided that each recipient thereof shall have executed a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the 180-day period in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto or contained in Section 5 of Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Operating LLC or (H) any shares of Common Stock, membership interests in the Operating LLC or options to purchase Common Stock or membership interests in the Operating LLC or such other securities of the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective affiliates issued as consideration for acquisitions of one or more companies (or its or their operating assets or stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equivalent equity interests) by the Company, the Operating LLC or their respective subsidiaries, provided that (x) each recipient thereof shall have executed a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the 180-day period in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto or contained in Section 5 of Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Operating LLC, (y) the number of such shares of Common Stock, membership interests, options (on an as-exercised basis) or other securities that may be issued as consideration for each such acquisition may not exceed 5% of the total diluted common stock and units outstanding (as defined in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) immediately following completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends and other similar events after the date hereof, and inclusive of non-qualified and non-compensatory stock options issued in connection with the Reorganization and the offering contemplated by this Agreement to the extent they become dilutive) (such number of diluted common stock and units outstanding, the “ Post-IPO Diluted Share Count ”) and (z) the aggregate number of such shares of Common Stock, membership interests, options (on an as-exercised basis) or other securities that may be issued as consideration for all such acquisitions pursuant to this clause (H) shall not

 

17



 

exceed 10% of the Post-IPO Diluted Share Count.  In addition, the Company and the Operating LLC hereby agree not to waive or release any party subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 of Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Operating LLC or otherwise permit such section to be amended without the consent of each of the Representatives.

 

(j)                                     Release or Waiver of Lock-up Restrictions .

 

(i)                                      If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer, director or director nominee of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(ii)                                   Neither Representative shall agree to release or waive the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5 of Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Operating LLC without the other Representative’s prior written consent.

 

(k)                                  Reporting Requirements .  The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations.  Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

 

(l)                                      Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not, and it will not permit the DSP Manager to, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives.  The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping.  If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(m)                              Testing-the-Waters Materials .  If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will

 

18



 

promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

(n)                                  Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

 

SECTION 4.                             Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Expenses .  The Company and the Operating LLC will jointly and severally pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of counsel, accountants and other advisors for the Company and the Operating LLC, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a Blue Sky survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company and the Operating LLC relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show, provided , however , that the Underwriters and the Company agree that the Underwriters shall pay or cause to be paid travel and lodging expenses of the Representatives, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities up to an amount no greater than [     ], (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and (x) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters and DSP Manager, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees (other than the selling concession payable to the DSP Manager). It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section 4(a) and Section 6 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Agreement .  If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company and the Operating LLC shall jointly and severally reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5.                             Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company

 

19



 

and the Operating LLC contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or the Operating LLC delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Operating LLC of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a)                                  Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information .  The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s and the Operating LLC’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company and the Operating LLC have complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.  A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

(b)                                  Opinion of Counsel for Company and the Operating LLC .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Company and the Operating LLC, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(c)                             General Counsel Opinion .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of J. Russell McGranahan, general counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(d)                                  Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(e)                                   Officers’ Certificate .  At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company and the Operating LLC in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company and the Operating LLC have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

 

20


 

(f)            Accountant’s Comfort Letters .  At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from (i) Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Company and the Operating LLC contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (ii) Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of SCS contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus..

 

(g)           Bring-down Comfort Letter .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from each of Deloitte & Touche LLP and Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(h)           Approval of Listing .  At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(i)          No Objection .  FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

 

(j)          Lock-up Agreements .  At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

 

(k)         Transactions Completed .  At the Closing Time, the Transactions shall have been completed as described in the Prospectus; each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) shall have been executed and delivered; and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall have been filed with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware.

 

(l)          Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities .  In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and any of its subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i)            Officers’ Certificate .  A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii)           Opinion of Counsel for Company .  If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

21



 

(iii)          General Counsel Opinion .  If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of J. Russell McGranahan, general counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(iv)          Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

 

(v)           Bring-down Comfort Letters If requested by the Representatives, a letter from each of Deloitte & Touche LLP and Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C., in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letters furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letters furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(m)          Additional Documents .  At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company and the Operating LLC in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(n)           Termination of Agreement .  If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.         Indemnification .

 

(a)           Indemnification of Underwriters .  Each of the Company and the Operating LLC jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any

 

22



 

materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company and the Operating LLC;

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b)           Indemnification of Company and Operating LLC, Directors and Officers .  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Operating LLC, their respective directors and director nominees, each of the Company’s officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(c)           Actions against Parties; Notification .  Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company and the Operating LLC.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their

 

23



 

own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)           Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse .  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or settlement of any claim in connection with any violation referred to in Section 6(e) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 60 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(e)           Indemnification for Reserved Securities .  In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, each of the Company and the Operating LLC agrees jointly and severally to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus wrapper or other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 8:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first business day after the date of this Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities.

 

SECTION 7.         Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Operating LLC, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Operating LLC, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

24



 

The relative benefits received by the Company and the Operating LLC, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

The relative fault of the Company and the Operating LLC, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Operating LLC or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof.

 

The Company, the Operating LLC and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director and director nominee of the Company or the Operating LLC, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.  The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

SECTION 8.         Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or the Operating LLC submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

25



 

SECTION 9.         Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)           Termination .  The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Operating LLC, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, the Operating LLC and their respective subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the NASDAQ Global Select Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b)           Liabilities .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.       Default by One or More of the Underwriters .  If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

(i)            if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

(ii)           if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

26



 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11.       Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Merrill Lynch at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730), and Goldman at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department; notices to the Company or the Operating LLC shall be directed to it at 825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, attention of the General Counsel.

 

SECTION 12.       No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship .  Each of the Company and the Operating LLC acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Operating LLC, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, the Operating LLC, any of their respective subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or the Operating LLC with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company, the Operating LLC or any of their respective subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company or the Operating LLC with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company or the Operating LLC and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company and the Operating LLC have consulted their own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate.

 

SECTION 13.       Parties .  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and the Operating LLC and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company and the Operating LLC and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers, directors and director nominees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and the Operating LLC and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers, directors and director nominees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14.       Trial by Jury .  Each of the Company and the Operating LLC (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders, members and affiliates) and each of

 

27



 

the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 15.       GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

SECTION 16.       Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.  The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 17.       TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 18.       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

SECTION 19.       Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

28



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company and the Operating LLC a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Company and the Operating LLC in accordance with its terms.

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

 

 

as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

 

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

29



 

SCHEDULE A

 

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[  .  ].

 

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[  .  ], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[  .  ] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter

 

Number of
Initial Securities

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

[            ]

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

 

[            ]

 

KKR Capital Markets LLC

 

[            ]

 

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

 

[            ]

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

[            ]

 

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

 

[            ]

 

Fifth Third Securities, Inc.

 

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

 

[            ]

 

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

 

 

 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

 

[            ]

 

Regions Securities LLC

 

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C

 

[            ]

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

[            ]

 

 

Sch A- 1


 

SCHEDULE B-1

 

Pricing Terms

 

1.                                       The Company is selling [       ] shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

2.                                       The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [       ] shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

3.                                       The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[  .  ].

 

 

SCHEDULE B-2

 

Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[TO SPECIFY EACH ISSUER GENERAL USE FREE WRITING PROSPECTUS]

 

Sch B - 1



 

SCHEDULE C

 

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up Letter

 

Ruediger Adolf

 

Rajini Sundar Kodialam

 

James Shanahan

 

James D. Carey

 

Fayez S. Muhtadie

 

Christopher J. Harrington

 

Deborah D. McWhinney

 

Noah Gottdiener

 

Leonard R. Chang

 

Christopher T. Dupuy

 

J. Russell McGranahan

 

Vamsi K. Yadlapati

 

Funds affiliated with KKR & Co. L.P.

 

Funds affiliated with Stone Point Capital LLC

 

Participants in directed share program

 

Sch C - 1



 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

[  ]

 

A- 1



 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL’S OPINION
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(c)

 

[  ]

 

B- 1



 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

 

[  ]

 

C- 1



 

Exhibit D

 

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.
[
       
], 20[  ]

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that BofA Merrill Lynch and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [       ] shares of Class A common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [       ] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.  The [waiver] [release] will take effect on      ,          20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

D- 1




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [ · ] , 2018.

 

2.                                       This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”), which restates and amends the Original Certificate of Incorporation, has been declared advisable by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), duly adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation and duly executed and acknowledged by the officers of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 103, 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

3.                                       The Original Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Focus Financial Partners Inc.

 

SECOND:  The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 in New Castle County, Delaware.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL as it currently exists or may hereafter be amended.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 1,500,000,000 shares of stock, classified as (i) 500,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), (ii) 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), and (iii) 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”).

 

1.                                       Provisions Relating to Preferred Stock.

 

(a)                                  Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, the shares of each class or series to have such designations and powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as are stated and expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series adopted by the Board as hereafter prescribed (a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”).

 



 

(b)                                  Authority is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the Board to authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, and with respect to each series of Preferred Stock, to fix and state by the resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted by the Board providing for the issuance thereof the designation and the powers, preferences, privileges, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions relating to each series of Preferred Stock, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(i)                                      whether or not the class or series is to have voting rights, full, special or limited, or is to be without voting rights, and whether or not such series is to be entitled to vote as a separate class or series either alone or together with the holders of one or more other classes or series of stock;

 

(ii)                                   the number of shares to constitute the class or series and the designations thereof;

 

(iii)                                the powers, preferences, privileges and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to any series;

 

(iv)                               whether or not the shares of any class or series shall be redeemable at the option of the Corporation or the holders thereof or upon the happening of any specified event, and, if redeemable, the redemption price or prices (which may be payable in the form of cash, notes, securities or other property), and the time or times at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such shares shall be redeemable and the manner of redemption;

 

(v)                                  whether or not the shares of a series shall be subject to the operation of retirement or sinking funds to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares for retirement, and, if such retirement or sinking fund or funds are to be established, the annual amount thereof, and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

(vi)                               the dividend rate, whether dividends are payable in cash, stock of the Corporation or other property, the conditions upon which and the times when such dividends are payable, the preference to or the relation to the payment of dividends payable on any other class or classes or series of stock, whether or not such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or dates from which such dividends shall accumulate;

 

(vii)                            the preferences, if any, and the amounts thereof which the holders of any class or series thereof shall be entitled to receive upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

 

(viii)                         whether or not the shares of any class or series, at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof or upon the happening of any specified event, shall be convertible into or exchangeable for, the shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes or series, of stock, securities or other

 

2



 

property of the Corporation and the conversion price or prices or ratio or ratios or the rate or rates at which such exchange may be made, with such adjustments, if any, as shall be stated and expressed or provided for in such resolution or resolutions; and

 

(ix)                               such other powers, privileges, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions with respect to any series as may to the Board seem advisable.

 

(c)                                   The shares of each series of Preferred Stock may vary from the shares of any other class or series thereof in any or all of the foregoing respects.

 

2.                                       Provisions Relating to Common Stock.

 

(a)                                  Except as may otherwise be provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock shall have identical rights and privileges in every respect.  Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of Preferred Stock and any series thereof.  Except as may otherwise be provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in a Preferred Stock Designation or by applicable law, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share upon all matters presented to the stockholders, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, and the holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.  Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question) and applicable law on all matters put to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, the holders of Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the prior rights and preferences, if any, applicable to shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by them such dividends and distributions (payable in cash, stock or otherwise), if any, as may be declared thereon by the Board at any time and from time to time out of any funds of the Corporation legally available therefor. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock unless (i) the dividend consists of shares of Class B Common Stock or of rights, options, warrants or other securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for shares of Class B Common Stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock and (ii) a dividend consisting of shares of Class A

 

3



 

Common Stock or of rights, options, warrants or other securities convertible or exercisable into or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock on equivalent terms is simultaneously paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock. If dividends are declared on the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock that are payable in shares of Common Stock, or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, the dividends payable to the holders of Class A Common Stock shall be paid only in shares of Class A Common Stock (or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock), the dividends payable to the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be paid only in shares of Class B Common Stock (or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for Class B Common Stock), and such dividends shall be paid in the same number of shares (or fraction thereof) on a per share basis of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively (or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for the same number of shares (or fraction thereof) on a per share basis of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively). In no event shall the shares of either Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock be split, divided, or combined unless the outstanding shares of the other class shall be proportionately split, divided or combined.

 

(d)                                  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by them. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation. A dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, as such terms are used in this paragraph (d), shall not be deemed to be occasioned by or to include any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations or other entity or a sale, lease, exchange or conveyance of all or a part of the assets of the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   Shares of Class B Common Stock shall be exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement of Focus Financial Partners, LLC dated as of [ · ] , 2018, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ LLC Agreement ”). The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exchange of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the LLC Agreement, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issuable upon any such exchange pursuant to the LLC Agreement; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such exchange of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the LLC Agreement by delivering to the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock upon such exchange, in lieu of newly issued shares of Class A Common Stock, cash in the amount permitted by and provided in the LLC Agreement or shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation. All shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon any such exchange shall, upon issuance in accordance with the LLC Agreement, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  All shares of Class B Common Stock exchanged shall be cancelled.

 

4



 

(f)                                    The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of either Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

(g)                                   No stockholder shall, by reason of the holding of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, have any preemptive or preferential right to acquire or subscribe for any shares or securities of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corporation, unless specifically provided for in a Preferred Stock Designation.

 

FIFTH:  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock specified in the related Preferred Stock Designation, shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as is reasonably possible, with the initial term of office of the first class to expire at the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders (the “ Class I Directors ”), the initial term of office of the second class to expire at the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders (the “ Class II Directors ”), and the initial term of office of the third class to expire at the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders (the “ Class III Directors ”), with each director to hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or, if earlier, such director’s death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or, if earlier, such director’s death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal.  The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III at the time this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes effective, subject to the terms of any nomination agreements between the Corporation and any stockholder that may be in effect from time to time (as amended or supplemented in accordance with their terms, the “ Nomination Agreements ”). Subject to applicable law, the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock specified in the related Preferred Stock Designation and the Nomination Agreements, any newly created directorship that results from an increase in the number of directors or any vacancy on the Board that results from the death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director or from any other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office for the remaining term of his predecessor.  No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Subject to the Nomination Agreement and the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, if any, to elect additional directors pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation thereunder), any director

 

5



 

may be removed only for cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of directors, acting at a meeting of the stockholders or by written consent (if permitted) in accordance with the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, if any, and to the Nomination Agreements, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time in the manner provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.  Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation so provide, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.  There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

SIXTH:  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be taken at a duly held annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by any consent in writing of such stockholders; provided that for so long as Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“ KKR ”), Stone Point Capital LLC (“ Stone Point ”) and any investment funds or entities controlled or advised by KKR or Stone Point (collectively, the “ Sponsor Entities ”) collectively own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand, overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

SEVENTH:  Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board; provided that for so long as the Sponsor Entities collectively own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock, at the request of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsor Entities, the Board shall call a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock and the preceding proviso, the stockholders of the Corporation do not have the power to call a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH:  In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation without any action on the part of the stockholders of the Corporation; provided that any bylaw, and any powers thereby conferred, may be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation by the vote of holders of not less than 66 2/3 % in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a

 

6



 

single class.  No bylaws hereafter made or adopted, nor any repeal of or amendment thereto, shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that was valid at the time it was taken.

 

NINTH:  No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as it now exists.  In addition to the circumstances in which a director of the Corporation is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the fullest extent permitted by any amendment to the DGCL hereafter enacted that further limits the liability of a director.

 

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Corporation, any predecessor of the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Ninth shall be prospective only and shall not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions occurring prior to the date of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

TENTH:  The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

1.                                       Provisions Relating to Business Combination.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any point in time at which any class of the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below) with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

(a)                                  prior to such time the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

(b)                                  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder (as defined below) owned (as defined below) at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons (as defined below) who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

7



 

(c)                                   at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3 % of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

2.                                       Certain Defined Terms.

 

For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term:

 

(a)                                  affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls (as defined below), or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

(b)                                  associate ,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

(c)                                   business combination ,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

 

(i)                                      any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the interested stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 1 of this Article Tenth is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

(ii)                                   any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

(iii)                                any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of

 

8



 

securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under sub-clauses (C)-(E) of this clause (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

(iv)                               any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

(v)                                  any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in clauses (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

(d)                                  control ,” including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Section 2, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

(e)                                   interested stockholder ” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however , that the term “interested stockholder” shall not include or be deemed to include, in any case, (A) Trident (as defined below), any Trident Transferee (as defined below) or any of their respective affiliates or successors, or (B) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided further , that each such person referred to

 

9



 

under the foregoing sub-clauses (A)-(B) shall be an interested stockholder if simultaneously or thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation and continues to satisfy the criteria in clauses (i) and (ii) of this definition at the time of such acquisition, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article Tenth, any stockholder of the Corporation, with affiliate(s), associate(s), or other person(s) who may be deemed representatives of it serving as director(s) of the Corporation, shall not be deemed to own or to have acquired any shares of voting stock of the Corporation held by such other persons serving as director(s) of the Corporation to the extent such securities were issued by the Corporation to such director(s) in the ordinary course of business as compensation for their services as director(s) of the Corporation.

 

(f)                                    owner ,” including the terms “ own ” and “ owned ,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

(i)                                      beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly;

 

(ii)                                   has (A) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

 

(iii)                                has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in sub-clause (B) of clause (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

(g)                                   person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

(h)                                  stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

10


 

(i)                                      Trident ” means, collectively, Trident FFP LP and its affiliates (other than the Corporation).

 

(j)                                     Trident Transferee ” means any person that: (i) acquires beneficial ownership of outstanding voting stock of the Corporation either (A) directly from Trident or any of its affiliates or successors, or (B) directly from a person described in sub-clause (A) above or from any other Trident Transferee; (ii) did not have beneficial ownership of more than 4.9% of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation prior to such acquisition; and (iii) is not (A) a national or global financial institution or insurance company or a regional bank that in each case derives at least 30% of its revenue from wealth management services or the sale of proprietary financial products (which for the avoidance of doubt, excludes life insurance and annuities), (B) an independent broker dealer, (C) a platform for or aggregator of registered investment advisers or broker-dealer teams, or (D) a holding company or acquisition vehicle of any entity described in the foregoing sub-clauses (A)-(C) of this clause (iii).

 

(k)                                  voting stock ” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

ELEVENTH:  The Corporation shall have the right, subject to any express provisions or restrictions contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation, from time to time, to amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision hereof in any manner now or hereafter provided by applicable law, and all rights and powers of any kind conferred upon a director or stockholder of the Corporation by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment hereof are subject to such right of the Corporation.

 

TWELFTH:  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3 % in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided that (a) a separate vote of holders of a majority of Common Stock held by the Sponsor Entities shall be required to amend, alter, repeal or adopt a provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the following provisions: (i) so long as the Sponsor Entities own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock, the proviso in Article Sixth and the proviso in Article Seventh and (ii) so long as the Sponsor Entities own any Common Stock, Article Tenth, Article Fourteenth and this proviso in Article Twelfth, and (b) a separate vote of holders of a majority of Class B Common Stock shall be required to (i) amend, alter, repeal or adopt a provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with Section 2(e) of Article Fourth and (ii) amend, alter or repeal any other provision of Section 2 of Article Fourth that affects the holders of Class B Common Stock in a manner that is different or prejudicial relative to the holders of Class A Common Stock.

 

THIRTEENTH:  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent

 

11



 

permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article Thirteenth.

 

FOURTEENTH:

 

1.                                       Certain Definitions.   For purposes of this Article Fourteenth, (i)” Affiliate ” of any Person shall include any principal, member, director, partner, manager, shareholder, subsidiary, officer, employee or other representative of any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Person, controls such Person or is under common control with such Person (with respect to the Sponsor-Affiliates, other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) or any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Person, controls such Person or is under common control with such Person and (ii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.  “ Sponsor-Affiliates ” shall mean KKR and Stone Point, and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

2.                                       Certain Activities.   In anticipation of the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relationships with the Sponsor-Affiliates and in anticipation and recognition that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of the Sponsor-Affiliates may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation, (ii) the Sponsor-Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (“ Non-Employee Directors ”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article Fourteenth are set forth to define the circumstances in which any duties of the Non-Employee Directors and the Sponsor-Affiliates to the Corporation or its stockholders would not be breached even if certain classes or categories of business opportunities are alleged to have been usurped by one or more of the Sponsor-Affiliates, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates.

 

12



 

3.                                       Certain Transactions.   None of (i) any Sponsor-Affiliate or (ii) any Non-Employee Director or his or her Affiliates (any such Person identified in clause (i) or (ii), an “ Identified Person ”) shall be in breach of any duty to the Corporation or its stockholders for directly or indirectly (A) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of the Affiliated persons has a reasonable expectancy interest or property right or (B) otherwise competing with the Corporation.  For the avoidance of doubt, subject to the Corporation’s insider trading policies, to the extent that any purchase, sale or other transaction by any Identified Person involving any securities or indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates (or involving any hedge, swap, derivative or other instrument relating to or in respect of any of the foregoing securities or indebtedness) may be deemed to be a corporate opportunity or to be in competition with the Corporation, the Identified Persons shall be fully protected by the foregoing provisions of this Article Fourteenth in pursuing such purchase, sale or other transaction or in taking any other action in respect of or affecting such securities, indebtedness or other instrument.  The Corporation hereby renounces any reasonable expectancy interest or property right in any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for both an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article Fourteenth.  In the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person would not be in breach of any applicable duty to the Corporation or its stockholders for failing to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person can be held personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or creditors for any damages as a result of engaging in any of activities permitted pursuant to this Section 3 or which are stated in this Section 3 to constitute a breach of its, his or her duties to the Corporation or its stockholders if engaged in by such Identified Person.

 

4.                                       Usurping Certain Corporate Opportunities Are Breaches of Duty to the Corporation or its Stockholders.  The Corporation does not renounce its expectancy interest or property right in, and the provisions of Section 3 of this Article Fourteenth shall not apply to, any corporate opportunity that is (i) presented to any Non-Employee Director solely in such capacity and with respect to which no Sponsor-Affiliate of such Non-Employee Director independently receives notice or otherwise identifies such corporate opportunity, or (ii) is identified by any Non-Employee Director solely through disclosure by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

5.                                       Exclusion.  In addition to and without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Article Fourteenth, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if the Corporation is not financially capable or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake it, or such opportunity is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or such opportunity is one in which the Corporation has no reasonable expectancy interest or property right.

 

6.                                       Powers of the Board.  The enumeration and definition of particular powers of the Board included in the foregoing shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause of this or any other Article of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or construed as or deemed by inference or otherwise in any

 

13



 

manner to exclude or limit any powers conferred upon the Board under the DGCL now or hereafter in force.

 

7.                                       Amendment of this Article.   Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article Fourteenth shall be prospective only and shall not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions occurring prior to the date of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

FIFTEENTH:  If any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision.  The balance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of this [ · ] th  day of [ · ] , 2018.

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Ruediger Adolf

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware

 


 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES AND RECORDS

 

Section 1.1.                                  Registered Office .  The registered office of Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be located at The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.  The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) in the manner provided by applicable law.

 

Section 1.2.                                  Other Offices .  The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

 

Section 1.3.                                  Books and Records .  The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board.

 

ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1.                                  Annual Meeting .  If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be fixed by resolution of the Board.  Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.  The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.

 

Section 2.2.                                  Special Meeting .  Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the Corporation (“ Preferred Stock ”), special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board or the Board;  provided that for so long as Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“ KKR ”), Stone Point Capital LLC (“ Stone Point ”) and any investment funds or entities controlled or advised by KKR or Stone Point (collectively, the “ Sponsor Entities ”) collectively own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below)), at the request of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsor Entities, the Board shall call a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock and the preceding proviso, the stockholders of the Corporation do not have the power to call a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of the stockholders previously scheduled by the Board; provided that

 



 

the Board may not take any such action with respect to any special meeting of the stockholders previously scheduled by the Board at the request of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the Sponsor Entities pursuant to this Section 2.2 without the prior written consent of such holders.

 

Section 2.3.                                  Record Date .

 

(a)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by applicable law, not be greater than 60 nor fewer than ten days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be greater than 60 days prior to such action.  If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board, (i) when no prior action of the Board is required by applicable law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, the record date for such

 

2



 

purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 2.4.                                  Stockholder List .  The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting of stockholders ( provided, however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is fewer than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10 th  day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of such stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  The stock list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by this section or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 2.5.                                  Place of Meeting .  The Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, may designate the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders.  If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive offices of the Corporation.  The Board, acting in its sole discretion, may establish guidelines and procedures in accordance with applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) and any other applicable law for the participation by stockholders and proxyholders in a meeting of stockholders by means of remote communications, and may determine that any meeting of stockholders will not be held at any place but will be held solely by means of remote communication.  Stockholders and proxyholders complying with such procedures and guidelines and otherwise entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be deemed present in person and entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication.

 

Section 2.6.                                  Notice of Meeting .  Written or printed notice, stating the place, if any, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten days nor greater than 60 days before the date of the meeting, in a manner pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice shall specify (a) the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), (b) the place, if any, date and time of such meeting, (c) the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, (d) in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or

 

3



 

purposes for which such meeting is called and (e) such other information as may be required by applicable law or as may be deemed appropriate by the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation.  If the stockholder list referred to in Section 2.4 of these Bylaws is made accessible on an electronic network, the notice of meeting must indicate how the stockholder list can be accessed.  If the meeting of stockholders is to be held solely by means of electronic communications, the notice of meeting must provide the information required to access such stockholder list during the meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation.  The Corporation may provide stockholders with notice of a meeting by electronic transmission provided such stockholders have consented to receiving electronic notice in accordance with the DGCL.  Such further notice shall be given as may be required by applicable law.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting.  Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with Section 7.4 of these Bylaws.

 

Section 2.7.                                  Quorum and Adjournment of Meetings .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting (the “ Voting Stock ”), represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business.  For the avoidance of doubt, abstentions and broker non-votes shall be treated as present for purposes of determining the presence or absence of quorum.  Only the person presiding over the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum.  The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

(b)                                  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for greater than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 2.8.                                  Proxies .  At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing (or in such other manner prescribed by the DGCL) by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.  Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.  No

 

4



 

proxy may be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  Every proxy is revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and applicable law makes it irrevocable.  A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.9.                                  Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(a)                                  Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(i)                                      Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof, subject to the obligations of the Corporation set forth in any nomination agreements between the Corporation and any stockholder that may be in effect from time to time (as amended or supplemented in accordance with their terms, the “ Nomination Agreements ”) or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in these Bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in these Bylaws and applicable law as to such business or nomination; Section 2.9(a)(i)(C)  of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

(ii)                                   For any nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.9(a)(i)(C)  of these Bylaws, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation by registered mail at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 150 th  day and not later than the close of business on the 120 th  day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which anniversary, in the case of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the close of the Corporation’s initial public offering, shall be deemed to be May 1, 2019; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is greater than 30 days before or greater than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 150 th  day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 120 th  day prior to such annual meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is fewer than 100 days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the 10 th  day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the

 

5



 

announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice (whether given pursuant to this Section 2.9(a)(ii)  or Section 2.9(b) ) to the Secretary of the Corporation must:

 

(A)                                set forth, as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (1) the name and address of such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, (2) (I) the class or series and number of shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, (II) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”), directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (III) a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (IV) any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of these Bylaws a person shall be deemed to have a “short interest” in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, (V) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (VI) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (VII) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limitation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or Stockholder Associated Person’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information, in each case, shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person not later than 10 calendar days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date), (3) any other information relating to such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings

 

6



 

required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal or for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (4) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting, and (5) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group that intends to (I) deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee or (II) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination.  If requested by the Corporation, the information required under clauses (A)(1)  and ( A)(2)  of the preceding sentence of this Section 2.9(a)(ii)  shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any such Stockholder Associated Person not later than 10 days after the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose such information as of such record date;

 

(B)                                if the notice relates to any business other than a nomination of a director or directors that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest of such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, in such business and (2) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder;

 

(C)                                set forth, as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection to the Board (1) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving a full term as a director if elected) and (2) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, and each proposed nominee, and his respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any Stockholder Associated Person on whose behalf the

 

7



 

nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

 

(D)                                with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.9(a)(iv)  of these Bylaws. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 2.9(a)(ii)  of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by these Bylaws shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10 th  day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(iv)                               To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the method, means and time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.9(a)(ii)  of these Bylaws and applicable law) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire the proposed nominee shall request in writing from the Secretary with at least 7 days’ prior notice); (B) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (1) is not and will not become a party to (I) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote in such capacity on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (II) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (3) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all

 

8



 

applicable law and all applicable rules of the U.S. exchanges upon which the Common Stock of the Corporation is listed and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and other guidelines of the Corporation, (4) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, intends to serve a full term if elected as a director of the Corporation and (5) will provide facts, statements and other information in all communications with the Corporation and its stockholders that are or will be true and correct in all material respects and do not and will not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (C) a written director agreement (which agreement shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request and shall include, without limitation, such person’s agreement to abide by all policies applicable to directors of the Corporation, including a requirement to preserve and maintain the confidentiality of the Corporation’s material non-public information).

 

(v)                                  The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.9(a)  shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business or a nomination if such stockholder has notified the Corporation of his intention to present a proposal or make a nomination at an annual meeting in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal or nomination has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

 

(vi)                               For purposes of this Section 2.9(a) , “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (A) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (B) any other beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (C) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

(b)                                  Special Meetings of Stockholders .

 

Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to a notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof, subject to the obligations of the Corporation set forth in the Nomination Agreements or (ii)  provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in these Bylaws and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) complies with the notice procedures set forth in these Bylaws.  In the event a special meeting of stockholders is called for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.9(a)(ii)  of these Bylaws with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and

 

9



 

agreement required by Section 2.9(a)(ii)  of these Bylaws) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th  day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th  day prior to such special meeting or, if the first public announcement of the date of such special meeting is fewer than 100 days prior to the date of such special meeting, the 10 th  day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   General .

 

(i)                                      Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and the Nomination Agreements shall be eligible to serve as directors, and only such other business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and applicable law.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the person presiding over the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of these Bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by Dow Jones News Service, the Associated Press, or any other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided , however , that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Sections 2.9(a)  or 2.9(b)  of these Bylaws or the Nomination Agreements.  Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock if and to the extent provided for under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or (C) set forth in the Nomination Agreements.

 

(iv)                               The Corporation may require any proposed stockholder nominee for director to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.  Unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the

 

10


 

stockholder) making a nomination or proposal under this Section 2.9 does not appear at a meeting of stockholders to present such nomination or proposal, the nomination shall be disregarded and the proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in favor thereof may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 2.9 , to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 2.10.                           Conduct of Business .  The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting.  The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) restrictions on the use of any audio or video recording devices at the meeting; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 2.11.                           Required Vote .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, at any meeting at which directors are to be elected, so long as a quorum is present, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes validly cast in such election.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, cumulative voting for the election of directors shall be prohibited.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors and certain non-binding advisory votes described below, the affirmative

 

11



 

vote of a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.  In non-binding advisory matters with more than two possible vote choices, the matter shall be deemed the recommendation of the stockholders if it has received a plurality of the votes.

 

Section 2.12.                           Treasury Stock .  The Corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it or any other corporation, if a majority of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such corporation is held, directly or indirectly by the Corporation, and such shares will not be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or such other corporation, to vote stock of the Corporation held in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Section 2.13.                           Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls .  At any meeting at which a vote is taken by ballots, the Board by resolution may, and when required by applicable law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof.  One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders and the appointment of an inspector is required by applicable law, the person presiding over the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before discharging his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by applicable law.

 

Section 2.14.                           Stockholder Action by Written Consent .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be taken at a duly held annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by any consent in writing of such stockholders; provided that for so long as the Sponsor Entities own at least 25% of the outstanding Common Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of minutes of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand, overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1.                                  General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board elected in accordance with these Bylaws.  In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board

 

12



 

may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.  The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Number, Tenure and Qualifications .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances and the Nomination Agreements, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board. The election and term of directors shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.3.                                  Regular Meetings .  Subject to Section 3.5 , regular meetings of the Board shall be held on such dates, and at such times and places, as are determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 3.4.                                  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board shall be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the Board then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place, if any, date and time of the meetings.  Any business may be conducted at a special meeting of the Board.

 

Section 3.5.                                  Notice .  Notice of any meeting of directors shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail, courier service or facsimile or electronic transmission or orally by telephone.  If mailed by first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five days before such meeting.  If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least 48 hours before such meeting.  If by facsimile or electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least 48 hours before such meeting.  If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be given at least 48 hours prior to the time set for the meeting and shall be confirmed by facsimile or electronic transmission that is sent promptly thereafter.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws, as provided under Section 8.1 .  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 7.4 of these Bylaws.

 

Section 3.6.                                  Action by Consent of Board .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, including by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting, and may be stated as such in any document or instrument filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

13



 

Section 3.7.                                  Conference Telephone Meetings .  Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where such person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 3.8.                                  Quorum .  Subject to Section 3.9 , a whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice unless (a) the date, time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 3.5 of these Bylaws shall be given to each director, or (b) the meeting is adjourned for more than 24 hours, in which case the notice referred to in clause (a)  shall be given to those directors not present at the announcement of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting.  The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 3.9.                                  Vacancies .  Subject to applicable law, the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock and the Nomination Agreements, any newly created directorship that results from an increase in the number of directors or any vacancy on the Board that results from the death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director or from any other cause shall be filled in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.10.                           Removal .  Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, if any, to elect additional directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation thereunder) and the Nomination Agreements, any director may be removed only for cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally for the election of directors, acting at a meeting of the stockholders or by written consent (if permitted) in accordance with the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws.

 

Section 3.11.                           Records .  The Board shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.12.                           Compensation .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.  The Corporation will cause each non-employee director serving on the Board to be reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by him in connection with such service.

 

14



 

Section 3.13.                           Regulations .  To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board and for the management of the affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board may deem appropriate.

 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

 

Section 4.1.                                  Designation; Powers .  The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, subject to the obligations of the Corporation set forth in the Nomination Agreements.  Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Procedure; Meetings; Quorum .  Any committee designated pursuant to Section 4.1 shall choose its own chairman by a majority vote of the members then in attendance in the event the chairman has not been selected by the Board, shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when requested, and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be provided by the charter of such committee or by resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board.  At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of any resolution.  The Board shall adopt a charter for each committee for which a charter is required by applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange rules, may adopt a charter for any other committee, and may adopt other rules and regulations for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws or any such charter, and each committee may adopt its own rules and regulations of governance, to the extent not inconsistent with these Bylaws or any charter or other rules and regulations adopted by the Board.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Substitution of Members .  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

Section 5.1.                                  Officers .  The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem proper.  The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from among the directors.  All officers elected by the Board shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article V .  Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be

 

15



 

conferred by the Board or by any committee thereof.  The Board or any committee thereof may from time to time elect, or the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer may appoint, such other officers (including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers) and such agents, as may be necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation.  Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as shall be provided in these Bylaws or as may be prescribed by the Board or such committee thereof or by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.2.                                  Election and Term of Office .  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected or appointed from time to time by the Board.  Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected or appointed and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board or, except in the case of an officer or agent elected by the Board, by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer.  Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.  No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his successor, his death, his resignation or his removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or under an employee deferred compensation plan.

 

Section 5.3.                                  Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall be responsible for the general management of the affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties incidental to his office that may be required by law and all such other duties as are properly required of him by the Board.  He shall make reports to the Board and the stockholders, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.  The Chairman of the Board may also serve as Chief Executive Officer, if so elected by the Board.

 

Section 5.4.                                  Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall act in a general executive capacity and shall assist the Chairman of the Board in the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervision of its policies and affairs.  If the Chief Executive Officer is also a member of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to sign, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, checks, orders, contracts, leases, notes, drafts and all other documents and instruments in connection with the business of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.5.                                  Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall act in an executive financial capacity. He shall assist the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer in the general supervision of the Corporation’s financial policies and affairs.

 

Section 5.6.                                  President .  The President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board.

 

16



 

Section 5.7.                                  Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents .  Each Senior Vice President and Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board.

 

Section 5.8.                                  Treasurer .  The Treasurer, if any, shall exercise general supervision over the receipt, custody and disbursement of corporate funds.  The Treasurer shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be deposited in such banks as may be authorized by the Board, or in such banks as may be designated as depositaries in the manner provided by resolution of the Board.  He shall have such further powers and duties and shall be subject to such directions as may be granted or imposed upon him from time to time by the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 5.9.                                  Secretary .  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for that purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board and the stockholders; he shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by applicable law; he shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; and he shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general, he shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 5.10.                           Vacancies .  A newly created elected office and a vacancy in any elected office because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Board or any committee thereof for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof.  Any vacancy in an office appointed by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 5.11.                           Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations .  Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation or entity in which the Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that the Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI
STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS

 

Section 6.1.                                  Uncertificated Shares and Transfers .  The shares of the Corporation shall be uncertificated, provided that the Corporation shall be permitted to issue such nominal number of certificates to securities depositories and further provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock

 

17



 

shall be represented by certificates. The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation, which may be maintained by a third party registrar or transfer agent, by the holder thereof in person or by his attorney, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for at least the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form.

 

Each certificated share of stock shall be signed, countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 6.2.                                  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  If at any time shares of the Corporation’s stock are represented by certificates, no certificate for shares or uncertificated shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board or any financial officer may in its or his discretion require.

 

Section 6.3.                                  Ownership of Shares .  The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock of the Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 6.4.                                  Regulations Regarding Certificates .  If at any time shares of the Corporation’s stock are represented by certificates, the Board shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration or the replacement of such certificates. The Corporation may enter into additional agreements with stockholders to restrict the transfer of stock of the Corporation in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1.                                  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December of each year.

 

Section 7.2.                                  Dividends .  Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of stock, which dividends may be paid in either cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation.  A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated

 

18



 

by the Board, shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.

 

Section 7.3.                                  Seal .  The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as the Board may adopt.

 

Section 7.4.                                  Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, including by electronic transmission, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 7.5.                                  Resignations .  Any director or any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by giving written notice, including by electronic transmission, of such resignation to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary, or at such earlier or later time as is specified therein.  No formal action shall be required of the Board or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective.

 

Section 7.6.                                  Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (a “ Covered Person ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent, against all expenses, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and

 

19



 

penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Covered Person in connection with such proceeding.

 

(b)                                  The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 7.6 or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Section 7.6 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 , except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to a Covered Person in connection with a  proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Covered Person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

(d)                                  If a claim for indemnification under this Section 7.6 (following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full within sixty days after the Corporation has received a claim therefor by the Covered Person, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Section 7.6 is not paid in full within thirty days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced, the Covered Person shall thereupon (but not before) be entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim.  If successful in whole or in part, the Covered Person shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.  In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 7.6 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Section 7.6 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, any agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

(f)                                    This Section 7.6 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

 

(g)                                   Any Covered Person entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses, in each case pursuant to this Section 7.6 , may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement and/or insurance provided by one or more persons with whom or which such

 

20


 

Covered Person may be associated.  The Corporation hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Corporation shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any proceeding, expense, liability or matter that is the subject of this Section 7.6 , (ii) the Corporation shall be primarily liable for all such obligations and any indemnification afforded to a Covered Person in respect of a proceeding, expense, liability or matter that is the subject of this Section 7.6 , whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any persons with whom or which a Covered Person may be associated to indemnify such Covered Person and/or advance expenses or liabilities to such Covered Person in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Corporation hereunder, (iv) the Corporation shall be required to indemnify each Covered Person and advance expenses to each Covered Person hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights such Covered Person may have against any other person with whom or which such Covered Person may be associated or insurer of any such person, and (v) the Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other person with whom or which a Covered Person may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Corporation hereunder.

 

Section 7.7.                                  Notices .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by applicable law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee, trustee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.  Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee, trustee or agent at his last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.8.                                  Facsimile and Electronic Signatures .  In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile or electronic signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile or electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

 

Section 7.9.                                  Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws that require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.10.                           Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records .  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the

 

21



 

performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees designated by the Board, or by any other person as to the matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.11.                           Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of these Bylaws will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision or portion of any provision of these Bylaws is held to be invalid, illegal  or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such provision or portion of any provision shall be severable and the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and these Bylaws will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 7.12.                           Forum for Adjudication of Disputes .  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.12 .

 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 8.1.                                  Amendments .  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed (a) by the Board by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors present at any special or regular meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting or (b) by the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders upon the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3 % of the voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.  No Bylaws hereafter made

 

22



 

or adopted, nor any repeal of or amendment thereto, shall invalidate any prior act of the Board that was valid at the time it was taken.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, alteration or repeal of Section 7.6 shall adversely affect any right or protection existing under these Bylaws immediately prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, including any right or protection of a present or former director, officer or employee thereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Nomination Agreements with the Sponsor Entities remain in effect, the Board shall not approve any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of these Bylaws, or the adoption of any new Bylaw, that would be contrary to or inconsistent with the then applicable terms of such Nomination Agreements without the prior written consent of Stone Point or KKR, as applicable.

 

Date of Adoption: [ · ], 2018

 

23




Exhibit 4.1

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated [ · ], 2018

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

1.1

Certain Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1

Shelf Registration Statement

5

2.2

Demand Registration Rights

6

2.3

Non-Private Equity Offerings and Company Primary Offerings

9

2.4

Registration Suspension

11

2.5

Holdback Agreement

12

2.6

Registration Procedures

13

2.7

Registration Expenses

17

2.8

Indemnification

18

2.9

Transfer of Registration Rights

21

2.10

Current Public Information

22

2.11

General Rules Applicable to Registration Statements

23

2.12

In-Kind Distributions

23

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1

Notices

23

3.2

Counterparts

23

3.3

Assignment

23

3.4

Termination

24

3.5

Descriptive Headings

24

3.6

Specific Performance

24

3.7

Governing Law

24

3.8

Severability

24

3.9

Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction

24

3.10

Amendments; Entire Agreement

25

3.11

Merger or Consolidation

25

3.12

No Recourse

25

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Joinder

A-1

 

i



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [ · ] , 2018, by and among Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Focus LLC ”), the members of Focus LLC listed on the schedule of Members maintained by Focus LLC from time to time (the “ Members ”) and the stockholders of the Company listed on the signature page hereof (collectively, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Members are parties to the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Focus LLC, dated the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “ Operating Agreement ”), establishing and setting forth, among other things, their agreement with respect to certain rights and obligations associated with ownership of Units, as defined in the Operating Agreement (the “ Units ”);

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Company has completed an initial public offering of shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “ Initial Public Offering ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Initial Public Offering and the entry into the Operating Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is incorporated into, and forms an integral part of, the Operating Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1          Certain Definitions .  For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Adverse Disclosure ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.3 of this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” of any particular Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

Affiliated Investor ” means, with respect to any Holder, (i) any investment fund or holding company that is directly or indirectly managed or advised by a manager or advisor of such Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) any of its Affiliates or any other Person who or which is otherwise an Affiliate of any such Holder (other than the Company and its subsidiaries).

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

1



 

Blocker Merger Agreements ” means the Blocker Merger Agreements dated the date hereof, among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries, and the Members named therein.

 

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law to close.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Class A Common Stock Equivalents ” means any rights, warrants, options, convertible securities or indebtedness, exchangeable securities or indebtedness, or other rights, exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, Class A Common Stock and securities convertible or exchangeable into Class A Common Stock, whether at the time of issuance or upon the passage of time or the occurrence of such future event, including Units and the Class B Common Stock of the Company.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

Company Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Company Primary Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)  of this Agreement.

 

Demand Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Demand Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.1(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Demand Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.1(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Effective Date ” means effective date of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

 

Excluded Registration ” means a registration under the Securities Act of (i) securities registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar successor forms and (ii) securities registered to effect the acquisition of, or combination with, another Person, other than in each case the registration and sale of securities by the Company in which it receives cash proceeds.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

Focus LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

2



 

Holder ” means any Member or Stockholder, including their Permitted Transferees, provided that a Person shall cease to be a Holder at the time such Person ceases to hold Registrable Shares.

 

Holder Affiliates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Informed Holder ” means each Non-Private Equity Holder that has delivered written notice to the Company that such Non-Private Equity Holder wishes to receive each Demand Notice and each Company Notice, which written notice may be revoked by such Non-Private Equity Holder at any time by further written notice to the Company, with such revocation to be effective seven (7) days after receipt of such further notice.

 

Initial Public Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Inspectors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(h)  of this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Shares.

 

Launch Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Lockup Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Majority Requesting Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(d)  of this Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(d)  of this Agreement.

 

Members ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

Non-Private Equity Holders ” shall mean Holders that are not Private Equity Holders.

 

“Non-Private Equity Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Operating Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Other Requesting Persons ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Permitted Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

3



 

“Piggyback Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)  of this Agreement.

 

“Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.3(c)  of this Agreement.

 

Primary Shares ” means shares of Class A Common Stock issued by the Company after the date hereof other than Synthetic Primary Shares.

 

Private Equity Holders ” shall mean Holders that are Private Equity Investors or their Affiliates or Permitted Transferees.

 

Private Equity Investors ” means Stone Point Capital LLC and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Public Offering ” means an underwritten Public Offering and sale of Class A Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement, including a “bought” deal or “overnight” Public Offering.

 

Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(h)  of this Agreement.

 

register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

Registrable Shares ” means (i) shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Holders in connection with the Initial Public Offering, (ii) shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of the Units held by the Holders at the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and (iii) shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of Units issued after the Initial Public Offering and designated as Registrable Shares by the Company in connection with the issuance of such Units (subject to such limitations or qualifications as may be established in connection with issuance); provided, however , that Registrable Shares shall not include any shares of Class A Common Stock (A) that have been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (B) that have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (C) that have been transferred to anyone other than a Permitted Transferee, or (D) that have ceased to be outstanding.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7 of this Agreement.

 

Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement or a registration statement filed in order to effect a Demand Offering, a Non-Private Equity Offering or a Company Primary Offering.

 

4



 

Registration Suspension ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 of this Agreement.

 

Required Filing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(c)  of this Agreement.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

 

Shelf Eligibility Date ” means the date following completion of twelve (12) calendar months after the Effective Date, whether or not on such date the Company becomes eligible to utilize Form S-3 to sell shares in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

 

Shelf Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Shelf Resale ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)  of this Agreement.

 

Standing Instructions shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d)  of this Agreement.

 

Standing Instructions Holders ” means, at any time, the Non-Private Equity Holders who have given the Company Standing Instructions.

 

Stockholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

Synthetic Primary Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Units ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1          Shelf Registration Statement .

 

(a)           As promptly as practicable following the Shelf Eligibility Date, the Company shall file with the SEC a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or Form S-1 or a successor form (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) relating to the offer and sale on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act of all Registrable Shares by the Holders from time to time and shall use its reasonable best

 

5



 

efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

(b)           The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep a Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the date as of which all Registrable Shares covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold thereunder or otherwise cease to be Registrable Shares (such period of effectiveness, the “ Shelf Period ”). The Company shall not be deemed to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep a Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Company voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders covered by a Shelf Registration Statement not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is (x) a Registration Suspension (as defined below) or (y) required by applicable law.

 

(c)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and subject to any applicable transfer restrictions in the Operating Agreement, the Blocker Merger Agreements and applicable law, each Holder shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time when a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, to sell its Registrable Shares then registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (each, a “ Shelf Resale ”). Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 below, a Holder initiating a Shelf Resale shall not be required to permit the offer and sale of Registrable Shares by any other Holders in connection with any such Shelf Resale.

 

(d)           The Company shall from time to time solicit from each Non-Private Equity Holder written instructions to include in any Demand Offering or Non-Private Equity Offering after the Shelf Eligibility Date a specified number of Registrable Shares so long as the price to the public per share of Class A Common Stock in such Demand Offering or Non-Private Equity Offering equals or exceeds one or more minimum prices specified by the Company (the “Standing Instructions” ).  Each Non-Private Equity Holder who provided Standing Instructions may revoke or modify them by further written notice to the Company, which revocation or modification shall become effective seven (7) days after receipt of such further notice.

 

2.2          Demand Registration Rights .

 

2.2.1       Demand Requests .

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.2 , at any time on or after the 180 th  day following the Effective Date, any one or more of the Private Equity Holders may request the Company in writing (a “ Demand Request ”) to sell all or any portion of its or their Registrable Shares in a Public Offering (each, a “ Demand Offering ”); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be obligated under this Section 2.2 to effect more than one (1) Demand Offering on Form S-1 or a successor form in any 90-day period or more than three (3) Demand Offerings in any 12-month period commencing on the Effective Date and any anniversary thereof. Notwithstanding

 

6



 

the foregoing, no Demand Request will be effective hereunder unless the net proceeds (net of underwriting fees and commissions) to the Private Equity Holders from the sale of the Registrable Shares included in such request are reasonably expected to exceed $50,000,000 or such request includes all Registrable Shares owned by the requesting Private Equity Holders at such time.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Demand Offering shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Section 2.2.1 if the Registration Statement relating thereto (i) does not become effective, (ii) is not maintained effective for 90 days (or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement have been sold) or (iii) the Demand Offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court. The Company shall bear and pay all Registration Expenses (as provided in Section 2.7 ); provided, however, that in the event the Private Equity Holders revoke a Demand Offering (which revocation may only be made prior to the Company requesting acceleration of effectiveness of the relevant Registration Statement or, in the case of a shelf takedown, prior to the signing of an underwriting agreement or similar agreement) and the Company has incurred Registration Expenses and not been reimbursed by such Private Equity Holders, then such Demand Offering shall count as having been effected for purposes of this Section 2.2.1 .

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, if 20% or more of the Registrable Shares included in a Demand Request are excluded from the Demand Offering pursuant to Section 2.2.2(d)  below, then the Private Equity Holders shall have the right, with respect to such exclusion, to request one additional Demand Offering during the relevant 12-month period.

 

2.2.2       General Procedures .

 

(a)           Each Demand Request shall specify: (i) the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be sold and (ii) the intended method of disposition, to the extent then known.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of any Demand Request, the Company shall promptly (but in any event within the shorter of (i) five (5) days and (ii) the number of days from the Demand Request to the date of such Demand Offering) give written notice (the “ Demand Notice ”) of such proposed Demand Offering to the other Private Equity Holders and, subject to the proviso, all Informed Holders; provided, however, the Company shall not provide any Demand Notice to any Non-Private Equity Holder who is not an Informed Holder and shall not be obligated to, but may use its discretion after consultation with the Private Equity Holders requesting such Demand Offering, to provide a Demand Notice to Informed Holders in connection with a Demand Offering that is a “bought deal” or an “overnight” Public Offering pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the delivery of such Demand Notice will not delay the proposed Demand Offering. Each other Private Equity Holder and Informed Holder that receives a Demand Notice shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the

 

7



 

Company within such period of time specified by the Company in such Demand Notice (but not to exceed five (5) days), to irrevocably elect to include in such Demand Offering such portion of its Registrable Shares as it may request (each such electing Informed Holder, an “ Other Requesting Persons ”).  Each Other Requesting Person may condition the inclusion of any Registrable Shares or any specified number of Registrable Shares in such Demand Offering on the price to the public per share of Class A Common Stock in such Demand Offering being equal to or exceeding one or more minimum prices specified by the Company in such Demand Notice.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the immediately preceding paragraph, if Standing Instructions provide for Registrable Shares held by Standing Instructions Holders to be included in the Demand Offering, and the Demand Offering requested pursuant to this Section 2.2.2(b)  is a “bought deal” or an “overnight” Public Offering pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement after the Shelf Eligibility Date, the Company shall (absent other instructions by any Standing Instructions Holder) include in such Demand Offering shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Company for its own account (the “ Synthetic Primary Shares ”) and use the proceeds to the Company from such Demand Offering solely to purchase outstanding Units pursuant to such Standing Instructions and pay related fees and expenses. In such event, such Standing Instructions Holders shall not be included in a Demand Offering for a “bought deal” or an “overnight” Public Offering. In addition, no Non-Private Equity Holders shall be included in a Demand Offering for a ‘bought deal” or an “overnight” Public Offering unless the Company has delivered a Demand Notice to it and such Non-Private Equity Holder elects to be included in accordance with the terms of the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

(c)           Subject to Section 2.2.3 , if a Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC, upon receipt of any Demand Request, the Company shall (i) use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than sixty (60) days in the case of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 and twenty (20) days in the case of a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or, in each case, any successor form) after receiving such Demand Request (the “ Required Filing Date ”) and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

(d)           The Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares included in the Demand Request (the “ Majority Requesting Holders ”) shall have the right to select the investment banking firm or firms to manage the Demand Offering (which firms shall be represented by counsel designated by the Company), provided, that such selection shall be subject to the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If such firm or firms advise the Company and the Majority Requesting Holders that the inclusion of all Registrable Shares and Synthetic Primary Shares requested to be included in the Demand Offering would materially and adversely affect the price or success of the offering (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), the Company shall include in such Demand Offering the number of Registrable Shares and Synthetic Primary Shares which can be so sold without causing a Material Adverse Effect pro rata among the Holders

 

8


 

who delivered the Demand Request, the Other Requesting Persons and the Company on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares owned by each such Holder as of the date of this Agreement or joinder, as applicable (plus any additional Registrable Shares acquired thereafter) and, in the case of the Synthetic Primary Shares, the number of Registrable Shares owned by the Standing Instructions Holders as of the date of this Agreement or joinder, as applicable (plus any additional Registrable Shares acquired thereafter).

 

2.2.3                      Deferral of Filing . If a Demand Request is received and there is not an effective Shelf Registration Statement on file with the SEC, the Company may, upon prior written notice to the Holders, defer (but not more than once in any 12-month period) the filing (but not the preparation) of the Registration Statement for the Demand Offering for a reasonable period of time not to exceed 60 days after the Required Filing Date (or, if longer, 60 days after the filing date of the registration statement contemplated by clause (ii) below) if (i) at the time the Company receives the Demand Request, the Company or any of its subsidiaries is engaged in confidential negotiations or other confidential business activities, disclosure of which would be required in connection with such Registration Statement (but would not be required if such Registration Statement were not filed), and the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such disclosure would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders (an “ Adverse Disclosure ”), or (ii) prior to receiving the Demand Request, the Board of Directors had determined to effect a Company Primary Offering pursuant to Section 2.3 , and the Company had taken substantial steps (including, without limitation, selecting a managing underwriter for such offering) and is proceeding with reasonable diligence to effect such offering. A deferral of the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.2.3 shall be lifted, and the Registration Statement shall be filed promptly, if, in the case of a deferral pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, the negotiations or other activities are disclosed or terminated, or, in the case of a deferral pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the proposed Company Primary Offering is completed or abandoned. In order to defer the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.2.3 , the Company shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) days), upon determining to seek such deferral, deliver to each Holder requesting inclusion of Registrable Shares in the Demand Offering a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company stating that the Company is deferring such filing pursuant to this Section 2.2.3 and an approximation of the anticipated delay. On the 20 th  day after the Private Equity Holders have received such certificate, the Demand Request shall be deemed withdrawn automatically unless, prior to such 20 th  day, the Private Equity Holders deliver to the Company a written notice to the effect that they do not want the Demand Request to be withdrawn.

 

2.3                                Non-Private Equity Offerings and Company Primary Offerings .

 

(a)                                  Once per twelve-month period commencing on the Effective Date and any anniversary thereof, the Company may initiate a Public Offering for the benefit of the Non-Private Equity Holders (a “ Non-Private Equity Offering ”).  The Company may include in such Non-Private Equity Offering Synthetic Primary Shares and shall use the proceeds from the sale of such Synthetic Primary Shares to purchase outstanding Units from Standing Instructions Holders.  In addition, the Company may give written notice (the “ Company Notice ”) of such proposed Non-Private Equity Offering to all or some Informed Holders (whether or not they have provided Standing Instructions), who

 

9



 

shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within five (5) days of such notice (or a shorter period specified by the Company in any Company Notice delivered in connection with a “bought deal” or an “overnight” Public Offering), to elect to include in such Non-Private Equity Offering such portion of their Registrable Shares as they may request (which such request shall supersede any outstanding Standing Instructions). The Company shall not provide any Company Notice to any Holder who is not an Informed Holder. The Company shall also deliver a Company Notice of such proposed Non-Private Equity Offering to all Private Equity Holders, who shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company within five (5) days of such notice (or a shorter period specified by the Company in any Company Notice delivered in connection with a “bought deal” or an “overnight” Public Offering), to elect to include in such Non-Private Equity Offering such portion of their Registrable Shares as they may request.  Each Non-Private Equity Holder and each Private Equity Holder may condition the inclusion of any Registrable Shares or any specified number of Registrable Shares in such Non-Private Equity Offering on the price to the public per share of Class A Common Stock in such Non-Private Equity Offering being equal to or exceeding one or more minimum prices specified by the Company in such Company Notice. Subject to Section 2.3(b)  below, the Company shall include in such Non-Private Equity Offering all such Registrable Shares so requested to be included therein; provided, however , that the Company may at any time, in its sole discretion, withdraw or cease proceeding with any such Non-Private Equity Offering.

 

(b)                                  If, in connection with a Non-Private Equity Offering, the managing underwriter advises the Company that the inclusion of all Synthetic Primary Shares and Registrable Shares requested to be included would cause a Material Adverse Effect, the Company shall include in such Non-Private Equity Offering the number of Synthetic Primary Shares and Registrable Shares which can be so sold without causing a Material Adverse Effect pro rata among the Holders who requested to be included in such Non-Private Equity Offering and the Company on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares owned by such Holders as of the date of this Agreement or joinder, as applicable, (plus any additional Registrable Shares acquired thereafter) and, in the case of the Synthetic Primary Shares, the number of Registrable Shares owned by the Standing Instructions Holders as of the date of this Agreement or joinder, as applicable (plus any additional Registrable Shares acquired thereafter).

 

(c)                                   Except with respect to a Demand Offering, the procedures for which are addressed in Section 2.2 , or a Non-Private Equity Offering, the procedures for which are addressed in Section 2.3(a) , if the Company proposes to do a Public Offering of Primary Shares (other than (i) the Initial Public Offering or (ii) an Excluded Registration) (a Company Primary Offering ) and to include in such Company Primary Offering Registrable Shares of any Holder or any Synthetic Primary Shares, then, each such time after the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such Company Public Offering (no later than ten (10) days prior to the filing of the Registration Statement for such Company Primary Offering or, if such Company Primary Offering is pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, no later than two (2) Business Days prior to the launch of such Company Primary Offering (in each case, a “ Piggyback Notice ”)) to all of the Holders of Registrable Shares; provided, however , that

 

10



 

the Company is permitted to withhold such Piggyback Notice solely in connection with one Company Primary Offering per twelve-month period. The Piggyback Notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to include (or cause to be included) in such Company Primary Offering the number of Registrable Shares as each such Holder may request (a “ Piggyback Registration ”).  Subject to Section 2.3(d)  hereof, the Company shall include in each such Company Primary Offering all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) days of such Piggyback Notice (or shorter as specified by the Company in the Piggyback Notice).  The Holders of Registrable Shares shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of the Registrable Shares from a Piggyback Registration at any time at least two (2) Business Days prior to the effective date or launch date, as applicable, of such Piggyback Registration. The Company shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for a Piggyback Registration beyond the earlier to occur of (i) one hundred an eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof and (ii) consummation of the distribution by the holders of the applicable Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement.

 

If any time after giving such Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, or the launch date of the Company Primary Offering if pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register and sell the securities originally intended to be included in such registration, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Holders and thereupon the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register and sell such Registrable Shares in connection with the registration and sale of securities originally intended to be included in such registration.

 

(d)                                  If, in connection with a Company Primary Offering, the managing underwriter advises the Company that the inclusion of all Primary Shares, Synthetic Primary Shares and Registrable Shares requested to be included would cause a Material Adverse Effect, the Company shall include in such Company Primary Offering the number of Primary Shares, Synthetic Primary Shares and other Registrable Shares which can be so sold without causing a Material Adverse Effect in the following order of priority: first , the Primary Shares, and second , Registrable Shares and Synthetic Primary Shares proposed to be included in the Company Primary Offering pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Shares owned by Holders who requested to be included in such Company Primary Offering as of the date of this Agreement or joinder, as applicable, (plus any additional Registrable Shares acquired thereafter) and in the case of Synthetic Primary Shares, the number of Registrable Shares owned by the Standing Instructions Holders as of the date of this Agreement or joinder, as applicable (plus any additional Registrable Shares acquired thereafter).

 

2.4                                Registration Suspension . If the continued use of any Registration Statement filed and declared effective pursuant to this Agreement and which registers Registrable Shares at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Company may, upon giving written notice of such action to the Holders of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, suspend all such Holders’ ability to use such Registration Statement or otherwise make purchases of the Company’s securities for a reasonable period of time not in

 

11



 

excess of forty-five (45) days and not more than twice in any twelve (12) month period (a “ Registration Suspension ”). Each such Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Registration Suspension is in effect, the notice referred to above and its contents and the reason therefor unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (i) for disclosure to such Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who reasonably need to know such information for purposes of assisting the Holder with respect to its investment in the Company and agree to keep it confidential, (ii) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (iii) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed and (iv) as required by law, rule or regulation or legal process.  In the case of a Registration Suspension, upon receipt of such written notice, the Holders of Registrable Shares covered by the applicable Registration Statement agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Shares, upon delivery of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders of Registrable Shares covered by the applicable Registration Statement upon the termination of any Registration Suspension, otherwise amend or supplement the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders of Registrable Shares covered by the applicable Registration Statement such numbers of copies of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Holders may reasonably request.  The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the applicable Registration Statements as may reasonably be requested by a Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement.

 

2.5                                Holdback Agreement .

 

(a)                                  In connection with any Demand Offering, the Company shall not effect any public sale of any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class A Common Stock Equivalents during the ten (10) Business Days, or such shorter period beginning with delivery of a Demand Notice or Company Notice, as applicable, prior to the anticipated date such Public Offering is expected to be launched (the “ Launch Date ”) and during such time period after the pricing of such Demand Offering (not to exceed 90 days or sixty (60) days after the first Demand Offering) as the Company and the managing underwriter may agree, in each case except as part of such Demand Offering, pursuant to an Excluded Registration or as otherwise agreed between the Company and the managing underwriter for such Demand Offering.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any Demand Offering, Non-Private Equity Offering or any Company Primary Offering, each Holder that participates in such Public Offering (including pursuant to Standing Instructions), shall not effect (subject to any exceptions the managing underwriter may agree) any public sale or private offer or distribution of any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class A Common Stock Equivalents during the ten (10) Business Days, or such shorter period beginning with delivery of a Demand Notice, Company Notice or Piggyback Notice, as applicable, or a notice by the Company to the Informed Holders or Standing Instructions Holders informing them of such Public Offering, prior to the anticipated Launch Date for any Public Offering and during such time period after the pricing of such Public Offering (not

 

12



 

to exceed ninety (90) days (or sixty (60) days after the first Demand Offering)) (except as part of such Public Offering) as the managing underwriter may agree (the “ Lockup Period ”). Each Holder shall receive the benefit of any shorter Lockup Period or permitted exceptions (on a pro rata basis) agreed to by the managing underwriter for any Public Offering pursuant to this Agreement; provided, that nothing herein will prevent any Holder that is a limited liability company, partnership or corporation from making a distribution of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class A Common Stock Equivalents to the members, partners or stockholders thereof or a transfer to an Affiliate that is otherwise in compliance with the applicable securities laws, so long as such distributees or transferees agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Section 2.5 (subject to any exceptions the managing underwriter may agree). Each such Holder agrees to execute a lock-up agreement in favor of the underwriters to such effect and, in any event, that the underwriters in any relevant Public Offering shall be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.5 .

 

(c)                                   Any discretionary waiver or termination of the requirements under the foregoing provisions made by the managing underwriter shall apply to each Holder on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Registrable Shares owned by each such Holder.

 

(d)                                  The obligations of any person under this Section 2.5 are not in limitation of holdback or transfer restrictions that may otherwise apply by virtue of any other agreement or undertaking.

 

2.6                                Registration Procedures . In connection with the Company’s obligations hereunder and subject to the applicable terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company shall as promptly as reasonably practicable:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on any appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to such Registrable Shares and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective by the SEC as promptly as reasonably practicable; and to remain continuously effective; provided, however, that before filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto (including documents that would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), the Company shall furnish or otherwise make available to the Private Equity Holders of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such counsel and such other documents reasonably requested by such counsel, including any comment letter from the SEC, and, if requested by such counsel, provide such counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and each Prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, including reasonable access to the Company’s books and records, officers, accountants and other advisors.  The Company shall not file any such Registration Statement (including a Shelf Registration Statement), Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto (including such

 

13



 

document that, upon filing, would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein) with respect to a Demand Offering to which a Private Equity Holder covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Company, such filing is necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act or as necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the Holders thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement and, in the event of a Public Offering, the underwriters of the securities being offered such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), any documents incorporated by reference therein and such other documents as such Holder or underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Holder or the sale of such securities by such underwriters (it being understood that, subject to Section 2.4 and the requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the Company consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each Holder and the underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus, amendment or supplement is a part); provided, however, that any such document available on the SEC’s EDGAR database shall satisfy any such obligation;

 

(d)                                  if applicable, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Shares under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each Holder or, in the case of a Public Offering, the managing underwriter reasonably requests; use its reasonable best efforts to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period in which such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective; and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Holder in such jurisdictions ( provided, however , that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it or its subsidiaries would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (ii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

(e)                                   promptly notify each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement and, in the case of a Public Offering, each underwriter (i) when a Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment has been filed and, with respect

 

14



 

to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by any state securities or other regulatory authority of any order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Shares under state securities or “blue sky” laws or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) if at any time the Company has reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 2.6(o)  below cease to be true and correct, and (v) of the happening of any event which makes any statement made in a Registration Statement or related Prospectus untrue or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents incorporated therein by reference so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC and furnish a supplement or amendment so that, as thereafter deliverable to the purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)                                    make generally available to the Company’s stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 under the Securities Act;

 

(g)                                   in the case of a Public Offering, if requested by the managing underwriter or any Holder participating in such Public Offering, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or any Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, without limitation, with respect to the Registrable Shares being sold by such Holder, the purchase price being paid therefor by the underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Shares to be sold in such offering, and promptly make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by any Holder disposing of Registrable Shares pursuant to any Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such Holder or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement; provided, however , that, unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement or the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall not be required to provide any information under this subparagraph (h) if (i) the Company

 

15



 

believes, after consultation with counsel for the Company, that to do so would cause the Company to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (ii) if either (A) the Company is in the process of requesting or has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (B) the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing unless prior to furnishing any such information with respect to (i) or (ii) such Inspectors requesting such information agrees to enter into a confidentiality agreement in customary form and subject to customary exceptions; and provided, further , that each Inspector agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

 

(i)                                      in the case of a Public Offering, furnish to each Holder and underwriter participating in such Public Offering a signed counterpart of (A) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (B) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants and the independent public accountants who have audited any other financial statements (including with respect acquired businesses) included or incorporated by reference into the Prospectus, each in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as the Holders or managing underwriter reasonably requests;

 

(j)                                     cause the Registrable Shares included in any Registration Statement to be (A) listed on each securities exchange, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or (B) authorized to be quoted and/or listed (to the extent applicable) on an automated quotation system if the Registrable Shares so qualify;

 

(k)                                  provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Shares registered hereunder and provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Shares included in any Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(l)                                      cause its officers to use their reasonable best efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement (including participation in “road shows”) taking into account the Company’s business needs;

 

(m)                              cooperate with counsel to the Holders and, in the case of a Public Offering, each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Shares in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

(n)                                  during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, promptly file all documents required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

16



 

(o)                                  in the case of a Public Offering, enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements in the managing underwriter’s customary form) as are customary in connection with a Public Offering; and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the Holders of the Registrable Shares being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the managing underwriters, if any) to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares, and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration, (i) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Shares and the underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested and (ii) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

 

(p)                                  advise each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof of the issuance of any stop order by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal at the earliest possible moment if such stop order should be issued.

 

2.7                                Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Article II including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with FINRA (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA regulations, and of its counsel), as may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Shares), rating agency fees, printing expenses (including expenses of printing Prospectuses if the printing of Prospectuses is requested by a Holder), “road show” expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, the Company’s internal expenses (including without limitation all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any listing of the Registrable Shares, fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and its independent certified public accountants (including the expenses of any special audit or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), fees and expenses of independent public accountants who have audited any other financial statements (including with respect acquired businesses) included or incorporated by reference into the Prospectus (including the expenses of any special audit or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), securities acts liability insurance (if the Company elects to obtain such insurance), the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, the fees and expenses of other persons retained by the Company and the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel for all Holders participating in a registration pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Registration Expenses ”) shall be borne by the Company whether or not any Registration

 

17



 

Statement becomes effective or any sale is made in a Public Offering; provided, however , that in no event shall Registration Expenses include any underwriting discounts, commissions or fees attributable to the sale of the Registrable Shares or any accountants or other persons (except as set forth above) retained or employed by the Holders, which expenses shall be borne by the relevant Holders who retained or employed such Persons.

 

2.8                                Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Shares are included in a Registration Statement under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, and each of its employees, advisors, agents, representatives, members, partners, officers and directors and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Holder, and each of such controlling person’s employees, advisors, agents, representatives, members, partners, officers and directors (collectively, the “ Holder Affiliates ”) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement and expenses, joint or several (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements except as limited by Section 2.8(c) ) based upon, arising out of, related to or resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, any filing made in connection with the qualification of the offering under the securities or other “blue sky” law of any jurisdiction in which Registrable Shares are offered, or any other offering document (including any related notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or of the Exchange Act, or any violation by the Company of this Agreement and will reimburse each such Holder and Holder Affiliate for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, costs, judgment, fine, penalty, charge or actions or proceedings; except insofar as any such statements or omissions are made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information or affidavits furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder or any Holder Affiliate for use in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The reimbursements required by this Section 2.8(a)  will be made by periodic payments during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

 

(b)                                  Each participating Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each such Holder will indemnify the Company and its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange

 

18


 

Act) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements except as limited by Section 2.8(c) ) resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or any preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder or any of its Holder Affiliates specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be several, not joint and several, among such Holders, and the liability of each such Holder will be in proportion thereto and, provided, further , that such liability will be limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Shares (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions) pursuant to such Registration shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement or Prospectus; provided, however , that such Holder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, such Holder has furnished in writing to the Company information expressly for use in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company.

 

(c)                                   Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give such notice shall not limit the rights of such Person except to the extent that the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure to give prompt notice) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided, however , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (x) the indemnifying party has agreed to pay such fees or expenses or (y) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party as permitted hereunder, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, such indemnifying party shall not settle or otherwise compromise the applicable claim unless (i) such settlement or compromise contains a full and unconditional release of the indemnified party or (ii) the indemnified party otherwise consents in writing. An

 

19



 

indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party, a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, in which event the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such additional counsel or counsels.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense to participate in the defense of a claim if the named parties to any such claim (including any impleaded parties) include both such indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and such indemnified party shall have been advised by outside counsel that there is an actual conflict of interest between the indemnifying party and indemnified party that would make it inappropriate in the reasonable judgment of such outside counsel for the same counsel to represent both the indemnified party and indemnifying party.

 

(d)                                  Each party hereto agrees that, if for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 2.8(a)  or  2.8(b)  are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the actions which resulted in the losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action, statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.8(d)  were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders or any underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.8(d) . The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, judgment, fines, penalties, charges, amounts paid in settlement or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or, except as provided in Section 2.8(c)  defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.8(d) , no Holder shall be required to contribute an amount greater than the  proceeds (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Holder with respect to the sale of any Registrable Shares. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of

 

20



 

the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations in this Section 2.8(d)  to contribute shall be several and not joint in proportion to the amount of Registrable Shares registered by them.

 

(e)                                   If indemnification is available under this Section 2.8 , the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Section 2.8(a)  and  2.8(b)  of this Agreement without regard to the relative fault of said indemnifying party or indemnified party or any other equitable consideration provided for in this Section 2.8(d) .

 

(f)                                    The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities.

 

(g)                                   Any indemnified parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 8 .

 

(h)                                  The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 2.8 are in addition to any other liability that the indemnifying parties may otherwise have to the indemnified parties; provided that in no event shall any Holder of Registrable Shares be liable to any indemnified parties with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or any preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto for any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds to the indemnifying party from the sale of the Registrable Shares sold in the transaction that resulted in any liability, exceeds the amount of any damages that such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission (including as a result of any indemnification or contribution obligation hereunder).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provision in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

2.9                                Transfer of Registration Rights .

 

(a)                                  The rights of each Holder under this Agreement may be assigned to (i) a transferee of Registrable Shares that constitute at least 1% of the Company’s or Focus LLC’s outstanding Class A Common Stock or Units, as the case may be; provided, however , (i) that any such transfer is permitted in accordance with the Operating Agreement and any other applicable documents, (ii) that any such transfer is not pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or a registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) that the Company is given written notice by such Holder at or within a reasonable time after said transfer, stating the name and address of such transferee and identifying the Registrable Shares with respect to which such registration rights are being

 

21



 

transferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Holder may: (A) transfer rights to a transferee of Registrable Shares if such transferee is (i) an Affiliate or Affiliated Investor of any Holder or (ii) any family member or trust for the benefit of any individual Holder; and (B) transfer rights in connection with effecting in-kind or similar distributions of all or part of its Registrable Shares to its direct or indirect equityholders, managers, employees, agents or representatives. Any such transferee permitted by this Section 2.9(a)  (a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall be required to execute the joinder agreement set forth in Exhibit A .

 

(b)                                  If the Company may at any time hereafter provide to any Person who is a holder of any securities of the Company or Focus LLC rights with respect to the registration of such securities under the Securities Act, such rights shall not be in conflict with or adversely affect any of the rights provided to the Holders in, or conflict (in a manner that adversely affects the Holders) with any other provisions included in, this Agreement; provided, however, that any rights which are the same as or equal to the rights provided in this Agreement will not be considered in conflict with or to adversely affect the rights of the Holders provided in this Agreement. To the extent the Company provides any right to others that are more favorable than those provided for herein, this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically modified to ensure that such Holders will have the benefit of terms that are at least as favorable as those provided to such other Persons. The Company shall provide prompt notice to the Holders of any such modifications.

 

(c)                                   For the purposes of calculating any percentage of Class A Common Stock or Units, as the case may be, as contemplated by this Section 2.9 , the term “Holder” shall include all Affiliates thereof owning any Registrable Shares.

 

2.10                         Current Public Information .

 

(a)                                  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may at any time permit the sale of securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

 

(i)                                      make and keep public information available, as those terms are defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after 90 days following the Effective Date;

 

(ii)                                   file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act (at any time during which it is subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(iii)                                furnish to any Holder, so long as such Holder owns any Registrable Shares, upon the reasonable request by such Holder, (a) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the Effective Date), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such

 

22



 

reporting requirements), (b) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and (c) such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration, provided, however, that any such document requested pursuant to clauses (b) or (c) above and available on the SEC’s EDGAR database shall satisfy any such obligation under clause (b) or (c) above.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.10 , the Company may deregister under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

2.11                         General Rules Applicable to Registration Statements .  No Holder may participate in any Demand Offering, Non-Private Equity Offering or Company Primary Offering unless such Holder (x) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Shares on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements described above and (y) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

2.12                         In-Kind Distributions .  If any Holder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Registrable Shares to its direct or indirect equityholders pursuant to Section 2.9(a), the Company will, subject to applicable lockups, work with such Holder and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Holder.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1                                Notices .  All notices, elections, demands or other communications required or permitted to be made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be considered as properly given or made on the date of actual delivery if given by (a) personal delivery, (b) expedited overnight delivery service with proof of delivery, (c) via facsimile with confirmation of delivery or (d) electronic mail, addressed to the respective addressee(s). All notices hereunder to the Company or Focus LLC shall be mailed to it at the respective address of its principal place of business and all notices to the Holders shall be mailed to them at their last known addresses as shown on the books and records of the Company. Any Holder may change its address by giving notice in writing to the other Holders of its new address.

 

3.2                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.

 

3.3                                Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and, subject to Section 2.9 their respective successors and assigns.

 

23



 

3.4                                Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate when no Registrable Shares remain outstanding; provided that Section 2.8 and Article III shall survive any termination hereof.

 

3.5                                Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. References herein to Sections are references to Sections of this Agreement, except as otherwise indicated.

 

3.6                                Specific Performance .  The parties hereto recognize and agree that money damages may be insufficient to compensate the Holders for breaches by the Company of the terms hereof and, consequently, that the equitable remedy of specific performance of the terms hereof will be available in the event of any such breach, without posting a bond or other undertaking, and this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity.

 

3.7                                Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO RULES OR PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW REQUIRING THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER STATE.

 

3.8                                Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible within a reasonable period of time.

 

3.9                                Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Jurisdiction .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts located in the State of Delaware or the Delaware Court of Chancery for the purpose of adjudicating any dispute arising hereunder. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court any objection to such jurisdiction, whether on the grounds of hardship, inconvenient forum or otherwise. Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s address as provided pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 3.9 .

 

24



 

3.10                         Amendments; Entire Agreement .  Any amendment or waiver of, or any consent given under, any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing by the Company and each Private Equity Investor holding Registrable Shares; provided , that no amendment to this Agreement shall be effected if such amendment materially adversely affects a Holder or group of Holders in a manner that is disproportionate relative to the effect on any other Holder, unless such Holder or Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Shares of such group of Holders at the relevant time of determination consents thereto. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be subject to the same approval requirements as an amendment in the event that such amendment would have the same effect as such waiver. This Agreement supersedes all prior discussions, memoranda of understanding, agreements and arrangements (whether written or oral, including all correspondence), if any, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

3.11                         Merger or Consolidation .  In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the Registrable Shares are converted into securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to the Holders by the issuer of such securities. To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights obligations that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will, unless the Holders then holding at least a majority of the Registrable Shares otherwise agree, use its reasonable best efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights obligations so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement. To the extent any such modification of “inherited” registration rights disproportionately and adversely impacts any Holder hereunder, such modification shall not be effective as to such Holder without the consent of such Holder.

 

3.12                         No Recourse .  This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto, and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.13                         Acknowledgment .  Each of the Private Equity Holders acknowledges and agrees to comply with the liquidity limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 3.11 of the Operating Agreement.

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

 

 

Its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders

 

 

 

[PE HOLDER SIGNATURES BLOCKS]

 

SIGNATURE PAGES
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
IN CONNECTION WITH FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF JOINDER

 

THIS JOINDER (this “ Joinder ”) is made and entered into as of [ · ] by the undersigned (the “ New Holder ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Registration Rights Agreement by and among Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Focus LLC ”) and the Holders party thereto, dated as of [ · ] 2018 (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), for the benefit of, and for reliance upon by, the Company, Focus LLC and the Holders.

 

WHEREAS, New Holder has acquired certain Registrable Shares from [ · ] .

 

WHEREAS, the New Holder desires to exercise certain rights granted to it under the Registration Rights Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery to the Company of this Joinder by the New Holder is a condition precedent to the New Holder’s exercise of any of its rights under the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

 

(a)                                  Agreement to be Bound . The New Holder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, it shall become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement as though an original party thereto and shall be deemed a Holder for all purposes thereof.

 

(b)                                  Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Joinder shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors, heirs and assigns.

 

(c)                                   Notices . For purposes of notices pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, all notices, requests and demands to the New Holder shall be directed to:

 

[ Name ]

[ Address ]

 

(d)                                  Further Assurances . The New Holder agrees to perform any further acts and execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments that may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Company to carry out the provisions of this Joinder or the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

 

A- 1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

 

 

Its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NEW HOLDER]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A- 2




Exhibit 5.1

 

 

          , 2018

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

825 Third Avenue, 27 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

RE:                            Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel for Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed offer and sale (the “ Offering ”) by the Company, pursuant to a prospectus forming a part of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-225166, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2018 (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof, being referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement ”), of up to           shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”).

 

In connection with the Offering, the Company will effect an internal reorganization (the “ Reorganization ”), as further described in the Registration Statement and the prospectus relating thereto.

 

In connection with the opinion expressed herein, we have examined, among other things, (i) the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the form of Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Focus Financial Partners, LLC (“ Focus LLC ”), (ii) the records of corporate proceedings that have occurred prior to the date hereof with respect to the Offering, (iii) the Registration Statement and (iv) the form of underwriting agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We have also reviewed such questions of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate. As to matters of fact relevant to the opinion expressed herein, and as to factual matters arising in connection with our examination of corporate documents, records and other documents and writings, we relied upon certificates and other communications of corporate officers of the Company, without further investigation as to the facts set forth therein.  In making such examination and rendering the opinions set herein, we have assumed without verification the genuineness of

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law
Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston London Moscow
New York Richmond Riyadh San Francisco Taipei Tokyo Washington

 

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
New York, NY 10103-0040
Tel +1.212.237.0000 Fax +1.212.237.0100 www.velaw.com

 



 

all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the legal capacity of all individuals executing any of the foregoing documents.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have assumed that (i) the Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), will have become effective, (ii) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, will have become effective, (iii) the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Focus LLC, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, will have become effective, (iv) the Common Shares will be issued and sold in the manner described in the Registration Statement and the prospectus relating thereto, (v) the Reorganization will have been consummated in the manner described in the Registration Statement and the prospectus relating thereto, and (vi) a definitive underwriting agreement, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, with respect to the sale of the Common Shares will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto.

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, when the Common Shares have been delivered in accordance with a definitive underwriting agreement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and upon payment of the consideration therefor provided for therein (not less than the par value of the Common Shares), such Common Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

The opinions expressed herein are limited in all respects to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America, and we do not express any opinions as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

We hereby consent to the statements with respect to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

2



 

 

Very truly yours,

 

3




Exhibit 10.1

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

DATED AS OF             , 2018

 

THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS IN FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, AND HAVE BEEN OR ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MAY BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT; AND (III) ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BETWEEN THE MANAGING MEMBER AND ANY HOLDER OF SUCH INTERESTS.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

I

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

2

Section 1.2

Interpretive Provisions

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

II

 

 

 

ORGANIZATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

16

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Formation

16

Section 2.2

Filing

16

Section 2.3

Name

16

Section 2.4

Registered Office; Registered Agent

16

Section 2.5

Principal Place of Business

16

Section 2.6

Qualification in Other Jurisdictions

16

Section 2.7

Purpose; Powers

16

Section 2.8

Term

17

Section 2.9

Intent

17

Section 2.10

Effectiveness

17

Section 2.11

Registration Rights

17

Section 2.12

Limited Liability

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

III

 

 

 

OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

17

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Authorized Units; Issuance of Units

17

Section 3.2

Issuance of Units to PubCo after the IPO

18

Section 3.3

Capital Contributions

21

Section 3.4

Capital Accounts

21

Section 3.5

No Return of Capital Contributions

21

Section 3.6

Exchange of Units

22

Section 3.7

Call Right and Standing Instructions Purchase

26

Section 3.8

PubCo Approved Change of Control

27

Section 3.9

Tender Offers; Recapitalizations

28

Section 3.10

Participation in Distributions

28

Section 3.11

Liquidity Limitations

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

IV

 

 

 

ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

29

 

i



 

Section 4.1

Profits and Losses

29

Section 4.2

Special Allocations

29

Section 4.3

Allocations for Tax Purposes in General

32

Section 4.4

Other Allocation Rules

32

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

V

 

 

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

33

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Distributions

33

Section 5.2

Tax-Related Distributions

34

Section 5.3

Distribution Upon Withdrawal

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

VI

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT

34

 

 

 

Section 6.1

The Managing Member; Fiduciary Duties

34

Section 6.2

Officers

35

Section 6.3

Warranted Reliance by Officers on Others

35

Section 6.4

Exculpation and Indemnification

35

Section 6.5

Maintenance of Insurance or Other Financial Arrangements

38

Section 6.6

Resignation or Termination of Managing Member

38

Section 6.7

No Inconsistent Obligations

38

Section 6.8

Reclassification Events of PubCo

38

Section 6.9

Certain Costs and Expenses

39

Section 6.10

Fiduciary Duties; Other Business Opportunities

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

VII

 

 

 

ROLE OF MEMBERS

40

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Rights or Powers

40

Section 7.2

Voting

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

VIII

 

 

 

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

40

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Restrictions on Transfer

40

Section 8.2

Transferee Members

42

Section 8.3

Admission or Substitution of New Members

42

Section 8.4

Additional Requirements

43

Section 8.5

Bankruptcy

43

Section 8.6

Mandatory Exchange

43

Section 8.7

Legend

43

 

ii



 

ARTICLE

 

IX

 

 

 

ACCOUNTING

44

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Books of Account

44

Section 9.2

Tax Elections

44

Section 9.3

Tax Returns; Information

45

Section 9.4

Company Representative

45

Section 9.5

Withholding and Other Tax Payments and Obligations

46

Section 9.6

Section 83(b) Elections

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

X

 

 

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

47

 

 

 

Section 10.1

Liquidating Events

47

Section 10.2

Bankruptcy

48

Section 10.3

Procedure

48

Section 10.4

Rights of Members

49

Section 10.5

Notices of Dissolution

49

Section 10.6

Reasonable Time for Winding Up

49

Section 10.7

No Deficit Restoration

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE

 

XI

 

 

 

GENERAL

 

50

 

 

 

Section 11.1

Amendments; Waivers

50

Section 11.2

Further Assurances

51

Section 11.3

Successors and Assigns

51

Section 11.4

Entire Agreement

51

Section 11.5

Rights of Members Independent

51

Section 11.6

Governing Law

51

Section 11.7

Jurisdiction and Venue

52

Section 11.8

Headings

52

Section 11.9

Counterparts

52

Section 11.10

Notices

52

Section 11.11

Severability

53

Section 11.12

Expenses

53

Section 11.13

No Third Party Beneficiaries

53

Section 11.14

No Recourse

53

Section 11.15

Survival

53

Section 11.16

Specific Performance

54

Section 11.17

Waiver of Partition

54

Section 11.18

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

54

 

iii



 

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A — Form of Exchange Notice

 

Exhibit B — Form of Section 83(b) Election

 

Exhibit C — Registration Rights Agreement

 

iv


 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) of FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into as of                 , 2018, by the parties (the “ Members ”) listed on the schedule of Members maintained by the Company, including those who join this Agreement after such date (the “ Members Schedule ”) in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 De. C., 18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company was formed pursuant to a Certificate of Formation filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and is currently governed by the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of July 3, 2017 (the “ Existing LLC Agreement ”), as amended pursuant to Amendment No. 1 to the Existing LLC Agreement (the “ Amendment ”);

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the terms of the Amendment, the Members are consummating the reorganization of the Company and are taking other actions contemplated by the Amendment (collectively, the “ Reorganization ”);

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Reorganization, Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PubCo ”), is issuing shares of Class A Common Stock to the public in the initial underwritten Registered Offering of shares of its stock (the “ IPO ”), using a portion of the net proceeds received by it from the IPO to purchase Units (as defined below) from certain former and current Members and contributing a portion of such proceeds to the Company in exchange for additional Units;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Reorganization, PubCo is acquiring Units formerly held by current and former Members in certain mergers and exchanges in exchange for Class A Common Stock, non-compensatory options and cash;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Reorganization, PubCo is issuing shares of its Class B Common Stock to certain of the Members;

 

WHEREAS , PubCo will be the sole managing Member of the Company (in its capacity as managing Member, the “ Managing Member ”);

 

WHEREAS , each Member (other than PubCo) will, subject to the terms and limitations described herein, have the right to exchange all or a portion of its vested Units for shares of Class A Common Stock; and

 



 

WHEREAS , upon consummation of the IPO, this Agreement automatically amends and restates the Existing LLC Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                     Definitions . As used in this Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

1.721-2(f) Option ” means an option (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.721-2(g)(1)) issued by a partnership, other than an option issued in connection with the performance of services, as more specifically defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.721-2(f).

 

Act ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Action ” means any claim, action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Entity.

 

Adjusted Basis ” is defined in Section 1011 of the Code.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Period, with the following adjustments:

 

(a)                                  credit to such Capital Account any amount that such Member is obligated to restore under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), as well as any addition thereto pursuant to the next to last sentences of the Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) after taking into account thereunder any changes during such year in Company Minimum Gain and in the minimum gain attributable to any Member Nonrecourse Debt; and

 

(b)                                  debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )(4), (5) and (6) with respect to such Member.

 

This definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and 1.704-2 and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For these purposes, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no investment fund or other investment vehicle investing third party capital with respect to which the Company or any

 

2



 

Subsidiary acts as investment adviser, sub-adviser, general partner or in a similar role shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Allocation Period ” means the period (a) commencing on the date hereof or, for any Allocation Period other than the first Allocation Period, the day following the end of a prior Allocation Period and (b) ending (i) on the last day of each Fiscal Year; (ii) the day preceding any day in which an adjustment to the Book Value of the Company’s properties pursuant to clauses (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii) or (b)(v) of the definition of Book Value occurs; (iii) immediately after any day in which an adjustment to the Book Value of the Company’s properties pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Book Value occurs or (iv) on any other date determined by the Managing Member.

 

Amendment ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Applicable Percentage ” means, for any Exchange Date, the percentage set forth opposite such Exchange Date in Section 3.6(e)(iii) .

 

Assumed Tax Liability ” means, for any Fiscal Year or other taxable period, solely with respect to any taxable periods or portions thereof from and after the date hereof, an amount equal to the product of (a) the U.S. federal taxable income of the Company for such Fiscal Year or other taxable period, multiplied by (b) the Assumed Tax Rate.  The Managing Member shall determine the Assumed Tax Liability in its sole discretion using such assumptions and estimated amounts and other information as the Managing Member deems necessary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Assumed Tax Liability shall not take into account any adjustments by reason of Section 743(b) of the Code.

 

Assumed Tax Rate ” means 50% or such other rate, no lower than the highest combined rate of income tax then applicable to an individual resident in New York, New York, as the Managing Member may in its sole discretion, exercised in Good Faith, determine to be appropriate, taking into account the character of the income earned and any changes in the U.S. federal, state or local tax rates applicable to individuals resident in New York, New York.

 

beneficially own ” and “ beneficial owner ” are be as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

Blackout Period ” means any time period during which (i) directors, officers, or employees of PubCo or its Subsidiaries, or principals of management companies that oversee the operations of any such Subsidiaries, are not permitted to trade securities of PubCo under PubCo’s insider trading policy or (ii) PubCo is in possession of material non-public information and has determined in Good Faith that the disclosure of such information would not be in the best interests of PubCo.

 

Book Value ” means, with respect to any asset of the Company, such asset’s Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

3



 

(a)                                  the initial Book Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset as of the date of such contribution;

 

(b)                                  the Book Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross Fair Market Values as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an interest (or additional interest) in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution to the Company (including as a result of a conversion of Incentive Units to Common Units pursuant to Section 3.6(c)(i) ) or in exchange for the performance of more than a de minimis amount of services to or for the benefit of the Company; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets as consideration for an interest in the Company; (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g )(1), (iv) the acquisition of an interest in the Company by any new or existing Member upon the exercise of a 1.721-2(f) Option in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( s ); or (v) any other event to the extent determined by the Managing Member to be permitted and necessary or appropriate to properly reflect Book Values in accordance with the standards set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( q ); provided , however , that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) above shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company. If any 1.721-2(f) Options are outstanding upon the occurrence of an event described in this paragraph (b)(i) through (b)(v), the Company shall adjust the Book Values of its properties in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f )(1) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( h )(2);

 

(c)                                   the Book Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of such distribution;

 

(d)                                  the Book Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) (including any such adjustments pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.734-2(b)(1)), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and subsection (f) in the definition of “Profits” or “Losses” below or Section 4.2(h) ; provided , however , that the Book Value of a Company asset shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection to the extent the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) of this definition is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

 

(e)                                   if the Book Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsections (a), (b) or (d) of this definition of Book Value, such Book Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits, Losses and other items allocated pursuant to Article IV .

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the City of New York.

 

Call Right ” is defined in Section 3.7 .

 

4



 

Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Member, the Capital Account maintained for such Member in accordance with Section 3.4 .

 

Capital Contributions ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the initial Book Value of any property (other than cash) contributed to the Company by such Member. Any reference to the Capital Contributions of a Member shall include the Capital Contributions made by a predecessor holder of such Member’s Units to the extent the Capital Contribution was made in respect of Units Transferred to such Member.

 

Cash Amount ” means, with respect to any Cash Election for any Exchange or Standing Instructions Purchase, (i) in the event of any Standing Instructions Purchase, an amount of cash equal to the number of Common Units being purchased in such Standing Instructions Purchase, multiplied by the Net Share Price in the Demand Offering or Company Offering in which PubCo issued shares of Class A Common Stock to fund such purchase, (ii) in the event of any Cash Election funded by any Registered Offering, an amount of cash equal to the number of Common Units being purchased, multiplied by the Net Share Price in such Registered Offering, and (iii) with respect to any other Cash Election, an amount of cash equal to the number of Common Units being purchased, multiplied by the Class A Closing Price for the last trading day before the Exchange Date for such Exchange.

 

Cash Election ” means an election by the Company to redeem Units for cash pursuant to Section 3.6(d)  or an election by PubCo to purchase Units for cash pursuant to an exercise of its Call Right set forth in Section 3.7 .

 

Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any of the following events or series of related events after the date hereof:

 

(a)                                  any Person, or group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d)  of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of such prior Person representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of such Person’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

(b)                                  there is consummated a merger or consolidation of such Person with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of such Person immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

(c)                                   the equity holders of such Person approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of such Person or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by such Person of all or substantially all of

 

5



 

such Person’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by such Person of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by equity holders of such Person in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of such Person immediately prior to such sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the voting power of such Person immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the voting power of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of such Person immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Change of Control Exchange Date ” is defined in Section 3.8 .

 

Class A Closing Price ” means, with respect to any date of determination, (i) the closing price of a share of Class A Common Stock on such date or, if such date is not a trading day, on the most recent trading day, as reported on bloomberg.com, or (ii) in the event the shares of Class A Common Stock are not then publicly traded, the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock, as reasonably determined by PubCo in Good Faith, that would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction for cash between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to purchase or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means, as applicable, (i) the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of PubCo or (ii) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for shares of Class A Common Stock or into which shares of Class A Common Stock are exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.

 

Class B Common Stock ” means, as applicable, (i) the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of PubCo or (ii) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for shares of Class B Common Stock or into which shares of Class B Common Stock are exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Units ” is defined in Section 3.1(a) .

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

6



 

Company Level Taxes ” means any federal, state, or local taxes, additions to tax, penalties, and interest payable by the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of any examination of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s affairs by any federal, state, or local tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules.

 

Company Minimum Gain ” has the meaning of “partnership minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

Company Representative ” has, with respect to taxable periods beginning after December 31, 2017, the meaning assigned to the term “partnership representative” in Section 6223 of the Code and any Treasury Regulations or other administrative or judicial pronouncements promulgated thereunder and, with respect to taxable periods beginning on or before December 31, 2017, the meaning assigned to the term “tax matters partner” as defined in Code Section 6231(a)(7) prior to its amendment by Title XI of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, in each case as appointed pursuant to Section 9.4(a) .

 

Compensatory Unit ” means a Unit that is described in Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.721-1(b)(3) or any successor provision.

 

control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly or as trustee, personal representative or executor, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee, personal representative or executor, by contract, credit arrangement or otherwise.

 

Covered Audit Adjustment ” means an adjustment to any partnership-related item (within the meaning of Section 6241(2)(B) of the Code) to the extent such adjustment results in an “imputed underpayment” as described in Section 6225(b) of the Code or any analogous provision of state or local Law.

 

Covered Person ” means, as of any time of determination: (i) a then-current or former Member; (ii) an Affiliate of a then-current or former Member; (iii) any then-current or former officer, manager, director, trustee, trust, stockholder, partner, member, employee, advisor, representative or agent of a current or former Member or any of their respective Affiliates;  (iv) any then-current or former officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary; and (v) the Company Representative.

 

Debt Securities ” means, with respect to PubCo, any debt instruments or debt securities that are not convertible or exchangeable into Equity Securities of PubCo.

 

Demand Offering ” is defined in Section 2.2.1 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Depreciation ” means, for each Allocation Period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Allocation Period, except that (a) with respect to any such property the Book Value of which differs from its Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d),

 

7



 

Depreciation for such Allocation Period shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Allocation Period under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), and (b) with respect to any other such property the Book Value of which differs from its Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Allocation Period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Book Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Allocation Period bears to such beginning Adjusted Basis; provided , however , that if the Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Allocation Period is zero, Depreciation with respect to such asset shall be determined with reference to such beginning Book Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.

 

DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

Discount ” is defined in Section 3.6(h) .

 

Equity Securities ” means with respect to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar Person, any and all shares, units, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options or other equivalents of, or other ownership interests in, any such Person, as well as debt or equity instruments convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into any such shares, units, interests, rights or other ownership interests.

 

Excess Tax Amount ” is defined in Section 9.5(b) .

 

Exchange ” means any exchange of Common Units (including Common Units received as a result of the conversion of Incentive Units into Common Units) into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

Exchange Date ” means a Regular Exchange Date or a Special Exchange Date.

 

Exchange Notice ” is defined in Section 3.6(b) .

 

Exchange Notice Date ” means, with respect to (a) each Regular Exchange Date, the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to such Exchange Date, provided that if such date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the Exchange Notice Date shall be the next Business Day, and (b) each Special Exchange Date, such Special Exchange Date (in connection with any Registered Offering) or such other Business Day prior to such Special Exchange Date as specified by the Managing Member in a notice delivered by the Company to the Members prior to such Special Exchange Date.

 

Existing LLC Agreement ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

8



 

Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of any property as determined in Good Faith by the Managing Member after taking into account such factors as the Managing Member shall deem appropriate.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, another fiscal year is required. The Company shall have the same fiscal year for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

 

Fund Indemnitors ” is defined in Section 6.4(h)(i) .

 

GAAP ” means U.S. generally acceptable accounting principles at the time.

 

Good Faith ” means a Person having acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to a criminal proceeding, having had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local, foreign or other government, governmental, stock exchange, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission or any court, tribunal, or judicial or arbitral body.

 

Gross IPO Price ” means, with respect to any Registered Offering, the price to the public per share of Class A Common Stock in such Registered Offering.

 

Hurdle Amount ” is defined in Section 3.1(a).

 

Incentive Units ” is defined in Section 3.1(a) .

 

Indemnifiable Losses ” is defined in Section 6.4(c) .

 

Initial Shares ” means the shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the IPO.

 

Initial Units ” means the Units outstanding immediately after the closing of the IPO.

 

Interest ” means the entire interest of a Member in the Company, including the Units and all of such Member’s rights, powers and privileges under this Agreement and the Act.

 

IPO ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

IPO Date Capital Account Balance ” means, with respect to any Member, the positive Capital Account balance of such Member as of the date hereof after giving effect to the Reorganization, the IPO and any related transactions, the amount of which will be set forth by the Company on the Members Schedule within 180 days after the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

9



 

IPO TRAs ” means the Tax Receivable Agreements, dated as of the date hereof, by and among PubCo and certain current and former Members or Affiliates thereof, as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

IU Conversion Ratio ” means, with respect to any number of Incentive Units being converted (a) on any Special Exchange Date in connection with any Registered Offering, (i) the Gross Share Price in such Registered Offering multiplied by such number of Incentive Units, minus the sum of all Hurdle Amounts of such Incentive Units, divided by (ii) such Gross Share Price, and (b) on any other Exchange Date, (i) the Class A Closing Price as of the first trading day after the Exchange Notice Date preceding such Exchange Date multiplied by such number of Incentive Units, minus the sum of all Hurdle Amounts of such Incentive Units, divided by (ii) such the Class A Closing Price.

 

KKR Entities ” means, KKR Freya Aggregator L.P., its Affiliates who hold Initial Units or Initial Shares, and any Permitted Transferee to whom the foregoing entities Transfer Initial Units or Initial Shares in a Permitted Transfer.

 

Law ” means any federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law).

 

Liability ” means any liability or obligation, whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated and whether due or to become due, regardless of when asserted.

 

Liquidating Events ” is defined in Section 10.1 .

 

Lock-Up Period ” means the period of 180 days commencing with the pricing of the IPO.

 

Managing Member ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Member ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Member Minimum Gain ” has the meaning ascribed to “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

 

Member Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning of “partner nonrecourse debt” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Member Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning of “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Members Schedule ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

 

Net Share Price ” means, with respect to any Registered Offering, the Gross Share Price, less the underwriting discount per share of Class A Common Stock, in such Registered Offering.

 

10


 

Non-Private Equity Offering ” is defined in Section 2.3(a)  of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning assigned that term in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b).

 

Nonrecourse Liability ” is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(3).

 

Officer ” means each Person appointed as an officer of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.2 .

 

Partnership Tax Audit Rules ” means Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code, as amended, together with any final or temporary Treasury Regulations, Revenue Rulings, and case law interpreting Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code, as amended (and any analogous provision of state or local tax Law).

 

Permitted Transfer ” is defined in Section 8.1(b) .

 

Permitted Transferee ” means any Person that is not (i) a national or global financial institution or insurance company or a regional bank that in each case derives at least 30% of its revenues from wealth management services or the sale of proprietary financial products (which for the avoidance of doubt, excludes life insurance and annuities), (ii) an independent broker-dealer, (iii) a platform for or aggregator of registered investment advisers or broker-dealer teams, or (iv) a holding company or acquisition vehicle of any entity described in the foregoing clauses (i) — (iii).

 

Person ” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, as well as any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

Piggyback Registration ” is defined in Section 2.3(c)  of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Plan Asset Regulations ” means the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor regulations as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Post-IPO TRA ” means any tax receivable agreement (or comparable agreement), other than the IPO TRAs, entered into by PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which PubCo is obligated to pay over amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any tax attributes to which PubCo becomes entitled.

 

Prime Rate ” means, on any date of determination, a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

 

Profits ” or “ Losses ” means, for each Allocation Period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Code

 

11



 

Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any income or gain of the Company that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(b)                                  any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

(c)                                   in the event the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Book Value above, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Book Value of the Company asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Book Value of the Company asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall, except to the extent allocated pursuant to Section 4.2 , be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

 

(d)                                  gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company assets with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed with reference to the Book Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Book Value;

 

(e)                                   in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation;

 

(f)                                    to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m )(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Account balances as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and

 

(g)                                   any items of income, gain, loss or deduction which are specifically allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses for any taxable year, but such items available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.2 will be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (f) above.

 

Profits Interest ” means an interest in the Company that is classified as a partnership profits interest within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43 (or the corresponding requirements of any subsequent guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable Law).

 

12



 

Property ” means all real and personal property owned by the Company from time to time, including both tangible and intangible property.

 

PubCo ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

PubCo Approved Change of Control ” means any Change of Control of PubCo that meets the following conditions:  (i) such Change of Control was approved by the board of directors of PubCo prior to such Change of Control, (ii) such Change of Control results in an early termination of and acceleration of payments under the IPO TRAs, (iii) the terms of such Change of Control provide for the consideration for the Units in such Change of Control to consist solely of (A) freely and immediately tradeable common equity securities of an issuer listed on a national securities exchange and/or (B) cash, and (iv) if such consideration includes common equity, the market value of the outstanding common equity held by non-affiliates of such issuer is at least twice as large as the market value of all of the outstanding common equity of PubCo, in each case on a fully-diluted basis immediately before the public announcement of such Change of Control.

 

PubCo Common Stock ” means all classes and series of common stock of PubCo, including the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

PubCo Offer ” is defined in Section 3.9 .

 

PubCo Tax-Related Liabilities ” with respect to a Fiscal Year or other taxable period means (a) any U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax obligations (including any Company Level Taxes for which PubCo is liable hereunder) owed by PubCo with respect to such Fiscal Year or other taxable period (other than any obligations to remit any withholdings withheld from payments to third parties) and (b) any obligations under the IPO TRAs and any Post-IPO TRA payable by PubCo during such Fiscal Year or other taxable period.

 

Reclassification Event ” means any of the following: (i) any reclassification or recapitalization of PubCo Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination or any transaction subject to Section 3.2(e) ), (ii) any merger, consolidation or other combination involving PubCo, or (iii) any sale, conveyance, lease, or other disposal of all or substantially all the properties and assets of PubCo to any other Person, in each of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), as a result of which holders of PubCo Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of PubCo Common Stock.

 

Record Date ” means, with respect to any distribution pursuant to Article V, the Business Day specified by the Managing Member for purposes of determining the outstanding Units entitled to participate in such distribution.

 

Registered Offering ” means any Demand Offering, Non-Private Equity Offering, and Piggyback Registration.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit C .

 

13



 

Regular Exchange Date ” means a date within each fiscal quarter of PubCo specified by the Managing Member by notice to the Members from time to time, commencing with the first such date after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, and which date is intended to be specified so that the preceding Exchange Notice Date does not fall within a Blackout Period, provided that (a) the Managing Member may move or modify any such previously announced date or dates upon at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Members, and (b) if any such date falls (i) on a date that is not a Business Day, the Regular Exchange Date shall be the next Business Day or (ii) on a date such that the preceding Exchange Notice Date is within a Blackout Period, the Regular Exchange Date shall be moved such that the preceding Exchange Notice Date shall be the first Business Day after such Blackout Period.

 

Regulatory Allocations ” is defined in Section 4.2(i) .

 

Reorganization ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

Special Block Trade ” means any sale of shares of Class A Common Stock issued in an Exchange for an aggregate purchase price of at least $25,000,000 in a “bought deal” or “overnight offering” during any period for which a Registration Suspension (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is in effect or any period after the Shelf Eligibility Date for which a Shelf Registration Statement (both as defined in the Registration Statement) is not in effect.

 

Special Exchange Date ” means a Business Day that the Managing Member (i) shall specify in connection with a Registered Offering, Special Block Trade or Change of Control of PubCo in lieu of or in addition to any Regular Exchange Date, provided that in connection with each Registered Offering such date shall be the date of such Registered Offering, or (ii) may specify in connection with any other securities offering or transaction in lieu of the Regular Exchange Date for the fiscal quarter during which such securities offering or transaction occurs.

 

Standing Instructions ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Standing Instructions Purchase ” means any purchase by the Company of vested Common Units (including those issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) in connection with any Registered Offering pursuant to Standing Instructions.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company or any Person, any other Person with respect to which the Company, such specified Person, or any other Subsidiary (as herein defined) directly or indirectly owns at the time of determination more than (i) fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting shares or interests of such Person other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (ii) if no Person owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting shares or interests of such Person, twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding voting shares or interests of such Person other than directors’ qualifying shares.

 

Tax Distribution Date ” means, with respect to each Fiscal Year, (a) any date that is two Business Days prior to the due date for U.S. federal income tax returns of corporate calendar year

 

14



 

taxpayers without regard to extensions and (b) any date that is two Business Days prior to the due date for U.S. federal income tax returns of corporate calendar year taxpayers taking into account extensions.

 

Transfer ” means, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect (whether through a change of control of the Transferor or any Person that controls the Transferor, the issuance or transfer of Equity Securities of the Transferor, by operation of law or otherwise), transfer, sale, pledge or other disposition and, as a verb, voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly (whether through a change of control of the Transferor or any Person that controls the Transferor, the issuance or transfer of Equity Securities of the Transferor or any Person that controls the Transferor, by operation of law or otherwise), to transfer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of; provided, however , that any pledge of Units shall constitute a Transfer of such Units only upon any foreclosure by the pledgee on such Units.  The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Treasury Regulations ” means pronouncements, as amended from time to time, or their successor pronouncements, which clarify, interpret and apply the provisions of the Code, and which are designated as “Treasury Regulations” by the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Trident Entities ” means Trident FFP LP, its Affiliates who hold Initial Units or Initial Shares, and any Permitted Transferee to whom the foregoing entities Transfer Initial Units or Initial Shares in a Permitted Transfer.

 

Units ” means Common Units and Incentive Units and any Equity Securities of the Company issued in respect of or in exchange for Units, whether by way of dividend or other distribution, split, recapitalization, merger, rollup transaction, consolidation, conversion or reorganization.

 

Winding-Up Member ” is defined in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Section 1.2                                     Interpretive Provisions . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  the terms defined in Section 1.1 are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

 

(b)                                  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned under GAAP;

 

(c)                                   all references to currency, monetary values and dollars set forth herein shall mean United States (U.S.) dollars and all payments hereunder shall be made in United States dollars;

 

(d)                                  when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated;

 

(e)                                   whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

15



 

(f)                                    “or” is not exclusive;

 

(g)                                   pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms; and

 

(h)                                  the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

ORGANIZATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

Section 2.1                                     Formation . The Company was formed as a limited liability company subject to the provisions of the Act upon the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2                                     Filing . The Company’s Certificate of Formation has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act. The Members shall execute such further documents (including amendments to such Certificate of Formation) and take such further action as is appropriate to comply with the requirements of Law for the formation or operation of a limited liability company in Delaware and in all states and counties where the Company may conduct its business.

 

Section 2.3                                     Name . The name of the Company is “Focus Financial Partners, LLC” and all business of the Company shall be conducted in such name or, in the discretion of the Managing Member, under any other name.

 

Section 2.4                                     Registered Office; Registered Agent . The location of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, or at such other place as the Managing Member from time to time may select. The name and address for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware are The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, or such other qualified Person as the Managing Member may designate from time to time and its business address.

 

Section 2.5                                     Principal Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Company shall be located in such place as is determined by the Managing Member from time to time.

 

Section 2.6                                     Qualification in Other Jurisdictions .  The Managing Member shall cause the Company to be registered or qualified under its own name or under an assumed or fictitious name pursuant to a foreign limited liability company statute or similar laws in any jurisdictions in which the Company owns property or transacts business if such registration or qualification is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Members or to permit the Company lawfully to own property or transact business in such jurisdiction.

 

Section 2.7                                     Purpose; Powers . The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability

 

16



 

companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions and engage in any and all activities necessary, appropriate, desirable, advisable, ancillary or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing purpose.

 

Section 2.8                                     Term . The term of the Company commenced on the date of filing of the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall continue indefinitely. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up only in accordance with Article X .

 

Section 2.9                                     Intent . It is the intent of the Members that the Company be operated in a manner consistent with its treatment as a “partnership” for U.S. federal and state and applicable non-U.S. income tax purposes. It is also the intent of the Members that the Company not be operated or treated as a “partnership” for purposes of Section 303 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. Neither the Company nor any Member shall take any action inconsistent with the express intent of the parties hereto as set forth in this Section 2.9 .

 

Section 2.10                              Effectiveness .  This Agreement became effective on the date stated in the preamble to this Agreement, which is the date of consummation of the IPO.  In accordance with the terms of the Amendment, this Agreement automatically amended and restated the Existing LLC Agreement without further action by any Member.

 

Section 2.11                              Registration Rights .  Each Member shall have the registration rights, and the Company and each Member shall have the obligations, set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, which is an integral part of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.12                              Limited Liability .  The Liability of each Member shall be limited as set forth in the Act and other applicable Law and, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any other written agreement to which it is a party or as required by Law, no Member (or any of its Affiliates) shall be personally liable, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company, or to any other third party, for any debt or Liability of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Member of the Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 3.1                                     Authorized Units; Issuance of Units .

 

(a)                                  Each Member’s ownership interest in the Company shall be represented by Units. The Managing Member shall have the right to authorize and cause the Company to issue (A) an unlimited number of Common Units (the “ Common Units ”) and (B) an unlimited number of Incentive Units (the “ Incentive Units ”).  The number and type of Units issued to each Member shall be set forth opposite such Member’s name on the Members Schedule.  The Common Units and Incentive Units may be subject to vesting as set forth in any agreement governing their issuance.  Each Incentive Unit shall be subject to a hurdle amount (the “ Hurdle Amount ”).  The Hurdle Amount of any Incentive Unit shall be: (i) as of the date hereof with respect to each outstanding Incentive Unit, as set forth on the Members Schedule, (ii) with respect to each subsequently issued Incentive Unit that is intended to constitute a Profits Interest for U.S. federal

 

17



 

income tax purposes, an amount not less than the Class A Closing Price on the last trading day before the date of issuance or such higher amount determined by the Managing Member to the extent necessary to cause such Incentive Unit to constitute a Profits Interest, as set forth on the Members Schedule, and (iii) with respect to each subsequently issued Incentive Unit that is not intended to constitute a Profits Interest, the amount as determined by the Managing Member.  Each subsequently issued Incentive Unit that is intended to constitute a Profits Interest shall have an initial Capital Account at the time of its issuance equal to zero dollars ($0.00).  With respect to any Incentive Unit that the Company does not intend to constitute a Profits Interest, (A) such Incentive Unit will constitute a Compensatory Unit, (B) the grant (or vesting) of such Incentive Unit will be taxable to the recipient thereof in accordance with Code Section 83, and (C) the Capital Account associated with each such Incentive Unit at the time of issuance shall be as provided in Section 3.4(a)(iii).

 

(b)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Managing Member shall have the right to authorize and cause the Company to issue additional Units or other Equity Securities of the Company on such terms (including price) as may be determined by the Managing Member. The Company shall not issue Equity Securities of the Company to any Person unless such Person shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement and all other agreements or instruments deemed necessary or desirable in the discretion of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall amend the Members Schedule to reflect such additional issuances.

 

(c)                                   None of the Units shall be represented by certificates. All existing certificates representing outstanding Units shall be cancelled, and their holders shall promptly surrender them to the Company. If the Managing Member determines that it is in the interest of the Company to issue certificates representing Units, the Managing Member shall issue such certificates, and this Agreement shall be deemed amended as necessary or desirable to reflect the issuance of certificated Units for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

(d)                                  A Unit shall constitute a security for all purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.  The laws of the State of Delaware shall constitute the local law of the Company’s jurisdiction in its capacity as the issuer of Units.

 

Section 3.2                                     Issuance of Units to PubCo after the IPO .

 

(a)                                  Any time PubCo issues a share of Class A Common Stock or any other Equity Security of PubCo (other than shares of Class B Common Stock), (i) the Company shall concurrently issue to PubCo one Common Unit (if PubCo issues a share of Class A Common Stock), or such other Equity Security of the Company (if PubCo issues Equity Securities other than Class A Common Stock) corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by PubCo, and with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo, and (ii) PubCo shall concurrently transfer to the Company the net proceeds (in cash or property, as the case may be), if any, received by it for such share of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Security.  Any time the Company issues a Common Unit (other than any Common Unit subject to vesting and Common Units issued upon conversion of Incentive Units in connection with an Exchange), PubCo shall concurrently issue one share of Class B Common Stock to the holder of such Common Unit.  Promptly upon vesting of an unvested Common Unit, PubCo shall issue one share of Class

 

18



 

B Common Stock to the holder of such Common Unit.  PubCo shall not issue any shares of Class B Common Stock to any Person other than holders of vested Common Units, and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by any Person shall at all times be equal to the number of outstanding vested Common Units held by such Person.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 3.2(a) :

 

(i)                                      if PubCo issues any shares of Class A Common Stock in order to purchase or fund the purchase from a Member of a number of Common Units (and, if applicable, shares of Class B Common Stock) equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock so issued, then the Company shall not issue any new Units in connection therewith, PubCo shall not be required to transfer such net proceeds to the Company, and such net proceeds shall instead be transferred to such Member as consideration for such purchase;

 

(ii)                                   Section 3.2(a)  shall not apply to the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of PubCo Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of PubCo under a “poison pill” or similar shareholders rights plan, and upon any exchange of Common Units for Class A Common Stock, such Class A Common Stock shall be issued together with a corresponding right under such plan; and

 

(iii)                                Section 3.2(a)  shall not apply to the issuance under PubCo’s employee benefit plans or in connection with the IPO of any warrants, options, other rights to acquire shares of capital stock of PubCo or rights or property that may be converted into or settled in shares of capital stock of PubCo, but shall in each of the foregoing cases apply to the issuance of shares of capital stock of PubCo in connection with the exercise or settlement of such rights, warrants, options or other rights or property.

 

(c)                                   Except pursuant to Section 3.2(h)  or Section 3.6 , the Company shall not issue any additional Common Units to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries unless concurrently PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or sells to another Person an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Company shall not issue any Incentive Units to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company shall not issue any other Equity Securities of the Company to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries unless concurrently PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or sells to another Person an equal number of shares of a new class or series of Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Neither PubCo nor any of its Subsidiaries shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (i) any shares of Class A Common Stock (including upon forfeiture of any unvested shares of Class A Common Stock), unless concurrently the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of Common Units for the same price per security or (ii) any other Equity Securities of PubCo (other than shares of Class B Common Stock in an Exchange), unless concurrently the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of Equity Securities of the Company of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo for the same price per security. The Company shall not redeem, repurchase or

 

19



 

otherwise acquire (A) except pursuant to Section 3.2(h) or Section 3.6 , any Common Units from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries unless concurrently PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the same price per security from holders thereof, or (B) any other Equity Securities of the Company from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries unless concurrently PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of PubCo of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distribution upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any consideration payable by PubCo in connection with the redemption or repurchase of any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries consists (in whole or in part) of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other Equity Securities (including in connection with the cashless exercise of an option or warrant), then the redemption or repurchase of the corresponding Units or other Equity Securities of the Company shall be effectuated in an equivalent manner.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of (i) the outstanding Common Units unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding PubCo Common Stock, with corresponding changes made with respect to the Incentive Units and any other exchangeable or convertible securities, and (ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the outstanding Incentive Units.  Unless in connection with actions taken pursuant to Section 3.2(g) , PubCo shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding PubCo Common Stock unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Common Units, with corresponding changes made with respect to the Incentive Units and any other exchangeable or convertible securities.

 

(f)                                    If at any time PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) issues Debt Securities, PubCo or such Subsidiary shall transfer to the Company (in a manner to be determined by the Managing Member in Good Faith to preserve the intended economic effect of this Section 3.2 and the other provisions hereof) the proceeds received by PubCo or such Subsidiary in exchange for such Debt Securities in a manner that directly or indirectly burdens the Company with the repayment of the Debt Securities.  In the event any Equity Security outstanding at PubCo is exchanged or exercised for or converted into shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo, (i) the corresponding Equity Security outstanding at the Company shall be similarly exchanged, exercised or converted, and an equivalent number of Units or other Equity Securities of the Company shall be issued to PubCo as contemplated by Section 3.2(a) , and (ii) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds, if any, received by PubCo from any such exercise or conversion.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if PubCo acquires or holds any material amount of cash in excess of any monetary obligations it reasonably anticipates (including as a result of the receipt of distributions pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  for any period in excess of the PubCo Tax-Related Liabilities for such period), PubCo may, in its sole discretion,

 

20


 

use such excess cash amount in such manner, and make such adjustments to or take such other actions with respect to the capitalization of PubCo and the Company, as PubCo (including in its capacity as the Managing Member) in Good Faith determines to be fair and reasonable to the stockholders of PubCo and to the Members and to preserve the intended economic effect of this Section 3.2 , Section 3.6 , and the other provisions hereof.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may redeem Common Units from PubCo for cash to fund any acquisition by PubCo of another Person, provided that promptly after such redemption and acquisition PubCo causes such Person to contribute its assets directly or indirectly to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for a number of Common Units equal to the number of Common Units redeemed.

 

Section 3.3                                     Capital Contributions .  Each Member named on the Members Schedule shall be credited with the IPO Date Capital Account Balance set forth on the Members Schedule in respect of its Units specified thereon.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or required by the Act, a Member shall not be required to lend any funds to the Company or to make any additional contributions (including Capital Contributions) or payments to the Company.

 

Section 3.4                                     Capital Accounts . A Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and, to the extent consistent with such regulations, the other provisions of this Agreement. The Capital Account balance of each of the Members as of the date hereof is its respective IPO Date Capital Account Balance set forth on the Members Schedule. Thereafter, each Member’s Capital Account shall be (a) increased by (i) allocations to such Member of Profits pursuant to Section 4.1 and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 4.2 , (ii) the amount of additional cash or the initial Book Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities secured by the contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code) contributed to the Company by such Member, (iii) in the case of a Member receiving Compensatory Units, the amount included in the Member’s compensation income under Sections 83(a), 83(b) or 83(d)(2) of the Code and (iv) any other increases allowed or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and (b) decreased by (i) allocations to such Member of Losses pursuant to Section 4.1 and any other items of deduction or loss allocated to such Member pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2 , (ii) the amount of any cash or the Book Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities secured by the distributed property that such Member is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code) distributed to such Member, and (iii) any other decreases allowed or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  In the event of a Transfer (or deemed Transfer) of Units made in accordance with this Agreement, the Capital Account of the Transferor that is attributable to the Transferred Units shall carry over to the Transferee Member in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( l ). Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Member shall have any liability to restore all or any portion of a deficit balance in such Member’s Capital Account.

 

Section 3.5                                     No Return of Capital Contributions .

 

(a)                                  No Member shall demand or receive a return on or of its Capital Contributions or withdraw from the Company without the consent of the Managing Member. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contributions, no Member has the right to receive property other than cash.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not be obligated to repay any Capital Contributions of any Member.

 

21



 

Section 3.6                                     Exchange of Units .

 

(a)                                  Each Member other than PubCo and any Subsidiary of PubCo shall be entitled to cause the Company to redeem all or a portion of such Member’s vested Common Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock, and vested Incentive Units, in each case, for shares of Class A Common Stock or, at the Company’s election under certain circumstances, cash in accordance with Section 3.6(d)  (referred to herein as the “ exchange right ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 3.6 and subject to PubCo’s Call Right as set forth in Section 3.7 .

 

(b)                                  In order to exercise its exchange right, each exchanging Member shall provide written notice in the form attached as Exhibit A or such other form as the Company may provide from time to time (the “ Exchange Notice ”) to the Company and PubCo, on or before any Exchange Notice Date, stating that the exchanging Member elects to exchange on the next Exchange Date a stated number of vested Common Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock, or a stated number of vested Incentive Units.  Upon delivery of any Exchange Notice by any Member on or before any Exchange Notice Date, such member may not revoke or rescind such Exchange Notice after such Exchange Notice Date.  Any Exchange Notice delivered for an Exchange on a Regular Exchange Date may not be contingent.  Any Exchange Notice delivered for an Exchange on a Special Exchange Date may be made contingent on the consummation of the Registered Offering or other transaction described in the notice of the Managing Member specifying such Special Exchange Date.  Any notice by any Member pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to demand or participate in any Registered Offering shall be deemed to constitute an Exchange Notice for the related Special Exchange Date.

 

(c)                                   On any Exchange Date for which any Member delivered an Exchange Notice with respect to vested Common Units or Incentive Units:

 

(i)                                      if such Member exercised its right to exchange a number of vested Incentive Units, as of such Exchange Date, such Incentive Units shall be converted into a number of Common Units equal to the IU Conversion Ratio of such Incentive Units, rounded down to the nearest whole number of Common Units; provided , however , that if the Gross Share Price or Class A Closing Price used in the application of such IU Conversion Ratio is less than the Hurdle Amount of any such Incentive Units, such Exchange Notice shall be deemed to be withdrawn with respect to such Incentive Units; and

 

(ii)                                   unless the Company elects to pay cash in accordance with Section 3.6(d)  or PubCo exercises its Call Right pursuant to Section 3.7 or purchases vested Common Units pursuant to Standing Instructions, on the such Exchange Date:

 

(A)                                if such Member exercised its right to exchange a number of vested Common Units, such number of Common Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock, shall be exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock; and

 

(B)                                if such Member exercised its right to exchange a number of vested Incentive Units, the number of Common Units received as a result of the conversion of such

 

22



 

Incentive Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 3.6(c)(i)  shall be exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall be entitled to elect to settle any Exchange by delivering to the exchanging Member, in lieu of the applicable number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be received in such Exchange, an amount of cash equal to the Cash Amount for such shares.

 

(e)                                   Each Member’s exchange right shall be subject to the following limitations and qualifications:

 

(i)                                      The first Exchange shall only be permitted on the first Exchange Date after the Lock-Up Period;

 

(ii)                                   thereafter, except as provided herein, Exchanges shall only be permitted on each Exchange Date;

 

(iii)                                each Member holding Initial Units shall, on any Regular Exchange Date, only be permitted to exchange up to the aggregate percentage of such Initial Units set forth below opposite such Regular Exchange Date, which percentage shall be applied on a cumulative basis by taking into account all such Initial Units previously exchanged on Regular Exchange Dates:

 

First Regular Exchange Date

 

8.33

%

Second Regular Exchange Date

 

16.67

%

Third Regular Exchange Date

 

25.00

%

Fourth Regular Exchange Date

 

33.33

%

Fifth Regular Exchange Date

 

41.67

%

Sixth Regular Exchange Date

 

50.00

%

Seventh Regular Exchange Date

 

58.33

%

Eighth Regular Exchange Date

 

66.67

%

Ninth Regular Exchange Date

 

75.00

%

Tenth Regular Exchange Date

 

83.33

%

Eleventh Regular Exchange Date

 

91.67

%

Twelfth Regular Exchange Date

 

100.00

%

 

(iv)                               the percentage limitations set forth in the foregoing clause (iii) shall not apply to (A) any Exchange on any Special Exchange Date for a Registered Offering, Special Block Trade or Change of Control of PubCo, (B) any Exchange on any Exchange Date by any Trident Entity or any KKR Entity, provided that the shares of Class A Common Stock issued in such Exchange described in this clause (B) are subject to the aggregate percentage limitations provided for in Section 3.11(a) or (b), or (C) any Exchange in connection with any Change of Control of PubCo or any PubCo Offer;

 

(v)                                  if any Member whose Initial Units are subject to the limitations set forth in the foregoing clause (iii) exchanges all or a portion of such Units on any Special Exchange Date or sells all or a portion of such Units pursuant to Standing Instructions, the number of Initial Units so exchanged or sold shall reduce on a pro rata basis the number of retained Initial Units that may be exchanged on each remaining Regular Exchange Date pursuant to the foregoing clause (iii);

 

23



 

(vi)                               an exchanging Member shall only be permitted to exchange less than all of its Units if (A) after such Exchange it would continue to hold at least 25,000 Units and (B) it exchanges not less than 25,000 Units in such Exchange;

 

(vii)                            any Exchange of Units issued after the date hereof (other than in connection with any recapitalization), including such Units issued to Members as of the date hereof, may be limited in accordance with the terms of any agreements or instruments entered into in connection with such issuance, as deemed necessary or desirable in the discretion of the Managing Member; and

 

(viii)                         the Managing Member may impose additional limitations and restrictions on Exchanges (including limiting Exchanges or creating priority procedures for Exchanges), to the extent it determines in Good Faith, based on the advice of legal counsel or a qualified tax advisor to the Company and after consultation with the KKR Entities and the Trident Entities, such limitations and restrictions to be necessary or appropriate to avoid undue risk that the Company may be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

 

(f)                                    The Managing Member may, except as set forth in the third and fourth sentences of this paragraph, require any Member or group of Members to exchange all of their Units to the extent it determines in Good Faith that such Exchange is necessary or appropriate to avoid undue risk that the Company may be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.  Upon delivery of any notice by the Managing Member to such Member or group of Members requiring such Exchange, such Member or group of Members shall exchange, subject to exercise by PubCo of its Call Right pursuant to Section 3.7 , all of their Units effective as of the date specified in such notice (and such date shall be deemed to be an Exchange Date for purposes of this Agreement) in accordance with this Section 3.6 and otherwise in accordance with the requirements set forth in such notice.  So long as the KKR Entities collectively own any outstanding Units and are in compliance with Section 8.1(b) , the foregoing requirement to exchange their Units shall not apply to any KKR Entity holding Common Units that has not consented to the Exchange of its Units.  If any required Exchange pursuant to this Section 3.6(f)  results in any disproportionate treatment of similarly situated Members, the Managing Member in its sole discretion may provide an equitable adjustment to the Members adversely affected by such disproportionate treatment.

 

(g)                                   For U.S. federal income (and applicable state and local) tax purposes, each of the exchanging Member, the Company and PubCo, as the case may be, agree to treat each Exchange and, in the event PubCo exercises its Call Right or purchases Units pursuant to Standing Instructions, each transaction between the exchanging or selling Member and PubCo, as a sale of such Member’s Units (together, if applicable, with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock) to PubCo in exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock or cash, as applicable.

 

24



 

(h)                                  Each Exchange and Standing Instructions Purchase shall be deemed to have been effected on the applicable Exchange Date.  Any Member exchanging Units in accordance with this Agreement may request that the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon such Exchange be issued in a name other than such Member.  Any Person or Persons in whose name or names any shares of Class A Common Stock are issuable on any Exchange Date shall be deemed to have become, on such Exchange Date, the holder or holders of record of such shares.

 

(i)                                      Unless PubCo has elected its Call Right pursuant to Section 3.7 with respect to any Exchange, on the relevant Exchange Date and immediately prior to such Exchange, (i) PubCo shall contribute to the Company the consideration the exchanging Member is entitled to receive under Section 3.6(c)(ii)  (including in the event the Company exercises its right to deliver the Cash Amount pursuant to Section 3.6(d) ) and the Company shall issue to PubCo a number of Common Units or, pursuant to Section 3.2(a) , other Equity Securities of the Company as consideration for such contribution, (ii) the Company shall (A) cancel the exchanged Units and (B) transfer to the exchanging Member the consideration the exchanging Member is entitled to receive under Section 3.6(c)(ii)  (including in the event the Company exercises its right to deliver the Cash Amount pursuant to Section 3.6(d) ), and (iii) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered shares of Class B Common Stock, if applicable.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Company makes a Cash Election that is funded with proceeds from a primary offering of PubCo Equity Securities, PubCo shall only be obligated to contribute to the Company an amount in cash equal to the net proceeds (after deduction of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions and brokers’ fees or commissions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any deferred discounts or commissions and brokers’ fees or commissions payable in connection with or as a result of such Registered Offering) (such difference, the “ Discount ”) from the sale by PubCo of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Units and, if applicable, Class B Common Stock to be redeemed with such cash or from the sale of other PubCo Equity Securities used to fund the Cash Amount; provided that PubCo’s Capital Account shall be increased by the amount of such Discount in accordance with Section 6.9 ; provided further , that the contribution of such net proceeds shall in no event affect the exchanging Member’s right to receive the Cash Amount.

 

(j)                                     If (i) there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction pursuant to which the shares of Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property (other than as a result of a subdivision or combination or any transaction subject to Section 3.2(e) ), or (ii) except in connection with actions taken with respect to the capitalization of PubCo or the Company pursuant to Section 3.2(g) , PubCo, by dividend or otherwise, distributes to all holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock evidences of its indebtedness or assets, including securities (including shares of Class A Common Stock and any rights, options or warrants to all holders of the shares of Class A Common Stock to subscribe for or to purchase or to otherwise acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, or other securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock) but excluding (A) any cash dividend or distribution or (B) any such distribution of indebtedness or assets received by PubCo, in either case (A) or (B) received by PubCo from the Company in respect of the Units, then upon any subsequent Exchange, in addition to the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Amount, as applicable, each Member shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such Member would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, other similar transaction, dividend or other distribution, taking into account any

 

25



 

adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the shares of Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, or any dividend or distribution (other than an excluded dividend or distribution, as described above in clause (A) or (B)), this Section 3.6 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis , with respect to such security or other property.

 

(k)                                  PubCo shall at all times keep available, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issuable upon the Exchange of all outstanding Units (other than those Units held by PubCo or any Subsidiary of PubCo); provided, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude PubCo from satisfying its obligations with respect to an Exchange by delivery of cash pursuant to a Cash Election or shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in the treasury of PubCo. PubCo covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issued upon an Exchange shall, upon issuance thereof, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. In addition, for so long as the shares of Class A Common Stock are listed on a National Securities Exchange, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange to be listed on such National Securities Exchange at the time of such issuance.

 

(l)                                      The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon an Exchange shall be made without charge to the exchanging Member for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance, except that if any such shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that of the exchanging Member, then the Person or Persons in whose names such shares are to be issued shall pay to PubCo the amount of any tax payable in respect of any Transfer involved in such issuance or establish to the satisfaction of PubCo that such tax has been paid or is not payable.  Each of the Company and PubCo shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable upon an Exchange such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or any provision of applicable Law, and to the extent deduction and withholding is required, such deduction and withholding may be taken in Class A Common Stock. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld and paid over to the relevant governmental authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the exchanging Member, and, if withholding is taken in Class A Common Stock, the relevant withholding party shall be treated as having sold such Class A Common Stock on behalf of such exchanging Member for an amount of cash equal to the fair market value thereof at the time of such deemed sale and paid such cash proceeds to the appropriate governmental authority.

 

Section 3.7                                     Call Right and Standing Instructions Purchase . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.6 , but subject to Section 3.8 :  An exchanging Member shall be deemed to have offered to sell its Units as described in any Exchange Notice to PubCo, and PubCo may, in its sole discretion, in accordance with this Section 3.7 , elect to purchase directly and acquire such Units on the Exchange Date by paying to the exchanging Member that number of shares of Class A Common Stock the exchanging Member would otherwise receive pursuant to

 

26



 

Section 3.6(c)  or, if PubCo makes a Cash Election, the Cash Amount for such shares of Class A Common Stock (the “ Call Right ”), whereupon PubCo shall acquire the Units offered for exchange by the exchanging Member and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Units.  If a Member has provided Standing Instructions and PubCo participates in any Registered Offering by issuing primary shares of Class A Common Stock, PubCo shall, to the extent of available proceeds from such issuance, purchase directly and acquire the vested Common Units (including these issued upon conversion of vested Incentive Units) specified in such Standing Instructions on the Special Exchange Date specified for such Registered Offering by paying to such Member the Cash Amount for the shares of Class A Common Stock such Member would otherwise receive upon exchange of such Units on such Special Exchange Date as if the Member had exercised its exchange right with respect to such Units and PubCo had exercised the Call Right and made a Cash Election.  If any such Standing Instructions specified vested Incentive Units, as of such Special Exchange Date and immediately prior to such purchase, such Incentive Units shall be converted into a number of Common Units equal to the IU Conversion Ratio of such Incentive Units, rounded down to the nearest whole number of Common Units.  Any purchase of vested Common Units pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall also include the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

Section 3.8                                     PubCo Approved Change of Control .  In connection with a PubCo Approved Change of Control, PubCo shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require each Member (other than PubCo and its Subsidiaries) to effect an Exchange of all or a portion of such Member’s Units (together, if applicable, with the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock).  Any Exchange pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the PubCo Approved Change of Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be effective if such PubCo Approved Change of Control is not consummated) (the “ Change of Control Exchange Date ”).  From and after the Change of Control Exchange Date, (i) the Units and shares of Class B Common Stock subject to such Exchange shall be deemed to be transferred to PubCo on the Change of Control Exchange Date and (ii) such Member shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Units and shares of Class B Common Stock subject to such Exchange (other than the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to such Exchange).  PubCo shall provide written notice of an expected PubCo Approved Change of Control to all Members within the earlier of (x) five (5) Business Days following the execution of the agreement with respect to such PubCo Approved Change of Control and (y) ten (10) Business Days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated PubCo Approved Change of Control is to be effected, indicating in such notice such information as may reasonably describe the PubCo Approved Change of Control transaction, subject to applicable Law, including the date of execution of such agreement or such proposed effective date, as applicable, the amount and types of consideration to be paid for shares of Class A Common Stock in the PubCo Approved Change of Control, any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with such PubCo Approved Change of Control, and the number of Units (and, if applicable, the corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock) held by such Member that PubCo intends to require to be subject to such Exchange.  Following delivery of such notice and on or prior to the Change of Control Exchange Date, the Members shall take all actions reasonably requested by PubCo to effect such Exchange, including taking any action and delivering any document required pursuant to the remainder of this Section 3.8 to effect an Exchange.  Nothing contained in this Section 3.8 shall limit the right of any Member to vote for or participate in any proposed Change of Control of PubCo with respect

 

27



 

to such Member’s Units or exchange all vested Units of such Member for shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with such Change of Control, even if such Change of Control was not approved by the board of directors of PubCo.

 

Section 3.9                                     Tender Offers; Recapitalizations .  In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to shares of Class A Common Stock (a “ PubCo Offer ”) is proposed by PubCo or is proposed to PubCo or its stockholders, the Members (other than PubCo) shall be permitted to participate in such PubCo Offer by delivery of a contingent exchange notice in a form provided by PubCo. In the case of a PubCo Offer proposed by PubCo, PubCo will use its reasonable best efforts expeditiously and in Good Faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Members to participate in such PubCo Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Members without discrimination; provided that, without limiting the generality of this sentence, PubCo will use its reasonable best efforts expeditiously and in Good Faith to ensure that such Members may participate in each such PubCo Offer without being required to exchange Units and, if applicable, shares of Class B Common Stock (or, if so required, to ensure that any such Exchange shall be effective only upon, and shall be conditional upon, the closing of such PubCo Offer).  In no event shall Members (other than PubCo) be entitled to receive in such PubCo Offer aggregate consideration for each Unit and corresponding share of Class B Common Stock (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude any payments relating to the IPO TRAs or any Post-IPO TRA) that is greater than the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with a PubCo Offer.  This Section 3.9 should not apply to any PubCo Approved Change of Control in which PubCo exercise its right to require Exchanges pursuant to Section 3.8 .  Nothing contained in this Section 3.9 shall limit the right of any Member to accept any PubCo Offer with respect to such Member’s Units, even if such PubCo Offer was not approved by the board of directors of PubCo.

 

Section 3.10                              Participation in Distributions .  No Exchange shall impair the right of the exchanging Member to receive any distributions payable on the Units so exchanged in respect of a Record Date that occurs prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, no exchanging Member, or a Person designated by an exchanging Member to receive shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, with respect to such Record Date, distributions or dividends both on Units exchanged by such exchanging Member and on shares of Class A Common Stock received by such exchanging Member, or other Person so designated, if applicable, in such Exchange.

 

Section 3.11                              Liquidity Limitations .

 

(a)                                  The Trident Entities, including any Trident Entity that holds solely Initial Shares, shall not collectively Transfer beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock during any fiscal quarter of PubCo in excess of the Applicable Percentage for the Regular Exchange Date during such fiscal quarter.

 

(b)                                  The KKR Entities, including any KKR Entity that holds solely Initial Shares, shall not collectively Transfer beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock during any fiscal quarter of PubCo in excess of the Applicable Percentage for the Regular Exchange Date during such fiscal quarter.

 

28



 

(c)                                   The limitations set forth in Section 3.11(a)  and (b)  shall not apply to any Transfer in connection with any Registered Offering, Special Block Trade, Change of Control of PubCo or PubCo Offer.  The number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold by the KKR Entities or the Trident Entities in any Registered Offering or Special Block Trade shall reduce on a pro rata basis the number of retained shares of Class A Common Stock that may be sold by the KKR Entities or the Trident Entities, respectively, pursuant to Section 3.11(a)  or (b)  in subsequent fiscal quarters.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

 

Section 4.1                                     Profits and Losses . After giving effect to the allocations under Section 4.2 , and subject to Section 4.4 , Profits and Losses (and, to the extent determined by the Managing Member to be necessary and appropriate to achieve the resulting Capital Account balances described below, any allocable items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit includable in the computation of Profits and Losses) for each Allocation Period shall be allocated among the Members during such Allocation Period in a manner such that, after giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 4.2 and all distributions through the end of such Allocation Period, the Capital Account balance of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal to (i) the amount such Member would receive pursuant to Section 10.3(b)  if all assets of the Company on hand at the end of such Allocation Period were sold for cash equal to their Book Values, all liabilities of the Company were satisfied in cash in accordance with their terms (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Book Value of the assets securing such liability), all unvested Units became vested Units, and all remaining or resulting cash was distributed, in accordance with Section 10.3(b) , to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets, and the amount any such Member is treated as obligated to contribute to the Company, computed immediately after the hypothetical sale of assets.

 

Section 4.2                                     Special Allocations .

 

(a)                                  Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Period shall be specially allocated to the Members in the manner excess nonrecourse liabilities of the Company are allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(d) . The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for an Allocation Period shall equal the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Company Minimum Gain during that Allocation Period over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that Allocation Period of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

 

(b)                                  Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Period shall be specially allocated to the Member who bears economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Member bears the economic risk of loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt, the Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated among the Members according to the ratio in which they bear

 

29



 

the economic risk of loss. This Section 4.2(b)  is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain for an Allocation Period (or if there was a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain for a prior Allocation Period and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Members under this Section 4.2(c) ), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Period in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during such year (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2)). This section is intended to constitute a minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement except Section 4.2(c) , if there is a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain for an Allocation Period (or if there was a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain for a prior Allocation Period and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Members under this Section 4.2(d) ), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Allocation Period in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4)). This section is intended to constitute a partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Sections 4.2(a)  and 4.2(b) , no Losses or other items of loss or expense shall be allocated to any Member to the extent that such allocation would cause such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (or increase any existing Adjusted Capital Account Deficit) at the end of such Allocation Period.  All Losses and other items of loss and expense in excess of the limitation set forth in this Section 4.2(e)  shall be allocated to the Members who do not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in proportion to their relative positive Capital Accounts but only to the extent that such Losses and other items of loss and expense do not cause any such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 4.2(c)  and Section 4.2(d) , in the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in paragraph (4), (5) or (6) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ), items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of income, including gross income, and gain for the Allocation Period) shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate any Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of that Member as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.2(f)  shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article IV have been tentatively made as if this Section 4.2(f)  were not in this Agreement. This Section 4.2(f)  is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)  and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

30


 

(g)                                   If any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Allocation Period that is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount that such Member is obligated to restore and (ii) the amount that the Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and (i)(5), that Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.2(g)  shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article IV have been made as if Section 4.2(f)  and this Section 4.2(g)  were not in this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) (including any such adjustments pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.734-2(b)(1)) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m )(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to any Member in complete liquidation of such Member’s Interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such item of gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (2) if such section applies or to the Member to whom such distribution was made if Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) (4) applies.

 

(i)                                      The allocations set forth in Section 4.2(a)  through Section 4.2(h)  (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations (and anticipated future Regulatory Allocations) shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocation of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member should be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred. This Section 4.2(i)  is intended to minimize to the extent possible and to the extent necessary any economic distortions which may result from application of the Regulatory Allocations and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(j)                                     If any Incentive Units held by any holder of Incentive Units are forfeited or redeemed by the Company, such holder shall be allocated items of loss and deduction in the Allocation Period of such forfeiture or redemption in the manner and to the extent required by Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii) (as such Proposed Treasury Regulations may be amended or modified, including upon the issuance of temporary or final Treasury Regulations).

 

(k)                                  Items of income, gain, loss, expense or credit resulting from a Covered Audit Adjustment shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules.

 

31



 

Section 4.3                                     Allocations for Tax Purposes in General .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.3 , each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as such item is allocated under Sections 4.1 and 4.2 .

 

(b)                                  In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (including the Treasury Regulations applying the principles of Code Section 704(c) to changes in Book Values) , items of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any Company property having a Book Value that differs from such property’s adjusted U.S. federal income tax basis shall, to the extent permitted under the Treasury Regulations and solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be allocated among the Members in order to account for any such difference using the “remedial method” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) or such other method or methods as determined by the Managing Member to be appropriate and in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(c)                                   Any (i) recapture of depreciation or any other item of deduction shall be allocated, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1254-5, to the Members who received the benefit of such deductions (taking into account the effect of remedial allocations, if applicable), and (ii) recapture of grants or credits shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with applicable Law.

 

(d)                                  Tax credits of the Company shall be allocated among the Members as provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii).

 

(e)                                   Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect or in any way be taken into account in computing any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    If, as a result of an exercise of a 1.721-2(f) Option to acquire an interest in the Company, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( s )( 3 ), the Company shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

 

Section 4.4                                     Other Allocation Rules .

 

(a)                                  The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article IV and the economic impact of the allocations on the amounts receivable by them under this Agreement. The Members hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article IV in reporting their share of Company income and loss for income tax purposes.

 

(b)                                  The provisions regarding the establishment and maintenance for each Member of a Capital Account as provided by Section 3.4 , the establishment of a Hurdle Amount with respect to each Incentive Unit pursuant to Section 3.1(a) , and the allocations set forth in Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 are intended to comply with the Treasury Regulations and to reflect the intended economic entitlement of the Members.  If the Managing Member determines, in its sole discretion, that the application of the provisions in Sections 3.1(a) , 3.4 , 4.1 , 4.2 or 4.3 would result in non-compliance

 

32



 

with the Treasury Regulations or would be inconsistent with the intended economic entitlement of the Members, the Managing Member is authorized to make any appropriate adjustments to such provisions.

 

(c)                                   All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to an interest in the Company that may have been Transferred shall be allocated between the Transferor and the Transferee based on the portion of the Fiscal Year during which each was recognized as the owner of such interest, as determined by the Managing Member in accordance with a method permissible under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(d)                                  The Members’ proportionate shares of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), shall be allocated to the Members in any manner determined by the Managing Member and permissible under the Treasury Regulations.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, any Compensatory Units (including any Incentive Units which were not Profits Interests when granted) that are subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 83 when granted and for which no election under Section 83(b) of the Code is made shall not be treated as outstanding Units of the Company for purposes of Section 3.4 and Article IV , until such time as such Membership Interest is not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code.

 

ARTICLE V

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1                                     Distributions .

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable Law and hereunder, and except as provided in Section 10.3 , distributions to Members may be declared by the Managing Member out of funds legally available therefor in such amounts and on such terms (including the payment dates of such distributions) as the Managing Member shall determine. Any such distribution shall be made to the persons who are Members as of the close of business on the Record Date for such distribution on a pro rata basis (except that, for the avoidance of doubt, repurchases or redemptions made in accordance with Section 3.2(d)  or payments made in accordance with Section 6.4 or Section 6.9 need not be on a pro rata basis), in accordance with the number of Units owned by each Member as of the close of business on such Record Date; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.1 to the contrary, a distribution shall be made with respect to an Incentive Unit only if and to the extent the Class A Closing Price on such Record Date exceeds the Hurdle Amount of such Incentive Unit; provided , further , that the Managing Member shall have the obligation to make distributions as set forth in Section 5.2 ; and provided further that, notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no distributions shall be made to any Member to the extent such distribution would render the Company insolvent or violate the Act. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, insolvency means the inability of the Company to meet its payment obligations when due. Promptly following the designation of a Record Date and the declaration of a distribution

 

33



 

pursuant to this Section 5.1 , the Managing Member shall give notice to each Member of such Record Date, the amount and the terms of the distribution and the payment date thereof.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any distributions may be made in cash or in kind, or partly in cash and partly in kind, as determined by the Managing Member. To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 5.1(a)  and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value. Any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Member’s Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 4.1 and Section 4.2 .

 

Section 5.2                                     Tax-Related Distributions .  The Company shall make distributions out of legally available funds to all Members in accordance with Section 5.1 :

 

(a)                                  on each Tax Distribution Date, an amount equal to the greater of:

 

(i)                                      an amount at least sufficient to cause PubCo to receive a distribution at least equal to (A) the amount of the PubCo Tax-Related Liabilities with respect to such Fiscal Year or other taxable period, minus (B) the sum of all distributions previously made to PubCo with respect to such Fiscal Year or other taxable period pursuant to Section 5.2 , and

 

(ii)                                   the Assumed Tax Liability with respect to such Fiscal Year or other taxable period minus the sum of (x) all distributions previously made during such Fiscal Year or other taxable period pursuant to Section 5.1 and (y) all distributions previously made with respect to such Fiscal Year or other taxable period pursuant to Section 5.2 ; and

 

(b)                                  quarterly or as otherwise required, in an amount at least sufficient to enable PubCo to timely satisfy any PubCo Tax-Related Liabilities for a Fiscal Year or other taxable period that arise in advance of a Tax Distribution Date for such Fiscal Year or other taxable period.

 

Section 5.3                                     Distribution Upon Withdrawal .  No withdrawing Member shall be entitled to receive any distribution or the value of such Member’s Interest in the Company as a result of withdrawal from the Company prior to the liquidation of the Company, except as specifically provided in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Section 6.1                                     The Managing Member; Fiduciary Duties .

 

(a)                                  PubCo shall be the sole Managing Member of the Company. Except as otherwise required by Law, (i) the Managing Member shall have full and complete charge of all affairs of the Company, (ii) the management and control of the Company’s business activities and operations shall rest exclusively with the Managing Member, and the Managing Member shall make all decisions regarding the business, activities and operations of the Company (including the incurrence of costs and expenses) in its sole discretion without the consent of any other Member and (iii) the Members other than the Managing Member (in their capacity as such) shall not

 

34



 

participate in the control, management, direction or operation of the activities or affairs of the Company and shall have no power to act for or bind the Company.

 

(b)                                  In connection with the performance of its duties as the Managing Member of the Company, the Managing Member acknowledges that it will owe to the Members the same fiduciary duties as it would owe to the stockholders of a Delaware corporation if it were a member of the board of directors of such a corporation and the Members were stockholders of such corporation. The parties acknowledge that the Managing Member will take action through its board of directors, and that the members of the Managing Member’s board of directors will also owe comparable fiduciary duties to the stockholders of the Managing Member.

 

Section 6.2                                     Officers .  Any Person appointed as an officer of PubCo shall, without any further action by PubCo or the Company, hold the same office with the Company for such period as such Person remains an officer of PubCo.  The day-to-day business and operations of the Company shall be overseen and implemented by such officers.

 

Section 6.3                                     Warranted Reliance by Officers on Others . In exercising their authority and performing their duties under this Agreement, the Officers shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports, or statements of the following persons or groups unless they have actual knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted:

 

(a)                                  one or more employees or other agents of the Company or PubCo or in subordinates whom the Officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented; and

 

(b)                                  any attorney, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the Officer reasonably believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence.

 

Section 6.4                                     Exculpation and Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Exculpation .  To the full extent permitted by applicable law, no Covered Person shall be liable to the Company, any Subsidiary, or any other Person who has an interest in or claim against the Company or any Subsidiary for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in Good Faith on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement or any applicable limited liability company agreement (or similar governing document) of any Subsidiary; provided that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of acts or omissions by such Covered Person that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4 shall not exculpate, indemnify, or otherwise protect a Covered Person from a breach of this Agreement by such Covered Person or any other agreement between such Covered Person and the Company, any Affiliates of the Company, or any Member.

 

(b)                                  Advancement of Expenses .  To the full extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by a Covered Person defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnification provisions under this Section 6.4 are applicable shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action,

 

35



 

suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 6.4 .

 

(c)                                   Indemnification .  In addition to the advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 6.4(b) , to the full extent permitted by applicable law, the Company agrees to indemnify, pay and hold each Covered Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any interest and penalties, out-of-pocket expenses and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Covered Person in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceedings, whether or not such Covered Person shall be designated a party thereto), whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise and whether or not resulting from bona fide third party claims (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Covered Person, in any manner relating to or arising out of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiaries; provided that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses incurred by such Covered Person by reason of acts or omissions by such Covered Person that that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; provided , further , that any indemnity payment under this Section 6.4(c)  shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company Property only (including available insurance), and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4(c)  shall not provide indemnification to a Covered Person resulting from a breach by such Covered Person of an obligation under this Agreement or any other agreement between such Covered Person and the Company, any Affiliates of the Company, or any Member.

 

(d)                                  Good Faith Reliance .  A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in Good Faith upon the records of the Company or any Subsidiary and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company or any Subsidiary by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the Company Property, liabilities, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of the Company Property from which distributions to the Members might properly be paid.

 

(e)                                   Severability .  To the full extent permitted by applicable law, if any portion of this Section 6.4 shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify each Covered Person as to costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(f)                                    Survival .  The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of such Covered Person.

 

36



 

(g)                                   Indemnification Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 6.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a Covered Person may be entitled at law or in equity, including common law rights to indemnification and/or contribution (if any).  Nothing in this Section 6.4 shall affect the rights or obligations of any Covered Person (or the limitations on those rights or obligations) under any other agreement or instrument to which such Covered Person is a party.

 

(h)                                  Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

 

(i)                                      The Company hereby acknowledges that certain Covered Persons may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by the KKR Entities or the Trident Entities and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”).  The Company hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to each Covered Person are primary and those of the Fund Indemnitors are secondary), it shall be liable for the full amount of all Indemnifiable Losses to the extent legally permitted and that it irrevocably waives any claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any Covered Person with respect to any claim for which such Covered Person has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Covered Person against the Company.

 

(ii)                                   Except as provided in Section 6.4(h)(i ) above, in the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Losses under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of the Covered Person against other Persons (other than the Fund Indemnitors), and the Covered Person shall take, at the request of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 6.4(h)(i)  shall be for the exclusive benefit of the Fund Indemnitors and shall not result in any benefit to, or right of, any other Person.

 

(i)                                      Limitation on Liability .  Neither any Covered Person, nor any Officer or agent of the Company (including a Person serving in more than one such capacity), shall be liable for any debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company or any other Member, whether arising in tort, contract or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Member, Covered Person or officer or agent or acting (or omitting to act) in such capacities or participating (as a manager, employee, consultant, contractor or otherwise) in the conduct of the business of the Company; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of such Member, Covered Person or Officer or agent of the Company by reason of acts or omissions of such Person that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.  The failure of the Company to observe any formalities relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement shall not be a ground for imposing personal liability on any Member or Covered Person for the obligations and liabilities of the Company.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4(h)(i)  shall not exculpate or otherwise protect a Covered Person or other Person from a breach of this

 

37



 

Agreement by such Covered Person or other Person or any other agreement between such Covered Person or other Person and the Company, any Affiliates of the Company, or any Member.

 

Section 6.5                                     Maintenance of Insurance or Other Financial Arrangements . In compliance with applicable Law, the Company (with the approval of the Managing Member) may purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of the Managing Member or any Person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company or the Managing Member, or at the request of the Company or the Managing Member is or was serving as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for any Liability asserted against such Person and Liability and expenses incurred by such Person in such Person’s capacity as such, or arising out of such Person’s status as such, whether or not the Company has the authority to indemnify such Person against such Liability and expenses.

 

Section 6.6                                     Resignation or Termination of Managing Member .  PubCo shall not, by any means, resign as, cease to be or be replaced as Managing Member except in compliance with this Section 6.6 . No termination or replacement of PubCo as Managing Member shall be effective unless proper provision is made, in compliance with this Agreement, so that the obligations of PubCo, its successor (if applicable) and any new Managing Member and the rights of all Members under this Agreement and applicable Law remain in full force and effect. No appointment of a Person other than PubCo (or its successor, as applicable) as Managing Member shall be effective unless PubCo (or its successor, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable) provide all other Members with contractual rights, directly enforceable by such other Members against PubCo (or its successor, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable), to cause (a) PubCo to comply with all PubCo’s obligations under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.6 ) other than those that must necessarily be taken in its capacity as Managing Member and (b) the new Managing Member to comply with all the Managing Member’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.7                                     No Inconsistent Obligations . The Managing Member represents that it does not have any contracts, other agreements, duties or obligations that are inconsistent with its duties and obligations (whether or not in its capacity as Managing Member) under this Agreement and covenants that, except as permitted by Section 6.1 , it will not enter into any contracts or other agreements or undertake or acquire any other duties or obligations that are inconsistent with such duties and obligations.

 

Section 6.8                                     Reclassification Events of PubCo . If a Reclassification Event occurs, the Managing Member or its successor, as the case may be, shall, as and to the extent necessary, amend this Agreement in compliance with Section 11.1 , and enter into any necessary supplementary or additional agreements, to ensure that, following the effective date of the Reclassification Event: (i) the exchange rights of holders of Units set forth in Section 3.6 provide that each Unit and share of Class B Common Stock is exchangeable for the same amount and same type of property, securities or cash (or combination thereof) that one share of Class A Common Stock becomes exchangeable for or converted into as a result of the Reclassification Event and (ii) PubCo or the successor to PubCo, as applicable, is obligated to deliver such property, securities or cash upon such exchange. PubCo shall not consummate or agree to consummate any Reclassification Event

 

38



 

unless the successor Person, if any, becomes obligated to comply with the obligations of PubCo (in whatever capacity) under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.9                                     Certain Costs and Expenses . The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company or PubCo (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company or PubCo) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company and PubCo, and (ii) bear or reimburse PubCo for any cash payments required to be made in satisfaction of any contractual obligations of PubCo and for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by PubCo; provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of PubCo or any obligations of PubCo pursuant to the IPO TRAs or any Post-IPO TRA.  In the event that (i) shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo are sold to underwriters in any Registered Offering after the date hereof, in each case, at a price per share that is lower than the price per share for which such shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo are sold to the public in such Registered Offering after taking into account any Discounts and (ii) the proceeds from such Registered Offering are used to fund the Cash Amount for any redeemed Units or otherwise contributed to the Company, the Company shall reimburse PubCo for such Discount by treating such Discount as an additional Capital Contribution made by PubCo to the Company, issuing Units in respect of such deemed Capital Contribution in accordance with Section 3.6(i) , and increasing PubCo’s Capital Account by the amount of such Discount.  For the avoidance of doubt, any payment made to the Managing Member pursuant to this Section 6.9 shall not be treated as a distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(a)  but shall instead be treated as an expense of the Company.

 

Section 6.10                              Fiduciary Duties; Other Business Opportunities .

 

(a)                                  To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties, including fiduciary duties, and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, any Subsidiary, or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company, any Subsidiary, or to any other Covered Person for its Good Faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement or any approval or authorization granted by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any other Covered Person.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or under applicable law to the contrary, except as set forth in Section 6.1 with respect to the Managing Member, none of the other Members (solely in their capacity as such) shall owe any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, any other Member or any other stakeholder in the Company or other Covered Person with respect to any matter (all of which are hereby waived), except as expressly otherwise provided by the non-waivable provisions under the Act.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or under applicable law to the contrary (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), the KKR Entities, the Trident Entities and any of their respective Affiliates (i) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature and description (whether similar or dissimilar to the business of the Company or any Subsidiary), independently or with others, and none of the Company, any Subsidiary, any other Member or any of their respective Affiliates shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement in or to any such investment or interest of the KKR Entities, the

 

39



 

Trident Entities and any of their respective Affiliates to any income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture shall not be deemed wrongful or improper, and (ii) shall not be obligated to present any investment opportunity to the Company or any Subsidiary even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company or any Subsidiary, could be taken by the Company or such Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or under applicable law to the contrary, the Members that are officers or employees, as applicable, of the Company or any Subsidiary (in their capacities as such), and each other officer and employee of the Company or any Subsidiary (in their capacities as such), shall have the duties and obligations (including fiduciary duties in relation to self-dealing, corporate opportunities, care and otherwise) that would apply to such officer or employee, as applicable, of a Delaware corporation as to such corporation and its equityholders and other constituents.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

ROLE OF MEMBERS

 

Section 7.1                                     Rights or Powers .  Other than the Managing Member, the Members, acting in their capacity as Members, shall not have any right or power to take part in the management or control of the Company or its business and affairs or to act for or bind the Company in any way. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Members have all the rights and powers specifically set forth in this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, in the Act. A Member, any Affiliate thereof or an employee, stockholder, agent, director or officer of a Member or any Affiliate thereof, may also be an employee or be retained as an agent of the Company. The existence of these relationships and acting in such capacities will not result in the Member (other than the Managing Member) being deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Company or otherwise affect the limited liability of the Member. Except as specifically provided herein, a Member (other than the Managing Member) shall not, in its capacity as a Member, take part in the operation, management or control of the Company’s business, transact any business in the Company’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Company.

 

Section 7.2                                     Voting .  No Member has any voting right except with respect to those matters specifically reserved for a Member vote under the Act and for matters expressly requiring the approval of Members (or any individual Member or group of Members) under this Agreement.  Except as otherwise required by the Act, each Unit will entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters to be voted on by the Members.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the holder of Units having voting rights will vote together as a single class on all matter to be approved by the Members.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

 

Section 8.1                                     Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in Section 3.6 , Section 3.7 , Section 3.8 , Section 3.9 , or Section 8.1(b) , no Member shall Transfer all or any portion of its Interest without the prior written consent

 

40


 

of the Managing Member in its sole discretion. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.1(a) , all or any portion of a Member’s Interests are Transferred in violation of this Section 8.1(a) , involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, then without limiting any other rights and remedies available to the other parties under this Agreement or otherwise, the Transferee of such Interest (or portion thereof) shall not be admitted to the Company as a Member or be entitled to any rights as a Member hereunder, and the Transferor will continue to be bound by all obligations hereunder, unless and until the Managing Member consents in writing to such admission, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Managing Member’s sole discretion. Any attempted or purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Interests in violation of this Section 8.1(a)  or (b)  shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever. For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Article VIII shall not apply to the Transfer of any capital stock of the Managing Member; provided that no shares of Class B Common Stock may be Transferred unless a corresponding number of vested Common Units are Transferred therewith in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  With respect to taxable years beginning after the IPO, the Company intends to satisfy the private placement safe harbor in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) and intends to limit issuances of Interests and to limit Transfers of Interests to satisfy the requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(ii).  In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in Section 8.1(a) , but subject to the other provisions in this Article VIII , the KKR Entities and the Trident Entities (but not any Transferee of the KKR Entities or Trident Entities that is not an Affiliate of a KKR Entity or Trident Entity that holds Initial Units or Initial Shares on the date of the IPO) shall be permitted to Transfer (a “ Permitted Transfer ”) all or a portion of their Interests to any Permitted Transferee, but only if, (i) immediately after a proposed Transfer, taking into consideration the anti-abuse rule set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3), (A) in the case of a proposed Transfer by a KKR Entity, all KKR Entities and their Transferees (for the avoidance of doubt, other than PubCo and any Subsidiary of PubCo), in the aggregate, would not represent more than six (6) “partners”, and (B) in the case of a proposed Transfer by a Trident Entity, all Trident Entities and their Transferees (for the avoidance of doubt, other than PubCo and any Subsidiary of PubCo), in the aggregate, would not represent more than six (6) “partners”, in each case for purposes of calculating the number of “partners” in the Company under Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(l)(ii), and (ii) prior to the proposed transfer, each of the transferring KKR Entity or Trident Entity, as applicable, and the proposed Transferee, provides to the Company representations reasonably acceptable to the Company with respect to Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3).  The Managing Member shall limit the issuances of Interests and its consent to Transfers so that the Interests held by the KKR Entities, the Trident Entities, and their Transferees are, in each case, able to be held by up to the foregoing numbers of “partners” for purposes of calculating the number of “partners” in the Company under Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii).

 

(c)                                   In addition to any other restrictions on Transfer herein contained, including Section 3.6 and the provisions of this Article VIII , in no event may any Transfer or assignment of Interests by any Member be made (i) if based on the advice of legal counsel or a qualified tax advisor to the

 

41



 

Company such Transfer presents an undue risk that such Transfer would cause the Company to cease to be classified as a partnership or to be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code; (ii) if such Transfer would cause the Company to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3 (14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code); (iii) if such Transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, cause any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise cause the Company to be subject to regulation under ERISA; (iv) if such Transfer requires the registration of such Interests or any Equity Securities issued upon any exchange of such Interests, pursuant to any applicable U.S. federal or state securities Laws; or (vi) if such Transfer subjects the Company to regulation under the Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, each as amended (or any succeeding law).  Any Transfer purported to be made in violation of this Section 8.1(c)  and, except as and to the extent set forth in Section 8.1(b) , any Transfer that would increase the number of Members (whether voluntary or by operation of law) shall be void ab initio.

 

(d)                                  A Member making a Transfer permitted by this Agreement shall (i) at least ten (10) Business Days before such Transfer, deliver to the Company an affidavit of non-foreign status with respect to such Member that satisfies the requirements of Section 1446(f)(2) of the Code, or (ii) no more than fifteen (15) Business Days following such Transfer, provide to the Company proof that the transferee Member has properly withheld and remitted to the Internal Revenue Service the amount of tax required to be withheld upon the Transfer by Section 1446(f) of the Code.

 

(e)                                   In connection with any Transfer of vested Common Units in accordance with this Article VIII , the Member making such Transfer shall, effective as of the date of such Transfer, be deemed to have Transferred an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock to the Transferee and the Managing Member shall record such Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

(f)                                    The provisions of this Article VIII shall not apply to any Exchange.

 

Section 8.2                                     Transferee Members . A Transferee of Interests pursuant to this Article VIII shall have the right to become a Member only if (i) the requirements of this Article VIII are met, including the prior written consent of the Managing Member to such Transfer, (ii) such Transferee executes an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member agreeing to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement and assuming all of the Transferor’s then existing and future Liabilities arising under or relating to this Agreement, (iii) such Transferee represents that the Transfer was made in accordance with all applicable securities Laws, (iv) the Transferor or Transferee shall have reimbursed the Company for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any Transfer or proposed Transfer of a Member’s Interest, whether or not consummated and (v) if such Transferee or his or her spouse is a resident of a community property jurisdiction, then such Transferee’s spouse shall also execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member agreeing to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement to the extent of his or her community property or quasi-community property interest, if any, in such Member’s Interest. Unless agreed to in writing by the Managing Member, the admission of a Member shall not result in the release of the Transferor from any Liability that the Transferor may have to each remaining Member or to the Company

 

42



 

under this Agreement or any other contract between the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and such Transferor or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand.

 

Section 8.3                                     Admission or Substitution of New Members .

 

(a)                                  Admission .  Without the consent of any other Person, the Managing Member shall have the right to admit as a Member, any Person who acquires an Interest, or any part thereof, from a Member in accordance with Section 8.1 or from the Company.  Concurrently with the admission of a Member, the Managing Member shall forthwith amend the Members Schedule to reflect the name and address of such Member.

 

(b)                                  Conditions and Limitations . The admission of any Person as a Member shall be conditioned upon such Person’s written acceptance and adoption of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement pursuant to instrument(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Member.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Transfer .  Following the Transfer of any Interest that is permitted under Section 8.1 , the Transferee of such Interest shall be treated as having made all of the Capital Contributions in respect of, and received all of the distributions received in respect of, such Interest, shall succeed to the Capital Account balance associated with such Interest, shall receive allocations and distributions in respect of such Interest, and otherwise shall become a Member entitled to all the rights of a Member with respect to such Interest.

 

Section 8.4                                     Additional Requirements .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Member may impose such vesting requirements, forfeiture provisions, Transfer restrictions, minimum retained ownership requirements or other similar provisions with respect to any Interests that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or are created hereafter, with the written consent of the holder of such Interests.  Such requirements, provisions and restrictions need not be uniform among holders of Interests and may be waived or released by the Managing Member in its sole discretion with respect to all or a portion of the Interests owned by any one or more Members at any time and from time to time, and such actions or omissions by the Managing Member shall not constitute the breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

Section 8.5                                     Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

Section 8.6                                     Mandatory Exchange . In addition to any other mandatory exchange rights of the Managing Member set forth in this Agreement, the Managing Member may, with the consent of each Member who, together with its Affiliates and Permitted Transferees, beneficially owns at least 1% of the outstanding Units, require all Members holding Units to effect an Exchange of all such Units pursuant to Section 3.6 .

 

Section 8.7                                     Legend .  Each certificate, if any, issued after the date hereof to represent a Unit, shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

43



 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

THE TRANSFER AND VOTING OF THESE SECURITIES IS PROHIBITED OR LIMITED AS SPECIFIED IN THE FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES WILL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNLESS MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC.”

 

ARTICLE IX

 

ACCOUNTING

 

Section 9.1                                     Books of Account .  The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries shall be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and shall set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under GAAP.  Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the Company and any Member or group of Members, notwithstanding the rights set forth in Section 18-305 of the Act, no Member shall have the right to obtain information from the Company.

 

Section 9.2                                     Tax Elections .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries that are partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes to, make (or continue if already made) the following elections on the appropriate forms or tax returns:

 

(i)                                      to adopt the calendar year as the Company’s Fiscal Year, if permitted under the Code;

 

(ii)                                   to adopt the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(iii)                                to amortize the organizational expenses of the Company as permitted by Code Section 709(b);

 

(iv)                               the election described in Section 754 of the Code (which the Company shall ensure that it has in effect at all times);

 

44



 

(v)                                  any election the Managing Member is authorized to make under any other Section of this Agreement; and

 

(vi)                               any other election the Managing Member may deem appropriate and in the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that if any such election would substantially and disproportionally affect in a materially adverse manner the KKR Entities or the Trident Entities, as applicable, such election shall only be made (i) if the KKR Entities are the affected parties, so long as the KKR Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, with the approval of the KKR Entities, and (ii) if the Trident Entities are the affected parties, so long as the Trident Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, with the approval of the Trident Entities; provided further , that the Managing Member shall only make an election for the Company to be classified as other than a partnership pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 (A) so long as the KKR Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, with the approval of the KKR Entities, and (B) so long as the Trident Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, with the approval of the Trident Entities.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 9.2(a)(vi) , it is intended that the Company be classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 9.3                                     Tax Returns; Information .  The Company Representative shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all income and other tax and informational returns of the Company. The Company Representative shall use all reasonable best efforts to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Members within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a draft Schedule K-l, and within seven (7) months after the end of such Fiscal Year, a final Schedule K-1, and such other information (if any) with respect to the Company as may be reasonably necessary for the preparation of such Member’s tax returns. Each Member shall furnish to the Company (i) all reasonably requested certificates or statement relating to the tax matters of the Company (including without limitation an affidavit of non-foreign status pursuant to Section 1446(f)(2) of the Code), and (ii) all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Company’s operations that is reasonably necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be timely prepared and filed.

 

Section 9.4                                     Company Representative .

 

(a)                                  The Managing Member is specially authorized and appointed to act as the Company Representative and in any similar capacity under state or local Law; provided that the Managing Member may appoint and replace the Company Representative.  The Company Representative shall designate a “designated individual” in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 301.6223-1(b)(3)(i).  The Company and the Members (including any Member designated as the Company Representative prior to the date hereof) shall cooperate fully with each other and shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Managing Member (or any Person subsequently designated) to become the Company Representative with respect to any taxable period of the Company with respect to which the statute of limitations has not yet expired, including (as applicable) by filing certifications pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.6231(a)(7)-1(d).

 

(b)                                  The Company Representative may retain, at the Company’s expense, such outside counsel, accountants and other professional consultants as it may reasonably deem necessary in the course of fulfilling its obligations as the Company Representative.  The Company

 

45



 

Representative is authorized to take such actions and to execute and file all statements and forms on behalf of the Company that are approved by the Managing Member and are permitted or required by the applicable provisions of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules (including a “push-out” election under Section 6226 of the Code or any analogous election under state or local tax law). Each Member agrees to cooperate with the Company Representative and to use commercially reasonable efforts to do or refrain from doing any or all things requested by the Company Representative (including paying any and all resulting taxes, additions to tax, penalties and interest in a timely fashion) in connection with any examination of the Company’s affairs by any federal, state, or local tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings.  Pursuant to Section 11.1(b) , the Managing Member (after consultation with the KKR Entities and the Trident Entities) shall have the authority to amend this Section 9.4 to give effect to the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, and each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of any such amendment.

 

Section 9.5                                     Withholding and Other Tax Payments and Obligations .

 

(a)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries may withhold from distributions, allocations or portions thereof if it is required to do so by any applicable Law, and each Member hereby authorizes the Company and its Subsidiaries to withhold or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Member any amount of taxes that the Managing Member determines, in Good Faith, that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is required to withhold or pay (including amounts relating to any composite tax returns a Member elects to participate in) with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Member pursuant to this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any withholding taxes imposed upon a Transferee Member under Section 1446(f) of the Code to the extent the Managing Member determines in Good Faith that it has not received evidence to satisfy it that such withholding is not required; provided that compliance with Section 8.1(d)  shall constitute sufficient evidence).  To the extent that any tax is paid by (or withheld from amounts payable to) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Managing Member determines, in Good Faith, that such tax (including any Company Level Tax) relates to one or more specific Members, such tax shall be treated as an amount of taxes withheld or paid with respect to such Member pursuant to this Section 9.5 .  The payment by the Company of Company Level Taxes shall, consistent with the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, be treated as paid with respect to a Member to the extent the deduction with respect to such payment is allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 4.2(k) .  Any determinations made by the Managing Member pursuant to this Section 9.5(a)  shall be binding upon the Members.

 

(b)                                  For all purposes under this Agreement, any amounts withheld or paid with respect to a Member pursuant to Section 9.5(a)  shall offset any distributions to which such Member is entitled concurrently with such withholding or payment and shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member at the time such withholding or payment is made.  If the cumulative amount of such withholding or payment with respect to a Member exceeds the distributions to which such Member is entitled concurrently with such withholding or payment (an “ Excess Tax Amount ”), the Managing Member shall notify such Member of such Excess Tax Amount, and such Member shall contribute the Excess Tax Amount to the Company reasonably promptly after having received such notice.  The Company shall be entitled to offset the amount of a Member’s outstanding Excess Tax Amount against distributions to which such Member would otherwise be subsequently entitled until the full amount of such Member’s Excess Tax Amount has been contributed to the Company, and any such offset shall not reduce such Member’s Capital Account.

 

46



 

Any contribution by a Member with respect to an Excess Tax Amount shall increase such Member’s Capital Account but shall not reduce the amount (if any) that a Member is otherwise obligated to contribute to the Company.

 

(c)                                   Each Member hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Company a security interest in such Member’s Units to secure such Member’s obligation to pay to the Company any amounts required to be paid pursuant to Section 9.5(b) .  Each Member shall take such actions as the Company may request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder.  Each Member hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the other Members, the Company Representative and the Managing Member from and against any liability (including any liability for Company Level Taxes) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Member.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, (i) any Person who ceases to be a Member shall be treated as a Member for purposes of this Section 9.5 and (ii) the obligations of a Member pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall survive indefinitely with respect to any taxes withheld or paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that relate to the period during which such Person was actually a Member, regardless of whether such taxes are assessed, withheld or otherwise paid during such period.

 

Section 9.6                                     Section 83(b) Elections . Each Member who acquires Units that are subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 83 at the time of such acquisition shall consult with such Member’s tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of such acquisition and the advisability of filing an election under Code Section 83(b) with respect to such Units.  Each Member who acquires Incentive Units that are intended to constitute Profits Interests in accordance with Section 3.1(a)  and at the time of such acquisition are subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Code Section 83 shall make a timely election under Code Section 83 with respect to such Units in the form set forth in Exhibit B .  It is the sole responsibility of a Member, and not the Company, to file the election under Code Section 83(b) even if such Member requests the Company or any of its representatives to assist in making such filing.  Each Member who files an election under Code Section 83(b) with respect to Units (including each Member who is required to file such an election under this Section 9.6 ) shall provide a copy of such election and proof of filing of such election to the Company on or before the due date for the filing of such election.

 

ARTICLE X

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 10.1                              Liquidating Events . The Company shall dissolve and commence winding up and liquidating upon the first to occur of the following (“ Liquidating Events ”):

 

(a)                                  The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; and

 

(b)                                  The decision of the Managing Member to dissolve, wind up, and liquidate the Company, which decision, (i) so long as the KKR Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of all Common Units held by the KKR Entities, and (ii) so long as the Trident Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of all Common Units held by the Trident Entities.

 

47



 

The Members hereby agree that the Company shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of a Liquidating Event and that no Member shall seek a dissolution of the Company, under Section 18-802 of the Act or otherwise, other than based on the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Company has dissolved prior to the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Members hereby agree to continue the business of the Company without a winding up or liquidation. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to Section 10.1(b) , the relative economic rights of each class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 10.3 in connection with such dissolution, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more parties to such dissolution and subject to compliance with applicable Laws, unless, with respect to any class of Units, holders of a majority of the Units of such class consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above.

 

Section 10.2                              Bankruptcy . For purposes of this Agreement, the “bankruptcy” of a Member shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any Governmental Entity shall take possession of any substantial part of the property of that Member or shall assume control over the affairs or operations thereof, or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed, or a writ, order, attachment or garnishment shall be issued with respect to any substantial part thereof, and such possession, assumption of control, appointment, writ or order shall continue for a period of 90 consecutive days; or (b) a Member shall admit in writing of its inability to pay its debts when due, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar officer or for all or any substantial part of its property; or shall institute (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debts, dissolution, liquidation, or similar proceeding under the Laws of any jurisdiction; or (c) a receiver, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed for such Member or with respect to all or any substantial part of its property without the application or consent of that Member, and such appointment shall continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days or any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangements, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceedings shall be instituted (by petition, application or otherwise) against that Member and shall remain undismissed for a period of 90 consecutive days.

 

Section 10.3                              Procedure .

 

(a)                                  In the event of the dissolution of the Company for any reason, the Managing Member shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Company and to liquidate the Company’s investments; provided that if the Managing Member is in bankruptcy or dissolved, another Member (“ Winding-Up Member ”) shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Company and, subject to Section 10.4(a) , such Winding-Up Member shall have full right and unlimited discretion to determine in Good Faith the time, manner and terms of any sale or sales of the Property or other assets pursuant to such liquidation, having due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions. The Members shall continue to share profits, losses and distributions during the period of liquidation in the same manner and proportion as though the Company had not dissolved. The Company shall engage in no further business except as may be necessary, in the reasonable discretion of the Managing Member or the Winding-Up Member, as applicable, to preserve the value of the Company’s assets during the period of dissolution and liquidation.

 

48



 

(b)                                  Following the payment of all expenses of liquidation and the allocation of all Profits and Losses as provided in Article IV , the proceeds of the liquidation and any other funds of the Company shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

 

(i)                                      First, to the payment and discharge of all of the Company’s debts and Liabilities to creditors (whether third parties or Members), in the order of priority as provided by Law, except any obligations to the Members in respect of their Capital Accounts;

 

(ii)                                   Second, to set up such cash reserves which the Managing Member reasonably deems necessary for contingent or unforeseen Liabilities or future payments described in Section 10.3(b)(i)  (which reserves when they become unnecessary shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of subsection (iii), below); and

 

(iii)                                Third, the balance to the Members, pro rata in proportion to their respective Units; provided that, immediately before any distributions are made pursuant to this Section 10.3(b)(iii) , all Incentive Units held by each Member shall be converted into a number of Common Units equal to the IU Conversion Ratio of the number of Incentive Units held by such Member.

 

(c)                                   Except as provided in Section 10.4(a) , no Member shall have any right to demand or receive property other than cash upon dissolution and termination of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Company and the distribution of all Company funds, the Company shall terminate and the Managing Member or the Winding-Up Member, as the case may be, shall have the authority to execute and record a certificate of cancellation of the Company, as well as any and all other documents required to effectuate the dissolution and termination of the Company.

 

Section 10.4                              Rights of Members .

 

(a)                                  Each Member irrevocably waives any right that it may have to maintain an action for partition with respect to the property of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (i) each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the return of its Capital Contributions, and (ii) no Member shall have priority over any other Member as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.

 

Section 10.5                              Notices of Dissolution . In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for provisions of Section 10.1 , result in a dissolution of the Company, the Company shall, within 30 days thereafter, (a) provide written notice thereof to each of the Members and to all other parties with whom the Company regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the Managing Member), and (b) comply, in a timely manner, with all filing and notice requirements under the Act or any other applicable Law.

 

Section 10.6                              Reasonable Time for Winding Up . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets in order to minimize any losses that might otherwise result from such winding up.

 

49



 

Section 10.7                              No Deficit Restoration . No Member shall be personally liable for a deficit Capital Account balance of that Member, it being expressly understood that the distribution of liquidation proceeds shall be made solely from existing Company assets.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

GENERAL

 

Section 11.1                              Amendments; Waivers .

 

(a)                                  The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified or amended (including by means of merger, consolidation or other business combination to which the Company is a party) only with the approval of the Managing Member and, (i) so long as the KKR Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, the approval of the holders of a majority of all Common Units held by the KKR Entities and (ii) so long as the Trident Entities own at least 3% of all outstanding Units, the approval of the holders of a majority of all Common Units held by the Trident Entities; provided , however , that no amendment, modification or waiver to this Agreement may:

 

(i)                                      modify the limited liability of any Member, or increase the liabilities or obligations of any Member, in each case, without the consent of each such affected Member;

 

(ii)                                   materially alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of any Units in a manner that is different or prejudicial relative to all other Units of the same class, without the approval of the Members holding a majority of the Units affected in such a different or prejudicial manner;

 

(iii)                                materially alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of the Common Units without the approval of the Members holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units;

 

(iv)                               materially alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of the Incentive Units without the approval of the Members holding a majority of the outstanding Incentive Units, unless a similar alteration or change is made to the Common Units; or

 

(v)                                  alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of any KKR Entity or Trident Entity contained in Section 3.2 , Section 3.6 , the last sentence of Section 3.8 , Section 3.9 , Section 3.11 , Section 6.4 , Section 6.10(c) , Section 8.1(b) , Section 9.2(a)(iv) , Section 9.2(a)(vi) , the last sentence of Section 9.4(b) , Section 10.1(b) , this Section 11.1(a) , Section 11.14 or the definitions of PubCo Approved Change of Control and Change of Control without the approval of such KKR Entity or Trident Entity, as the case may be; provided, however , that nothing contained in any such Section or otherwise in this Agreement shall give any KKR Entity or Trident Entity any approval rights with respect to any PubCo Approved Change of Control.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection (a), the Managing Member, acting alone, may amend this Agreement, including the Members Schedule, (i) to reflect the admission of new Members, Transfers of Interests, the issuance of additional Units or Equity Securities, as provided

 

50


 

by the terms of this Agreement, and, subject to Section 11.1(a) , subdivisions or combinations of Units made in compliance with Section 3.2(e)  and (ii) to comply with or administer in an equitable manner Partnership Tax Audit Rules in any manner determined by the Managing Member.

 

(c)                                   No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided.

 

(d)                                  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 11.2                              Further Assurances . Each party agrees that it will from time to time, upon the reasonable request of another party, execute such documents and instruments and take such further action as may be required to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.3                              Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective personal and legal representatives, heirs, executors, successors and permitted assigns.  No party may Transfer any right or obligation under this Agreement except in connection with a Transfer of Units as expressly permitted by this Agreement.

 

Section 11.4                              Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all Exhibits and Schedules hereto and all other agreements referenced therein and herein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein and therein.

 

Section 11.5                              Rights of Members Independent . The rights available to the Members under this Agreement and at Law shall be deemed to be several and not dependent on each other and each such right accordingly shall be construed as complete in itself and not by reference to any other such right. Any one or more and/or any combination of such rights may be exercised by a Member and/or the Company from time to time and no such exercise shall exhaust the rights or preclude another Member from exercising any one or more of such rights or combination thereof from time to time thereafter or simultaneously.

 

Section 11.6                              Governing Law .  All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement, together with any dispute arising hereunder, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule, notwithstanding that public policy in Delaware or any other forum jurisdiction might indicate

 

51



 

that the Laws of that or any other jurisdiction should otherwise apply based on contacts with such state or otherwise.

 

Section 11.7                              Jurisdiction and Venue .

 

(a)                                  Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and hereby expressly submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purposes thereof and expressly waives any claim of improper venue and any claim that such courts are an inconvenient forum.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any such suit, action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the address provided in accordance with Section 11.9 , such service to become effective ten (10) days after such mailing.

 

(b)                                  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY HERETO CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH SUCH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) EACH SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 11.7(b) .

 

Section 11.8                              Headings .  The descriptive headings of the Articles, Sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.9                              Counterparts .  This Agreement and any amendment hereto or any other agreement (or document) delivered pursuant hereto may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts. All of such counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement (or other document) and shall become effective (unless otherwise provided therein) when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party.

 

Section 11.10                       Notices .  Any notice, demand, consent, election, offer, approval, request, or other communication (collectively, a “ notice ”) required or permitted under this Agreement must

 

52



 

be in writing and either delivered personally, sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or sent by recognized overnight delivery service, confirmed electronic mail (e-mail) or by confirmed facsimile transmittal.  A notice must be addressed: (a) if to a Member, to such Member’s last known address as set forth in the Company’s books and records or at such other address as such Member may designate from time to time by written notice to the Company; and (b) if to the Company, to the attention of the General Counsel at the Company’s primary address.  Any party may designate, by notice to all of the others, substitute addresses or addressees for notices; thereafter, notices are to be directed to those substitute addresses or addressees.

 

Section 11.11                       Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any Governmental Entity, the remaining provisions of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by Law shall remain in full force and effect, provided , that the essential terms and conditions of this Agreement for all parties remain valid, binding and enforceable.

 

Section 11.12                       Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 11.13                       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Except as expressly provided in Section 6.4 , Section 6.10(c) , Section 9.5 , and Section 11.14 , nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under this Agreement or otherwise create any third party beneficiary hereto.

 

Section 11.14                       No Recourse .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Member agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, advisor, attorney, representative, general or limited partner, stockholder or member of any KKR Entity or Trident Entity or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, advisor, attorney, representative, general or limited partner, stockholder or member of the foregoing (each a “ Member Affiliate ”), whether by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation, theory or other Law or otherwise, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred, whether by piercing of the limited liability company (or corporate or limited partnership) veil, by a claim (whether at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise), by any Member Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any KKR Entity or Trident Entity under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

Section 11.15                       Survival .  With respect to any Person subject to obligations under this Agreement, all obligations in respect of a breach by such Person of this Agreement shall survive such Person ceasing to have rights and privileges of a Member under this Agreement or to be an

 

53



 

officer, manager, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary.  In the event of any termination of this Agreement, the applicable provisions of this Agreement shall survive to give effect to the terms thereof.

 

Section 11.16                       Specific Performance .  The parties hereto recognize that irreparable injury may result from a breach of any provision of this Agreement and that money damages may be inadequate to fully remedy the injury.  Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of one or more of the provisions of this Agreement, any party which may be injured (in addition to any other remedies which may be available to that party) shall be entitled to seek one or more preliminary or permanent orders (a) restraining and enjoining any act which would constitute a breach or (b) compelling the performance of any obligation which, if not performed, would constitute a breach, all without the need to post a bond and in an expedited hearing.

 

Section 11.17                       Waiver of Partition .  No Member or any successor-in-interest to any Member shall have the right while this Agreement remains in effect to have any property of the Company partitioned, and each Member, on behalf of itself, its successors, representatives, heirs and assigns, hereby waives any such right.  It is the intention of the Members that during the term of this Agreement the rights of the Members and their successors-in-interest, as among themselves, shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, and that the rights of any Member or successor-in-interest to Transfer any interest in the Company shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.18                       Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party hereto shall not preclude or waive the right to use any or all other remedies.  Such rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties hereto may have by law or otherwise.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

54



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Managing Member has caused this Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

MANAGING MEMBER:

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Ruediger Adolf

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

55


 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTICE

 

[     , 20   ]

 

Focus Financial Partners LLC

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

Attn: Exchange Agent

825 Third Avenue, 27 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

Deliver by e-mail to the following addresses:

jshanahan@focuspartners.com and

electionnotice@focuspartners.com

 

Exchange Notice Pursuant to Focus LLC Agreement

 

The undersigned hereby provides notice, as required pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of the Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Focus Financial Partners, LLC (the “ Focus LLC Agreement ”), of its intent to effect an Exchange on the next Exchange Date (each as defined in the Focus LLC Agreement), as described below.  Except as otherwise noted, any capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Name of Exchanging Member:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of vested Common Units to be exchanged (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be cancelled):

 

 

 

 

 

Number of vested Incentive Units to be exchanged:

 

 

 

 

 

Election with respect to limitation on payments under the applicable IPO TRA pursuant to Section 3.1(c) thereof (check one):

 

o The exchanging Member hereby elects, pursuant to Section 3.1(c) of the applicable IPO TRA, for the following percentage to be used in determining the limitation to be applied to payments under the applicable IPO TRA with respect to this Exchange:

o The exchanging Member hereby elects, pursuant to Section 3.1(c) of the applicable IPO TRA, for no limitation to apply to payments under the applicable IPO TRA with respect to this Exchange.

 

Exhibit A - 1



 

 

 

If I did not check either of the foregoing, I understand that no election is made hereby pursuant to Section 3.1(c) of the applicable IPO TRA and that the default provisions of Section 3.1(c) of the IPO TRA will govern this Exchange.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that, unless a registration statement for the resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon the Exchange is effective, such shares will be “restricted securities” that may be sold publicly only in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

 

NAME OF EXCHANGING MEMBER:

 

 

 

Signed by:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit A - 2



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned taxpayer has received an award of incentive membership units (the “ Property ”) in a Delaware limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  The Property is intended to constitute a “profits interest” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) the Property constitutes a “capital interest” rather than a “profits interest” or (ii) the undersigned taxpayer disposes of the Property within two years following receipt thereof, the undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the Property at the time of transfer over the amount paid for the Property.

 

1.                                       The name, social security number and address of the undersigned (the “ Taxpayer ”), and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

Taxpayer’s Name:

 

                                   

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Social

 

 

Security Number:

 

               -             -                       

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Address:

 

                                              

 

 

                                              

 

 

 

Taxable Year:

 

Calendar Year 20      

 

2.                                       The Property that is the subject of this election is            Incentive Units in Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

3.                                       The Property was transferred to the Taxpayer on               .

 

4.                                       Property is subject to the following restrictions:  The Incentive Units issued to the Taxpayer are subject to various transfer restrictions and repurchase rights [and are subject to forfeiture in the event certain service or employment conditions are not satisfied].

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the Property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a nonlapse restriction as defined in Section 1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $0.00.

 

6.                                       The amount paid by the Taxpayer for the Property is $0.00.

 

7.                                       The amount to include in gross income is $0.00.

 

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the Property.  A copy of the election also will be furnished to Focus Financial Partners, LLC.  The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with which the Property was transferred.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Signature

 

Exhibit B - 1




 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

for PE Holders

 



 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, INC.,

 

CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

 

and

 

THE AGENTS

 

DATED AS OF             

 



 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of          , is hereby entered into by and among Focus Financial Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporate Taxpayer ”), the TRA Holders and the Agents.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is the managing member of Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Focus LLC ”), an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and holds limited liability company interests in Focus LLC;

 

WHEREAS, Focus LLC and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for the Taxable Year that includes the IPO and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange (as defined herein) occurs;

 

WHEREAS, each Blocker is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will merge with a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to which such Blocker will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer (the “ Blocker Mergers ”);

 

WHEREAS, the TRA Holders currently hold, directly or indirectly through a Blocker, Convertible Preferred Units that will be converted into Common Units in connection with the IPO;

 

WHEREAS, certain of the TRA Holders may transfer all or a portion of such Common Units: (i) to the Corporate Taxpayer for Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares (and, in some cases, if applicable, cash) in connection with the IPO (an “ IPO Contribution ”) or (ii) pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Call Right, as applicable, in a transaction that is or is deemed to be a sale of such Common Units to the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each such transfer under either of clause (i) or (ii), an “ Exchange ”);

 

WHEREAS, as a result of such Exchanges, the Corporate Taxpayer is expected to obtain or be entitled to certain Tax benefits as further described herein;

 

WHEREAS, as a result of each Blocker Merger, the Corporate Taxpayer is expected to obtain or be entitled to the Tax benefits resulting from the Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments attributable to the Common Units held by the relevant Blocker;

 

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is also entering into a tax receivable agreement with certain other current and former members of Focus LLC (the “ Non-PE TRA ”);

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to set forth the agreement among the parties hereto regarding the sharing of the Tax benefits realized by the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of Exchanges and the Tax benefits realized by the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of the Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments;

 



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                   Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

 

Accrued Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Actual Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer, and (b) without duplication, Focus LLC and any of its Subsidiaries that are treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Focus LLC and such Subsidiaries that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer; provided that the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer shall be calculated assuming deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income and franchise Taxes are excluded.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

Agent ” means:

 

(a)          with respect to each Centerbridge Holder, Centerbridge Agent;

 

(b)          with respect to each KKR Holder, KKR Agent;

 

(c)           with respect to each Trident Holder, Trident Agent; and

 

(d)          with respect to all other TRA Holders, if applicable, such other Person designated as such pursuant to Section 7.6(b) .

 

Agreed Rate ” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Amended Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate ” means six percent (6%) or such other rate as the Corporate Taxpayer may in good faith determine to be appropriate taking into account any changes, after the date hereof, to the Corporate Taxpayer’s apportionment factors and/or the corporate income and franchise tax rates in any state and local jurisdictions in which the Corporate Taxpayer files income and franchise tax returns.

 

Attributable ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

2



 

Basis Adjustment ” means (a) any adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange (as calculated under Section 2.1 of this Agreement), including, but not limited to: (i) under Sections 734(b) and 743(b) of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, Focus LLC remains classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes); (ii) under Sections 732(b), 734(b) and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, Focus LLC becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and (iii) under Section 362(a) of the Code to the extent the Tax basis of a Reference Asset is increased as a result of gain recognized on such Exchange and (b) any Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustment.  For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of Units shall be determined without regard to any Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to such Units prior to such Exchange; and, further, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

 

Blocker ” means each of Trident FFP Blocker LLC, KKR Americas XII (Freya) Blocker L.P. and KKR Americas XII EEA (Freya) Blocker L.P.

 

Blocker Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments ” means the adjustments, existing as of the close of the IPO Date (as determined based on the interim closing of the books of Focus LLC as of the close of the IPO Date), to the Tax basis of the Reference Assets under Section 743(b) of the Code that are attributable to the Common Units held by the Blockers.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Call Right ” means the “Call Right” as defined in the Focus LLC Agreement and any other purchase of Units by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Centerbridge Agent ” means           or such other Person designated by the Centerbridge Holders.

 

Centerbridge Holder ” means each of           and any Affiliate of the foregoing that becomes a TRA Holder for purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(a) .

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events or series of related events after the date hereof:

 

(a)          any Person or group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

3



 

(b)          there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

(c)           the equity holders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by equity holders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the voting power of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Class A Shares ” means shares of Class A common stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

Class B Shares ” means shares of Class B common stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Corporate Taxpayer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Corporate Taxpayer Return ” means the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer (including any consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is a member, as further described in Section 7.12(a)  of this Agreement) filed with respect to any Taxable Year.

 

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount (but not less than zero) of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period.  The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each

 

4



 

Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Payment Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

 

Default Rate ” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

 

Determination ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

 

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Disputing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

 

Early Termination Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Rate ” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 150 basis points.

 

Early Termination Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

Exchange Date ” means (a) with respect to Exchanges, each date on which an Exchange occurs and (b) with respect to the Blocker Mergers, the IPO Date.

 

Exchange Notice ” has the meaning given to the term “Exchange Notice” in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Exchange Right ” means the exchange right set forth in Section 3.6 of the Focus LLC Agreement, including any such exchange right exercised pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Exchange Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Expert ” means Ernst & Young, LLP or such nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement as is mutually acceptable to the Corporate Taxpayer, the Agents

 

5



 

and, in the event any holders of rights under any other Tax Receivable Agreement are involved in such disagreement, each “Agent” as defined under such other Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

Focus LLC ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Focus LLC Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Focus LLC, as amended from time to time.

 

Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer, and (b) without duplication, Focus LLC and any of its Subsidiaries that are treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Focus LLC and such Subsidiaries that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (using the same methods, elections, conventions, U.S. federal income tax rate and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return), but without taking into account (x) any Basis Adjustments, (y) any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year, and (z) any Other-TRA Benefits.  For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any U.S. federal income Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to any Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, or any Other-TRA Benefits.  Furthermore, the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated assuming deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income and franchise Taxes are excluded.

 

Imputed Interest ” means any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

 

Incentive Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

IPO ” means the initial public offering of shares by the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

IPO Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

 

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

KKR Agent ” means                          or such other Person designated by the KKR Holders.

 

KKR Holder ” means each of KKR Freya Aggregator, L.P., KKR Americas XII (Freya) Blocker Parent L.P. and KKR Americas XII EEA (Freya) Blocker Parent L.P. and any Affiliate of the foregoing that becomes a TRA Holder for purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(a) .

 

LIBOR ” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR rate reported, on the date two (2) calendar days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

 

6


 

Majority TRA Holders ” means, at the time of any determination, TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder (determined using such calculations of Early Termination Payments reasonably estimated by the Corporate Taxpayer in consultation with the Agents) if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on such date.

 

Market Value ” means the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.; provided , that if the closing price is not reported by Bloomberg L.P. for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value means the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.; provided further that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” means the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Net Tax Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Non-PE TRA ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Other-TRA Benefits ” means any tax benefits resulting from increases in Tax basis or other Tax attributes with respect to which the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to make payments under the Non-PE TRA or any Post-IPO TRA.

 

Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means any Person that is not (a) a national or global financial institution or insurance company or a regional bank that in each case derives at least 30% of its revenues from wealth management services or the sale of proprietary financial products (which for the avoidance of doubt, excludes life insurance and annuities), (b) an independent broker-dealer, (c) a platform for or aggregator of registered investment advisers or broker-dealer teams, or (d) a holding company or acquisition vehicle of any entity described in the foregoing clauses (a) — (c).

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

Post-IPO TRA ” means any tax receivable agreement (or comparable agreement) entered into by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to pay over amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any tax

 

7



 

attributes to which the Corporate Taxpayer becomes entitled as a result of a transaction (other than any Exchanges) after the date of this Agreement.

 

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the sum of (a) the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability and (b) the State and Local Tax Benefit.  If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by the IRS of any Taxable Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

 

Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the sum of (a) the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability and (b) the State and Local Tax Detriment.  If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by the IRS of any Taxable Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

 

Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

Reconciliation Procedures ” means the procedures described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

Reference Asset ” means (a) with respect to any Exchange, an asset (other than cash or a cash equivalent) that is held by Focus LLC, or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), at the time of such Exchange and (b) with respect to the Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments, an asset (other than cash or a cash equivalent) that is held by Focus LLC, or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), at the time of the Blocker Mergers.  A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

 

Required TRA Holders ” means, at the time of any determination, (a) the KKR Holders if, in the aggregate, they would be entitled to receive at least five percent (5%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder (determined using such calculations of Early Termination Payments reasonably estimated by the Corporate Taxpayer in consultation with the KKR Agent) if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on such date, and (b) the Trident Holders if, in the aggregate, they would be entitled to receive at least five percent (5%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder (determined using such calculations of Early Termination Payments reasonably estimated by the Corporate Taxpayer in consultation with the Trident Agent) if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on such date.

 

Schedule ” means any of the following: (a) an Exchange Schedule, (b) a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule, or (c) the Early Termination Schedule.

 

8



 

Senior Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

State and Local Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability; provided that, for purposes of determining the State and Local Tax Benefit, each of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the Actual Tax Liability shall be calculated using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate instead of the rate applicable for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

State and Local Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability; provided that, for purposes of determining the State and Local Tax Detriment, each of the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate instead of the rate applicable for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

 

Tax Benefit Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Tax Benefit Payment Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

Tax Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

Tax Receivable Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Non-PE TRA and any Post-IPO TRA.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

 

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

 

Taxes ” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits (including any franchise taxes based on or measured with respect to net income or profits), and any interest related to such Tax.

 

Taxing Authority ” means the IRS and any other federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

 

TRA Holder ” means each of those Persons set forth on Schedule A and their respective successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 7.6(a)(i) .

 

9



 

Transferor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable Year.

 

Trident Agent ” means                          or such other Person designated by the Trident Holders.

 

Trident Holder ” means each of Trident FFP LP, Trident VI, L.P., Trident VI Parallel Fund, L.P., Trident VI DE Parallel Fund, L.P. and any Affiliate of the foregoing that becomes a TRA Holder for purposes of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(a) .

 

Units ” means Common Units and Incentive Units.

 

Valuation Assumptions ” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that

 

(a)                                  in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from all Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions, further assuming such future Tax Benefit Payments would be paid on the due date, without extensions, for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for the applicable Taxable Year) in which such deductions would become available;

 

(b)                                  any loss or credit carryovers generated by deductions or losses arising from any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest (including such Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest generated as a result of payments under this Agreement) that are available in the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer ratably in each Taxable Year over the five Taxable Years beginning with the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date;

 

(c)                                   the U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax rates that will be in effect for each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, except to the extent any change to such tax rates for such Taxable Year have already been enacted into law;

 

(d)                                  any Reference Asset that is not subject to amortization, depreciation or other cost recovery deduction to which any Basis Adjustment is attributable will be disposed of in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the fifth anniversary of the Early Termination Date for an amount sufficient to fully utilize the Basis Adjustment with respect to such Reference Asset; provided , that in the event of a Change of Control which includes a taxable sale of such Reference Asset (including the sale of all of the equity interests in an entity classified as a partnership or disregarded entity that directly or indirectly owns such Reference Asset), such Reference Asset shall be deemed disposed of at the time of the Change of Control; and

 

10



 

(e)                                   if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units (other than those held by the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries) that have not been transferred in an Exchange, then all such Units shall be deemed to be transferred pursuant to the Exchange Right effective on the Early Termination Date.

 

Section 1.2                                   Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions .  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

 

ARTICLE II
DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFITS

 

Section 2.1                                   Exchange Schedules .  Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange or Blocker Merger has been effected by a TRA Holder, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each Agent a schedule (the “ Exchange Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including with respect to each applicable TRA Holder, (a) the Basis Adjustments as a result of the Exchanges or Blocker Merger, as applicable, effected by such TRA Holder in such Taxable Year and (b) the period (or periods) over which the foregoing Basis Adjustments are amortizable and/or depreciable.

 

Section 2.2                                   Tax Benefit Payment Schedules .

 

(a)                                Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to each Agent: (i) a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, (A) the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year, (B) the portion of the Net Tax Benefit, if any, that is Attributable to each TRA Holder, (C) the Accrued Amount with respect to any such Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Holder, (D) the Tax Benefit Payment due to each such TRA Holder, and (E) the portion of such Tax Benefit Payment that the Corporate Taxpayer intends to treat as Imputed Interest (a “ Tax Benefit Payment Schedule ”), (ii) a reasonably detailed calculation of the Hypothetical Tax

 

11



 

Liability, (iii) a reasonably detailed calculation of the Actual Tax Liability, (iv) a copy of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for such Taxable Year, and (v) any other work papers reasonably requested by any Agent.  In addition, the Corporate Taxpayer shall allow each Agent reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives of the Corporate Taxpayer in connection with a review of such Tax Benefit Payment Schedule; provided that, in the event of a dispute governed by Section 7.9 or Section 7.10 , any such costs shall be borne as set forth in such sections.  The Tax Benefit Payment Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a)  and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b)  (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b) ).

 

(b)                                For purposes of calculating the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for any Taxable Year, carryovers or carrybacks of any U.S. federal income Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, and any Other-TRA Benefits shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type.  If a carryover or carryback of any U.S. federal income Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment, Imputed Interest, or any Other-TRA Benefits and another portion that is not so attributable, such respective portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.  The parties agree that (i) any payment (other than any payment relating to the Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments) under this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law and other than amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest) will be treated as a subsequent upward adjustment to the purchase price of the relevant Common Units and will have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.  The parties agree that any payment under this Agreement relating to or arising from Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments shall not have the effect of creating additional Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments or any other type of Basis Adjustment.

 

Section 2.3                                   Procedure; Amendments .

 

(a)                                An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which all Agents have received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless (i) any Agent, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporate Taxpayer and each other Agent with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith or (ii) each Agent provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date waivers from all Agents have been received by the Corporate Taxpayer.  If the Corporate Taxpayer and the relevant Agent, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of such Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and such Agent shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9 , as applicable.

 

(b)                                The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to

 

12



 

correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Agents, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Corporate Taxpayer Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an Exchange Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”).  The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each Agent within sixty (60) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence and shall, at the reasonable request of any Agent, provide any other work papers relating to such Amended Schedule.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.

 

Section 2.4                                   Section 754 Election . In its capacity as the sole managing member of Focus LLC, the Corporate Taxpayer will ensure that, on and after the date hereof and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, Focus LLC and all of its eligible Subsidiaries will have in effect an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local law).

 

ARTICLE III
TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.1                                   Payments .

 

(a)                                Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule delivered to the Agents becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) , the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Holder the Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Holder determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) for such Taxable Year.  Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Holder to the Corporate Taxpayer, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal or state estimated income Tax payments.

 

(b)                                A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” in respect of a TRA Holder for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such TRA Holder and the Accrued Amount with respect thereto.  The “ Net Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the sum of (i) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1 (excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) and (ii) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments previously made under the corresponding provision of the Non-PE TRA and any Post-IPO TRA; provided , for the

 

13



 

avoidance of doubt, that no TRA Holder shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. Subject to Section 3.3 , the portion of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year that is “ Attributable ” to a TRA Holder is the portion of such Net Tax Benefit that is derived from (x) any Basis Adjustment that is attributable to the Common Units acquired or deemed acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in an Exchange undertaken by or with respect to such TRA Holder, (y) any Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments attributable to the Common Units held by the Blocker of which such TRA Holder was an owner immediately prior to the Blocker Mergers, or (z) any Imputed Interest with respect to Tax Benefit Payments made to such TRA Holder.  The “ Accrued Amount ” with respect to any portion of a Net Tax Benefit shall equal an amount determined in the same manner as interest on such portion of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Accrued Amount on the portion of a Net Tax Benefit relating to an Exchange shall not be treated as interest but shall instead be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Common Units in an Exchange unless otherwise required by law.  The parties agree that the Accrued Amount on the portion of a Net Tax Benefit relating to the Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments shall not have the effect of creating additional Blocker Section 743(b) Adjustments or any other type of Basis Adjustment.

 

(c)                                 Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, unless a TRA Holder elects for the provisions of this Section 3.1(c)  not to apply to any Exchange by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing on or before the due date for providing the Exchange Notice with respect to such Exchange (or, with respect to an IPO Contribution, on or before the IPO Date), the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to be made to such TRA Holder with respect to any Exchange shall be limited to (i)   %, or such other percentage such TRA Holder elects to apply by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing on or before the due date for providing the Exchange Notice with respect to such Exchange (or, with respect to an IPO Contribution, on or before the IPO Date), of (ii) the amount equal to the sum of (A) any cash, excluding any Tax Benefit Payments, received by such TRA Holder in such Exchange and (B) the aggregate Market Value of the Class A Shares received by such TRA Holder in such Exchange, provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that such amount shall not include any Imputed Interest with respect to such Exchange. An election made by a TRA Holder pursuant to this Section 3.1(c)  may not be revoked.

 

(d)                                The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holders hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of any future Exchange that may be subject to this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for United States federal income tax or other applicable Tax purposes.

 

Section 3.2                                   No Duplicative Payments .  It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under the Tax Receivable Agreements.  It is also intended that the provisions of the Tax Receivable Agreements will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Accrued Amount thereon, being paid to the Persons to whom payments are due pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to achieve these fundamental results.

 

14



 

Section 3.3                                   Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits with Other Tax Receivable Agreements .

 

(a)                                Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate amount of the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize available deductions and other attributes, the following rules shall apply:

 

(i)                                      The limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated as follows: (A) first among any Post-IPO TRAs (and among all Persons eligible for payments thereunder in the manner set forth in such Post-IPO TRAs) and (B) to the extent of any remaining limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer after the application of clause (A), to this Agreement and the Non-PE TRA (and among all Persons eligible for payments hereunder or under the Non-PE TRA as set forth in Section 3.3(a)(ii) ).  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 3.3(a)(i) , it is intended that in calculating the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements, any available taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer be first allocated to this Agreement and the Non-PE TRA and any remaining available taxable income will then be allocated to any Post-IPO TRA.

 

(ii)                                   If any part of the limitation on the tax benefit is allocated to this Agreement and the Non-PE TRA pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i)(B) , such allocated limitation shall be further allocated among all TRA Holders hereunder and all “TRA Holders” under the Non-PE TRA in proportion to the respective portion of the Net Tax Benefit that would have been Attributable to each such TRA Holder in such Taxable Year under this Agreement and the Non-PE TRA if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income in such Taxable Year so that there was no such limitation; provided that, if any portion of the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year results from the carryback of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year from a later Taxable Year (for the avoidance of doubt, carrybacks of losses and other Tax items from more than one later Taxable Year shall be used in the order prescribed in the applicable rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations), no part of the limitation shall be allocated to the tax benefits set forth on the Schedule prior to its amendment to reflect the carryback and any limitation shall instead be applied to the tax benefits carried back and such limitation shall be further allocated among all such TRA Holders in proportion to the respective portion of the Net Tax Benefit that would have been Attributable to each such TRA Holder in the Taxable Year in which such carried back losses or other Tax items arose under this Agreement and the Non-PE TRA if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income in such Taxable Year so that there was no such limitation.

 

(iii)                                If any part of the limitation on the tax benefit is allocated to a TRA Holder, such allocated limitation shall first be applied to any deductions arising from Imputed Interest Attributable to such TRA Holder, and then, to the extent of any remaining limitation on the tax benefit allocated to such TRA Holder, to any deductions arising from Basis Adjustments Attributable to such TRA Holder.

 

15


 

(iv)                               To the extent any part of the limitation on the tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements is allocated in a manner that differs from the order prescribed in the applicable rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations regarding the utilization, or deemed utilization, of such tax benefit, appropriate adjustments, consistent with the principles of this Section 3.3(a) , shall be made in future Taxable Years to take into account such differing allocation.

 

(b)                                After taking into account Section 3.3(a) , if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then, (i) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due to each Person to whom a payment is due under each of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments under all of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

(c)                                 To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a payment to a TRA Holder in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a)  of this Agreement (taking into account Section 3.3(a)  and Section 3.3(b) , but excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Holder in respect of such Taxable Year, then (i) such TRA Holder shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a)  until such TRA Holder has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and (ii) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the amount of such TRA Holder’s foregone payments to the other Persons to whom a payment is due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in a manner such that each such Person to whom a payment is due under the Tax Receivable Agreements, to the maximum extent possible, receives aggregate payments under Section 3.1(a)  or the comparable section of the other Tax Receivable Agreement(s), as applicable (in each case, taking into account Section 3.3(a)  and Section 3.3(b)  or the comparable sections of the other Tax Receivable Agreement(s), but excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) in the amount it would have received if there had been no excess payment to such TRA Holder.

 

(d)                                The parties hereto agree that the parties to the Non-PE TRA and any Post-IPO TRA are expressly made third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 3.3 .

 

ARTICLE IV
TERMINATION

 

Section 4.1                                   Early Termination at Election of the Corporate Taxpayer .  The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement at any time by paying (a) to each TRA Holder the Early Termination Payment due to such TRA Holder pursuant to Section 4.5(b)  and (b) to each “TRA Holder” under the Non-PE TRA the “Early Termination Payment” due to such TRA Holder under the Non-PE TRA (such termination, an “ Early Termination ”); provided that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice of exercise of its termination rights under this Section 4.1 prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of each Early Termination Payment to each TRA Holder by the Corporate Taxpayer, the Corporate Taxpayer shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for

 

16



 

any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and, except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment, any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the Early Termination Date.  Upon payment in full of all amounts provided for in this Section 4.1 , this Agreement shall terminate, provided that Article VI , Sections 7.1 through 7.10 (inclusive), and Section 7.13 shall remain in full force and effect to the extent applicable.

 

Section 4.2                                   Early Termination upon Change of Control .  In the event of a Change of Control, all payment obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and shall include, but not be limited to the following: (a) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the effective date of a Change of Control, (b) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice, and (c) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment or if included as a payment under clause (b) of this Section 4.2 , payment of any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the effective date of a Change of Control.  In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

 

Section 4.3                                   Breach of Agreement .

 

(a)                                In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement or the Non-PE TRA, whether as a result of failure to make any payment within three (3) months of the date when due, as a result of failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement or the Non-PE TRA in a case commenced under the United States Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then if the Majority TRA Holders and the Required TRA Holders so elect, such breach shall be treated as an Early Termination hereunder.  Upon such election, all payment obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall become due and payable in accordance with Section 4.5(a) , and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (i) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (ii) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the date of the breach, and (iii) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment or if included as a payment under clause (ii) of this Section 4.3(a) , any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of the breach.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, if the Majority TRA Holders and the Required TRA Holders do not elect to treat such breach as an Early Termination pursuant to this Section 4.3(a) , the TRA Holders shall be entitled to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.

 

(b)                                The parties agree that the failure of the Corporate Taxpayer to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this

 

17



 

Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except in the case of an Early Termination Payment or any payment treated as an Early Termination Payment, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds available to make, or to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer is contractually constrained from making, such payment in the Corporate Taxpayer’s sole discretion, exercised in good faith; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any credit agreement to which Focus LLC or any Subsidiary of Focus LLC is a party, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided further that it shall be a breach of this Agreement, and the provisions of Section 4.3(a)  shall apply as of the original due date of the Tax Benefit Payment, if the Corporate Taxpayer makes any distribution of cash or other property to its equity holders while any Tax Benefit Payment is due and payable but unpaid.

 

Section 4.4                                   Early Termination Notice .  If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each Agent notice of such intention to exercise such right (the “ Early Termination Notice ”).  Upon delivery of the Early Termination Notice or the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3(a) , the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver (a) a schedule showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) and (b) any other work papers related to the calculation of the Early Termination Payment reasonably requested by any Agent.  In addition, the Corporate Taxpayer shall allow each Agent reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives of the Corporate Taxpayer in connection with a review of such Early Termination Schedule; provided that, in the event of a dispute governed by Section 7.9 or Section 7.10 , any such costs shall be borne as set forth in such sections.  The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which all Agents have received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless (x) any Agent, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporate Taxpayer  and each other Agent with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”) or (y) each Agent provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (x) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date waivers from all Agents have been received by the Corporate Taxpayer (the “ Early Termination Effective Date ”).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and the relevant Agent, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and such Agent shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9 , as applicable.

 

Section 4.5                                   Payment upon Early Termination .

 

(a)                                Subject to its right to withdraw any notice of Early Termination pursuant to Section 4.1 , within three (3) Business Days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Holder its Early Termination Payment.  Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank

 

18



 

account or accounts designated by the TRA Holder, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holder.

 

(b)                                A TRA Holder’s “ Early Termination Payment ” as of the Early Termination Date shall equal, with respect to such TRA Holder, the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Holder beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

 

ARTICLE V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

 

Section 5.1                                   Subordination .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payment due under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer (such obligations, “ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the above, the determination of whether it is a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment or other payment under this Agreement when due is governed by Section 4.3(b) . To the extent that any payment due under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time such payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of the TRA Holders, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations.

 

Section 5.2                                   Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer .  The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement not made to any TRA Holder when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 and the terms of the Senior Obligations or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate (or, if so provided in Section 4.3(b) , at the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement was due and payable.

 

ARTICLE VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

 

Section 6.1                                   Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and Focus LLC’s Tax Matters .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Focus LLC Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC, including without limitation preparing, filing or amending any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer (a) shall notify each Agent of, and keep each Agent reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding (a “ Tax Proceeding ”) of the Corporate Taxpayer or

 

19



 

Focus LLC by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Holders under this Agreement, (b) shall provide each Agent with reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, Focus LLC and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of a Tax Proceeding, and (c) shall not, without the prior consent of the Agents (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), settle any Tax Proceeding in a manner that would affect in any material respect the amounts payable to the TRA Holders under this Agreement; provided , however, that nothing in this Section 6.1 shall be construed as requiring or preventing either of the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC from taking or refraining to take any action that is inconsistent with, or otherwise provided for under, any provision of the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Section 6.2                                   Consistency .  Unless there is a Determination or written opinion, reasonably acceptable to the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC, of legal counsel or a nationally recognized tax advisor to the contrary, the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Holders agree to report, and to cause their respective Subsidiaries to report, for all purposes (including U.S. federal, state and local Tax purposes), all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with the description of any Tax characterization herein (including as set forth in Section 2.2(b)  and Section 3.1(a)  and any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3 ).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and any TRA Holder, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve any disagreement concerning such treatment within thirty (30) calendar days, the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9 , as applicable.

 

Section 6.3                                   Cooperation .  Each TRA Holder shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return, or contesting or defending any Tax Proceeding, (b) make itself reasonably available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each TRA Holder for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3 .

 

Section 6.4                                   Tax Proceedings . The Corporate Taxpayer shall use reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Holders, the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

 

20



 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1                                   Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service.  All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

825 Third Avenue, 27 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporate Taxpayer) to:

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10103-0040
Telephone: (212) 237-0000
Attention: Robert Seber

 

If to Centerbridge Agent, to:

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to KKR Agent, to:

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to Trident Agent, to:

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

21



 

If to the Agent other than Centerbridge Agent, KKR Agent, or Trident Agent, to the address designated by such Agent upon its designation pursuant to Section 7.6(b) .

 

If to a TRA Holder, other than an Agent, that is or was a partner in Focus LLC, to the address set forth in the records of Focus LLC.

 

Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 7.2                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or otherwise (including an electronically executed signature page) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3                                   Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section 3.3 .

 

Section 7.4                                   Governing Law .  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.5                                   Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

Section 7.6                                   Successors; Assignment .

 

(a)                                No TRA Holder may assign this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer; provided , however, that:

 

(i)                                      to the extent Units are transferred in accordance with the terms of the Focus LLC Agreement (except pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Call Right), the transferring TRA Holder shall assign (or, in the case of a transfer by a KKR Holder,

 

22



 

Trident Holder or Centerbridge Holder, may assign) to the transferee of such Units the transferring TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, and such transferee shall execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the right to receive any and all payments payable or that may become payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement following a Blocker Merger or that, once an Exchange has occurred, arise with respect to the Units transferred in such Exchange, as applicable, may be assigned to any Person or Persons without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.13 ;

 

(iii)                                the KKR Holders, the Trident Holders and the Centerbridge Holders may assign their rights under this Agreement with respect to all or a portion of their Units to their respective Affiliates, provided that any Affiliate transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                               the KKR Holders, the Trident Holders and the Centerbridge Holders may assign their rights under this Agreement with respect to all or a portion of their Units, without a corresponding transfer of Units, to a Permitted Transferee; provided that such Permitted Transferee executes and delivers a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement; and provided, further , that (x) the KKR Holders, in the aggregate, may only transfer to two (2) Permitted Transferees (for the avoidance of doubt, other than Affiliates of the KKR Holders, which are addressed in Section 7.6(a)(iii) ) pursuant to this Section 7.6(a)(iv)  during the term of this Agreement, (y) the Trident Holders, in the aggregate, may only transfer to two (2) Permitted Transferees (for the avoidance of doubt, other than Affiliates of the Trident Holders, which are addressed in Section 7.6(a)(iii) ) pursuant to this Section 7.6(a)(iv)  during the term of this Agreement, and (z) the Centerbridge Holders, in the aggregate, may only transfer to two (2) Permitted Transferees (for the avoidance of doubt, other than Affiliates of the Centerbridge Holders, which are addressed in Section 7.6(a)(iii) ) pursuant to this Section 7.6(a)(iv)  during the term of this Agreement.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that an assignment of rights pursuant to this Section 7.6(a)  is not expected to affect the U.S. federal income (or applicable state and local) Tax characterization by the Corporate Taxpayer of payments made under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                The Agent described in clause (d) of the definition of “Agent” may be initially designated or changed solely with the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer and the Majority TRA Holders (for this purpose, calculated by excluding any KKR Holders, Trident Holders and Centerbridge Holders).

 

23


 

(c)           Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 7.7           Amendments; Waivers .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended in a manner that materially affects the substantive rights of any TRA Holder hereunder unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and the Majority TRA Holders; provided , however, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would have a materially disproportionate effect on the payments certain TRA Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless a majority of such disproportionately affected TRA Holders (as determined in the same manner as the Majority TRA Holders would be determined if such disproportionately affected TRA Holders were the only TRA Holders) consent in writing to such amendment; provided further , that, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, no provision of this Agreement may be amended in a manner that materially affects the substantive rights of a Required TRA Holder hereunder unless such amendment is approved in writing by such Required TRA Holder.

 

Section 7.8           Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

Section 7.9           Resolution of Disputes .

 

(a)          Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.10 , including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this Section 7.9 and Section 7.10 ) (each a “ Dispute ”) shall be governed by this Section 7.9 .  The parties hereto shall attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes by negotiation.  If a Dispute between the parties hereto cannot be resolved in such manner, such Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in accordance with the then-existing rules of arbitration of the American Arbitration Association. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in a U.S. state, or a nationally recognized expert in the relevant subject matter, and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language.  Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.  In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement.  The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute.  The award shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims,

 

24



 

counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal.  Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.  The parties involved in any Dispute shall each bear their own costs and expenses of such Dispute unless, in the event of an arbitration, otherwise determined by the arbitrator in accordance with the then-existing rules of arbitration of the American Arbitration Association.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.9(a) , the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 7.9(b) , each Agent and each TRA Holder (i) expressly consents to the application of Section 7.9(c)  to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such party in writing of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such party in any such action or proceeding.

 

(c)           EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.9 OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT.  Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award.  The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this Section 7.9(c)  have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

 

(d)          The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in Section 7.9(c)  and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

 

Section 7.10         Reconciliation .  In the event that any Agent or any TRA Holder (as applicable, the “ Disputing Party ”) and the Corporate Taxpayer are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the calculations required to produce the schedules described in Section 2.3 , Section 4.4 and Section 6.2 (but not, for the avoidance doubt, with respect to any legal interpretation with respect to such provisions or schedules) within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to the Expert.  The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the Disputing Party agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the Disputing Party or other actual or potential conflict of interest.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation

 

25



 

Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association.  The Expert shall resolve (a) any matter relating to the Exchange Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days, (b) any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days, and (c) any matter related to treatment of any tax-related item as contemplated in Section 6.2 within fifteen (15) calendar days, or, in each case, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable after such matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, any portion of such payment that is not under dispute shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence.  The Corporate Taxpayer and the Disputing Party shall each bear its own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts such Disputing Party’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse such Disputing Party for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case such Disputing Party shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.10 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries and the Disputing Party and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.11         Withholding .  The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the relevant TRA Holder.  Upon a TRA Holder’s request, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide evidence of any such payment to such TRA Holder.  Each TRA Holder shall furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such statements, certifications or other information reasonably requested by the Corporate Taxpayer for purposes of determining the extent to which any payments hereunder are subject to withholding or deduction. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holders shall reasonably cooperate to reduce or eliminate any withholding or deduction from any payment made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.12         Status of Corporate Taxpayer as a Member of a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .

 

(a)          If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other

 

26



 

applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

 

(b)          If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any other entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder), Focus LLC or any of Focus LLC’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) (a “ Transferor ”) transfers one or more Reference Assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which the Transferor does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, the Transferor, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such Reference Assets in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by the Transferor shall be equal to the fair market value of the transferred Reference Assets, plus, without duplication, (i) the amount of debt to which any such Reference Asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered Reference Asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to any such Reference Asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest. For purposes of this Section 7.12(b) , a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the Transferor’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

 

Section 7.13         Confidentiality .

 

(a)          Each Agent and each of such Agent’s assignees and each TRA Holder and each of such TRA Holder’s assignees acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such Person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning Focus LLC and its Affiliates and successors or the TRA Holders, learned by any Agent or any TRA Holder heretofore or hereafter.  This Section 7.13 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of an Agent or a TRA Holder in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information (A) as may be proper in the course of performing an Agent’s or a TRA Holder’s obligations, or monitoring or enforcing a TRA Holder’s rights, under this Agreement, (B) as part of a TRA Holder’s normal reporting, rating or review procedure (including normal credit rating and pricing process), or in connection with a TRA Holder’s or such TRA Holder’s Affiliates’ normal fund raising, financing, marketing, informational or reporting activities, or to a TRA Holder’s (or any of its Affiliates’) or its direct or indirect owners or Affiliates, auditors, accountants, employees, attorneys or other agents, (C) to any bona fide prospective assignee of a TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement, or prospective merger or other business combination partner of a TRA Holder, provided that such assignee or merger partner agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.13 , (D) as is required to be disclosed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative body or governmental body, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by

 

27



 

law, rule or regulation; provided that any TRA Holder required to make any such disclosure to the extent legally permissible shall provide the Corporate Taxpayer prompt notice of such disclosure, or to regulatory authorities or similar examiners conducting regulatory reviews or examinations (without any such notice to the Corporate Taxpayer), or (E) to the extent necessary for a TRA Holder or its direct or indirect owners to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such Tax Returns from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any Tax Proceeding with respect to such Tax Returns.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Agent (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Agent or its assignees, as applicable) and each TRA Holder and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of such TRA Holder or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, Focus LLC, the Agents, the TRA Holders and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to any Agent or any TRA Holder relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

 

(b)          If an Agent or an assignee or a TRA Holder or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.13 , the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.13 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Holders and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons.  Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Section 7.14         No More Favorable Terms .  None of the Corporate Taxpayer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any additional agreement providing rights similar to this Agreement to any Person (including any agreement pursuant to which the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to pay amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any increases in Tax basis or other tax attributes to which the Corporate Taxpayer becomes entitled as a result of a transaction) if such agreement provides terms that are more favorable to the counterparty under such agreement than those provided to the TRA Holders under this Agreement; provided , however, that the Corporate Taxpayer (or any of its Subsidiaries) may enter into such an agreement if this Agreement is amended to make such more favorable terms available to the TRA Holders.

 

Section 7.15         Parity with Non-PE TRA . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) no amendment may be made to the Non-PE TRA unless a substantially similar amendment is offered by the Corporate Taxpayer to be made to this Agreement, (b) any and all copies of amendments and waivers to the Non-PE TRA must be provided to the Agents, and (c) all documentation delivered by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Agents hereunder and the “Agent” under the Non-PE TRA must be substantially the same.

 

Section 7.16         Certain Terminations by a TRA Holder . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Holder reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement (a) could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such TRA

 

28



 

Holder upon any Exchange that as of the date of this Agreement would be treated as capital gain to instead to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (b) would have other material adverse tax consequences to such TRA Holder and/or its direct or indirect owners, then, in either case, at the election of such TRA Holder and to the extent specified by such TRA Holder, this Agreement (i)  shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Holder occurring after a date specified by it or (ii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Holder to waive any benefits to which such TRA Holder would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in or acceleration of payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.  Further, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any TRA Holder may, at any time, elect for this Agreement to cease to have further effect in its entirety with respect to such TRA Holder, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall cease to have any further obligations in respect of such TRA Holder, in each case from and after the date specified by such TRA Holder.

 

Section 7.17         Independent Nature of Members’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each TRA Holder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other TRA Holder, and no TRA Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other TRA Holder hereunder. The decision of each TRA Holder to enter into this Agreement has been made by such TRA Holder independently of any other TRA Holder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any TRA Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the TRA Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the TRA Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporate Taxpayer acknowledges that the TRA Holders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporate Taxpayer will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer, the TRA Holders, and the Agents have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

30



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer, the TRA Holders, and the Agents have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

CENTERBRIDGE AGENT, AS AN AGENT:

 

 

 

                     

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

KKR AGENT, AS AN AGENT:

 

 

 

                     

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

TRIDENT AGENT, AS AN AGENT:

 

 

 

                     

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[The signatures of the TRA Holders are attached in Schedule A.]

 

31



 

SCHEDULE A

 

THE TRA HOLDERS PARTY TO TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

TRA Holder                                                                                   Signature

 

32




Exhibit 10.3

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

for Non-PE Holders

 



 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, INC.,

 

CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

 

and

 

THE AGENT

 

DATED AS OF                        

 



 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of          , is hereby entered into by and among Focus Financial Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporate Taxpayer ”), the TRA Holders and the Agent.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is the managing member of Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Focus LLC ”), an entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and holds limited liability company interests in Focus LLC;

 

WHEREAS, Focus LLC and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for the Taxable Year that includes the IPO and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange (as defined herein) occurs;

 

WHEREAS, the TRA Holders currently hold Common Units and/or Incentive Units and may transfer all or a portion of such Units (after conversion of any Incentive Units into Common Units): (i) for cash in connection with the IPO, in a transaction that is or is deemed to be a sale of such Common Units to the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes (an “ IPO Sale ”), (ii) to the Corporate Taxpayer for Class A Shares and/or Class B Shares (and, in some cases, noncompensatory options and cash) in connection with the IPO (an “ IPO Contribution ”), or (iii) pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Call Right, as applicable, in a transaction that is or is deemed to be a sale of such Common Units to the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each such transfer under any of clause (i) through (iii), an “ Exchange ”), and as a result of such Exchanges, the Corporate Taxpayer is expected to obtain or be entitled to certain Tax benefits as further described herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Corporate Taxpayer is also entering into a tax receivable agreement with certain affiliates of Stone Point Capital LLC, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., and Centerbridge Partners, L.P. (the “ PE TRA ”);

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to set forth the agreement among the parties hereto regarding the sharing of the Tax benefits realized by the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of Exchanges;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                   Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

 



 

Accrued Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Actual Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer, and (b) without duplication, Focus LLC and any of its Subsidiaries that are treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Focus LLC and such Subsidiaries that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer; provided that the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer shall be calculated assuming deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income and franchise Taxes are excluded.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

Agent ” means          or such other Person designated as such pursuant to Section 7.6(b) .

 

Agreed Rate ” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Amended Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate ” means six percent (6%) or such other rate as the Corporate Taxpayer may in good faith determine to be appropriate taking into account any changes, after the date hereof, to the Corporate Taxpayer’s apportionment factors and/or the corporate income and franchise tax rates in any state and local jurisdictions in which the Corporate Taxpayer files income and franchise tax returns.

 

Attributable ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Basis Adjustment ” means any adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange (as calculated under Section 2.1 of this Agreement), including, but not limited to: (a) under Sections 734(b) and 743(b) of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, Focus LLC remains classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes); (b) under Sections 732(b), 734(b) and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, Focus LLC becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and (c) under Section 362(a) of the Code to the extent the Tax basis of a Reference Asset is increased as a result of gain recognized on such Exchange.  For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of Units shall be determined without regard to any Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to such Units prior to such Exchange; and, further, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

2



 

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Call Right ” means the “Call Right” as defined in the Focus LLC Agreement and any other purchase of Units by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events or series of related events after the date hereof:

 

(a)          any Person or group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d)  of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

(b)          there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

(c)           the equity holders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by equity holders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the voting power of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Class A Shares ” means shares of Class A common stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

Class B Shares ” means shares of Class B common stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

3



 

Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Corporate Taxpayer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Corporate Taxpayer Return ” means the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporate Taxpayer (including any consolidated group of which the Corporate Taxpayer is a member, as further described in Section 7.12(a)  of this Agreement) filed with respect to any Taxable Year.

 

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount (but not less than zero) of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period.  The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Payment Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

 

Default Rate ” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

 

Determination ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

 

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Disputing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

 

Early Termination Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Early Termination Rate ” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 150 basis points.

 

Early Termination Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

 

4



 

Exchange Date ” means each date on which an Exchange occurs.

 

Exchange Notice ” has the meaning given to the term “Exchange Notice” in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Exchange Right ” means the exchange right set forth in Section 3.6 of the Focus LLC Agreement, including any such exchange right exercised pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Exchange Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Expert ” means Ernst & Young, LLP or such nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement as is mutually acceptable to the Corporate Taxpayer, the Agent and, in the event any holders of rights under any other Tax Receivable Agreement are involved in such disagreement, each “Agent” as defined under such other Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

Focus LLC ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Focus LLC Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Focus LLC, as amended from time to time.

 

Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer, and (b) without duplication, Focus LLC and any of its Subsidiaries that are treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on Focus LLC and such Subsidiaries that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer (using the same methods, elections, conventions, U.S. federal income tax rate and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return), but without taking into account (x) any Basis Adjustments, (y) any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year, and (z) any Other-TRA Benefits.  For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any U.S. federal income Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to any Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, or any Other-TRA Benefits.  Furthermore, the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated assuming deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income and franchise Taxes are excluded.

 

Imputed Interest ” means any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

 

Incentive Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

IPO ” means the initial public offering of shares by the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

IPO Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

 

IPO Sale ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

5



 

LIBOR ” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR rate reported, on the date two (2) calendar days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

 

Majority TRA Holders ” means, at the time of any determination, TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder (determined using such calculations of Early Termination Payments reasonably estimated by the Corporate Taxpayer in consultation with the Agent) if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on such date.

 

Market Value ” means the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.; provided , that if the closing price is not reported by Bloomberg L.P. for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value means the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by Bloomberg L.P.; provided further that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” means the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Net Tax Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)  of this Agreement.

 

Other-TRA Benefits ” means any tax benefits resulting from increases in Tax basis or other Tax attributes with respect to which the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to make payments under the PE TRA or any Post-IPO TRA.

 

Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

PE TRA ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

Post-IPO TRA ” means any tax receivable agreement (or comparable agreement) entered into by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to pay over amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any tax attributes to which the Corporate Taxpayer becomes entitled as a result of a transaction (other than any Exchanges) after the date of this Agreement.

 

6



 

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the sum of (a) the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability and (b) the State and Local Tax Benefit.  If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by the IRS of any Taxable Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

 

Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the sum of (a) the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability and (b) the State and Local Tax Detriment.  If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by the IRS of any Taxable Year, such liability and the corresponding Hypothetical Tax Liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

 

Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

Reconciliation Procedures ” means the procedures described in Section 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

Reference Asset ” means, with respect to any Exchange, an asset (other than cash or a cash equivalent) that is held by Focus LLC, or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), at the time of such Exchange.  A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

 

Schedule ” means any of the following: (a) an Exchange Schedule, (b) a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule, or (c) the Early Termination Schedule.

 

Senior Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

State and Local Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability; provided that, for purposes of determining the State and Local Tax Benefit, each of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the Actual Tax Liability shall be calculated using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate instead of the rate applicable for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

State and Local Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability; provided that, for purposes of determining the State and Local Tax Detriment, each of the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate instead of the rate applicable for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

 

7


 

Tax Benefit Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Tax Benefit Payment Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

Tax Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

Tax Receivable Agreements ” means this Agreement, the PE TRA and any Post-IPO TRA.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

 

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

 

Taxes ” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits (including any franchise taxes based on or measured with respect to net income or profits), and any interest related to such Tax.

 

Taxing Authority ” means the IRS and any other federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

 

TRA Holder ” means each of those Persons set forth on Schedule A and their respective successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 7.6(a)(i) .

 

Transferor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(b)  of this Agreement.

 

Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable Year.

 

Units ” means Common Units and Incentive Units.

 

Valuation Assumptions ” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that

 

(a)          in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from all Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions, further assuming such future Tax Benefit Payments would be paid on the due date, without extensions, for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for the applicable Taxable Year) in which such deductions would become available;

 

8



 

(b)          any loss or credit carryovers generated by deductions or losses arising from any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest (including such Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest generated as a result of payments under this Agreement) that are available in the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporate Taxpayer ratably in each Taxable Year over the five Taxable Years beginning with the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date;

 

(c)           the U.S. federal, state and local income and franchise tax rates that will be in effect for each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, except to the extent any change to such tax rates for such Taxable Year have already been enacted into law;

 

(d)          any Reference Asset that is not subject to amortization, depreciation or other cost recovery deduction to which any Basis Adjustment is attributable will be disposed of in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the fifth anniversary of the Early Termination Date for an amount sufficient to fully utilize the Basis Adjustment with respect to such Reference Asset; provided , that in the event of a Change of Control which includes a taxable sale of such Reference Asset (including the sale of all of the equity interests in an entity classified as a partnership or disregarded entity that directly or indirectly owns such Reference Asset), such Reference Asset shall be deemed disposed of at the time of the Change of Control; and

 

(e)           if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units (other than those held by the Corporate Taxpayer or its Subsidiaries) that have not been transferred in an Exchange, then all such Units shall be deemed to be transferred pursuant to the Exchange Right effective on the Early Termination Date.

 

Section 1.2             Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions .  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

 

9



 

ARTICLE II
DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFITS

 

Section 2.1             Exchange Schedules .  Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected by a TRA Holder, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the Agent a schedule (the “ Exchange Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including with respect to each applicable TRA Holder, (a) the Basis Adjustments as a result of the Exchanges effected by such TRA Holder in such Taxable Year and (b) the period (or periods) over which such Basis Adjustments are amortizable and/or depreciable.

 

Section 2.2             Tax Benefit Payment Schedules .

 

(a)          Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to the Agent: (i) a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, (A) the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year, (B) the portion of the Net Tax Benefit, if any, that is Attributable to each TRA Holder, (C) the Accrued Amount with respect to any such Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Holder, (D) the Tax Benefit Payment due to each such TRA Holder, and (E) the portion of such Tax Benefit Payment that the Corporate Taxpayer intends to treat as Imputed Interest (a “ Tax Benefit Payment Schedule ”), (ii) a reasonably detailed calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability, (iii) a reasonably detailed calculation of the Actual Tax Liability, (iv) a copy of the Corporate Taxpayer Return for such Taxable Year, and (v) any other work papers reasonably requested by the Agent.  In addition, the Corporate Taxpayer shall allow the Agent reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives of the Corporate  Taxpayer in connection with a review of such Tax Benefit Payment Schedule; provided that, in the event of a dispute governed by Section 7.9 or Section 7.10 , any such costs shall be borne as set forth in such sections.  The Tax Benefit Payment Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a)  and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b)  (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b) ).

 

(b)          For purposes of calculating the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for any Taxable Year, carryovers or carrybacks of any U.S. federal income Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, and any Other-TRA Benefits shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type.  If a carryover or carryback of any U.S. federal income Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment, Imputed Interest, or any Other-TRA Benefits and another portion that is not so attributable, such respective portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.  The parties agree that (i) any payment under this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law and other than amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest) will be treated as a subsequent upward adjustment to the purchase price of the relevant Common Units and will have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

 

10



 

Section 2.3             Procedure; Amendments .

 

(a)          An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the Agent has received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless (i) the Agent, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith or (ii) the Agent provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date a waiver from the Agent has been received by the Corporate Taxpayer.  If the Corporate Taxpayer and the Agent, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of such Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the Agent shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9 , as applicable.

 

(b)          The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Agent, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Corporate Taxpayer Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an Exchange Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”).  The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to the Agent within sixty (60) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence and shall, at the reasonable request of the Agent, provide any other work papers relating to such Amended Schedule.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.

 

Section 2.4             Section 754 Election . In its capacity as the sole managing member of Focus LLC, the Corporate Taxpayer will ensure that, on and after the date hereof and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, Focus LLC and all of its eligible Subsidiaries will have in effect an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local law).

 

11



 

ARTICLE III
TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.1             Payments .

 

(a)          Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule delivered to the Agent becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) , the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Holder the Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Holder determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b)  for such Taxable Year.  Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Holder to the Corporate Taxpayer, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal or state estimated income Tax payments.

 

(b)          A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” in respect of a TRA Holder for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the Net Tax Benefit Attributable to such TRA Holder and the Accrued Amount with respect thereto. The “ Net Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the sum of (i) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1 (excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) and (ii) the total amount of Tax Benefit Payments previously made under the corresponding provision of the PE TRA and any Post-IPO TRA; provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that no TRA Holder shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. Subject to Section 3.3 , the portion of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year that is “ Attributable ” to a TRA Holder is the portion of such Net Tax Benefit that is derived from (y) any Basis Adjustment that is attributable to the Common Units acquired or deemed acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in an Exchange undertaken by or with respect to such TRA Holder or (z) any Imputed Interest with respect to Tax Benefit Payments made to such TRA Holder.  The “ Accrued Amount ” with respect to any portion of a Net Tax Benefit shall equal an amount determined in the same manner as interest on such portion of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Accrued Amount on the portion of a Net Tax Benefit relating to an Exchange shall not be treated as interest but shall instead be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Common Units in an Exchange unless otherwise required by law.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, unless a TRA Holder elects for the provisions of this Section 3.1(c)  not to apply to any Exchange by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing on or before the due date for providing the Exchange Notice with respect to such Exchange (or, with respect to an IPO Sale or IPO Contribution, on or before the IPO Date), the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to be made to such TRA Holder with respect to any Exchange shall be limited to (i)   %, or such other percentage such TRA Holder elects to apply by notifying the Corporate Taxpayer in writing on or before the due date for providing the Exchange Notice with respect to such Exchange (or, with respect to an IPO Sale or IPO Contribution, on or before the IPO Date), of (ii) the amount equal to the sum of (A) any cash, excluding any Tax Benefit Payments, and the fair market value of any noncompensatory options

 

12



 

received by such TRA Holder in such Exchange and (B) the aggregate Market Value of the Class A Shares received by such TRA Holder in such Exchange, provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that such amount shall not include any Imputed Interest with respect to such Exchange. An election made by a TRA Holder pursuant to this Section 3.1(c)  may not be revoked.

 

(d)          The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holders hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of any future Exchange that may be subject to this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for United States federal income tax or other applicable Tax purposes.

 

Section 3.2             No Duplicative Payments .  It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under the Tax Receivable Agreements.  It is also intended that the provisions of the Tax Receivable Agreements will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Accrued Amount thereon, being paid to the Persons to whom payments are due pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreements.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to achieve these fundamental results.

 

Section 3.3             Pro Rata Payments; Coordination of Benefits with Other Tax Receivable Agreements .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate amount of the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize available deductions and other attributes, the following rules shall apply:

 

(i)              The limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated as follows: (A) first among any Post-IPO TRAs (and among all Persons eligible for payments thereunder in the manner set forth in such Post-IPO TRAs) and (B) to the extent of any remaining limitation on the tax benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer after the application of clause (A), to this Agreement and the PE TRA (and among all Persons eligible for payments hereunder or under the PE TRA as set forth in Section 3.3(a) (ii)).  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 3.3(a) (i), it is intended that in calculating the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements, any available taxable income of the Corporate Taxpayer be first allocated to this Agreement and the PE TRA and any remaining available taxable income will then be allocated to any Post-IPO TRA.

 

(ii)           If any part of the limitation on the tax benefit is allocated to this Agreement and the PE TRA pursuant to Section 3.3(a) (i)(B), such allocated limitation shall be further allocated among all TRA Holders hereunder and all “TRA Holders” under the PE TRA in proportion to the respective portion of the Net Tax Benefit that would have been Attributable to each such TRA Holder in such Taxable Year under this Agreement and the PE TRA if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income in such Taxable Year so that there was no such limitation; provided that if any portion of the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year results from the carryback of a loss or other Tax

 

13



 

item to such Taxable Year from a later Taxable Year (for the avoidance of doubt, carrybacks of losses and other Tax items from more than one later Taxable Year shall be used in the order prescribed in the applicable rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations), no part of the limitation shall be allocated to the tax benefits set forth on the Schedule prior to its amendment to reflect the carryback and any limitation shall instead be applied to the tax benefits carried back and such limitation shall be further allocated among all such TRA Holders in proportion to the respective portion of the Net Tax Benefit that would have been Attributable to each such TRA Holder in the Taxable Year in which such carried back losses or other Tax items arose under this Agreement and the PE TRA if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income in such Taxable Year so that there was no such limitation.

 

(iii)        If any part of the limitation on the tax benefit is allocated to a TRA Holder, such allocated limitation shall first be applied to any deductions arising from Imputed Interest Attributable to such TRA Holder, and then, to the extent of any remaining limitation on the tax benefit allocated to such TRA Holder, to any deductions arising from Basis Adjustments Attributable to such TRA Holder.

 

(iv)       To the extent any part of the limitation on the tax benefit subject to the Tax Receivable Agreements is allocated in a manner that differs from the order prescribed in the applicable rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations regarding the utilization, or deemed utilization, of such tax benefit, appropriate adjustments, consistent with the principles of this Section 3.3(a) , shall be made in future Taxable Years to take into account such differing allocation.

 

(b)          After taking into account Section 3.3(a) , if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then, (i) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due to each Person to whom a payment is due under each of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments under all of the Tax Receivable Agreements in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

(c)           To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a payment to a TRA Holder in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a)  of this Agreement (taking into account Section 3.3(a)  and Section 3.3(b) , but excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Holder in respect of such Taxable Year, then (i) such TRA Holder shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a)  until such TRA Holder has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and (ii) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the amount of such TRA Holder’s foregone payments to the other Persons to whom a payment is due under the Tax Receivable Agreements in a manner such that each such Person to whom a payment is due under the Tax Receivable Agreements, to the maximum extent possible, receives aggregate payments under Section 3.1(a)  or the comparable section of the other Tax Receivable Agreement(s), as applicable (in each case, taking into account Section 3.3(a)  and Section 3.3(b)  or the comparable sections of the other Tax Receivable Agreement(s), but excluding payments attributable to Accrued

 

14



 

Amounts) in the amount it would have received if there had been no excess payment to such TRA Holder.

 

(d)          The parties hereto agree that the parties to the PE TRA and any Post-IPO TRA are expressly made third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 3.3 .

 

ARTICLE IV
TERMINATION

 

Section 4.1             Early Termination at Election of the Corporate Taxpayer .  The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement at any time by paying (a) to each TRA Holder the Early Termination Payment due to such TRA Holder pursuant to Section 4.5(b)  and (b) to each “TRA Holder” under the PE TRA the “Early Termination Payment” due to such TRA Holder under the PE TRA (such termination, an “ Early Termination ”); provided that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice of exercise of its termination rights under this Section 4.1 prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid.  Upon payment of each Early Termination Payment to each TRA Holder by the Corporate Taxpayer, the Corporate Taxpayer shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and, except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment, any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the Early Termination Date.  Upon payment in full of all amounts provided for in this Section 4.1 , this Agreement shall terminate, provided that Article VI , Sections 7.1 through 7.10 (inclusive), and Section 7.13 shall remain in full force and effect to the extent applicable.

 

Section 4.2             Early Termination upon Change of Control .  In the event of a Change of Control, all payment obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and shall include, but not be limited to the following: (a) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the effective date of a Change of Control, (b) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice, and (c) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment or if included as a payment under clause (b) of this Section 4.2 , payment of any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the effective date of a Change of Control.  In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

 

Section 4.3             Breach of Agreement .

 

(a)          In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement or the PE TRA, whether as a result of failure to make any payment within three (3) months of the date when due, as a result of failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement or the PE TRA in a case commenced under the United States Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then if the Majority TRA Holders so elect, such breach shall be treated as an Early

 

15



 

Termination hereunder.  Upon such election, all payment obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall become due and payable in accordance with Section 4.5(a) , and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (i) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (ii) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the date of the breach, and (iii) except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payment or if included as a payment under clause (ii) of this Section 4.3(a) , any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of the breach.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, if the Majority TRA Holders do not elect to treat such breach as an Early Termination pursuant to this Section 4.3(a) , the TRA Holders shall be entitled to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.

 

(b)          The parties agree that the failure of the Corporate Taxpayer to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, except in the case of an Early Termination Payment or any payment treated as an Early Termination Payment, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds available to make, or to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer is contractually constrained from making, such payment in the Corporate Taxpayer’s sole discretion, exercised in good faith; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any credit agreement to which Focus LLC or any Subsidiary of Focus LLC is a party, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided further that it shall be a breach of this Agreement, and the provisions of Section 4.3(a)  shall apply as of the original due date of the Tax Benefit Payment, if the Corporate Taxpayer makes any distribution of cash or other property to its equity holders while any Tax Benefit Payment is due and payable but unpaid.

 

Section 4.4             Early Termination Notice .  If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the Agent notice of such intention to exercise such right (the “ Early Termination Notice ”).  Upon delivery of the Early Termination Notice or the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3(a) , the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver (a) a schedule showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) and (b) any other work papers related to the calculation of the Early Termination Payment reasonably requested by the Agent.  In addition, the Corporate Taxpayer shall allow the Agent reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives of the Corporate Taxpayer in connection with a review of such Early Termination Schedule; provided that, in the event of a dispute governed by Section 7.9 or Section 7.10 , any such costs shall be borne as set forth in such sections.  The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the Agent has received such Schedule or amendment thereto

 

16



 

unless (x) the Agent, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”) or (y) the Agent provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (x) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date waivers from the Agent has been received by the Corporate Taxpayer (the “ Early Termination Effective Date ”).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and the Agent, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the Agent shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9 , as applicable.

 

Section 4.5             Payment upon Early Termination .

 

(a)          Subject to its right to withdraw any notice of Early Termination pursuant to Section 4.1 , within three (3) Business Days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Holder its Early Termination Payment.  Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the TRA Holder, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holder.

 

(b)          A TRA Holder’s “ Early Termination Payment ” as of the Early Termination Date shall equal, with respect to such TRA Holder, the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer to such TRA Holder beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

 

ARTICLE V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

 

Section 5.1             Subordination .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payment due under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer (such obligations, “ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the above, the determination of whether it is a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment or other payment under this Agreement when due is governed by Section 4.3(b) . To the extent that any payment due under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time such payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of the TRA Holders, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations.

 

Section 5.2             Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer .  The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under

 

17



 

this Agreement not made to any TRA Holder when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 and the terms of the Senior Obligations or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate (or, if so provided in Section 4.3(b) , at the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement was due and payable.

 

ARTICLE VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

 

Section 6.1             Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and Focus LLC’s Tax Matters .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Focus LLC Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC, including without limitation preparing, filing or amending any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer (a) shall notify the Agent of, and keep the Agent reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding (a “ Tax Proceeding ”) of the Corporate Taxpayer or Focus LLC by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Holders under this Agreement, and (b) shall provide the Agent with reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, Focus LLC and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of a Tax Proceeding; provided , however, that nothing in this Section 6.1 shall be construed as requiring or preventing either of the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC from taking or refraining to take any action that is inconsistent with, or otherwise provided for under, any provision of the Focus LLC Agreement.

 

Section 6.2             Consistency .  Unless there is a Determination or written opinion, reasonably acceptable to the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC, of legal counsel or a nationally recognized tax advisor to the contrary, the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Holders agree to report, and to cause their respective Subsidiaries to report, for all purposes (including U.S. federal, state and local Tax purposes), all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with the description of any Tax characterization herein (including as set forth in Section 2.2(b)  and Section 3.1(a)  and any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3 ).  If the Corporate Taxpayer and any TRA Holder, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve any disagreement concerning such treatment within thirty (30) calendar days, the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Holder shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.10 or Resolution of Disputes procedures under Section 7.9 , as applicable.

 

Section 6.3             Cooperation .  Each TRA Holder shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return, or contesting or defending any Tax Proceeding, (b) make itself reasonably available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other

 

18



 

information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each TRA Holder for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3 .

 

Section 6.4             Tax Proceedings . The Corporate Taxpayer shall use reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Holders, the Corporate Taxpayer and Focus LLC) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1             Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service.  All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

 

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

825 Third Avenue, 27 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporate Taxpayer) to:

 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10103-0040
 Telephone: (212) 237-0000
Attention: Robert Seber

 

If to the Agent, to:

 

 

 

 

 

If to a TRA Holder, other than an Agent, that is or was a partner in Focus LLC, to:

 

The address set forth in the records of Focus LLC.

 

19


 

Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 7.2                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or otherwise (including an electronically executed signature page) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3                                   Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section 3.3 .

 

Section 7.4                                   Governing Law .  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.5                                   Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

Section 7.6                                   Successors; Assignment .

 

(a)                                No TRA Holder may assign this Agreement to any Person without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer; provided , however, that:

 

(i)                                      to the extent Units are transferred in accordance with the terms of the Focus LLC Agreement (except pursuant to the Exchange Right or the Call Right), the transferring TRA Holder shall assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, and such transferee shall execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement, and

 

20



 

(ii)                                   the right to receive any and all payments payable or that may become payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement that, once an Exchange has occurred, arise with respect to the Units transferred in such Exchange, may be assigned to any Person or Persons without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.13 .

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that an assignment of rights pursuant to this Section 7.6(a)  is not expected to affect the U.S. federal income (or applicable state and local) Tax characterization by the Corporate Taxpayer of payments made under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                The Person designated as the Agent for the TRA Holders may not be changed without the prior written consent of the Corporate Taxpayer and the Majority TRA Holders.

 

(c)                                 Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.  The Corporate Taxpayer shall cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 7.7                                   Amendments; Waivers .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended in a manner that materially affects the substantive rights of any TRA Holder hereunder unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and the Majority TRA Holders; provided , however, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would have a materially disproportionate effect on the payments certain TRA Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless a majority of such disproportionately affected TRA Holders (as determined in the same manner as the Majority TRA Holders would be determined if such disproportionately affected TRA Holders were the only TRA Holders) consent in writing to such amendment.

 

Section 7.8                                   Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

Section 7.9                                   Resolution of Disputes .

 

(a)                                Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.10 , including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this Section 7.9 and Section 7.10 ) (each a “ Dispute ”) shall be governed by this Section 7.9 .  The parties hereto shall attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes by negotiation.  If a Dispute between the parties hereto cannot be resolved in such manner, such Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single

 

21



 

arbitrator in accordance with the then-existing rules of arbitration of the American Arbitration Association. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in a U.S. state, or a nationally recognized expert in the relevant subject matter, and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language.  Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.  In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement.  The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute.  The award shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal.  Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.  The parties involved in any Dispute shall each bear their own costs and expenses of such Dispute unless, in the event of an arbitration, otherwise determined by the arbitrator in accordance with the then-existing rules of arbitration of the American Arbitration Association.

 

(b)                                Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.9(a) , the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 7.9(b) , the Agent and each TRA Holder (i) expressly consents to the application of Section 7.9(c)  to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such party in writing of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such party in any such action or proceeding.

 

(c)                                 EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.9 OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT.  Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award.  The parties acknowledge that the forum designated by this Section 7.9(c)  have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

 

(d)                                The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in Section 7.9(c)  and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

 

22



 

Section 7.10                            Reconciliation .  In the event that the Agent or any TRA Holder (as applicable, the “ Disputing Party ”) and the Corporate Taxpayer are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the calculations required to produce the schedules described in Section 2.3 , Section 4.4 and Section 6.2 (but not, for the avoidance doubt, with respect to any legal interpretation with respect to such provisions or schedules) within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to the Expert.  The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the Disputing Party agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the Disputing Party or other actual or potential conflict of interest.  If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association.  The Expert shall resolve (a) any matter relating to the Exchange Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days, (b) any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Payment Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days, and (c) any matter related to treatment of any tax-related item as contemplated in Section 6.2 within fifteen (15) calendar days, or, in each case, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable after such matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, any portion of such payment that is not under dispute shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution.  The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence.  The Corporate Taxpayer and the Disputing Party shall each bear its own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts such Disputing Party’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse such Disputing Party for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case such Disputing Party shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding.  Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.10 shall be decided by the Expert.  The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries and the Disputing Party and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.11                            Withholding .  The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the relevant TRA Holder.  Upon a TRA Holder’s request, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide evidence of any such payment to such TRA Holder.  Each TRA Holder shall furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such statements, certifications or other information reasonably requested by the Corporate Taxpayer for purposes of determining the

 

23



 

extent to which any payments hereunder are subject to withholding or deduction. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Holders shall reasonably cooperate to reduce or eliminate any withholding or deduction from any payment made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.12                            Status of Corporate Taxpayer as a Member of a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .

 

(a)                                If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

 

(b)                                If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any other entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder), Focus LLC or any of Focus LLC’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) (a “ Transferor ”) transfers one or more Reference Assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which the Transferor does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, the Transferor, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such Reference Assets in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution.  The consideration deemed to be received by the Transferor shall be equal to the fair market value of the transferred Reference Assets, plus, without duplication, (i) the amount of debt to which any such Reference Asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered Reference Asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to any such Reference Asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest. For purposes of this Section 7.12(b) , a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the Transferor’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

 

Section 7.13                            Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                The Agent and each of its assignees and each TRA Holder and each of such TRA Holder’s assignees acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such Person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning Focus LLC and its Affiliates and successors or the TRA Holders, learned by the Agent or any TRA Holder heretofore or hereafter.  This Section 7.13 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of an Agent or a TRA Holder in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information (A) as may be proper in the course of

 

24



 

performing the Agent’s or a TRA Holder’s obligations, or monitoring or enforcing a TRA Holder’s rights, under this Agreement, (B) as part of a TRA Holder’s normal reporting, rating or review procedure (including normal credit rating and pricing process), or in connection with a TRA Holder’s or such TRA Holder’s Affiliates’ normal fund raising, financing, marketing, informational or reporting activities, or to a TRA Holder’s (or any of its Affiliates’) or its direct or indirect owners or Affiliates, auditors, accountants, employees, attorneys or other agents, (C) to any bona fide prospective assignee of a TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement, or prospective merger or other business combination partner of a TRA Holder, provided that such assignee or merger partner agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.13 , (D) as is required to be disclosed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative body or governmental body, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by law, rule or regulation; provided that any TRA Holder required to make any such disclosure to the extent legally permissible shall provide the Corporate Taxpayer prompt notice of such disclosure, or to regulatory authorities or similar examiners conducting regulatory reviews or examinations (without any such notice to the Corporate Taxpayer), or (E) to the extent necessary for a TRA Holder or its direct or indirect owners to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such Tax Returns from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any Tax Proceeding with respect to such Tax Returns.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Agent (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Agent or its assignees, as applicable) and each TRA Holder and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of such TRA Holder or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, Focus LLC, the Agent, the TRA Holders and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the Agent or any TRA Holder relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

 

(b)                                If an Agent or an assignee or a TRA Holder or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.13 , the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.13 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Holders and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons.  Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Section 7.14                            No More Favorable Terms .  None of the Corporate Taxpayer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any additional agreement providing rights similar to this Agreement to any Person (including any agreement pursuant to which the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to pay amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any increases in Tax basis or other tax attributes to which the Corporate Taxpayer becomes entitled as a result of a transaction) if such agreement provides terms  that are more favorable to the counterparty under such agreement than those provided to the TRA Holders under this Agreement; provided , however, that the Corporate Taxpayer (or any of its Subsidiaries) may enter into such an agreement if this Agreement is amended to make such more favorable terms available to the TRA Holders.

 

25



 

Section 7.15                            Parity with PE TRA . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (a) no amendment may be made to the PE TRA unless a substantially similar amendment is offered by the Corporate Taxpayer to be made to this Agreement, (b) any and all copies of amendments and waivers to the PE TRA must be provided to the Agent, and (c) all documentation delivered by the Corporate Taxpayer to the Agent hereunder and each “Agent” under the PE TRA must be substantially the same.

 

Section 7.16                            Certain Terminations by a TRA Holder . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Holder reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement (a) could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such TRA Holder upon any Exchange that as of the date of this Agreement would be treated as capital gain to instead to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (b) would have other material adverse tax consequences to such TRA Holder and/or its direct or indirect owners, then, in either case, at the election of such TRA Holder and to the extent specified by such TRA Holder, this Agreement (i)  shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Holder occurring after a date specified by it or (ii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Holder to waive any benefits to which such TRA Holder would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in or acceleration of payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.  Further, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any TRA Holder may, at any time, elect for this Agreement to cease to have further effect in its entirety with respect to such TRA Holder, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall cease to have any further obligations in respect of such TRA Holder, in each case from and after the date specified by such TRA Holder.

 

Section 7.17                            Independent Nature of Members’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each TRA Holder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other TRA Holder, and no TRA Holder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other TRA Holder hereunder. The decision of each TRA Holder to enter into this Agreement has been made by such TRA Holder independently of any other TRA Holder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any TRA Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the TRA Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the TRA Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporate Taxpayer acknowledges that the TRA Holders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporate Taxpayer will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer, the TRA Holders, and the Agent have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[The signatures of the TRA Holders are attached in Schedule A.]

 

27



 

SCHEDULE A

 

THE TRA HOLDERS PARTY TO TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

TRA Holder

Signature

 

28




Exhibit 10.4

 

NOMINATION AGREEMENT

 

This NOMINATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of             , 2018, is entered into by and between Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the stockholders of the Company whose name appears on the signature pages hereto (each a “ Principal Stockholder ,” and collectively, the “ Principal Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS , in connection with, and effective upon, the completion of the underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (as defined below), the Principal Stockholders and the Company have entered into this Agreement to set forth certain understandings among such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters.

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1             Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this Agreement, no party to this Agreement shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another party to this Agreement solely by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Affiliated Investor ” means, with respect to any Principal Stockholder, (i) any investment fund or holding company that is directly or indirectly managed or advised by a manager or advisor of such Principal Stockholder and (ii) any of its Affiliates or any other Person who or which is otherwise an Affiliate of any such Principal Stockholder (other than the Company and its subsidiaries).

 

Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (b) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, each of the Principal Stockholders is deemed to Beneficially Own the shares of Common Stock owned by it, notwithstanding the fact that such shares or other securities are subject to this Agreement.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

 

1



 

Class B Common Stock ” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

 

Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock, collectively.

 

Competitor means (a) (i) a national or global financial institution or insurance company or a regional bank that in each case derives at least 30% of its revenue from wealth management services (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes life insurance and annuities), (ii) an independent broker dealer, or (iii) a platform for or aggregator of registered investment adviser or broker-dealer teams, or (b) a holding company or acquisition vehicle of any entity described in clause (a) of this definition.

 

Control ” (including the terms “ Controls ,” “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Initial Share Ownership ” means, with respect to the Principal Stockholders, the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Principal Stockholders as of the closing of the IPO.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof or other entity, and also includes any managed investment account.

 

Principal Stockholder Group ” means the Principal Stockholders and any of their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Investors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Stone Point Directors ” means the designees of the Principal Stockholders.

 

Section 1.2             Rules of Construction .

 

(a)           Unless the context requires otherwise:  (i) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (ii) references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement; (iii) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” and words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (iv) the terms “hereof,” “hereto,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (v) unless the context otherwise requires, the term “or” is not exclusive and shall have the inclusive meaning of “and/or”; (vi) defined terms herein will apply equally to both the singular and plural forms and derivative forms of defined terms will have correlative meanings; (vii) references to any law or statute shall include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and references to any law or statute shall be construed as including any legal and statutory provisions consolidating, amending, succeeding or replacing the applicable law or statute; (viii) references to any Person include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; and (ix) references to “days” are to calendar days unless otherwise indicated.

 

(b)           The headings in this Agreement are for convenience and identification only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision thereof.

 

2



 

(c)           This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party that drafted or caused this Agreement to be drafted.

 

ARTICLE II
VOTING AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS

 

Section 2.1             Designees .

 

(a)           Upon the closing of the IPO, the Board shall initially consist of seven directors, including Ruediger Adolf, Rajini Sundar Kodialam, Fayez S. Muhtadie, Christopher J. Harrington, James D. Carey, Deborah D. McWhinney and Noah Gottdiener (the “ Initial Directors ”). The audit committee of the Board shall initially consist of three directors, including Fayez S. Muhtadie, Deborah D. McWhinney and Noah Gottdiener, the compensation committee of the Board shall initially consist of three directors, including Fayez S. Muhtadie, James D. Carey and Noah Gottdiener, and the nominating and governance committee of the Board shall initially consist of three directors, including Christopher J. Harrington, Fayez S. Muhtadie and Deborah D. McWhinney. Of the Initial Directors, Fayez S. Muhtadie and James D. Carey are each deemed to be Stone Point Directors. The Board will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until the Company’s annual meetings of shareholders in 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Ruediger Adolf, James D. Carey and Christopher J. Harrington will be assigned to Class I, Rajini Sundar Kodialam and Noah Gottdiener will be assigned to Class II, and Deborah D. McWhinney and Fayez S. Muhtadie will be assigned to Class III. From and after the closing of the IPO, the rights of the Principal Stockholders to designate directors to the Board and its committees shall be as set forth in the remainder of this Section 2.1 . At the completion of the IPO, the Board shall include the applicable Stone Point Directors referred to in this paragraph (a), and such other individuals as shall be nominated and elected to the Board from time to time by the Board or the Company’s stockholders consistent herewith and with applicable law.

 

(b)           (i)            For so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least 50% of its Initial Share Ownership, the Company will take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to nominate for election at each annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the Principal Stockholders that, if elected, would result in two (2) Stone Point Directors serving on the Board. For so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing less than 50% of its Initial Share Ownership but at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, the Company will take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to nominate for election at each annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the Principal Stockholders that, if elected, would result in one (1) Stone Point Director serving on the Board. Any individuals, other than the Initial Directors, designated by the Principal Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.1(b)(i)  must satisfy the requirements for a replacement designee set forth in Section 2.1(c)  hereof.

 

(ii)           Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, for so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least 50% of its Initial Share Ownership, the Company will take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to appoint two (2) Stone Point Directors to serve on the compensation committee of the Board and one (1) Stone Point Director to serve on the nominating and governance committee of the Board. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, for so

 

3



 

long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing less than 50% of its Initial Share Ownership but at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, the Company will take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to appoint one (1) Stone Point Director to serve on the compensation committee of the Board and one (1) Stone Point Director to serve on the nominating and governance committee of the Board.

 

(c)           In the event that the Principal Stockholders have nominated fewer than the total number of designees that the Principal Stockholders shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , then the Principal Stockholders shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to nominate such additional designee(s) to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company shall take all necessary corporate action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board  to (x) increase the size of the Board as required to enable such Principal Stockholders to so nominate such additional designee(s), and (y) designate such additional designees nominated by the Principal Stockholders to fill such newly created vacancy or vacancies, as applicable.

 

(d)           Following the date of completion of the IPO and for so long as the Principal Stockholder Group is entitled to designate any Person to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Board shall consist of seven members (other than as contemplated by Section 2.1(c)  or Section 2.1(e)  or to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or listing standards). The size of the Board may be increased to up to nine members by adding up to two new independent directors.

 

(e)           Any Stone Point Director may be removed (with or without cause) from time to time and at any time by the Principal Stockholders upon notice to the Company.

 

(f)            In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board by the death, disability, resignation or removal of a Stone Point Director, the Principal Stockholders shall be entitled to designate an individual to fill the vacancy so long as (i) the total number of Stone Point Directors serving on the Board immediately following the filling of such vacancy will not exceed the total number of persons the Principal Stockholders are entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i)  on the date of such replacement designation and (ii) the replacement designee (A) is an employee or partner of any Principal Stockholder, (B) is of the same level of seniority within the applicable Principal Stockholder as one of the Initial Directors serving as a Stone Point Director, (C) will qualify as independent within the meaning of NASDAQ Rule 5605(a) and (D) does not serve on the board of directors or as an officer of a Competitor of the Company. The Company shall take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause such replacement designee to become a member of the Board as soon as reasonably possible.

 

(g)           The Company agrees to take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board  to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors the Persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 (to the extent that directors of such nominee’s class are to be elected at such meeting for so long as the Board is classified) and to nominate and recommend each such individual to be elected as a director as provided herein, and to solicit proxies or consents in favor thereof. The Company is entitled to identify such individual as a Stone Point Director pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2             Voting .  For so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock

 

4



 

at any time, the Principal Stockholders shall vote, or provide a written consent or proxy with respect to, their shares of Common Stock in favor of the Chief Executive Officer and Rajini Sundar Kodialam (provided that she is an employee of the Company) for election to the Board, and to take all other steps within the Principal Stockholders’ power to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in Section 2.1 hereof. If Rajini Sundar Kodialam is no longer a member of the Board, the Principal Stockholders shall take all necessary action to cause the Stone Point Directors to vote in favor of such other officer of the Company designated by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Board for appointment to the Board and thereafter vote, or provide a written consent or proxy with respect to, their shares of Common Stock in favor of such officer for election to the Board.

 

Section 2.3             Restrictions on Other Agreements .  The Principal Stockholders shall not, directly or indirectly, grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust, agreement or arrangement of any kind with respect to its shares of Common Stock if and to the extent the terms thereof conflict with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such proxy, voting trust, agreement or agreements are with other holders of shares of Common Stock that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise).

 

ARTICLE III
INFORMATION

 

Section 3.1             Access .  Each Stone Point Director is permitted to disclose to the Principal Stockholder Group information about the Company and its Affiliates that he or she receives as a result of being a Director, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

 

Section 3.2             VCOC . With respect to the Principal Stockholder Group and, at the request of the Principal Stockholder Group, each Affiliate thereof that indirectly has an interest in the Company, in each case that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” as defined in 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (each, a “ VCOC Investor ”), the Company shall, and shall cause Focus Financial Partners, LLC to, execute a side letter with each VCOC Investor in the form attached hereto as Annex A and each VCOC Investor shall have the supplemental rights and obligations provided in such side letter.

 

ARTICLE IV
 EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 4.1             Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO.  To the extent the closing of the IPO does not occur, the provisions of this Agreement shall be without any force or effect.

 

Section 4.2             Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the delivery of written notice to the Company by the Principal Stockholders.  Further, at such time as the Principal Stockholder Group no longer Beneficially Owns at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, all rights and obligations of the Principal Stockholder Group under this Agreement shall terminate.

 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1             Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, mailed by registered or certified mail or be sent by facsimile or electronic mail to such party at the address set forth below (or such other address as shall be specified by like notice).  Notices will be deemed to have been duly given hereunder if (i) personally delivered, when received, (ii) sent by

 

5



 

nationally recognized overnight courier, one business day after deposit with the nationally recognized overnight courier, (iii) mailed by registered or certified mail, five business days after the date on which it is so mailed, and (iv) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, on the date sent so long as such communication is transmitted before 5:00 p.m. in the time zone of the receiving party on a business day, otherwise, on the next business day.

 

(a)                                  If to the Company, to:

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.
825 Third Avenue, 27
th  Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: General Counsel

 

(b)                                  If to the Principal Stockholders, to:

 

[Stone Point Capital LLC]

20 Horseneck Lane

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attention: Peter Mundheim

 

Section 5.2             Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 5.3             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

Section 5.4             Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) except as provided in Section 3.2 with respect to any individual associated with the Principal Stockholder Group, is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

Section 5.5             Further Assurances .  Each party hereto shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other parties hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein. The Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, any Principal Stockholder Group entity being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6             Governing Law; Equitable Remedies .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of

 

6



 

this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party hereto further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

Section 5.7             Consent To Jurisdiction .  With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts therefrom (the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (b) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to their respective addresses referred to in Section 5.1 hereof; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND TO HAVE ALL MATTERS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

Section 5.8             Amendments; Waivers .

 

(a)           No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed (i) in the case of an amendment, by each of the parties hereto, and (ii) in the case of a waiver, by each of the parties against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

(b)           No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 5.9             Assignment .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned or delegated by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided , however , that any Principal Stockholder may assign any of its respective rights hereunder to any of its Affiliated Investors. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will

 

7



 

be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 5.10          No Recourse .  This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto, and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Nomination Agreement]

 



 

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS :

 

 

 

[NAME OF SPC ENTITY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF SPC ENTITY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF SPC ENTITY]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:]

 

[Signature Page to Nomination Agreement]

 



 

ANNEX A

 

[INVESTOR]

 

[ADDRESS]

 

Dear Sirs/Madams:

 

This letter confirms that Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has agreed to provide [    ] and [    ] (each, an “ Investor ”), and each Investor is entitled to, the following contractual management rights, in addition to any rights that an Investor may have or become entitled to under any constituent documents of, or agreements with, the Company and notwithstanding anything in the constituent documents or such agreements to the contrary:

 

1.               Each Investor (and its designated representative) shall be entitled to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, including its and their books and records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with the company’s officers and senior management, at such times as Investor may reasonably request, during normal business times and upon reasonable notice.

 

2.               The Company shall deliver to each Investor:

 

a.               (i) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments; (ii) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation; and (iii) as soon as reasonably available, to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, actually prepared by the Company as soon as available; provided, however, that to the extent such information is posted by the Company on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website within the time periods provided for herein, the delivery of such information shall be deemed satisfied; and

 



 

b.               at any time during which such Investor does not have a representative designated to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), upon written request by the Investor, copies of all materials provided to the Board, subject to appropriate protections with respect to preservation of attorney-client privilege and subject to any determination by the Company’s counsel that the provision of such materials to the Investors would result in a breach by the Company of a confidentiality obligation of the Company.

 

3.               Each Investor (and its designated representative) shall be entitled to routinely consult with and advise the Board, officers and/or directors of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to all matters relating to the business, operations and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

4.               To the extent consistent with applicable law (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following the Company’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), the Company shall inform each Investor or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, including, without limitation, extraordinary dividends, mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of assets, issuances of significant amounts of debt or equity and material amendments to the constituent documents of the Company, and to provide such Investor or its designated representative with the right to consult with the Company with respect to such actions.

 

5.               The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of the Investor and/or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted or advised as described above, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by the Company.

 

6.               The rights set forth in this letter are intended to satisfy the requirement of contractual management rights for purposes of qualifying the investment in the Company by each Investor as a “venture capital investment” (as defined in 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 (the “ Plan Assets Regulation ”).  The Company agrees that if legal counsel for an Investor reasonably concludes that the rights granted hereby should be altered or amended to preserve the qualification of such Investor’s investment as a “venture capital investment” (within the meaning of the Plan Assets Regulation), whether on account of a change in applicable law, regulation, judicial or administrative interpretation or otherwise, the Company and such Investor shall reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory management rights which satisfy the Plan Assets Regulations or such other applicable law or regulation.

 

Each Investor agrees, and will require each designated representative of the Investor to agree, to hold in confidence and not use or disclose to any third party (other than its legal counsel and accountants) any confidential information provided to or learned by such party in connection with the Investor’s rights under this letter agreement except as may otherwise be required by law

 



 

or legal, judicial or regulatory process, provided that such Investor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, including informing the Company in advance thereof and taking reasonable steps to seek a protective order prior thereto.  Each Investor is aware that, in exercising its rights hereunder, it may receive material non-public information about the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to this letter agreement or upon exercise of its rights hereunder, and each Investor agrees that it is aware of, and shall comply with, applicable federal and state securities laws that restrict any person who has material, non-public information about a company from purchasing or selling securities of the company or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

 

In the event the Investor or any of its affiliates transfers all or any portion of their investment in the Company to an affiliated entity that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” under the Plan Asset Regulation, such transferee shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company afforded to an Investor hereunder and shall be treated, for such purposes, as a third party beneficiary hereunder.  Further, in the event the Company engages in a restructuring or similar transaction, any resulting entity or entities shall be subject to this Agreement in the same manner as the Company.

 

This letter agreement and the rights and the duties of the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof) and may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This letter agreement may only be amended by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

The rights and duties described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the Investor no longer holding, directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries, together with its affiliates, any securities of the Company.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to VCOC Letter]

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

NOMINATION AGREEMENT

 

This NOMINATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of             , 2018, is entered into by and between Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the stockholders of the Company whose name appears on the signature pages hereto (each a “ Principal Stockholder ,” and collectively, the “ Principal Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS , in connection with, and effective upon, the completion of the underwritten initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (as defined below), the Principal Stockholders and the Company have entered into this Agreement to set forth certain understandings among such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters.

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1             Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this Agreement, no party to this Agreement shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of another party to this Agreement solely by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Affiliated Investor ” means, with respect to any Principal Stockholder, (i) any investment fund or holding company that is directly or indirectly managed or advised by a manager or advisor of such Principal Stockholder and (ii) any of its Affiliates or any other Person who or which is otherwise an Affiliate of any such Principal Stockholder (other than the Company and its subsidiaries).

 

Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (b) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Agreement, each of the Principal Stockholders is deemed to Beneficially Own the shares of Common Stock owned by it, notwithstanding the fact that such shares or other securities are subject to this Agreement.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Class A Common Stock ” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

 

1



 

Class B Common Stock ” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

 

Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock, collectively.

 

Competitor means (a) (i) a national or global financial institution or insurance company or a regional bank that in each case derives at least 30% of its revenue from wealth management services (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes life insurance and annuities), (ii) an independent broker dealer, or (iii) a platform for or aggregator of registered investment adviser or broker-dealer teams, or (b) a holding company or acquisition vehicle of any entity described in clause (a) of this definition.

 

Control ” (including the terms “ Controls ,” “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Initial Share Ownership means, with respect to the Principal Stockholders, the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Principal Stockholders as of the closing of the IPO.

 

KKR Director ” means the designee of the Principal Stockholders.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof or other entity, and also includes any managed investment account.

 

Principal Stockholder Group ” means the Principal Stockholders and any of their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Investors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 1.2             Rules of Construction .

 

(a)           Unless the context requires otherwise:  (i) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (ii) references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement; (iii) the terms “include,” “includes,” “including” and words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (iv) the terms “hereof,” “hereto,” “herein” or “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (v) unless the context otherwise requires, the term “or” is not exclusive and shall have the inclusive meaning of “and/or”; (vi) defined terms herein will apply equally to both the singular and plural forms and derivative forms of defined terms will have correlative meanings; (vii) references to any law or statute shall include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and references to any law or statute shall be construed as including any legal and statutory provisions consolidating, amending, succeeding or replacing the applicable law or statute; (viii) references to any Person include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; and (ix) references to “days” are to calendar days unless otherwise indicated.

 

(b)           The headings in this Agreement are for convenience and identification only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision thereof.

 

(c)           This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party that drafted or caused this Agreement to be drafted.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II
VOTING AND GOVERNANCE MATTERS

 

Section 2.1             Designees .

 

(a)           Upon the closing of the IPO, the Board shall initially consist of seven directors, including Ruediger Adolf, Rajini Sundar Kodialam, Fayez S. Muhtadie, Christopher J. Harrington, James D. Carey, Deborah D. McWhinney and Noah Gottdiener (the “ Initial Directors ”). The audit committee of the Board shall initially consist of three directors, including Fayez S. Muhtadie, Deborah D. McWhinney and Noah Gottdiener, the compensation committee of the Board shall initially consist of three directors, including Fayez S. Muhtadie, James D. Carey and Noah Gottdiener, and the nominating and governance committee of the Board shall initially consist of three directors, including Christopher J. Harrington, Fayez S. Muhtadie and Deborah D. McWhinney. Of the Initial Directors, Christopher J. Harrington is deemed to be a KKR Director. The Board will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until the Company’s annual meetings of shareholders in 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Ruediger Adolf, James D. Carey and Christopher J. Harrington will be assigned to Class I, Rajini Sundar Kodialam and Noah Gottdiener will be assigned to Class II, and Deborah D. McWhinney and Fayez S. Muhtadie will be assigned to Class III. From and after the closing of the IPO, the rights of the Principal Stockholders to designate directors to the Board and its committees shall be as set forth in the remainder of this Section 2.1 . At the completion of the IPO, the Board shall include the applicable KKR Director referred to in this paragraph (a), and such other individuals as shall be nominated and elected to the Board from time to time by the Board or the Company’s stockholders consistent herewith and with applicable law.

 

(b)           (i)            For so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, the Company will take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to nominate for election at each annual or special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the Principal Stockholders that, if elected, would result in one (1) KKR Director serving on the Board. Any individuals, other than the Initial Directors, designated by the Principal Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.1(b)(i)  must satisfy the requirements for a replacement designee set forth in Section 2.1(c)  hereof.

 

(ii)           Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, for so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, the Company will take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to appoint one (1) KKR Director to serve on the nominating and governance committee of the Board and  permit one (1) KKR Director to serve as an observer of the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Observer ”). The Observer, in his or her capacity as such, shall be entitled to: (A) receive written notice of all meetings of the compensation committee, (B) attend all meetings of the compensation committee, whether in person or by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, (C) receive a copy of all materials which are furnished to the members of the compensation committee, in their capacities as such, at the same time and in the same manner as such materials are furnished to the members of the compensation committee, (D) participate in all discussions conducted at such meetings, and (E) receive copies of the minutes of all such meetings of the compensation committee as and when such copies are distributed to the members of the compensation committee. The Observer shall not constitute a member of the compensation committee and shall not be entitled to vote on, or consent to, any matters presented to the compensation committee.

 

3



 

(c)           In the event that the Principal Stockholders have nominated fewer than the total number of designees that the Principal Stockholders shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , then the Principal Stockholders shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to nominate such additional designee(s) to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company shall take all necessary corporate action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board to (x) increase the size of the Board as required to enable such Principal Stockholders to so nominate such additional designee(s), and (y) designate such additional designees nominated by the Principal Stockholders to fill such newly created vacancy or vacancies, as applicable.

 

(d)           Following the date of completion of the IPO and for so long as the Principal Stockholder Group is entitled to designate any Person to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Board shall consist of seven members (other than as contemplated by Section 2.1(c)  or Section 2.1(e)  or to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or listing standards). The size of the Board may be increased to up to nine members by adding up to two new independent directors.

 

(e)           Any KKR Director may be removed (with or without cause) from time to time and at any time by the Principal Stockholders upon notice to the Company.

 

(f)            In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board by the death, disability, resignation or removal of a KKR Director, the Principal Stockholders shall be entitled to designate an individual to fill the vacancy so long as (i) the total number of KKR Directors serving on the Board immediately following the filling of such vacancy will not exceed the total number of persons the Principal Stockholders are entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i)  on the date of such replacement designation and (ii) the replacement designee (A) is an employee or partner of any Principal Stockholder, (B) is of the same level of seniority within the applicable Principal Stockholder as the Initial Director serving as a KKR Director, (C) will qualify as independent within the meaning of NASDAQ Rule 5605(a) and (D) does not serve on the board of directors or as an officer of a Competitor of the Company. The Company shall take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause such replacement designee to become a member of the Board as soon as reasonably possible.

 

(g)           The Company agrees to take all necessary action (to the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties of the directors under Delaware law) to cause the Board  to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors the Persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 (to the extent that directors of such nominee’s class are to be elected at such meeting for so long as the Board is classified) and to nominate and recommend each such individual to be elected as a director as provided herein, and to solicit proxies or consents in favor thereof. The Company is entitled to identify such individual as a KKR Director pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2             Voting .  For so long as the Principal Stockholder Group Beneficially Owns a number of shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, the Principal Stockholders shall vote, or provide a written consent or proxy with respect to, their shares of Common Stock in favor of the Chief Executive Officer and Rajini Sundar Kodialam (provided that she is an employee of the Company) for election to the Board, and to take all other steps within the Principal Stockholders’ power to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in Section 2.1 hereof. If Rajini Sundar Kodialam is no longer a member of the Board, the Principal Stockholders shall take all necessary action to cause the KKR Director to vote in favor of such other officer of the Company designated by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Board for appointment to

 

4



 

the Board and thereafter vote, or provide a written consent or proxy with respect to, their shares of Common Stock in favor of such officer for election to the Board.

 

Section 2.3             Restrictions on Other Agreements .  The Principal Stockholders shall not, directly or indirectly, grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust, agreement or arrangement of any kind with respect to its shares of Common Stock if and to the extent the terms thereof conflict with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such proxy, voting trust, agreement or agreements are with other holders of shares of Common Stock that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise).

 

ARTICLE III
INFORMATION

 

Section 3.1             Access .  Each KKR Director is permitted to disclose to the Principal Stockholder Group information about the Company and its Affiliates that he or she receives as a result of being a Director, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

 

Section 3.2             VCOC . With respect to the Principal Stockholder Group and, at the request of the Principal Stockholder Group, each Affiliate thereof that indirectly has an interest in the Company, in each case that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” as defined in 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (each, a “ VCOC Investor ”), the Company shall, and shall cause Focus Financial Partners, LLC to, execute a side letter with each VCOC Investor in the form attached hereto as Annex A and each VCOC Investor shall have the supplemental rights and obligations provided in such side letter.

 

ARTICLE IV
EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 4.1             Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO.  To the extent the closing of the IPO does not occur, the provisions of this Agreement shall be without any force or effect.

 

Section 4.2             Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the delivery of written notice to the Company by the Principal Stockholders.  Further, at such time as the Principal Stockholder Group no longer Beneficially Owns at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at any time, all rights and obligations of the Principal Stockholder Group under this Agreement shall terminate.

 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1             Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, mailed by registered or certified mail or be sent by facsimile or electronic mail to such party at the address set forth below (or such other address as shall be specified by like notice).  Notices will be deemed to have been duly given hereunder if (i) personally delivered, when received, (ii) sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, one business day after deposit with the nationally recognized overnight courier, (iii) mailed by registered or certified mail, five business days after the date on which it is so mailed, and (iv) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, on the date sent so long as such communication is transmitted before 5:00 p.m. in the time zone of the receiving party on a business day, otherwise, on the next business day.

 

5



 

(a)                                  If to the Company, to:

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.
825 Third Avenue, 27
th  Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: General Counsel

 

(b)                                  If to the Principal Stockholders, to:

 

[      ]

 

Section 5.2             Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 5.3             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

Section 5.4             Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) except as provided in Section 3.2 with respect to any individual associated with the Principal Stockholder Group, is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

Section 5.5             Further Assurances .  Each party hereto shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other parties hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein. The Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, any Principal Stockholder Group entity being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6             Governing Law; Equitable Remedies .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts (as defined below), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party hereto further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

6



 

Section 5.7             Consent To Jurisdiction .  With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts therefrom (the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (b) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to their respective addresses referred to in Section 5.1 hereof; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND TO HAVE ALL MATTERS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

Section 5.8             Amendments; Waivers .

 

(a)           No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed (i) in the case of an amendment, by each of the parties hereto, and (ii) in the case of a waiver, by each of the parties against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

(b)           No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 5.9             Assignment .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned or delegated by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided , however , that any Principal Stockholder may assign any of its respective rights hereunder to any of its Affiliated Investors. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 5.10          No Recourse .  This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto, and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Nomination Agreement]

 



 

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS :

 

 

 

[ NAME OF KKR ENTITY ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[ NAME OF KKR ENTITY ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[ NAME OF KKR ENTITY ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Nomination Agreement]

 



 

ANNEX A

 

[INVESTOR]

 

[ADDRESS]

 

Dear Sirs/Madams:

 

This letter confirms that Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has agreed to provide [    ] and [    ] (each, an “ Investor ”), and each Investor is entitled to, the following contractual management rights, in addition to any rights that an Investor may have or become entitled to under any constituent documents of, or agreements with, the Company and notwithstanding anything in the constituent documents or such agreements to the contrary:

 

1.               Each Investor (and its designated representative) shall be entitled to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, including its and their books and records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with the company’s officers and senior management, at such times as Investor may reasonably request, during normal business times and upon reasonable notice.

 

2.               The Company shall deliver to each Investor:

 

a.               (i) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments; (ii) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation; and (iii) as soon as reasonably available, to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, actually prepared by the Company as soon as available; provided, however, that to the extent such information is posted by the Company on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website within the time periods provided for herein, the delivery of such information shall be deemed satisfied; and

 



 

b.               at any time during which such Investor does not have a representative designated to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), upon written request by the Investor, copies of all materials provided to the Board, subject to appropriate protections with respect to preservation of attorney-client privilege and subject to any determination by the Company’s counsel that the provision of such materials to the Investors would result in a breach by the Company of a confidentiality obligation of the Company.

 

3.               Each Investor (and its designated representative) shall be entitled to routinely consult with and advise the Board, officers and/or directors of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to all matters relating to the business, operations and affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

4.               To the extent consistent with applicable law (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following the Company’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), the Company shall inform each Investor or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, including, without limitation, extraordinary dividends, mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of assets, issuances of significant amounts of debt or equity and material amendments to the constituent documents of the Company, and to provide such Investor or its designated representative with the right to consult with the Company with respect to such actions.

 

5.               The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of the Investor and/or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted or advised as described above, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by the Company.

 

6.               The rights set forth in this letter are intended to satisfy the requirement of contractual management rights for purposes of qualifying the investment in the Company by each Investor as a “venture capital investment” (as defined in 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 (the “ Plan Assets Regulation ”).  The Company agrees that if legal counsel for an Investor reasonably concludes that the rights granted hereby should be altered or amended to preserve the qualification of such Investor’s investment as a “venture capital investment” (within the meaning of the Plan Assets Regulation), whether on account of a change in applicable law, regulation, judicial or administrative interpretation or otherwise, the Company and such Investor shall reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory management rights which satisfy the Plan Assets Regulations or such other applicable law or regulation.

 

Each Investor agrees, and will require each designated representative of the Investor to agree, to hold in confidence and not use or disclose to any third party (other than its legal counsel and accountants) any confidential information provided to or learned by such party in connection with the Investor’s rights under this letter agreement except as may otherwise be required by law

 



 

or legal, judicial or regulatory process, provided that such Investor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, including informing the Company in advance thereof and taking reasonable steps to seek a protective order prior thereto.  Each Investor is aware that, in exercising its rights hereunder, it may receive material non-public information about the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to this letter agreement or upon exercise of its rights hereunder, and each Investor agrees that it is aware of, and shall comply with, applicable federal and state securities laws that restrict any person who has material, non-public information about a company from purchasing or selling securities of the company or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.

 

In the event the Investor or any of its affiliates transfers all or any portion of their investment in the Company to an affiliated entity that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” under the Plan Asset Regulation, such transferee shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company afforded to an Investor hereunder and shall be treated, for such purposes, as a third party beneficiary hereunder.  Further, in the event the Company engages in a restructuring or similar transaction, any resulting entity or entities shall be subject to this Agreement in the same manner as the Company.

 

This letter agreement and the rights and the duties of the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof) and may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This letter agreement may only be amended by an agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

The rights and duties described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the Investor no longer holding, directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries, together with its affiliates, any securities of the Company.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to VCOC Letter]

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

 

2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

1.                                       Purpose .  The purpose of the Focus Financial Partners Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (this “ Plan ”) is to provide a means through which Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), may attract and retain able Persons as employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and to provide a means whereby those Persons can acquire and maintain stock ownership, or awards the value of which is tied to the performance of the Company, thereby strengthening their concern for the welfare of the Company.  A further purpose of this Plan is to provide such employees, directors and consultants with additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof:

 

(a)                                  ASC Topic 718 ” means the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, as amended or any successor accounting standard.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Award, Dividend Equivalent, Cash Award, Other Security-Based Award, Performance Award, Focus LLC Award, together with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under this Plan.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement ” means any written instrument (including any employment, severance or change in control agreement) that establishes the terms, conditions, restrictions and/or limitations applicable to an Award in addition to those established by this Plan and by the Committee’s exercise of its administrative powers.

 

(d)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Cash Award ” means an Award denominated in cash granted under Section 6(l) of the Plan.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, with respect to either the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, the occurrence of any of the following events or series of related events after the Effective Date:

 

(i)                                      Another Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of such entity’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

(ii)                                   There is consummated a merger or consolidation of either the Company or Focus LLC with any other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable,

 

1



 

immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

(iii)                                the equity holders of either the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the entity or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, of all or substantially all of that entity’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, of all or substantially all of the entity’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by equity holders of the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the entity immediately prior to such sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) above, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the voting power of the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. Further, with respect to any Award that is subject to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, a “Change in Control” shall not occur unless that Change in Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership of a corporation,” a “change in the effective control of a corporation,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets,” in each case, within the meaning of 1.409A-3(i)(5) of the regulations promulgated under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

 

(g)                                   Change in Control Price ” means the amount determined in the following clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), whichever the Committee determines is applicable, as follows: (i) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any merger or consolidation, (ii) the per share Fair Market Value of the Stock immediately before the Change in Control or other event without regard to assets sold in the Change in Control or other event and assuming the Company has received the consideration paid for the assets in the case of a sale of the assets, (iii) the amount distributed per share of Stock in a dissolution transaction, (iv) the price per share offered to holders of Stock in any tender offer or exchange offer whereby a Change in Control or other event takes place, or (v) if such Change in Control or other event occurs other than pursuant to a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this Section 2(g), the value per share of the Stock that may otherwise be obtained with respect to such Awards or to which such Awards track, as determined by the Committee as of the date determined by the Committee to be the date of cancellation and surrender of such Awards. In the event that the consideration offered to stockholders of the Company in any transaction described in this Section 2(g) or in Section 8(d) consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash and such determination shall be binding on all affected Participants to the extent applicable to Awards held by such Participants.

 

2



 

(h)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

 

(i)                                      Committee ” means the compensation committee, or any committee of two or more directors designated by the Board to administer this Plan; provided , however , that, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more directors, each of whom shall be a Qualified Member.

 

(j)                                     Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(g), to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments.

 

(k)                                  Effective Date ” means [              ], 2018.

 

(l)                                      Eligible Person ” means each non-employee director of the Company, all employees and consultants of the Company and each Company subsidiary, principals of management companies of subsidiary entities, and employees of an affiliate of the Company that provides services to or for the benefit of the Company; provided , however , that any Eligible Person that may receive Stock as a settlement of his or her Award must be eligible to receive Stock covered by a Form S-8 registration statement that has registered the Stock to be issued pursuant to this Plan. An employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or an applicable subsidiary for purposes of eligibility for participation in this Plan.

 

(m)                              Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

 

(n)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, (i) with respect to Stock, as of any specified date, (A) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Stock, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on the last date on which such sales of Stock have been reported immediately preceding the date of determination; (B) if the Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded over the counter at the time a determination of its fair market value is required to be made under the Plan, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of Stock on the most recent date on which Stock was publicly traded; or (C) in the event Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made under the Plan, the amount determined by the Committee in its discretion in such manner as it deems appropriate, taking into account all factors the Committee deems appropriate including, without limitation, the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, or (ii) with respect to Focus LLC Units, as determined by the Committee in good faith and in accordance with any applicable provisions of the LLC Agreement.

 

(o)                                  Focus LLC ” means Focus Financial Partners, LLC.

 

(p)                                  Focus LLC Award ” means any award described in Section 6(h) hereof.

 

(q)                                  Focus LLC Common Unit Award ” means an award described in Section 6(h)(i) hereof.

 

3



 

(r)                                     Focus LLC Incentive Unit ” means an award described in Section 6(h)(ii) hereof.

 

(s)                                    Focus LLC Unit ” means a “Unit” of Focus LLC as defined within the LLC Agreement.

 

(t)                                     Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

 

(u)                                  LLC Agreement ” means that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Focus LLC dated as of [     ], as amended from time to time.

 

(v)                                  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules ” means the limitations or requirements of section 409A of the Code, as amended from time to time, including the guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w)                                Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option that is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of section 422 of the Code.

 

(x)                                  Option ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(b) hereof, to purchase Stock or other Awards at a specified price during specified time periods.

 

(y)                                  Other Security-Based Awards ” means Awards granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(i) hereof.

 

(z)                                   Participant ” means a Person who has been granted an Award under this Plan which remains outstanding, including a Person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

 

(aa)                           Performance Award ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(k) hereof, to receive Awards based upon performance criteria specified by the Committee.

 

(bb)                           Person ” any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, as well as any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

(cc)                             Qualified Member ” means a member of the Committee who is (i) a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3), and (ii) “independent” under the listing standards or rules of the securities exchange upon which the Stock is traded, but only to the extent such independence is required in order to take the action at issue pursuant to such standards or rules.

 

(dd)                           Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(d) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

4



 

(ee)                             Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(e) hereof, to receive Stock, cash or a combination thereof at the end of a specified deferral period (which may or may not be coterminous with the vesting schedule of the Award).

 

(ff)                               Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under section 16 of the Exchange Act, as from time to time in effect and applicable to this Plan and Participants.

 

(gg)                             Security ” or “ Securities ” shall mean shares of Stock or Focus LLC Units, as applicable.

 

(hh)                           Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor law, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(ii)                                   Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and such other securities as may be substituted (or re-substituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 6(j) or Section 8 hereof.

 

(jj)                                 Stock Appreciation Rights ” or “ SAR ” means a right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(c) hereof.

 

(kk)                           Stock Award ” means unrestricted shares of Stock granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6(f) hereof.

 

(ll)                                   Substitute Award ” means an Award granted under Section 6(j) hereof in substitution for a similar award as a result of certain business transactions.

 

3.                                       Administration .

 

(a)                                  Authority of the Committee .  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, Rule 16b-3 and other applicable laws, the Committee shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to (i) adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (ii) determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time at which, Awards shall be granted; (iii) determine the amount of cash and/or the number of Securities, as applicable, that shall be the subject of each Award; (iv) determine the terms and provisions of each Award agreement (which need not be identical between recipients); (v) accelerate the time of vesting or exercisability of any Award that has been granted; (vi) construe the respective Award agreements and the Plan; (vii) make determinations of the Fair Market Value of the Securities pursuant to the Plan; (viii) delegate its duties under the Plan (including, but not limited to, the authority to grant Awards) to such agents as it may appoint from time to time, provided that the Committee may not delegate its duties where such delegation would violate state corporate law, or with respect to making Awards to, or otherwise with respect to Awards granted to, Eligible Persons who are subject to section 16(b) of the Exchange Act; (ix) subject to Section 9(c), terminate, modify or amend the Plan; (x) adopt sub-plans, policies or procedures that are consistent with this Plan; and (xi) make all other determinations, perform all other acts, and exercise all other powers and authority necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.  Subject to Rule 16b-3 and the

 

5



 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, the Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, in any Award, or in any Award agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to carry the Plan into effect, and the Committee shall be the sole and final judge of that necessity or desirability.

 

(b)                                  Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority .  Any action of the Committee pursuant to the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including the Company, stockholders, Participants, beneficiaries, and transferees under Section 9(a) hereof or other Persons claiming rights from or through a Participant.  The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.  The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Delegation of Authority .  The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to any officer of the Company that is also a member of the Board (in their capacity as a member of the Board), subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including administrative functions and the power to grant Awards under the Plan, as the Committee may determine, to the extent that such delegation will not (i) violate state or corporate law, or (ii) result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company.  An officer to whom such powers are delegated may not grant Awards to himself or herself, a member of the Board, or any executive officer of the Company, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to himself or herself, a member of the Board, or an individual who is an executive officer of the Company. The Committee may also appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan that are not executive officers of the Company and members of the Board, provided that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in Stock.

 

(d)                                  Limitation of Liability .  The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of the Company, the Company’s legal counsel, independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of this Plan.  Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

 

4.                                       Securities Subject to Plan .

 

(a)                                  Overall Number of Securities Available for Delivery .  Subject to any adjustment made pursuant to Section 8, the total number of Securities reserved and available for issuance in connection with Awards granted under this Plan following the Effective Date shall not exceed 6,000,000, and such total will be available for the issuance of Incentive Stock Options and Focus LLC Incentive Units. This total includes (a) an initial authorization of 6,000,000 Securities, plus (b) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2019 and ending in 2028, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 3,000,000 Securities, (ii) 5% of the

 

6



 

outstanding (vested or unvested) Securities on the last day of the immediately preceding year or (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

 

(b)                                  Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards .  No Award may be granted if the number of Securities to be delivered in connection with such Award exceeds the number of Securities remaining available under this Plan minus the number of Securities issuable in settlement of or relating to then-outstanding Awards.  The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards or awards converted) and make adjustments if the number of Securities actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.

 

(c)                                   Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards .  Securities subject to an Award under this Plan that expire, are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without the delivery of actual shares including (i) shares forfeited with respect to Restricted Stock, (ii) the number of shares withheld in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to Awards, and (iii) the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to any Award, will again be available for Awards under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an Option’s Exercise Price, will not, in each case, be available for Awards under this Plan.

 

(d)                                  Shares Available Following Certain Transactions . Substitute Awards granted in accordance with applicable stock exchange requirements and in substitution or exchange for awards previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or any subsidiary or with which the Company or any subsidiary combines shall not reduce the shares authorized for issuance under the Plan, nor shall shares subject to such Substitute Awards be added to the shares available for issuance under the Plan as provided above (whether or not such Substitute Awards are later cancelled, forfeited or otherwise terminated). Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any subsidiary or with which the Company or any subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may, if and to the extent determined by the Board and subject to compliance with applicable stock exchange requirements, be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the shares authorized for issuance under the Plan (and shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the shares available for issuance under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not, prior to such acquisition or combination, employed by (and who were not non-employee directors or consultants of) the Company or any of its subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

7



 

(e)                                   Securities Offered .  The shares of Stock to be delivered under the Plan shall be made available from (i) authorized but unissued shares of Stock, (ii) Stock held in the treasury of the Company, or (iii) previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased on the open market. Focus LLC Units shall be delivered, if applicable, in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

5.                                       Eligibility .  Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Persons who are Eligible Persons at the time of grant thereof.

 

6.                                       Specific Terms of Awards .

 

(a)                                  General .  Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6.  In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant pursuant to the applicable Award agreement or thereafter (subject to Section 9(c)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Committee shall determine.

 

(b)                                  Options .  The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Persons, which may be designated as either ISOs or Nonstatutory Stock Options, on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      Exercise Price .  Each Option agreement shall state the exercise price per share of Stock (the “ Exercise Price ”); provided , however , that the Exercise Price per share of Stock shall not be less than the greater of (A) the par value per share of the Stock, or (B) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the Option (or in the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or any subsidiary, 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant).

 

(ii)                                   Time and Method of Exercise .  The Committee shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements or automatically immediately before they would otherwise expire), the methods by which such Exercise Price may be paid or deemed to be paid, the form of such payment, and the methods by or forms in which Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.

 

(iii)                                ISOs .  The terms of any ISO granted under this Plan shall comply with, be interpreted and/or be amended, and any discretion with respect to any ISO shall be exercised, in all respects in accordance with the provisions of section 422 of the Code.  ISOs may only be granted to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company or employees of a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company.  Except as otherwise provided within this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs (including any SAR in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either this Plan or any ISO under section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested the change that will result in such disqualification. ISOs shall not be granted more than ten years after the earlier of the adoption of this Plan or the approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value

 

8



 

(determined as of the date of grant of an ISO) of shares of Stock subject to an ISO and the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of stock of any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) subject to any other ISO (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code)) of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) that first becomes purchasable by a Participant in any calendar year may not (with respect to that Participant) exceed $100,000, or such other amount as may be prescribed under section 422 of the Code or applicable regulations or rulings from time to time.  Failure to comply with this provision shall not impair the enforceability or exercisability of any Option, but shall cause the excess amount of shares to be reclassified in accordance with the Code.

 

(c)                                   Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      Right to Payment .  An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the SAR as determined by the Committee.

 

(ii)                                   Grant Price . Each Award Agreement evidencing an SAR shall state the grant price per share of Stock; provided , however , that the grant price per share of Stock subject to an SAR shall not be less than the greater of (A) the par value per share of the Stock or (B) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock as of the date of grant of the SAR.

 

(iii)                                Terms .  Each SAR agreement shall state the grant price per share of Stock.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee shall determine, at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.  SARs may be either freestanding or in tandem with an Option.

 

(iv)                               Rights Related to Options .  An SAR granted pursuant to an Option shall entitle a Participant, upon exercise, to surrender that Option or any portion thereof, to the extent unexercised, and to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying (A) the difference obtained by subtracting the Exercise Price with respect to a share of Stock specified in the related Option from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR, by (B) the number of shares as to which that SAR has been exercised.  The Option shall then cease to be exercisable to the extent surrendered.  SARs granted in connection with an Option shall be subject to the terms of the Award agreement governing the Option, which shall provide that the SAR is exercisable only at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall not be transferable except to the extent that the related Option is transferable.

 

(d)                                  Restricted Stock .  The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

 

9



 

(i)                                      Grant and Restrictions .  Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter.  During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.

 

(ii)                                   Dividends and Splits .  As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require or permit a Participant to elect that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock, applied to the purchase of additional Awards under this Plan or deferred without interest to the date of vesting of the associated Award of Restricted Stock; provided , that, to the extent applicable, any such election shall comply with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property (other than cash) distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

 

(e)                                   Restricted Stock Units .  The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      Award and Restrictions .  Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at earlier specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine.

 

(ii)                                   Settlement .  Restricted Stock Units shall be satisfied by the delivery of cash or Stock in the amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of shares of Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter.

 

(f)                                    Stock Awards .  The Committee is authorized to grant a Stock Award to any Eligible Person as a bonus, as additional compensation, or in lieu of cash compensation the individual is otherwise entitled to receive.  Stock Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

(g)                                   Dividend Equivalents .  The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to an Eligible Person, entitling the Person to receive cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments.  Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award (other than a Restricted Stock or a Stock Award).  The Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Stock, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the

 

10



 

Committee may specify.  With respect to Dividend Equivalents granted in connection with another Award, absent a contrary provision in the Award Agreement, such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the Award with respect to which the dividends accrue and shall not be paid unless and until such Award has vested and been earned.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dividend Equivalents shall only be paid in a manner that is either exempt from or in compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

 

(h)                                  Focus LLC Awards .

 

(i)                                      Focus LLC Common Unit Awards .  Focus LLC Common Unit Awards shall be awards designed as either fully vested or restricted Focus LLC common units.  The Committee is authorized to grant Focus LLC Common Unit Awards to Eligible Persons under the terms and conditions determined by the Committee in its discretion, subject to any restrictions on Focus LLC common units generally within the LLC Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Focus LLC Incentive Units .  A Focus LLC Incentive Unit shall be designed as a “profits interest” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43. Each Focus LLC Incentive Unit will have a hurdle amount (the “ Hurdle Amount ”), which Hurdle Amount shall be set by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Focus LLC Incentive Unit in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each Focus LLC Incentive Unit will entitle the holder thereof to receive distributions from Focus LLC in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement. The Committee will establish the terms and conditions applicable to the Focus LLC Incentive Units, including vesting or service requirements, provided that any vesting period assigned to the Award will be designed to comply with the holding requirements of Revenue Procedure 93-27. Without limiting the foregoing, as of the Effective Date, any incentive unit award policy or program effective at Focus LLC with respect to its employees immediately prior to the Effective Time is hereby adopted in conjunction with this Plan as the Company’s general incentive policy or program for Focus LLC Incentive Units, to remain effective until such time as the Committee amends, modifies or terminates such policies or programs.

 

(iii)                                Focus LLC Awards Generally .  The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant other types of equity-based, equity-related or cash-based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise calculated by reference to or based on, Focus LLC Units, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine (the “ Focus LLC Awards .”)  Focus LLC Awards may entail the transfer of actual shares of Stock or Focus LLC Units to Award recipients. Focus LLC Awards may be in the same form as Awards that are permitted to be granted under the Plan generally with respect to the Company’s Stock (with the exception of ISOs), with all references to the Company’s Stock replaced with references to the Focus LLC Units and all other definitions modified, if necessary for the context, to reflect Focus LLC rather than the Company. In addition to any Award Agreement governing a Focus LLC Award, the Committee may require that a recipient of a Focus LLC Award execute additional documentation to become a member of Focus LLC.  Focus LLC Incentive Units and Focus LLC Common Unit Awards described above will be deemed to be Focus LLC Awards for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within this Plan or in any Award Agreement that governs a Focus LLC Award, the terms and conditions of all Focus LLC Awards shall be designed to comply with the LLC Agreement, and to the extent that there is any inconsistency with the LLC Agreement within this

 

11


 

Plan or the Award Agreement governing any Focus LLC Award, the terms of the LLC Agreement shall control.

 

(i)                                      Other Security-Based Awards .  The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law or the LLC Agreement, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, one or more Securities, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan, including without limitation convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Securities, purchase rights for Securities, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee, and Awards valued by reference to the book value of Securities or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Subsidiaries of the Company.  The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Other Security-Based Awards.  Securities delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(i) shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, as the Committee shall determine.  Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under this Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 6(i).

 

(j)                                     Substitute Awards; No Repricing .  Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other Award granted under the Plan or under another plan of the Company or any other right of an Eligible Person to receive payment from the Company.  Awards may be also be granted under the Plan in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become Eligible Persons as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity or the assets of another entity by or with the Company or an affiliate of the Company.  Such Substitute Awards referred to in the immediately preceding sentence that are Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may have an Exercise Price or grant price that is less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Securities on the date of the substitution if such substitution complies with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules and other applicable laws and exchange rules.  Except as provided in this Section 6(j) or in Section 9 hereof, the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to reduce the Exercise Price or grant price of outstanding Options or SARs or to cancel outstanding Options and SARs in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or SARs with an Exercise Price or grant price that is less than the Exercise Price or grant price of the original Options or SARs without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

 

(k)                                  Performance Awards .  The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees who shall receive a Performance Award, pursuant to which the right of such individual to receive a grant, or to exercise or receive settlement, of any Award available under this Plan, and the timing thereof, may be subject to performance objectives as specified by the Committee.  In addition, a Performance Award may be denominated as a cash amount at the time of grant and confer on the Participant the right to receive payment upon the achievement of such performance objectives during such restricted periods as the Committee shall establish with respect to the Award.

 

(i)                                      Terms and Conditions .  Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the performance objectives to be achieved during the applicable restricted period, the length of the restricted period, the number of

 

12



 

Securities or the amount of cash subject to any Performance Award and the amount of any payment to be made upon achievement of the performance objectives applicable to any Performance Award.

 

(ii)                                   Payment of Performance Awards .  Performance Awards are earned as of the date the Committee determines the applicable performance objectives have been satisfied.  Performance Awards may be paid (in cash and/or in Securities, in the sole discretion of the Committee) in a lump sum or in installments promptly as of or following the date the Committee determines the applicable performance objectives have been satisfied, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee with respect to such Award.  The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Performance Awards.

 

(l)                                      Cash Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant Cash Awards, on a free-standing basis or as an element of, a supplement to, or in lieu of any other Award under the Plan to Eligible Persons in such amounts and subject to such other terms as the Committee in its discretion determines to be appropriate.  Without limiting the foregoing, as of the Effective Date, any annual cash incentive bonus policy or program effective at Focus LLC with respect to its employees immediately prior to the Effective Time is hereby adopted in conjunction with this Plan as the Company’s general bonus policy or program for Cash Awards, to remain effective until such time as the Committee amends, modifies or terminates such policies or programs.

 

7.                                       Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

 

(a)                                  Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards .  Awards granted under this Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, or of any business entity to be acquired by the Company, or any other right of an Eligible Person to receive payment from the Company.  If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award.  Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 9 of the Plan, without the approval of stockholders, the Committee will not exchange or substitute previously granted Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in a transaction that constitutes a “repricing” as such term is used in the Nasdaq listing rules, as amended from time to time. Awards under this Plan may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company, in which the value of Security subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation, or in which the Exercise Price, grant price or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Security minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered.  Awards granted pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be designed, awarded and settled in a manner that does not result in additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

 

(b)                                  Term of Awards .  Except as otherwise specified herein, the term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided , that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years (or such shorter term as may be required in respect of an ISO under section 422 of the Code).

 

13



 

(c)                                   Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals .  Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Company upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis; provided , however , that any such deferred or installment payments will be set forth in the agreement evidencing such Award and/or otherwise made in a manner that will not result in additional taxes under Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Securities in connection with such settlement, in the discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change in Control).  This Plan shall not constitute an “employee benefit plan” for purposes of section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

(d)                                  Evidencing Securities . The Securities or other securities of the Company delivered pursuant to an Award may be evidenced in any manner deemed appropriate by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, in the form of a certificate issued in the name of the Participant or by book entry, electronic or otherwise and shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Securities or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal, state or other laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be inscribed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.  If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, related to the Restricted Stock.

 

(e)                                   Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability .  It is the intent of the Company that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from such section pursuant to an applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant).  Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

(f)                                    Consideration for Grants . Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee shall determine, but shall not be granted for less than the minimum lawful consideration.

 

(g)                                   Additional Agreements . Each Eligible Person to whom an Award is granted under the Plan may be required to agree in writing, as a condition to the grant of such Award or otherwise, to subject an Award that is exercised or settled following such Eligible Person’s termination of employment or service to a general release of claims and/or a noncompetition or other restricted covenant agreement in favor of the Company and its affiliates,

 

14



 

with the terms and conditions of such agreement(s) to be determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

8.                                       Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Change in Control; Reorganization .

 

(a)                                  Existence of Plans and Awards .  The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board, the stockholders of the Company or Focus LLC to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the capital structure of the Company or Focus LLC or either of their businesses, any merger or consolidation of the Company or Focus LLC, any issue of debt or equity securities ahead of or affecting Securities or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or Focus LLC or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding. No employee, beneficiary or other Person shall have any claim against the Company or Focus LLC as a result of any such action.

 

(b)                                  Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares .  The terms of an Award, the number of Securities authorized pursuant to Section 4 for issuance under the Plan and the limitations in Section 5 shall be subject to adjustment by  the Committee from time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)                                      If at any time, or from time to time, the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, shall subdivide as a whole (by reclassification, by a Securities split, by the issuance of a distribution on Securities payable in Securities, or otherwise) the number of Securities then outstanding into a greater number of Securities, or in the event the Company or Focus LLC distributes an extraordinary cash dividend, then, as appropriate for the situation, (A) the maximum number of Securities available for the Plan or in connection with Awards as provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be increased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of Securities (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be increased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the Exercise Price or grant price) for each share of the Securities (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be reduced proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

 

(ii)                                   If at any time, or from time to time, the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, shall consolidate as a whole (by reclassification, by reverse Securities split, or otherwise) the number of Securities then outstanding into a lesser number of Securities, (A) the maximum number of Securities for the Plan or available in connection with Awards as provided in Sections 4 and 5 shall be decreased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of Securities (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any then outstanding Award shall be decreased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the Exercise Price or grant price) for each share of the Securities (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be increased proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

 

15



 

(iii)                                Whenever the number of Securities subject to outstanding Awards and the price for each share of the Securities subject to outstanding Awards are required to be adjusted as provided in this Section 8(b), the Committee shall promptly prepare a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the change in price and the number of shares of the Securities, other securities, cash, or property purchasable subject to each Award after giving effect to the adjustments.  The Committee shall promptly provide each affected Participant with such notice.

 

(c)                                   Recapitalization .  In the event of any change in the capital structure or business of the Company or other corporate transaction or event that would be considered an “equity restructuring” within the meaning of ASC Topic 718 and, in each case, that would result in an additional compensation expense to the Company pursuant to the provisions of ASC Topic 718, if adjustments to Awards with respect to such event were discretionary or otherwise not required (each such an event, an “ Adjustment Event ”), then the Committee shall equitably adjust (i) the aggregate number or kind of shares that thereafter may be delivered under the Plan, (ii) the number or kind of shares or other property (including cash) subject to an Award, (iii) the terms and conditions of Awards, including the purchase price or Exercise Price of Awards and performance goals, as applicable, and (iv) the applicable limitations with respect to Awards provided in Section 4 and Section 5 (other than cash limits) to equitably reflect such Adjustment Event (“ Equitable Adjustments ”).  In the event of any change in the capital structure or business of the Company or other corporate transaction or event that would not be considered an Adjustment Event, and is not otherwise addressed in this Section 8, the Committee shall have complete discretion to make Equitable Adjustments (if any) in such manner as it deems appropriate with respect to such other event.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control and Other Events .  Except to the extent otherwise provided in any applicable Award Agreement, vesting of any Award shall not occur solely upon the occurrence of a Change in Control and, in the event of a Change in Control or other changes in the Company or the outstanding Securities by reason of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange or other relevant change occurring after the date of the grant of any Award, the Committee, acting in its sole discretion without the consent or approval of any holder, may exercise any power enumerated in Section 3 (including the power to accelerate vesting, waive any forfeiture conditions or otherwise modify or adjust any other condition or limitation regarding an Award, including without limitation performance conditions) and may also effect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual holders and which may vary among Awards held by any individual holder:

 

(i)                                      accelerate the time of exercisability of an Award so that such Award may be exercised in full or in part for a limited period of time on or before a date specified by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Awards and all rights of holders thereunder shall terminate;

 

(ii)                                   redeem in whole or in part outstanding Awards by requiring the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected holders of some or all of the outstanding

 

16



 

Awards held by such holders (irrespective of whether such Awards are then vested or exercisable) as of a date, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Awards and pay to each holder an amount of cash or other consideration per Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent or Cash Award, which the Committee may separately require to be surrendered in exchange for cash or other consideration determined by the Committee in its discretion) equal to the Change in Control Price, less the Exercise Price with respect to an Option and less the grant price with respect to a SAR, as applicable to such Awards; provided , however , that to the extent the Exercise Price of an Option or the grant price of an SAR exceeds the Change in Control Price, such Award may be cancelled for no consideration;

 

(iii)                                cancel Awards that remain subject to a restricted period as of the date of a Change in Control or other such event without payment of any consideration to the Participant for such Awards; or

 

(iv)                               make such adjustments to Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change in Control or other such event (including the substitution, assumption, or continuation of Awards by the successor company or a parent or subsidiary thereof or any performance conditions);

 

provided , however , that so long as the event is not an Adjustment Event, the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Awards then outstanding.  If an Adjustment Event occurs, this Section 8(d) shall only apply to the extent it is not in conflict with Section 8(c).

 

(e)                                   Additional Issuances .  Except as expressly provided herein, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, including upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be required to be made with respect to, the number of shares of Securities subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share of a Security, if applicable.

 

9.                                       General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Transferability .

 

(i)                                      Permitted Transferees .  The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Participant to transfer all or any portion of an Option or SAR, or authorize all or a portion of an Option or SAR to be granted to an Eligible Person to be on terms which permit transfer by such Participant; provided that , the transferee or transferees shall be limited to certain Persons related to the Participant (a “ Permitted Transferee ”), as determined by the Committee, and the Committee may impose other limitations on the terms of the transfer, in its discretion. Agreements evidencing Options or SARs with respect to which such transferability is authorized at the time of grant must be approved by the Committee, and must expressly provide for transferability in a manner consistent with this Section 9(a)(i). All transfers of Focus LLC Units shall also be subject to restrictions contained in the LLC Agreement.

 

17



 

(ii)                                   Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .  An Award may be transferred, to a Permitted Transferee, pursuant to a domestic relations order entered or approved by a court of competent jurisdiction upon delivery to the Company of written notice of such transfer and a certified copy of such order.

 

(iii)                                Other Transfers .  Except as expressly permitted by Sections 9(a)(i) and 9(a)(ii), Awards shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9, an Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(iv)                               Procedures and Restrictions .  Any Participant desiring to transfer an Award as permitted under this Sections 9(a) shall make application therefor in the manner and time specified by the Committee and shall comply with such other requirements as the Committee may require to assure compliance with all applicable securities laws.  The Committee shall not give permission for such a transfer if (A) it would give rise to short swing liability under section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or (B) it may not be made in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws.  The Company shall not have any obligation to register the issuance of any Securities to any transferee.

 

(b)                                  Tax Withholding .  The Company and its affiliates are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, or any payment relating to an Award under this Plan, including from a distribution of Securities, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company (or an applicable affiliate) and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award.  This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Securities or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee to allow a Participant who is subject to Rule 16b-3 to pay taxes with Securities through net settlement or previously owned shares shall be approved by a committee made up of two or more Qualified Members or the full Board.  If such tax obligations are satisfied through the withholding of Securities that are otherwise issuable to the Participant pursuant to an Award (or through the surrender of Securities by the Participant to the Company), the maximum number of Securities that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of Securities that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, foreign and/or local tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment with respect to such Award, as determined by the Committee.

 

(c)                                   Changes to this Plan and Awards .

 

(i)                                      The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under this Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to this Plan, including any increase in any share limitation, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such stockholder approval

 

18



 

is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to this Plan to stockholders for approval; provided , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award.

 

(ii)                                   The Committee may accelerate or waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, modify, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Plan; provided , however , that, (A) without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award, and (B) the Committee shall not have any discretion to accelerate, waive or modify any term or condition of an Award if such acceleration would subject a Participant to additional taxes under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of clarity, any adjustments made to Awards pursuant to Section 8 will be deemed not to materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award and therefore may be made without the consent of affected Participants.

 

(d)                                  Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan .  Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or its affiliates, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or its affiliates to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and/or employees and/or other service providers, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder or unitholder of the Company or Focus LLC, as applicable, unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred Securities in accordance with the terms of an Award.

 

(e)                                   Unfunded Status of Awards .  This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for certain incentive awards.

 

(f)                                    Nonexclusivity of this Plan .  Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including incentive arrangements.

 

(g)                                   Fractional Shares .  No fractional Securities shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award.  The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

(h)                                  Severability .  If any provision of this Plan is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but

 

19



 

such provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.  If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan or any Award agreement conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (as those terms or provisions are applied to Eligible Persons who are subject to section 16(b) of the Exchange Act) or section 422 of the Code (with respect to Incentive Stock Options), then those conflicting terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (unless the Board or the Committee, as appropriate, has expressly determined that the Plan or such Award should not comply with Rule 16b-3) or section 422 of the Code.  With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under section 422 of the Code, that provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if that provision had been set out at length herein; provided , further, that, to the extent any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option cannot so qualify, that Option (to that extent) shall be deemed an Option not subject to section 422 of the Code for all purposes of the Plan.

 

(i)                                      Governing Law .  All questions arising with respect to the provisions of the Plan and Awards shall be determined by application of the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof, except to the extent Delaware law is preempted by federal law.

 

(j)                                     Conditions to Delivery of Securities .  Nothing herein or in any Award granted hereunder or any Award agreement shall require the Company to issue, sell or deliver any Securities with respect to any Award if that issuance, sale or delivery would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, constitute a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable statute or regulation, or the rules of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. In addition, each Participant who receives an Award under the Plan shall not sell or otherwise dispose of Securities that are acquired upon grant, exercise or vesting of an Award in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws, the Plan or the rules, regulations or other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange upon which the Security is then listed. At the time of any exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or at the time of any grant of any other Award the Company may, as a condition precedent to the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or settlement of any other Award, require from the Participant (or in the event of his or her death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) such written representations, if any, concerning the holder’s intentions with regard to the retention or disposition of the Securities being acquired pursuant to the Award and such written covenants and agreements, if any, as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by that holder (or in the event of the holder’s death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) will not involve a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect.  No Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable and no settlement of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit shall occur with respect to a Participant unless and until the holder thereof shall have paid cash or property to, or performed services for, the Company that the Committee believes is equal to or greater in value than the par value of the Securities subject to such Award.

 

20



 

(k)                                  Section 409A of the Code .  It is the general intention, but not the obligation, of the Committee to design Awards to comply with or to be exempt from the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules, and Awards will be operated and construed accordingly. Neither this Section 9(k) nor any other provision of the Plan is or contains a representation to any Participant regarding the tax consequences of the grant, vesting, exercise, settlement, or sale of any Award (or the Security underlying such Award) granted hereunder, and should not be interpreted as such.  In no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Employee on account of non-compliance with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a “specified employee” (as defined under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules) becomes entitled to a payment under an Award that would be subject to additional taxes and interest under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules if the Participant’s receipt of such payment or benefits is not delayed until the earlier of (i) the date of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the date that is six months after the Participant’s “separation from service,” as defined under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules (such date, the “ Section 409A Payment Date ”), then such payment or benefit shall not be provided to the Participant until the Section 409A Payment Date.  Any amounts subject to the preceding sentence that would otherwise be payable prior to the Section 409A Payment Date will be aggregated and paid in a lump sum without interest on the Section 409A Payment Date.  The applicable provisions of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Rules are hereby incorporated by reference and shall control over any Plan or Award Agreement provision in conflict therewith.

 

(l)                                      Clawback .  This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder after the Effective Date are subject to any written clawback policies that the Company, with the approval of the Board, may adopt.  Any such policy may subject a Participant’s Awards and amounts paid or realized with respect to Awards under this Plan to reduction, cancelation, forfeiture or recoupment if certain specified events or wrongful conduct occur, including but not limited to an accounting restatement due to the Company’s material noncompliance with financial reporting regulations or other events or wrongful conduct specified in any such clawback policy adopted to conform to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and that the Company determines should apply to this Plan. Any such policy may also be applied retroactively to this Plan and to any Award granted thereunder after the Effective Date.

 

(m)                              Facility of Payment .  Any amounts payable hereunder to any individual under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to manage properly his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such individual, or may be applied for the benefit of such individual in any manner that the Committee may select, and the Company shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.

 

(n)                                  Plan Effective Date and Term .  This Plan was adopted by the Board to be effective on the Effective Date.  No Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. However, any Award granted prior to such termination (or any earlier termination pursuant to the terms of this Plan), and the authority of the Board or Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to

 

21



 

waive any conditions or rights under such Award in accordance with the terms of the Plan, shall extend beyond such termination until the final disposition of such Award.

 

22




Exhibit 10.11

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

June 29, 2018,

 

among

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC,

as the Borrower,

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Term Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Fronting Bank

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Revolver Administrative Agent and a Letter of Credit Issuer,

 


 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS*,

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.,

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

and

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 


*  RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets businesses of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 



 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 29, 2018 (this “ Amendment ”), among FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as term administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, the “ Term Administrative Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as revolver administrative agent (in such capacities, the “ Revolver Administrative Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement referred to below, each Replacement Revolving Lender and New Revolving Lender party hereto, the Fronting Bank (as defined below) and each Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender party hereto.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is made to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ” and as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by this Amendment, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, the Term Administrative Agent and the Revolver Administrative Agent (capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meaning provided in the Credit Agreement);

 

WHEREAS , Focus Financial Partners, Inc., an IPO Listco, intends to publicly issue its Equity Interests pursuant to an IPO;

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower, has requested Replacement Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lesser of (x) $803,000,000 and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Existing Term Loans (as defined below) outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (as defined below) (the “ Tranche B-2 Term Loans ”; the commitments in respect of such Tranche B-2 Term Loans, the “ Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitments ”; and the lenders in respect thereof, the “ Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lenders ”), which will be available on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to refinance all Tranche B-1 Term Loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement immediately prior to the funding of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans (the “ Existing Term Loans ”) and which Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall constitute Replacement Term Loans and Term Loans (as applicable) for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

WHEREAS , each Lender holding Existing Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement immediately prior to effectiveness of this Amendment (each, an “ Existing Term Lender ”) executing and delivering a notice of participation in the Tranche B-2 Term Loans in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Tranche B-2 Participation Notice ”) and electing the cashless settlement option therein (each such Existing Term Lender in such capacity and with respect to the Existing Term Loans so elected, a “ Converting Lender ” and, together with each other Person executing and delivering a Tranche B-2 Participation Notice or otherwise providing a Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment, the “ Repricing Participating Lenders ”) shall be deemed to have exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of its Existing Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement for an equal aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement;

 

2



 

WHEREAS , Royal Bank of Canada agrees to act as fronting bank for the syndication of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans (in such capacity, the “ Fronting Bank ”), and the Fronting Bank will purchase, and the Existing Term Lenders that execute and deliver a Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and elect the cash settlement option therein (the “ Non-Converting Lenders ”) will sell to the Fronting Bank, immediately prior to effectiveness of this Amendment, the Existing Term Loans then held by the Non-Converting Lenders (the Existing Term Loans described in this recital, the “ Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Fronting Bank will fund, on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, an aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Existing Term Loans of Existing Term Lenders that do not execute and deliver a Tranche B-2 Participation Notice (the “ Non-Participating Lenders ”), the proceeds of which shall be used on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date to refinance such outstanding Existing Term Loans of the Non-Participating Lenders (the Existing Term Loans described in this recital, the “ Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans ” and, together with the Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans, the “ Reallocated Term Loans ”);

 

WHEREAS , (a) to the extent there exist (1) any Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans, the Fronting Bank shall be deemed to exchange on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date such Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans on a cashless settlement basis for an equal aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement and (2) any Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans, the Fronting Bank shall apply on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date proceeds of Tranche B-2 Term Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate amount of such Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans to the repayment of such Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans and (b) the Tranche B-2 Term Loans exchanged for or applied to the repayment of such Reallocated Term Loans shall promptly (but not later than 30 days following the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Fronting Bank in its sole discretion)) thereafter be purchased by the applicable Repricing Participating Lenders (such Repricing Participating Lenders, other than Existing Term Lenders, the “ New Term Lenders ”), Non-Converting Lenders, and Existing Term Lenders that have elected to purchase additional Tranche B-2 Term Loans, each in accordance with such Repricing Participating Lenders’ respective Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and as allocated by the Lead Arrangers (as defined below) hereunder (in each case, subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower);

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $650,000,000 (the “ Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments ” and the loans thereunder, the “ Amendment No. 4 Revolving Loans ”), which Revolving Commitments shall replace in full the Revolving Credit Commitments outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (the “ Existing Revolving Credit Commitments ” and the loans thereunder, the “ Existing Revolving Loans ”) and which Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments shall, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute Revolving Commitments, Revolving Credit Commitments and New Revolving Credit Commitments (as applicable) for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

WHEREAS , each Person party hereto as a “Replacement Revolving Lender” as indicated on its signature page hereto (with any permitted assignees thereof, each a “ Replacement Revolving Lender ”, with each such Replacement Revolving Lender not party to the Existing Credit Agreement being a “ New Revolving Lender ”, together with the New Term Lenders, the “ New Lenders ”) hereby severally agrees to provide, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (i) such portion of the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments as is set forth opposite its name under the heading

 

3



 

“Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitment” on Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date to refinance all Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and Existing Revolving Loans in respect thereof and (ii) if applicable, a replacement commitment for all or a portion of the existing Letter of Credit Commitments in the amount set forth opposite its name under the heading “Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments” on Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (as to each Replacement Revolving Lender holding such a replacement commitment, an “ Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitment ”);

 

WHEREAS , contemporaneously with the effectiveness of the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitments and the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Borrower wishes to (i) make certain amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement to provide for the incurrence of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans, (ii) make certain amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement to provide for the incurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments and (iii) make certain other modifications to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS , this Amendment constitutes a Permitted Repricing Amendment and Joinder Agreement, and the Borrower is hereby notifying the (i) Term Administrative Agent that it is requesting the establishment of Replacement Term Loans pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement and (ii) Revolver Administrative Agent that it is requesting the establishment of New Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendments .

 

(a)                                  On, and subject to the occurrence of, the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the doubleunderlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Annex I hereto (including the exhibits and schedules thereto).

 

(b)                                  On, and subject to the occurrence of, the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and supplemented by removing Schedules 1.1(a) and 1.1(c) to the Existing Credit Agreement in their entirety and in their place attaching thereto Schedule 1.1(a) hereto, which sets forth the Tranche B-2 Term Commitments of each of the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lenders and the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments and, as applicable, Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments of each Replacement Revolving Lender.

 

2.                                                                                       Tranche B-2 Term Loans .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the occurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date), each Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender severally agrees to exchange Existing Term Loans for Tranche B-2 Term Loans and/or make Tranche B-2 Term Loans to the Borrower in a single borrowing in Dollars on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.  The Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Terms Generally .  Other than as set forth herein, for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall have the

 

4



 

same terms as the Tranche B-1 Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement and shall be treated for purposes of voluntary and mandatory prepayments (including for scheduled principal payments) and all other terms as Existing Term Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Proposed Borrowing .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary, solely for purposes of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans to be borrowed by the Borrower on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, this Amendment shall constitute a Borrowing Request by the Borrower to borrow the Tranche B-2 Term Loans from the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lenders under the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   New Term Lenders .  Each New Term Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the exhibits and schedules thereto, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment and the Credit Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Term Administrative Agent, the lead arrangers and bookrunners noted on the cover page hereof (the “ Lead Arrangers ”) or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Term Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Term Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender, as the case may be, in each case, in accordance with the terms thereof as set forth in the Credit Agreement.  Each New Term Lender acknowledges and agrees that it shall become a “Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender” and a “Term Loan Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall have all rights of a “Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender” and a “Term Loan Lender” thereunder. The Borrower hereby consents, for purposes of Section 13.6(b)(i)(A) of the Credit Agreement, to the assignment on or within ninety (90) days of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date of any Tranche B-2 Term Loans by the Fronting Bank, to (A) any Person that was an Existing Term Lender on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (immediately prior to giving effect thereto) or (B) any assignees separately identified, and acceptable, to the Borrower.

 

(d)                                  Credit Agreement Governs .  Except as set forth in this Amendment, the Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

(e)                                   Exchange Mechanics .

 

(i)                                      On the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, upon the satisfaction or waiver (by the Lead Arrangers) of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof, the outstanding principal amount of Existing Term Loans of each Converting Lender exchanged pursuant to this Amendment shall be deemed to be exchanged for an equal outstanding principal amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement.  Such exchange shall be effected by book entry in such manner, and

 

5



 

with such supporting documentation, as may be reasonably determined by the Term Administrative Agent in its sole discretion in consultation with the Borrower. It is acknowledged and agreed that each Converting Lender has agreed to accept as satisfaction in full of its right to receive payment on the outstanding amount of Existing Term Loans of such Converting Lender the conversion of its Existing Term Loans into Tranche B-2 Term Loans in accordance herewith, in lieu of the prepayment amount that would otherwise be payable by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement in respect of the outstanding amount of Existing Term Loans of such Converting Lender.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Credit Agreement, each Converting Lender hereby waives any rights or claims to compensation pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Credit Agreement in respect of its Existing Term Loans exchanged for Tranche B-2 Term Loans.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent there exist (1) any Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans, the Fronting Bank shall be deemed to exchange on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date such Reallocated Term Loans on a cashless settlement basis for an equal aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement and (2) any Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans, the Fronting Bank shall apply on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date proceeds of Tranche B-2 Term Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate amount of such Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans to the repayment of such Non-Participating Cash Settlement Term Loans and (B) promptly following the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (but not later than 30 days following the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Fronting Bank in its sole discretion)), each New Term Lender, each Non-Converting Lender and each Existing Term Lender purchasing additional Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall purchase from the Fronting Bank the Tranche B-2 Term Loans exchanged for or applied to the repayment of such Reallocated Term Loans as directed by the Lead Arrangers hereunder (in each case, subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower), in accordance with such Repricing Participating Lender’s Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and as allocated by the Lead Arrangers hereunder.  Purchases and sales of Reallocated Term Loans and Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall be without representations from the Fronting Bank other than as provided for in the relevant Assignment and Acceptance.

 

3.                                       Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the occurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date), each Replacement Revolving Lender severally agrees to exchange its Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and the Existing Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit Commitments thereunder for Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments, Amendment No. 4 Revolving Loans and Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments, as applicable.  The Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments, the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Loans made thereunder, the Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments and any related L/C Obligations thereunder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  Terms Generally .  On, and subject to the occurrence of, the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, upon the satisfaction or waiver (by the Lead Arrangers) of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof, (i) each of the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments provided pursuant to this Amendment shall thereupon constitute a “Revolving Commitment” and a

 

6



 

 “Revolving Credit Commitment” under the Credit Agreement and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to “Revolving Commitments” and “Revolving Credit Commitments”, as applicable, (ii) revolving loans incurred pursuant to the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments shall constitute “Revolving Credit Loans” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Credit Documents, (iii) each Replacement Revolving Lender shall be deemed, and shall have all rights of, a “Revolving Credit Lender” under the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Credit Documents, (iv) each of the Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments provided pursuant to this Amendment shall thereupon constitute a “Letter of Credit Commitment” under the Credit Agreement and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to “Letter of Credit Commitments”, (v) each Replacement Revolving Lender holding an Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitment as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date shall be deemed a “Letter of Credit Issuer” under the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Credit Documents and (vi) letters of credit issued pursuant to the Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments shall constitute “Letters of Credit” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Credit Documents.

 

(b)                                  New Revolving Lenders .  Each New Revolving Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the exhibits and schedules thereto, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment and the Credit Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers or any Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes each Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to such Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender, as the case may be, in each case, in accordance with the terms thereof as set forth in the Credit Agreement.  Each New Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that it shall become a “Revolving Credit Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall have all rights of a “Revolving Credit Lender” thereunder.

 

(c)                                   Credit Agreement Governs .  Except as set forth in this Amendment, the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments, the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Loans made thereunder, the Amendment No. 4 Letter of Credit Commitments and the related L/C Obligations thereunder shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

(d)                                  Refinancing Mechanics .  On the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Borrower shall (x) repay in full in cash the Existing Revolving Loans outstanding (if any) to the Revolver Administrative Agent for distribution to the Existing Revolving Lenders under the Credit Agreement, and (y) pay in cash to the Revolver Administrative Agent for distribution to the Existing Revolving Lenders under the Credit Agreement, all fees and interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.8 and Section 4.1 of the Credit Agreement but

 

7



 

unpaid with regards to the Existing Revolving Loans outstanding (if any) through the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Credit Agreement, each Replacement Revolving Lender hereby waives any rights or claims it may have to compensation pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Credit Agreement in respect of its Existing Revolving Loans repaid with the proceeds of Amendment No. 4 Revolving Loans made under the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments.

 

4.                                       Amendment No. 4 Effective Date Conditions .  Subject to the final paragraph of this Section 4, the amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 1 hereof will become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ”), on which each of the following conditions have been satisfied (or waived by the Lead Arrangers) in accordance with the terms therein:

 

(a)                                  the Effective Date shall have occurred;

 

(b)                                  the Term Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower dated as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and executed by a secretary, assistant secretary or other senior officer (as the case may be) thereof (i) (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions or similar consents adopted by the Borrower approving or consenting to this Amendment, the Tranche B-2 Term Loans and the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments, (B)(i) certifying that the certificate of formation and operating agreement of the Borrower have not been amended since the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or (ii) if the certificate of formation or operating agreement have been amended since the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, certifying and attaching the most recent certificate of formation and operating agreement of the Borrower, and (C) certifying as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Amendment and any related documents on behalf of the Borrower and (ii) certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) below;

 

(c)                                   the representations and warranties in Section 5 of this Amendment shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date; provided that, (A) in the case of any such representation and warranty which expressly relates to a given date or period, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case may be and (B) if any such representation and warranty is qualified by or subject to a “material adverse effect”, “material adverse change” or similar term or qualification such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects;

 

(d)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall exist on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date before or after giving effect to the effectiveness of this Amendment and the incurrence of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans;

 

(e)                                   the IPO Listco shall have consummated an IPO that (i) results in the common Equity Interests of the IPO Listco being listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or another nationally recognized stock exchange in the United States and (ii) results in primary gross cash proceeds of not less than $400,000,000;

 

(f)                                    on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, after giving pro forma effect to the effectiveness of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, the Total

 

8



 

Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed 4.50 to 1.00;

 

(g)                                   the Second Lien Term Loans shall have been repaid in full and all Guarantees and Liens in respect of the Second Lien Credit Agreement and any commitments thereunder shall have been terminated and released;

 

(h)                                  the Term Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate dated as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date from the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance, a Director, a Manager, or any other senior financial officer of the Borrower to the effect that after giving effect to this Amendment, the Borrower is Solvent;

 

(i)                                      the Administrative Agents shall have received a customary written opinion (addressed to each Administrative Agent, the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lenders and the Replacement Revolving Lenders and dated as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date) of White & Case LLP, counsel to the Borrower;

 

(j)                                     the Term Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts previously agreed to in writing by the Lead Arrangers and the Borrower to be due on or prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (or such later date as is reasonably agreed by the Borrower), the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of any other advisors in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement; and

 

(k)                                  to the extent the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, a certification regarding beneficial ownership with respect to itself as required by 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect unless the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date has occurred on or prior to the date that is sixty days after the date hereof.

 

5.                                       Representations and Warranties .  On the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Borrower, on behalf of itself and each other Credit Party (as applicable), hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                  The Borrower has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions under this Amendment and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment. The Borrower has duly executed and delivered this Amendment and this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity;

 

(b)                                  neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower of this Amendment nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof nor the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any

 

9



 

material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of any Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents or Permitted Liens) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which any Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound other than any such breach, default or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, articles or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings or consents the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(d)                                  both immediately before and after giving effect to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the effectiveness of the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments and the incurrence of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans, (i) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representation and warranty that is qualified by “material”, “material adverse effect” or a similar term, in all respects), in each case, on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representation and warranty that is qualified by “material”, “material adverse effect” or a similar term, in all respects) as of such earlier date and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date or would result from the consummation of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.                                       Use of Proceeds .  (a) The proceeds of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans shall be applied in exchange for or to prepay in full the aggregate principal amount of Existing Term Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date in accordance with the terms hereof and to pay related fees and expenses and (b) the proceeds of the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Loans (if any) made on or after Amendment No. 4 Effective Date shall be applied to (i) prepay in full the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Revolving Loans (if any) outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) repay in full the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Second Lien Term Loans under the Second Lien Credit Agreement and (iii) for other general corporate purposes not prohibited by the terms of the Credit Documents.

 

10


 

7.                                       Reaffirmation of the Credit Parties; Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower, on behalf of itself and each other Credit Party, hereby confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, each Credit Document to which any Credit Party is a party is, and the obligations of such Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or in any other Credit Document to which it is a party are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, in each case as amended by this Amendment.  For greater certainty and without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower, on behalf of itself and each other Credit Party, hereby confirms that the existing security interests and/or guarantees granted by any Credit Party in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Credit Documents in the Collateral described therein shall continue to secure the obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as and to the extent provided in the Credit Documents.  Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall remain in full force.

 

(b)                                  Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Amendment, the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

 

(c)                                   On and after the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Credit Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

8.                                       Notice .  For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each New Lender shall be as separately identified to the Term Administrative Agent and Revolver Administrative Agent, as applicable.

 

9.                                       Tax Forms .  For each New Lender, delivered herewith to the Term Administrative Agent or Revolver Administrative Agent, as applicable, are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such New Lender may be required to deliver to the Term Administrative Agent or Revolver Administrative Agent, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.4(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.                                Recordation of the New Loans .  Upon, and subject to, the occurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Term Administrative Agent will record the Tranche B-2 Term Loans made by each Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender in the Register and the Revolver Administrative Agent will record the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Commitments.

 

11.                                Amendment, Modification and Waiver .  This Amendment may not be amended, modified or waived except as permitted by Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

12.                                Integration .  This Amendment, the other Credit Documents and the agreements regarding certain fees referred to herein represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set

 

11



 

forth or referred to herein, in the Credit Agreement or in the other Credit Documents. Nothing in this Amendment or in the other Credit Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and thereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Amendment or the other Credit Documents.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of any amount owing under the Credit Agreement and all amounts owing in respect of principal, interest, fees and other amounts pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall, to the extent not paid on or prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, continue to be owing under the Credit Agreement or such other Credit Documents until paid in accordance therewith.

 

13.                                APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS .  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Amendment to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, in each case sitting in New York City in the Borough of Manhattan, and appellate courts from any thereof; (b) consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other courts; (c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding shall be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 13.2 of the Credit Agreement or at such other address of which the applicable Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement; (d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agents, any Lender or another Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Borrower or any other Credit Party in any other jurisdiction; and (e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; provided that nothing in this clause (e) shall limit the Credit Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in Section 13.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

14.                                Severability .  Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

15.                                Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Amendment on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute an original and one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or by email as a “.pdf” or “.tiff” attachment shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

16.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW)

 

12



 

TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

17.                                Credit Document .  On and after the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, this Amendment shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

18.                                Effective Date .             This Amendment shall become effective on the first date (the “ Effective Date ”) when the Term Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each of the Borrower, the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lenders, the Replacement Revolving Lenders, the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Fronting Bank, a counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Shanahan

 

Name:

James Shanahan

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as Term Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yvonne Brazier

 

 

Name:

Yvonne Brazier

 

 

Title:

Manager, Agency

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Revolver Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Liliana Claar

 

 

Name:

Liliana Claar

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Figueroa

 

 

Name:

Alex Figueroa

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joan Murphy

 

 

Name:

Joan Murphy

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chris Busconi

 

 

Name:

Chris Busconi

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

SUNTRUST BANK , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard W. Jantzen, III

 

 

Name:

Richard W. Jantzen, III

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 


 

 

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Crain

 

 

Name:

Andrew Crain

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lydia Altman

 

 

Name:

Lydia Altman

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ryan Durkin

 

 

Name:

Ryan Durkin

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

MUFG BANK, LTD. (f/k/a The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd.), as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Oscar Cortez

 

 

Name:

Oscar Cortez

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

REGIONS BANK , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Wesemeier

 

 

Name:

Peter Wesemeier

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

Citizens Bank, N.A. , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Possanza

 

 

Name:

Matthew Possanza

 

 

Title:

Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

BANK UNITED, N.A. , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald M. McPartland

 

 

Name:

Gerald M. McPartland

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

BANK OF HOPE , as a Replacement Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Keri Svancara

 

 

Name:

Keri Svancara

 

 

Title:

SVP & CB Head of Lending & Credit

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA , N.A., as Letter of Credit Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Busconi

 

 

Name:

Christopher Busconi

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as Fronting Bank and Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Figueroa

 

 

Name:

Alex Figueroa

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to First Lien Credit Agreement ]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Form of Tranche B-2 Participation Notice

 

Royal Bank of Canada, as Term Administrative Agent
200 Bay Street, South Tower, 12
th  Floor
Toronto, Ontario M5J 2W7

Attention:

Manager, Agency Services

Telephone:

(416) 842-5196

Fax:

(416) 842-4023

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

Tranche B-2 Participation Notice

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to Amendment No. 4 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017 (as may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among, inter alia, FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders party thereto from time to time and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as term administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Term Administrative Agent ”).  Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Amendment.

 

By delivery of this letter agreement (this “ Tranche B-2 Participation Notice ”), each of the undersigned (each a “ Repricing Participating Lender ”), hereby irrevocably consents to the Amendment and the amendment of the Credit Agreement contemplated thereby and (check as applicable):

 

NAME OF REPRICING PARTICIPATING LENDER :

 

 

AMOUNT OF EXISTING TERM LOANS OF SUCH REPRICING PARTICIPATING LENDER :

 

$

 

o                                     Cashless Settlement Option .  Hereby (i) elects, upon the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, to exchange the full amount (or such lesser amount allocated to such Converting Lender by the Lead Arrangers) of the outstanding Existing Term Loans of such Repricing Participating Lender for an equal outstanding amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement and (ii) represents and warrants to the Term Administrative Agent that it has the organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and the Amendment (including, without limitation, with respect to any exchange contemplated hereby) and has taken all necessary corporate and other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and the Amendment.

 

o                                     Cash Settlement Option .  Hereby (i) elects to have the full amount (or such lesser amount allocated to such Converting Lender by the Lead Arrangers) of the outstanding Existing Term Loans of such Repricing Participating Lender repaid or purchased and agrees to promptly (but in any event, on or prior to the date that is 30 days following the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date) purchase (via assignment and assumption) an equal

 



 

amount of Tranche B-2 Term Loans and (ii) represents and warrants to the Term Administrative Agent that it has the organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and the Amendment (including, without limitation, with respect to any exchange contemplated hereby) and has taken all necessary corporate and other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Tranche B-2 Participation Notice and the Amendment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

                              

,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

Schedule 1.1(a)

 

COMMITMENTS OF LENDERS

 

TRANCHE B-2 TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

 

Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

$

803,000,000

 

TOTAL

 

$

803,000,000

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

 

Replacement Revolving
Commitment

 

Replacement Letter of
Credit Commitment

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

$

95,000,000

 

 

 

Bank of Montreal

 

$

85,000,000

 

 

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

75,000,000

 

$

30,000,000

 

SunTrust Bank

 

$

75,000,000

 

 

 

Capital One, National Association

 

$

50,000,000

 

 

 

Fifth Third Bank

 

$

50,000,000

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

 

$

50,000,000

 

 

 

MUFG Bank, Ltd.

 

$

50,000,000

 

 

 

Regions Bank

 

$

50,000,000

 

 

 

Citizens Bank, N.A.

 

$

25,000,000

 

 

 

Bank United, N.A.

 

$

25,000,000

 

 

 

Bank of Hope

 

$

20,000,000

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

650,000,000

 

$

30,000,000

 

 



 

Annex I

 

Amended Credit Agreement

 


 

Execution Version

Execution Version

 

FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of July 3, 2017

 

among

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC,
as the Borrower,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as the Term Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and a
Lender,

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Revolver Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and a Letter of Credit Issuer

 

and

 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,

 

and

 

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.,

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

FIFTH THIRD BANK,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as a Revolving Credit Facility Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

 

and

 

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.,

REGIONS BANK,
as Co-Documentation Agents

 

and

 

BANKUNITED, N.A.,

CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Co-Syndication Agents

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

Section 1.

Definitions

2

 

 

 

1.1.

Defined Terms

2

1.2.

Other Interpretive Provisions

75 76

1.3.

Accounting Terms

75 77

1.4.

Rounding

75 77

1.5.

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

76 77

1.6.

Exchange Rates

76 78

1.7.

Rates

76 78

1.8.

Times of Day

76 78

1.9.

Timing of Payment or Performance

76 78

1.10.

Certifications

76 78

1.11.

Compliance with Certain Sections

76 78

1.12.

Pro Forma and Other Calculations

77 78

 

 

 

Section 2.

Amount and Terms of Credit

79 81

 

 

 

2.1.

Commitments

79 81

2.2.

Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings

81 83

2.3.

Notice of Borrowing

81 84

2.4.

Disbursement of Funds

82 85

2.5.

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

83 85

2.6.

Conversions and Continuations

84 87

2.7.

Pro Rata Borrowings

85 88

2.8.

Interest

86 88

2.9.

Interest Periods

86 89

2.10.

Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

87 89

2.11.

Compensation

89 91

2.12.

Change of Lending Office

89 92

2.13.

Notice of Certain Costs

90 92

2.14.

Incremental Facilities

90 92

2.15.

Permitted Debt Exchanges

95 97

2.16.

Defaulting Lenders

96 99

 

 

 

Section 3.

Letters of Credit

98 101

 

 

 

3.1.

Letters of Credit

98 101

3.2.

Letter of Credit Requests

100 103

3.3.

Letter of Credit Participations

101 104

3.4.

Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings

103 105

3.5.

Increased Costs

105 107

3.6.

New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer

105 108

3.7.

Role of Letter of Credit Issuer

106 109

3.8.

Cash Collateral

107 110

3.9.

Applicability of ISP and UCP

108 111

3.10.

Conflict with Issuer Documents

108 111

3.11.

Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries

108 111

3.12.

Provisions Related to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments

108 111

 

i



 

Section 4.

Fees

109 111

 

 

 

4.1.

Fees

109 111

4.2.

Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments

110 112

4.3.

Mandatory Termination of Commitments

110 113

 

 

 

Section 5.

Payments

111 113

 

 

 

5.1.

Voluntary Prepayments

111 113

5.2.

Mandatory Prepayments

112 114

5.3.

Method and Place of Payment

114 117

5.4.

Net Payments

115 118

5.5.

Computations of Interest and Fees

119 122

5.6.

Limit on Rate of Interest

119 122

 

 

 

Section 6.

Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing

120 122

 

 

 

6.1.

Credit Documents

120 123

6.2.

Collateral

120 123

6.3.

Legal Opinions

120 123

6.4.

Equity Investments

121 123

6.5.

Closing Certificates

121 123

6.6.

Authorization of Proceedings of the Borrower and the Guarantors; Corporate Documents

121 124

6.7.

Fees

121 124

6.8.

Representations and Warranties

121 124

6.9.

Solvency Certificate

121 124

6.10.

Acquisition

121 124

6.11.

Patriot Act

122 124

6.12.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet

122 124

6.13.

Financial Statements

122 125

6.14.

No Material Adverse Effect

122 125

6.15.

Refinancing

122 125

 

 

 

Section 7.

Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

122 125

 

 

 

7.1.

No Default; Representations and Warranties

122 125

7.2.

Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request

123 125

 

 

 

Section 8.

Representations and Warranties

123 126

 

 

 

8.1.

Corporate Status

123 126

8.2.

Corporate Power and Authority

123 126

8.3.

No Violation

124 126

8.4.

Litigation

124 127

8.5.

Margin Regulations

124 127

8.6.

Governmental Approvals

124 127

8.7.

Investment Company Act

124 127

8.8.

True and Complete Disclosure

124 127

8.9.

Financial Condition; Financial Statements

125 128

8.10.

Compliance with Laws; No Default

125 128

8.11.

Tax Matters

125 128

8.12.

Compliance with ERISA

126 128

8.13.

Subsidiaries

126 128

8.14.

Intellectual Property

126 128

 

ii



 

8.15.

Environmental Laws

126 129

8.16.

Properties

126 129

8.17.

Solvency

126 129

8.18.

Patriot Act

126 129

8.19.

OFAC

127 129

8.20.

Anti-Corruption Laws

127 129

 

 

 

Section 9.

Affirmative Covenants

127 130

 

 

 

9.1.

Information Covenants

127 130

9.2.

Books, Records, and Inspections

130 133

9.3.

Maintenance of Insurance

130 133

9.4.

Payment of Taxes

131 134

9.5.

Preservation of Existence; Consolidated Corporate Franchises

131 134

9.6.

Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc.

131 134

9.7.

ERISA

132 134

9.8.

Maintenance of Properties

132 134

9.9.

Transactions with Affiliates

132 135

9.10.

End of Fiscal Years

133 136

9.11.

Additional Credit Parties

133 136

9.12.

Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness

134 136

9.13.

Use of Proceeds

134 137

9.14.

Further Assurances

134 137

9.15.

Maintenance of Ratings

136 139

9.16.

Lines of Business

136 139

 

 

 

Section 10.

Negative Covenants

136 139

 

 

 

10.1.

Limitation on Indebtedness

136 139

10.2.

Limitation on Liens

142 145

10.3.

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

143 146

10.4.

Limitation on Sale of Assets

144 147

10.5.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

146 149

10.6.

Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions

154 157

10.7.

Financial Covenant

156 159

10.8.

Sanctions

156 159

10.9.

Anti-Corruption Laws

156 159

 

 

 

Section 11.

Events of Default

156 159

 

 

 

11.1.

Payments

156 159

11.2.

Representations, Etc.

156 159

11.3.

Covenants

157 159

11.4.

Default Under Other Agreements

157 160

11.5.

Bankruptcy, Etc.

158 160

11.6.

ERISA

158 161

11.7.

Guarantee

158 161

11.8.

Pledge Agreement

158 161

11.9.

Security Agreement

158 161

11.10.

Judgments

159 161

11.11.

Change of Control

159 161

11.12.

Remedies Upon Event of Default

159 161

11.13.

Application of Proceeds

159 162

11.14.

Equity Cure

160 163

 

iii



 

Section 12.

The Agents

161 163

 

 

 

12.1.

Appointment

161 163

12.2.

Delegation of Duties

161 164

12.3.

Exculpatory Provisions

162 164

12.4.

Reliance by Agents

162 165

12.5.

Notice of Default

163 165

12.6.

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agents, Collateral Agent, and Other Lenders

163 166

12.7.

Indemnification

164 166

12.8.

Agents in Their Individual Capacities

164 167

12.9.

Successor Agents

165 167

12.10.

Withholding Tax

166 169

12.11.

Agents Under Security Documents and Guarantee

166 169

12.12.

Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee

167 170

12.13.

Intercreditor Agreement Governs

168 171

12.14.

Certain ERISA Matters

171

 

 

 

Section 13.

Miscellaneous

168 172

 

 

 

13.1.

Amendments, Waivers, and Releases

168 172

13.2.

Notices

173 177

13.3.

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

173 178

13.4.

Survival of Representations and Warranties

173 178

13.5.

Payment of Expenses; Indemnification

174 178

13.6.

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

175 179

13.7.

Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances

182 186

13.8.

Adjustments; Set-off

183 187

13.9.

Counterparts

183 187

13.10.

Severability

183 187

13.11.

Integration

183 188

13.12.

GOVERNING LAW

184 188

13.13.

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

184 188

13.14.

Acknowledgments

184 188

13.15.

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

185 189

13.16.

Confidentiality

185 189

13.17.

Direct Website Communications

186 191

13.18.

USA PATRIOT Act

188 192

13.19.

Judgment Currency

188 192

13.20.

Payments Set Aside

188 193

13.21.

No Fiduciary Duty

189 193

13.22.

Nature of Borrower Obligations

189 193

13.23.

Acknowledgemment Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

190 194

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1(a)

 

Commitments of Lenders

Schedule 1.1(b)

 

Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 8.13(a)

 

Subsidiaries

Schedule 8.13(b)

 

Regulated Subsidiaries

Schedule 9.14

 

Post-Closing Actions

Schedule 10.1

 

Closing Date Indebtedness

 

iv



 

Schedule 10.2

 

Closing Date Liens

Schedule 10.5

 

Closing Date Investments

Schedule 13.2

 

Notice Addresses

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit B

 

Form of Guarantee

Exhibit C

 

Form of Pledge Agreement

Exhibit D

 

Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit E

 

Form of Credit Party Closing Certificate

Exhibit F

 

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit G

 

Form of Promissory Note

Exhibit H

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit I-1

 

Form of Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit I-2

 

Form of First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit I-3

 

Form of Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit J-1

 

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

 

 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit J-2

 

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

 

 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit J-3

 

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

 

 

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit J-4

 

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

 

 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Exhibit K

 

Form of Notice of Borrowing or Continuation or Conversion

Exhibit L

 

Form of Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit M-1

 

Form of Hedge Bank Designation

Exhibit M-2

 

Form of Cash Management Bank Designation

 

v


 

FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 3, 2017, among FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each, a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Revolver Administrative Agent (the “ Revolver Administrative Agent ”) and the Swingline Lender and a Letter of Credit Issuer and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as the Term Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Term Administrative Agent ”), the Collateral Agent and a Letter of Credit Issuer (such terms and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section  1 ).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2017 (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower, the Investor and the equityholders’ representative named therein, the Investor and the other Initial Investors will directly or indirectly acquire certain newly issued and existing units of the Borrower as described in the Acquisition Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, to fund, in part, the Acquisition, it is intended that the Investor and the other Initial Investors will make an equity contribution to the Borrower and/or a direct or indirect parent thereof in exchange for Capital Stock (such contribution, the “ Equity Investments ”), which when combined with the fair market value of equity of management, certain partner firms and certain shareholders that is not being redeemed or repurchased in connection with the Transactions, shall be no less than 40% of the pro forma total capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions (the “ Minimum Equity Amount ”);

 

WHEREAS, to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, it is intended that the Borrower will incur Second Lien Term Loans under a second lien term loan facility established pursuant to the Second Lien Credit Agreement in an original principal amount of $207,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Borrower has requested that (i) the Lenders extend credit in the form of Initial Term Loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount of $795,000,000, (ii) the Lenders extend credit in the form of Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Borrower at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in Dollars and Alternative Currencies, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the Dollar Equivalent of $250,000,000 less the sum of (1) aggregate Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time and (2) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time, (iii) the Letter of Credit Issuers issue Letters of Credit at any time and from time to time prior to the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in Dollars and Alternative Currencies, in an aggregate Stated Amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the Dollar Equivalent of $30,000,000 and (iv) the Swingline Lender extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $25,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans will be used, together with (i) any net proceeds of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) the net proceeds of the Second Lien Term Loans, (iii) the net proceeds of the Equity Investments on the Closing Date and (iv) cash on hand, to effect the Acquisition, to consummate the Closing Date Refinancing and to pay Transaction Expenses; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swingline Lender are willing to make available to the Borrower such term loans and Revolving Credit Loans, letter of credit facilities and Swingline Loans upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

 



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Definitions

 

1.1.                             Defined Terms .  As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):

 

ABR ” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (ii) (A) except in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the rate of interest in effect for such day as determined from time to time by the Term Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” at its principal office in New York City and (B) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Revolver Administrative Agent as its “prime rate,” and (iii) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (which rate shall be calculated based on an Interest Period of one month as of such date) plus 1%; provided that the ABR shall not, in any event, be less than 0.00% per annum .  Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate determined by the applicable Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day of such change.  The Revolver Administrative Agent’s “prime rate” is a rate set by the Revolver Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Revolver Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.

 

ABR Loan ” shall mean each Loan bearing interest based on the ABR and “ ABR Term Loan ” and “ ABR Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have corresponding meanings.  All ABR Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

Acquired EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “ Pro Forma Entity ”) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein were references to such Pro Forma Entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity.

 

Acquired Entity or Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated, or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating, or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” shall mean the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Acquisition Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Additional Earnings ” shall mean the “base earnings”, “base threshold”, “preferred earnings”, or similar economic preferential right, as applicable, each as described in the relevant acquisition agreement, management agreement, or other related agreements executed in connection with any acquisition by or of a “partner firm”.

 

2



 

Adjusted LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to the product of (i) the LIBOR Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (ii) Statutory Reserves; provided that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall not, in any event, be less than 0.00% per annum.

 

Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Revolving Credit Commitment less the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Term Loan Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall mean the Term Administrative Agent and/or the Revolver Administrative Agent, as the context requires, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 12.9 .

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” shall mean, with respect to any currency, the applicable Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 13.2 with respect to such currency or such other address or account as the applicable Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(ii)(D) .

 

Advisor Group ” means each Person that manages the operations of a Subsidiary pursuant to a management agreement in the ordinary course of business.

 

Advisor Group Documents ” means, collectively, each management agreement, non-competition agreement and agreement documenting earn out payments entered into by the Borrower, the relevant Subsidiary and, if applicable, any member of the Advisor Group party thereto.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliated Institutional Lender ” shall mean (i) any Affiliate of the Sponsor (other than any portfolio company of the Sponsor) that is either a bona fide debt fund or such Affiliate extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course of business and (ii) KKR Corporate Lending LLC and KKR Capital Markets LLC, and, in each case, any other Affiliate of an Initial Investor that is a bona fide debt fund, in any case, to the extent the Sponsor or such Initial Investor, as applicable, does not directly or indirectly possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

 

Affiliated Lender ” shall mean a Lender that is the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Borrower, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, or any Affiliated Institutional Lender).

 

Agent Parties ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(c) .

 

Agents ” shall mean each Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.

 

Aggregate Multicurrency Exposure ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(a)(iv) .

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement.

 

Agreement Currency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.19 .

 

3



 

AHYDO ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(i) .

 

Alternative Currency ” shall mean British Pounds Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euro, Australian Dollars and any other currency acceptable to the Revolver Administrative Agent and each applicable Revolving Credit Lender that is freely convertible into Dollars.

 

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2018 among the Borrower, the Term Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the lenders party thereto.

 

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 1.

 

Amendment No. 3 ” means Amendment No. 3 to this Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2018 among the Borrower, the Term Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the lenders party thereto.

 

Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 3.

 

Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 3.

 

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2018, among the Borrower, the Term Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Revolver Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto.

 

Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 4.

 

Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 4, which Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments shall become a part of, and shall increase, the Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” shall mean laws relating to anti-bribery or anti-corruption (governmental or commercial) which apply to the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries, including laws that prohibit the corrupt payment, offer, promise, or authorization of the payment or transfer of anything of value (including gifts or entertainment), directly or indirectly, to any foreign government official, foreign government employee or commercial entity to obtain a business advantage; including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (15 U.S.C. §§78dd-1 et seq.), the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, and all national and international laws enacted to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Officials in International Business Transactions.

 

Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to:

 

(a)                                  until delivery of Section  9.1 Financials for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date (1) for LIBOR Loans that are Initial Term Loans, 3.25%, (2) for ABR Loans that are Initial Term Loans, 2.25%, (3) for LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 3.25% and (4) for ABR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans, 2.25% (each of clauses (3)  and (4) , as applicable, the “ Base Revolving Loan Margin ”);

 

(a)                                  (b) thereafter, (i) in connection with the Initial Term Loans prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, (1) for LIBOR Loans, 3.25 % and (2) for ABR Loans, 2.25% and (ii)  in connection with the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans on and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date , (1) for LIBOR Loans, 2.75% and (2) for ABR Loans, 1.75%; provided that, from

 

4



 

and after the later of (x) July 18, 2018 and (y) the first date on which the Borrower has obtained public corporate family ratings of at least Ba3 (stable) from Moody’s and BB- (stable) from S&P, the foregoing rates shall be reduced to (1) for LIBOR Loans, 2.50 % and (2) for ABR Loans, 1.50%; and

 

(b)                                  (c) thereafter, in connection with Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans (1)  so long as the First Lien Leverage Ratio set forth in the most recently delivered Section 9.1 Financials is greater than 4.50 to 1.00, (A) for LIBOR Loans, 3.25% and (B) for ABR Loans, 2.25%, (2)  so long as the First Lien Leverage Ratio set forth in the most recently delivered Section 9.1 Financials is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 but greater than 4.00 to 1.00, (A) for LIBOR Loans, 3.00%, and (B) for ABR Loans, 2.00% and (3 2.00% and (B) for ABR Loans, 1.00%, (2) so long as the First Lien Leverage Ratio set forth in the most recently delivered Section  9.1 Financials is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but greater than 3.50 to 1.00, (A) for LIBOR Loans, 1.75%, and (B) for ABR Loans, 0.75% , (3) so long as the First Lien Leverage Ratio set forth in the most recently delivered Section  9.1 Financials is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but greater than 3.00 to 1.00, (A) for LIBOR Loans, 1.50%, and (B) for ABR Loans, 0.50% and (4 ) so long as the First Lien Leverage Ratio set forth in the most recently delivered Section 9.1 Financials is less than or equal to 4.00 3.00 to 1.00, (A) for LIBOR Loans, 2.75 1.25 %, and (B) for ABR Loans, 1.75 0.25 %.

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans resulting from a change in the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the most recent delivery of Section  9.1 Financials.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Applicable Margin in respect of any Class of Extended Term Loans shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Extension Amendment, (b) the Applicable Margin in respect of any Class of New Term Loans shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant Joinder Agreement, (c) the Applicable Margin in respect of any Class of Replacement Term Loans shall be the applicable percentages per annum set forth in the relevant agreement and (d) in the case of the Term Loans and any Class of New Term Loans, the Applicable Margin shall be increased as, and to the extent, necessary to comply with the provisions of Section  2.14 .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined that the First Lien Leverage Ratio set forth in any Compliance Certificate delivered to the applicable Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Margin that is less than that which would have been applicable had the First Lien Leverage Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Applicable Margin for any day occurring within the period covered by such Compliance Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined First Lien Leverage Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrower for the relevant period as a result of the miscalculation of the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable, at the time the interest or fees for such period were required to be paid; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as an Event of Default described in Section  11.5 is not continuing with respect to the Borrower, such shortfall shall be due and payable within five Business Days following the written demand thereof by the applicable Administrative Agent and no Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of such non-payment until the expiration of such five Business Day period.  In addition, at any time during which the Borrower shall have failed to deliver any of the Section  9.1 Financials by the applicable date required under Section  9.1 , then at the option of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders, the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be above 4.25 to 1.00 for the purposes of determining the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans (in the case of both clause

 

5



 

(a)  and (c), only for so long as such failure continues, after which such ratio and shall be determined based on the then existing First Lien Leverage Ratio).

 

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Asset Sale ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      the sale, conveyance, transfer, or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale Leaseback) (each a “ disposition ”) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

(ii)                                   the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section  10.1) , whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

 

(a)                                  any disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, worn out, damaged or surplus property or property (including leasehold property interests) that is no longer economically practical in its business or commercially desirable to maintain or no longer used or useful equipment (or other assets) in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or immaterial assets or goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower in a manner permitted pursuant to Section  10.3 ;

 

(c)                                   the making of any Restricted Payment or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of Restricted Payments that in each case is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section  10.5 , or any Permitted Investment (other than pursuant to clause (i)  of the definition thereof);

 

(d)                                  any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such disposition;

 

(e)                                   any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of securities by (1) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or (2) by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

(f)                                    to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)                                   any issuance, disposition or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(h)                                  foreclosures, condemnation, casualty, eminent domain or any similar action on assets (including dispositions in connection therewith);

 

(i)                                      dispositions of accounts receivable, or participations therein, and related assets in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

6



 

(j)                                     any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale Leasebacks and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

 

(k)                                  (1) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims, (2) the termination or collapse of cost sharing agreements with the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the settlement of any crossing payments in connection therewith, or (3) the settlement, discount, write-off, forgiveness, or cancellation of any Indebtedness owing by any present or former consultants, directors, officers, or employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) or any Subsidiary or any of their successors or assigns;

 

(l)                                      the disposition or discount of accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

(m)                              the licensing, cross-licensing or sub-licensing of Intellectual Property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or obligations in respect of Cash Management Services;

 

(o)                                  sales, transfers, and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(p)                                  the lapse or abandonment of Intellectual Property rights, which in the reasonable business judgment of the Borrower are not material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(q)                                  the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties as required by applicable law;

 

(r)                                     dispositions of property to the extent that (1) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (2) the proceeds of such Asset Sale are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);

 

(s)                                    leases, assignments, subleases, licenses, or sublicenses of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)                                     dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder;

 

(u)                                  the incurrence of Liens that are permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section  10.2 ; and

 

(v)                                  the creation of any Permitted Lien.

 

Asset Sale Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Asset Sale subject to the Reinvestment Period allowed in Section  10.4 ; provided , further , that with respect to any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall not be obligated to make any prepayment otherwise required by Section  5.2 unless and until the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds from all such Asset Sale Prepayment Events, after giving effect to the reinvestment rights set forth herein, exceeds $25,000,000 (the “ Prepayment

 

7



 

Trigger ”) in any fiscal year of the Borrower, but then from all such Net Cash Proceeds (excluding amounts below the Prepayment Trigger).

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean (i) an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit F , or such other form (including an electronic documentation form generated by use of an electronic platform) as may be approved by the applicable Administrative Agent and (ii) in the case of any assignment of Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange conducted in accordance with Section  2.15 , such form of assignment (if any) as may be agreed by the applicable Administrative Agent and the Borrower in accordance with Section  2.15(a) .

 

Auction Agent ” shall mean (i) the Term Administrative Agent or (ii) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (whether or not an Affiliate of the Term Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange pursuant to Section 2.15 or Dutch auction pursuant to Section  13.6(h) ; provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Term Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Term Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Term Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided , further , that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries may act as the Auction Agent.

 

Authorized Officer ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Vice President—Finance, a Senior Vice President, a Director, a Manager, the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary or any other senior officer or agent with express authority to act on behalf of such Person designated as such by the board of directors or other managing authority of such Person.

 

Auto Extension Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.2(d) .

 

Available Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.5 .

 

Available Commitment ” shall mean an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment over (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of (a) all Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding and (b) the aggregate Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time.

 

Bail-In Action ” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

Bail-In Legislation ” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  11.5 .

 

Base Revolving Loan Margin ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Applicable Margin.

 

BBSY Screen Rate ” shall mean, for any Loan in Australian Dollars, with respect to any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the Bank Bill Swap Reference Bid Rate (“ BBSY ”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Revolver Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Revolver Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 10:30 a.m. (Melbourne, Australia time) on the Quotation Day with a term equivalent to such Interest

 

8



 

Period; provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Revolver Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further , that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Revolver Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Revolver Administrative Agent.

 

Benefited Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.8(a) .

 

Benefit Plan ” shall mean any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

Book of Business ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s client lists and customer contact information, including, without limitation, all personal goodwill associated therewith.

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.17(c) .

 

Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing ” shall mean Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted, or continued on the same date and, in the case of LIBOR Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday, and any other day on which the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office or banking institutions in New York City are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close, and, if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements, and payments in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market and when used in connection with a LIBOR Loan for a LIBOR Quoted Currency, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for general business in London; and in addition, with respect to any date for the payment or purchase of, or the fixing of an interest rate in relation to, any LIBOR Quoted Currency any Non-Quoted Currency, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for general business in the principal financial center of the country of that currency and, if the Borrowings or Letters of Credit which are the subject of a borrowing, drawing, payment, reimbursement or rate selection are denominated in Euro, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the TARGET2 payment system is not open for the settlement of payments in Euro).

 

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be additions to property or equipment or intangibles on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including capitalized software expenditures, website development costs and website content development costs).

 

Capital Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person, subject to Section  1.12 .

 

9



 

Capital Stock ” shall mean (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights, or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that “cash-settled phantom appreciation programs” in connection with employee benefits that do not require a dividend or distribution shall not constitute Capital Stock).

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capital Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to Section  1.12 .

 

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the immediately succeeding paragraph and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

Cash Collateralize ” shall mean to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Revolver Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Letter of Credit Issuers or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in the currencies in which the Letters of Credit Outstanding are denominated or, if the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuers shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support.

 

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      Dollars,

 

(ii)                                   Canadian dollars or Australian dollars,

 

(iii)                                (a) Euro, Pounds Sterling, Yen, Swiss Francs, or any national currency of any Participating Member State in the European Union or (b) local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(iv)                               securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(v)                                  certificates of deposit, time deposits, and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding two years, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000,

 

(vi)                               repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (iii) , (iv) , and (ix)  entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv)  above,

 

10


 

(vii)                            commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and any commercial paper or variable or fixed rate notes issued by or guaranteed by any Lender,

 

(viii)                         marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof,

 

(ix)                               readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth, or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(x)                                  Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A-2 or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(xi)                               solely with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary:  (a) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within one year after the date of investment therein, (b) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Foreign Bank ”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition, and (c) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank, in each case, customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by such Foreign Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction,

 

(xii)                            Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s,

 

(xiii)                         in the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or investments made in a country outside the United States, Cash Equivalents shall also include investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (i)  through (xii)  above of foreign obligors, which investments have ratings, described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies, and

 

(xiv)                        investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i)  through (xiii)  above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (i)  through (iii)  above; provided that such amounts are

 

11



 

converted into any currency listed in clauses (i)  through (iii)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any items identified as Cash Equivalents under this definition will be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for all purposes under the Credit Documents regardless of the treatment of such items under GAAP.

 

Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Services.

 

Cash Management Bank ” shall mean (i) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement with the Borrower, is an Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or a Lender or (ii) any Person that is designated by the Borrower as a “Cash Management Bank” by written notice to the Term Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Term Administrative Agent.

 

Cash Management Services ” shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities:  (i) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, or electronic funds transfer services; (ii) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items, and interstate depository network services); (iii) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including pursuant to any Cash Management Agreements; and (iv) and other services related, ancillary or complementary to the foregoing.

 

Casualty Event ” shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds or proceeds of a condemnation award in respect of any equipment, fixed assets, or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets, or real property; provided that with respect to any Casualty Event, the Borrower shall not be obligated to make any prepayment otherwise required by Section  5.2 unless and until the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds from all such Casualty Events, after giving effect to the reinvestment rights set forth herein, exceeds $25,000,000 (the “ Casualty Prepayment Trigger ”) in any fiscal year of the Borrower, but then from all such Net Cash Proceeds (excluding amounts below the Casualty Prepayment Trigger).

 

CDOR Screen Rate ” shall mean, for any Loan in Canadian Dollars, with respect to any Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (“ CDOR ”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Revolver Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Revolver Administrative Agent from time to time) (in such case, the “ CDOR Rate ”) at or about 10:00a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the Quotation Day with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Revolver Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Revolver Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Revolver Administrative Agent.

 

CFC ” shall mean a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

12



 

Change in Law ” shall mean (i) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule, or regulation after the Closing Date, (ii) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule, or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (iii) compliance by any Lender with any guideline, request, directive, or order issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), including, for avoidance of doubt, any such adoption, change or compliance in respect of (a) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (b) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements, or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority), or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities pursuant to Basel III in each case, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (i) at any time prior to an IPO of the Borrower, the Permitted Holders shall at any time not own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 35% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower; (ii) any Person, entity, or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower that exceeds 35% thereof, unless, in case of clause (i)  or (ii)  above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract, or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower.  For the purpose of clauses (i)  and (ii) , at any time when a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Borrower is directly or indirectly owned by a Parent Entity or, if applicable, a Parent Entity acts as the manager, managing member or general partner of the Borrower, references in this definition to “the Borrower” shall be deemed to refer to the ultimate Parent Entity that directly or indirectly owns such Voting Stock or acts as (or, if applicable, is a Parent Entity that directly or indirectly owns a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of) such manager, managing member or general partner.  For purposes of this definition, (i) “beneficial ownership” shall be as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act, (ii) the phrase Person or “group” is within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or “group” and its subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and (iii) if any Person or “group” includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, the IPO Entity or the Borrower, as applicable, directly or indirectly owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such Person or “group” shall not be treated as being owned by such Person or “group” for purposes of determining whether clause (ii)  of this definition is triggered.

 

Class ” (i) when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Initial Term Loans, Tranche B-1 Term Loans, Tranche B-2 Term Loans, New Term Loans (of each Series), Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series), Replacement Term Loans (of the same Series), Revolving Credit Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Loans (of the same Extension Series) New Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans and (ii) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is an Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment, a New Term Loan Commitment, a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment (of the same Extension Series) or a New Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean July 3, 2017.

 

Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Closing Date substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Term Administrative Agent and the Borrower) by and among the

 

13



 

Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Administrative Agent and the Second Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated and or modified from time to time subject to the terms thereof .

 

Closing Date Refinancing ” shall mean the repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of the Existing Debt and termination and/or release of any security interests and guarantees in connection therewith.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged or mortgaged or purported to be pledged or mortgaged pursuant to the Security Documents, excluding in all events Excluded Property.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall mean Royal Bank of Canada, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section  12.9 , and any Affiliate or designee of Royal Bank of Canada, may act as the Collateral Agent under any Credit Document.

 

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  4.1(a) .

 

Commitment Fee Rate ” shall mean a rate per annum equal to 0.50%; provided that, commencing on the first date of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Closing Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and for any day thereafter, the Commitment Fee Rate shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth below based upon the First Lien Leverage Ratio:

 

First Lien Leverage Ratio

 

Commitment Fee Rate

 

Greater than 4.00 3.50 to 1.00

 

0.50

%

Less than or equal to 4.00 3.50 to 1.00, but greater than 3.00 to 1.00

 

0.375

%

Less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00

 

0.25

%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Commitment Fee Rate resulting from a change in the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the most recent delivery of Section 9.1 Financials, in accordance with the table above.

 

Commitments ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment, New Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment or New Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Communications ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.17(a) .

 

Company Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties made by the Borrower with respect to the Borrower, its subsidiaries and their respective businesses in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Borrower (or one of its Affiliates) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement (or otherwise decline to consummate the Acquisition without any liability) as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

14



 

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a certificate of a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent delivered pursuant to Section  9.1(d)  for the applicable Test Period.

 

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.16 .

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of the Borrower dated May 9, 2017.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” shall mean with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, capitalized expenditures (including Capitalized Software Expenditures), customer acquisition costs, intangible amortization expenses in connection with any acquisition or other Investment, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and incentive payments, conversion costs, and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

 

(i)                                      increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)                                  provision for taxes based on income, profits, revenue or capital, including, without limitation, U.S. federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added, and similar taxes (including, without limitation, any franchise taxes imposed in lieu of income taxes and Permitted Tax Distributions) and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds), including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, and the net tax expenses associated with any adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” and any payments to any direct or indirect parent in respect of such taxes (including, without limitation, any Permitted Tax Distributions), plus

 

(b)                                  Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (1) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (2) bank and letter of credit fees and (3) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense and any non-cash interest expense, in each case to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c)                                   Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(d)                                  any expenses, fees, charges, or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment, acquisition, Wealth Advisor Recruitment (including any finders’, brokers’ or other recruitment fees payable to any executive recruiting firm or other Person in connection therewith), disposition, restructuring, recapitalization, any payments made to buy out or terminate any management agreement in connection with “partner firms” or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful and

 

15



 

including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date), including (1) such fees, expenses, or charges related to the incurrence of the Loans hereunder and all Transaction Expenses, (2) such fees, expenses, or charges related to the offering of the Credit Documents and any other credit facilities, and (3) any amendment or other modification of the Loans hereunder or other Indebtedness, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(e)                                   the amount of any costs and expenses associated with establishing new wealth management services and related offering and services, expanding the Borrower’s business or acquiring new wealth management services and related offering and services (including (1) the amount of any compensation paid within 24 months following any Wealth Advisor Recruitment to any applicable Wealth Advisor or prospective Wealth Advisor pursuant to such Wealth Advisor’s or prospective Wealth Advisor’s employment agreement with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or in connection with any applicable Wealth Advisor’s recruitment of another Wealth Advisor or prospective Wealth Advisor, in each case to the extent such compensation has not been equaled or exceeded by the amount of compensation paid to such Wealth Advisors during such period and (2) any legal expenses and other expenses and costs associated with hiring (including in connection with Wealth Advisor Recruitments) and ramp up of Wealth Advisors or other employees) deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and Wealth Advisor Recruitments after the Closing Date, and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, plus

 

(f)                                    any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs, write-downs, expenses, losses, or items to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

 

(g)                                   the amount of any net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(h)                                  the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Initial Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, plus

 

(i)                                      costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(j)                                     the amount of reasonably identifiable and factually supported “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and other synergies that are projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions either taken or expected to be taken within 24 months of the determination to take such action, net of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions (which cost savings, operating expense reductions, and synergies shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), plus

 

(k)                                  the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

16



 

(l)                                      any costs or expense incurred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to (i) any management equity plan or stock option or phantom equity plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock or unit subscription, contribution or shareholder or equityholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), or (ii) any recruitment bonus arrangement entered into in connection with any acquisition or Wealth Advisor Recruitment ( provided that any such bonus paid in units of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or parent companies shall be valued at the fair market value of such units for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA), plus

 

(m)                              the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option, phantom equity or profits interest holders of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to equity holders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option, phantom equity or profits interest holders as though they were equity holders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement and expenses relating to distributions made to equity holders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718—Compensation—Stock Compensation (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123 (Revised 2004)), plus

 

(n)                                  with respect to any joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a)  and (c)  above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Borrower’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(o)                                  cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) not included in Consolidated EBITDA in any period solely to the extent that the corresponding non-cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (ii) below for any previous period and not added back, plus

 

(p)                                  to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income, the amount of proceeds received or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), due from business interruption insurance or reimbursement of expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification and other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition or Investment or any disposition of any asset permitted under this Agreement, plus

 

(q)                                  charges, expenses and other items described in the Confidential Information Memorandum or the Sponsor Model, including without limitation all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum to the extent such adjustments continue to be applicable during the period in which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated; provided that any such adjustments that consist of reductions in costs and other operating improvements or synergies shall be calculated in accordance with, and satisfy the requirements specified in, the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment, plus

 

17



 

(r)                                     any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715—Compensation—Retirement Benefits, and any other items of a similar nature, plus

 

(s)                                    interest income on fiduciary funds and shareholder loans;

 

(ii)                                   decreased by (without duplication), non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period other than non-cash gains relating to the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840—Leases (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 13); provided that, to the extent non-cash gains are deducted pursuant to this clause (ii)  for any previous period and not otherwise added back to Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of any cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) in respect of such non-cash gains received in subsequent periods to the extent not already included therein; and

 

(iii)                                increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances, and other balance sheet items, plus or minus , as the case may be,

 

(b)                                  any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations, and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815— Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815) (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133), and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP, plus or minus , as the case may be,

 

(c)                                   any adjustments resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 460—Guarantees.

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(x)                                  to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of ASC 815 and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP;

 

(y)                                  there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (1) (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person or business, or attributable to any property or asset acquired by such Person during such period, including any Book of Business or Additional Earnings (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person or business or any Acquired EBITDA attributable to any assets or property, in each case to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned, or otherwise disposed by such Person during such period (each such Person, business, property, or asset, including any Book of Business or Additional Earnings, acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired

 

18



 

Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (2) the Wealth Advisor EBITDA for such period; and

 

(z)                                   to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business, or asset sold, transferred, abandoned, or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business, or asset so sold, disposed of or classified, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ”) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, or disposition or conversion); provided that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any classification under GAAP of any Person or business in respect of which a definitive agreement for the disposition thereof has been entered into as discontinued operations, the Disposed EBITDA of such Person or business shall not be excluded pursuant to this subsection (z)  until such disposition shall have been consummated.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of (1) cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations), net of cash interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under hedging agreements, plus (2) non-cash interest expense resulting solely from (x) the net amortization of original issue discount and original issuance premium from the issuance of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Indebtedness borrowed under this Agreement in connection with the Transactions), plus (y) pay in kind interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, (a) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest other than referred to in clause (2)  above (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), (b) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of Indebtedness or obligations under Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815—Derivatives and Hedging, (c) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (d) any “additional interest” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement with respect to any securities, (e) any payments with respect to make whole premiums or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, including, without limitation, any Indebtedness issued in connection with the Transactions, (f) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (g) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (h) interest expense attributable to a direct or indirect parent entity resulting from pushdown accounting, (i) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, and (j) any interest expense attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential), with respect thereto and with respect to the Transactions, any acquisition, Wealth Advisor Recruitment or Investment permitted hereunder, all as calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

19


 

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, excluding (and excluding the effect of), without duplication,

 

(i)                                      extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions or any multi-year strategic initiatives, any unusual or non-recurring operating expenses directly attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives and any accruals or reserves in respect of any extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual items), severance, relocation costs, integration and facility opening costs and other restructuring and business optimization expenses (including related to wealth management services and related offering and services and other strategic or cost savings initiatives), restructuring charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to Wealth Advisor Recruitment and acquisitions and adjustments to existing reserves), whether or not classified as restructuring expense on the consolidated financial statements, signing costs, retention or completion bonuses, other executive recruiting and retention costs, transition costs, costs related to closure/consolidation of facilities or other locations (including through any acquisition or Wealth Advisor Recruitment or other hiring of new brokers or advisors or broker teams or advisor teams), new wealth management services and related offering and service introductions, one-time compensation charges and curtailments or modifications to pension and post retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities and charges resulting from changes in estimates, valuations and judgments),

 

(ii)                                   the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

 

(iii)                                any gain (loss) (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business) or discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of),

 

(iv)                               [Reserved],

 

(v)                                  the Net Income for such period of any Person that is (x) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (y) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(iii)(A)  of Section  10.5, that is not the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided that, to the extent Net Income of any Person is excluded pursuant to clause (x)  or (y)  of this clause (v) , Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), and the amount contractually required to be distributed in cash within 180 days after the end of any such period, to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(vi)                               solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(iii)(A)  of Section  10.5 , the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, is otherwise restricted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions (a) has been legally waived, or

 

20



 

otherwise released, (b) is imposed pursuant to this Agreement and other Credit Documents, the Second Lien Credit Agreement, New Term Loans, or Permitted Other Indebtedness, or (c) arises pursuant to an agreement or instrument if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Secured Parties than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Documents (as determined by the Borrower in good faith); provided that Consolidated Net Income of the referent Person will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(vii)                            adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805— Business Combinations and Topic 350—Intangibles Goodwill and Other (ASC 805 and ASC 350) (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions, any acquisition (by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) or Investment or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes,

 

(viii)                         (a) any income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (b) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances, and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to ASC 815 (or any successor provision), and (c) any non-cash expense, income, or loss attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness, or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP,

 

(ix)                               any impairment charge, asset write-off, or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case pursuant to ASC 350 and Financial Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360—Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (ASC 360) (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144) or relating to investments in debt or equity securities and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805,

 

(x)                                  (a) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge related to earn-outs or similar arrangements or arising from employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, profits interest, restricted stock, restricted units or other rights to officers, directors, managers, employees or non-employees, any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management or other employees of the Borrower, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, including any expense resulting from the application of ASC 718, and (b) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts,

 

(xi)                               any fees and expenses (including any transaction fee or retention bonus or similar payment) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Wealth Advisor Recruitment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance, or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but

 

21



 

not completed) and any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction-related expenses in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805—Business Combinations and gains or losses associated with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460—Guarantees),

 

(xii)                            accruals and reserves, contingent liabilities and any gains or losses on the settlement of any preexisting contractual or non-contractual relationships that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on existing earn-outs), or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies,

 

(xiii)                         to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the determination by the Borrower that there exists such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption,

 

(xiv)                        any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowance related to such items,

 

(xv)                           any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation, or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date,

 

(xvi)                        costs and write-offs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and Public Company Costs, and

 

(xvii)                     (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense; provided , that, the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense that exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included.

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount (A) is not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), due from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Wealth Advisor Recruitment or Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) as of such date of determination, calculated on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.  Unless otherwise expressly

 

22



 

provided, all references herein to Consolidated Total Assets shall mean Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean with respect to any Person, at any date, the excess of (i) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (ii) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, but excluding (for purposes of both clauses (i)  and (ii)  above), without duplication, (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (b) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans, Letter of Credit Exposure and Capital Leases to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of interest, (d) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (e) any liabilities that are not Indebtedness and will not be settled in cash or Cash Equivalents during the next succeeding 12-month period after such date, (f) the effects from applying purchase accounting, (g) any accrued professional liability risks, (h) restricted marketable securities, and (i) deferred revenue reflected within current liabilities; provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in working capital (A) arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be measured from the date on which such acquisition or disposition occurred and (B) shall exclude (I) the impact of non-cash adjustments contemplated in the Excess Cash Flow calculation, (II) the impact of adjusting items in the definition of Consolidated Net Income and (III) any changes in current assets or current liabilities as a result of (x) the effect of fluctuations in the amount of accrued or contingent obligations, assets or liabilities under hedging agreements or other derivative obligations, (y) any reclassification, other than as a result of the passage of time, in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (z) the effects of acquisition method accounting.

 

Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends, or other payment obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (iii) to purchase property, securities, or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Contract Consideration ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Excess Cash Flow.

 

Contractual Compensation ” shall mean, with respect to any Wealth Advisor Recruitment, the amount of non-commission based compensation agreed to be paid by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Wealth Advisor(s) who are subject of such Wealth Advisor Recruitment over a period of time not longer than 24 months following such Wealth Advisor Recruitment.

 

Contractual Requirement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  8.3 .

 

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Borrower and/or other Persons.

 

23



 

Converted Restricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

 

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

 

Credit Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, each Joinder Agreement, each Extension Amendment, each Permitted Repricing Amendment, the Guarantees, the Security Documents, and any promissory notes issued by the Borrower pursuant hereto.

 

Credit Event ” shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Facilities ” shall mean, collectively, each category of Commitments and each extension of credit hereunder.

 

Credit Facility ” shall mean a category of Commitments and extensions of credit thereunder.

 

Credit Party ” shall mean each of the Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

Cure Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  11.14 .

 

Cure Right ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  11.14 .

 

Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event ” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section  10.1 other than Section  10.1(w)(i) ).

 

Declined Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  5.2(f) .

 

Default ” shall mean any event, act, or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.8(c) .

 

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of Lender Default.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Net Cash Proceeds.

 

Derivative Counterparty ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.16 .

 

Designated Jurisdiction ” shall mean any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” shall mean the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by either a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Borrower, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.  A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered

 

24



 

to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section  10.4 .

 

Designated Preferred Stock ” shall mean preferred stock of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Borrower or parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii)  of Section  10.5(a) .

 

Disposed EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

disposition ” shall have the meaning assigned such term in clause (i)  of the definition of Asset Sale.

 

Disqualified Lenders ” shall mean such Persons (i) that have been specified in writing to each Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners prior to the commencement of “primary syndication” as being Disqualified Lenders, (ii) who are competitors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are separately identified in writing by the Borrower to each Administrative Agent from time to time, and (iii) in the case of each of clauses (i)  and (ii) , any of their Affiliates (other than any such Affiliate that is affiliated with a financial investor in such Person and that is not itself an operating company or otherwise an Affiliate of an operating company so long as such Affiliate is a bona fide Fund) that are either (a) identified in writing by the Borrower to each Administrative Agent from time to time or (b) clearly identifiable on the basis of such Affiliate’s name.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Credit Party and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that no Administrative Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to determine whether any Lender or potential Lender is a Disqualified Lender and no Administrative Agent shall have liability with respect to any assignment made to a Disqualified Lender.

 

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is puttable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale, condemnation event or similar event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale, condemnation event or similar event, in whole or in part, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date hereunder; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death, or disability; provided , further , that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or any other entity in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the board of directors of the Borrower (or the compensation committee thereof) shall not constitute Disqualified

 

25



 

Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any stockholders’ agreement, management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, at any time, (i) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (ii) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars, as determined by the applicable Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined on the most recent date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Early Warning Threshold ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Regulated Subsidiary subject to regulation by the SEC, those circumstances set forth in Rule 17a 11(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act pursuant to which a broker-dealer is required to give an “early warning” notice of capital related problems to the SEC and (b) with respect to any Regulated Subsidiary not covered by clause (a)  above, any provisions arising under applicable law or regulation similar in nature to those enumerated in clause (a)  above.

 

EEA Financial Institution ” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a)  of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a)  or (b)  of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

 

EEA Member Country ” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority ” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield on such Indebtedness in the reasonable determination of the Term Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower and consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors (the effect of which floors shall be determined in a manner set forth in the proviso below), or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (i) the remaining weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness and (ii) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders or other institutions providing such Indebtedness in connection with the initial primary syndication thereof, but excluding any arrangement, structuring, ticking, or other similar fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with the relevant Lenders and, if applicable, consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting Lenders; provided that with respect to any Indebtedness that includes a “LIBOR floor” or “ABR floor,” (a) to the extent that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (with an Interest Period of three months) or ABR (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is less than such floor, the amount of such difference shall be deemed added to the interest rate margin for such Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating the Effective Yield and (b) to the extent that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (with an Interest Period of three months) or ABR (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as

 

26



 

applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is greater than such floor, then the floor shall be disregarded in calculating the Effective Yield.

 

Environmental Claims ” shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demand letters, claims, notices of noncompliance or potential responsibility or violation, or proceedings pursuant to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, “ Claims ”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial, or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation, or injunctive relief relating to the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, soil, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.

 

Environmental Law ” shall mean any applicable federal, state, foreign, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree, or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, soil, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as flora, fauna, or wetlands, or protection of human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials) and including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, transport, Release, or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials.

 

Equity Interest ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options, or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Investments ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Equity Offering ” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or preferred stock of the Borrower, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than (i) public offerings with respect to the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8, (ii) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iii) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution and (iv) any Cure Amount.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Credit Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

ERISA Event ” shall mean:  (i) the failure of any Plan to comply with any provisions of ERISA and/or the Code (and applicable regulations under either) or with the terms of such Plan; (ii) the existence with respect to any Plan of a non-exempt Prohibited Transaction; (iii) any Reportable Event; (iv) the failure of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or any failure by any Pension Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Pension Plan, whether or not waived; (v) a determination that any Pension Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (vi) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (vii) the termination of, or the

 

27



 

appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA or the incurrence by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan (other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), including but not limited to the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan; (viii) the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice to terminate any Pension Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (ix) the failure by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (x) the incurrence by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal from any Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, or the complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 or 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan; (xi) the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, Insolvent, in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or terminated (within the meaning of Section 4041A of ERISA); or (xii) the failure by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to pay when due (after expiration of any applicable grace period) any installment payment with respect to Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  11 .

 

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

 

(i)                                      the sum, without duplication (in each case, for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis), of:

 

(a)                                  Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(b)                                  an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash receipts to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(c)                                   decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(d)                                  an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(e)                                   cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income,

 

(f)                                    increases in current and non-current deferred revenue to the extent deducted or not included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and

 

28


 

(g)                                   extraordinary gains;

 

over (ii) the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)                                  an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, cash charges to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and Transaction Expenses to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and paid in cash during such period,

 

(b)                                  without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (k)  below in prior periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property accrued or made in cash during such period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid other than with the proceeds of long-term indebtedness) other than intercompany loans and Revolving Credit Loans,

 

(c)                                   the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (1) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (2) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section  2.5 , and (3) the amount of a mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  to the extent required due to an Asset Sale that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (A) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (B) all prepayments of Revolving Loans (and any other revolving loans (unless there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder)) made during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(d)                                  an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(e)                                   increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such increases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(f)                                    payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of any purchase price holdbacks, earn-out obligations, and long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent not already deducted from Consolidated Net Income,

 

(g)                                   without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (k)  below in prior fiscal periods, the aggregate amount of cash consideration (including earn-out payments and/or leveraged hire payments) paid by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions (but excluding Permitted Investments of the type described in clauses (i)  and (ii)  thereof) made during such period constituting Permitted Investments or made pursuant to Section  10.5 to the extent that such Investments were not financed with the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than intercompany loans),

 

(h)                                  the amount of dividends paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such dividends were not financed with

 

29



 

the proceeds received from the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than intercompany loans),

 

(i)                                      the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(j)                                     the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole, or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(k)                                  without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in other periods, (1) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts, commitments, letters of intent or purchase orders (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period and (2) any planned cash expenditures by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash expenditures made after the end of such period and prior to the time such Excess Cash Flow prepayment is due) (the “ Planned Expenditures ”) including, in the case of each of clauses (1)  and (2) , for Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures, Restricted Payments, restructurings or acquisitions of Intellectual Property to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period (except to the extent financed with any of the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness (other than intercompany loans) or (B) the issuance of Equity Interests); provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures, Restricted Payments, restructurings or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such following period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration and Planned Expenditures, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

 

(l)                                      the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash (including payments made in connection with the Transactions) or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(m)                              cash expenditures by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(n)                                  decreases in current and non-current deferred revenue to the extent included or not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and

 

(o)                                  extraordinary losses.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Contribution ” shall mean net cash proceeds, the Fair Market Value of marketable securities, or the Fair Market Value of Qualified Proceeds received by the Borrower from (i) contributions to its common equity capital, and (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan

 

30



 

or agreement of the Borrower) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Borrower, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by either a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Borrower on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii)  of Section 10.5(a) ; provided that (i) any non-cash assets shall qualify only if acquired by a parent of the Borrower in an arm’s-length transaction within the six months prior to such contribution and (ii) no Cure Amount shall constitute an Excluded Contribution.

 

Excluded Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents ” shall mean (i) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Term Administrative Agent and the Borrower (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of pledging such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) solely in the case of any pledge of Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Foreign Subsidiary of a Domestic Subsidiary, any Voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such class, (iii) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirements of Law (including any legally effective requirement to obtain the consent of any Governmental Authority unless such consent has been obtained), (iv) in the case of (A) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents are subject to a Lien permitted by clause (ix)  of the definition of Permitted Lien or (B) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of each such Subsidiary described in clause (A)  or (B)  to the extent (I) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and other than proceeds thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction), (II) any Contractual Requirement prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (II)  shall not apply if (x) such other party is a Credit Party or Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (y) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (III) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument, or indenture governing such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and other than proceeds thereof the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition or restriction), (v) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents would result in materially adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Collateral Agent, (vi) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents that are margin stock, and (vii) any Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Excluded Subsidiary other than as provided in clause (ii)  above.

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) each Subsidiary, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on (x) a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries, if determined on the Closing Date by reference to the Historical Financial Statements or (y) a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries, if determined after the Closing Date by reference to the Section  9.1 Financials most recently delivered to the Administrative Agents) constitute a Material Subsidiary, (ii) each

 

31



 

Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary on any date such Subsidiary would otherwise be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the requirements of Section 9.11 (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary), (iii) each Foreign Subsidiary and each Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (iv) each Subsidiary that is not permitted by any applicable Contractual Requirement or Requirements of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect) or would require governmental consent, approval, license or authorization to provide such Guarantee, (v) each Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the Borrower, the consequence of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations would adversely affect the ability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to satisfy applicable Requirements of Law, (vi) each Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Collateral Agent, providing such a Guarantee would result in material adverse tax consequences, (vii) each other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent and the Borrower, as agreed in writing, the cost or other consequences of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (viii) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ix) each Receivables Subsidiary, (x) each other Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder and financed with assumed secured Indebtedness permitted hereunder, and each Restricted Subsidiary acquired in such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder that guarantees such Indebtedness, in each case to the extent that, and for so long as, the documentation relating to such Indebtedness to which such Subsidiary is a party prohibits such Subsidiary from guaranteeing the Obligations and such prohibition was not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder and (xi) each SPV, Regulated Subsidiary or not-for-profit Subsidiary.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Obligations of such Credit Party of, or the grant by such Credit Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Obligations thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation, or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) or (b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Guarantor as specified in any agreement between the relevant Credit Parties and Hedge Bank applicable to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal or unlawful.

 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agents, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, net profits, or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Credit Document), (ii) any United States federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any Credit Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of a Lender pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender acquires an interest in any

 

32



 

Credit Document (or designates a new lending office) (or if such Lender is an intermediary partnership or other flow-through entity for U.S. tax purposes, the date on which the relevant beneficiary, partner or member of such Lender becomes a beneficiary, partner or member thereof if later) other than in the case of a Lender that is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 13.7 (or that designates a new lending office pursuant to a request by the Borrower), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Credit Parties with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.4 , (iii) any Taxes attributable to a recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.4(e) , or (iv) any withholding Tax imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Debt ” shall mean the Existing Secured Facility.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean Letters of Credit issued prior to, and outstanding on, the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(b).

 

Existing Revolving Credit Class ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Existing Secured Facility ” shall mean that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2013, as amended, by and among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.

 

Existing Term Loan Class ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(i) .

 

Expiring Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.1(e) .

 

Extended Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.5(c) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Extended Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(i) .

 

Extended Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitments of the Lenders to make Extended Term Loans.

 

Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.5(c) .

 

Extending Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(iii) .

 

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(iv) .

 

Extension Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(v) .

 

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(iii) .

 

Extension Request ” shall mean a Term Loan Extension Request or a Revolving Credit Extension Request, as the context may require.

 

33



 

Extension Series ” shall mean all Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees, and amortization schedule.

 

Fair Market Value ” shall mean with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a sale of such asset at such date of determination assuming a sale by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, whose determination shall be conclusive.

 

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version described above), and any intergovernmental agreements (or related legislation or official administrative rules or practices) implementing the foregoing.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (i) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the applicable Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the applicable Administrative Agent.

 

Fees ” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section  4.1 .

 

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Term Administrative Agent and the Borrower) among the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent, and the representatives for purposes thereof for holders of one or more classes of First Lien Obligations (other than the Obligations).

 

First Lien Leverage Ratio ” shall mean as of any date of determination with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) Total First Lien Debt of such Person minus cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

First Lien Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations and the Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that are secured by Liens on the Collateral that rank on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations.

 

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(i)                                      Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

 

34



 

(ii)                                   all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or any Refunding Capital Stock of such Person made during such period, and

 

(iii)                                all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

 

Flood Laws” shall mean, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto,  (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto,  (iv) the  Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and (v) the Biggert —Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012, as now or hereafter in effect of any successor statute thereto, in each case, together with all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing, implementing  or interpreting any of the foregoing, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

Foreign Benefit Arrangement ” shall mean any employee benefit arrangement mandated by non-U.S. law that is maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, (b) that is a Restricted Subsidiary of any Foreign Subsidiary or (c) that has no material assets other than securities or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof) and/or cash relating to an ownership interest in any such securities or Subsidiaries.

 

Fronting Exposure ” shall mean, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Fronting Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  4.1(d) .

 

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural Person) that is engaged or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in making, purchasing, holding, or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

 

Funded Debt ” shall mean all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from the date of its creation or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date (including all amounts of such Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation), and, in the case of the Credit Parties, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time; provided that if the Borrower notifies the Term Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision,

 

35



 

regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.  Furthermore, at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided , further , that any calculation or determination in this Agreement that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Borrower’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation, sovereign, or government, any state, province, territory, or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory, or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange (including any supranational body exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.6(g) .

 

Guarantee ” shall mean (i) the Guarantee made by each Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and (ii) any other guarantee of the Obligations made by a Restricted Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agents.

 

guarantee obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any primary obligor in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (a) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities, or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term guarantee obligations shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations or product warranties in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness).  The amount of any guarantee obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such guarantee obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Guarantors ” shall mean (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is party to the Guarantee on the Closing Date, and (ii) each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Closing Date pursuant to Section  9.11 or otherwise; provided that in no event shall any Excluded Subsidiary be required to be a Guarantor (unless such Subsidiary is no longer an Excluded Subsidiary).

 

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (i) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (ii) any chemicals, materials, or

 

36



 

substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (iii) any other chemical, material, or substance, which is prohibited, limited, or regulated due to its dangerous or deleterious properties or characteristics, by any Environmental Law.

 

Hedge Agreements ” shall mean (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (ii) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Hedge Bank ” shall mean (i) (a) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement with the Borrower, is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent and (b) with respect to any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any Person that is a Lender or an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent on the Closing Date, (ii) Bank of America, N.A. and the Royal Bank of Canada and any of their respective Affiliates or branches and (iii) any other Person that is designated by the Borrower as a “Hedge Bank” by written notice to the Administrative Agents substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agents.

 

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreements (other than with respect to any Credit Party’s obligations that constitute Excluded Swap Obligations solely with respect to such Credit Party).

 

Historical Financial Statements ” shall mean (a) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, members’ deficit and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and (b) the unaudited interim consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, members’ deficit and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter, and for the comparable quarter of the prior fiscal year.

 

IFRS ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the definition of GAAP.

 

Immediate Family Members ” shall mean, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

 

37



 

Impacted Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.10(a) .

 

Impacted Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to a LIBOR Screen Rate or a Local Screen Rate, as applicable, an Interest Period which shall not be available at the applicable time.

 

Increased Amount Date ” shall mean the date of effectiveness of any New Loan Commitments.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), or (d) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a net liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Borrower solely by reason of pushdown accounting under GAAP shall be excluded, (ii) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (i)  of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (i)  of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (2) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, (3) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (4) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset, (5) any balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, accrued in the ordinary course of business, (6) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, within 60 days after becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (7) any obligations attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto, (8) accrued expenses and royalties or (9) asset retirement obligations and obligations in respect of workers’ compensation (including pensions and retiree medical care) that are not overdue by more than 60 days.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (iii)  above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the Fair Market Value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 365 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.5 .

 

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.5 .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, other than Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes.

 

38


 

Initial Investors ” shall mean (i) Stone Point Capital LLC and its Affiliates (including, as applicable, related funds and general partners thereof and limited partners thereof, but solely to the extent any such limited partners are directly or indirectly participating as investors pursuant to a side-by-side investing arrangement); (ii) KKR Freya Aggregator L.P., (iii) Trident FFP LP, (iv)  CP Falcon AIV L.P., (v) Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS II, L.P., (vi) CCP II Falcon AIV — B, L.P. , and (vii) members of management of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, certain “partner firms” and certain shareholders (or their respective direct or indirect parent or management vehicle) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or its direct or indirect parent company or management investment vehicle) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3)  or Section 14(d)(2)  of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the forgoing are members, and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

Initial Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.1(a) .

 

Initial Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(a)  as such Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment.  The aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $795,000,000.

 

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean July 3, 2024 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Insolvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Multiemployer Plan is “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean U.S. intellectual property, including all (i) (a) patents, inventions, processes, developments, technology, and know-how; (b) copyright rights to works of authorship or other copyrightable subject matter; (c) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, corporate names, Internet domain names, logos, trade dress, and other source indicators, and the goodwill of any business symbolized thereby; and (d) trade secrets, confidential, proprietary, or non-public information and (ii) all registrations, issuances, applications, renewals, extensions, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, re-issues, re-examinations, or similar legal protections related to the foregoing.

 

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section  2.9 .

 

Investment ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances, or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests, or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the consolidated balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Borrower in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property; provided that Investments shall not include, in the case of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans (including guarantees), advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business.  In no event shall a guarantee of an operating lease of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary be deemed an Investment.

 

For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and Section  10.5 ,

 

39



 

(i)                                      Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(ii)                                   any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment, or other amount received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment (provided that, with respect to amounts received other than in the form of Cash Equivalents, such amount shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of such consideration).

 

Investment Grade Rating ” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other ratings agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

(ii)                                   debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,

 

(iii)                                investments in any fund that invests at least 90% in investments of the type described in clauses (i)  and (ii)  which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and

 

(iv)                               corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments.

 

Investor ” shall mean the Sponsor and certain other investor entities arranged and designated by the Sponsor.

 

IPO ” shall mean the initial underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) of common Equity Interests in the Borrower or a parent entity of the Borrower.

 

IPO Entity ” shall mean, at any time at and after an IPO, the Borrower or a parent entity of the Borrower, as the case may be, the Equity Interests in which were issued or otherwise sold pursuant to the IPO.

 

IPO Listco ” shall mean a parent entity of the Borrower or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower formed in contemplation of an IPO to become the IPO Entity.

 

IPO Reorganization Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, the transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to consummating an IPO, including (a) formation and ownership of IPO Shell Companies, (b) entry into, and performance of, (i) a reorganization agreement among any of

 

40



 

the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and/or IPO Shell Companies implementing IPO Reorganization Transactions and other reorganization transactions in connection with an IPO and (ii) customary underwriting agreements in connection with an IPO and any future follow-on underwritten public offerings of common Equity Interests in the IPO Entity, including the provision by IPO Entity and the Borrower of customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification to the underwriters thereunder, (c) the merger of one or more IPO Subsidiaries with one or more direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests in the Borrower with the surviving entity in any such merger holding Equity Interests in the Borrower, and the merger of such entities with any IPO Shell Company or IPO Subsidiary, (d) the issuance of Equity Interests of IPO Shell Companies to holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower in connection with any IPO Reorganization Transactions, (e) the entry into an exchange agreement, pursuant to which holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower will be permitted to exchange such interests for certain economic/voting Equity Interests in IPO Listco, and (f) the entry into, and performance of, any Tax Receivable Agreement by any IPO Shell Company or IPO Subsidiary, in each case of clauses (a)  through (f) , so long as after giving Pro Forma Effect to such agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral and the Guarantees of the Obligations, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired.

 

IPO Shell Company ” shall mean each of IPO Listco and IPO Subsidiary.

 

IPO Subsidiary ” shall mean a wholly-owned subsidiary of IPO Listco formed in contemplation of, and to facilitate, IPO Reorganization Transactions and an IPO.

 

ISP ” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Issuer Documents ” shall mean with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Request, and any other document, agreement, and instrument entered into by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of such Letter of Credit Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ” shall mean RBC Capital Markets, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc ., BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Fifth Third Bank and, solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, Bank of America, N.A.

 

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.19 .

 

Junior Debt ” shall mean any Indebtedness (other than any permitted intercompany Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) (i) in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness and (ii) that is secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the First Lien Obligations.

 

Latest Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Term Loan hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any New Term Loan or any Extended Term Loan, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

 

LCT Election ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  1.12(b) .

 

LCT Test Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  1.12(b) .

 

41



 

L/C Borrowing ” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.

 

L/C Facility Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is three Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided that the L/C Facility Maturity Date may be extended beyond such date with the consent of the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

L/C Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings, including all L/C Borrowings.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time.

 

L/C Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.3(a) .

 

L/C Participation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.3(a) .

 

L/C Sublimit ” shall mean up to $30,000,000 in aggregate amount of Letters of Credit that may be issued under the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement, and unless the context requires otherwise, includes the Swingline Lender.

 

Lender Default ” shall mean (i) the refusal or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, which refusal or failure is not cured within one business day after the date of such refusal or failure, unless such Lender notifies the applicable Administrative Agent in writing that such refusal or failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in writing) has not been satisfied, (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the applicable Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one business day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (iii) a Lender has notified, in writing, the Borrower or the applicable Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations under this Agreement, or a Lender has publicly announced that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under other loan agreements, credit agreements or similar facilities generally, (iv) a Lender has failed to , within one business day after written request by the applicable Administrative Agent, confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (iv) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the applicable Administrative Agent) , (v) a Distressed Person has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Distressed Person becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or (vi) a Lender that has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become the subject of a Bail-In Action.

 

Lender-Related Distress Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender or any other Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “ Distressed Person ”), other than via an Undisclosed Administration, a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debt relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver, or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person, or

 

42



 

any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person or is subject to a forced liquidation or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any governmental authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a governmental authority or an instrumentality thereof.

 

Letter of Credit ” shall mean each letter of credit issued pursuant to Section  3.1 providing for the payment of cash upon the honoring of a presentation thereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a letter of credit issued by an Letter of Credit Issuer other than Bank of America, N.A. after the Closing Date shall not be a “ Letter of Credit ” for purposes of the Credit Documents until such time as the Revolver Administrative Agent has been notified of the issuance thereof by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and has confirmed availability under the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and the Letter of Credit Commitment with the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

Letter of Credit Commitment ” shall mean with respect to Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as a Letter of Credit Issuer, 100% of the L/C Sublimit, as may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section  3.1 .

 

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” shall mean the day that is three Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Letter of Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum of (i) the amount of the principal amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section  3.4(a)  at such time and (ii) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of which the Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section  3.4(a) ).

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  4.1(b) .

 

Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean (i) with respect to standby Letters of Credit, Bank of America, N.A., (ii) solely with respect to Existing Letters of Credit, Bank of America, N.A., (iii) any Affiliates or branches of either of the foregoing and (iv) any replacement, additional issuer, or successor pursuant to Section  3.6 .  In the event that there is more than one Letter of Credit Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Credit Documents to the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

 

Letter of Credit Request ” shall mean a notice executed and delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section  3.2 , and substantially in the form of Exhibit L or another form which is acceptable to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion.

 

Letters of Credit Outstanding ” shall mean, at any time the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (ii) the aggregate amount of the principal amount of all Unpaid Drawings.

 

LIBOR Loan ” shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate and “ LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan ” and “ LIBOR Term Loan ” shall have corresponding meanings.

 

43



 

LIBOR Quoted Currency ” shall mean Dollars, Euro, Pounds Sterling and each other currency that is approved by the applicable Persons as a quoted currency in accordance with the definition of Alternative Currency.

 

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan in any LIBOR Quoted Currency, the LIBOR Screen Rate as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for such currency with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

 

(ii)                                   for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan in any Non-Quoted Currency, the applicable Local Screen Rate for such Non-Quoted Currency as of the Specified Time and on the Quotation Day for such currency with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and

 

(iii)                                for any interest calculation with respect to an ABR Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Screen Rate, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time, determined two Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

 

provided that if a LIBOR Screen Rate or a Local Screen Rate, as applicable, shall not be available at the applicable time for the applicable Interest Period, then the LIBOR Rate for such currency and Interest Period shall be such other successor or comparable rate as approved by the applicable Administrative Agent.

 

LIBOR Screen Rate ” shall mean the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for such LIBOR Quoted Currency for a period equal in length to such Interest Period (or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the applicable Administrative Agent) as displayed on the applicable Reuters (or, in the case of the Revolver Administrative Agent, Bloomberg) screen page or, in the event such rate does not appear on such page, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate or, in the event such rate does not appear on any successor or substitute page, on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as shall be selected by the applicable Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion; provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the applicable Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further , that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the applicable Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the applicable Administrative Agent.

 

Lien ” shall mean with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority, or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease or a license, sub-license or cross-license to Intellectual Property be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Limited Condition Transaction ” shall mean (a) any levered hire or acquisition or Investment by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or Person permitted to be acquired by this Agreement, in each case, whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing or (b) any redemption, satisfaction and discharge or

 

44



 

repayment of Indebtedness or preferred stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption satisfaction and discharge or repayment.

 

Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Term Loan or any other loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Local Screen Rates ” shall mean the CDOR Screen Rate, the BBSY Screen Rate and any other screen rate for any Non-Quoted Currency that is approved in accordance with the definition of Alternative Currency.

 

Management Group ” shall mean, collectively, (a) Ruediger Adolf, (b) Rajini Kodialam, (c) James Shanahan and (d) any other Person that is or may become a member of the management group of the Company (or the IPO Entity, if applicable).

 

Mandatory Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.1(d) .

 

Master Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Hedge Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect (i) the ability of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (ii) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agents and the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

 

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary (i) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section  9.1 Financials have been delivered were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (ii) whose revenues during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries that are Excluded Subsidiaries by virtue of any of clauses (ii)  through (xiii)  of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary) have, in the aggregate, (a) total assets at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) revenues during such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then the Borrower shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Term Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as Material Subsidiaries for each fiscal period until this proviso is no longer applicable.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date, the New Term Loan Maturity Date, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, any New Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the maturity date of an Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable.

 

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” shall mean, at any date of determination, an aggregate principal amount of up to (a) an amount such that (i) if such New Loan Commitment is secured on a pari passu basis with the Credit Facilities, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount the Borrower would be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis (including any adjustments required by such definition as a result of a contemplated Permitted Acquisition, but excluding any prior or concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (b)  below) with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period with a First Lien Leverage Ratio of no greater than 5.00 to 1.00, (ii) if such New Loan

 

45



 

Commitment is secured on a junior basis to the Credit Facilities, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount the Borrower would be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis (including any adjustments required by such definition as a result of a contemplated Permitted Acquisition, but excluding any prior or concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (b)  below) with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period with a Total Secured Leverage Ratio of no greater than 6.25 to 1.00 or (iii) if such New Loan Commitment is subordinated in right of payment to the Credit Facilities and the Second Lien Term Loans or unsecured, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount the Borrower would be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis (including any adjustments required by such definition as a result of a contemplated Permitted Acquisition, but excluding any prior or concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (b)  below) with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period with a Total Leverage Ratio of no greater than 6.25 to 1.00 (it being understood that (x) the proceeds from such New Loan Commitment shall not be used for netting Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Leverage or the Total Leverage Ratio, as applicable, pursuant to this clause (a)  and (y) any New Revolving Credit Commitments being established shall be treated as being fully drawn), plus (b) the sum of (I) an amount equal to the greater of (x) 100% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date and (y) $ 155,000,000 (less the amount, if any, incurred under the Second Lien New Term Loan Commitments), 155,000,000, plus (II) the aggregate amount of (A) voluntary prepayments of (i) Term Loans (including purchases of the Term Loans by the Borrower at or below par, in which case the amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans shall be deemed not to exceed the actual purchase price of such Loans at or below par), (ii) Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(x)(i)(a)  in reliance on clause (b)  of this definition and (iii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, and (B) voluntary reductions of Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case, other than from proceeds of the incurrence of long-term Indebtedness, minus (III) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of New Term Loan Commitments incurred pursuant to Section 2.14(a)  in reliance on clause (b)(I)  of this definition prior to such date and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred (including any unused commitments obtained) pursuant to Section 10.1(x)(i)(a)  in reliance on clause (b)(I)  of this definition prior to such date.

 

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.6(c) .

 

Member ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any Acquired Entity or Business) that is a limited liability company, any “Member” (or any equivalent or comparable holder of Equity Interests) as defined in such Person’s operating agreement.

 

Minimum Borrowing Amount ” shall mean with respect to a any Borrowing, $1,000,000.

 

Minimum Collateral Amount ” shall mean, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or Cash Equivalents or deposit account balances provided to reduce or eliminate Fronting Exposure during the existence of a Defaulting Lender, an amount equal to 102% of the Fronting Exposure of the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (ii) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or Cash Equivalents or deposit account balances provided in accordance with the provisions of Section  3.8(a)(i) , (a)(ii) , or (a)(iii) , an amount equal to 102% of the outstanding amount of all L/C Obligations.

 

Minimum Equity Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

MIRE Event ” shall mean, if there are any Mortgaged Properties at such time, any increase, extension or renewal of any of the Commitments or Loans (including pursuant to Section 2.14 or any other incremental credit facilities hereunder, but excluding (i) any continuation or conversion of borrowings, (ii) the making of any Loan or (iii) the issuance, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit).

 

46



 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed, or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the Borrower, together with such terms and provisions as may be required by local laws.

 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each fee owned parcel Real Estate with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section  9.14 .

 

Multicurrency Exposure ” shall mean with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding denominated in any Alternative Currency, (ii) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in any Alternative Currency, and (iii) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time denominated in any Alternative Currency.

 

Multicurrency Sublimit ” shall mean $30,000,000.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the five preceding calendar years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event and any incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness, (i) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable, but only as and when received) received by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness, as the case may be, less (ii) the sum of:

 

(a)                                  the amount, if any, of all taxes (including in connection with any repatriation of funds) paid or estimated to be payable by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness,

 

(b)                                  the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (a)  above) (1) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (2) retained by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,

 

(c)                                   the amount of any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Permitted Other Indebtedness) secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,

 

(d)                                  in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ”) shall, unless the

 

47



 

Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds no later than 180 days following the last day of such Reinvestment Period, (1) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event, or Permitted Sale Leaseback occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180th day, as applicable, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ”), and (2) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) ;

 

(e)                                   in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event, or Permitted Sale Leaseback by a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (e) ) attributable to non-controlling interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof;

 

(f)                                    in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such sale or disposition; provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such escrow (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction solely to the extent that the Borrower and/or any Restricted Subsidiaries receives cash in an amount equal to the amount of such reduction; and

 

(g)                                   all fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing (for the avoidance of doubt, including, (1) in the case of the issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness, any fees, underwriting discounts, premiums, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such issuance and any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction, and (2) attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses, and brokerage, consultant, accountant, and other customary fees),

 

in each case, only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (i)  above.

 

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

New Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(a) .

 

New Project ” shall mean (a) each facility or operating location which is either a new facility, location or office or an expansion, relocation, remodeling or substantial modernization of an existing facility, location or office owned by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (b) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a business unit to the extent such business unit commences operations or each expansion (in one or a series of related transactions) of business into a new market.

 

New Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(a) .

 

New Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(b) .

 

48


 

New Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which any tranche of Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to the Lenders’ New Revolving Credit Commitments matures.

 

New Revolving Loan Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(b) .

 

New Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(c) .

 

New Term Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(a) .

 

New Term Loan Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(c) .

 

New Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.

 

New Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.5(c) .

 

Non-Bank Tax Certificate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  5.4(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.7(b) .

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean and include each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Expiring Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.1(e) .

 

Non-Extension Notice Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.2(d) .

 

Non-Quoted Currency ” shall mean Canadian Dollars and each other currency that is approved by the relevant Persons as a non-quoted currency in accordance with the definition of Alternative Currency.

 

Non-U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” shall mean a Notice of Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit K (or such other form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent, including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the applicable Administrative Agent) and delivered in accordance with Section  2.3(a)  or 2.3(b) .

 

Notice of Conversion or Continuation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.6(a) .

 

Obligations ” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants, and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, Revolving Credit Commitment or Letter of Credit or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement (other than with respect to any Credit Party’s obligations that constitute Excluded Swap Obligations solely with respect to such Credit Party), in each case, entered into with the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Credit Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities, and other amounts payable by any Credit Party under any Credit Document.

 

49



 

OFAC ” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Operating Agreement ” shall mean (a) the Operating Agreement of the Borrower, (b) the bylaws of the Borrower following any conversion to a corporation permitted hereunder or (c) any other equivalent organizational document adopted as a replacement of any of the foregoing, in each case, as amended from time to time.

 

Original Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall mean all Revolving Credit Commitments, Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, other than any New Revolving Credit Commitments (and any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments related thereto).

 

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp, registration, court or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording, filing or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such term shall not include any of the foregoing Taxes (i) that result from an assignment, grant of participation pursuant to Section  13.6 or transfer or assignment to or designation of a new lending office or other office for receiving payments under any Credit Document (“ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), except to the extent that any such action described in this proviso is requested or required by the Borrower or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

 

Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (b) an overnight rate determined by the applicable Administrative Agent, the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

Parent Entity ” shall mean any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company (which may be organized as, among other things, a partnership), including any managing member, of the Borrower.

 

Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.6(c)(i) .

 

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.6(c)(ii) .

 

Participating Member State ” shall mean any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to economic and monetary union.

 

Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.18 .

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Pension Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, in respect of which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA, be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” shall have the meaning provided in clause (iii)  of the definition of Permitted Investment.

 

50



 

Permitted Asset Swap ” shall mean the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section  10.4 .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Holders ” shall mean each of (i) the Initial Investors and their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company of an Initial Investor) and members of management of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (or their respective direct or indirect parent or management investment vehicle) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or its direct or indirect parent company or management investment vehicle) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Initial Investors, their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company of an Initial Investor) and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower or any other direct or indirect Parent Entity, (ii) any direct or indirect Parent Entity formed not in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction (other than the Transactions or IPO Reorganization Transactions) that, assuming such parent was not formed after giving effect thereto, would constitute a Change of Control, (iii) any entity (other than a Parent Entity) through which a Parent Entity described in clause (ii)  directly or indirectly holds Equity Interests of the Borrower and has no other material operations other than those incidental thereto and (iv) the Advisor Group and their affiliates.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      any Investment in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)                                   any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents, or Investment Grade Securities at the time such Investment is made;

 

(iii)                                (a) any transactions or Investments otherwise made in connection with the Transactions and in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement and (b) any Investment by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a “ Permitted Acquisition ”), (1) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated, or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys a Book of Business or all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, transfer or conveyance;

 

(iv)                               any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents, or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section  10.4 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(v)                                  (a) any Investment existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and, in each case, listed on Schedule 10.5 and (b) Investments consisting of any modification, replacement, renewal, refinancing, refunding, reinvestment or extension of any such Investment; provided that the amount of any such Investment is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the

 

51



 

Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment (including in respect of any unused commitment), plus any accrued but unpaid interest (including any portion thereof which is payable in kind in accordance with the terms of such modified, extended, renewed, refinanced, refunded or replaced Investment) and premium payable by the terms of such Investment thereon and fees, costs and expenses associated therewith as of the Closing Date;

 

(vi)                               any Investment (x) acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization, or recapitalization of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other persons or (c) as a result of a foreclosure or other remedial action by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default and (y) received in compromise or resolution of (1) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer or (2) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

 

(vii)                            Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (j)  of Section  10.1 and Cash Management Services;

 

(viii)                         any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (viii)  that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $45,000,000 and (b) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (viii)  is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i)  above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (viii)  for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ix)                               Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (in each case, exclusive of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii)  of Section 10.5(a) ;

 

(x)                                  guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section  10.1 ;

 

(xi)                               any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section  9.9 (except transactions described in clause (b)  of such paragraph) and Section  10.3 ;

 

(xii)                            Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials or equipment or purchases, acquisitions, licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases of intellectual property, other assets or other rights in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)                         additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xiii)  that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $65,000,000 and (b) 40% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such

 

52



 

Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (xiii)  is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i)  above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (xiii)  for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(xiv)                        Investments relating to any Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility or any repurchases in connection therewith;

 

(xv)                           loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees, officers, directors, managers and consultants not in excess of the greater of (a) $15,000,000 and (b) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment;

 

(xvi)                        (a) loans and advances to officers, directors, managers, employees and consultants for business-related travel and entertainment expenses, moving and relocation expenses, and other similar expenses, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof and (b) promissory notes received from stockholders of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the exercise of stock options in respect of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries;

 

(xvii)                     Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services, advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xviii)                  Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(xix)                        non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that after giving effect to any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired;

 

(xx)                           Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client, customer contracts and loans or advances made to, and guarantees with respect to obligations of, clients, customers, distributors, suppliers, licensors and licensees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxi)                        the licensing, sub-licensing and contribution of Intellectual Property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

(xxii)                     advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxiii)                  contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors or other service providers or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Borrower;

 

(xxiv)                 Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

53


 

(xxv)                    intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

 

(xxvi)                 Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower acquired after the Closing Date or of an entity merged into or amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section  10.3 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; and

 

(xxvii)              Investments by any Loan Party consisting of the purchase of call options to purchase RIAs the aggregate amount of which shall not exceed the greater of (a) $40,000,000 and (b) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any time outstanding, provided that to the extent any Loan Party acquires any RIA pursuant to a call option purchased by a Loan Party in accordance with this clause (xxvii) , the initial purchase price of such call option shall no longer be included in the limitation set forth above;

 

(xxviii)           Investments by any Loan Party in a Regulated Subsidiary solely to the extent and in such amounts necessary to avoid a Regulatory Net Capital Deficiency; and

 

(xxix)                 in the case of any Regulated Subsidiaries, Investments entered into or made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with normal practice.

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, a joint venture (which for the avoidance of doubt is not itself a Restricted Subsidiary) of such Person, which joint venture is engaged in a Similar Business and in respect of which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary beneficially owns at least 20.0% of the shares of Equity Interests of such Person.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

 

(i)                                      pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness), or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent or deposits made to secure obligations arising from contractual or warranty refunds, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii)                                   Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’ and construction contractors’ Liens, in each case, for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review or if due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization);

 

(iii)                                Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the

 

54



 

books of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or, for Foreign Subsidiaries, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles that are applicable in their respective jurisdictions of organization) or are not required to be paid pursuant to Section  8.11 , or for property taxes on property of the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim is to such property;

 

(iv)                               Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(v)                                  survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines, and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes, or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not, in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person, taken as a whole;

 

(vi)                               Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be outstanding pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 10.1 and clause (a) , (b) , (d) , (r) , (w) , (x)  or (y)  of Section  10.1 ; provided that, (a) in the case of clause (d)  of Section  10.1 , such Lien may not extend to any property or equipment (or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto) other than the property or equipment being financed or refinanced under such clause (d)  of Section  10.1 , replacements of such property, equipment or assets, additions and accessions, and the income or proceeds thereof, and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender; (b) in the case of clause (r)  of Section  10.1 , such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets owned by the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring such Indebtedness; (c) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to this clause (vi) , the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and (1) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, each Administrative Agent and the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (2) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; (d) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that do not constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to this clause (vi) , the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and shall (x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness that does not constitute First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, each Administrative Agent and the representative of the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of

 

55



 

such Permitted Other Indebtedness shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; without any further consent of the Lenders, the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to negotiate, execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement contemplated by this clause (vi)  and (e) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 10.1 that constitutes First Lien Obligations, the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, with a First Lien Leverage Ratio of no greater than 5.00 to 1.00;

 

(vii)                            Liens existing on the Closing Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of (a) $5,000,000 individually or (b) $20,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (b)  that are not listed on Schedule 10.2) shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 10.2 , and, in each case, any modifications, replacements, renewals, or extensions thereof;

 

(viii)                         Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, with respect to such Person, any replacements of such property or assets and additions and accessions thereto, after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property of such Person, and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits in respect thereof and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition);

 

(ix)                               Liens on property at the time the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger, consolidation, or designation; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, with respect to such property, any replacements of such property or assets and additions and accessions thereto, after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits in respect thereof and in the case of multiple financings of equipment provided by any lender, other equipment financed by such lender, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition);

 

(x)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section  10.1 ; provided that any Liens securing obligations of a Credit Party to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations;

 

56



 

(xi)                               Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted hereunder to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

(xii)                            Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or letters of credit entered into in the ordinary course of business issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(xiii)                         leases, subleases, licenses, or sublicenses, occupancy agreements or assignments (including of Intellectual Property, software and other technology licenses) granted to others in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiv)                        Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xv)                           Liens in favor of the Borrower or any other Guarantor;

 

(xvi)                        Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

 

(xvii)                     Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(xviii)                  Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (vi) , (vii) , (viii) , (ix) , (x) , and (xv)  of this definition of Permitted Liens; provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, the committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (vi) , (vii) , (viii) , (ix) , (x) , and (xv)  at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal, or replacement;

 

(xix)                        deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xx)                           other Liens securing obligations (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) which do not exceed the greater of (a) $80,000,000 and (b) 50% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the incurrence of such Lien; provided that at the Borrower’s election, (i) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that constitute First Lien Obligations, the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and (1) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, each Administrative Agent and the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (2) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien

 

57



 

Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; and (ii) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and shall (x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, each Administrative Agent and the representative of the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; and without any further consent of the Lenders, the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement contemplated by this clause (xx) ;

 

(xxi)                        Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section  11.5 or 11.10 and notices of this pendens and associated rights related to litigation so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(xxii)                     Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation and exportation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxiii)                  Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or other electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

 

(xxiv)                 Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section  10.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(xxv)                    Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(xxvi)                 Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other Persons not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposits or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

58



 

(xxvii)              Liens (a) solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement or (b) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property pursuant to a disposition permitted hereunder;

 

(xxviii)           rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant, or permit held by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant, or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(xxix)                 restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

 

(xxx)                    security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxxi)                 zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements, and contract zoning agreements;

 

(xxxii)              Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment, or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxxiii)           Liens arising under the Security Documents and the Second Lien Security Documents ;

 

(xxxiv)          Liens on goods purchased in the ordinary course of business, the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(xxxv)             any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(xxxvi)          Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents deposited in order to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing such Indebtedness; provided (a) such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (b) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged, and (c) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder;

 

(xxxvii)       with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, other Liens and privileges arising mandatorily by any Requirements of Law;

 

(xxxviii)    to the extent pursuant to any Requirements of Law, Liens on cash or Permitted Investments securing Swap Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxxix)          Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

59



 

(xl)                               Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

 

(xli)                            Liens on vehicles or equipment of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xlii)                         Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(xliii)                      Liens on the assets of any Regulated Subsidiary incurred by such Regulated Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its brokerage business to finance the carrying of securities and other investment positions.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in this definition but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption, (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition, and (C) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien outstanding under any category of Permitted Liens shall be determined after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on, and fees, expenses and other obligations payable with respect to, such Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness ” shall mean subordinated or senior Indebtedness (which Indebtedness may (i) be unsecured, (ii) have the same lien priority as the First Lien Obligations (without regard to control of remedies), or (iii) be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the First Lien Obligations), in each case issued or incurred by the Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory repayment, or redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to, at the time of incurrence, the Latest Maturity Date (other than, in each case, customary offers or obligations to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale, or casualty or condemnation event, AHYDO payments and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) the covenants, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (as the case may be) than those herein (taken as a whole) (except, in any case for covenants applicable only to the periods after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date) (it being understood that, (1) to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agents or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (2) no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agents or any of the Lenders if any covenants are only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing); provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Term Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the Term Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Term Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within two Business Days after receipt of such certificate that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees), (c) of which no Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Guarantor) is an obligor and (d) that, if secured, is not secured by a lien on any assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries other than the Collateral.

 

60



 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents ” shall mean any document or instrument (including any guarantee, security agreement, or mortgage and which may include any or all of the Credit Documents) issued or executed and delivered with respect to any Permitted Other Indebtedness by any Credit Party.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations ” shall mean, if any Permitted Other Indebtedness is issued or incurred, all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants, and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Permitted Other Indebtedness Document, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations of the applicable Credit Parties under the Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents (and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities, and other amounts payable by any such Credit Party under any Permitted Other Indebtedness Document.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of secured Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations (and any representative on their behalf).

 

Permitted Other Provision ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(i) .

 

Permitted Repricing Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.1 .

 

Permitted Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any Sale Leaseback consummated by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; provided that any such Sale Leaseback not between the Borrower and a Restricted Subsidiary is consummated for fair value as determined at the time of consummation in good faith by (i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) in the case of any Sale Leaseback (or series of related Sale Leasebacks) the aggregate proceeds of which exceed the greater of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the incurrence of such Sale Leaseback, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (which such determination may take into account any retained interest or other Investment of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, and any other material economic terms of, such Sale Leaseback).

 

Permitted Tax Distributions ” shall mean (a) with respect to the Borrower, the income tax distributions by it to its Members or on behalf of its Members to relevant Tax authorities pursuant to the Operating Agreement; provided that, such distributions shall not be made more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date such payments are to be paid by the Borrower’s Members and (b) after an IPO Reorganization Transaction pursuant to clause (a)  of the definition thereof, distributions by the Borrower to an IPO Shell Company, the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (i) the tax liability for each relevant jurisdiction in respect of consolidated, combined or affiliated returns filed by or on behalf of the Borrower or such IPO Shell Company, (ii) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of the Borrower or such IPO Shell Company and (iii) payments pursuant to the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreements, if applicable.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

 

Plan ” shall mean, other than any Multiemployer Plan, any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including any employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of

 

61



 

ERISA), any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), and any plan which is both an employee welfare benefit plan and an employee pension benefit plan, and in respect of which any Credit Party or, with respect to any such plan that is that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such Plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA be reasonably likely to be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Platform ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.17(a) .

 

Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the Pledge Agreement, entered into by the Credit Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

 

Post-Acquisition Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the eighth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.

 

Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, Casualty Event, or any Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

primary obligor ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of Contingent Obligations.

 

Prime Rate ” shall mean the “prime rate” referred to in the definition of ABR.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment ” shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (i) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (ii) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case, in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (a) at the election of the Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $5,000,000; and (b) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that the applicable amount of such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or the applicable amount of such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided , further , that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

 

Pro Forma Basis ,” “ Pro Forma Compliance ,” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test, financial ratio, or covenant hereunder, that (i) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (ii) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant:  (a) income statement items (whether positive

 

62



 

or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (1) in the case of a sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (2) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to clause (a)  above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to operating expense reductions that are (x)(1) directly attributable to such transaction, (2) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower, the Borrower or any of the other Restricted Subsidiaries, and (3) factually supportable or (y) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

 

Pro Forma Entity ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Acquired EBITDA.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  6.12 .

 

Projections ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  9.1(c) .

 

Prohibited Transaction ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975(c) of the Code.

 

PTE ” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

 

Public Company Costs ” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal, tax and other professional fees, and listing fees.

 

Purchase Money Obligations ” shall mean any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

Qualified Proceeds ” shall mean assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

Qualified Stock ” of any Person shall mean Capital Stock of such Person other than Disqualified Stock of such Person.

 

Quotation Day ” shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Loan for any Interest Period, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in such interbank market (and if quotations would normally be given on more than one day, then the Quotation Day will be the last of those days); provided that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the applicable Administrative Agent, then “Rate Determination Date” means such other day as otherwise reasonably determined by the applicable Administrative Agent).

 

63



 

Real Estate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  9.1(f) .

 

Receivables Facility ” shall mean any of one or more receivables financing facilities (and any guarantee of such financing facility), as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated, or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants, and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary sells, directly or indirectly, grants a security interest in or otherwise transfers its accounts receivable to either (i) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

Receivables Fee ” shall mean distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” shall mean any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Receivables Facility to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Receivables Facility in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets.

 

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.1 .

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.1(m) .

 

Refunding Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.5(b)(2) .

 

Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.6(b)(iv) .

 

Regulatory Net Capital Deficiency ” occurs if a Regulated Subsidiary’s Regulatory Net Capital is less than 125% of the highest Early Warning Threshold applicable thereto.

 

Regulated Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company so long as such Subsidiary is (a)  a Broker-Dealer Subsidiary or (b) otherwise subject to regulation by any Governmental Authority and for which the incurrence of Indebtedness (including Guarantees) or the granting of Liens with respect to its assets would be prohibited or restricted or would result in a negative impact on any minimum capital or similar requirement applicable to it, in any case, as set forth in any rule or regulation of such Governmental Authority.

 

Regulatory Net Capital ” means, for each Regulated Subsidiary, the Regulatory Total Capital adjusted by amounts and calculations that are specified in the applicable laws of the applicable Regulatory Supervising Organizations.

 

64



 

Regulatory Supervising Organization ” means (a) the SEC or (b) any other governmental or regulatory organization, exchange, clearing house or financial regulatory authority of which a Regulated Subsidiary is a member or to whose rules it is subject.

 

Regulatory Total Capital ” means, for each Regulated Subsidiary, the amount of capital (including qualified subordinated debt which is characterized as equity for regulatory reporting purposes) as calculated pursuant to the rules of, and reported from time to time to, the applicable Regulatory Supervising Organization.

 

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Reimbursement Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.4(a) .

 

Reimbursement Obligations ” shall mean the Borrower’s obligations to reimburse Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Section  3.4(a) .

 

Reinvestment Period ” shall mean 450 days following the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event, or Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Rejection Notice ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  5.2(f) .

 

Related Business Assets ” shall mean assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Related Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a Fund, any other Fund that is advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of such entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

 

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, and advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, discharge, disposal, escaping, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, or leaching into or migration through the environment.

 

Removal Effective Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  12.9(b) .

 

Repayment Amount ” shall mean the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Repayment Amount, a New Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Series, or an Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Extension Series, as applicable.

 

Replacement Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitments of the Lenders to make Replacement Term Loans.

 

65



 

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.1 .

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Pension Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code), other than those events as to which notice is waived pursuant to DOL Reg. § 4043.

 

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (i) the incurrence by the Borrower of any Indebtedness in the form of a similar term loan that is broadly syndicated to banks and other institutional investors (a) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans of the respective equivalent Type, but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with an IPO, Change of Control or Transformative Acquisition and (b) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans or (ii) any effective reduction in the Effective Yield for the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise), except for a reduction in connection with an IPO, Change of Control or Transformative Acquisition.  Any determination by the Term Administrative Agent with respect to whether a Repricing Transaction shall have occurred shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans.

 

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50.0% of the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50.0% of the Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Revolving Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) in the aggregate at such date), (ii) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (iii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.

 

Required Revolving Credit Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated at such time, more than 50.0% of the Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Revolving Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) at such time).

 

Required Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50.0% of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.

 

Requirements of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule, or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

 

Resignation Effective Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  12.9(a) .

 

Restricted Investment ” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.5(a) .

 

Restricted Person ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.16 .

 

66



 

Restricted Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean and include any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Restricted Subsidiary shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Retained Asset Sale Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.4 .

 

Retained Declined Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  5.2(f) .

 

Retired Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.5(b)(2) .

 

Revolver Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble hereto.

 

Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, collectively or individually as the context may require, any Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment or New Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.1(b) , in an aggregate principal amount at any one-time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(a)  under the caption Revolving Credit Commitment or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14) ; provided that, upon the occurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Revolving Credit Commitment shall be automatically replaced with the Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments, which Amendment No. 4 Revolving Credit Commitments shall constitute Revolving Credit Commitments for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents .  The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $ 250,000,000 650,000,000 on the Closing Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) obtained by dividing (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (ii) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding, (ii) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time, and (iii) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Extension Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Revolving Credit Facility ” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment or a New Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.1(b) .

 

67



 

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean July 3, 2022, the fifth anniversary of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Revolving Credit Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans shall be outstanding and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero, Cash Collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Revolving Loan ” shall mean, collectively or individually as the context may require, any Revolving Credit Loan, Extended Revolving Credit Loan or New Revolving Credit Loan, in each case made pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

RIA ” shall mean an independent investment advisor registered with the SEC.

 

S&P ” shall mean S&P Global Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Sanctions ” shall mean any international economic sanction administered or enforced by OFAC, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

 

Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

Screen Rate ” shall mean the LIBOR Screen Rate and the Local Screen Rates collectively and individually as the context may require.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

Second Lien Administrative Agent ” shall mean the “Administrative Agent” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

Second Lien Collateral Agent ” shall mean the “Collateral Agent” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

Second Lien Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Dates thereof among the Borrower, the other Credit Parties from time to time party thereto, the Second Lien Lenders and the Second Lien Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, restated and/or modified from time to time subject to the terms thereof.

 

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean a First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I-3 (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agents and the Borrower) among the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof of any other Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties that are holders of Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations having a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations.

 

Second Lien Lenders ” shall mean the “Lenders” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

Second Lien New Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean the “New Term Loan Commitments” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

68


 

Second Lien Security Documents ” shall mean the “Security Documents” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

Second Lien Term Loans ” shall mean the “Term Loans” under and as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

Section 2.14 Additional Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(iv) .

 

Section 9.1 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section  9.1(a)  or (b)  together with the accompanying officer’s certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section  9.1(d) .

 

Secured Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Cash Management Bank; provided that solely with respect to any Cash Management Bank under clause (ii)  of the definition therein, any Cash Management Agreement specified in writing by the Borrower to the Term Administrative Agent as constituting a Secured Cash Management Agreement hereunder.

 

Secured Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements.

 

Secured Hedge Agreement ” shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank; provided that solely with respect to any Hedge Bank under clause (b)(iii)  of the definition therein, any Hedge Agreement which is specified in writing by the Borrower to the Term Administrative Agent as constituting a “Secured Hedge Agreement” hereunder.  For purposes of the preceding proviso, the Borrower may deliver one notice designating all Hedge Agreements entered into pursuant to a specified Master Agreement as “Secured Hedge Agreements”.

 

Secured Hedge Obligations ” shall mean Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements.

 

Secured Parties ” shall mean each Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and each Lender, in each case with respect to the Credit Facilities, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement with Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, each Cash Management Bank that is party to a Secured Cash Management Agreement with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and each sub-agent pursuant to Section  12 appointed by the applicable Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Credit Facilities or the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Security Agreement entered into by the Borrower, the other grantors party thereto, and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Security Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, if executed, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if executed, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if executed, the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section  9.11 , 9.12 , or 9.14 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents to secure the Obligations or to govern the lien priorities of the holders of Liens on the Collateral.

 

Series ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(a) .

 

69



 

Significant Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any date of determination, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary whose gross revenues (when combined with the gross revenues of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) for the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to such date were equal to or greater than 10% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP or (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that, when such Restricted Subsidiary’s total gross revenues (when combined with the total gross revenues of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) are aggregated with each other Restricted Subsidiary (when combined with the total gross revenues of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries after eliminating intercompany obligations) that is the subject of an Event of Default described in Section  11.5 would constitute a “Significant Subsidiary” under clause (a)  above.

 

Similar Business ” shall mean any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, synergistic, incidental, or ancillary thereto.

 

Sold Entity or Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

 

Solvent ” shall mean, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, (i) the sum of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, does not exceed the present fair saleable value of the present assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis; (ii) the fair value of the property of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis; (iii) the capital of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is not unreasonably small in relation to their business as contemplated on the date hereof; and (iv) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have not incurred and do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts including current obligations beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise).

 

Special Notice Currency ” shall mean at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.

 

Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties with respect to the Borrower set forth in Sections 8.1(a) , 8.2 (as related to the borrowing under, guaranteeing under, granting of security interests in the Collateral to secure the facilities under, and performance of, the Credit Documents), 8.3(c)  (as related to the borrowing under, guaranteeing under, granting of security interests in the Collateral to secure the facilities under, and performance of, the Credit Documents), 8.5 , 8.7 , 8.17 , 8.18 , and in Sections 3.2(a) and (b) of the Security Agreement and Section 4(d) and (e) of the Pledge Agreement, except with respect to items referred to on Schedule 9.14 of this Agreement.

 

Specified Time ” shall mean (i) in relation to a Loan denominated in a Non-Quoted Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Non-Quoted Currency as may be determined by the Revolver Administrative Agent in accordance with normal banking procedures; and (ii) in relation to a Loan denominated in a LIBOR Quoted Currency, as of 11:00 a.m. London time.

 

Specified Transaction ” shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment (including a Permitted Acquisition), asset sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, New

 

70



 

Project, Subsidiary designation, New Revolving Credit Commitment, New Term Loan, restructuring or cost saving initiative, or other event or action that in each case by the terms of this Agreement requires Pro Forma Compliance with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Sponsor ” shall mean Stone Point Capital LLC and its Affiliates but excluding portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Sponsor Model ” shall mean the Sponsor’s financial model, dated March 31, 2017, used in connection with the syndication of the Credit Facilities.

 

Spot Rate ” for any currency shall mean the rate determined by the applicable Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that such Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by such Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided , further , that the Letter of Credit Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

 

SPV ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.6(g) .

 

Stated Amount ” of any Letter of Credit shall mean the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met; provided that with respect to any Letter of Credit that by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the Stated Amount shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

Statutory Reserves ” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which either Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject to Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board).  LIBOR Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Stock Equivalents ” shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Capital Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable, or exercisable.

 

Subject Lien ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.2(a) .

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Guarantee, as applicable.

 

71



 

Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean and include (i) any corporation more than 50% of whose Capital Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, or (ii) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture, or other entity of which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a 50% equity interest at the time.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a Subsidiary shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Successor Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  10.3(a) .

 

Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean $25,000,000.  The Swingline Commitment is part of and not in addition to the Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans.  The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder or any replacement or successor thereto.

 

Swingline Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.1(c) .

 

Swingline Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Swingline Loan, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

TARGET Day ” shall mean any day on which (i) TARGET2 is open for settlement of payments in Euro and (ii) banks are open for dealings in deposits in Euro in the London interbank market.

 

TARGET2 ” shall mean the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET2) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system reasonably determined by the applicable Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement ” shall mean the Tax Receivable Agreements, if any, entered into or to be entered into among the Borrower, an IPO Shell Company and certain existing, former or future direct or indirect owners of membership interests in the Borrower providing for certain payments to such owners relating to tax benefits realized by such IPO Shell Company, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Term Administrative Agent.

 

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), fees, or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority and any interest, fines, penalties, or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

 

Term Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble hereto; provided that following the discharge of the obligations with respect to the Term Loans, “Term Administrative Agent” shall mean “Revolver Administrative Agent”.

 

72



 

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment and/or Trnache , Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitment and/or Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment and, if applicable, New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series, Extended Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series and Replacement Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.

 

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  2.14 (g)(i) .

 

Term Loan Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

 

Term Loans ” shall mean the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B-1 Term Loans, Tranche B-2 Term Loans, any New Term Loans, any Replacement Term Loans, and any Extended Term Loans, collectively.

 

Test Period ” shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination and for which Section  9.1 Financials shall have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) to the Term Administrative Agent (or, before the first delivery of Section  9.1 Financials, the most recent period of four fiscal quarters at the end of which financial statements are available).

 

Total Credit Exposure ” shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (i) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date, (ii) without duplication of clause (i) , the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date and (iii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have terminated on such date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such date).

 

Total Debt ” shall mean with respect to any Person, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capitalized Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Hedging Obligations); provided that Total Debt shall not include Letters of Credit, except to the extent of Unpaid Drawings thereunder.

 

Total First Lien Debt ” shall mean Total Debt as of such date secured by a Lien on the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Credit Facilities.

 

Total Initial Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Initial Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders.

 

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) Total Debt of such Person as of such date of determination minus cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Total Secured Debt ” shall mean Total Debt as of such date secured by a Lien on the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

73



 

Total Secured Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) Total Secured Debt of such Person as of such date of determination minus cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to such date of determination, in each case on a Pro Forma Basis and subject to the application, if applicable, of any Cure Amount as set forth in Section  11.14 .

 

Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Commitments and (ii) the New Term Loan Commitments, Replacement Term Loan Commitments and Extended Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.

 

Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 1.

 

Tranche B-1 Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Tranche B-1 Term Loan.

 

Tranche B-1 Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean July 3, 2024 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Tranche B- 1 Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Tranche B- 1 Term Loan Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Tranche B-1 Term Loans ” means (a) prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Tranche B-1 Term Loans made to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (b) from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, collectively, (i) the Tranche B-1 Term Loans referred to in the foregoing clause (a)  and (ii) the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans.

 

Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 4.

 

Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Tranche B-2 Term Loan.

 

Tranche B-2 Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean July 3, 2024 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Tranche B- 2 Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b).

 

Tranche B- 2 Term Loan Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b).

 

Tranche B-2 Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Amendment No. 4.

 

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean any fees, costs, or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower, or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement, and the other Credit Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement, the Acquisition, the Equity Investments, the Closing Date Refinancing and the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing (including

 

74



 

(x) in connection with the Acquisition Agreement and the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing (including the Transaction Expenses) and (y) any restructuring or rollover of Equity Interests in connection with Acquisition).

 

Transferee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  13.6(e) .

 

Transformative Acquisition ” shall mean any acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that (i) is not permitted by the terms of the Credit Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (ii) would result in an upsizing of the Credit Facilities.

 

Type ” shall mean as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan.

 

UCP ” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Undisclosed Administration ” shall mean in relation to a Lender or its parent company the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or such parent company is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

 

Unpaid Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section  3.4(a) .

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the board of directors of the Borrower, as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The board of directors of the Borrower may designate any Subsidiary of the Borrower (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or

 

Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or an Unrestricted Subsidiary); provided that:

 

(a)                                  such designation complies with Section  10.5 ;

 

(b)                                  each of (1) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (2) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and

 

(c)                                   immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default under Section  11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

The board of directors of the Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default under Section  11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Borrower shall be notified by the Borrower to the Term Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Term Administrative Agent a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

75



 

U.S. ” and “ United States ” shall mean the United States of America.

 

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Wealth Advisor ” shall mean an advisor or advisor team that expands the existing business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or enables the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to offer new services.

 

Wealth Advisor EBITDA ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to (i) the amount of reasonably identifiable and factually supportable Consolidated EBITDA (determined using such definition as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein were references to such Wealth Advisor) that is projected in good faith (and in the ordinary course of business) by the Borrower to be generated within 24 months following any Wealth Advisor Recruitment by any applicable Wealth Advisor during such period on a pro forma basis, it being understood that it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma Wealth Advisor EBITDA that the applicable amount of Wealth Advisor EBITDA will be realizable during the entirety of such period, minus (ii) actual Net Income generated by such Wealth Advisor during such period, plus (iii) any Contractual Compensation agreed to be paid to the Wealth Advisor(s) who are the subject of such Wealth Advisor Recruitment.

 

Wealth Advisor Recruitment ” shall mean the hiring of one or more Wealth Advisors by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than through an acquisition).

 

Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

 

Withholding Agent ” shall mean any Credit Party, either Administrative Agent and, in the case of any U.S. federal withholding Tax, any other applicable withholding agent.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

1.2.                             Other Interpretive Provisions .  With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

 

(a)                                  The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)                                  The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof”, and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

76



 

(c)                                   Section, Exhibit, and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

 

(d)                                  The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(e)                                   The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(f)                                    In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

(g)                                   Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

(h)                                  The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

(i)                                      All references to “knowledge” or “awareness” of any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof means the actual knowledge of an Authorized Officer of such Credit Party or such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

1.3.                             Accounting Terms .

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP, applied in a consistent manner.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Total Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Leverage Ratio and the First Lien Leverage Ratio shall each be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

(c)                                   Where reference is made to “the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such combination shall not include any Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

1.4.                             Rounding .  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number.

 

1.5.                             References to Agreements, Laws, Etc .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents), and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements, modifications, replacements, refinancings, renewals, or increases, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements, modifications, replacements, refinancings, renewals, or increases

 

77



 

are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirements of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing, or interpreting such Requirements of Law.

 

1.6.                             Exchange Rates .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any determination under Section 9 , Section 10 or Section 11 or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement expressly requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding, or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the Spot Rate; provided that for purposes of determining compliance with Section 10 with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Restricted Investment, Lien, Asset Sale, or Restricted Payment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Lien or Restricted Investment is incurred or after such Asset Sale or Restricted Payment is made; provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Lien, or Investment may be incurred or Asset Sale or Restricted Payment made at any time under such Sections.  For purposes of any determination of Total Debt, Total Secured Debt or Total First Lien Debt, amounts in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered Section 9.1 Financials.

 

1.7.                             Rates .  No Administrative Agent warrants, or accepts responsibility, nor shall either Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission, or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of LIBOR Rate or with respect to any comparable or successor rate thereto.

 

1.8.                             Times of Day .  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

1.9.                             Timing of Payment or Performance .  Except as otherwise provided herein, when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty, or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on (or before) a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

1.10.                      Certifications .  All certifications to be made hereunder by an officer or representative of a Credit Party shall be made by such a Person in his or her capacity solely as an officer or a representative of such Credit Party, on such Credit Party’s behalf and not in such Person’s individual capacity.

 

1.11.                      Compliance with Certain Sections .  In the event that any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness (whether at the time of incurrence or upon application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof), disposition, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, Contractual Requirement, or prepayment of Indebtedness meets the criteria of one or more than one of the categories of transactions then permitted pursuant to any clause or subsection of Section 9.9 or any clause or subsection of Section 10.1 , 10.2 , 10.3 , 10.4 , 10.5 or 10.6 , then such transaction (or portion thereof) at any time shall be allocated or reallocated to one or more of such clauses or subsections within the relevant sections as determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion at such time.

 

1.12.                      Pro Forma and Other Calculations .

 

(a)                                  For purposes of calculating the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the amount of any basket based on Consolidated EBITDA or

 

78


 

Consolidated Total Assets, the effects of any Specified Transactions that have been made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of determination shall be calculated assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period.  If, since the beginning of such period, any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Specified Transactions that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.12 , then the First Lien Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Specified Transactions had occurred at the beginning of the Test Period.

 

(b)                                  Whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposed operation which is being given Pro Forma Effect that have been or are expected to be realized; provided that such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are made in compliance with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment).  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given Pro Forma Effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term).  Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a Pro Forma Basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period (or, if lower, the greater of (i) maximum commitments under such revolving credit facilities as of the date of determination and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under such revolving credit facilities on such date).  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower may designate.

 

In connection with any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

 

(i)                                      determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio or the First Lien Leverage Ratio;

 

(ii)                                   determining the accuracy of representations and warranties in Section 8 and/or whether a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under Section 11 ; or

 

(iii)                                testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets);

 

in each case, the date of determination of whether any such action shall be permitted hereunder shall be at the election of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “ LCT Election ”) either the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into or the date a binding letter of intent for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into (or, if so elected by the Borrower, the date on which notice with respect to such Limited

 

79



 

Condition Transaction is given) (either, as applicable, the “ LCT Test Date ”) and if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with, provided that in the case of an LCT Election with respect to a binding letter of intent, in the event that the relevant Limited Condition Transaction is not consummated on the terms contemplated by the relevant binding letter of intent, or such irrevocable notice is rescinded, as applicable, appropriate adjustment for the terms of the actual consummation (or non-consummation) of such Limited Condition Transaction shall be given Pro Forma Effect in future periods.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations.  If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, or the making of Restricted Payments, mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, the conveyance, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or (ii) the date that the definitive agreement or letter of intent for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires or such irrevocable notice is rescinded, as applicable, without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.12 or in any classification under GAAP of any Person, business, assets or operations in respect of which a definitive agreement for the disposition thereof has been entered into as discontinued operations, no Pro Forma Effect shall be given to any discontinued operations (and the EBITDA attributable to any such Person, business, assets or operations shall not be excluded for any purposes hereunder) until such disposition shall have been consummated.

 

(d)                                  Any determination of Consolidated Total Assets shall be made by reference to the last day of the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to the relevant date of determination.  Any determination of Consolidated EBITDA shall be made by reference to the Test Period most recently ended on or prior to the relevant date of determination.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all computations of Excess Cash Flow, Consolidated Total Assets, Available Amount, the Total Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the First Lien Leverage Ratio and other financial ratios and financial calculations (and all definitions (including accounting terms) used in determining any of the foregoing) shall be calculated, in each case, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

(f)                                    All leases of any Person that are or would have been characterized as operating leases in accordance with GAAP if such leases were in effect as of the date hereof (whether or not such leases were in effect on such date) shall be accounted for as operating leases (and not as Capital Leases) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such leases to be recharacterized as Capital Leases, to the extent that financial

 

80



 

reporting shall not be affected hereby; provided , however , that, solely for the purposes of determining whether a lease constitutes Indebtedness for the purposes of Section 10.1 , any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries as an operating lease as of the Closing Date and any similar lease assumed or entered into after the Closing Date shall be accounted for as an operating lease and not a Capitalized Lease Obligation for all purposes thereunder.

 

Section 2.                                            Amount and Terms of Credit .

 

2.1.                             Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender having an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans in Dollars (each, an “ Initial Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date, which Initial Term Loans shall not exceed for any such Lender the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and in the aggregate shall not exceed $795,000,000.  Such Term Loans (i) may at the option of the Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Term Loans or LIBOR Term Loans; provided that all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type, (ii accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed, (iii) shall not exceed for any such Lender the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender, and (iv) shall not exceed in the aggregate the Total Initial Term Loan Commitments.  On the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, all then unpaid Initial Term Loans shall be repaid in full in Dollars.

 

(b)                                  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2 from its applicable lending office (each, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount that shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in (i) such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments.  Any of the foregoing such Revolving Credit Loans (A) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (B) may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Revolving Credit Loans (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars only) or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans; provided that all Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, (C) may be repaid (without premium or penalty) and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof, (D) shall not, for any Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure in respect of any Class of Revolving Loans at such time exceeding such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment in respect of such Class of Revolving Loan at such time, (E) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures of any Class of Revolving Loans at such time exceeding the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment with respect to such Class and (F) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Multicurrency Exposure at such time exceeding the Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect.

 

(c)                                   Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, to make a loan or loans (each, a “ Swingline Loan ” and, collectively the

 

81



 

Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower in Dollars, which Swingline Loans (i) shall be ABR Loans, (ii) shall have the benefit of the provisions of Section 2.1(d) , (iii) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the Swingline Commitment, (iv) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and (v) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.  On the Swingline Maturity Date, all Swingline Loans shall be repaid in full.  The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan after receiving a written notice from the Borrower, the Revolver Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing until such time as the Swingline Lender shall have received written notice of (i) rescission of all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (ii) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .  The Swingline Lender may, but shall have no obligation to, make any Swingline Loan if a default of any Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.1(d)  exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless, in each case, the Borrower has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Swingline Lender to eliminate the Swingline Lender’s risk with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender or such risk has been reallocated in accordance with Section 2.16 .

 

(d)                                  On any Business Day occurring prior to the latest expiration date of the Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender that all then outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars (each such Borrowing, a “ Mandatory Borrowing ”) by each Revolving Credit Lender pro rata based on each Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to the Swingline Lender to repay the Swingline Lender for such outstanding Swingline Loans.  Each Revolving Credit Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Revolving Credit Loans upon one Business Day’s notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for each Borrowing specified in Section 2.2 , (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 7 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, or (v) any reduction in the Total Revolving Credit Commitment after any such Swingline Loans were made.  In the event that, in the sole judgment of the Swingline Lender, any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the Borrower), each Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Swingline Lender (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages; provided that all principal and interest payable on such Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing such participation from and after such date of purchase.

 

(e)                                   If the maturity date shall have occurred in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ Expiring Credit Commitment ”) at a time when another tranche or tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments is or are in effect with a longer maturity date (each a “ Non-Expiring Credit Commitment ” and collectively, the “ Non-Expiring Credit Commitments ”), then with respect to each outstanding Swingline Loan, if consented to by the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), on the earliest occurring maturity date such Swingline Loan shall be deemed reallocated to the tranche or tranches of the Non-Expiring Credit Commitments on a pro rata basis; provided that (x) to the extent that the amount of such reallocation would cause the

 

82



 

aggregate credit exposure to exceed the aggregate amount of such Non-Expiring Credit Commitments, immediately prior to such reallocation the amount of Swingline Loans to be reallocated equal to such excess shall be repaid or Cash Collateralized and (y) notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall still be obligated to pay Swingline Loans allocated to the Revolving Credit Lenders holding the Expiring Credit Commitments at the maturity date of the Expiring Credit Commitment or if the Loans have been accelerated prior to the maturity date of the Expiring Credit Commitment.  Upon the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Swingline Loans may be reduced as agreed between the Swingline Lender and the Borrower, without the consent of any other Person.

 

(f)                                    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Amendment No. 1, each Tranche B-1 Term Loan Lender with a Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make (or exchange, as applicable) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, a Tranche B-1 Term Loan to the Borrower denominated in Dollars in an amount equal to such Tranche B-1 Term Loan Lender’s Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitment.  The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitments, which shall be on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1( c f ) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Tranche B-1 Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

(g)                                   Upon the funding of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans shall automatically and without further action by any Person constitute additional Tranche B-1 Term Loans (and shall have the same terms as the Tranche B-1 Term Loans (as modified by Amendment No. 3)) for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

(h)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Amendment No. 4, each Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender with a Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make (or exchange, as applicable) on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (and subject to the occurrence thereof), a Tranche B-2 Term Loan to the Borrower denominated in Dollars in an amount equal to such Tranche B-2 Term Loan Lender’s Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitment.  The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitments, which shall be on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(h) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Tranche B-2 Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

2.2.                             Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings .

 

(a)                                  The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Term Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than eight Borrowings of LIBOR Term Loans.

 

(b)                                  The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $100,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in excess thereof and Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $250,000 and in a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (except that Mandatory Borrowings shall be made in the amounts required by Section 2.1(e)  and Revolving Credit Loans to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to any Unpaid Drawing shall be made in the amounts required by Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 , as applicable).  More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten Borrowings of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans.

 

83



 

2.3.                             Notice of Borrowing .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall give the Term Administrative Agent at the Term Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Initial Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date if such Initial Term Loans are to be LIBOR Loans or ABR Loans.  Such Notice of Borrowing shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (B) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be the Closing Date) and (C) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans and/or LIBOR Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be a Borrowing of ABR Loans.  If no Interest Period with respect to any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  The Term Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section 2.3(a)  (and the contents thereof), and of each Lender’s pro rata share of the requested Borrowing.

 

(b)                                  Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Revolving Credit Loans (other than Mandatory Borrowings or Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings), the Borrower shall give the Revolver Administrative Agent at the Revolver Administrative Agent’s Office, (i) prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior notice of each Borrowing of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, (ii) prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least four Business Days’ ( or five (5) Business Days’ in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior notice of each Borrowing of LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iii) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing prior notice of each Borrowing of ABR Revolving Credit Loans.  Each such notice, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10 , shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (B) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (C) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Revolving Credit Loans (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans and, if LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans, the currency of such LIBOR Revolving Credit Loans and the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The Revolver Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Revolving Credit Lender notice of each proposed Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans, of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof, and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.  Notices under this Section may be given by: (A) telephone or (B) a Notice of Borrowing.

 

(c)                                   Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans hereunder, the Borrower shall give the Swingline Lender notice with a copy to the Revolver Administrative Agent of each Borrowing of Swingline Loans prior to 1:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing.  Each such notice shall specify (x) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing and (y) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day).  Notices under this Section may be given by: (A) telephone or (B) a Notice of Borrowing.

 

(d)                                  Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 2.1(d) , with the Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such Section.

 

(e)                                   Borrowings to reimburse Unpaid Drawings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 3.4(a) .

 

(f)                                    Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it shall give hereunder by telephone (which obligation is absolute), the applicable Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic

 

84



 

notice believed by the applicable Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

2.4.                             Disbursement of Funds .

 

(a)                                  No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (and, with respect to Borrowings in a currency other than Dollars, no later than local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the applicable Administrative Agent (New York City time)) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing (including Mandatory Borrowings), each Lender shall make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below; provided that on the Closing Date, such funds may be made available at such earlier time as may be agreed among the Lenders, the Borrower, and the applicable Administrative Agent for the purpose of consummating the Transactions; provided , further , that all Swingline Loans shall be made available to the Borrower in the full amount thereof by the Swingline Lender no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time).

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds, to the applicable Administrative Agent at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office and the applicable Administrative Agent will (except in the case of Mandatory Borrowings and Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings) make available to the Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by the Borrower to the applicable Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the applicable currency.  Unless the applicable Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to such Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, such Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to such Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the applicable Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the applicable Administrative Agent by such Lender and such Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, such Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the applicable Administrative Agent’s demand therefor such Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to such Administrative Agent in the applicable currency.  The applicable Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by such Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by such Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the respective Loans.

 

(c)                                   Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

 

2.5.                             Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall repay to the Term Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Lenders, on the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans.  The Borrower shall repay to the Revolver Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made to the Borrower in the currency in which such Revolving Credit Loans are

 

85



 

denominated.  The Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lender, on the Swingline Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Swingline Loans made to the Borrower in Dollars.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall repay to the Term Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Lenders, (i) on the last Business Day of each of March, June, September and December, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2017 (each such date, a “ Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Repayment Date ”), a principal amount of Term Loans equal to $2,490,012.56 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans made available to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date; and (ii) on the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date, any remaining outstanding amount of Initial Term Loans (the repayment amounts in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, each, a “ Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Repayment Amount ”).

 

(c)                                   In the event that any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(d) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each, a “ New Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.  In the event that any Extended Term Loans are established, such Extended Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(g) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each, an “ Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment.  In the event that any New Revolving Credit Loans are made, such New Revolving Credit Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(g) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.  In the event that any Extended Revolving Credit Loans are made, such Extended Revolving Credit Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(g) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment.

 

(d)                                  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Each Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is an Initial Term Loan, Tranche B-1 Term Loan, Tranche B-2 Term Loan, New Term Loan, Extended Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan, New Revolving Credit Loan, Extended Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, the Type of each Loan made, the currency in which made and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by each Administrative Agent (as applicable) hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(f)                                    The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (d)  and (e)  of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided that, in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any such account or subaccount, the Register shall govern; provided , further , that the failure of any Lender or either Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   The Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made an initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrower’s own expense a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , evidencing the Initial Term Loans, Tranche B-1 Term Loans, Tranche B-2 Term Loans, New Term

 

86



 

Loans, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans owing to such Lender.  Thereafter, unless otherwise agreed to by the applicable Lender, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 13.6) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if requested by such payee, to such payee and its registered assigns).

 

2.6.                             Conversions and Continuations .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $2,500,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of the outstanding principal amount of Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period; provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the applicable Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the applicable Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, and (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 .  Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the applicable Administrative Agent prior notice at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office prior to (i) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days prior, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars (other than in the case of a notice delivered on the Closing Date, which shall be deemed to be effective on the Closing Date), (ii) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least four Business Days’ ( or five (5) Business Days’ in the case of a Special Notice Currency) in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies or (iii) 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed day of a conversion into ABR Loans (each, a “ Notice of Conversion or Continuation ” substantially in the form of Exhibit K (or such other form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent, including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the applicable Administrative Agent)) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a LIBOR Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  The applicable Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

 

(b)                                  If any Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and the applicable Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans.  If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans (other than LIBOR Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies), the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding two sentences, at the expiration of the then current Interest Period each such Borrowing shall be automatically continued as a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month.

 

87



 

(c)                                   No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency.

 

2.7.                             Pro Rata Borrowings .  Each Borrowing of Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Initial Term Loan Commitments.  Each Borrowing of New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable New Term Loan Commitments.  Each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then applicable Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages.  Each Borrowing of New Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then applicable New Revolving Credit Commitments.  It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.

 

2.8.                             Interest .

 

(a)                                  The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for ABR Loans plus the ABR, in each case, in effect from time to time.

 

(b)                                  The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans plus the relevant Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

 

(c)                                   If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon or any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum (the “ Default Rate ”) that is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2.00% or (y) in the case of any other overdue amount, including overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a)  for the applicable Class  plus 2.00% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

 

(d)                                  Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in the same currency in which the Loan is denominated; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same date on which it is made shall bear interest for one day.  Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, and (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment in respect of LIBOR Loans, (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise), and (C) after such maturity, on demand.

 

(e)                                   All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.5 .

 

(f)                                    The applicable Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof.  Each

 

88


 

such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

2.9.                             Interest Periods .  At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) , the Borrower shall give the applicable Administrative Agent written notice of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower, be a one, two, three or six month period (or if approved by all the Lenders making such LIBOR Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith based on prevailing market conditions, a 12-month or shorter period).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

 

(a)                                  the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

 

(b)                                  if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

 

(c)                                   if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

 

(d)                                  the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the Maturity Date of such Loan.

 

2.10.                      Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc .

 

(a)                                  In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i)  below, the Term Administrative Agent (with respect to Term Loans) or the Revolver Administrative Agent (with respect to Revolving Credit Commitments) and (y) in the case of clauses (ii)  and (iii)  below, the Required Term Loan Lenders (with respect to Term Loans) or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders (with respect to Revolving Credit Commitments) shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

 

(i)                                      on any date for determining the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the applicable London or other interbank market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or

 

(ii)                                   at any time, that such Lenders shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (including any increased costs or reductions attributable to Taxes, other than any increase or reduction attributable to Indemnified Taxes, Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes) because of any Change in Law; or

 

89



 

(iii)                                at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lenders in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the Closing Date that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;

 

(such Loans, “ Impacted Loans ”), then, and in any such event, such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable (or the applicable Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i)  above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to such Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the applicable Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders).  Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i)  above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the applicable Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by such Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice such Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii)  above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lenders, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, in their reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lenders for such actual increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lenders, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lenders shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), and (z) in the case of clause (iii)  above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in sub clause (x)  or (y) , as applicable, of Section 2.10(b)  promptly and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable Administrative Agent has made the determination described in Section  2.10(a)(i)(x) , such Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower and the affected Lenders, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the Impacted Loans until (1) the applicable Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause (x)  of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, (2) such Administrative Agent or the affected Lenders notify such Administrative Agent and the Borrower that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (3) any Lender determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and provides the applicable Administrative Agent and the Borrower written notice thereof.

 

(b)                                  At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii)  or (iii) , the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii)  shall) either (x) if a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation with respect to the affected LIBOR Loan has been submitted pursuant to Section 2.3 but the affected LIBOR Loan has not been funded or continued, cancel such requested Borrowing by giving the applicable Administrative Agent written notice thereof on the same date that the Borrower was notified by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii)  or (iii)  or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to such Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each

 

90



 

such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan; provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) .

 

(c)                                   If, after the Closing Date, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity occurring after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the actual rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s or its Affiliate’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the applicable Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such actual reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any law, rule or regulation as in effect on the Closing Date or to the extent such Lender is not imposing such charges on, or requesting such compensation from, borrowers (similarly situated to the Borrower hereunder) under comparable syndicated credit facilities similar to the Credit Facilities.  Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c)  promptly following receipt of such notice.

 

(d)                                  If the applicable Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Term Loan Lenders or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, that the Adjusted LIBOR Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining its affected LIBOR Loans during such Interest Period, such Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter (which notice shall include supporting calculations in reasonable detail).  If such notice is given, (i) any LIBOR Loan requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as an ABR Loan, (ii) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to LIBOR Loans shall be continued as an ABR Loan and (iii) any outstanding LIBOR Loans shall be converted, on the first day of such Interest Period, to ABR Loans.  Until such notice has been withdrawn by the applicable Administrative Agent, no further LIBOR Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert ABR Loans to LIBOR Loans.

 

2.11.                      Compensation .  If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 5.1 , 5.2 or 13.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 11 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing or a failure to satisfy borrowing conditions, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), promptly pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding

 

91



 

loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.  A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender as specified in this Section 2.11 and setting forth in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.  The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.11 shall survive the payment in full of the Loans and the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.12.                      Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) , 3.5 or 5.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no unreimbursed cost or other material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section.  Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 , 3.5 or 5.4 .

 

2.13.                      Notice of Certain Costs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Sections 2.10 , 2.11 or 3.5 is given by any Lender more than 120 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Sections 2.10 , 2.11 or 3.5 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 121st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower.

 

2.14.                      Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may, by written notice to each Administrative Agent, elect to request the establishment of one or more (1) additional tranches of term loans or increases in Term Loans of any Class (the commitments thereto, the “ New Term Loan Commitments ”) and/or (2) additional revolving credit and/or letter of credit facilities or increases in Revolving Credit Commitments, Letter of Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class (the “ New Revolving Credit Commitments ” and, together with the New Term Loan Commitments, the “ New Loan Commitments ”) by an aggregate amount not in excess of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount in the aggregate and not less than $10,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount as (x) may be approved by the applicable Administrative Agent or (y) shall constitute the difference between the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount and all such New Loan Commitments obtained on or prior to such date).  In connection with the incurrence of any New Loan Commitments under this Section 2.14 , at the request of the applicable Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall provide to the applicable Administrative Agent a certificate certifying that the New Loan Commitments do not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount, which certificate shall be in reasonable detail and shall provide the calculations and basis therefor and classify such Indebtedness as being incurred under clause (a)  or clause (b)  of the definition of “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount”.  The Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural Person) to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Loan Commitment.  In each case, such New Loan

 

92



 

Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that (i) no Event of Default (except in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, any other acquisition or investment (including any Permitted Acquisition or Investment) or repayments of Indebtedness that requires an irrevocable payment or redemption notice, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5) shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Loan Commitments, as applicable, and subject to Section 1.12 , (ii) the New Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5.4(e) , and (iii) the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 in connection with the New Loan Commitments, as applicable.  No Lender shall have any obligation to provide any Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14(a) .  Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall, at the election of the Borrower and agreed to by Lenders providing such New Term Loan Commitments, be designated as (a) a separate series (a “ Series ”) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement or (b) as part of a Series of existing Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Credit Commitments increasing Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Lenders with Commitments of the applicable Class shall assign to each Lender with a New Revolving Credit Commitment (each, a “ New Revolving Loan Lender ”) and each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of the Lenders with Commitments of such Class, at the principal amount thereof and in the applicable currency(ies), such interests in the Loans outstanding under such Class of Commitments on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, the Loans of such Class will be held by existing Lenders of such Class and New Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Commitments of such Class after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Credit Commitments to the Commitments of such Class, (b) each such New Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Credit Commitment or an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, and each Loan made thereunder (a “ New Revolving Credit Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Loan of the applicable Class, (c) each New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Credit Commitment and all matters relating thereto and (d) the terms of such New Revolving Credit Commitments (other than upfront fees) shall be identical to the existing Class; provided that the fees and Applicable Margin applicable to the existing Class of Commitments may be increased at the option of the Borrower in connection with the establishment of such New Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(c)                                   On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a “ New Term Loan Lender ”) of any Series shall make a Loan to the Borrower (a “ New Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

 

(d)                                  The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans, New Term Loan Commitments and New Revolving Credit Commitments (other than New Revolving Credit Commitments of the type described in Section 2.14(b) ) of any Series shall be on terms and documentation set forth in the Joinder Agreement as determined by the Borrower; provided that (i) (x) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date and (y) the applicable New Revolving Credit Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; (ii) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the then existing Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans; (iii) the pricing, interest rate margins, discounts, premiums, rate floors, fees, and amortization schedule applicable to any New Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders thereunder; provided that clauses (i)  and (ii)  shall not apply to up to $75,000,000 of New Term Loans or Permitted Other Indebtedness as elected by the Borrower; provided , further , that, with respect to any New Term

 

93



 

Loan incurred pursuant to clause (a)(i)  of the definition of Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount that matures earlier than one year after the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date, if the Effective Yield for LIBOR Loans or ABR Loans in respect of such New Term Loans exceeds the Effective Yield for LIBOR Loans or ABR Loans in respect of the then existing Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans or ABR Loans in respect of the then existing Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans shall be adjusted so that the Effective Yield in respect of the then existing Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans is equal to the Effective Yield for LIBOR Loans or ABR Loans in respect of the New Term Loans minus 0.50%; and (iv) to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the then existing Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Term Administrative Agent (it being understood that, (1) to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Term Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is also added for the benefit of any corresponding Term Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (2) no consent shall be required by the Term Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if any covenants or other provisions are only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date).

 

(e)                                   Any New Revolving Credit Commitments increasing Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class shall be subject to the written consent of the Revolver Administrative Agent, each Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the Borrower (such approval in each case not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(f)                                    Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect technical and corresponding amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents (including amendments in order for the New Loan Commitments, New Revolving Credit Loans or New Term Loans provided pursuant to such Joinder Agreement to be fungible with the existing Commitments or Loans of such Class, as applicable) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Term Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.14 .

 

(g)                                   (i)                                      The Borrower may at any time, and from time to time, request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “ Existing Term Loan Class ”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(g) .  In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Term Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Loan Class which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) (a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall not be materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), when taken as a whole, than the terms of the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class unless (x) the Lenders of the Term Loans of such applicable Existing Term Loan Class receive the benefit of such more restrictive terms or (y) any such provisions apply after the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date (a “ Permitted Other Provision ”); provided that (x) the scheduled final maturity date shall be extended and all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class (with any such delay resulting in a corresponding adjustment to the scheduled amortization payments reflected in Section 2.5 or in the Joinder Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted, in each case as more particularly set forth in clause (iv)  of this Section 2.14(g) ), (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and/or (B) additional fees, premiums or applicable high-yield discount obligation (“ AHYDO ”) payments may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans

 

94



 

in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment and to the extent that any Permitted Other Provision (including a financial maintenance covenant) is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Term Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such Permitted Other Provision is also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or if such Permitted Other Provision applies only after the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or otherwise, no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted is repaid in full, except in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.1(a) .  No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request.  Any Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted.

 

(i)                                      The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments and/or any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, each existing at the time of such request (each, an “ Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” and any related revolving credit loans thereunder, “ Existing Revolving Credit Loans ”; each Existing Revolving Credit Commitment and related Existing Revolving Credit Loans together being referred to as an “ Existing Revolving Credit Class ”), be converted to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Loans related to such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (any such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments which have been so extended, “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” and any related Loans, “ Extended Revolving Credit Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(g) .  In order to establish any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Revolver Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Revolving Credit Commitments, which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) (a “ Revolving Credit Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Revolving Credit Commitments from which they are to be extended (the “ Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ”), except (x) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments, (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A)  and (z) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the commitment fee rate for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(g)  or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to any Existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Loans related to such Commitments set forth in Section 13.6 .  No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Existing Revolving Credit Loans or Existing Revolving Credit Commitments of any Existing Revolving Credit Class converted into Extended Revolving Credit Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to any Extension Request.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Revolving Credit Extension Request, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Extension

 

95



 

Series shall constitute a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date).

 

(ii)                                   Any Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the applicable Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to such Extension Request that it has elected to convert into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable.  In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the existing Class or Classes subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments included in each such Extension Election.  Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Credit Commitments into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be treated identically to all other Original Revolving Credit Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Revolving Credit Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.1(d)  and Letters of Credit under Section 3 , except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Swingline Maturity Date and/or the L/C Facility Maturity Date may be extended and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans and issue Letters of Credit may be continued so long as the Swingline Lender and/or the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, have consented to such extensions in their sole discretion (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

 

(iii)                                Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement (which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.14(g)(iv)  and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 13.1 , shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, the applicable Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders.  No Extension Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $10,000,000.  In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.14(g)(i) , each Extension Amendment (x) shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to Section 2.5 or the applicable Joinder Agreement with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled Repayment Amount for the Existing Term Loan Class in the same proportion as the amount of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class is to be converted pursuant to such Extension Amendment (it being understood that the amount of any Repayment Amount payable with respect to any individual Term Loan of such Existing Term Loan Class that is not an Extended Term Loan shall not be reduced as a result thereof) and (y) may, but shall not be required to, impose additional requirements (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in effect at such time) with respect to the final maturity and weighted average life to maturity of New Term Loans incurred following the date of such

 

96



 

Extension Amendment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(g)  and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 13.1 to any Section 2.14 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “ Section 2.14 Additional Amendment ”) to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; provided that such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments are within the requirements of Section 2.14(g)(i)  and do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to (1) consents applicable to holders of New Term Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Joinder Agreement and (2) consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Credit Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 13.1 .

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any existing Class is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clause (i)  above (an “ Extension Date ”), (I) in the case of the existing Term Loans of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Loans so converted by such Lender on such date, and the Extended Term Loans shall be established as a separate Class of Term Loans (together with any other Extended Term Loans so established on such date) and (II) in the case of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) and Existing Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(v)                                  The Administrative Agents and the Lenders hereby consent to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.14 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees, or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Amendment) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any pro rata payment or amendment section) or any other Credit Document that may otherwise prohibit or restrict any such extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section 2.14 .

 

2.15.                      Permitted Debt Exchanges

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “ Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ”) made from time to time by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the Closing Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans for Permitted Other Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “ Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ,” and each such exchange a “ Permitted Debt Exchange ”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:  (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the final offering document in respect of a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is delivered to the relevant Lenders, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans

 

97



 

exchanged shall equal no more than the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Permitted Debt Exchange Notes may include accrued interest and premium (if any) under the Term Loans exchanged and underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses in connection with the issuance of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes, (iii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged under each applicable Class by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Term Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Term Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Term Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iv) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans of a given Class (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Borrower and the Auction Agent, and (vi) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition shall be satisfied.

 

(b)                                  With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.15 , (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 5.1 or 5.2 , and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans; provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii) , the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “ Minimum Tender Condition ”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered.

 

(c)                                   In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower and the Auction Agent shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.15 and without conflict with Section 2.15(d) ; provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than a reasonable period (in the discretion of the Borrower and the Auction Agent) of time following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) none of the Auction Agent, the Term Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Exchange Act.

 

98


 

2.16.                      Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law:

 

(i)                                      Waivers and Amendments .  Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definitions of Required Lenders, Required Revolving Credit Lenders, Required Term Loan Lenders and Section 13.1 .

 

(ii)                                   Defaulting Lender Waterfall .  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise) or received by such Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.8 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by such Administrative Agent as follows:  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the applicable Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 3.8 ; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the applicable Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the applicable Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 3.8 ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower, the Lenders, any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower, any Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and seventh , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv) .  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.16(a)(ii)  shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(iii)                                Certain Fees .

 

(A)                                No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Section 4 for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (the Borrower

 

99



 

shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

 

(B)                                Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its applicable percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.8 .

 

(C)                                With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A)  or (B)  above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv)  below, (y) pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Letter of Credit’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(iv)                               Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure .  All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment.  Subject to Section 13.23, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

(v)                                  Cash Collateral , Repayment of Swing Line Loans .  If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable law, (x)  first , prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y)  second , Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.8 .

 

(b)                                  Defaulting Lender Cure .  If the Borrower, the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Revolver Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Revolver Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv) ), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

100



 

Section 3.                                            Letters of Credit

 

3.1.                             Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                                  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and prior to the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 3 , Bank of America, N.A. agrees to continue under this Agreement for the account of the Borrower, the Existing Letters of Credit issued by it until the scheduled expiration or earlier termination thereof, and each other Letter of Credit Issuer agrees to issue from time to time from the Closing Date through the L/C Facility Maturity Date for the account of the Borrower letters of credit (the letters of credit issued on and after the Closing Date pursuant to this Section 3 , together with the Existing Letters of Credit, collectively the “ Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ Letter of Credit ”), which Letters of Credit shall not exceed any such Letter of Credit Issuer’s Letter of Credit Commitment and in the aggregate shall not exceed the L/C Sublimit, in such form as may be approved by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion.  On the Closing Date, (i) the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 3 for the account of the Borrower, (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of such Existing Letters of Credit shall be included in the calculation of L/C Obligations and (iii) all liabilities of the Borrower with respect to such Existing Letters of Credit shall constitute Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time, would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment then in effect (or with respect to any Letter of Credit Issuer, exceed such Letter of Credit Issuer’s Letter of Credit Commitment); (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; (iii) no Letter of Credit in an Alternative Currency shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect; (iv) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than one year after the date of issuance thereof (or such longer period of time as may be agreed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer) (except as set forth in Section 3.2(d) ), provided that in no event shall such expiration date occur later than the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in each case, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and, unless such Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized or backstopped (in the case of a backstop only, on terms reasonably satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer), the Revolving Credit Lenders; (v) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency; (vi) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any applicable law for the beneficiary of a Letter of Credit to have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor; and (vii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued by a Letter of Credit Issuer after it has received a written notice from any Credit Party or the Revolver Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as such Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a written notice of (x) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (y) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

 

(c)                                   Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (which notice the Revolver Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment in whole or in part; provided that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment (or with respect to a Letter of Credit Issuer, the Letters of Credit outstanding with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer shall not exceed such Letter of Credit Issuer’s Letter of Credit Commitment).

 

101



 

(d)                                  [Reserved].

 

(e)                                   The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(i)                                      any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms enjoin or restrain any such Letter of Credit Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Letter of Credit Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Letter of Credit Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (in each case, for which such Letter of Credit Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Letter of Credit Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Letter of Credit Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

(ii)                                   the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Letter of Credit Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

 

(iii)                                except as otherwise agreed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial Stated Amount less than the Dollar Equivalent of $50,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or the Dollar Equivalent of $10,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)                               such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency;

 

(v)                                  the Letter of Credit Issuer does not as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit issue letters of credit in the requested currency;

 

(vi)                               such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder; or

 

(vii)                            a default of any Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 3.3 exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless, in each case, the Borrower has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer to eliminate such Letter of Credit Issuer’s risk with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender or such risk has been reallocated in accordance with Section 2.16 .

 

(f)                                    The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not increase the Stated Amount of any Letter of Credit if any such Letter of Credit Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

(g)                                   The Letter of Credit Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) any such Letter of Credit Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(h)                                  The Letter of Credit Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Revolver Administrative Agent in Section 13 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents

 

102



 

pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Section 13 included the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

3.2.                             Letter of Credit Requests .

 

(a)                                  Whenever the Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued or amended, the Borrower shall give the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer a Letter of Credit Request by no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days (or such other period as may be agreed upon by the Borrower, the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer) prior to the proposed date of issuance or amendment.  Each Letter of Credit Request shall be executed by the Borrower.  Such Letter of Credit Request may be sent by facsimile, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the Letter of Credit Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

(b)                                  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer:  (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the Stated Amount thereof in the relevant currency; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the identity of the applicant; and (H) such other matters as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer (I) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (II) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (III) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (IV) such other matters as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Revolver Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Revolver Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

 

(c)                                   Unless the Letter of Credit Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Revolver Administrative Agent or any Credit Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Sections 6 (solely with respect to any Letter of Credit issued on the Closing Date) and 7 shall not then be satisfied to the extent required thereby, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Letter of Credit Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

 

(d)                                  If the Borrower so requests in any Letter of Credit Request, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Letter of Credit Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each 12-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof and the Borrower not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such 12-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Letter of Credit Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Letter of Credit Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Facility Maturity Date, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer; provided , however ,

 

103



 

that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer has reasonably determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (b)  of Section 3.1 or otherwise), or (B) it has received written notice on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Revolver Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Sections 6 and 7 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the Letter of Credit Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(e)                                   Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Letter of Credit Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Revolver Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.  On the first day of each month, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall provide the Revolver Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit issued by it that are outstanding at such time.

 

(f)                                    The making of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section 3.1(b) .

 

3.3.                             Letter of Credit Participations .

 

(a)                                  Immediately upon the issuance by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Revolving Credit Lender (each such Revolving Credit Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.3 , an “ L/C Participant ”), and each such L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from the Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each an “ L/C Participation ”), to the extent of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage in each Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the L/C Participants as provided in Section 4.1(b)  and the L/C Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees.

 

(b)                                  In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation relative to the L/C Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.  Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not create for the Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer through the Revolver Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.4(a) , the Revolver Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such failure, and each L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  If and to the extent such L/C Participant shall not have so made its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment available to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, such L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with

 

104



 

interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees that are reasonably and customarily charged by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  The failure of any L/C Participant to make available to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under such Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other L/C Participant to make available to the Revolver Administrative Agent such other L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

 

(d)                                  Whenever the Revolver Administrative Agent receives a payment from the Borrower in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Revolver Administrative Agent has received for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the L/C Participants pursuant to clause (c)  above, the Revolver Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each L/C Participant that has paid its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such reimbursement obligation, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such L/C Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all L/C Participants) of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective L/C Participations at the Overnight Rate.

 

(e)                                   The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances.

 

(f)                                    If any payment received by the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a)  is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 3.4(c)  (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Letter of Credit Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Revolver Administrative Agent for the account of such Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Revolver Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

3.4.                             Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment with respect to any drawing under any Letter of Credit to the Revolver Administrative Agent in the same currency in which such drawing was made unless the Letter of Credit Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of drawing that it will require reimbursement in Dollars.  In the case of any reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof.  Any such reimbursement shall be made by the Borrower to the Revolver Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for any payment or disbursement made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “ Unpaid Drawing ”) no later than the date that is one Business Day after the date on

 

105



 

which the Borrower receives written notice of such payment or disbursement (the “ Reimbursement Date ”), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date, from the Reimbursement Date to the date the Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for ABR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans plus the ABR as in effect from time to time, provided that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) unless the Borrower shall have notified the Revolver Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that the Borrower intends to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Borrowing requesting that, with respect to Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans (which shall be denominated in Dollars and which shall be ABR Loans) on the Reimbursement Date in the amount, or Dollar Equivalent of the amount, as applicable, of such drawing and (ii) the Revolver Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such drawing and the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each L/C Participant shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Revolving Credit Loan to the Borrower in Dollars in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Revolver Administrative Agent.  Such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount.  The Revolver Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans solely for purpose of reimbursing the Letter of Credit Issuer for the related Unpaid Drawing.  In the event that the Borrower fails to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the L/C Facility Maturity Date, the full amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an Unpaid Drawing subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4 except that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall hold the proceeds received from the L/C Participants as contemplated above as cash collateral for such Letter of Credit to reimburse any Unpaid Drawing under such Letter of Credit and shall use such proceeds first, to reimburse itself for any Unpaid Drawings made in respect of such Letter of Credit following the L/C Facility Maturity Date, second, to the extent such Letter of Credit expires or is returned undrawn while any such cash collateral remains, to the repayment of obligations in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans that have not been paid at such time and third, to the Borrower or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  Nothing in this Section 3.4(a)  shall affect the Borrower’s obligation to repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans when due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

(i)                                      any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

 

(ii)                                   the existence of any claim, set off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, any Lender or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

 

106


 

(iii)                                any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)                               waiver by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any requirement that exists for the Letter of Credit Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower (or a Restricted Subsidiary) or any waiver by the Letter of Credit Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower (or a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(v)                                  any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under, such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the Uniform Commercial Code, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;

 

(vi)                               any payment by the Letter of Credit Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(vii)                            honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit requires that demand be in the form of a draft;

 

(viii)                         any adverse change in any relevant exchange rates or in the relevant currency markets generally; or

 

(ix)                               any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower (or a Restricted Subsidiary) (other than the defense of payment or performance).

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under the Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

3.5.                             Increased Costs .  If after the Closing Date, the adoption of any applicable law, treaty, rule, or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or actual compliance by the Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant with any request or directive made or adopted after the Closing Date (whether or not having the force of law), by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall either (x) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer, or any L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, or (y) impose on the Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant any other conditions or costs affecting its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein or any Letter of Credit or such L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the actual cost to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the actual amount of any sum received or receivable by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant hereunder (including any increased costs or reductions attributable to

 

107



 

Taxes, other than any increase or reduction attributable to Indemnified Taxes, Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes) in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein, then, promptly after receipt of written demand to the Borrower by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Revolver Administrative Agent (with respect to a Letter of Credit issued on account of the Borrower (or a Restricted Subsidiary))), the Borrower shall pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that the Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Person’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such law, rule or regulation as in effect on the Closing Date.  A certificate submitted to the Borrower by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Revolver Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such actual additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent clearly demonstrable error.  The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.5 shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

3.6.                             New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer .

 

(a)                                  Any Letter of Credit Issuer may resign as a Letter of Credit Issuer upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower.  The Borrower may replace any Letter of Credit Issuer for any reason upon written notice to the Revolver Administrative Agent and such Letter of Credit Issuer.  The Borrower may add Letter of Credit Issuers at any time upon notice to the Revolver Administrative Agent.  If any Letter of Credit Issuer shall resign or be replaced, or if the Borrower shall decide to add a new Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement, then the Borrower may appoint from among the Lenders a successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, or, with the consent of the Revolver Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), another successor or new issuer of Letters of Credit, whereupon such successor issuer accepting such appointment shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or such new issuer of Letters of Credit accepting such appointment shall be granted the rights, powers and duties of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, and the term Letter of Credit Issuer shall include such successor or such new issuer of Letters of Credit effective upon such appointment.  At the time such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay to the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer all accrued and unpaid fees applicable to the Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 4.1(b)  and 4.1(d) .  The acceptance of any appointment as a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder whether as a successor issuer or new issuer of Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Revolver Administrative Agent and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall become a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder.  After the resignation or replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.  In connection with any resignation or replacement pursuant to this clause (a)  (but, in case of any such resignation, only to the extent that a successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have been appointed), either (i) the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall arrange to have any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer replaced with Letters of Credit issued by the successor issuer of Letters of Credit or (ii) the Borrower shall cause the successor issuer of Letters of Credit, if such successor issuer is reasonably satisfactory to the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit

 

108



 

Issuer, to issue “back stop” Letters of Credit naming the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer as beneficiary for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer, which new Letters of Credit shall be denominated in the same currency as, and shall have a face amount equal to, the Letters of Credit being backstopped and the sole requirement for drawing on such new Letters of Credit shall be a drawing on the corresponding backstopped Letters of Credit.  After any resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer’s resignation or replacement as Letter of Credit Issuer, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Letter of Credit Issuer shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (A) while it was the Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or (B) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

(b)                                  To the extent there are, at the time of any resignation or replacement as set forth in clause (a)  above, any outstanding Letters of Credit, nothing herein shall be deemed to impact or impair any rights and obligations of any of the parties hereto with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, any obligations related to the payment of Fees or the reimbursement or funding of amounts drawn), except that the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have the obligations regarding outstanding Letters of Credit described in clause (a)  above.

 

3.7.                             Role of Letter of Credit Issuer .  Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Revolver Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuit of such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the Letter of Credit Issuers, the Revolver Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 3.3(b) ; provided that anything in such Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against a Letter of Credit Issuer, and a Letter of Credit Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit in each case as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Letter of Credit Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

109



 

The Letter of Credit Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.

 

3.8.                             Cash Collateral .

 

(a)                                  Certain Credit Support Events .  Upon the written request of the Revolver Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, if (i) as of the L/C Facility Maturity Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, (ii) the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 11.13 , or (iii) the provisions of Section 2.16(a)(v)  are in effect, the Borrower shall immediately (in the case of clause (ii)  above) or within one Business Day (in all other cases) following any written request by the Revolver Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, provide Cash Collateral in an amount not less than the applicable Minimum Collateral Amount (determined in the case of Cash Collateral provided pursuant to clause (iii)  above, after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv)  and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

 

(b)                                  Grant of Security Interest .  The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subject to the control of) the Revolver Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein as described in Section 3.8(a) , and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 3.8(c) .  If at any time the Revolver Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Revolver Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer as herein provided, other than Permitted Liens, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount (including, without limitation, as a result of exchange rate fluctuations), the Borrower will, promptly upon written demand by the Revolver Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Revolver Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.  Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts with the Revolver Administrative Agent.  The Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.

 

(c)                                   Application .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 3.8 or Sections 2.16 , 5.2 , or 11.13 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

(d)                                  Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 13.6(b)(ii) ) or there is no longer existing an Event of Default) or (ii) the determination by the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral.

 

3.9.                             Applicability of ISP and UCP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time

 

110



 

of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be responsible to the Borrower for, and the Letter of Credit Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the Letter of Credit Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the applicable law or any order of a jurisdiction where the Letter of Credit Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.

 

3.10.                      Conflict with Issuer Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control and any grant of security interest in any Issuer Documents shall be void.

 

3.11.                      Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries .  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower), the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of any other Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of the other Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

3.12.                      Provisions Related to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments .  If the Letter of Credit Expiration Date in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments occurs prior to the expiry date of any Letter of Credit, then (i) if consented to by the Letter of Credit Issuer which issued such Letter of Credit, if one or more other tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of which the Letter of Credit Expiration Date shall not have so occurred are then in effect, such Letters of Credit for which consent has been obtained shall automatically be deemed to have been issued (including for purposes of the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders to purchase participations therein and to make Revolving Credit Loans and payments in respect thereof pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 ) under (and ratably participated in by Lenders pursuant to) the Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of such non-terminating tranches up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of the unutilized Revolving Credit Commitments thereunder at such time (it being understood that no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated) and (ii) to the extent not reallocated pursuant to immediately preceding clause (i) , the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize any such Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 3.8 .  Upon the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Letters of Credit may be reduced as agreed between the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower, without the consent of any other Person.

 

Section 4.                                            Fees

 

4.1.                             Fees .

 

(a)                                  Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Revolver Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective Revolving Credit Commitments of all such Lenders), a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) for each day from the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Termination Date.  Each Commitment Fee shall be payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (for the quarterly period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has been received) and (y) on the Revolving Credit Termination Date (for the period ended on such date for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (x)  above), and shall be computed for each day

 

111



 

during such period at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee Rate in effect on such day on the Available Commitment in effect on such day.

 

(b)                                  Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Revolver Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective Letter of Credit Exposure, a fee in respect of the Dollar Equivalent face amount of each Letter of Credit (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans that are LIBOR Loans less the Fronting Fee set forth in clause (d)  below.  Except as provided below, such Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                   Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agents in Dollars, for its own account, administrative agent fees as have been previously agreed in writing or as may be agreed in writing from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in Dollars in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it to the Borrower (the “ Fronting Fee ”) (i) with respect to each commercial Letter of Credit, at the rate of 0.125% per annum, computed on the amount of such Letter of Credit, and (ii) with respect to each standby Letter of Credit, for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the rate for each day equal to 0.125% per annum on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit (or at such other rate per annum as agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer).  Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(e)                                   Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay directly to the Letter of Credit Issuer in Dollars upon each issuance or renewal of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower shall have agreed upon for issuances or renewals of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 4.1 .

 

4.2.                             Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments .  Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Revolver Administrative Agent at the Revolver Administrative Agent’s Office (which notice the Revolver Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments in whole or in part; provided that (a) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of each of the Lenders of any applicable Class, except that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the establishment on any date of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14(g) , the Revolving Credit Commitments of any one or more Lenders providing any such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on such date shall be reduced in an amount equal to the amount of Revolving Credit Commitments so extended on such date (provided that (x) after giving effect to any such reduction and to the repayment of any Revolving Credit Loans made on such date, the Revolving Credit Exposure of any such Lender does not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment thereof and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any such repayment of Revolving Credit Loans contemplated by the preceding clause shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.3(a)  with respect to the ratable allocation of payments hereunder, with such allocation being determined after giving effect to any conversion pursuant

 

112



 

to Section 2.14(g)  of Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(g)  prior to any reduction being made to the Revolving Credit Commitment of any other Lender) and (ii) the Borrower may at its election permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of a Defaulting Lender to $0 without affecting the Revolving Credit Commitments of any other Lender, (b) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2(a)  shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000, and (c) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of the Loans made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures in respect of any Class shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class.

 

4.3.                             Mandatory Termination of Commitments .

 

(a)                                  The Initial Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  The Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

(c)                                   The Swingline Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Swingline Maturity Date.

 

(d)                                  The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.

 

(e)                                   The Tranche B-1 Term Loan Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of the Tranche B - - 1 Term Loans on such date.

 

(f)                                    The Tranche B-2 Term Loan Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of the Tranche B-2 Term Loans on such date.

 

Section 5.                                            Payments

 

5.1.                             Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall have the right to prepay Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, as applicable, other than as set forth in Section 5.1(b) , without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions:  (1) the Borrower shall give the applicable Administrative Agent at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office written notice (or such other form of notice as may be agreed by the applicable Administrative Agent) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars, three Business Days prior to, (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, four Business Days (or five Business Days, in the case of Special Notice Currencies) prior to, (iii) in the case of ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans), on the same Business Day or (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, on the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the applicable Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders or the Swingline Lender, as applicable; (2) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency other than Euro shall be in a minimum amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $2,500,000 and in multiples of the Dollar Equivalent of

 

113



 

$500,000 in excess thereof, (ii) any ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, (iii) any Loans denominated in Euro shall be in a minimum amount of €2,500,000 and in multiples of €500,000 in excess thereof and (iv) Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such LIBOR Loans; and (3) in the case of any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall, promptly after receipt of a written request by any applicable Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required pursuant to Section 2.11 .  Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the Borrower may specify and (b) applied to reduce Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Repayment Amounts, any New Term Loan Repayment Amounts, and, subject to Section 2.14(g) , Extended Term Loan Repayment Amounts, as the case may be, in each case, in such order as the Borrower may specify.  At the Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.1 , such prepayment shall not be applied to any Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan of a Defaulting Lender.

 

(b)                                  In the event that, on or prior to the six-month anniversary of the Amendment No.  1 4 Effective Date, the Borrower (i) makes any prepayment of Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on such Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans or (ii) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans, the Borrower shall pay to the Term Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Lenders, (x) in the case of clause (i) , a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the principal amount of the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans being prepaid in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of clause (ii) , an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment that are subject to an effective pricing reduction pursuant to such Repricing Transaction.

 

5.2.                             Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  Term Loan Prepayments .

 

(i)                                      On each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event (other than one covered by clause (iii)  below) and within ten Business Days after the occurrence of any other Prepayment Event (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within ten Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans with an equivalent principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event; provided , that, other than in the case of a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, the percentage in this Section 5.2(a)(i)  shall be reduced to 50% if the First Lien Leverage Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 4.50:1.00; provided further , that, with respect to the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, in each case solely to the extent with respect to any Collateral, the Borrower may use a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay or repurchase Permitted Other Indebtedness (and with such prepaid or repurchased Permitted Other Indebtedness permanently extinguished) with a Lien on the Collateral ranking equal with the Liens securing the Obligations to the extent any applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Document requires the issuer of such Permitted Other Indebtedness to prepay or make an offer to purchase such Permitted Other Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Prepayment Event, in each case in an amount not to exceed

 

114



 

the product of (x) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Permitted Other Indebtedness with a Lien on the Collateral ranking equal with the Liens securing the Obligations and with respect to which such a requirement to prepay or make an offer to purchase exists and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Permitted Other Indebtedness and the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans.

 

(ii)                                   Not later than ten Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a)  for any fiscal year (commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018), the Borrower shall prepay (or cause to be prepaid), in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that (A) the percentage in this Section 5.2(a)(ii)  shall be reduced to 25% if the First Lien Leverage Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto but giving effect to any prepayment described in clause (y)  below and as certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 4.25 to 1.00 but greater than 3.75 to 1.00, and (B) no payment of any Term Loans shall be required under this Section 5.2(a)(ii)  if the First Lien Leverage Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto but giving effect to any prepayment described in clause (y)  below and as certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00, minus (y) the principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 13.6(h)  (in each case, including purchases of the Loans by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at or below par, in which case the amount of voluntary prepayments of Loans shall be deemed not to exceed the actual purchase price of such Loans below par) and, to the extent accompanied by permanent optional reductions of Revolving Commitments, Revolving Credit Loans, in each case during such fiscal year or after such fiscal year and prior to the date of the required Excess Cash Flow payment and other than to the extent any such prepayment is funded with the proceeds of Funded Debt.

 

(iii)                                On each occasion that Permitted Other Indebtedness is issued or incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(w) , the Borrower shall within three Business Days of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Other Indebtedness prepay, in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.2 , (A) to the extent that any or all of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Prepayment Event by a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to clause (i)  or Excess Cash Flow are prohibited or delayed by any Requirements of Law from being repatriated to the Credit Parties, an amount equal to the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Loans at the times provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as the case may be, but only so long, as the applicable Requirements of Law will not permit repatriation to the Credit Parties (the Credit Parties hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable Requirements of Law to permit repatriation), and once a repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable Requirements of Law, an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten Business Days after such repatriation is permitted) applied (net of any taxes that would be payable or reserved against if such amounts were actually repatriated whether or not they are repatriated) to the repayment of the Loans pursuant to clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as applicable, and (B) mandatory prepayments required to be made pursuant to clauses (i)  and (ii)  above shall be limited to the extent that and for so long as such prepayment requirement, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, arises out of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event (in the case of clause (i) ) or Excess Cash Flow (in the case of clause (ii) ), and, in each case, the Borrower determines that such prepayment would result in material

 

115


 

adverse tax consequences related to the repatriation of funds in connection therewith by Foreign Subsidiaries.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement, including this Section 5 , shall be construed to require any Subsidiary to repatriate cash.

 

(b)                                  Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans .  (i) Subject to clause (ii)  of this Section 5.2(b) , if on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures in respect of any Class of Revolving Loans for any reason exceeds the Revolving Commitment for such Class of Revolving Loans at such time, the Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date Revolving Loans of such Class in an amount equal to such excess.  If after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Class, the Revolving Credit Exposures of such Class exceed the Revolving Commitment of such Class then in effect, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the letters of credit Outstanding in relation to such Class to the extent of such excess.

 

(ii)                                   If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Multicurrency Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures ”) for any reason exceeds 105% of the Multicurrency Sublimit as then in effect, the Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies in a principal amount such that, after giving effect to such repayment, the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures do not exceed 100% of the Multicurrency Sublimit.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures exceed 100% of the Multicurrency Sublimit, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies to the extent of such excess.

 

(c)                                   Application to Repayment Amounts .  Subject to Section 5.2(f) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a)(i)  or (ii)  shall be allocated pro rata among the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans, the New Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts due thereunder and shall be applied within each Class of Term Loans in respect of such Term Loans in direct order of maturity thereof or as otherwise directed by the Borrower; provided that if any Class of Extended Term Loans have been established hereunder, the Borrower may allocate such prepayment in its sole discretion to the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class, if any, from which such Extended Term Loans were converted (except, as to Term Loans made pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, as otherwise set forth in such Joinder Agreement, or as to a Replacement Term Loan).  Subject to Section 5.2(f) , with respect to each such prepayment, the Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 5.2(a)  for making such prepayment, give the Term Administrative Agent written notice which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Term Loans requesting that the Term Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Lender, New Term Loan Lender or Lender of Extended Term Loans, as applicable.

 

(d)                                  Application to Term Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a) , the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made; provided that if any Lender has provided a Rejection Notice in compliance with Section 5.2(f) , such prepayment shall be applied with respect to the Term Loans to be prepaid on a pro rata basis across all outstanding Types of such Term Loans in proportion to the percentage of such outstanding Term Loans to be prepaid represented by each such Class.  In the absence of a Rejection Notice or a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Term Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(e)                                   Application to Revolving Credit Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of Revolving Loans, the Borrower may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific

 

116



 

Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made and (ii) the Revolving Loans to be prepaid, provided that no prepayment of Revolving Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Borrower.  In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Revolver Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(f)                                    Rejection Right .  The Borrower shall notify the Term Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment.  The Term Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Term Loans of the contents of such prepayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment.  Each Term Loan Lender may reject all (but not less than all) of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment other than any such mandatory prepayment with respect to a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event under Section 5.2(a)(i)  or Permitted Other Indebtedness under Section 5.2(a)(iii)  (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Term Administrative Agent no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Term Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment.  If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Term Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans.  Any Declined Proceeds remaining after offering such Declined Proceeds to the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and subject to prepayment provisions in the Second Lien Credit Agreement shall be retained by the Borrower (“ Retained Declined Proceeds ”).

 

5.3.                             Method and Place of Payment .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the applicable Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto (or, in the case of Swingline Loans, to the Swingline Lender) or the Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, not later than the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the applicable Administrative Agent), in each case on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to the applicable currency or at such other office as such Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans, at such office as the Swingline Lender shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower), it being understood that written or facsimile notice by the Borrower to the applicable Administrative Agent to make a payment from the funds in the Borrower’s account at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account.  All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Loans are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Dollars.  The applicable Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by such Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or Fees ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.

 

(b)                                  Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, not later than the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the applicable Administrative

 

117



 

Agent) may be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day in the applicable Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans, at the Swingline Lender’s sole discretion) for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

 

5.4.                             Net Payments.

 

(a)                                  Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes .

 

(i)                                      Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes.

 

(ii)                                   If any Credit Party, either Administrative Agent or any other applicable Withholding Agent shall be required by applicable law to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such Withholding Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are reasonably determined by such Withholding Agent to be required by applicable law, (B) such Withholding Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or deductions have been made (including withholding or deductions on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.4) each Lender (or, in the case of a payment to either Administrative Agent for its own account, such Administrative Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deductions been made.

 

(b)                                  Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or timely reimburse the applicable Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of any Other Taxes.

 

(c)                                   Tax Indemnifications .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  or (b)  above, the Borrower shall indemnify each Administrative Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 15 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.4) payable or paid by, or required to be deducted or withheld from a payment to such Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability (along with a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts) delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by an Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  If the Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, each Administrative Agent and/or each affected Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower in pursuing a refund of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the affected Administrative Agent or affected Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.

 

118



 

(d)                                  Evidence of Payments .  After any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party or the applicable Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 5.4 , the Borrower shall deliver to such Administrative Agent or such Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or such Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Status of Lenders and Tax Documentation .

 

(i)                                      Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the applicable Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or such Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or such Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Credit Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Credit Party pursuant to any Credit Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.  Any documentation and information required to be delivered by a Lender pursuant to this Section 5.4(e)  (including any specific documentation set forth in subsection (ii)  below) shall be delivered by such Lender (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before any date on which such documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, (iii) after the occurrence of any change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or such Administrative Agent, and each such Lender shall promptly notify in writing the Borrower and such Administrative Agent if such Lender is no longer legally eligible to provide any documentation previously provided.

 

(ii)                                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or such Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or such Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements;

 

(B)                                each Non-U.S. Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)                                  executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or any applicable successor form) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party;

 

(2)                                  executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form thereto);

 

119



 

(3)                                  in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 , J-2 , J-3 or J-4 , as applicable, (a “ Non-Bank Tax Certificate ”), to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and that no payments under any Credit Document are effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Lender’s conduct of a United States trade or business and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or any applicable successor form);

 

(4)                                  where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a participation), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption, a Non-Bank Tax Certificate of such beneficial owner(s)) (provided that, if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Non-Bank Tax Certificate(s) may be provided by the Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of the direct or indirect partner(s)); or

 

(5)                                  executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable laws to permit the Borrower or the applicable Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made;

 

(C)                                if a payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or such Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or such Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and such Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (C) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(D)

 

(1)                                  If an Administrative Agent is a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), it shall provide the Borrower with two duly completed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9.

 

120



 

(2)                                  If an Administrative Agent is not a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), it shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which it becomes an Administrative Agent under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower):

 

(A)                                Executed originals of Form W-8ECI with respect to any amounts payable to such Administrative Agent for its own account, and

 

(B)                                Executed originals of Form W-8IMY with respect to any amounts payable to such Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business within the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and such Administrative Agent agree to so treat such Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv) of the United States Treasury Regulations).

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.4 , no Lender or either Administrative Agent shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.

 

(f)                                    Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If either Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Credit Party or with respect to which any Credit Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.4 , such Administrative Agent or such Lender (as applicable) shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Credit Parties under this Section 5.4 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) incurred by such Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of such Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event such Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  In such event, such Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that it deems confidential).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f) , in no event will either Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (f)  the payment of which would place either Administrative Agent or any Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Administrative Agent or any Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This subsection shall not be construed to require either Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Credit Party or any other Person.

 

(g)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 5.4 , the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

121



 

(h)                                  Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.4 shall survive the resignation or replacement of an Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under the Credit Documents.

 

5.5.                             Computations of Interest and Fees.

 

(a)                                  Interest on LIBOR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice .  Interest on ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

(b)                                  Fees and the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

5.6.                             Limit on Rate of Interest.

 

(a)                                  No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate .  Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(b)                                  Payment at Highest Lawful Rate .  If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 5.6(a) , the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

 

(c)                                   Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate .  If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest (the “Maximum Rate”), as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 ; provided that to the extent lawful, the interest or other amounts that would have been payable but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the applicable Administrative Agent, to obtain reimbursement on behalf of the Borrower from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.

 

Section 6.                                            Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing

 

The initial Borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Term Administrative Agent.

 

122



 

6.1.                             Credit Documents.

 

The Term Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received:

 

(a)                                  this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the Borrower;

 

(b)                                  the Guarantee, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the Guarantors;

 

(c)                                   the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the Borrower and the Guarantors;

 

(d)                                  the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the Borrower and the Guarantors; and

 

(e)                                   the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of the Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

6.2.                             Collateral .  Except for any items referred to on Schedule 9.14 :

 

(a)                                  All outstanding equity interests in whatever form of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by or on behalf of any Credit Party and required to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents shall have been pledged pursuant thereto;

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent shall have received the certificates representing securities of the Borrower and of each Credit Party’s Wholly-Owned-Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries to the extent required to be delivered under the Security Documents and pledged under the Security Documents to the extent certificated, accompanied by instruments of transfer and undated stock powers or allonges endorsed in blank; and

 

(c)                                   All Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by any Security Document and perfect such Liens to the extent required by such Security Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent, and shall be in proper form, for filing, registration or recording.

 

6.3.                             Legal Opinions .  The Term Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received the executed legal opinion, in customary form, of (a) White & Case LLP, special New York counsel to the Credit Parties, (b) Goulston & Storrs PC, special Massachusetts counsel to the Credit Parties, (c) Ballard Spahr LLP, special Pennsylvania counsel to the Credit Parties and (d) Woods, Fuller, Shultz & Smith P.C., special South Dakota counsel to the Credit Parties.

 

6.4.                             Equity Investments .  Equity Investments, which, to the extent constituting Capital Stock other than common Capital Stock and equity interests of management or other existing equity owners rolled over or invested in connection with the Transactions, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, in an amount not less than the Minimum Equity Amount shall have been made or shall be made substantially concurrently with the funding of the Initial Term Loans.

 

6.5.                             Closing Certificates .  The Term Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a certificate of each of (x) the Borrower and each Guarantor, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with appropriate insertions, executed by any Authorized Officer and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor, as applicable, and attaching the documents referred to in Section 6.6 and (y) an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying compliance with Sections 6.8 (with respect to Company Representations) and 6.10 and certifying that, since December 31, 2016, there has not been any effect, event, change, development, occurrence or circumstance that has

 

123



 

had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.6.                             Authorization of Proceedings of the Borrower and the Guarantors; Corporate Documents .  The Term Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors or other managers of the Borrower and each Guarantor (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery, and performance of the Credit Documents (and any agreements relating thereto) to which it is a party and (b) in the case of the Borrower, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, (ii) the certificate of incorporation and by-laws, certificate of formation and operating agreement or other comparable organizational documents, as applicable, of the Borrower and the Guarantors, and (iii) signature and incumbency certificates (or other comparable documents evidencing the same) of the Authorized Officers of the Borrower and the Guarantors executing the Credit Documents to which each is a party.

 

6.7.                             Fees .  The Agents and Lenders shall have received, or will receive substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans, fees and, to the extent invoiced at least three business days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in the amounts previously agreed in writing to be received on the Closing Date (which amounts may, at the Borrower’s option, be offset against the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans or any Revolving Credit Loans borrowed on the Closing Date).

 

6.8.                             Representations and Warranties .  On the Closing Date, the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (provided that any such Specified Representations which are qualified by materiality, material adverse effect or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects) and the Company Representations shall be true to the extent a breach thereof would give the Borrower (or one of its Affiliates) the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement (or otherwise decline to consummate the Acquisition) without any liability.

 

6.9.                             Solvency Certificate .  On the Closing Date, the Term Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance, a Director, a Manager, or any other senior financial officer of the Borrower to the effect that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with the Restricted Subsidiaries is Solvent.

 

6.10.                      Acquisition .  The Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial Credit Event hereunder shall be, consummated in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement (or the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall be reasonably satisfied with the arrangements in place for the consummation of the Acquisition reasonably promptly after the initial Credit Event hereunder and shall have received confirmation from representatives of the Borrower that such actions shall be taken promptly after the initial Credit Event hereunder).

 

6.11.                      Patriot Act .  The Administrative Agents and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall have received at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date such documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing at least ten calendar days prior to the Closing Date by the Term Administrative Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers about the Credit Parties to the extent required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act.

 

6.12.                      Pro Forma Balance Sheet .  The Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma statement of income (collectively, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”) of the Borrower as of and for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the four-fiscal quarter period ended March 31, 2017, prepared after giving effect to the

 

124



 

Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other statements of income), which need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or include adjustments for purchase accounting (including adjustments of the type contemplated by ASC 805).

 

6.13.                      Financial Statements .  The Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall have received the Historical Financial Statements.

 

6.14.                      No Material Adverse Effect .  Since December 31, 2016, there has not been any effect, event, change, development, occurrence or circumstance that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.15.                      Refinancing .  Substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date Refinancing shall be consummated.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section  6 on the Closing Date, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Term Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

Section 7.                                            Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

 

The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date (including the Closing Date) (excluding Mandatory Borrowings and Revolving Credit Loans required to be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4) and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit on any date is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions precedent:

 

7.1.                             No Default; Representations and Warranties .  At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto (other than any Credit Event on the Closing Date or pursuant to any Loan made pursuant to Section 2.14 (which shall be subject to the applicable terms of Section 2.14 )) (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (provided that any such representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality, material adverse effect or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (provided that any such representations and warranties which are qualified by materiality, material adverse effect or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date).

 

7.2.                             Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request .

 

(a)                                  Prior to the making of each Term Loan, each Revolving Credit Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ) and each Swingline Loan, the applicable Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(b)                                  Prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Revolver Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a Letter of Credit Request meeting the requirements of Section 3.2(a) .

 

125


 

7.3                                Credit Events denominated in Alternative Currencies.

 

In the case of a Credit Event to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the Revolver Administrative Agent, the Required Revolving Credit Lenders (in the case of any Revolving Credit Loans to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the Letter of Credit Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) would make it impracticable for such Credit Event to be denominated in the relevant Alternative Currency.

 

The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section  7 above have been satisfied as of that time.

 

Section 8.                                            Representations and Warranties

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit (it being understood that the following representations and warranties shall be deemed made with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary only to the extent relevant under applicable law):

 

8.1.                             Corporate Status .  Each Credit Party (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, limited liability company or other entity in good standing (if applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate, limited liability company or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.2.                             Corporate Power and Authority .  Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.  Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms ( provided that, with respect to the creation and perfection of security interests with respect to Indebtedness, Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, only to the extent enforceability of such obligation with respect to which Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code), except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

8.3.                             No Violation .  Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality other than as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents or Permitted Liens)

 

126



 

pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “ Contractual Requirement ”) other than any such breach, default or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, articles or other organizational documents of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisition).

 

8.4.                             Litigation .  There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.5.                             Margin Regulations .  Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

8.6.                             Governmental Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings, consents, approvals, registrations and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents (and to release existing Liens), and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings or consents the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.7.                             Investment Company Act .  None of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

8.8.                             True and Complete Disclosure.

 

(a)                                  None of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Term Administrative Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, and/or any Lender on or before the Closing Date (including all such written information and data contained in (i) the Confidential Information Memorandum (as updated prior to the Closing Date and including all information incorporated by reference therein) and (ii) the Credit Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished (after giving effect to all supplements and updates), it being understood and agreed that for the purposes of this Section 8.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include pro forma financial information, projections, estimates (including financial estimates, forecasts, and other forward-looking information) or other forward looking information and information of a general economic or general industry nature.

 

(b)                                  The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts, and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in paragraph (a)  above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.

 

127



 

8.9.                             Financial Condition; Financial Statements.

 

(a)                                  (i) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of the Borrower as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum, and (ii) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Borrower at the respective dates of said information, statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby.  The Pro Forma Financial Statements, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agents, have been prepared based on the Historical Financial Statements and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2017 (as if the Transactions had been consummated on such date) and their estimated results of operations as if the Transactions had been consummated on March 31, 2017.  The financial statements referred to in clause (ii)  of this Section 8.9(a)  have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements.

 

(b)                                  There has been no Material Adverse Effect since the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   Each Lender and each Administrative Agent hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may be required to restate historical financial statements as the result of the implementation of changes in GAAP or IFRS, or the respective interpretation thereof, and that such restatements will not result in a Default or an Event of Default under the Credit Documents.

 

8.10.                      Compliance with Laws; No Default .  Each Credit Party is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to be so in compliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

8.11.                      Tax Matters .  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of the Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries has filed all Tax returns required to be filed by it and has timely paid all Taxes payable by it (whether or not shown on a Tax return and including in its capacity as withholding agent) that have become due, other than those being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (b) each of the Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries has paid, or has provided adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable) in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all Taxes not yet due and payable.  There is no current or proposed Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.12.                      Compliance with ERISA .  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

 

8.13.                      Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                  Schedule 8.13(a) lists each Subsidiary of the Borrower (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Borrower therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 8.13(b) lists each Regulated Subsidiary.

 

8.14.                      Intellectual Property .  Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to own or have a right to use such Intellectual Property would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

128



 

8.15.                      Environmental Laws.

 

(a)                                  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective operations and properties are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has received written notice of any Environmental Claim; (iii) none of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is conducting any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no underground or above ground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  None of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, released or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal or treatment of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned or operated property nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, has there been any other Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any such properties, in each case, in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.16.                      Properties.

 

(a)                                  Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good and valid record title to, valid leasehold interests in, or rights to use, all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title or interest would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 9.3(b) .

 

8.17.                      Solvency .  On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) immediately following the making of the Loans and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with the Restricted Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

 

8.18.                      Patriot Act .  On the Closing Date, the use of proceeds of the Loans will not violate the Patriot Act in any material respect.

 

8.19.                      OFAC .  No Credit Party, nor any Related Party, (i) is currently the subject of any Sanctions, (ii) is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction, or (iii) is or has been (within the previous five years) engaged in any transaction with any Person who is now or was then the subject of Sanctions or who is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction. No Loan, nor the proceeds from any Loan, has been used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute, provide or has otherwise made available to fund any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction or to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including any Lender, the Administrative Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender) of Sanctions.

 

8.20.                      Anti-Corruption Laws .  Since five years prior to the date hereof, there has been no action taken by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any officer, director, or employee, or any agent, representative, sales intermediary, or other third party of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each

 

129



 

case, acting on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Law.

 

Section 9.                                            Affirmative Covenants.

 

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated or been Cash Collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than (x) any contingent indemnity obligations and (y) any Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that have been collateralized, back-stopped or otherwise provided for), shall have been paid in full:

 

9.1.                             Information Covenants .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agents (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

 

(a)                                  Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available and in any event within five days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 120 days after the end of each such fiscal year) (135 days for the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2017), the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of each fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal years, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, in each case, certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing whose opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit or as to the status of the Borrower or any of the Material Subsidiaries (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Material Subsidiary) as a going concern (other than any qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date under any Indebtedness, (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant (including Section 10.7) on a future date or in a future period or (iii) the activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

(b)                                  Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available and in any event within five days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) with respect to the first three quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 60 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period (75 days for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending September 30, 2017)), the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for such quarterly period, and commencing with the quarter ending September 30, 2018 setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of the related period in the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (except as noted therein), subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and, with respect to fiscal 2017 reporting periods, subject to finalization of the purchase price allocation to

 

130



 

the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Transactions, as required by GAAP.

 

(c)                                   Budgets .  Prior to an IPO, within 120 days (135 days in the case of the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2018) after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated budget of the Borrower in reasonable detail on a quarterly basis for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower for its internal use consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 9.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood and agreed that such Projections and assumptions as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such Projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.

 

(d)                                  Officer’s Certificates .  Not later than five days after the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 9.1(a)  and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form reasonably acceptable to the Term Administrative Agent to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, as the case may be, which certificate shall set forth (i) a specification of any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Closing Date or the most recent fiscal year or period, as the case may be, (ii) the then applicable First Lien Leverage Ratio and underlying calculations in connection therewith and (iii) any changes to the legal name, jurisdiction of formation, type of entity and organizational number (or equivalent) of a Credit Party organized in a jurisdiction where an organizational identification number is required to be included in a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, in each case for each Credit Party or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d) , as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Notice of Default or Litigation .  Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii)  any notice of default provided to the Second Lien Lenders with respect to the Second Lien Credit Agreement that is not otherwise required to be provided to the Administrative Agents or Lenders under this Agreement or any other Credit Document [reserved] and (iii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    Environmental Matters .  Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries obtains knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:

 

(i)                                      any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate; and

 

131



 

(ii)                                   the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.

 

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation or removal, remedial or other corrective action in response thereto.  The term “ Real Estate ” shall mean land, buildings, facilities and improvements owned or leased by any Credit Party.

 

(g)                                   Other Information .  Promptly upon filing thereof, copies of any filings (including on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K) or registration statements (other than drafts of pre-effective versions of registration statements) with, and reports to, the SEC or any analogous Governmental Authority in any relevant jurisdiction by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it becomes effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agents), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statements on Form S-8) and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices, and reports that the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall send to the holders of any publicly issued debt of the Borrower and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in their capacity as such holders, lenders or agents (in each case to the extent not theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agents pursuant to this Agreement) and, with reasonable promptness, such other information (financial or otherwise) as either Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender (acting through the either Administrative Agent) may reasonably request in writing from time to time; provided that none of the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary will be required to disclose or permit the inspection or discussion of any document, information or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agents or any Lender (or their respective contractors) is prohibited by law, or any binding agreement, (iii) that is subject to attorney client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) that is otherwise subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.2 .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section  9.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q (or any comparable or successor form), as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of subclauses (A)  and (B)  of this paragraph, to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating or other information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a) , (b) , and (g) of this Section  9.1 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the earliest date on which (i) the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet; (ii) such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency, Syndtrak or another website, if any, to which each Lender and each Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by an Administrative Agent), or (iii) such financial statements and/or other documents are posted on the SEC’s website on the internet at www.sec.gov; provided that (A) the Borrower shall, at the request of either Administrative Agent, continue to deliver copies (which delivery may be by electronic

 

132



 

transmission) of such documents to such Administrative Agent and (B) the Borrower shall notify (which notification may be by facsimile or electronic transmission) such Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents on any website described in this paragraph.  Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from such Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

9.2.                             Books, Records, and Inspections .  The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agents or the Required Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of the Borrower and any such Subsidiary in whomsoever’s possession to the extent that it is within such party’s control to permit such inspection (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such inspection to be permitted to the extent that it is not within such party’s control to permit such inspection), and to examine the books and records of the Borrower and any such Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and of any such Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agents or the Required Lenders may desire (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, (a) only an Administrative Agent on behalf of the Required Lenders may exercise rights of an Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 9.2 , (b) neither Administrative Agent shall exercise its rights more than one time in any calendar year, which such visit will be at the Borrower’s expense, and (c) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.2 , none of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes trade secrets or proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to such Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law or any agreement binding on a third-party or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, each Administrative Agent (or any of its respective representatives or independent contractors) or any representative of the Required Lenders may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.  The Administrative Agents and the Required Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants.

 

9.3.                             Maintenance of Insurance .  (a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and the availability of insurance on a cost-effective basis) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and the availability of insurance on a cost-effective basis; and will furnish to the Administrative Agents, promptly following written request from an Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried and (b) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on such Mortgaged Property is designated a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), the Borrower will obtain flood insurance in compliance with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent or any Lender, (B) furnish to the Collateral Agent evidence of the renewal (and payment of renewal premiums therefor) of all such policies prior to the expiration or lapse

 

133



 

thereof, and (C) to the extent the Borrower becomes aware of any re-designation, furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any re-designation of any such improved Mortgaged Property into or out of a “special flood hazard area”.  The Borrower will use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly cause each such policy of insurance to (i) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties as the loss payee thereunder.

 

9.4.                             Payment of Taxes .  The Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all material Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which material penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, would reasonably be expected to become a material Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5.                             Preservation of Existence; Consolidated Corporate Franchises .  The Borrower will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, take all actions necessary (a) to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, organizational rights and authority and (b) to maintain its rights, privileges (including its good standing (if applicable)), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, in each case, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under the definition of Permitted Investments or Section 10.2 , 10.3 , 10.4 , or 10.5 .

 

9.6.                             Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc .  The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders applicable to it or its property, including, without limitation, applicable laws administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, (b) comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, and (c) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal, and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, other than such orders and directives which are being timely contested in good faith by proper proceedings, except in each case of (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 9.6 , where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.7.                             ERISA .  The Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the occurrence of any ERISA Event, that alone or together with any other ERISA Events, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8.                             Maintenance of Properties .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working

 

134



 

order and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty, and condemnation excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.9.                             Transactions with Affiliates .  The Borrower will conduct, and cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions with any of its Affiliates (other than the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15,000,000 for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Affiliate transaction, for any individual transaction or series of related transactions on terms that are at least substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the board of directors of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of customary investment banking fees paid to the Sponsor for services rendered to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with divestitures, acquisitions, financings and other transactions which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith; provided that the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the greater of (x) $4,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such payment, (b) transactions permitted by Section 10.5 , (c) consummation of the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses, (d) the issuance of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by the Credit Documents, (e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has invested to the extent permitted or not prohibited under Section 10 , (f) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to, and indemnities, reimbursements, employment agreements, severance agreements, stock option plans, benefit plans and other similar arrangements provided to or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, (g) payments by the Borrower (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among the Borrower (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries that are permitted under Section 10.5(b)(15) ; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of the amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would have been required to pay in respect of such foreign, federal, state and/or local taxes for such fiscal year had the Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) paid such taxes separately from any such direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers or employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, (i) transactions undertaken pursuant to membership in a purchasing consortium, (j) transactions pursuant to any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date, or any amendment, modification, supplement or replacement thereto (so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (k) customary payments by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent) and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), (l) the existence and performance of agreements and transactions with any Unrestricted Subsidiary that were entered into prior to the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent that the transaction was permitted at the time that it was entered into with such Restricted Subsidiary and transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an

 

135


 

Affiliate prior to the redesignation of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such transaction was not entered into in contemplation of such designation or redesignation, as applicable, (m) Affiliate repurchases of the Loans or Commitments to the extent permitted hereunder and the holding of such Loans or Commitments and the payments and other transactions contemplated herein in respect thereof, (n) any customary transactions with a Receivables Subsidiary effected as part of a Receivables Facility, (o) undertaking or consummating any IPO Reorganization Transactions, (p) contributions to the capital of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) or any investments by the Sponsors in the Equity Interests of the Borrower (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors in connection therewith), (q) leases and intellectual property licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business, (r) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (s) investments by Affiliates in Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as non-Affiliates were also offered the opportunity to invest in such Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests, and transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally and (t) existence of, or the performance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of their obligations under the terms of, any customary registration rights agreement to which they are a party or become a party in the future.

 

9.10.                      End of Fiscal Years .  The Borrower will, for financial reporting purposes, cause each of its, and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries’, fiscal years to end on dates consistent with past practice; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Term Administrative Agent, change the financial reporting convention specified above to (x) align the dates of such fiscal year and fiscal quarter end for any Restricted Subsidiary whose fiscal years and fiscal quarters end on dates different from those of the Borrower or (y) any other financial reporting convention (including a change of fiscal year) reasonably acceptable (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the Term Administrative Agent, in which case the Borrower and the Term Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.

 

9.11.                      Additional Credit Parties .  Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, the Borrower will cause each direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), and each other Subsidiary that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary, within 60 days from the date of such formation, acquisition or cessation, as applicable (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), and the Borrower may at its option cause any other Subsidiary, to execute (a) a supplement to the Guarantee and (b) a supplement to each of the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement in order to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee and a grantor under such Security Documents or, to the extent reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, enter into a new Security Document substantially consistent with the analogous existing Security Documents and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created and perfected by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date and pursuant to Section 9.14(d)  in the case of such Credit Parties.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary shall be required to take any action outside the United States to perfect any security interest in the Collateral (including the execution of any agreement, document or other instrument governed by the law of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia).

 

9.12.                      Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness .  Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and other than (x) when in the reasonable determination

 

136



 

of the Collateral Agent and the Borrower (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of doing so would be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) to the extent doing so would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Collateral Agent, the Borrower will cause (i) all certificates representing Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents) held directly by the Borrower or any other Credit Party, (ii) all evidences of Indebtedness in excess of the greater of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) received by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors at the time of any disposition of assets pursuant to Section 10.4(b)  and (iii) any promissory notes executed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date evidencing Indebtedness in excess of the greater of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time such promissory note is executed that is owing to the Borrower or any other Credit Party, in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations accompanied by undated instruments of transfer executed in blank pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any promissory note among the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries need not be delivered to the Collateral Agent so long as (i) a global intercompany note superseding such promissory note has been delivered to the Collateral Agent, (ii) such promissory note is not delivered to any other party other than the Borrower or any other Credit Party, in each case, owed money thereunder, and (iii) such promissory note indicates on its face that it is subject to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

9.13.                      Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower and its Affiliates will use the proceeds of (a) the Initial Term Loans, the Second Lien Term Loans, the Equity Investments and cash on hand to effect the Transactions, (b) Revolving Loans for working capital and general corporate purposes (including to finance the Transactions and any transaction not prohibited by the Credit Documents but limited on the Closing Date to (i) fund working capital (including with respect to net working capital adjustments set forth in Acquisition Agreement), (ii) fund any OID or upfront fees required to be funded on the Closing Date due to the exercise of “market flex” or “securities demand” provisions and (iii) to fund fees and expenses in connection with the Transactions; provided that the Revolving Loans on the Closing Date for the purposes described in clauses (i)  and (iii)  above shall be limited to $40,000,000), (c) Letters of Credit for working capital and general corporate purposes (including to finance the Transactions and any transaction not prohibited by the Credit Documents but limited on the Closing Date to issuances for the purpose of backstopping or replacing letters of credit outstanding on the Closing Date under the Existing Secured Facility) and , (d) the Tranche B-1 Term Loans to refinance in full all the Initial Term Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (e) the Tranche B-2 Term Loans to refinance in full all the Tranche B-1 Term Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and for other general corporate purposes not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement .

 

9.14.                      Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms of Sections 9.11 and 9.12 , this Section 9.14 and the Security Documents, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements, and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust, and other documents) that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect, and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the expense of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and other than (x) when in the reasonable determination of the Collateral Agent and the Borrower (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of doing so would be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) to the extent doing so would result in material adverse tax

 

137



 

consequences as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Collateral Agent, if any assets (other than Excluded Property) (including any fee owned Real Estate but excluding Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary and excluding any real estate which the applicable Credit Party intends to dispose of pursuant to a Permitted Sale Leaseback so long as actually disposed of within 270 days of acquisition (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree)) with a book value in excess of the greater of (a) $10,000,000 and (b) 5% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) (at the time of acquisition) are acquired by the Borrower or any other Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document or that constitute a fee interest in Real Estate in the United States, the Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations ( provided that in the event any Mortgage delivered pursuant to this clause (b)  shall incur any mortgage recording tax or similar charges in connection with the recording thereof, such Mortgage shall not secure an amount in excess of the Fair Market Value of the applicable Mortgaged Property) and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days, unless extended by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a)  of this Section 9.14 .

 

(c)                                   Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b)  shall, if requested by the Collateral Agent, be received as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days (except as set forth in the preceding clause (b) ), unless extended by the Collateral Agent acting reasonably and accompanied by (w) a policy or policies (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor to be replaced by a final title policy) of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, in such amounts as reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the applicable Mortgaged Property, insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the Borrower, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request but only to the extent such endorsements are (i) available in the relevant jurisdiction ( provided in no event shall the Collateral Agent request a creditors’ rights endorsement) and (ii) available at commercially reasonable rates, (x) an opinion of local counsel in the jurisdiction in which each Mortgaged Property is located to the applicable Credit Party in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (y) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, and if any improvements on such Mortgaged Property are located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Credit Party and (ii) certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required by Section 9.3 in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and (z) an ALTA survey in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent or such existing survey together with a no-change affidavit sufficient for the title company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title policy related to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements required in (w)  above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall not enter into any Mortgage in respect of any real property acquired by any Credit Party after the Closing Date (1) until the date that is (a) if such Mortgaged Property relates to property not located in a special flood hazard area, five (5) Business Days or (b) if such Mortgaged Property relates to a property located in a special flood hazard area, thirty (30) days, after the Collateral Agent has delivered to the Lenders with a Revolving Credit Commitment the following documents in respect of such real property: (i) a completed flood hazard determination from a third party vendor; (ii) if such real property is located in a “special flood hazard area”, (A) a notification to the applicable Credit Parties of that fact and (if applicable) notification

 

138



 

to the applicable Credit Parties that flood insurance coverage is not available and (B) evidence of the receipt by the applicable Credit Parties of such notice; and (iii) evidence of required flood insurance, if available, in compliance with Section 9.3 and (2) the Collateral Agent shall have received written confirmation from each Revolving Credit Lender that flood insurance compliance has been completed by such Lender with respect to such real property (such written confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that, nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to modify the 90 day period set forth above (as such period may be extended by the Collateral Agent acting reasonably).

 

(d)                                  Post-Closing Covenant .  The Borrower agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Subsidiaries to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 9.14 as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 9.14 with respect to such action or such later date as the Term Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

 

9.15.                      Maintenance of Ratings .  The Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain (but not maintain any specific rating) a corporate family and/or corporate credit rating, as applicable, and ratings in respect of the Term Loans provided pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, from each of S&P and Moody’s.

 

9.16.                      Lines of Business .  The Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, synergistic, reasonably related, or ancillary to any of the foregoing (and non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment).

 

Section 10.                                     Negative Covenants .

 

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated or been Cash Collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees, and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than (x) any contingent indemnity obligations and (y) any Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that have been collateralized, back-stopped or otherwise provided for), shall have been paid in full:

 

10.1.                      Limitation on Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Borrower will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if, after giving effect thereto, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be no greater than 6.25 to 1.00; provided , further , that the amount of Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing together with any amounts incurred under Section 10.1(n)(x)  by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 50% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding.

 

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents;

 

139



 

(b)                                  Indebtedness represented by the Second Lien Term Loans and any guarantee thereof in an aggregate principal amount (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all accrued interest, fees and expenses) not to exceed $207,000,000; [reserved];

 

(c)                                   Indebtedness (including any unused commitment) outstanding on the Closing Date; provided that any Indebtedness that is in excess of $10,000,000 individually shall only be permitted under this clause (c)  to the extent such Indebtedness is listed on Schedule 10.1 ;

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and mortgage financings as Purchase Money Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation, maintenance, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets and Indebtedness arising from the conversion of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any “synthetic lease” transactions to on-balance sheet Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (d)  and all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (d) , does not exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of incurrence; provided that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (d)  in connection with a Permitted Sale Leaseback shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Permitted Sale Leaseback are used by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Term Loans or other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets subject to such Permitted Sale Leaseback (excluding any Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations);

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, deferred compensation, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether in respect of current or former employees) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement or indemnification type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary or other Person, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

(g)                                   Indebtedness of the Borrower to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (g) ;

 

140



 

(h)                                  Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to another Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower; provided that if the Borrower or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor as the case may be; provided , further , that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(i)                                      shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(j)                                     Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

 

(k)                                  (i) obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal, and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(l)                                      (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Borrower or cash contributed to the capital of the Borrower (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions, any Cure Amount or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with Sections 10.5(a)(iii)(B)  and 10.5(a)(iii)(C)  to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 10.5(b)  or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (i)  and (iii)  of the definition thereof) and (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (l)(ii) , does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $80,000,000 and (y) 50% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of incurrence (it being understood that if the Borrower shall so determine any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (l)(ii)  shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (l)(ii)  but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 from and after the first date on which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 without reliance on this clause (l)(ii) );

 

(m)                              the incurrence or issuance by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 and clauses (b) , (c)  and (d)  above, clause (l)(i)  and this clause (m)  and clauses (n)

 

141



 

and (v)  below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so refinance, replace, refund, extend, renew, defease, restructure, amend, restate or otherwise modify (collectively, “ refinance ”) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to or at its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (1) has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being refinanced, (2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively, and (iii) Indebtedness subordinated to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (3) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Borrower or a Guarantor;

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition, merger, or consolidation; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to this clause (x) , together with any amounts incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 , by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Borrower or Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (A) $75,000,000 and (B) 50% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding, or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the amount of Acquired Indebtedness that may be assumed pursuant to this clause (y)  by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Borrower or Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (A) $50,000,000 and (B) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding; provided that after giving effect to any such acquisition, merger, consolidation or designation described in this clause (n) , either (1) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be no greater than 6.25 to 1.00 or (2) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or less than that immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, consolidation or designation;

 

(o)                                  Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)                                  (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee so long as such letter of credit or bank guarantee is otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 10.1 or (ii) obligations in respect of letters of support, guarantees or similar obligations issued, made or incurred for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent required by law or in connection with any statutory filing or the delivery of audit opinions performed in jurisdictions other than within the United States;

 

142



 

(q)                                  (1) any guarantee by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as in the case of a guarantee of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness could have been incurred directly by the Restricted Subsidiary providing such guarantee or (2) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower;

 

(r)                                     Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Borrower or a Guarantor; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor shall not exceed, in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, the greater of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (r)  shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (r)  but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (r) );

 

(s)                                    Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(t)                                     (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business, including with respect to financial accommodations of the type described in the definition of Cash Management Services and (ii) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit, purchasing or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements and Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, credit card programs, automatic clearinghouse arrangements and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

 

(u)                                  Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, managers, employees and consultants thereof (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and any direct or indirect parent thereof, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent described in clause (4)  of Section 10.5(b) ;

 

(v)                                  the incurrence by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness consisting of guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by Permitted Joint Ventures; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness guaranteed pursuant to this clause (v)  does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) of the Borrower at the time of incurrence;

 

(w)                                Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Other Indebtedness to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans in the manner set forth in Section 5.2(a)(iii)  and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that (x) the principal amount of any such

 

143



 

Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses, and premium and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with such refinancing) and (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of Permitted Other Indebtedness;

 

(x)                                  Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Other Indebtedness; provided that either (a) the aggregate principal amount of all such Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to this clause (i)(a)  shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount or (b) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied no later than ten Business Days after the receipt thereof to repay Indebtedness in an amount such that after giving effect to such repayment, the Total Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.25:1.00 and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with such refinancing), (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of Permitted Other Indebtedness, and (z) in the case of a refinancing of Permitted Other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i)(b)  above with other Permitted Other Indebtedness;

 

(y)                                                                                  (i) Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.15 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses, and premium and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with such refinancing) and (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of Permitted Other Indebtedness; and

 

(z)                                   customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.1 :  (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (a)  through (z)  above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 , the Borrower, in its sole discretion, at the time of incurrence will divide, classify or reclassify or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; (ii) at the time of incurrence, the Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this Section 10.1 ; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loans on the Closing Date will be treated as incurred under clause (b)  above ; and (iii) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this Section 10.1 shall be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness.

 

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock and the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of

 

144



 

Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant.  Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (a)  and (l)(i)  above shall be deemed to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, fees, and expenses in connection with such refinancing.  Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums, and other costs and expenses and accrued and unpaid interest incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

This Agreement will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or because it is guaranteed by other obligors.

 

10.2.                      Limitation on Liens .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (each, a “ Subject Lien ”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except:

 

(i)                                      if such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien;

 

(ii)                                   [reserved]; and

 

(iii)                                in the case of any Subject Lien on assets or property not constituting Collateral, any Subject Lien if the Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Subject Lien secures any Junior Debt) the obligations secured by such Subject Lien.

 

(b)                                  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released

 

145


 

and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Subject Lien that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Obligations.

 

10.3.                      Limitation on Fundamental Changes .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:

 

(a)                                  so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower; provided that (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not the Borrower (such other Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (2) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto or in a form otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Term Administrative Agent, (3) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have, by a supplement to the Guarantee, confirmed that its guarantee thereunder shall apply to any Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (4) each Subsidiary grantor and each Subsidiary pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have, by a supplement to any applicable Security Document, affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3) , (5) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, shall have affirmed that its obligations under the applicable Mortgage shall apply to its Guarantee as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3) , (6) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agents, at least three Business Days prior to its assumption of the obligation under this Agreement, such “know-your-customer” or similar information as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agents, and (7) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Term Administrative Agent (x) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation, or consolidation and such supplements preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents and (y) if requested by the Term Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger, amalgamation, or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document and that the provisions set forth in the preceding clauses (3)  through (5)  preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection of the Liens created under the applicable Security Documents (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement);

 

(b)                                  so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower; provided that (i) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) the Borrower shall cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Borrower or one or more Guarantors, the Borrower or a Guarantor, as applicable, shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and if the surviving Person is not already the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Person shall execute a supplement to the Guarantee and the relevant Security Documents in form and substance

 

146



 

reasonably satisfactory to the Term Administrative Agent in order to become a Guarantor and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor, as applicable, thereunder for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (iii) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Term Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any such supplements to any Security Document preserve the enforceability of this Agreement or the Guarantees, as applicable, and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents;

 

(c)                                   the Transactions may be consummated;

 

(d)                                  (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or dissolution or otherwise) to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) any Credit Party may convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or dissolution or otherwise) to any other Credit Party;

 

(e)                                   any Subsidiary may convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or dissolution or otherwise) to a Credit Party; provided that the consideration for any such disposition by any Person other than a Guarantor shall not exceed the fair value of such assets;

 

(f)                                    any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and

 

(g)                                   the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, investment or conveyance, sale, lease, assignment or disposition, the purpose of which is to effect an Asset Sale (which for purposes of this Section 10.3(g) , will include any disposition below the dollar threshold set forth in clause (d)  of the definition of Asset Sale) permitted by Section 10.4 or an investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 or an investment that constitutes a Permitted Investment.

 

10.4.                      Limitation on Sale of Assets .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(a)                                  the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;

 

(b)                                  except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, if the property or assets sold or otherwise disposed of have a Fair Market Value in excess of the greater of (x) $30,000,000 and (y) 20% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such disposition, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(i)                                      any liabilities (as reflected on the Borrower’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such consolidated balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of the Borrower, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with

 

147



 

the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which the Borrower and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing;

 

(ii)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;

 

(iii)                                Indebtedness, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans, that are of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Borrower and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale; and

 

(iv)                               any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv)  that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100,000,000 and (y) 65% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (b)  of this provision and for no other purpose; and

 

(c)                                   no Event of Default shall have occurred or be occurring or will occur as a consequence thereof.

 

Within the Reinvestment Period after the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

 

(i)                                      (x) to prepay Loans or Permitted Other Indebtedness in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i)  or (y) to the extent not required to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) , be retained by the Borrower and/or Restricted Subsidiaries (any such amounts, “ Retained Asset Sale Proceeds ”); and/or

 

(ii)                                   to make investments in the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be deemed to have complied with this clause (ii)  if and to the extent that, within the Reinvestment Period after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement or letter of intent to consummate any such investment described in this clause (ii)  with the good faith expectation that such Net Cash Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment and, in the event any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Cash Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary prepays the Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) .

 

(d)                                  Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Cash Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under any revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

148



 

10.5.                      Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:

 

(A)                                dividends or distributions by the Borrower payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests, or

 

(B)                                dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(2)                                  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation in each case held by a person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                  make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Junior Debt of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than (A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (g)  and (h)  of Section  10.1 or (B) the payment, redemption, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of Junior Debt purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of payment, redemption, purchase, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or acquisition; or

 

(4)                                  make any Restricted Investment;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1)  through (4)  above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(i)                                      Except in the case of a Restricted Investment and other than with respect to amounts attributable to subclauses (B) , (C)  and (G)  below, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(ii)                                   except in the case of a Restricted Investment and other than with respect to amounts attributable to subclauses (B) , (C) , and (G)  below, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be no greater than 6.25 to 1.00; and

 

(iii)                                such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) , (2)  (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b)  thereof only) and (6)(C)  of Section 10.5(b)  below, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.5(b) ), is less

 

149



 

than the sum of (without duplication) (the sum of the amounts attributable to clauses (A)  through (G)  below is referred to herein as the “ Available Amount ”):

 

(A)                                50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, plus

 

(B)                                100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by any parent entity of the Borrower since immediately after the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds from Cure Amounts or to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to clause (l)(i)  of Section 10.1) from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of the Borrower, including Retired Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (A) Equity Interests to any employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4)  of Section 10.5(b)  below, and (B) Designated Preferred Stock, and, to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Borrower, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4)  of Section 10.5(b)  below) or (y) Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower; provided that this clause (B)  shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock, (b) Equity Interests or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Borrower sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (c) Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock, (d) Excluded Contributions or (e) Cure Amounts, plus

 

(C)                                100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Borrower following the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds from Cure Amounts or to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to clause (l)(i)  of Section 10.1) , (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions or (iv) constitute Cure Amounts), plus

 

(D)                                100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or returns on investments from, Restricted Investments made by the Borrower (including cash distributions and cash interest received in respect of Restricted Investments) and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Closing Date; or (B) the sale (other than to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an

 

150



 

Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7)  of Section 10.5(b)  below (but including such cash or Fair Market Value to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, plus

 

(E)                                 in the case of either the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with or into, or transfer or conveyance of its assets to, or its liquidation into, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (or such combination or transfer as applied), other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7)  of Section 10.5(b)  below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment, plus

 

(F)                                  the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds and Retained Asset Sale Proceeds since the Closing Date, plus

 

(G)                                the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 33.5% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on Pro Forma Basis).

 

(b)                                  The foregoing provisions of Section 10.5(a)  will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                  the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(2)                                  (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Junior Debt of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle to the extent contributed to the Borrower (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)  of this Section  10.5(b) , the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)                                  the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Junior Debt of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section  10.1 so long as:  (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection

 

151



 

with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, (B) if such Junior Debt is subordinated to the Obligations, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Junior Debt so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, (D) if such Junior Debt so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value is (i) unsecured then such new Indebtedness shall be unsecured or (ii) Permitted Other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section  10.1(x)(i)(b)  and is secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations then such new Indebtedness shall be unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, and (E) such new Indebtedness has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

(4)                                  a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle held by any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant (or any of their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferee thereof) of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect Parent Entity pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option or phantom equity plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or arrangement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over or otherwise purchased by management of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle in connection with the Transactions; provided that, except with respect to non-discretionary purchases, repurchases, retirements, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value, the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4)  subsequent to the Closing Date do not exceed (x) in any twelve month period ended prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the greater of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) and (y) in any twelve month period ended after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the greater of (a) $40,000,000 and (b) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) (which subsequent to the consummation of an IPO shall increase to the greater of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis)) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); provided , further , that such amount in any twelve month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed:  (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Borrower and, to the extent contributed to the Borrower, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle, in each case to any future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants (or any of their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferee thereof) of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect Parent Entity that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (iii)  of Section  10.5(a) , plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, plus (C) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to employees, officers,

 

152



 

directors, managers or consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests, less (D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A)  and (B)  of this clause (4)  ( provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) , (B)  and (C)  above in any calendar year); and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members, or any permitted transferee thereof) of the Borrower, any direct or indirect Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiary, in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parent Entity or management investment vehicle will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section  10.5 or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

(5)                                  the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with Section  10.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(6)                                  (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Borrower after the Closing Date; (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Closing Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B)  shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Borrower from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2)  of this Section  10.5(b) ; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (A)  and (C)  of this clause (6) , for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Total Leverage Ratio of not greater than 6.25 to 1.00;

 

(7)                                  Investments in any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7)  that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 25% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)                                  (i) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable in connection with the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of Equity Interests or any other equity award by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any Parent Entity or any Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases or withholdings of Equity Interests in connection with the exercise of any stock or other equity options or warrants or the vesting of

 

153



 

equity awards if such Equity Interests represent all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional Equity Interests, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options or warrants or other Equity Interests or equity awards, (ii) payments or other adjustments to outstanding Equity Interests in accordance with any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other similar employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement in connection with any Restricted Payment and (iii) loans or advances to officers, directors, employees, managers and consultants of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; provided that no cash is actually advanced pursuant to this clause (iii)  other than to pay taxes due in connection with such purchase, unless immediately repaid;

 

(9)                                  the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following consummation of an IPO, not to exceed the sum (a) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from such IPO, other than public offerings with respect to the Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution and (b) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 6.0% of the market capitalization of the Borrower;

 

(10)                           Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions made since the Closing Date;

 

(11)                           other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time made;

 

(12)                           purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Receivables Facility and distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

(13)                           any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto), in each case, with respect to the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends, loans or other payments to any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to permit payment by such parent of such amount), to the extent permitted by Section  9.9 (other than clause (b)  thereof), and Restricted Payments in respect of working capital adjustments or purchase price adjustments pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment and to satisfy indemnity and other similar obligations under the Acquisition Agreement, any Permitted Acquisitions or other Permitted Investments;

 

(14)                           other Restricted Payments; provided that after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payments the Total Leverage Ratio of the Borrower is equal to or less than 5.00 to 1.00;

 

(15)                           any Permitted Tax Distributions;

 

(16)                           the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions by the Borrower to, or the making of loans by the Borrower to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower in amounts required for any such direct or indirect parent company to pay:  (A) franchise and excise taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its organizational

 

154



 

existence, (B) without duplication of any Permitted Tax Distributions, consolidated, combined or similar foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes, to the extent that such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments with respect to any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would have been required to pay in respect of such foreign, federal, state and local income taxes for such fiscal year had the Borrower, the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) been a stand-alone taxpayer or stand-alone group (separate from any such direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower) for all fiscal years ending after the Closing Date, (C) customary salary, bonus, and other benefits payable to officers, employees, directors, managers and consultants of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such salaries, bonuses, and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Borrower’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company, (D) general corporate or other operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing, tax or other related accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Borrower’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company, (E) amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower to pay fees and expenses incurred by any such direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower related to (i) the maintenance by such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and performance of its obligations under the Second Lien Credit Agreement and this Agreement , as applicable , (ii) any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of the Borrower or such parent, (iii) any equity or debt issuance, incurrence or offering or acquisition or Investment transaction in any business, assets or property, in each case to the extent the net proceeds thereof will be contributed to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as part of the same or a related transaction, permitted by this Agreement and (iv) transactions of the Borrower and/or such parent company of the type described in clause (xi)  of the definition of Consolidated Net Income, (F) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or any such direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower, (G) repurchases deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of stock options, (H) amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Borrower (other than as Excluded Contributions, Cure Amounts or as Disqualified Stock) and that has been guaranteed by, and is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section  10.1 (except to the extent any such payments have otherwise been made by any such Guarantor), and (I) amounts to make payments for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, including in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, which payments are (x) made pursuant to agreements with the Investors described in this Agreement or (y) approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith;

 

(17)                           the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split,

 

155


 

merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Borrower, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

 

(18)                           the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

(19)                           the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Junior Debt in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

 

(20)                           undertaking or consummating any IPO Reorganization Transactions;

 

(21)                           payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Section  10.3 ; and

 

(22)                           payments of (i) management fees to the Advisor Group payable monthly pursuant to the Advisor Group Documents and (ii) compensation to the Management Group payable in the ordinary course of business;

 

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) , (14) , and (19) above, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (or in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof).  For purposes of clauses (15) and (16) above, Taxes shall include all interest and penalties with respect thereto and all additions thereto.

 

The Borrower will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of Investment.  Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section  10.5(a)  or under clauses (7) , (10) , or (11) of Section  10.5(b) , or pursuant to the definition of Permitted Investments, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1)  through (22) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section  10.5(a)  and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of Permitted Investments, the Borrower will be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) among such clauses (1)  through (22) , Section  10.5(a)  and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of Permitted Investments, in a manner that otherwise complies with this covenant.

 

(c)                                   Prior to the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Maturity Date, to the extent any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes are issued pursuant to Section 10.1(y)  for the purpose of consummating a Permitted Debt Exchange, (i) the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise defease or acquire any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes unless the

 

156



 

Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall concurrently voluntarily prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.1(a)  on a pro rata basis among the Term Loans, in an amount not less than the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes that are proposed to be prepaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Permitted Debt Exchange Notes in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange then outstanding (prior to giving effect to such proposed prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition) and (b) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the Borrower will not waive, amend or modify the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes or any indenture pursuant to which such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes have been issued in any manner inconsistent with the terms of Section 2.15(a) , Section 10.1(y) , or the definition of Permitted Other Indebtedness or that would result in a Default hereunder if such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (as so amended or modified) were then being issued or incurred.

 

10.6.                      Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions .  The Borrower will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not a Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                  (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(c)                                   sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions (x) which the Borrower has reasonably determined in good faith will not materially impair the Borrower’s ability to make payments under this Agreement when due or (y) existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                                      contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including pursuant to this Agreement and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

 

(ii)                                   the Second Lien Credit Agreement, the Second Lien Term Loans and the related guarantees; [reserved];

 

(iii)                                purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c)  above on the property so acquired;

 

(iv)                               Requirements of Law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(v)                                  any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

 

157



 

(vi)                               contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary and restrictions on transfer of assets subject to Permitted Liens;

 

(vii)                            (x) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1 and 10.2 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness and (y) restrictions on transfers of assets subject to Permitted Liens (but, with respect to any such Permitted Lien, only to the extent that such transfer restrictions apply solely to the assets that are the subject of such Permitted Lien);

 

(viii)                         restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)                               other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.1 ;

 

(x)                                  customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture and the Equity Interests issued thereby;

 

(xi)                               customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xii)                            restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility;

 

(xiii)                         any encumbrances or restrictions arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, (x) detract from the value of the property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) materially affect the Borrower’s ability to make future principal or interest payments under this Agreement, in each case, as determined by the Borrower in good faith;

 

(xiv)                        customary provisions in operating or other similar agreements, asset sale agreements, and stock sale agreements entered into in connection with the entering into of such transaction, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of those agreements; and

 

(xv)                           any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) , (b) , and (c)  above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i)  through (xiv)  above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements, or refinancings (x) are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing or (y) do not materially impair the Borrower’s ability to pay its obligations under the Credit Documents as and when due (as determined in good faith by the Borrower).

 

158



 

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to other Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

10.7.                      Financial Covenant .  The Borrower will not permit its Total Secured First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be greater than (x) for any Test Period ending on or prior to March 31, 2019, 8.85 to 1.00, and (y) for any Test Period ending thereafter, 8.60 6.25 to 1.00.

 

10.8.                      Sanctions .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, permit any Loan or the proceeds of any Loan, directly or indirectly, (i) to be lent, contributed or otherwise made available to fund any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction; (ii) to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions; or (iii) in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including any Lender, the Administrative Agents, Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender) of any Sanctions.

 

10.9.                      Anti-Corruption Laws .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, permit any Loans or the proceeds of any Loan, directly or indirectly, to be used by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, for any payments to any Person in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law.

 

Section 11.                                     Events of Default .

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

 

11.1.                      Payments .  The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans or (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or any Fees, Unpaid Drawings or of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document; or

 

11.2.                      Representations, Etc .  Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (except those in the Credit Documents made or deemed made on the Closing Date that are not the Company Representations and the Specified Representations) shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made, and, to the extent capable of being cured, such incorrect representation or warranty shall remain incorrect for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Term Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

 

11.3.                      Covenants .  Any Credit Party shall:

 

(a)                                  default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9.1(e)(i) , Section 9.5 (solely with respect to the Borrower), Section 9.14(d)  or Section 10 ; provided that any Event of Default under Section 10.7 is subject to cure as provided in Section 11.14 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section shall not occur until the expiration of the 10 th  Business Day subsequent to the date the relevant financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 9.1(a)  or (b) ; provided , further , that any Event of Default under Section 10.7 shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loans until the date on which the Revolving Credit Loans (if any) have been accelerated or the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, in either case, by the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; or

 

159



 

(b)                                  default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 11.1 or 11.2 or clause (a)  of this Section 11.3) contained in this Agreement or any Security Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice by the Borrower from the Term Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

11.4.                      Default Under Other Agreements .  (a) The Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) fail to make any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) in the aggregate, for the Borrower and such Restricted Subsidiaries, beyond the period of grace and following all required notices, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (after giving effect to all applicable grace period and delivery of all required notices) (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (it being understood that clause (i)  shall apply to any failure to make any payment in excess of the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) that is required as a result of any such termination or similar event and that is not otherwise being contested in good faith)), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (a)  shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement), or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a)  above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (it being understood that clause (a)(i)  above shall apply to any failure to make any payment in excess of the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) that is required as a result of any such termination or equivalent event and that is not otherwise being contested in good faith)), prior to the stated maturity thereof; provided that this clause (b)  shall not apply to (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness, (y) Indebtedness which is convertible into Qualified Stock and converts to Qualified Stock in accordance with its terms and such conversion is not prohibited hereunder, or (z) any breach or default that is (I) remedied by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary or (II) waived (including in the form of amendment) by the required holders of the applicable item of Indebtedness, in either case, prior to the acceleration of Loans pursuant to this Section 11 ; or

 

11.5.                      Bankruptcy, Etc .  Except as otherwise permitted by Section 10.3 , the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”); or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary and the petition is not

 

160



 

dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), judicial manager, compulsory manager, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, liquidator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar Person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary; or the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, winding-up, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary; or there is commenced against the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary is adjudicated bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

11.6.                      ERISA .  (a) An ERISA Event shall have occurred, or (b) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan and in each case in clauses (a)  and (b)  above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

11.7.                      Guarantee .  Other than as expressly permitted hereunder, any Guarantee provided by any Credit Party or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any such Guarantor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee; or

 

11.8.                      Pledge Agreement .  Other than as expressly permitted hereunder, the Pledge Agreement or any other Security Document pursuant to which the Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is pledged or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any pledgor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any pledgor’s or Credit Party’s obligations under any Security Document; or

 

11.9.                      Security Agreement .  Other than as expressly permitted hereunder, the Security Agreement or any other Security Document pursuant to which the assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary are pledged as Collateral or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any grantor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantor’s obligations under the Security Agreement or any other Security Document; or

 

11.10.               Judgments .  One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability in excess of the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not covered by insurance or indemnities as to which the applicable insurance company or third party has not denied coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof; or

 

11.11.               Change of Control .  A Change of Control shall occur;

 

11.12.               Remedies Upon Event of Default .  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Term Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required Lenders (or, in the case of an

 

161



 

Event of Default relating to Section 10.7 , the Required Revolving Credit Lenders following the expiration of the Borrower’s ability to effectuate the Cure Right), by written notice to the Borrower, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agents or any Lender to enforce its claims against the Borrower, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement (provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Term Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii)  and (iv)  below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice):  (i) declare the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and Swingline Commitment terminated, whereupon the Revolving Credit Commitment and Swingline Commitment, if any, of each Lender or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, shall forthwith terminate immediately and any Fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind and, after any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this clause (i) , the Required Term Loan Lenders shall have the right to accelerate the Term Loans; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans (or, in the case of action by the Required Revolving Credit Lenders, all Revolving Credit Loans) and all related Obligations to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law; (iii) terminate any Letter of Credit that may be terminated in accordance with its terms; and/or (iv) direct the Borrower to (and the Borrower agrees that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower, it will) Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit issued and then outstanding.  In the case of an Event of Default under Section 11.3(a)  in respect of a failure to observe or perform the covenant under Section 10.7 , the actions previously described will be permitted to occur only following the expiration of the ability to effectuate the Cure Right.

 

11.13.               Application of Proceeds .  Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in each case if executed, and the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement any amount received by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower under Section 11.4 shall be applied:

 

(i)                                      first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent in connection with any collection or sale of the Collateral or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document to the extent reimbursable hereunder or thereunder;

 

(ii)                                   second , to the Secured Parties, an amount equal to that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest (including post-petition interest), ratably (without priority of any one over any other) to such Secured Parties in proportion to the unpaid amounts;

 

(iii)                                third , to the Secured Parties an amount (x) equal to all other Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution and (y) sufficient to Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding on the date of any distribution, and, if such moneys shall be insufficient to pay such amounts in full and Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding, then ratably (without priority of any one over any other) to such Secured Parties in proportion to the unpaid amounts thereof and to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding; and

 

162



 

(iv)                               fourth , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct;

 

provided that any amount applied to Cash Collateralize any Letters of Credit Outstanding that has not been applied to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for Unpaid Drawings under the applicable Letters of Credit at the time of expiration of all such Letters of Credit shall be applied by the Revolver Administrative Agent in the order specified in clauses (i)  through (iii)  above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Guarantor that is not an “ Eligible Contract Participant ” (as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act) shall not be applied to Excluded Swap Obligations.

 

11.14.               Equity Cure .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 , in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirement of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 , from the end of any Test Period until the expiration of the 10 th  Business Day following the date of the delivery of the Section 9.1 Financials in respect of such Test Period for which such financial covenant is being measured, any holder of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower shall have the right to cure such failure (the “ Cure Right ”) by causing cash net equity proceeds derived from an issuance of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Stock, unless reasonably satisfactory to the Revolver Administrative Agent) by the Borrower (or from a contribution to the common equity capital of a parent entity of the Borrower) to be contributed, directly or indirectly, as cash common equity to the Borrower, and upon receipt by the Borrower of such cash contribution (such cash amount being referred to as the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, such financial covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

 

(a)                                  Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 with respect to any Test Period that includes the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

(b)                                  if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis), the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of such financial covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; provided that (i) in each Test Period there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Cure Right is made, (ii) there shall be a maximum of five Cure Rights made during the term of this Agreement, (iii) each Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount expected to be required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 ; and (iv) all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for the purposes of any financial ratio determination under the Credit Documents other than for determining compliance with Section 10.7 .

 

Section 12.                                     The Agents .

 

12.1.                      Appointment .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the applicable Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably

 

163



 

authorizes such Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Section 12 (other than Section 12.1(c)  with respect to the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners and Sections 12.1 , 12.9 , 12.11 and 12.12 with respect to the Borrower and the other Credit Parties) are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, none of the Borrower or any other Credit Party shall have rights as third party beneficiary of any such provision.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Administrative Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agents.  In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Each Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agents, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agents, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuers, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   Each of the Joint Lead Arrangers, Bookrunners, syndication agents and documentation agents, each in its capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 12 .

 

12.2.                      Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  Neither the Administrative Agents nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents, subagents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

12.3.                      Exculpatory Provisions .  No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any participant for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or

 

164



 

sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents, or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof.  The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Administrative Agents or any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 13.1 ), provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any debtor relief law and (b) except as expressly set forth in the Credit Documents, no Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as an Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  Neither the Administrative Agents nor any of their Related Parties shall be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement relating to Disqualified Lenders.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agents shall not (i) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender or (ii) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender.

 

12.4.                      Reliance by Agents .  The Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by each Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.  The applicable Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with such Administrative Agents.  The Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans; provided that the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law.

 

12.5.                      Notice of Default .  Neither the Administrative Agents nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder

 

165


unless the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent has received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  In the event that either Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall, within ten (10) days of such receipt, give notice thereof to the other Administrative Agent, Lenders and the Collateral Agent.  The Term Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided that unless and until the Term Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Term Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.

 

12.6.                      Non-Reliance on Administrative Agents, Collateral Agent, and Other Lenders .  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agents nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent to any Lender.  Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers represents to the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and each other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of any of the Credit Parties.  Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the applicable Administrative Agent hereunder or as otherwise requested by a Lender from the Borrower through the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof, neither the applicable Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of any Credit Party that may come into the possession of such Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

12.7.                      Indemnification .  The Lenders agree to severally indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,

 

166



 

expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided , further , that no action taken by an Administrative Agent in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Credit Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 12.7 .  In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), this Section 12.7 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice rendered in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto.  If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata portion thereof; and provided , further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  The agreements in this Section 12.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.  The indemnity provided to each Agent under this Section 12.7 shall also apply to such Agent’s respective Affiliates, directors, officers, members, controlling persons, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents and successors.

 

12.8.                      Agents in Their Individual Capacities .  The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder.  Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from, own securities of and generally engage in any kind of business with any Credit Party as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.  With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

12.9.                      Successor Agents .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (including receipt of the Borrower’s consent); provided that if an Administrative Agent or the Collateral

 

167



 

Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice.

 

(b)                                  If the Person serving as an Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (v)  of the definition of Lender Default, the Required Lenders may to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as an Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable), (1) the retiring or removed agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Letter of Credit issuers under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as an Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) or removed Agent, and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 12.9) .  Except as provided above, any resignation or removal of Royal Bank of Canada as an Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall also constitute the resignation or removal of Royal Bank of Canada as the Collateral Agent.  The fees payable by the Borrower (following the effectiveness of such appointment) to such Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring or removed Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 12 (including Section 12.7) and Section 13.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Agent was acting as an Agent.

 

(d)                                  Any resignation by or removal of Bank of America, N.A. as the Revolver Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall also constitute its resignation or removal as Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer.  If Bank of America resigns as Letter of Credit Issuer , it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Letter of Credit Issuer and all Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make ABR Loans or fund risk participations in Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Section 3.3 .  If Bank of America resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make ABR Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d) Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Revolver

 

168



 

Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer, (b) the retiring Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents, and (c) the successor Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit issued by the Revolver Administrative Agent, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

12.10.               Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable law, each Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Credit Document an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax.  If the Internal Revenue Service or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that either Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify such Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective) or if such Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding Tax from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify such Administrative Agent (to the extent that such Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Credit Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Credit Party to do so), fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Administrative Agent or as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by either Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes each Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due to such Administrative Agent under this Section 12.10 .  The agreements in this Section 12.10 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agents, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 12.10 , the term Lender includes the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers.

 

12.11.               Agents Under Security Documents and Guarantee .  Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Security Documents.  Subject to Section 13.1 , without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agents or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by an Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) under any Credit Document (i) upon the Maturity Date and the payment in full of all Obligations hereunder (except for (x) contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made, (y) any Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that have been collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for and (z) any Letter of Credit Outstandings that have been Cash Collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), (ii) that is sold or to be sold or transferred as part of or in connection with any sale or other transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Credit Document to a Person that is not a Credit Party or in connection with the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iii) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee otherwise in accordance with the Credit Documents, (iv) as to the extent provided in the Security Documents, (v) that constitutes Excluded Property or Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents or (vi) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 13.1 ; (b) release any

 

169



 

Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary) as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; (c) subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by an Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Credit Document to the holder of any Lien permitted under clause (vi)  (solely with respect to Section 10.1(d) ) or (ix)  of the definition of Permitted Lien; and (d) enter into subordination or intercreditor agreements with respect to Indebtedness to the extent an Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is otherwise contemplated herein as being a party to such intercreditor or subordination agreement, including the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement.

 

The Collateral Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by the Borrower under this Section  12.11 , irrespective of any discharge of the Borrower’s obligations to pay those amounts to the other Lenders resulting from failure by them to take appropriate steps in insolvency proceedings affecting the Borrower to preserve their entitlement to be paid those amounts.

 

Any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent under this Section  12.11 shall be decreased to the extent that the other Lenders have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Credit Documents and any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Collateral Agent has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Section  12.11 .

 

12.12.               Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee .  Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Agents, and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights, and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights, and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.  No holder of Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement.  No holder of Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that obtains the benefits of any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any other Credit Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender or Agent and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Credit Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither Administrative Agent shall be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, unless an Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as such Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

 

170



 

12.13.               Intercreditor Agreement Governs .  The Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent, and each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of any intercreditor agreement (including the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) entered into pursuant to the terms hereof, (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent to enter into each intercreditor agreement (including the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement) entered into pursuant to the terms hereof and to subject the Liens securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof, and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent to enter into any intercreditor agreement that includes, or to amend any then existing intercreditor agreement to provide for, the terms described in the definition of Permitted Other Indebtedness and the terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as applicable .

 

12.14.      Certain ERISA Matters .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each other Joint Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

 

(i)                                      such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments;

 

(ii)                                   (the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement; or

 

(iv)                               such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

(b)                                  In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and each other Joint Lead Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

 

171



 

(i)                                      none of the Administrative Agent or any other Joint Lead Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

 

(ii)                                   the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

 

(iii)                                the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

 

(iv)                               the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

 

(v)                                  no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent or any other Joint Lead Arranger or any their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   the Administrative Agent and each other Joint Lead Arranger hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

 

Section 13.                                     Miscellaneous .

 

13.1.                      Amendments, Waivers, and Releases .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Credit Documents, neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1 .  Except as provided to the contrary under Section 2.14 or the fifth and sixth paragraphs hereof in respect of Replacement Term Loans, and other than with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver contemplated in the proviso to clause (i)  below, which shall only require the consent of the Lenders expressly set forth therein and not the Required Lenders, the Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the applicable Administrative Agent and/or

 

172



 

the Collateral Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive in writing, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the applicable Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that each such waiver and each such amendment, supplement or modification shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; and provided, further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (x) (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the final scheduled maturity date of any Loan or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or amend Section 2.8(c) ), or forgive any portion thereof, or extend the date for the payment, of any principal hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or extend the final expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the L/C Facility Maturity Date, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, make any Loan, interest, Fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided that a waiver of any condition precedent in Section 6 or 7 , the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, default interest, mandatory prepayment or reductions, any modification, waiver or amendment to the financial covenant definitions or financial ratios or any component thereof or the waiver of any other covenant shall not constitute an increase of any Commitment of a Lender, a reduction or forgiveness in the interest rates or the fees or premiums or a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal, premium or interest or an extension of the final maturity of any Loan or the scheduled termination date of any Commitment, in each case for purposes of this clause (i) , or (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 ), in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, or (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 with respect to any Letter of Credit without the written consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer to the extent such amendment, modification or waiver directly and adversely affects the Letters of Credit Issuer, or (v) amend, modify or waive any provisions hereof relating to Swingline Loans without the written consent of the Swingline Lender in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, or (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantees (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantees, the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement or this Agreement) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents, the Closing Date Intercreditor Agreement or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (vii) decrease the Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Repayment Amount applicable to Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans or extend any scheduled Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loan Repayment Date applicable to Tranche B- 1 2 Term Loans, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (viii) reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms Required Lenders, Required Revolving Credit Lenders or Required Term Loan Lenders or amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.1 that has the effect of decreasing the number of Lenders that must approve any amendment, modification or waiver, without the written consent of each Lender, (y) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (x) , (i) extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or (ii) increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, in each case, without the written consent of such Lender, or (z) in connection with an amendment that addresses solely a repricing transaction in which any Class of Term Loans is refinanced with a replacement Class of Term Loans bearing (or is modified in such a manner such that the resulting Term

 

173



 

Loans bear) a lower Effective Yield (a “ Permitted Repricing Amendment ”), only the consent of the Lenders holding Term Loans subject to such permitted repricing transaction that will continue as a Lender in respect of the repriced tranche of Term Loans or modified Term Loans or (ix) amend, modify or waive the pro rata sharing provisions set forth in Sections 2.16(a)(ii) , 5.2(c) , 5.2(d)  or 11.13 , in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except (x) that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) for any such amendment, waiver or consent that treats such Defaulting Lender disproportionately from the other Lender of the same Class (other than because of its status as a Defaulting Lender).

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the consent of each Revolving Credit Lender and the Revolver Administrative Agent (and no other Lenders) shall be required to amend the definition of “Alternative Currency” to add additional currencies.

 

Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrower, such Lenders, the applicable Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans.  In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the applicable Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  In connection with the foregoing provisions, the applicable Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligations to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Required Revolving Credit Lenders shall have the ability to waive, amend, supplement or modify (i) the covenant set forth in Section  10.7 (or any of the defined terms used therein or related thereto solely as used in Section 10.7 ) and (ii) the conditions precedent to advances under the Revolving Credit Facility which consent, in each case, shall be effective without the consent of any other Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement or Extension Amendment effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section  2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the applicable Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Term Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans to permit the refinancing of all or any portion of outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans ( plus an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid interest, fees, premiums, and expenses incurred in connection therewith), (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, unless any such Applicable Margin applies after the Tranche B- 1 2 Term

 

174



 

Loan Maturity Date, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans), and (d) the covenants, events of default and guarantees shall be not materially more restrictive (taken as a whole) (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than the covenants, events of default and guarantees applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants, events of default and guarantees applicable to any period after the maturity date in respect of the Refinanced Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing; provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Term Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the Term Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Replacement Term Loans, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Replacement Term Loans or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Term Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within two Business Days after receipt of such certificate that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

 

The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, upon the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all Obligations hereunder (except for (x) contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made, (y) any Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that have been collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for and (z) any Letter of Credit Outstandings that have been Cash Collateralized, backstopped or otherwise provided for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party, to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 13.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (in accordance with the second following sentence), (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and (vii) if such assets constitute Excluded Property or Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.  Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents.  Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be released from the Guarantees upon consummation of any transaction not prohibited hereunder resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary.  The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.

 

175


 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Credit Documents may be amended to add syndication or documentation agents and make customary changes and references related thereto with the consent of only the Borrower and the Term Administrative Agent.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section  13.1) or any other Credit Document to the contrary, (i) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended to effect an incremental facility or extension facility pursuant to Section  2.14 (and an Administrative Agent and the Borrower may effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents without the consent of any other party as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of such Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the terms of any such incremental facility or extension facility); (ii) no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to any intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of any Indebtedness as expressly contemplated by the terms of such intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to any applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Term Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing; provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise directly and adversely affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agents hereunder or under any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agents; (iii) any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and an Administrative Agent to (x) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency (as reasonably determined by an Administrative Agent and the Borrower) and (y) effect administrative changes of a technical or immaterial nature (including to effect changes to the terms and conditions applicable solely to the Letter of Credit Issuers in respect of issuances of Letters of Credit) and such amendment shall be deemed approved by the Lenders if the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice of such change and such Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment; (iv) the applicable Credit Parties and an Administrative and/or the Collateral Agent may in its or their respective discretion enter into any amendment or waiver or any Credit Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to subordinate any Lien on any item of Collateral that is subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (v) , (vi)(a) , (xiii) , (xviii)  (solely to the extent such Lien relates to clause (vi)(a)  of the definition of Permitted Liens), (xxviii) , (xxix) , (xxx) , (xxxi) , (xxxv)  and (xliv) (solely to the extent such Lien is of a type that would otherwise be permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of the definition of Permitted Liens without regard to any limitation on the amount of obligations secured by such Liens) of the definition of Permitted Liens; (v) guarantees, collateral documents and related documents executed by Credit Parties in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Term Administrative Agent and may be, together with any other Credit Document, entered into, amended, supplemented or waived, without the consent of any other Person, by the applicable Credit Party or Credit Parties and the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent in its or their respective sole discretion, to (A) effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (B) as required by local law or advice of counsel to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable requirements of law, or (C) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects (as reasonably determined by the Term Administrative Agent and the Borrower) or to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; and (vi) Intercreditor Agreements contemplated by the terms of this Agreement may be entered into.

 

176



 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Security Document to the contrary, the Collateral Agent may, in its sole discretion, grant extensions of time for the satisfaction of any of the requirements under Sections 9.12 , 9.13 and 9.14 or any Security Documents in respect of any particular Collateral or any particular Subsidiary if it determines that the satisfaction thereof with respect to such Collateral or such Subsidiary cannot be accomplished without undue expense or unreasonable effort or due to factors beyond the control of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be satisfied under this Agreement or any Security Document.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no MIRE Event may be closed until (1) the date that is (a) if there are no Mortgaged Properties in a special flood hazard area, five (5) Business Days or (b) if there are any Mortgaged Properties in a special flood hazard area, forty-five (45) days, in each case, after the Collateral Agent has delivered to the Lenders with a Revolving Credit Commitment the following documents in respect of such existing Mortgaged Property: (i) a completed flood hazard determination from a third party vendor; (ii) if such real property is located in a “special flood hazard area”, (A) a notification to the applicable Credit Parties of that fact and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Credit Parties that flood insurance coverage is not available and (B) evidence of the receipt by the applicable Credit Parties of such notice; and (iii) if required by Flood Laws, evidence of required flood insurance in compliance with Section 9.3 and (2) the Collateral Agent shall have received written confirmation from each Revolving Credit Lender that flood insurance compliance has been completed by such Lender with respect to each Mortgaged Property (such written confirmation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

13.2.                      Notices .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission).  All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(a)                                  if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 13.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(b)                                  if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Swingline Lender.

 

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to an Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 , 4.2 and 5.1 shall not be effective until received.

 

Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail, FpML messaging, and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the applicable Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 2 or 3

 

177



 

if such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, has notified the applicable Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Sections by electronic communication.  Each Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

13.3.                      No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers, and privileges provided by law.

 

13.4.                      Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

 

13.5.                      Payment of Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees (i) to pay or reimburse each of the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (without duplication) incurred in connection with the development, preparation, execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement, modification to, waiver and/or enforcement this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Paul Hastings LLP (or such other counsel as may be agreed by the Term Administrative Agent and the Borrower), one counsel in each relevant local jurisdiction with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) to pay or reimburse each Agent for all its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm or counsel to the Administrative Agents and the Collateral Agent, and, to the extent required, one firm or local counsel in each relevant local jurisdiction with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), and (iii) to pay, indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, each Agent and their respective Related Parties (without duplication) (the “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, obligations, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, disbursements or penalties of any kind or nature whatsoever (in each case, excluding allocated costs of in-house counsel) (and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal fees, expenses, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for all Indemnified Persons, taken as a whole (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnified Person affected by such conflict notifies the Borrower of any existence of such conflict and, after the Borrower has given its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in connection with the investigating or defending any of the foregoing (including the reasonable fees) has retained its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnified Person), and to the extent required, one firm or local counsel in each relevant, material jurisdiction (which may include a single special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions)) of any such Indemnified Person arising out of or relating to any action, claim, litigation, investigation or other proceeding (regardless of whether such Indemnified Person is a party thereto or whether or not such action, claim, litigation or proceeding was brought by the Borrower, any of its

 

178



 

Subsidiaries or any other Person), arising out of, or with respect to the Transactions or to the execution, enforcement, delivery, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law or any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials relating in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (all the foregoing in this clause (iii) , collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent arising from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or any of its Related Parties as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) a material breach of the obligations of such Indemnified Person or any of its Related Parties under the terms of this Agreement or any other Credit Document by such Indemnified Person or any of its Related Parties as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) in the case of a proceeding initiated by a Credit Party against any Indemnified Person, a breach of the obligations of such Indemnified Person or any of its Related Parties of this Agreement or any other Credit Document as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (iv) any proceeding between and among Indemnified Persons that does not involve an act or omission by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided the Agents, Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender to the extent acting in their capacity as such, shall remain indemnified in respect of such proceeding, to the extent that none of the exceptions set forth in clause (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  of the immediately preceding proviso applies to such person at such time.  The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.  This Section 13.5 shall not apply with respect to Taxes, other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, cost, expenses, or disbursements arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

(b)                                  No Credit Party nor any Indemnified Person shall have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages resulting from this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date); provided that the foregoing shall not limit the Borrower’s indemnification obligations to the Indemnified Persons pursuant to Section 13.5(a)  in respect of damages incurred or paid by an Indemnified Person to a third party.  No Indemnified Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of any Indemnified Person or any of its Related Parties as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

13.6.                      Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)                                  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 10.3 , the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agents and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 13.6 .  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c)  of this Section 13.6) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and each other Person entitled to indemnification under Section 13.5) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

179



 

(b)                                  (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii)  below and Section 13.7 , any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans (including participations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:

 

(A)                                the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for (1) an assignment of Term Loans to (X) a Lender, (Y) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (Z) an Approved Fund, (2) an assignment of Revolving Credit Loans to an existing Revolving Credit Lender or (3) an assignment of Loans or Commitments to any assignee if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 (with respect to the Borrower) has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(B)                                the applicable Administrative Agent and, in the case of Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans only, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of an Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to (i) a natural Person, Disqualified Lender or Defaulting Lender, and (ii) with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, any Affiliated Lender, any Affiliated Institutional Lender, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agents shall bear no responsibility or liability for monitoring and enforcing the list of Persons who are Disqualified Lenders at any time.

 

(ii)                                   Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)                                except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the applicable Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 in the case of Revolving Credit Commitments and $1,000,000 in the case of Term Loans and, in each case, increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, unless each of the Borrower and the applicable Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided , further , that contemporaneous assignments by a Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above (and simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Related Funds shall be treated as one assignment), if any;

 

(B)                                each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

 

(C)                                the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the applicable Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system

 

180



 

or other method reasonably acceptable to such Administrative Agent and the assignor or the assignee shall pay to such Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of such Administrative Agent);

 

(D)                                the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the applicable Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by such Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Questionnaire ”) and applicable tax forms (as required under Section 5.4(e) ); and

 

(E)                                 any assignment to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Institutional Lender) shall also be subject to the requirements of Section 13.6(h) .

 

For the avoidance of doubt, no Administrative Agent bears any responsibility for tracking or monitoring assignments to or participations by any Affiliated Lender.

 

(iii)                                Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(v)  of this Section 13.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 , 5.4 and 13.5) .  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c)  of this Section 13.6 .  For the avoidance of doubt, in case of an assignment to a new Lender pursuant to this Section 13.6 , (i) the applicable Administrative Agent, the new Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the new Lender been an original Lender signatory to this Agreement with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the assignment and to the extent of the assignment the assigning Lender shall each be released from further obligations under the Credit Documents and (ii) the benefit of each Security Document shall be maintained in favor of the new Lender.

 

(iv)                               Each Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at such Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans (and stated interest amounts) and any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, each Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuers, each Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)                                  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and applicable tax forms (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b)  of this Section 13.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by

 

181



 

clause (b)  of this Section 13.6 , the applicable Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment, whether or not evidenced by a promissory note, shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (b)(v) .

 

(c)                                   (i)                                      Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or either Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than (x) a natural person, (y) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (z) any Disqualified Lender; provided that, notwithstanding clause (z)  hereof, participations may be sold to Disqualified Lenders unless a list of Disqualified Lenders has been made available to all Lenders) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuers and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Administrative Agent shall bear any responsibility or liability for monitoring and enforcing the list of Disqualified Lenders or the sales of participations thereto at any time.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses (i)  and (vii)  of the second proviso to Section 13.1 that affects such Participant.  Subject to clause (c)(ii)  of this Section 13.6 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 13.6 , including the requirements of clause (e)  of Section 5.4) (it being agreed that any documentation required under Section 5.4(e)  shall be provided to the participating Lender)).  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.8(b)  as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 13.8(a)  as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower shall not be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 than it would have been obligated to make absent the sale of the participation to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Credit Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

(d)                                  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agents, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to

 

182



 

secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender and this Section 13.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)                                   Subject to Section 13.16 , the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

(g)                                   SPV Lender .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPV ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Term Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Term Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof.  The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender).  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.6 , any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Term Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) other than a Disqualified Lender providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) subject to Section 13.16 , disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV.  This Section 13.6(g)  may not be amended without the written consent of the SPV.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but subject to the following sentence, each SPV shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 13.6 , including the requirements of clause (e)  of Section 5.4 (it being agreed that any documentation required under Section

 

183



 

5.4(e)  shall be provided to the Granting Lender)).  Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an SPV shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to such SPV, unless such grant to such SPV is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (x) any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of its Term Loans to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender and (y) the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Term Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (1) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrower and the Auction Agent or (2) open market purchases; provided that:

 

(i)                                      any Loans or Commitments acquired by the Borrower or any other Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof;

 

(ii)                                   by its acquisition of Loans or Commitments, an Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that:

 

(A)                                it shall not have any right to (i) attend or participate in (including, in each case, by telephone) any meeting (including “Lender only” meetings) or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agents or any Lender to which representatives of the Borrower are not then present, (ii) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agents or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agents and one or more Lenders or any other material which is “Lender only”, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or their representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2) or receive any advice of counsel to the Administrative Agents or (iii) make any challenge to an Administrative Agent’s or any other Lender’s attorney-client privilege on the basis of its status as a Lender; and

 

(B)                                except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action (I) in Section 13.1 requiring the consent of all Lenders, all Lenders directly and adversely affected or specifically such Lender, (II) that alters an Affiliated Lender’s pro rata share of any payments given to all Lenders, or (III) affects the Affiliated Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) in a manner that is disproportionate to the effect on any Lender in the same Class, the Loans held by an Affiliated Lender shall be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any Lender vote (and, in the case of a plan of reorganization that does not affect the Affiliated Lender in a manner that is materially adverse to such Affiliated Lender relative to other Lenders, shall be deemed to have voted its interest in the Term Loans in the same proportion as the other Lenders) (and shall be deemed to have been voted in the same percentage as all other applicable Lenders voted if necessary to give legal effect to this paragraph);

 

(iii)                                the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 30% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding at the time of such purchase; and

 

(iv)                               any such Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to a Borrower and exchanged for debt or equity securities that are otherwise

 

184



 

permitted to be issued at such time (and such Loans or Commitments shall be retired and cancelled promptly).

 

For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing limitations shall not be applicable to Affiliated Institutional Lenders.  None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Affiliated Lender shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of information which is not publicly available and/or material with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or their respective securities for purposes of U.S. federal and state securities laws.

 

(i)                                      Disqualified Lenders .

 

(i)                                    No assignment or, to the extent the list of Disqualified Lenders (the “DQ List”) has been posted on the Platform for all Lenders, participation shall be made to any Person that was a Disqualified Lender as of the date (the “ Trade Date ”) on which the applicable Lender entered into a binding agreement to sell and assign or participate all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to such Person (unless the Borrower has consented to such assignment in writing in its sole and absolute discretion, in which case such Person will not be considered a Disqualified Lender for the purpose of such assignment or participation).   For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any assignee or participant that becomes a Disqualified Lender after the applicable Trade Date (including as a result of the delivery of a notice pursuant to, and/or the expiration of the notice period referred to in, the definition of “ Disqualified Lender ”), (x) such assignee shall not retroactively be considered a Disqualified Lender and (y) the execution by the Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Disqualified Lender. Any assignment in violation of this subsection (i)(i)  shall not be void, but the other provisions of this subsection (i)  shall apply.

 

(ii)                                   If any assignment or participation is made to any Disqualified Lender without the Borrower’s prior written consent in violation of clause (i)  above, or if any Person becomes a Disqualified Lender after the applicable Trade Date, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Lender and the Administrative Agents, (A) terminate any Revolving Credit Commitment of such Disqualified Lender and repay all obligations of the Borrower owing to such Disqualified Lender in connection with such Revolving Credit Commitment, (B) in the case of outstanding Term Loans held by Disqualified Lenders, purchase or prepay such Term Loan by paying the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such Term Loans, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and/or (C) require such Disqualified Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in this Section 13.6 ), all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement and related Credit Documents to an assignee permitted by this Section 13.6 that shall assume such obligations at the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Lender paid to acquire such interests, rights and obligations, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder and other the other Credit Documents.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Disqualified Lenders (A) will not (x) have the right to receive information, reports or other materials provided to Lenders by the Borrower, the Administrative Agents or any other Lender, (y) attend or participate in meetings attended by the Lenders and the Administrative Agents, or (z) access any electronic site established for the Lenders or confidential communications from counsel to or financial advisors of the Administrative Agents or the Lenders and (B) (x) for purposes of any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of, or any action under, and for the purpose of any direction to the Administrative Agents or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) under

 

185


 

this Agreement or any other Credit Document, each Disqualified Lender will be deemed to have consented in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Disqualified Lenders consented to such matter, and (y) for purposes of voting on any plan of reorganization or plan of liquidation pursuant to any debtor relief laws (“ Plan of Reorganization ”), each Disqualified Lender party hereto hereby agrees (1) not to vote on such Plan of Reorganization, (2) if such Disqualified Lender does vote on such Plan of Reorganization notwithstanding the restriction in the foregoing clause (1) , such vote will be deemed not to be in good faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other applicable debtor relief laws), and such vote shall not be counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such Plan of Reorganization in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision in any other debtor relief laws) and (3) not to contest any request by any party for a determination by the Bankruptcy Court (or other applicable court of competent jurisdiction) effectuating the foregoing clause (2) .

 

(iv)                               The Administrative Agents shall have the right, and the Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agents, to (A) post the DQ List on the Platform, including that portion of the Platform that is designated for “public side” Lenders or (B) provide the DQ List to each Lender requesting the same.

 

13.7.                      Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall be permitted (x) to replace any Lender or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, and repay all Obligations of the Borrower due and owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 5.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii)  and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken, or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirements of Law, (ii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 , or 5.4 , as the case may be, owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, an Affiliate of the Lender, an Affiliated Lender or Approved Fund, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Term Administrative Agent, (v) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 13.6(b) , (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 ( provided that unless otherwise agreed the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), and (vii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Term Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 13.1 requires the consent of either (i) all of the Lenders directly and adversely affected or (ii) all of the Lenders, and, in each case, with respect to which the Required Lenders (or at least 50.1% of the directly and adversely affected Lenders) shall have granted their consent, then, the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to (x) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Term Administrative Agent (to the extent such consent would be required under Section 13.6) or to terminate the Commitment of such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, and (1) in the case of a Lender (other than the Letter of Credit Issuer), repay all Obligations of the Borrower due and owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date and (2) in the case of the Letter of Credit Issuer, repay all

 

186



 

Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Letter of Credit Issuer relating to the Loans and participations held by the Letter of Credit Issuer as of such termination date and cancel, backstop or otherwise provide for on terms satisfactory to such Letter of Credit Issuer any Letters of Credit issued by it); provided that (a) all Obligations hereunder of the Borrower owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment including any amounts that such Lender may be owed pursuant to Section 2.11 , and (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (c) the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender the amount, if any, owing to such Lender pursuant to Section 5.1(b) .  In connection with any such assignment, the Borrower, the Term Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.6 .

 

13.8.                      Adjustments; Set-off .

 

(a)                                  Except as contemplated in Section 13.6 or elsewhere herein, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

(b)                                  After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Credit Parties but with the prior consent of the Collateral Agent, any such notice being expressly waived by the Credit Parties to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Credit Parties hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) (other than payroll, trust, tax, fiduciary, and petty cash accounts), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Credit Parties.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Credit Parties and the Collateral Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

13.9.                      Counterparts .  This Agreement and each other Credit Document may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, as applicable, on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute an original and one and the same instrument.

 

13.10.               Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

187



 

13.11.               Integration .  This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Administrative Agents, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

13.12.               GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

13.13.               Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, in each case sitting in New York City in the Borough of Manhattan, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other courts;

 

(c)                                   agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding shall be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 13.2 at such other address of which the applicable Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13.2 ;

 

(d)                                  agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agents, any Lender or another Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Borrower or any other Credit Party in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                   waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; provided that nothing in this clause (e)  shall limit the Credit Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in Section 13.5 .

 

13.14.               Acknowledgments .  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agents, the Lenders and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof);

 

188



 

(i)                                      in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agents and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees, or any other Person;

 

(ii)                                   neither the Administrative Agents nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agents or other Agent has advised or is currently advising the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agents or other Agent has any obligation to the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents;

 

(iii)                                the Administrative Agents, each other Agent and each Affiliate of the foregoing may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and their Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agents nor any other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and

 

(iv)                               neither the Administrative Agents nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate.  The Borrower hereby agrees that it will not claim that any Agent owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Credit Parties in connection with the Transactions contemplated hereby and waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agents or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and

 

(c)                                   no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.

 

13.15.               WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

13.16.               Confidentiality .  The Administrative Agents, each other Agent and each Lender (collectively, the “ Restricted Persons ” and, each a “ Restricted Person ”) shall treat confidentially all non-public information provided to any Restricted Person by or on behalf of any Credit Party hereunder in connection with such Restricted Person’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Restricted Person pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”) and shall not publish, disclose or otherwise divulge such Confidential Information; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Restricted Person from disclosing any such Confidential Information (a) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law, rule or regulation or compulsory legal process (in which case such Restricted Person agrees (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental or bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (b) upon the request

 

189



 

or demand of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Restricted Person or any of its Affiliates (in which case such Restricted Person agrees (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental or bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority) to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (c) to the extent that such Confidential Information becomes publicly available other than by reason of improper disclosure by such Restricted Person or any of its affiliates or any related parties thereto in violation of any confidentiality obligations owing under this Section 13.16 , (d)  to the extent that such Confidential Information is received by such Restricted Person from a third party that is not, to such Restricted Person’s knowledge, subject to confidentiality obligations owing to any Credit Party or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, (e) to the extent that such Confidential Information was already in the possession of the Restricted Persons prior to any duty or other undertaking of confidentiality or is independently developed by the Restricted Persons without the use of such Confidential Information, (f) to such Restricted Person’s affiliates and to its and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, and other experts or agents who need to know such Confidential Information in connection with providing the Loans or action as an Agent hereunder and who are informed of the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and who are subject to customary confidentiality obligations of professional practice or who agree to be bound by the terms of this Section 13.16 (or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16 ) (with each such Restricted Person, to the extent within its control, responsible for such person’s compliance with this paragraph), (g) to potential or prospective Lenders, hedge providers (or other derivative transaction counterparties) (any such person, a “ Derivative Counterparty ”), participants or assignees, in each case who agree (pursuant to customary syndication practice) to be bound by the terms of this Section 13.16 (or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16 ); provided that (i) the disclosure of any such Confidential Information to any Lenders, Derivative Counterparties or prospective Lenders, Derivative Counterparties or participants or prospective participants referred to above shall be made subject to the acknowledgment and acceptance by such Lender, Derivative Counterparty or prospective Lender or participant or prospective participant that such Confidential Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this Section 13.16 or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16) in accordance with the standard syndication processes of such Restricted Person or customary market standards for dissemination of such type of information, which shall in any event require “click through” or other affirmative actions on the part of recipient to access such Confidential Information and (ii) no such disclosure shall be made by such Restricted Person to any person that is at such time a Disqualified Lender, (h) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense, or (i) to rating agencies in connection with obtaining ratings for the Borrower and the Credit Facilities to the extent such rating agencies are subject to customary confidentiality obligations of professional practice or agree to be bound by the terms of this Section 13.16 (or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16) or (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Confidential Information shall not include, with respect to any Person, information available to it or its Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, (ii) the Administrative Agents shall not be responsible for compliance with this Section 13.16 by any other Restricted Person (other than its officers, directors or employees), (iii) in no event shall any Lender, the Administrative Agents or any other Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iv) each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration, settlement and management of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

190



 

13.17.               Direct Website Communications .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Term Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Term Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial, and other reports, certificates, and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (A) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto, (B) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (C) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (D) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit thereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Term Administrative Agent to the Term Administrative Agent at an email address provided by the Term Administrative Agent from time to time; provided that (i) upon written request by the Term Administrative Agent or the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Term Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Term Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Term Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Term Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.  Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Term Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.  Nothing in this Section 13.17 shall prejudice the right of the Borrower, the Administrative Agents, any other Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.

 

The Term Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Term Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Term Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents.  Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents.  Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Term Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower further agrees that any Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Intralinks, SyndTrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”), so long as the access to such Platform (i) is limited to the Agents, the Lenders and Transferees or prospective Transferees and (ii) remains subject to the confidentiality requirements set forth in Section 13.16 .

 

(c)                                   THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY MATERIALS OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CREDIT PARTIES (THE “ BORROWER MATERIALS ”) OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE

 

191



 

PLATFORM.  In no event shall either Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ” and each an “ Agent Party ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or such Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Party’s (or any of its Related Parties’ (other than any trustee or advisor)) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower, the Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Documents or otherwise are being distributed through the Platform, any document or notice that the Borrower has indicated contains only publicly available information with respect to the Borrower may be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders.  If the Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered contains only publicly available information, the applicable Administrative Agent shall post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to indicate whether any document or notice contains only publicly available information; provided that the following documents shall be deemed to be marked “PUBLIC,” unless the Borrower notifies the applicable Administrative Agent promptly that any such document contains material nonpublic information:  (1) the Credit Documents; (2) any notification of changes in the terms of the Credit Facility; and (3) all financial statements and certificates delivered pursuant to Sections 9.1(a) , (b)  and (d) .

 

13.18.               USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender hereby notifies each Credit Party that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

13.19.               Judgment Currency .  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Term Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Term Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Term Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Term Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Term Administrative Agent from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Term Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Term Administrative Agent in such currency, the Term Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

 

192



 

13.20.               Payments Set Aside .  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver, or any other party, in connection with any proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Term Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

 

13.21.               No Fiduciary Duty .  Each Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Credit Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates.  Each Credit Party agrees that nothing in the Credit Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Credit Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other.  The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Credit Party, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Credit Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Credit Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Credit Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Credit Party, its management, stockholders or creditors.  Each Credit Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  Each Credit Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Credit Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

13.22.               Nature of Borrower Obligations .

 

(a)                                  [Reserved]

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, it is understood and agreed by the various parties to this Agreement that the Borrower’s Obligations to repay principal of, interest on, and all other amounts with respect to, all Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, all fees, indemnities, taxes and other Obligations in connection therewith or in connection with the related Commitments) shall be guaranteed pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, the Guarantee.

 

(c)                                   The obligations of the Borrower are independent of the obligations of any Guarantor under its guaranty the Borrower’s Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Borrower, whether or not any such Guarantor is joined in any such action or actions.  The Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof.

 

193



 

(d)                                  The Borrower authorizes the Collateral Agent and the Lenders without notice or demand (except as shall be required by the Credit Documents and applicable statute that cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to:

 

(i)                                      exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Guarantor or others or otherwise act or refrain from acting;

 

(ii)                                   apply any sums paid by any other Person, howsoever realized or otherwise received to or for the account of the Borrower to any liability or liabilities of such other Person regardless of what liability or liabilities of such other Person remain unpaid; and/or

 

(iii)                                consent to or waive any breach of, or act, omission or default under, this Agreement or any of the instruments or agreements referred to herein, or otherwise, by any other Person.

 

(e)                                   It is not necessary for the Administrative Agents or any other Lender to inquire into the capacity or powers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf.

 

(f)                                    The Borrower waives any right to require the Administrative Agents or the other Lenders to (i) proceed against any Guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any Guarantor or any other party or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the Administrative Agents’ or the Lenders’ power whatsoever.  The Borrower waives any defense based on or arising out of suretyship or any impairment of security held from the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other party or on or arising out of any defense of any Guarantor or any other party other than payment in full in cash of the Obligations of the Credit Parties, including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the disability of any Guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the Obligations of the Borrower or any part thereof from any cause, in each case other than as a result of the payment in full in cash of the Obligations of the Borrower.

 

(g)                                   All provisions contained in any Credit Document shall be interpreted consistently with this Section 13.22 to the extent possible.

 

13.23.               Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)                                  the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b)                                  the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i)                                      a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii)                                   a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

 

194



 

(iii)                                the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

195




Exhibit 10.1 4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), entered into as of April 12, 2017, is made by and between FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), having a principal place of business of 825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, and Ruediger Adolf (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated July 6, 2013 (the “ Original Employment Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive hereby desire to amend and restate the Original Employment Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive hereby agree that any prior agreements with respect to the employment of Executive with and by the Company and its affiliates, including the Original Employment Agreement, shall be terminated upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investor (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto (such date, the “ Effective Date ”) and replaced in their entirety with this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and its affiliates desire to continue to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to continue to be employed on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment and Term . The Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date and shall supersede and replace the Original Employment Agreement. At and as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ, or shall cause a Company subsidiary to employ, Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company (on behalf of itself and certain of its affiliates, as directed by the Company) as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and Chairman of the Board (as defined below), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the other provisions hereof (the “ Initial Term ”). Subject to Section 4 , this Agreement shall be automatically renewed as of the last day of the term for successive one-year (1) terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless, not later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term, as the case may be, the Company provides Executive with written notice of its intent not to renew the Agreement. The Initial Term and any Renewal Term shall be referred to as the “ Term .” In the event that Executive is employed by a Company subsidiary,

 



 

Executive shall have such titles, duties and comparable positions at the Company as set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Duties . Executive shall be subject to the direction and control of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “ Board ”). Executive shall perform such duties and functions for and on behalf of the Company consistent with his position and experience as CEO and Chairman of the Board, as are reasonably requested of Executive from time to time by the Board. Executive shall use reasonable best efforts to devote all of his working time, skill and efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business and interests of the Company; provided , however , that Executive shall in any event be permitted (a) to be a member of the boards of directors (or similar governing bodies) of other entities and (b) to be involved in charitable activities, so long as, in each case, such memberships and activities (x) do not unreasonably interfere with Executive’s duties as set forth herein and (y) with respect to membership on any board of directors (or similar governing body), such membership is approved by the Board, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that any such memberships and activities existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A shall be deemed conclusively approved. Except as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, Executive represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date that he is not a member of any board of directors or similar governing bodies of any entity other than the Company or its subsidiaries. Executive, in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, shall use good faith, reasonable efforts to cause the activities of the Company to be conducted substantially in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company operating agreement of the Company as amended and in effect from time to time and applicable laws, and will, in all material respects, observe and adhere to the Company’s code(s) of conduct and ethics and other corporate governance codes and policies as now existing or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation, Benefits and Expenses .

 

3.1                                Salary and Incentive Compensation . The Company shall pay to Executive a salary from and after the Effective Date at the annual rate of $800,000 (the “ Salary ”). The Salary shall be paid in such installments and at such times in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. The Salary shall be reviewed by the Board or, if applicable, the Compensation Committee of the Board (such body, the “ Committee ”) periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal compensation review practices for executive officers, in connection with which the Salary shall be subject to increases, but not decreases, at such times as shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion. Executive shall also be entitled to participate in the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Annual Cash Bonus Plan or any successor annual incentive plan (with annual target bonus opportunity to be set at 150% to 200% of Salary) and the Company’s Incentive Unit Plan or any successor equity-based compensation plan (with annual target equity incentive opportunities to be set at 150% to 200% of Salary, and the value of such Incentive Units to which Executive is entitled shall equal the cash bonus awarded to the Executive pursuant to the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan (or a successor plan), applying the Black Scholes method consistent with the Company’s past practice to determine the corresponding number of Incentive Units to be issued to Executive for that annual period) adopted for each fiscal year for executive officers as determined by the Committee, subject to the normal review practices and procedures of the Committee. As of the Effective Date, the Incentive Units previously granted to Executive

 

2



 

and identified on Exhibit B shall be deemed fully vested notwithstanding the terms of any of the respective Incentive Unit Agreements governing any of the Incentive Units. The Company shall deduct or cause to be deducted from the Salary, bonuses and other compensation payable to Executive all taxes and amounts required by law to be withheld.

 

3.2                                Retention Pool . On the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded 725.000 units pursuant to the Company’s Retention Pool Plan.

 

3.3                                Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks of vacation during each calendar year, excluding the Company’s paid holidays.

 

3.4                                Other Benefits . Subject to the terms of any applicable plans, policies or programs, Executive shall be entitled to receive such employee benefits including any and all deferred compensation, pension, disability, group life, sickness, accident and health insurance as the Company may provide from time to time to its salaried employees generally, and such other benefits as the Committee may from time to time establish for the Company’s executives.

 

3.5                                Expenses . Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the course of the performance of services under this Agreement in accordance with the Company policies approved by the Committee. Executive shall keep an itemized account of such expenses, which shall be submitted to the Company monthly together with supporting documentation, provided , however that: (a) reimbursements in one tax year may not affect expenses or in-kind benefits to be provided in another tax year; (b) reimbursement must be before the last day of the tax year following the year the expense is incurred; and (c) right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

3.6                                Life Insurance . During the Term, Executive may acquire and maintain term life insurance coverage on the life of Executive in the amount of five times (5X) Executive’s Salary (the “ Policy ”), the proceeds of which shall be payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries or an applicable trust designated by Executive under such Policy. The Company will reimburse Executive for the costs of acquiring and maintaining the Policy, including all premium payments, with reimbursements to occur in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures applicable to expense reimbursements. The Company will also provide Executive with a tax gross-up payment equal to the amount of any taxes (federal, state, local or otherwise) Executive may incur with respect to the Company’s reimbursement of the Policy costs, including any taxes upon the taxes Executive incurs due to the Company’s reimbursement of Policy costs. Calculations of the gross-up amounts owed to Executive pursuant to this Section 3.6 will assume that Executive paid the highest marginal tax rate for purposes of all federal, state, local or other applicable taxes.

 

3.7                                D&O Insurance . During such time as Executive serves as a manager or officer of the Company (and/or its affiliates) and for a period of six (6) years thereafter, Executive shall be covered as a manager or ex-manager and as an officer or ex-officer, as applicable, under all policies of insurance covering risk associated with acting as a manager or officer of the Company in the same manner as all other managers, ex-managers, officers and ex-officers, as applicable, of the Company are covered, except that damages incurred as a result of Executive’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct (as determined by a final and non-appealable

 

3



 

order), shall not be covered by such insurance policies. The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any such policy that covers any current officer or manager (determined at the time of such policy’s application) shall cover former officers and managers (determined at the time of such policy’s application) in the same manner and in the same amounts as the then current officers and directors. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the policies in place or to be adopted as described herein shall have such coverage amounts and limits no less favorable than similarly-sized publicly-traded companies operating in the financial services industry generally, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

4.                                       Termination; Compensation Continuation .

 

4.1                                Termination upon Death . If Executive dies, then Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate as of the date of Executive’s death, at which time all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive’s heirs, personal representatives or estate shall be entitled to the following: (a) any unpaid portion of Executive’s Salary for periods up to the date of termination, (b) any accrued benefits up to the date of termination, (c) reimbursable business expenses accrued but unpaid through the date of termination (subject to the Company’s applicable expense policies, including submission of all required documentation), and (d) accrued but unused paid time off (the “ Accrued Rights ”). In addition, the Company shall be obligated to provide (i) a lump sum payment equal to the target annual cash bonus opportunity of Executive based on the mid-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , in each case, pro-rated to reflect the number of days that have elapsed in the calendar year in which such termination occurs (the “ Pro Rata Bonus ”), (ii) any cash bonus (or the value of any noncash bonus that was paid in lieu of all or any portion of a cash bonus that was to be paid pursuant to Section 3.1 under the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan) awarded to Executive for the calendar year prior to the year in which the termination of employment occurs but unpaid as of the date of termination (the “ Prior Year Bonus ”), (iii) provided that Executive (or his personal representative) elects continuation coverage of health insurance in accordance with COBRA, the Company shall pay the premiums for such coverage for Executive and his dependents until the earlier of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination and the date Executive becomes eligible to be covered under another group health insurance plan (the “ Continued Health Insurance ”), and (iv) notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of termination, accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time on or before the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs with any valuation based on Fair Market Value during such period but without regard to any liquidity condition that may be built into such performance condition, with any settlement that may be due to Executive made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement.

 

4.2                                Termination upon Disability . “ Disability ” means any physical or mental incapacity, illness or infirmity that the Committee reasonably determines prevents or significantly restricts Executive from performing his duties. If Executive suffers a Disability and the Disability continues for periods aggregating more than ninety (90) days during any 180 day period, then the

 

4



 

Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment upon written notice to Executive, at which time all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the following: (a) the Accrued Rights, (b) continuation of the Salary (in effect as of the date of such termination), payable in equal monthly installments in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (the “ Salary Continuation Payments ”), for a period of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination, (c) the Annual Cash Bonus Payment (as defined below), using in such calculation the mid-point of the target bonus opportunity if the target is a range, (d) the Continued Health Insurance, and (e) the Accelerated Vesting (as defined below).

 

4.3                                Termination by the Company for Cause . The Company may, upon written notice to Executive, immediately terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

 

4.3.1                      the gross negligence or willful failure or refusal of Executive to perform Executive’s duties hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from Executive being Disabled) that is not cured within thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Committee which specifically identifies the manner in which the Committee believes Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

4.3.2                      the engaging by Executive in (a) willful misconduct that is materially detrimental to the Company, monetarily, reputationally or otherwise or (b) a violation of any United States securities or commodities law or regulation that results in the suspension of Executive’s ability to engage in any regulated activity;

 

4.3.3                      the commitment by Executive of any act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds;

 

4.3.4                      the conviction by Executive of, or the plea by Executive of guilty or nolo contendere to, any serious misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or any felony; or the suspension of Executive’s ability to engage in any regulated activity related to securities or commodities; or

 

4.3.5                      a material breach by Executive of any of the material provisions of this Agreement that is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of written notice of such breach by the Committee (to the extent such breach is capable of cure as reasonably determined by the Committee).

 

For purposes hereof, an act or omission shall not be deemed to be willful if the Executive can reasonably demonstrate or it is reasonably apparent that it was taken or omitted in the Executive’s good faith belief that such act or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to any Accrued Rights.

 

4.4                                Failure to Renew or Termination without Cause . In addition to the Company’s right not to renew the Term as contemplated under Section 1 , the Company may

 

5



 

terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time without Cause upon written notice to Executive.

 

4.4.1                      If the Company terminates Executive’s employment during any Term without Cause or the Company elects not to enter into any Renewal Term, Executive shall receive the following: (a) the Salary Continuation Payments, for a period of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination, (b) an amount equal to one-and-one-half times (1.5X) the target annual cash bonus opportunity of Executive based on the high-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , payable in a lump sum in cash on the date of termination (the “ Annual Cash Bonus Payment ”), (c) the Prior Year Bonus, if any, (d) the Pro-Rata Bonus, based on the high-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , (e) the Continued Health Insurance, and (f) notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of termination, accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time within the eighteen-month (18) period from and after the effective date of termination because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the eighteen-month (18) period following termination with any valuation based on Fair Market Value during such period but without regard to any liquidity condition that may be built into such performance condition, with any settlement that may be due to Executive made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement (the “ Accelerated Vesting ”).

 

4.4.2                      Upon a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause under this Section 4.4 , except as specifically set forth in subsection 4.4.1 above , all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Rights.

 

4.5                                Termination by Executive . Executive may terminate his employment for any reason or no reason upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company. Upon delivery of such notice, the Company may modify, reduce, or eliminate Executive’s title, duties, authority, and responsibilities, and any such modification, reduction or elimination shall not constitute Good Reason. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment by Executive under this Section 4.5 , all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Rights.

 

4.6                                Termination for Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment with the Company effective upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company for Good Reason (as defined below); provided that Executive delivered written notice to the Company within one hundred eighty (180) days following the later of (i) the date it is reasonably apparent an event giving rise to Good Reason has occurred or (ii) the date the Company and the Executive are no longer actively pursuing the resolution of any event giving rise to Good Reason. Such notice must provide a reasonably detailed explanation of the circumstances constituting Good Reason. Any such termination shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a termination by the Company

 

6



 

without Cause (as contemplated in Section 4.4 ). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent:

 

4.6.2                      a reduction in Executive’s Salary or a material reduction or discontinuance of any material benefit to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement;

 

4.6.3                      a material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities or title;

 

4.6.4                      a change by the Company in Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, to a location that is greater than twenty-five (25) miles from Executive’s principal place of employment on the Effective Date;

 

4.6.5                      the Company’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any failure of the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 13 ); or

 

4.6.6                      the Company’s breach of a material provision of an agreement governing Executive’s equity awards or equity interests, the result of which is a material negative change in Executive’s employment relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Executive provides written notice of termination for Good Reason in reliance upon this Section 4.6 , the Company shall have the opportunity to cure such circumstances within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice and, if so cured, Good Reason shall be deemed not to exist.

 

4.7                                Unvested Equity . All equity interests that are unvested at the time Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason (after giving effect to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein whether applicable upon termination or within the time periods set forth herein) shall be forfeited and cancelled without consideration at the time Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason.

 

4.8                                Change in Control Events; Initial Public Offering .

 

4.8.1                      Change in Control and Company Sale . Upon the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of a Change in Control in one (1) or more transactions to any person or group of persons (a “ Company Sale ”), and notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of such event, Executive shall receive accelerated vesting of Executive’s unvested time based equity awards or equity interests held by Executive at the time of such event, with any settlement that may be due to Executive as a result of such accelerated vesting being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement; provided , however , that an initial underwritten public offering (an “ IPO ”) and sale of equity interests of the Company (or any parent, subsidiary or successor entity of the Company) after which such equity interests are listed for trading on a national securities exchange registered under section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall not constitute a Change in Control or Company Sale for the purpose of this Section 4.8 . All equity interests that remain unvested in connection with a Change in Control (after giving effect to the accelerated

 

7



 

vesting provisions set forth in this Section 4.8.1 or the vesting provisions of such equity interests) shall be forfeited and cancelled without consideration at the time of such Change in Control.

 

4.8.2                      Impact on Equity Due to Terminations of Employment In Connection with a Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or the Company elects not to enter into a Renewal Term within the nine (9)-month period immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, then Executive shall be deemed to be employed on the date of the Change in Control, and all of Executive’s unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive immediately prior to the time of such cessation of employment shall vest in full as of the date of the Change in Control (with performance vesting determined by reference to the Company’s valuation in the Change in Control), with any settlement that may be due to Executive as a result of such accelerated vesting being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement.

 

4.8.3                      Initial Public Offering . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company intends in good faith to implement an equity incentive compensation plan for the purpose of post-IPO retention and motivation of key employees (such as Executive). Executive shall be entitled to participate in such a plan, as and when established. The Company therefore agrees to negotiate in good faith with Executive the terms of Executive’s participation in such plan.

 

4.8.4                      Definition of Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be defined as (a) a sale, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as a result of which those persons who (together with their affiliates) held 100% of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not hold (either directly or indirectly) more than 50% of the voting power of the Company (or the surviving or resulting entity thereof) after giving effect to such transaction, or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a transaction or series of related transactions.

 

4.9                                Release of Claims . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all severance payments and benefits described in Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.6 and 4.8 , other than payment of any Accrued Rights, are conditioned upon and subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C . within fifty (50) days following Executive’s termination of employment. Payments and benefits under Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.6 and 4.8 (but not Section 4.11 which shall be governed by its terms) shall commence no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after termination of employment (provided that if such sixty (60)-day period commences in one calendar year and terminates in the immediately following calendar year, the payments and benefits shall commence in such immediately following calendar year), provided that the release has been executed, delivered and not revoked, with the first payment also containing any payments which would have been made prior to such payment date, but were not in fact made.

 

8


 

 

4.10                         Other Rights With Respect to Equity Interests . The Executive will have such rights and obligations as an equity holder of the Company as provided in the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

4.11                         Executive Put Right .

 

4.11.1               Executive’s Put Right Upon Certain Terminations of Employment . In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) will have the option to require the Company to repurchase any or all of the remaining equity interests held by Executive at the time of the applicable termination of employment that are vested or become vested in connection with such termination pursuant to this Agreement, by Executive notifying the Company of his election to exercise his put option in writing. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive’s put right shall not apply in connection with any termination or cessation of employment with the Company other than due to Executive’s death or Disability.

 

4.11.2               Purchase Price and Closing . The purchase price of any equity interests to be repurchased pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be the Fair Market Value thereof The closing of any purchase and sale contemplated by this Section 4.11 shall be as promptly as practicable following the date written notice of exercise of a repurchase or put option, as applicable, is received or such other date that is mutually agreed to by the parties, but in no event later than the sixtieth (60th) day from the notice date or twenty (20) business days following resolution of any disputes pursuant to Section 4.11.4 , whichever is later. Once the put notice is delivered, it shall be irrevocable and such equity interests shall become solely economic rights to receive the put proceeds only. The Company shall pay the purchase price for the equity interests repurchased at the closing thereof in a lump sum in cash or, at the Company’s election, in three equal installments in cash on the closing date and each of the first and second anniversaries of the closing date, subject, in each case, to a three (3)-month extension solely if the Board determines that making such payment would cause the Company to be in violation of its then-existing credit facility or otherwise would place the Company in financial distress; provided, however, that if at the end of any such three (3)-month extension, the Board determines in good faith after pursuing commercially reasonable financing alternatives that making such payment would cause the Company to be in violation of its then-existing credit facility or otherwise would place the Company in financial distress, the Company may issue a promissory note to Executive for the balance then due, which note shall be payable in full (principal and interest) at maturity in three years from the date of issuance and accrue interest at five percent (5%) per annum on the unpaid balance (compounded annually). Executive shall enter into customary agreements to give effect to the put transaction, including a customary release in favor of the Company, its affiliates and their related persons.

 

4.11.3               Definition of Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any specified date, (i) if the equity interests are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the equity interests, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on such date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the equity interests are so reported); (ii) if the equity interests are not traded on a national securities exchange but are traded over the counter at the time a determination of its

 

9



 

Fair Market Value is required to be made, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of the equity interests on the most recent date on which equity interests were publicly traded; or (iii) in the event the equity interests are not publicly traded at the time a determination of value is required to be made, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be determined by averaging (using a weighted-average based upon the total upfront consideration paid in each such acquisition) the issuance prices used in the three most recent acquisition transactions completed by the Company and in which equity was used as consideration (as adjusted by the Board if the Board determines in good faith and can reasonably demonstrate that there have been material and sustained changes to the Company’s business or prospects and that such changes should be factored into determining such valuation), provided that, where applicable, such a determination will also take into consideration the rules of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and any regulations promulgated thereunder (together, “ Section 409A ”).

 

4.11.4               Disputes . If applicable and in the event that Executive (or Executive’s executor) does not agree with the Company’s determination of the Fair Market Value, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall, prior to the closing of such purchase, notify the Company in writing of the existence of a dispute. Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) and the Company shall seek to resolve the dispute for twenty (20) business days. In the event that no resolution is reached, the Company shall promptly select three (3) nationally-recognized investment banking firms that have not had a direct or indirect substantial relationship with the Company or its affiliates within the last two (2) years and notify Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) thereof. Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall promptly select one (1) of the three (3) investment banking firms and notify the Company thereof. If the Company has not received notice of selection of one (1) of the investment banking firms within twenty (20) business days of the date it gave notice to Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) of the three (3) investment banking firms, then the Company shall select one (1) of such three (3). The investment banking firm selected as provided above (the “ Independent Advisor ”) shall promptly determine the Fair Market Value of the applicable securities in accordance with this Agreement. The Independent Advisor shall render its decision within twenty (20) business days after its selection and such decision shall be final and binding upon the parties. The purchase shall close promptly, but in no case more than twenty (20) business days, after such determination. In the event that the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than ten percent (10%) higher than the original determination made by the Company, the Company shall pay 100% of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor, in the event that the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than ten percent (10%) lower than the original determination made by the Company, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall pay 100% of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor; and in all other instances the Company and Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall each pay fifty percent (50%) of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor.

 

4.12                         Return of Materials upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, regardless of the reason, Executive (or Executive’s heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall promptly return to the Company all documents (including all copies thereof) and other materials and property of the Company, or which pertains to any of the Company’s businesses, including all correspondence files, customer and prospect lists, price lists,

 

10



 

contracts, software, manuals, technical data, forecasts and budgets, in Executive’s possession or control, no matter from whom or in what manner acquired.

 

5.                                       Section 409A . The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are either exempt or comply with Section 409A. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, as may be necessary to be exempt from or fully comply with Section 409A in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof for purposes of this Agreement unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A, and any payments described in this Agreement that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s separation from service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and interest on Executive under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (a) the expiration of the six-(6) month period measured from the date of Executive’s separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

 

6.                                       Additional Change in Control Payments .

 

6.1                                Gross-Up Payments . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 6.4 below, if it is determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) by the Company or any entity to or for the benefit of Executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excess Parachute Payments ”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount equal to that required to result in Executive receiving, after application of the Excise Tax, a net amount that would have been received hereunder had the Excise Tax not applied.

 

6.2                                Determinations . Subject to Section 6.1 above, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6 , including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such

 

11



 

determinations, shall be made by a public accounting firm that is selected by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide its determinations and any detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days after the earlier of the receipt of notice from the Company or Executive that there has been an Excess Parachute Payment or earlier written request by the Company or Executive (collectively, the “ Determination ”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The Gross-Up Payment under Section 6 with respect to any Excess Parachute Payments made to Executive shall be made no later than thirty (30) days following the payment of such Excess Parachute Payments.

 

6.3                                Underpayments and Overpayments . As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the Determination, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“ Underpayment ”) or Gross-Up Payments will be made by the Company which should not have been made (“ Overpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. If Executive thereafter is required to make payment of any Excise Tax or additional Excise Tax in excess of the amount determined by the Accounting Firm, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive. If the amount of the Gross-Up Payment exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse Executive for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by Executive to or for the benefit of the Company. Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any contest or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax. Any payment in respect of an Underpayment or Overpayment shall be made within fifteen (15) days after the existence and amount thereof has been determined pursuant to this Section 6.3 .

 

6.4                                Shareholder Approval Alternative; Termination Upon IPO . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within Sections 6.1 through 6.3 above, (i) as an alternative to paying the Gross-Up Payment, the Company may elect to request shareholder approval of the Excess Parachute Payments in a manner that satisfies Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations (in which case, whether or not such shareholder approval is obtained, the Company will not be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 6 ); Executive shall cooperate with the Company in all aspects of such a shareholder approval process, including executing a document stating that Executive shall waive all Excess Parachute Payments unless such payments are approved by the Company’s shareholders and (ii)  Sections 6.1 , 6.2 and 6.3 shall terminate and cease to be effective upon the consummation of an IPO by the Company or its parent or subsidiary.

 

7.                                       Company Property . Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company that Executive will not make, use or permit to be used any Company Property (defined below) otherwise than for the benefit of the Company. The term “ Company Property ” shall include all notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, software code, data, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit or calling cards, keys,

 

12



 

access cards, documentation or other materials of any nature and in any form, whether written, printed, electronic or in digital format or otherwise, relating to any matter within the scope of the business of the Company or concerning any of its dealings or affairs and any other Company property in Executive’s possession, custody or control. Executive further agrees that Executive will not, after the termination of his employment with the Company, use or permit others to use any such Company Property. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Company Property shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will deliver all Company Property in Executive’s possession, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

 

8.                                       Restrictive Covenants of Executive .

 

8.1                                Conflict of Interest/Noncompetition . During Executive’s employment period with the Company and for twelve (12) months thereafter following any termination of employment, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or consultant or equityholder of any entity (a) provide any wealth management services, including personal financial planning or personal advisory services of the type provided or contemplated to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries at the time of such termination to any individual or entity anywhere in the continental United States (a “ Competitive Business ”), (b) provide finder, broker or financial advisory services to any Competitive Business, or (c) interfere with any potential acquisition by the Company of any other business or discourage any party to any such potential acquisition from engaging in any such transaction. In addition, during Executive’s employment period with the Company and for twenty-four (24) months thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or individual consultant or equityholder of any entity (w) directly or indirectly hire, offer to hire, divert, entice away, solicit or in any other manner persuade, or attempt to do any of the foregoing (each, a “ Solicitation ”), any person or entity who is (or who was during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to such Solicitation) an officer, employee, agent or individual consultant of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or an acquisition prospect of the Company, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for, Executive or any third party, (x) engage in a Solicitation with respect to any person who was, at any time within six (6) months prior to the Solicitation, an officer, employee, agent or individual consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for Executive or any other third party engaged in a Competitive Business, or (y) solicit or do business with any customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company which Executive knew about at the time of termination of employment or any potential customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company, with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries undertook substantial actions: (i) in any manner which interferes with such person’s relationship or potential relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries, or any such potential acquisition target of the Company, as the case may be, or (ii) in an effort to obtain such person as a customer, client, supplier, consultant, salesman, agent or representative to any Competitive Business, or (z) work together in any business or enterprise involving wealth management services (other than the Company and its affiliates) with any other current or former senior executives of the Company. As used in this Section 8 , the term “ subsidiaries ” refers to both direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company.

 

13



 

8.2                                Nondisclosure . Executive shall not at any time, whether during or after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, except as permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6 below, reveal to any person any Confidential Information (as defined below) except to employees or agents of the Company who need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of their employment or activities on behalf of the Company, or as otherwise authorized by the Company in writing. The term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any non-public information concerning the organization, business or finances of the Company or its subsidiaries, or of any third party that the Company is under an obligation to keep confidential that is maintained by the Company as confidential. Such Confidential Information shall include trade secrets or confidential information respecting acquisition models, services, inventions, products, designs, methods, know-how, techniques, systems, processes, engineering data, software programs and software code, works of authorship, customer and supplier lists, customer and supplier information, financial information, pricing information, business plans, projects, plans, notes, memoranda, reports, data, sketches, specifications and proposals. Except as permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6 below, Executive shall keep confidential all matters entrusted to Executive and shall not use or attempt to use any Confidential Information except as may be required in the ordinary course of performing Executive’s duties as an employee of the Company, nor shall Executive use any Confidential Information in any manner which injures or causes losses to the Company.

 

8.3                                Assignment of Developments . If at any time or times during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall (either alone or with others) make, conceive, create, discover, invent or reduce to practice any Development (as defined below) that (a) relates to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used in relation therewith; (b) results from tasks assigned to Executive by the Company; or (c) results from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company, then all such Developments and the benefits thereof are and shall immediately become the sole and absolute property of the Company and its assigns, as works made for hire or otherwise. The term “ Development ” shall mean any invention, modification, discovery, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, documentation, formula, business model, data, technique, know-how, trade secret or intellectual property right whatsoever or any interest therein (whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright, trademark or similar statutes or subject to analogous protection). Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company (or any persons designated by it) each such Development. Executive hereby assigns all rights (including rights to inventions, patentable subject matter, copyrights and trademarks) Executive may have or may acquire in any of the Developments and all benefits or rights resulting therefrom to the Company and its assigns without further compensation and shall communicate, without cost or delay, and without disclosing to others the same, all available information relating thereto (with all necessary plans and models) to the Company.

 

8.4                                Nondisparagement . Except as permitted under Section 8.6 below, Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective predecessors and successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or

 

14



 

otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. The Company shall not, and agrees to instruct its senior executives not to, malign, denigrate or disparage Executive with respect to any of Executive’s past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray Executive in an unfavorable light. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any person from making any truthful statement to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order such person to disclose or make accessible such information.

 

8.5                                Certain Permitted Uses of Trade Secrets . Misappropriation of a trade secret of the Company in breach of this Agreement may subject Executive to liability under the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (the “ DTSA ”), entitle the Company to injunctive relief and require Executive to pay compensatory damages, double damages and attorneys’ fees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Executive hereby is notified in accordance with the DTSA that Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, in each case solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Executive is further notified that if Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the Company’s trade secrets to Executive’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

 

8.6                                Permitted Disclosures . Nothing in this Agreement will prevent or restrict Executive from: (a) reporting possible violations of federal, state, or local law or regulation to, or discussing any such possible violations with, any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, including by initiating communications directly with, responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before any federal, state, or local regulatory authority or agency or self-regulatory organization, including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, FINRA, and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or making any other disclosures that are protected by the whistleblower provisions of any federal, state, or local law or regulation, in each case, without notice to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement limits Executive’s right, if any, to receive an award for information provided to the SEC.

 

9.                                       Further Assurances . Executive shall, during Executive’s employment with the Company and at any time thereafter, at the request and cost of the Company, promptly sign, execute, make and do all such deeds, documents, acts and things as the Company and its duly authorized officers may reasonably request, to: (a) apply for, obtain, register and vest in the name of the Company alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patents, copyrights, trademarks or other analogous protection in any country throughout the world relating to any Development and when so obtained or vested to renew and restore the same; and (b) defend any judicial, opposition or other proceedings in respect of such applications and any judicial, opposition or other proceeding, petition or application for revocation of any such patent, copyright, trademark or other

 

15



 

analogous protection. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure Executive’s signature on any application for patent, copyright, trademark or other analogous protection or other documents regarding any legal protection relating to a Development, whether because of Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever. Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in Executive’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such application or applications or other documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patent, copyright or trademark registrations or any other legal protection thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed personally by Executive.

 

10.                                Representations; Agreements .

 

10.1                         Executive represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any restrictive covenants agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive has not entered into, and shall not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

 

10.2                         Executive agrees that any breach of this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the Company and that in the event of such breach the Company shall have, in addition to any and all remedies of law, the right to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent the violation of Executive’s obligations hereunder.

 

10.3                         Except as set forth in this Agreement, Executive understands that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue Executive’s employment.

 

10.4                         Executive is not an officer, director, manager, employee or greater-than-3% stockholder in any Competitive Business of the Company.

 

11.                                Indemnification . Executive shall not be liable to the Company or any other person or entity who has an interest in the Company for any loss, damage or claim (a “ Loss ”) (or any expenses or costs associated therewith (“ Costs ”)) incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by Executive in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Executive by this Agreement, except that Executive shall be liable for any such Loss and Costs incurred by reason of Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law. To the full extent permitted by applicable law, Executive shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any Loss or Costs incurred by Executive by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by Executive in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Executive by this Agreement, except that Executive shall not be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any Loss or Costs incurred by Executive by reason of Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section 11 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no

 

16



 

Member, Manager or Officer (each term as defined within the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time) shall have personal liability on account thereof. The Company shall advance Costs incurred by or on behalf of Executive in connection with any Loss within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Company from Executive of a statement requesting such advances from time to time; provided , however , such statement provides reasonable documentary evidence of such Costs and provides a written undertaking by Executive to repay any and all advanced Costs in the event Executive is ultimately determined to not be entitled to indemnification by the Company.

 

12.                                Amendments; Waiver . Any amendment to or modification of this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Company and Executive. Any waiver of any provision hereof, shall be in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought. Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

 

13.                                Assignment . The Company shall assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns (subject to the terms and conditions contained herein), and such successor or assign shall explicitly assume this Agreement, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said successors or assigns. This Agreement, being for the personal services of Executive, shall not be assignable by Executive.

 

14.                                Certain Definitions . As used herein, the term “ person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, joint venture, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, bank, association, cooperative, trust, estate, government, governmental, administrative or regulatory body, or other entity of any nature. As used herein, the term “ including ” (in its various forms) means “including, without limitation.” As used herein, any Incentive Unit, Unit, equity award or equity interest that is “ held ” by Executive shall include any such Incentive Unit, Unit, equity award or equity interest, whether vested or unvested, that is held directly by Executive or which is held by or placed in a trust or other estate planning vehicle. The Board shall make all decisions or determinations hereunder on behalf of the Company.

 

15.                                Notices . All notices, consents or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or one (1) business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges prepaid. Notices also may be given by facsimile and shall be effective on the date transmitted if sent during business hours, or, if sent outside of business hours, on the following business day. Notice to Executive shall be sent to Executive’s most recent address of record with the Company. Notice to the Company shall be sent to:

 

 

Focus Financial Partners, LLC

 

 

825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor

 

 

New York NY 10022

 

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

E-mail: Rmcgranahan@ffpar.com

 

 

17



 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

 

c/o Stone Point Capital LLC

 

 

20 Horseneck Lane

 

 

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

 

 

Attn: Peter M. Mundheim

 

 

E-mail: pundheim@stonepoint.com

 

 

Either party may change its address for notice and the address to which copies must be sent by giving notice of the new addresses to the other party in accordance with this Section 15 , provided , however , that any such change of address notice shall not be effective unless and until received.

 

16.                                Governing Law; Forum Selection Clause, Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement and any claims arising out of this Agreement (or any other claims arising out of the relationship between the parties) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal and domestic laws of such state, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws of such state that would require the application of the laws or rules of any other jurisdiction. Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other shall be commenced and maintained in any state or federal court located in the City, County and State of New York, and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court. Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such party would not, in the event of any action, suit or proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other party hereto has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waiver and certifications in this Section 16 .

 

17.                                Survival . Sections 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 18 and 19 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company regardless of the manner of such termination and shall be binding upon each of Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

18.                                Severability . The parties hereby agree that each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any other clauses of the Agreement. If one or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad in scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable at law, such provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it (or them) so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent under the applicable law. The parties hereby further agree that the language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement; Miscellaneous . Except as set forth below, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof (including the Original Employment Agreement), except to the extent that any other documents, agreements or understandings are specifically referenced herein, including, without limitation, any award

 

18



 

agreements, omnibus agreements, the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Annual Cash Bonus Plan and Incentive Unit Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreements, and the agreement concerning air travel as attached hereto as Exhibit D , as amended from time to time, and the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time, each of which shall survive in accordance with their respective terms as modified herein. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent that this Agreement is in direct conflict with the terms of any document that governs Executive’s equity awards or equity interests, the provision that is most favorable to Executive shall control. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4 and 13 , this Agreement shall bind, benefit and be enforceable by and against Executive and Executive’s heirs, personal representatives, estate and beneficiaries, and the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (.pdf) signature delivery), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original hereof, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one (1) counterpart hereof. Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not affect its interpretation.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

19


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have entered into this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Focus Financial Partners, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Shanahan

 

Name:

James Shanahan

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ruediger Adolf

 

Ruediger Adolf

 

 

20



 

Exhibit A
Board Memberships

 

None.

 

Exhibit A- 1



 

Exhibit B
Incentive Units

 

Incentive Unit 
Certificate Number

 

Grant Date

 

Hurdle Price

 

Number of 
Incentive Units

1735

 

10/4/2013

 

$

11.00

 

120,000

1798

 

1/27/2014

 

$

11.00

 

100,000

1799

 

1/27/2014

 

$

11.00

 

90,000

1838

 

8/15/2014

 

$

12.00

 

470,000

1906

 

12/5/2014

 

$

13.00

 

195,000

11022

 

12/28/2015

 

$

19.00

 

200,000

 

Exhibit B- 1



 

Exhibit C
Form of Release

 

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the special payments and benefits to be provided in connection with the termination of my employment in accordance with Section 4.4 (including if such payments and benefits become payable pursuant to Section 4.6) or Section 4.8 of the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of                     , 2017 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Employment Agreement ”) between Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and me, I, on my own behalf and on behalf of my personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees and all others connected with me, hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its affiliates and all of their respective past and present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, controlling persons, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns and all others connected with any of them (the “ Released Parties ”), both individually and in their official capacities, from any and all rights, liabilities, claims, damages, demands and causes of action, whether statutory or at common law (including any claim for salary, benefits, payments, expenses, costs, attorney’s fees, damages, penalties, compensation, remuneration, contractual entitlements) (collectively, “ Claims ”) relating to any matter occurring on or prior to the date of my signing of this Release, including any Claims resulting from, arising out of, or connected with my employment or its termination and any other Claims pursuant to: (a) any federal, state, foreign or local law, regulation or other requirement (including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, and any other local, state, or federal anti-discrimination or anti-retaliation law, each as amended from time to time); (b) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (c) any public policy or common law; and (d) any contract I may have with any Released Party, including the Employment Agreement (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”); provided, however, that the foregoing release shall not apply to (i) any right explicitly set forth in the Employment Agreement to any payments and benefits to be provided in connection with the termination of my employment, (ii) any right or claim that arises after the date this release is executed, (iii) any right I may have to vested or accrued benefits or entitlements under any applicable plan, agreement, program, award, policy or arrangement of the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates to the extent consistent with the Employment Agreement, (iv) my right to indemnification and advancement of expenses in accordance with applicable laws and/or the certificate of incorporation and by-laws, limited liability company agreement or other governing documents of the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, or any applicable insurance policy, or (v) any right I may have to obtain contribution as permitted by law in the event of entry of judgment against me as a result of any act or failure to act for which I, on the one hand, and any Released Party, on the other hand, are jointly liable. This Release includes matters attributable to the sole or partial negligence (whether gross or simple) or other fault, including strict liability, of any Released Party.

 

Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing any charge or claim of discrimination (including a challenge to the validity of this Release) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”), the National Labor Relations Board, or another federal, state, or local government agency. I retain the right to participate in any such proceeding, provided that I hereby waive any right I otherwise would have

 

Exhibit C- 1



 

to recover monetary damages in connection with any charge, complaint, or lawsuit filed by me or by anyone else on my behalf. I retain the right to communicate with the EEOC and comparable state or local agencies and such communication can be initiated by me or in response to a communication from any such agency, and is not limited by any obligation contained in this General Release. However, I understand and agree that I am waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief as a result of such EEOC or other government agency proceeding or subsequent legal action.

 

In signing this Release, I acknowledge that (a) I have carefully read this Release; (b) I have had at least twenty-one (21) days from the date of notice of termination of my employment, or in the event that such termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such notice date, to consider the terms of this Release and that such time has been sufficient; (c) I am hereby encouraged by the Company to seek the advice of an attorney prior to signing this Release and have had adequate opportunity to do so; (d) I am not entitled to the consideration set forth in Sections 4.4, 4.6, and/or 4.8 of the Employment Agreement but for my entry into, and non-revocation of, this Release within the time provided to do so; and (e) I am signing this Release voluntarily and with a full understanding and acceptance of its terms, I understand the final and binding effect of this Release, and the only promises made to me to sign this Release are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein.

 

I understand that I may revoke this Release at any time within seven (7) days of the date of my signing by providing written notice to the Company of such revocation so that such notice is received by the Company no later than 11:59 P.M. New York time on the seventh (7th) day after I sign this Release and that this Release will take effect only upon the expiration of such seven-day (7) revocation period (the “ Effective Date ”) and only if I have not timely revoked it.

 

Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Exhibit C- 2



 

Exhibit D
Aircraft Arrangement

 

This Aircraft Arrangement may be modified from time to time by mutual agreement of the Company and Executive without requiring formal amendment to that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into by and between the Company and Executive as of                    , 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”). Capitalized terms within this Exhibit D shall have the same meaning given to such terms within the Employment Agreement.

 

As of the Effective Date, Executive, in his personal capacity, is the owner of an aircraft (the “ Aircraft ”). During the Term, Executive may use the Aircraft for Company-related business travel and personal travel. In general, the Company will reimburse Executive for 100% of the cost of such business travel in the manner described below. Executive shall submit to the Company a reimbursement request in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Company reimbursement policy in effect at the time; provided , however that: (a) reimbursements in one tax year may not affect expenses or in-kind benefits to be provided in another tax year; (b) reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s tax year following the tax year in which the expense is incurred; and (c) the right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

Company reimbursement payments shall be calculated based on market rates for comparable chartered flights, taking into account all relevant facts such as required seating capacity, operational requirements, safety and flight duration. Reimbursement payments shall also include reasonable variable expenses incurred by Executive, such as fuel, travel expenses for Aircraft personnel and landing fees, and direct payments made for third party pilot costs.

 

The Company shall take all reasonable steps to make determinations as to whether Executive should be encouraged or required to use the Aircraft for personal use, including conducting a security survey, adopting resolutions regarding Executive’s personal use of the Aircraft, and implementing policies regarding Executive’s family or guest travel on the Aircraft.

 

Nothing in this Aircraft Arrangement is intended to limit or restrict Executive’s ability to operate, modify or upgrade the Aircraft in any manner he determines in his discretion, provided that all such costs associated with modifications or upgrades shall be borne solely by Executive. In the event Executive purchases additional aircraft or otherwise exchanges the Aircraft for a different aircraft, in either case at his own expense, this Aircraft Arrangement will apply to such new aircraft.

 

The tax implications of this Aircraft Arrangement shall be determined by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with applicable law and regulations. If and when applicable, the Company will ensure proper disclosure of this Aircraft Arrangement in any required SEC disclosures or reports.

 

The maximum annual payment obligation of the Company under this Aircraft Arrangement is $800,000 (pro-rated for partial calendar years), subject to increase with the express written approval of the Board for any particular calendar year.

 

Exhibit D- 1




Exhibit 10.1 5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), entered into as of April 12, 2017, is made by and between FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), having a principal place of business of 825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, and Rajini Sundar Kodialam (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated July 6, 2013 (the “ Original Employment Agreement” );

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive hereby desire to amend and restate the Original Employment Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive hereby agree that any prior agreements with respect to the employment of Executive with and by the Company and its affiliates, including the Original Employment Agreement, shall be terminated upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investor (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto (such date, the “ Effective Date ”) and replaced in their entirety with this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and its affiliates desire to continue to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to continue to be employed on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.             Employment and Term .  The Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date and shall supersede and replace the Original Employment Agreement. At and as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ, or shall cause a Company subsidiary to employ, Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company (on behalf of itself and certain of its affiliates, as directed by the Company) as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer and Managing Director subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the other provisions hereof (the “ Initial Term ”). Subject to Section 4 , this Agreement shall be automatically renewed as of the last day of the term for successive one-year (1) terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless, not later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term, as the case may be, the Company provides Executive with written notice of its intent not to renew the Agreement. The Initial Term and any Renewal Term shall be referred to as the “ Term .” In the event that Executive is employed by a Company subsidiary, Executive shall have such titles, duties and comparable positions at the Company as set forth herein.

 



 

2.             Duties .  Executive shall be subject to the direction and control of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”). Executive shall perform such duties and functions for and on behalf of the Company, consistent with her position and experience, as are reasonably requested of Executive from time to time by the CEO. Executive shall use reasonable best efforts to devote all of her working time, skill and efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business and interests of the Company; provided , however , that Executive shall in any event be permitted (a) to be a member of the boards of directors (or similar governing bodies) of other entities and (b) to be involved in charitable activities, so long as, in each case, such memberships and activities (x) do not unreasonably interfere with Executive’s duties as set forth herein and (y) with respect to membership on any board of directors (or similar governing body), such membership is approved by the CEO, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that any such memberships and activities existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A shall be deemed conclusively approved. Except as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, Executive represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date that he is not a member of any board of directors or similar governing bodies of any entity other than the Company or its subsidiaries. Executive, in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, shall use good faith, reasonable efforts to cause the activities of the Company to be conducted substantially in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company operating agreement of the Company as amended and in effect from time to time and applicable laws, and will, in all material respects, observe and adhere to the Company’s code(s) of conduct and ethics and other corporate governance codes and policies as now existing or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

 

3.             Compensation, Benefits and Expenses .

 

3.1          Salary and Incentive Compensation .  The Company shall pay to Executive a salary from and after the Effective Date at the annual rate of $530,000 (the “ Salary ”). The Salary shall be paid in such installments and at such times in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. The Salary shall be reviewed by the Board or, if applicable, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “ Board ”) periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal compensation review practices for executive officers, in connection with which the Salary shall be subject to increases, but not decreases, at such times as shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion. Executive shall also be entitled to participate in the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Annual Cash Bonus Plan or any successor annual incentive plan (with annual target bonus opportunity to be set at 150% to 200% of Salary) and the Company’s Incentive Unit Plan or any successor equity-based compensation plan (with annual target equity incentive opportunities to be set at 150% to 200% of Salary, and the value of such Incentive Units to which Executive is entitled shall equal the cash bonus awarded to the Executive pursuant to the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan (or a successor plan), applying the Black Scholes method consistent with the Company’s past practice to determine the corresponding number of Incentive Units to be issued to Executive for that annual period) adopted for each fiscal year for executive officers as determined by the Committee, subject to the normal review practices and procedures of the Committee. As of the Effective Date, the Incentive Units previously granted to Executive and identified on Exhibit B shall be deemed fully vested notwithstanding the terms of any of the respective Incentive Unit Agreements governing any of the Incentive Units. The Company shall deduct or cause to be deducted from the Salary,

 

2



 

bonuses and other compensation payable to Executive all taxes and amounts required by law to be withheld.

 

3.2          Retention Pool .  On the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded 550,000 units pursuant to the Company’s Retention Pool Plan.

 

3.3          Vacation .  Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks of vacation during each calendar year, excluding the Company’s paid holidays.

 

3.4          Other Benefits .  Subject to the terms of any applicable plans, policies or programs, Executive shall be entitled to receive such employee benefits including any and all deferred compensation, pension, disability, group life, sickness, accident and health insurance as the Company may provide from time to time to its salaried employees generally, and such other benefits as the Committee may from time to time establish for the Company’s executives.

 

3.5          Expenses .  Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the course of the performance of services under this Agreement in accordance with the Company policies approved by the Committee. Executive shall keep an itemized account of such expenses, which shall be submitted to the Company monthly together with supporting documentation, provided , however that:  (a) reimbursements in one tax year may not affect expenses or in-kind benefits to be provided in another tax year; (b) reimbursement must be before the last day of the tax year following the year the expense is incurred; and (c) right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

3.6          Life Insurance .  During the Term, Executive may acquire and maintain term life insurance coverage on the life of Executive in the amount of five times (5X) Executive’s Salary (the “ Policy ”), the proceeds of which shall be payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries or an applicable trust designated by Executive under such Policy. The Company will reimburse Executive for the costs of acquiring and maintaining the Policy, including all premium payments, with reimbursements to occur in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures applicable to expense reimbursements. The Company will also provide Executive with a tax gross-up payment equal to the amount of any taxes (federal, state, local or otherwise) Executive may incur with respect to the Company’s reimbursement of the Policy costs, including any taxes upon the taxes Executive incurs due to the Company’s reimbursement of Policy costs. Calculations of the gross-up amounts owed to Executive pursuant to this Section 3.6 will assume that Executive paid the highest marginal tax rate for purposes of all federal, state, local or other applicable taxes.

 

3.7          D&O Insurance .  During such time as Executive serves as a manager or officer of the Company (and/or its affiliates) and for a period of six (6) years thereafter, Executive shall be covered as a manager or ex-manager and as an officer or ex-officer, as applicable, under all policies of insurance covering risk associated with acting as a manager or officer of the Company in the same manner as all other managers, ex-managers, officers and ex-officers, as applicable, of the Company are covered, except that damages incurred as a result of Executive’s fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct (as determined by a final and non-appealable order), shall not be covered by such insurance policies. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any such policy that covers any current officer or manager

 

3



 

(determined at the time of such policy’s application) shall cover former officers and managers (determined at the time of such policy’s application) in the same manner and in the same amounts as the then current officers and directors. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the policies in place or to be adopted as described herein shall have such coverage amounts and limits no less favorable than similarly-sized publicly-traded companies operating in the financial services industry generally, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

4.             Termination; Compensation Continuation .

 

4.1          Termination upon Death .  If Executive dies, then Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate as of the date of Executive’s death, at which time all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive’s heirs, personal representatives or estate shall be entitled to the following:  (a) any unpaid portion of Executive’s Salary for periods up to the date of termination, (b) any accrued benefits up to the date of termination, (c) reimbursable business expenses accrued but unpaid through the date of termination (subject to the Company’s applicable expense policies, including submission of all required documentation), and (d) accrued but unused paid time off (the “ Accrued Rights ”). In addition, the Company shall be obligated to provide (i) a lump sum payment equal to the target annual cash bonus opportunity of Executive based on the mid-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , in each case, pro-rated to reflect the number of days that have elapsed in the calendar year in which such termination occurs (the “ Pro-Rata Bonus ”), (ii) any cash bonus (or the value of any noncash bonus that was paid in lieu of all or any portion of a cash bonus that was to be paid pursuant to Section 3.1 under the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan) awarded to Executive for the calendar year prior to the year in which the termination of employment occurs but unpaid as of the date of termination (the “ Prior Year Bonus ”), (iii) provided that Executive (or his personal representative) elects continuation coverage of health insurance in accordance with COBRA, the Company shall pay the premiums for such coverage for Executive and his dependents until the earlier of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination and the date Executive becomes eligible to be covered under another group health insurance plan (the “ Continued Health Insurance ”), and (iv) notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of termination, accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time on or before the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs with any valuation based on Fair Market Value during such period but without regard to any liquidity condition that may be built into such performance condition, with any settlement that may be due to Executive made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement.

 

4.2          Termination upon Disability .  “ Disability ” means any physical or mental incapacity, illness or infirmity that the Committee reasonably determines prevents or significantly restricts Executive from performing her duties. If Executive suffers a Disability and the Disability continues for periods aggregating more than ninety (90) days during any 180-day period, then the Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment upon written notice to Executive, at which time all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or

 

4



 

otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the following:  (a) the Accrued Rights, (b) continuation of the Salary (in effect as of the date of such termination), payable in equal monthly installments in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (the “ Salary Continuation Payments ”), for a period of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination, (c) the Annual Cash Bonus Payment (as defined below), using in such calculation the mid-point of the target bonus opportunity if the target is a range, (d) the Continued Health Insurance, and (e) the Accelerated Vesting (as defined below).

 

4.3          Termination by the Company for Cause .  The Company may, upon written notice to Executive, immediately terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

 

4.3.1       the gross negligence or willful failure or refusal of Executive to perform Executive’s duties hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from Executive being Disabled) that is not cured within thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Committee which specifically identifies the manner in which the Committee believes Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

4.3.2       the engaging by Executive in (a) willful misconduct that is materially detrimental to the Company, monetarily, reputationally or otherwise or (b) a violation of any United States securities or commodities law or regulation that results in the suspension of Executive’s ability to engage in any regulated activity;

 

4.3.3       the commitment by Executive of any act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds;

 

4.3.4       the conviction by Executive of, or the plea by Executive of guilty or nolo contendere to, any serious misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or any felony; or the suspension of Executive’s ability to engage in any regulated activity related to securities or commodities; or

 

4.3.5       a material breach by Executive of any of the material provisions of this Agreement that is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of written notice of such breach by the Committee (to the extent such breach is capable of cure as reasonably determined by the Committee).

 

For purposes hereof, an act or omission shall not be deemed to be willful if the Executive can reasonably demonstrate or it is reasonably apparent that it was taken or omitted in the Executive’s good faith belief that such act or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to any Accrued Rights.

 

4.4          Failure to Renew or Termination without Cause .  In addition to the Company’s right not to renew the Term as contemplated under Section 1 , the Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time without Cause upon written notice to Executive.

 

5



 

4.4.1       If the Company terminates Executive’s employment during any Term without Cause or the Company elects not to enter into any Renewal Term, Executive shall receive the following:  (a) the Salary Continuation Payments, for a period of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination, (b) an amount equal to one-and-one-half times (1.5X) the target annual cash bonus opportunity of Executive based on the high-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , payable in a lump sum in cash on the date of termination (the “ Annual Cash Bonus Payment ”), (c) the Prior Year Bonus, if any, (d) the Pro-Rata Bonus, based on the high-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , (e) the Continued Health Insurance, and (f) notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of termination, accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time within the eighteen-month (18) period from and after the effective date of termination because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the eighteen-month (18) period following termination with any valuation based on Fair Market Value during such period but without regard to any liquidity condition that may be built into such performance condition, with any settlement that may be due to Executive made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement (the “ Accelerated Vesting ”).

 

4.4.2       Upon a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause under this Section 4.4 , except as specifically set forth in subsection 4.4.1 above, all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Rights.

 

4.5          Termination by Executive .  Executive may terminate his employment for any reason or no reason upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company. Upon delivery of such notice, the Company may modify, reduce, or eliminate Executive’s title, duties, authority, and responsibilities, and any such modification, reduction or elimination shall not constitute Good Reason. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment by Executive under this Section 4.5 , all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Rights.

 

4.6          Termination for Good Reason .  Executive may terminate his employment with the Company effective upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company for Good Reason (as defined below); provided that Executive delivered written notice to the Company within one hundred eighty (180) days following the later of (i) the date it is reasonably apparent an event giving rise to Good Reason has occurred or (ii) the date the Company and the Executive are no longer actively pursuing the resolution of any event giving rise to Good Reason. Such notice must provide a reasonably detailed explanation of the circumstances constituting Good Reason. Any such termination shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a termination by the Company without Cause (as contemplated in Section 4.4 ). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent:

 

4.6.1       a reduction in Executive’s Salary or a material reduction or discontinuance of any material benefit to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement;

 

6



 

4.6.2       a material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities or title;

 

4.6.3       a change by the Company in Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, to a location that is greater than twenty-five (25) miles from Executive’s principal place of employment on the Effective Date;

 

4.6.4       the Company’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any failure of the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 13 ); or

 

4.6.5       the Company’s breach of a material provision of an agreement governing Executive’s equity awards or equity interests, the result of which is a material negative change in Executive’s employment relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Executive provides written notice of termination for Good Reason in reliance upon this Section 4.6 , the Company shall have the opportunity to cure such circumstances within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice and, if so cured, Good Reason shall be deemed not to exist.

 

4.7          Unvested Equity .  All equity interests that are unvested at the time Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason (after giving effect to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein whether applicable upon termination or within the time periods set forth herein) shall be forfeited and cancelled without consideration at the time Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason.

 

4.8          Change in Control Events; Initial Public Offering .

 

4.8.1       Change in Control and Company Sale .  Upon the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of a Change in Control in one (1) or more transactions to any person or group of persons (a “ Company Sale ”), and notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of such event, Executive shall receive accelerated vesting of Executive’s unvested time based equity awards or equity interests held by Executive at the time of such event, with any settlement that may be due to Executive as a result of such accelerated vesting being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement; provided , however , that an initial underwritten public offering (an “ IPO ”) and sale of equity interests of the Company (or any parent, subsidiary or successor entity of the Company) after which such equity interests are listed for trading on a national securities exchange registered under section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall not constitute a Change in Control or Company Sale for the purpose of this Section 4.8 . All equity interests that remain unvested in connection with a Change in Control (after giving effect to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth in this Section 4.8.1 or the vesting provisions of such equity interests) shall be forfeited and cancelled without consideration at the time of such Change in Control.

 

4.8.2       Impact on Equity Due to Terminations of Employment In Connection with a Change in Control .  Notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document

 

7



 

between the Company and Executive to the contrary, if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or the Company elects not to enter into a Renewal Term within the nine (9)-month period immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, then Executive shall be deemed to be employed on the date of the Change in Control, and all of Executive’s unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive immediately prior to the time of such cessation of employment shall vest in full as of the date of the Change in Control (with performance vesting determined by reference to the Company’s valuation in the Change in Control), with any settlement that may be due to Executive as a result of such accelerated vesting being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement.

 

4.8.3       Initial Public Offering .  Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company intends in good faith to implement an equity incentive compensation plan for the purpose of post-IPO retention and motivation of key employees (such as Executive). Executive shall be entitled to participate in such a plan, as and when established. The Company therefore agrees to negotiate in good faith with Executive the terms of Executive’s participation in such plan.

 

4.8.4       Definition of Change in Control .  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be defined as (a) a sale, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as a result of which those persons who (together with their affiliates) held 100% of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not hold (either directly or indirectly) more than 50% of the voting power of the Company (or the surviving or resulting entity thereof) after giving effect to such transaction, or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a transaction or series of related transactions.

 

4.9          Release of Claims .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all severance payments and benefits described in Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.6 and 4.8 , other than payment of any Accrued Rights, are conditioned upon and subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C . within fifty (50) days following Executive’s termination of employment. Payments and benefits under Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.6 and 4.8 (but not Section 4.11 which shall be governed by its terms) shall commence no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after termination of employment (provided that if such sixty (60)-day period commences in one calendar year and terminates in the immediately following calendar year, the payments and benefits shall commence in such immediately following calendar year), provided that the release has been executed, delivered and not revoked, with the first payment also containing any payments which would have been made prior to such payment date, but were not in fact made.

 

4.10        Other Rights With Respect to Equity Interests .  The Executive will have such rights and obligations as an equity holder of the Company as provided in the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

8


 

4.11                         Executive Put Right .

 

4.11.1               Executive’s Put Right Upon Certain Terminations of Employment .  In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) will have the option to require the Company to repurchase any or all of the remaining equity interests held by Executive at the time of the applicable termination of employment that are vested or become vested in connection with such termination pursuant to this Agreement, by Executive notifying the Company of his election to exercise his put option in writing. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive’s put right shall not apply in connection with any termination or cessation of employment with the Company other than due to Executive’s death or Disability.

 

4.11.2               Purchase Price and Closing .  The purchase price of any equity interests to be repurchased pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be the Fair Market Value thereof The closing of any purchase and sale contemplated by this Section 4.11 shall be as promptly as practicable following the date written notice of exercise of a repurchase or put option, as applicable, is received or such other date that is mutually agreed to by the parties, but in no event later than the sixtieth (60th) day from the notice date or twenty (20) business days following resolution of any disputes pursuant to Section 4.11.4 , whichever is later. Once the put notice is delivered, it shall be irrevocable and such equity interests shall become solely economic rights to receive the put proceeds only. The Company shall pay the purchase price for the equity interests repurchased at the closing thereof in a lump sum in cash or, at the Company’s election, in three equal installments in cash on the closing date and each of the first and second anniversaries of the closing date, subject, in each case, to a three (3)-month extension solely if the Board determines that making such payment would cause the Company to be in violation of its then-existing credit facility or otherwise would place the Company in financial distress; provided, however, that if at the end of any such three (3)-month extension, the Board determines in good faith after pursuing commercially reasonable financing alternatives that making such payment would cause the Company to be in violation of its then-existing credit facility or otherwise would place the Company in financial distress, the Company may issue a promissory note to Executive for the balance then due, which note shall be payable in full (principal and interest) at maturity in three years from the date of issuance and accrue interest at five percent (5%) per annum on the unpaid balance (compounded annually). Executive shall enter into customary agreements to give effect to the put transaction, including a customary release in favor of the Company, its affiliates and their related persons.

 

4.11.3               Definition of Fair Market Value .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any specified date, (i) if the equity interests are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the equity interests, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on such date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the equity interests are so reported); (ii) if the equity interests are not traded on a national securities exchange but are traded over the counter at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of the equity interests on the most recent date on which equity interests were publicly traded; or (iii) in the event the equity interests are not publicly traded at the time a determination of value is required to be made, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be determined by

 

9



 

averaging (using a weighted-average based upon the total upfront consideration paid in each such acquisition) the issuance prices used in the three most recent acquisition transactions completed by the Company and in which equity was used as consideration (as adjusted by the Board if the Board determines in good faith and can reasonably demonstrate that there have been material and sustained changes to the Company’s business or prospects and that such changes should be factored into determining such valuation), provided that, where applicable, such a determination will also take into consideration the rules of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and any regulations promulgated thereunder (together, “ Section 409A ”).

 

4.11.4               Disputes .  If applicable and in the event that Executive (or Executive’s executor) does not agree with the Company’s determination of the Fair Market Value, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall, prior to the closing of such purchase, notify the Company in writing of the existence of a dispute. Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) and the Company shall seek to resolve the dispute for twenty (20) business days. In the event that no resolution is reached, the Company shall promptly select three (3) nationally-recognized investment banking firms that have not had a direct or indirect substantial relationship with the Company or its affiliates within the last two (2) years and notify Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) thereof. Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall promptly select one (1) of the three (3) investment banking firms and notify the Company thereof. If the Company has not received notice of selection of one (1) of the investment banking firms within twenty (20) business days of the date it gave notice to Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) of the three (3) investment banking firms, then the Company shall select one (1) of such three (3). The investment banking firm selected as provided above (the “ Independent Advisor ”) shall promptly determine the Fair Market Value of the applicable securities in accordance with this Agreement. The Independent Advisor shall render its decision within twenty (20) business days after its selection and such decision shall be final and binding upon the parties. The purchase shall close promptly, but in no case more than twenty (20) business days, after such determination. In the event that the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than ten percent (10%) higher than the original determination made by the Company, the Company shall pay 100% of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor, in the event that the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than ten percent (10%) lower than the original determination made by the Company, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall pay 100% of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor; and in all other instances the Company and Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall each pay fifty percent (50%) of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor.

 

4.12                         Return of Materials upon Termination .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, regardless of the reason, Executive (or Executive’s heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall promptly return to the Company all documents (including all copies thereof) and other materials and property of the Company, or which pertains to any of the Company’s businesses, including all correspondence files, customer and prospect lists, price lists, contracts, software, manuals, technical data, forecasts and budgets, in Executive’s possession or control, no matter from whom or in what manner acquired.

 

10



 

5.                                       Section 409A .  The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are either exempt or comply with Section 409A. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, as may be necessary to be exempt from or fully comply with Section 409A in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof for purposes of this Agreement unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A, and any payments described in this Agreement that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s separation from service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and interest on Executive under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (a) the expiration of the six-(6) month period measured from the date of Executive’s separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

 

6.                                       Additional Change in Control Payments .

 

6.1                                Gross-Up Payments .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 6.4 below, if it is determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) by the Company or any entity to or for the benefit of Executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excess Parachute Payments ”), or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount equal to that required to result in Executive receiving, after application of the Excise Tax, a net amount that would have been received hereunder had the Excise Tax not applied.

 

6.2                                Determinations .  Subject to Section 6.1 above, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6 , including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by a public accounting firm that is selected by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide its determinations and any detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days after the earlier

 

11



 

of the receipt of notice from the Company or Executive that there has been an Excess Parachute Payment or earlier written request by the Company or Executive (collectively, the “ Determination ”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The Gross-Up Payment under Section 6 with respect to any Excess Parachute Payments made to Executive shall be made no later than thirty (30) days following the payment of such Excess Parachute Payments.

 

6.3                                Underpayments and Overpayments .  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the Determination, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“ Underpayment ”) or Gross-Up Payments will be made by the Company which should not have been made (“ Overpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. If Executive thereafter is required to make payment of any Excise Tax or additional Excise Tax in excess of the amount determined by the Accounting Finn, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive. If the amount of the Gross-Up Payment exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse Executive for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by Executive to or for the benefit of the Company. Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any contest or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax. Any payment in respect of an Underpayment or Overpayment shall be made within fifteen (15) days after the existence and amount thereof has been determined pursuant to this Section 6.3 .

 

6.4                                Shareholder Approval Alternative; Termination Upon IPO .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within Sections 6.1 through 6.3 above, (i) as an alternative to paying the Gross-Up Payment, the Company may elect to request shareholder approval of the Excess Parachute Payments in a manner that satisfies Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations (in which case, whether or not such shareholder approval is obtained, the Company will not be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 6 ); Executive shall cooperate with the Company in all aspects of such a shareholder approval process, including executing a document stating that Executive shall waive all Excess Parachute Payments unless such payments are approved by the Company’s shareholders and (ii)  Sections 6.1 , 6.2 and 6.3 shall terminate and cease to be effective upon the consummation of an IPO by the Company or its parent or subsidiary.

 

12



 

7.                                       Company Property .  Executive agrees that during her employment with the Company that Executive will not make, use or permit to be used any Company Property (defined below) otherwise than for the benefit of the Company. The term “ Company Property ” shall include all notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, software code, data, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit or calling cards, keys, access cards, documentation or other materials of any nature and in any form, whether written, printed, electronic or in digital format or otherwise, relating to any matter within the scope of the business of the Company or concerning any of its dealings or affairs and any other Company property in Executive’s possession, custody or control. Executive further agrees that Executive will not, after the termination of her employment with the Company, use or permit others to use any such Company Property. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Company Property shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will deliver all Company Property in Executive’s possession, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

 

8.                                       Restrictive Covenants of Executive .

 

8.1                                Conflict of Interest/Noncompetition .  During Executive’s employment period with the Company and for twelve (12) months thereafter following any termination of employment, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or consultant or equityholder of any entity (a) provide any wealth management services, including personal financial planning or personal advisory services of the type provided or contemplated to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries at the time of such termination to any individual or entity anywhere in the continental United States (a “ Competitive Business ”), (b) provide finder, broker or financial advisory services to any Competitive Business, or (c) interfere with any potential acquisition by the Company of any other business or discourage any party to any such potential acquisition from engaging in any such transaction. In addition, during Executive’s employment period with the Company and for twenty-four (24) months thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or individual consultant or equityholder of any entity (w) directly or indirectly hire, offer to hire, divert, entice away, solicit or in any other manner persuade, or attempt to do any of the foregoing (each, a “ Solicitation ”), any person or entity who is (or who was during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to such Solicitation) an officer, employee, agent or individual consultant of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or an acquisition prospect of the Company, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for, Executive or any third party, (x) engage in a Solicitation with respect to any person who was, at any time within six (6) months prior to the Solicitation, an officer, employee, agent or individual consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for Executive or any other third party engaged in a Competitive Business, or (y) solicit or do business with any customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company which Executive knew about at the time of termination of employment or any potential customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any potential acquisition target of the Company, with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries undertook substantial actions:  (i) in any manner which interferes with such person’s relationship or potential relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries, or any such potential acquisition target of the Company, as the case may be, or (ii) in an effort to obtain such person as a customer, client, supplier, consultant, salesman, agent or representative to any Competitive Business, or (z) work together in any business or enterprise

 

13



 

involving wealth management services (other than the Company and its affiliates) with any other current or former senior executives of the Company. As used in this Section 8 , the term “ subsidiaries ” refers to both direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company.

 

8.2                                Nondisclosure .  Executive shall not at any time, whether during or after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, except as permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6 below, reveal to any person any Confidential Information (as defined below) except to employees or agents of the Company who need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of their employment or activities on behalf of the Company, or as otherwise authorized by the Company in writing. The term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any non-public information concerning the organization, business or finances of the Company or its subsidiaries, or of any third party that the Company is under an obligation to keep confidential that is maintained by the Company as confidential. Such Confidential Information shall include trade secrets or confidential information respecting acquisition models, services, inventions, products, designs, methods, know-how, techniques, systems, processes, engineering data, software programs and software code, works of authorship, customer and supplier lists, customer and supplier information, financial information, pricing information, business plans, projects, plans, notes, memoranda, reports, data, sketches, specifications and proposals. Except as permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6 below, Executive shall keep confidential all matters entrusted to Executive and shall not use or attempt to use any Confidential Information except as may be required in the ordinary course of performing Executive’s duties as an employee of the Company, nor shall Executive use any Confidential Information in any manner which injures or causes losses to the Company.

 

8.3                                Assignment of Developments .  If at any time or times during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall (either alone or with others) make, conceive, create, discover, invent or reduce to practice any Development (as defined below) that (a) relates to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used in relation therewith; (b) results from tasks assigned to Executive by the Company; or (c) results from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company, then all such Developments and the benefits thereof are and shall immediately become the sole and absolute property of the Company and its assigns, as works made for hire or otherwise. The term “ Development” shall mean any invention, modification, discovery, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, documentation, formula, business model, data, technique, know-how, trade secret or intellectual property right whatsoever or any interest therein (whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright, trademark or similar statutes or subject to analogous protection). Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company (or any persons designated by it) each such Development. Executive hereby assigns all rights (including rights to inventions, patentable subject matter, copyrights and trademarks) Executive may have or may acquire in any of the Developments and all benefits or rights resulting therefrom to the Company and its assigns without further compensation and shall communicate, without cost or delay, and without disclosing to others the same, all available information relating thereto (with all necessary plans and models) to the Company.

 

14



 

8.4                                Nondisparagement . Except as permitted under Section 8.6 below, Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective predecessors and successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. The Company shall not, and agrees to instruct its senior executives not to, malign, denigrate or disparage Executive with respect to any of Executive’s past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray Executive in an unfavorable light. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any person from making any truthful statement to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order such person to disclose or make accessible such information.

 

8.5                                Certain Permitted Uses of Trade Secrets .  Misappropriation of a trade secret of the Company in breach of this Agreement may subject Executive to liability under the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (the “ DTSA ”), entitle the Company to injunctive relief and require Executive to pay compensatory damages, double damages and attorneys’ fees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Executive hereby is notified in accordance with the DTSA that Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, in each case solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Executive is further notified that if Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the Company’s trade secrets to Executive’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

 

8.6                                Permitted Disclosures .  Nothing in this Agreement will prevent or restrict Executive from: (a) reporting possible violations of federal, state, or local law or regulation to, or discussing any such possible violations with, any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, including by initiating communications directly with, responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before any federal, state, or local regulatory authority or agency or self-regulatory organization, including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, FINRA, and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or making any other disclosures that are protected by the whistleblower provisions of any federal, state, or local law or regulation, in each case, without notice to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement limits Executive’s right, if any, to receive an award for information provided to the SEC.

 

15



 

9.                                       Further Assurances .  Executive shall, during Executive’s employment with the Company and at any time thereafter, at the request and cost of the Company, promptly sign, execute, make and do all such deeds, documents, acts and things as the Company and its duly authorized officers may reasonably request, to:  (a) apply for, obtain, register and vest in the name of the Company alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patents, copyrights, trademarks or other analogous protection in any country throughout the world relating to any Development and when so obtained or vested to renew and restore the same; and (b) defend any judicial, opposition or other proceedings in respect of such applications and any judicial, opposition or other proceeding, petition or application for revocation of any such patent, copyright, trademark or other analogous protection. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure Executive’s signature on any application for patent, copyright, trademark or other analogous protection or other documents regarding any legal protection relating to a Development, whether because of Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever. Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in Executive’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such application or applications or other documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patent, copyright or trademark registrations or any other legal protection thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed personally by Executive.

 

10.                                Representations; Agreements .

 

10.1                         Executive represents that her performance of all of the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any restrictive covenants agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive has not entered into, and shall not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

 

10.2                         Executive agrees that any breach of this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the Company and that in the event of such breach the Company shall have, in addition to any and all remedies of law, the right to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent the violation of Executive’s obligations hereunder.

 

10.3                         Except as set forth in this Agreement, Executive understands that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue Executive’s employment.

 

10.4                         Executive is not an officer, director, manager, employee or greater-than-3% stockholder in any Competitive Business of the Company.

 

16



 

11.                                Indemnification .  Executive shall not be liable to the Company or any other person or entity who has an interest in the Company for any loss, damage or claim (a “ Loss ”) (or any expenses or costs associated therewith (“ Costs ”)) incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by Executive in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Executive by this Agreement, except that Executive shall be liable for any such Loss and Costs incurred by reason of Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law. To the full extent permitted by applicable law, Executive shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any Loss or Costs incurred by Executive by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by Executive in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Executive by this Agreement, except that Executive shall not be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any Loss or Costs incurred by Executive by reason of Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of the law with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section 11 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Member, Manager or Officer (each term as defined within the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time) shall have personal liability on account thereof. The Company shall advance Costs incurred by or on behalf of Executive in connection with any Loss within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Company from Executive of a statement requesting such advances from time to time; provided , however , such statement provides reasonable documentary evidence of such Costs and provides a written undertaking by Executive to repay any and all advanced Costs in the event Executive is ultimately determined to not be entitled to indemnification by the Company.

 

12.                                Amendments; Waiver .  Any amendment to or modification of this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Company and Executive. Any waiver of any provision hereof, shall be in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought. Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

 

13.                                Assignment .  The Company shall assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns (subject to the terms and conditions contained herein), and such successor or assign shall explicitly assume this Agreement, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said successors or assigns. This Agreement, being for the personal services of Executive, shall not be assignable by Executive.

 

14.                                Certain Definitions .  As used herein, the term “ person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, joint venture, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, bank, association, cooperative, trust, estate, government, governmental, administrative or regulatory body, or other entity of any nature. As used herein, the term “ including ” (in its various forms) means “including, without limitation.” As used herein, any Incentive Unit, Unit, equity award or equity interest that is “ held ” by Executive shall include any such Incentive Unit, Unit, equity award or equity interest, whether vested or unvested, that is held directly by Executive or which is held by or placed in a trust or other estate planning vehicle. The Board shall make all decisions or determinations hereunder on behalf of the Company.

 

17


 

15.                                Notices .  All notices, consents or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or one (1) business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges prepaid. Notices also may be given by facsimile and shall be effective on the date transmitted if sent during business hours, or, if sent outside of business hours, on the following business day. Notice to Executive shall be sent to Executive’s most recent address of record with the Company. Notice to the Company shall be sent to:

 

Focus Financial Partners, LLC

825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor

New York NY 10022

Attn:  General Counsel

E-mail:  Rmcgranahan@ffpar.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

c/o Stone Point Capital LLC

20 Horseneck Lane

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Attn:  Peter M. Mundheim

E-mail:  pmundheim@stonepoint.com

 

Either party may change its address for notice and the address to which copies must be sent by giving notice of the new addresses to the other party in accordance with this Section 15 , provided , however , that any such change of address notice shall not be effective unless and until received.

 

16.                                Governing Law; Forum Selection Clause, Waiver of Jury Trial .  This Agreement and any claims arising out of this Agreement (or any other claims arising out of the relationship between the parties) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal and domestic laws of such state, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws of such state that would require the application of the laws or rules of any other jurisdiction. Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other shall be commenced and maintained in any state or federal court located in the City, County and State of New York, and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court. Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such party would not, in the event of any action, suit or proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other party hereto has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waiver and certifications in this Section 16 .

 

17.                                Survival Sections 4 , 5 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 17 , 18 and 19 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company regardless of the manner of such termination and shall be binding upon each of Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

18



 

18.                                Severability .  The parties hereby agree that each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any other clauses of the Agreement. If one or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad in scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable at law, such provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it (or them) so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent under the applicable law. The parties hereby further agree that the language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement; Miscellaneous .  Except as set forth below, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof (including the Original Employment Agreement), except to the extent that any other documents, agreements or understandings are specifically referenced herein, including, without limitation, any award agreements, omnibus agreements, the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Annual Cash Bonus Plan and Incentive Unit Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreements, and the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time, each of which shall survive in accordance with their respective terms as modified herein. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent that this Agreement is in direct conflict with the terms of any document that governs Executive’s equity awards or equity interests, the provision that is most favorable to Executive shall control. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4 and 13 , this Agreement shall bind, benefit and be enforceable by and against Executive and Executive’s heirs, personal representatives, estate and beneficiaries, and the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (.pdf) signature delivery), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original hereof, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one (1) counterpart hereof. Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not affect its interpretation.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have entered into this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

 

Focus Financial Partners, LLC

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruediger Adolf

 

Name:

Ruediger Adolf

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

/s/ Rajini Sundar Kodialam

 

Rajini Sundar Kodialam

 



 

EXHIBIT A
BOARD MEMBERSHIPS

 

Avendus Wealth Management Private Limited,

ILFS Financial Center, Bandra Kurla Complex, Mumbai, India

 

Exhibit A- 1



 

EXHIBIT B
INCENTIVE UNITS

 

Incentive Unit 
Certificate 
Number

 

Grant Date

 

Hurdle Price

 

Number of 
Incentive Units

 

I835

 

10/4/2013

 

$

11.00

 

250,000

 

I836

 

1/27/2014

 

$

11.00

 

90,000

 

I859

 

11/21/2014

 

$

13.00

 

200,000

 

I909

 

12/5/2014

 

$

13.00

 

95,000

 

I1025

 

12/28/2015

 

$

19.00

 

130,000

 

 

Exhibit B- 1



 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF RELEASE

 

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the special payments and benefits to be provided in connection with the termination of my employment in accordance with Section 4.4 (including if such payments and benefits become payable pursuant to Section 4.6 ) or Section 4.8 of the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of                   , 2017 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Employment Agreement ”) between Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and me, I, on my own behalf and on behalf of my personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees and all others connected with me, hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its affiliates and all of their respective past and present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, controlling persons, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns and all others connected with any of them (the “ Released Parties ”), both individually and in their official capacities, from any and all rights, liabilities, claims, damages, demands and causes of action, whether statutory or at common law (including any claim for salary, benefits, payments, expenses, costs, attorney’s fees, damages, penalties, compensation, remuneration, contractual entitlements) (collectively, “ Claims ”) relating to any matter occurring on or prior to the date of my signing of this Release, including any Claims resulting from, arising out of, or connected with my employment or its termination and any other Claims pursuant to: (a) any federal, state, foreign or local law, regulation or other requirement (including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, and any other local, state, or federal anti-discrimination or anti-retaliation law, each as amended from time to time); (b) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (c) any public policy or common law; and (d) any contract 1 may have with any Released Party, including the Employment Agreement (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”); provided, however, that the foregoing release shall not apply to (i) any right explicitly set forth in the Employment Agreement to any payments and benefits to be provided in connection with the termination of my employment, (ii) any right or claim that arises after the date this release is executed, (iii) any right I may have to vested or accrued benefits or entitlements under any applicable plan, agreement, program, award, policy or arrangement of the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates to the extent consistent with the Employment Agreement, (iv) my right to indemnification and advancement of expenses in accordance with applicable laws and/or the certificate of incorporation and by-laws, limited liability company agreement or other governing documents of the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, or any applicable insurance policy, or (v) any right I may have to obtain contribution as permitted by law in the event of entry of judgment against me as a result of any act or failure to act for which I, on the one hand, and any Released Party, on the other hand, are jointly liable. This Release includes matters attributable to the sole or partial negligence (whether gross or simple) or other fault, including strict liability, of any Released Party.

 

Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing any charge or claim of discrimination (including a challenge to the validity of this Release) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”), the National Labor Relations Board, or another federal, state, or local government agency. I retain the right to participate in any such proceeding, provided that I hereby waive any right I otherwise would have to recover monetary damages in connection with any charge, complaint, or lawsuit filed by me or

 

Exhibit C- 1



 

by anyone else on my behalf. I retain the right to communicate with the EEOC and comparable state or local agencies and such communication can be initiated by me or in response to a communication from any such agency, and is not limited by any obligation contained in this General Release. However, I understand and agree that I am waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief as a result of such EEOC or other government agency proceeding or subsequent legal action.

 

In signing this Release, I acknowledge that (a) I have carefully read this Release; (b) I have had at least twenty-one (21) days from the date of notice of termination of my employment, or in the event that such termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such notice date, to consider the terms of this Release and that such time has been sufficient; (c) I am hereby encouraged by the Company to seek the advice of an attorney prior to signing this Release and have had adequate opportunity to do so; (d) I am not entitled to the consideration set forth in Sections 4.4 , 4.6 , and/or 4.8 of the Employment Agreement but for my entry into, and non-revocation of, this Release within the time provided to do so; and (e) I am signing this Release voluntarily and with a full understanding and acceptance of its terms, I understand the final and binding effect of this Release, and the only promises made to me to sign this Release are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein.

 

I understand that I may revoke this Release at any time within seven (7) days of the date of my signing by providing written notice to the Company of such revocation so that such notice is received by the Company no later than 11:59 P.M. New York time on the seventh (7th) day after I sign this Release and that this Release will take effect only upon the expiration of such seven-day (7) revocation period (the “ Effective Date ”) and only if I have not timely revoked it.

 

Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Exhibit C- 2




Exhibit 10.1 6

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), entered into as of April 12, 2017, is made by and between FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), having a principal place of business of 825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, and James Shanahan (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated July 6, 2013 (the “ Original Employment Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive hereby desire to amend and restate the Original Employment Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive hereby agree that any prior agreements with respect to the employment of Executive with and by the Company and its affiliates, including the Original Employment Agreement, shall be terminated upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Company, the Investor (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto (such date, the “ Effective Date ”) and replaced in their entirety with this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and its affiliates desire to continue to employ Executive on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth and Executive desires to continue to be employed on such terms and conditions and for such consideration;

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment and Term . The Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date and shall supersede and replace the Original Employment Agreement. At and as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ, or shall cause a Company subsidiary to employ, Executive and Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company (on behalf of itself and certain of its affiliates, as directed by the Company) as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the other provisions hereof (the “ Initial Term ”). Subject to Section 4 , this Agreement shall be automatically renewed as of the last day of the term for successive one-year (1) terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless, not later than ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term, as the case may be, the Company provides Executive with written notice of its intent not to renew the Agreement. The Initial Term and any Renewal Term shall be referred to as the “ Term. ” In the event that Executive is employed by a

 

1



 

Company subsidiary, Executive shall have such titles, duties and comparable positions at the Company as set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Duties . Executive shall be subject to the direction and control of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“ CEO ”). Executive shall perform such duties and functions for and on behalf of the Company consistent with his position and experience as Chief Financial Officer, as are reasonably requested of Executive from time to time by the CEO. Executive shall use reasonable best efforts to devote all of his working time, skill and efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement in a manner that will faithfully and diligently further the business and interests of the Company; provided , however , that Executive shall in any event be permitted (a) to be a member of the boards of directors (or similar governing bodies) of other entities and (b) to be involved in charitable activities, so long as, in each case, such memberships and activities (x) do not unreasonably interfere with Executive’s duties as set forth herein and (y) with respect to membership on any board of directors (or similar governing body), such membership is approved by the CEO, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that any such memberships and activities existing as of the date hereof and disclosed on Exhibit A shall be deemed conclusively approved. Except as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, Executive represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date that he is not a member of any board of directors or similar governing bodies of any entity other than the Company or its subsidiaries. Executive, in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, shall use good faith, reasonable efforts to cause the activities of the Company to be conducted substantially in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company operating agreement of the Company as amended and in effect from time to time and applicable laws, and will, in all material respects, observe and adhere to the Company’s code(s) of conduct and ethics and other corporate governance codes and policies as now existing or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation, Benefits and Expenses .

 

3.1                                Salary and Incentive Compensation . The Company shall pay to Executive a salary from and after the Effective Date at the annual rate of $475,000 (the “ Salary ”). The Salary shall be paid in such installments and at such times in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices. The Salary shall be reviewed by the Board or, if applicable, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “ Board ”) periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal compensation review practices for executive officers, in connection with which the Salary shall be subject to increases, but not decreases, at such times as shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion. Executive shall also be entitled to participate in the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Annual Cash Bonus Plan or any successor annual incentive plan (with annual target bonus opportunity to be set at 125% to 150% of Salary) and the Company’s Incentive Unit Plan or any successor equity-based compensation plan (with annual target equity incentive opportunities to be set at 125% to 150% of Salary, and the value of such Incentive Units to which Executive is entitled shall equal the cash bonus awarded to the Executive pursuant to the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan (or a successor plan), applying the Black Scholes method consistent with the Company’s past practice to determine the corresponding number of Incentive Units to be issued to Executive for that annual period) adopted for each fiscal year for executive officers as determined by the Committee, subject to the normal review practices and procedures of the Committee. As of the Effective Date, the

 

2



 

Incentive Units previously granted to Executive and identified on Exhibit B shall be deemed fully vested notwithstanding the terms of any of the respective Incentive Unit Agreements governing any of the Incentive Units. The Company shall deduct or cause to be deducted from the Salary, bonuses and other compensation payable to Executive all taxes and amounts required by law to be withheld.

 

3.2                                Retention Pool . On the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded 400,000 units pursuant to the Company’s Retention Pool Plan.

 

3.3                                Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks of vacation during each calendar year, excluding the Company’s paid holidays.

 

3.4                                Other Benefits . Subject to the terms of any applicable plans, policies or programs, Executive shall be entitled to receive such employee benefits including any and all deferred compensation, pension, disability, group life, sickness, accident and health insurance as the Company may provide from time to time to its salaried employees generally, and such other benefits as the Committee may from time to time establish for the Company’s executives.

 

3.5                                Expenses . Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the course of the performance of services under this Agreement in accordance with the Company policies approved by the Committee. Executive shall keep an itemized account of such expenses, which shall be submitted to the Company monthly together with supporting documentation, provided , however that: (a) reimbursements in one tax year may not affect expenses or in-kind benefits to be provided in another tax year; (b) reimbursement must be before the last day of the tax year following the year the expense is incurred; and (c) right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

3.6                                Life Insurance . During the Term, Executive may acquire and maintain term life insurance coverage on the life of Executive in the amount of five times (5X) Executive’s Salary (the “ Policy ”), the proceeds of which shall be payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries or an applicable trust designated by Executive under such Policy. The Company will reimburse Executive for the costs of acquiring and maintaining the Policy, including all premium payments, with reimbursements to occur in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures applicable to expense reimbursements. The Company will also provide Executive with a tax gross-up payment equal to the amount of any taxes (federal, state, local or otherwise) Executive may incur with respect to the Company’s reimbursement of the Policy costs, including any taxes upon the taxes Executive incurs due to the Company’s reimbursement of Policy costs. Calculations of the gross-up amounts owed to Executive pursuant to this Section 3.6 will assume that Executive paid the highest marginal tax rate for purposes of all federal, state, local or other applicable taxes.

 

3.7                                D&O Insurance . During such time as Executive serves as a manager or officer of the Company (and/or its affiliates) and for a period of six (6) years thereafter, Executive shall be covered as a manager or ex-manager and as an officer or ex-officer, as applicable, under all policies of insurance covering risk associated with acting as a manager or officer of the Company in the same manner as all other managers, ex-managers, officers and ex-officers, as applicable, of the Company are covered, except that damages incurred as a result of Executive’s

 

3



 

fraud, gross negligence or intentional misconduct (as determined by a final and non-appealable order), shall not be covered by such insurance policies. The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any such policy that covers any current officer or manager (determined at the time of such policy’s application) shall cover former officers and managers (determined at the time of such policy’s application) in the same manner and in the same amounts as the then current officers and directors. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the policies in place or to be adopted as described herein shall have such coverage amounts and limits no less favorable than similarly-sized publicly-traded companies operating in the financial services industry generally, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

4.                                       Termination; Compensation Continuation .

 

4.1                                Termination upon Death . If Executive dies, then Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate as of the date of Executive’s death, at which time all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive’s heirs, personal representatives or estate shall be entitled to the following: (a) any unpaid portion of Executive’s Salary for periods up to the date of termination, (b) any accrued benefits up to the date of termination, (c) reimbursable business expenses accrued but unpaid through the date of termination (subject to the Company’s applicable expense policies, including submission of all required documentation), and (d) accrued but unused paid time off (the “ Accrued Rights ”). In addition, the Company shall be obligated to provide (i) a lump sum payment equal to the target annual cash bonus opportunity of Executive based on the mid-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , in each case, pro-rated to reflect the number of days that have elapsed in the calendar year in which such termination occurs (the “ Pro-Rata Bonus ”), (ii) any cash bonus (or the value of any noncash bonus that was paid in lieu of all or any portion of a cash bonus that was to be paid pursuant to Section 3.1 under the Company’s Annual Cash Bonus Plan) awarded to Executive for the calendar year prior to the year in which the termination of employment occurs but unpaid as of the date of termination (the “ Prior Year Bonus ”), (iii)  provided that Executive (or his personal representative) elects continuation coverage of health insurance in accordance with COBRA, the Company shall pay the premiums for such coverage for Executive and his dependents until the earlier of eighteen (18) months following the date of termination and the date Executive becomes eligible to be covered under another group health insurance plan (the “ Continued Health Insurance ”), and (iv) notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of termination, accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time on or before the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the calendar year in which such termination occurs with any valuation based on Fair Market Value during such period but without regard to any liquidity condition that may be built into such performance condition, with any settlement that may be due to Executive made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement.

 

4.2                                Termination upon Disability . “ Disability ” means any physical or mental incapacity, illness or infirmity that the Committee reasonably determines prevents or significantly restricts Executive from performing his duties. If Executive suffers a Disability and the Disability

 

4



 

continues for periods aggregating more than ninety (90) days during any 180-day period, then the Company shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment upon written notice to Executive, at which time all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the following: (a) the Accrued Rights, (b) continuation of the Salary (in effect as of the date of such termination), payable in equal monthly installments in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (the “ Salary Continuation Payments ”), for a period of twelve (12) months following the date of termination, (c) the Annual Cash Bonus Payment (as defined below), using in such calculation the mid-point of the target bonus opportunity if the target is a range, (d) the Continued Health Insurance, and (e) the Accelerated Vesting (as defined below).

 

4.3                                Termination by the Company for Cause . The Company may, upon written notice to Executive, immediately terminate Executive’s employment for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

 

4.3.1                      the gross negligence or willful failure or refusal of Executive to perform Executive’s duties hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from Executive being Disabled) that is not cured within thirty (30) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Committee which specifically identifies the manner in which the Committee believes Executive has not substantially performed Executive’s duties;

 

4.3.2                      the engaging by Executive in (a) willful misconduct that is materially detrimental to the Company, monetarily, reputationally or otherwise or (b) a violation of any United States securities or commodities law or regulation that results in the suspension of Executive’s ability to engage in any regulated activity;

 

4.3.3                      the commitment by Executive of any act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds;

 

4.3.4                      the conviction by Executive of, or the plea by Executive of guilty or nolo contendere to, any serious misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or any felony; or the suspension of Executive’s ability to engage in any regulated activity related to securities or commodities; or

 

4.3.5                      a material breach by Executive of any of the material provisions of this Agreement that is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of written notice of such breach by the Committee (to the extent such breach is capable of cure as reasonably determined by the Committee).

 

For purposes hereof, an act or omission shall not be deemed to be willful if the Executive can reasonably demonstrate or it is reasonably apparent that it was taken or omitted in the Executive’s good faith belief that such act or omission was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to any Accrued Rights.

 

5



 

4.4                                Failure to Renew or Termination without Cause . In addition to the Company’s right not to renew the Term as contemplated under Section 1 , the Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately at any time without Cause upon written notice to Executive.

 

4.4.1                      If the Company terminates Executive’s employment during any Term without Cause or the Company elects not to enter into any Renewal Term, Executive shall receive the following: (a) the Salary Continuation Payments, for a period of twelve (12) months following the date of termination, (b) an amount equal to one times (1X) the target annual cash bonus opportunity of Executive based on the high-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , payable in a lump sum in cash on the date of termination (the “ Annual Cash Bonus Payment ”), (c) the Prior Year Bonus, if any, (d) the Pro-Rata Bonus, based on the high-point of the range set forth in Section 3.1 , (e) the Continued Health Insurance, and (f) notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of termination, accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive scheduled to vest or that do vest at any time within the twelve (12) month period from and after the effective date of termination because of time or if any performance conditions are met during the period from termination to the last day of the twelve (12) month period following termination with any valuation based on Fair Market Value during such period but without regard to any liquidity condition that may be built into such performance condition, with any settlement that may be due to Executive made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement (the “ Accelerated Vesting ”).

 

4.4.2                      Upon a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause under this Section 4.4 , except as specifically set forth in subsection 4.4.1 above, all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Rights.

 

4.5                                Termination by Executive . Executive may terminate his employment for any reason or no reason upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company. Upon delivery of such notice, the Company may modify, reduce, or eliminate Executive’s title, duties, authority, and responsibilities, and any such modification, reduction or elimination shall not constitute Good Reason. Upon a termination of Executive’s employment by Executive under this Section 4.5 , all of Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under Section 3 or otherwise shall immediately terminate, except that Executive shall be entitled to the Accrued Rights.

 

4.6                                Termination for Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment with the Company effective upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Company for Good Reason (as defined below); provided that Executive delivered written notice to the Company within one hundred eighty (180) days following the later of (i) the date it is reasonably apparent an event giving rise to Good Reason has occurred or (ii) the date the Company and the Executive are no longer actively pursuing the resolution of any event giving rise to Good Reason. Such notice must provide a reasonably detailed explanation of the circumstances constituting Good Reason. Any such termination shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a termination by the Company

 

6



 

without Cause (as contemplated in Section 4.4 ). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s consent:

 

4.6.1                      a reduction in Executive’s Salary or a material reduction or discontinuance of any material benefit to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement;

 

4.6.2                      a material diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities or title;

 

4.6.3                      a change by the Company in Executive’s principal place of employment, without Executive’s consent, to a location that is greater than twenty-five (25) miles from Executive’s principal place of employment on the Effective Date;

 

4.6.4                      the Company’s breach of a material provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any failure of the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 13 ); or

 

4.6.5                      the Company’s breach of a material provision of an agreement governing Executive’s equity awards or equity interests, the result of which is a material negative change in Executive’s employment relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Executive provides written notice of termination for Good Reason in reliance upon this Section 4.6 , the Company shall have the opportunity to cure such circumstances within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice and, if so cured, Good Reason shall be deemed not to exist.

 

4.7                                Unvested Equity . All equity interests that are unvested at the time Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason (after giving effect to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth herein whether applicable upon termination or within the time periods set forth herein) shall be forfeited and cancelled without consideration at the time Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason.

 

4.8                                Change in Control Events; Initial Public Offering .

 

4.8.1                      Change in Control and Company Sale . Upon the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of a Change in Control in one (1) or more transactions to any person or group of persons (a “ Company Sale ”), and notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, as of the effective date of such event, Executive shall receive accelerated vesting of Executive’s unvested time based equity awards or equity interests held by Executive at the time of such event, with any settlement that may be due to Executive as a result of such accelerated vesting being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement; provided , however , that an initial underwritten public offering (an “ IPO ”) and sale of equity interests of the Company (or any parent, subsidiary or successor entity of the Company) after which such equity interests are listed for trading on a national securities exchange registered under section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall not constitute a Change in Control or Company Sale for the purpose of this Section 4.8 . All equity interests that remain unvested

 

7



 

in connection with a Change in Control (after giving effect to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth in this Section 4.8.1 or the vesting provisions of such equity interests) shall be forfeited and cancelled without consideration at the time of such Change in Control.

 

4.8.2                      Impact on Equity Due to Terminations of Employment In Connection with a Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything in any plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement, or any similar agreement or other document between the Company and Executive to the contrary, if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason or the Company elects not to enter into a Renewal Term within the nine (9)-month period immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, then Executive shall be deemed to be employed on the date of the Change in Control, and all of Executive’s unvested equity awards or equity interests held by Executive immediately prior to the time of such cessation of employment shall vest in full as of the date of the Change in Control (with performance vesting determined by reference to the Company’s valuation in the Change in Control), with any settlement that may be due to Executive as a result of such accelerated vesting being made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, Incentive Unit Agreement, award agreement, omnibus agreement and/or other document or agreement.

 

4.8.3                      Initial Public Offering . Upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Company intends in good faith to implement an equity incentive compensation plan for the purpose of post-IPO retention and motivation of key employees (such as Executive). Executive shall be entitled to participate in such a plan, as and when established. The Company therefore agrees to negotiate in good faith with Executive the terms of Executive’s participation in such plan.

 

4.8.4                      Definition of Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be defined as (a) a sale, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as a result of which those persons who (together with their affiliates) held 100% of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not hold (either directly or indirectly) more than 50% of the voting power of the Company (or the surviving or resulting entity thereof) after giving effect to such transaction, or (b) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a transaction or series of related transactions.

 

4.9                                Release of Claims . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Executive acknowledges and agrees that any and all severance payments and benefits described in Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.6 and 4.8 , other than payment of any Accrued Rights, are conditioned upon and subject to Executive’s execution and delivery of a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C within fifty (50) days following Executive’s termination of employment. Payments and benefits under Sections 4.1 , 4.2 , 4.4 , 4.6 and 4.8 (but not Section 4.11 which shall be governed by its terms) shall commence no later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day after termination of employment ( provided that if such sixty (60)-day period commences in one calendar year and terminates in the immediately following calendar year, the payments and

 

8



 

benefits shall commence in such immediately following calendar year), provided that the release has been executed, delivered and not revoked, with the first payment also containing any payments which would have been made prior to such payment date, but were not in fact made.

 

4.10                         Other Rights With Respect to Equity Interests . The Executive will have such rights and obligations as an equity holder of the Company as provided in the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

4.11                         Executive Put Right .

 

4.11.1               Executive’s Put Right Upon Certain Terminations of Employment . In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to Executive’s death or Disability, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) will have the option to require the Company to repurchase any or all of the remaining equity interests held by Executive at the time of the applicable termination of employment that are vested or become vested in connection with such termination pursuant to this Agreement, by Executive notifying the Company of his election to exercise his put option in writing. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Executive’s put right shall not apply in connection with any termination or cessation of employment with the Company other than due to Executive’s death or Disability.

 

4.11.2               Purchase Price and Closing . The purchase price of any equity interests to be repurchased pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be the Fair Market Value thereof. The closing of any purchase and sale contemplated by this Section 4.11 shall be as promptly as practicable following the date written notice of exercise of a repurchase or put option, as applicable, is received or such other date that is mutually agreed to by the parties, but in no event later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day from the notice date or twenty (20) business days following resolution of any disputes pursuant to Section 4.11.4 , whichever is later. Once the put notice is delivered, it shall be irrevocable and such equity interests shall become solely economic rights to receive the put proceeds only. The Company shall pay the purchase price for the equity interests repurchased at the closing thereof in a lump sum in cash or, at the Company’s election, in three equal installments in cash on the closing date and each of the first and second anniversaries of the closing date, subject, in each case, to a three (3)-month extension solely if the Board determines that making such payment would cause the Company to be in violation of its then-existing credit facility or otherwise would place the Company in financial distress; provided , however , that if at the end of any such three (3)-month extension, the Board determines in good faith after pursuing commercially reasonable financing alternatives that making such payment would cause the Company to be in violation of its then-existing credit facility or otherwise would place the Company in financial distress, the Company may issue a promissory note to Executive for the balance then due, which note shall be payable in full (principal and interest) at maturity in three years from the date of issuance and accrue interest at five percent (5%) per annum on the unpaid balance (compounded annually). Executive shall enter into customary agreements to give effect to the put transaction, including a customary release in favor of the Company, its affiliates and their related persons.

 

9


 

4.11.3               Definition of Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any specified date, (i) if the equity interests are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the equity interests, as reported on the stock exchange composite tape on such date (or if no sales occur on that date, on the last preceding date on which such sales of the equity interests are so reported); (ii) if the equity interests are not traded on a national securities exchange but are traded over the counter at the time a determination of its Fair Market Value is required to be made, the average between the reported high and low bid and asked prices of the equity interests on the most recent date on which equity interests were publicly traded; or (iii) in the event the equity interests are not publicly traded at the time a determination of value is required to be made, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be determined by averaging (using a weighted-average based upon the total upfront consideration paid in each such acquisition) the issuance prices used in the three most recent acquisition transactions completed by the Company and in which equity was used as consideration (as adjusted by the Board if the Board determines in good faith and can reasonably demonstrate that there have been material and sustained changes to the Company’s business or prospects and that such changes should be factored into determining such valuation), provided that, where applicable, such a determination will also take into consideration the rules of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and any regulations promulgated thereunder (together, “ Section 409A ”).

 

4.11.4               Disputes . If applicable and in the event that Executive (or Executive’s executor) does not agree with the Company’s determination of the Fair Market Value, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall, prior to the closing of such purchase, notify the Company in writing of the existence of a dispute. Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) and the Company shall seek to resolve the dispute for twenty (20) business days. In the event that no resolution is reached, the Company shall promptly select three (3) nationally-recognized investment banking firms that have not had a direct or indirect substantial relationship with the Company or its affiliates within the last two (2) years and notify Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) thereof. Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall promptly select one (1) of the three (3) investment banking firms and notify the Company thereof. if the Company has not received notice of selection of one (1) of the investment banking firms within twenty (20) business days of the date it gave notice to Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) of the three (3) investment banking firms, then the Company shall select one (1) of such three (3). The investment banking firm selected as provided above (the “ Independent Advisor ”) shall promptly determine the Fair Market Value of the applicable securities in accordance with this Agreement. The Independent Advisor shall render its decision within twenty (20) business days after its selection and such decision shall be final and binding upon the parties. The purchase shall close promptly, but in no case more than twenty (20) business days, after such determination. In the event that the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than ten percent (10%) higher than the original determination made by the Company, the Company shall pay 100% of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor, in the event that the Independent Advisor’s determination of Fair Market Value is more than ten percent (10%) lower than the original determination made by the Company, Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall

 

10



 

pay 100% of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor; and in all other instances the Company and Executive (or his or her heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall each pay fifty percent (50%) of the cost of retaining the Independent Advisor.

 

4.12                         Return of Materials upon Termination . Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, regardless of the reason, Executive (or Executive’s heirs, personal representatives or estate) shall promptly return to the Company all documents (including all copies thereof) and other materials and property of the Company, or which pertains to any of the Company’s businesses, including all correspondence files, customer and prospect lists, price lists, contracts, software, manuals, technical data, forecasts and budgets, in Executive’s possession or control, no matter from whom or in what manner acquired.

 

5.                                       Section 409A . The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are either exempt or comply with Section 409A. The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, as may be necessary to be exempt from or fully comply with Section 409A in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof for purposes of this Agreement unless Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A, and any payments described in this Agreement that are due within the “short term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s separation from service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid the imposition of additional taxes and interest on Executive under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (a) the expiration of the six-(6) month period measured from the date of Executive’s separation from service or (b) the date of Executive’s death.

 

6.                                       Additional Change in Control Payments .

 

6.1                                Gross-Up Payments . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 6.4 below, if it is determined that any payment, award, benefit or distribution (or any acceleration of any payment, award, benefit or distribution) by the Company or any entity to or for the benefit of Executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, (the “ Excess Parachute Payments ”), or any interest or penalties are

 

11



 

incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall pay to Executive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount equal to that required to result in Executive receiving, after application of the Excise Tax, a net amount that would have been received hereunder had the Excise Tax not applied.

 

6.2                                Determinations . Subject to Section 6.1 above, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6 , including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by a public accounting firm that is selected by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide its determinations and any detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days after the earlier of the receipt of notice from the Company or Executive that there has been an Excess Parachute Payment or written request by the Company or Executive (collectively, the “ Determination ”). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The Gross-Up Payment under Section 6 with respect to any Excess Parachute Payments made to Executive shall be made no later than thirty (30) days following the payment of such Excess Parachute Payments.

 

6.3                                Underpayments and Overpayments . As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the Determination, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“ Underpayment ”) or Gross-Up Payments will be made by the Company which should not have been made (“ Overpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. If Executive thereafter is required to make payment of any Excise Tax or additional Excise Tax in excess of the amount determined by the Accounting Firm, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive. If the amount of the Gross-Up Payment exceeds the amount necessary to reimburse Executive for his Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Overpayment that has been made and any such Overpayment (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2) of the Code) shall be promptly paid by Executive to or for the benefit of the Company. Executive shall cooperate, to the extent his expenses are reimbursed by the Company, with any reasonable requests by the Company in connection with any contest or disputes with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Excise Tax. Any payment in respect of an Underpayment or Overpayment shall be made within fifteen (15) days after the existence and amount thereof has been determined pursuant to this Section 6.3 .

 

6.4                                Shareholder Approval Alternative; Termination Upon IPO . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary within Sections 6.1 through 6.3 above, (i) as an alternative to paying the Gross-Up Payment, the Company may elect to request shareholder approval of the Excess Parachute Payments in a manner that satisfies Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations (in which case, whether or not such shareholder approval is obtained, the Company will not be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section 6 ); Executive shall cooperate with the Company in all aspects of such a shareholder approval process, including executing a document stating that Executive shall waive all Excess Parachute Payments unless such payments are approved by the Company’s shareholders and (ii)  Sections 6.1 , 6.2 and 6.3 shall

 

12



 

terminate and cease to be effective upon the consummation of an IPO by the Company or its parent or subsidiary.

 

7.                                       Company Property . Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company that Executive will not make, use or permit to be used any Company Property (defined below) otherwise than for the benefit of the Company. The term “ Company Property ” shall include all notes, memoranda, reports, lists, records, drawings, sketches, specifications, software programs, software code, data, computers, cellular telephones, pagers, credit or calling cards, keys, access cards, documentation or other materials of any nature and in any form, whether written, printed, electronic or in digital format or otherwise, relating to any matter within the scope of the business of the Company or concerning any of its dealings or affairs and any other Company property in Executive’s possession, custody or control. Executive further agrees that Executive will not, after the termination of his employment with the Company, use or permit others to use any such Company Property. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Company Property shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will deliver all Company Property in Executive’s possession, and all copies thereof, to the Company.

 

8.                                       Restrictive Covenants of Executive .

 

8.1                                Conflict of Interest/Noncompetition . During Executive’s employment period with the Company and for twelve (12) months thereafter following any termination of employment, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or consultant or equityholder of any entity (a) provide any wealth management services, including personal financial planning or personal advisory services of the type provided or contemplated to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries at the time of such termination to any individual or entity anywhere in the continental United States (a “ Competitive Business ”), (b) provide finder, broker or financial advisory services to any Competitive Business, or (c) interfere with any potential acquisition by the Company of any other business or discourage any party to any such potential acquisition from engaging in any such transaction. In addition, during Executive’s employment period with the Company and for twenty-four (24) months thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or individual consultant or equityholder of any entity (w) directly or indirectly hire, offer to hire, divert, entice away, solicit or in any other manner persuade, or attempt to do any of the foregoing (each, a “ Solicitation ”), any person or entity who is (or who was during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to such Solicitation) an officer, employee, agent or individual consultant of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or an acquisition prospect of the Company, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for, Executive or any third party, (x) engage in a Solicitation with respect to any person who was, at any time within six (6) months prior to the Solicitation, an officer, employee, agent or individual consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for Executive or any other third party engaged in a Competitive Business, or (y) solicit or do business with any customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company which Executive knew about at the time of termination of employment or any potential customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company, with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries undertook substantial actions: (i) in any manner which interferes with such person’s relationship or potential relationship with the Company or its

 

13



 

subsidiaries, or any such potential acquisition target of the Company, as the case may be, or (ii) in an effort to obtain such person as a customer, client, supplier, consultant, salesman, agent or representative to any Competitive Business, or (z) work together in any business or enterprise involving wealth management services (other than the Company and its affiliates) with any other current or former senior executives of the Company. As used in this Section 8 , the term “ subsidiaries ” refers to both direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company.

 

8.2                                Nondisclosure . Executive shall not at any time, whether during or after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, except as permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6 below, reveal to any person any Confidential Information (as defined below) except to employees or agents of the Company who need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of their employment or activities on behalf of the Company, or as otherwise authorized by the Company in writing. The term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any non-public information concerning the organization, business or finances of the Company or its subsidiaries, or of any third party that the Company is under an obligation to keep confidential that is maintained by the Company as confidential. Such Confidential Information shall include trade secrets or confidential information respecting acquisition models, services, inventions, products, designs, methods, know-how, techniques, systems, processes, engineering data, software programs and software code, works of authorship, customer and supplier lists, customer and supplier information, financial information, pricing information, business plans, projects, plans, notes, memoranda, reports, data, sketches, specifications and proposals. Except as permitted under Sections 8.5 and 8.6 below, Executive shall keep confidential all matters entrusted to Executive and shall not use or attempt to use any Confidential Information except as may be required in the ordinary course of performing Executive’s duties as an employee of the Company, nor shall Executive use any Confidential Information in any manner which injures or causes losses to the Company.

 

8.3                                Assignment of Developments . If at any time or times during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall (either alone or with others) make, conceive, create, discover, invent or reduce to practice any Development (as defined below) that (a) relates to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used in relation therewith; (b) results from tasks assigned to Executive by the Company; or (c) results from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company, then all such Developments and the benefits thereof are and shall immediately become the sole and absolute property of the Company and its assigns, as works made for hire or otherwise. The term “ Development ” shall mean any invention, modification, discovery, design, development, improvement, process, software program, work of authorship, documentation, formula, business model, data, technique, know-how, trade secret or intellectual property right whatsoever or any interest therein (whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright, trademark or similar statutes or subject to analogous protection). Executive shall promptly disclose to the Company (or any persons designated by it) each such Development. Executive hereby assigns all rights (including rights to inventions, patentable subject matter, copyrights and trademarks) Executive may have or may acquire in any of the Developments and all benefits or rights resulting therefrom to the Company and its assigns without further compensation and shall communicate, without cost or delay, and without disclosing to others the

 

14



 

same, all available information relating thereto (with all necessary plans and models) to the Company.

 

8.4                                Nondisparagement . Except as permitted under Section 8.6 below, Executive shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective predecessors and successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. The Company shall not, and agrees to instruct its senior executives not to, malign, denigrate or disparage Executive with respect to any of Executive’s past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray Executive in an unfavorable light. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any person from making any truthful statement to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order such person to disclose or make accessible such information.

 

8.5                                Certain Permitted Uses of Trade Secrets . Misappropriation of a trade secret of the Company in breach of this Agreement may subject Executive to liability under the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (the “ DTSA ”), entitle the Company to injunctive relief and require Executive to pay compensatory damages, double damages and attorneys’ fees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Executive hereby is notified in accordance with the DTSA that Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, in each case solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Executive is further notified that if Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Executive may disclose the Company’s trade secrets to Executive’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if Executive files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

 

8.6                                Permitted Disclosures . Nothing in this Agreement will prevent or restrict Executive from: (a) reporting possible violations of federal, state, or local law or regulation to, or discussing any such possible violations with, any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, including by initiating communications directly with, responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before any federal, state, or local regulatory authority or agency or self-regulatory organization, including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, FINRA, and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or making any other disclosures that are protected by the whistleblower provisions of any federal, state, or local law or regulation, in each case, without notice to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement limits Executive’s right, if any, to receive an award for information provided to the SEC.

 

15



 

9.                                       Further Assurances . Executive shall, during Executive’s employment with the Company and at any time thereafter, at the request and cost of the Company, promptly sign, execute, make and do all such deeds, documents, acts and things as the Company and its duly authorized officers may reasonably request, to: (a) apply for, obtain, register and vest in the name of the Company alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patents, copyrights, trademarks or other analogous protection in any country throughout the world relating to any Development and when so obtained or vested to renew and restore the same; and (b) defend any judicial, opposition or other proceedings in respect of such applications and any judicial, opposition or other proceeding, petition or application for revocation of any such patent, copyright, trademark or other analogous protection. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure Executive’s signature on any application for patent, copyright, trademark or other analogous protection or other documents regarding any legal protection relating to a Development, whether because of Executive’s physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever. Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in Executive’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such application or applications or other documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patent, copyright or trademark registrations or any other legal protection thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed personally by Executive.

 

10.                                Representations; Agreements .

 

10.1                         Executive represents that his performance of all of the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any restrictive covenants agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive has not entered into, and shall not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

 

10.2                         Executive agrees that any breach of this Agreement may cause irreparable damage to the Company and that in the event of such breach the Company shall have, in addition to any and all remedies of law, the right to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent the violation of Executive’s obligations hereunder.

 

10.3                         Except as set forth in this Agreement, Executive understands that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue Executive’s employment.

 

10.4                         Executive is not an officer, director, manager, employee or greater-than-3% stockholder in any Competitive Business of the Company.

 

11.                                Indemnification . Executive shall not be liable to the Company or any other person or entity who has an interest in the Company for any loss, damage or claim (a “ Loss ”) (or any expenses or costs associated therewith (“ Costs ”)) incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by Executive in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Executive by this Agreement, except that Executive shall be liable for any such Loss and Costs incurred by reason

 

16



 

of Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law. To the full extent permitted by applicable law, Executive shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any Loss or Costs incurred by Executive by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by Executive in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on Executive by this Agreement, except that Executive shall not be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any Loss or Costs incurred by Executive by reason of Executive’s gross negligence, intentional misconduct, or a knowing violation of law with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section 11 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Member, Manager or Officer (each term as defined within the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time) shall have personal liability on account thereof. The Company shall advance Costs incurred by or on behalf of Executive in connection with any Loss within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Company from Executive of a statement requesting such advances from time to time; provided , however , such statement provides reasonable documentary evidence of such Costs and provides a written undertaking by Executive to repay any and all advanced Costs in the event Executive is ultimately determined to not be entitled to indemnification by the Company.

 

12.                                Amendments; Waiver . Any amendment to or modification of this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Company and Executive. Any waiver of any provision hereof, shall be in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought. Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.

 

13.                                Assignment . The Company shall assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns (subject to the terms and conditions contained herein), and such successor or assign shall explicitly assume this Agreement, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said successors or assigns. This Agreement, being for the personal services of Executive, shall not be assignable by Executive.

 

14.                                Certain Definitions . As used herein, the term “ person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, joint venture, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, bank, association, cooperative, trust, estate, government, governmental, administrative or regulatory body, or other entity of any nature. As used herein, the term “ including ” (in its various forms) means “including, without limitation.” As used herein, any Incentive Unit, Unit, equity award or equity interest that is “ held ” by Executive shall include any such Incentive Unit, Unit, equity award or equity interest, whether vested or unvested, that is held directly by Executive or which is held by or placed in a trust or other estate planning vehicle. The Board shall make all decisions or determinations hereunder on behalf of the Company.

 

15.                                Notices . All notices, consents or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or one (1) business day after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges prepaid. Notices also may be given by facsimile and shall be effective on the date transmitted if sent during business hours, or, if sent outside of business hours, on the following business day. Notice to Executive shall be sent to Executive’s most recent address of record with the Company. Notice to the Company shall be sent to:

 

17



 

Focus Financial Partners, LLC
825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor
New York NY 10022
Attn: General Counsel
E-mail: Rmcgranahan@ffpar.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

c/o Stone Point Capital LLC
20 Horseneck Lane
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830
Attn: Peter M. Mundheim
E-mail: pmundheim@stonepoint.com

 

Either party may change its address for notice and the address to which copies must be sent by giving notice of the new addresses to the other party in accordance with this Section 15 , provided , however , that any such change of address notice shall not be effective unless and until received.

 

16.                                Governing Law; Forum Selection Clause, Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement and any claims arising out of this Agreement (or any other claims arising out of the relationship between the parties) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the internal and domestic laws of such state, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws of such state that would require the application of the laws or rules of any other jurisdiction. Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other shall be commenced and maintained in any state or federal court located in the City, County and State of New York, and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court. Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such party would not, in the event of any action, suit or proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other party hereto has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waiver and certifications in this Section 16 .

 

17.                                Survival . Sections 4 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 18 and 19 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company regardless of the manner of such termination and shall be binding upon each of Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

18.                                Severability . The parties hereby agree that each provision herein shall be treated as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause shall in no way impair the enforceability of any other clauses of the Agreement. If one or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad in scope, activity, subject or otherwise so as to be unenforceable at law, such provisions shall be construed by the appropriate judicial body by limiting or reducing it (or them) so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent under the applicable law. The parties hereby further agree that the language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

 

18



 

19.                                Entire Agreement; Miscellaneous . Except as set forth below, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof (including the Original Employment Agreement), except to the extent that any other documents, agreements or understandings are specifically referenced herein, including, without limitation, any award agreements, omnibus agreements, the Focus Financial Partners, LLC Annual Cash Bonus Plan and Incentive Unit Plan and any Incentive Unit Agreements, and the Company’s limited liability company operating agreement as amended and in effect from time to time, each of which shall survive in accordance with their respective terms as modified herein. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent that this Agreement is in direct conflict with the terms of any document that governs Executive’s equity awards or equity interests, the provision that is most favorable to Executive shall control. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4 and 13 , this Agreement shall bind, benefit and be enforceable by and against Executive and Executive’s heirs, personal representatives, estate and beneficiaries, and the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (.pdf) signature delivery), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original hereof, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one (1) counterpart hereof. Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not affect its interpretation.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

19


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have entered into this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Focus Financial Partners, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruediger Adolf

 

Name:

Ruediger Adolf

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

/s/ James Shanahan

 

James Shanahan

 

 



 

Exhibit A
Board Memberships

 

None.

 

Exhibit A- 1



 

Exhibit B
Incentive Units

 

Incentive Unit
Certificate Number

 

Grant Date

 

Hurdle Price

 

Number of Incentive
Units

 

1736

 

10/4/2013

 

$

11.00

 

70,000

 

1796

 

1/27/2014

 

$

11.00

 

70,000

 

1907

 

12/5/2014

 

$

13.00

 

75,000

 

11024

 

12/28/2015

 

$

19.00

 

90,000

 

 

Exhibit B- 1



 

Exhibit C
Form of Release

 

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the special payments and benefits to be provided in connection with the termination of my employment in accordance with Section 4.4 (including if such payments and benefits become payable pursuant to Section 4.6) or Section 4.8 of the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of           , 2017 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Employment Agreement ”) between Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and me, I, on my own behalf and on behalf of my personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees and all others connected with me, hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its affiliates and all of their respective past and present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, controlling persons, employees, agents, representatives, successors and assigns and all others connected with any of them (the “ Released Parties ”), both individually and in their official capacities, from any and all rights, liabilities, claims, damages, demands and causes of action, whether statutory or at common law (including any claim for salary, benefits, payments, expenses, costs, attorney’s fees, damages, penalties, compensation, remuneration, contractual entitlements) (collectively, “ Claims ”) relating to any matter occurring on or prior to the date of my signing of this Release, including any Claims resulting from, arising out of, or connected with my employment or its termination and any other Claims pursuant to: (a) any federal, state, foreign or local law, regulation or other requirement (including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, and any other local, state, or federal anti-discrimination or anti-retaliation law, each as amended from time to time); (b) any other local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance; (c) any public policy or common law; and (d) any contract I may have with any Released Party, including the Employment Agreement (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”); provided, however, that the foregoing release shall not apply to (i) any right explicitly set forth in the Employment Agreement to any payments and benefits to be provided in connection with the termination of my employment, (ii) any right or claim that arises after the date this release is executed, (iii) any right I may have to vested or accrued benefits or entitlements under any applicable plan, agreement, program, award, policy or arrangement of the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates to the extent consistent with the Employment Agreement, (iv) my right to indemnification and advancement of expenses in accordance with applicable laws and/or the certificate of incorporation and by-laws, limited liability company agreement or other governing documents of the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, or any applicable insurance policy, or (v) any right I may have to obtain contribution as permitted by law in the event of entry of judgment against me as a result of any act or failure to act for which I, on the one hand, and any Released Party, on the other hand, are jointly liable. This Release includes matters attributable to the sole or partial negligence (whether gross or simple) or other fault, including strict liability, of any Released Party.

 

Notwithstanding the release of liability contained herein, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing any charge or claim of discrimination (including a challenge to the validity of this Release) with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ) , the National Labor Relations Board, or another federal, state, or local government agency. I retain the right to participate in any such proceeding, provided that I hereby waive any right I otherwise would have to recover monetary damages in connection with any charge, complaint, or lawsuit filed by me or

 

Exhibit C- 1



 

by anyone else on my behalf. I retain the right to communicate with the EEOC and comparable state or local agencies and such communication can be initiated by me or in response to a communication from any such agency, and is not limited by any obligation contained in this General Release. However, I understand and agree that I am waiving any and all rights to recover any monetary or personal relief as a result of such EEOC or other government agency proceeding or subsequent legal action.

 

In signing this Release, I acknowledge that (a) I have carefully read this Release; (b) I have had at least twenty-one (21) days from the date of notice of termination of my employment, or in the event that such termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such notice date, to consider the terms of this Release and that such time has been sufficient; (c) I am hereby encouraged by the Company to seek the advice of an attorney prior to signing this Release and have had adequate opportunity to do so; (d) I am not entitled to the consideration set forth in Sections 4.4, 4.6, and/or 4.8 of the Employment Agreement but for my entry into, and non-revocation of, this Release within the time provided to do so; and (e) I am signing this Release voluntarily and with a full understanding and acceptance of its terms, I understand the final and binding effect of this Release, and the only promises made to me to sign this Release are those stated in the Employment Agreement and herein.

 

I understand that I may revoke this Release at any time within seven (7) days of the date of my signing by providing written notice to the Company of such revocation so that such notice is received by the Company no later than 11:59 P.M. New York time on the seventh (7th) day after I sign this Release and that this Release will take effect only upon the expiration of such seven-day (7) revocation period (the “ Effective Date ”) and only if I have not timely revoked it.

 

Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Exhibit C- 2




Exhibit 10.1 7

 

INCENTIVE UNIT
AWARD AGREEMENT

 

INCENTIVE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is executed this           day of               , 20     (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and                       (the “ Unit Holder ”), to become effective                           (the “ Effective Date ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of July 3, 2017 (as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Operating Agreement ”) or as applicable, in the Restricted Incentive Unit Plan of the Company (as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to issue to the Unit Holder Incentive Units (all of such Incentive Units issued to the Unit Holder hereunder are referred to herein as the “ Incentive Units ”).

 

WHEREAS , it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Incentive Units that the Incentive Units be subject to restrictions as set forth in this Agreement and in the Operating Agreement; and

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Issuance of Units .

 

(a)                                  The Company hereby issues to the Unit Holder the number of Incentive Units set forth below the Unit Holder’s name on the signature page hereto, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Operating Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Hurdle Amount per Incentive Unit shall be as set forth below the Unit Holder’s name on the signature page attached hereto. The Company shall have full discretion and authority to make all calculations, interpretations or other determinations relating to the Hurdle Amount, and all such decisions shall be final and binding upon the Unit Holder or any beneficiary of the Unit Holder.

 

(c)                                   In connection with the acquisition of the Incentive Units hereunder, the Unit Holder represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(i)                                      the Incentive Units to be acquired by the Unit Holder pursuant to this Agreement will be acquired for the Unit Holder’s own account, for investment only and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any applicable state securities laws, and the

 



 

Incentive Units will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or this Agreement or the Operating Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the Unit Holder is either an employee, officer, director, member, manager, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (or of a third-party management company providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) or is a trust or other estate planning entity established on behalf of such an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or of a third-party management company providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, and has generally such knowledge and experience in business and financial matters and with respect to investments in securities of privately held companies so as to enable him or her to understand and evaluate the risks and benefits of his or her investment in the Incentive Units;

 

(iii)                                the Unit Holder has no need for liquidity in his or her investment in the Incentive Units and is able to bear the economic risk of his or her investment in the Incentive Units for an indefinite period of time and understands that the Incentive Units have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, by reason of the issuance of the Incentive Units in a transaction exempt from the registration and qualification requirements of the Securities Act or such state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered or qualified under the Securities Act or such state securities laws or an exemption from such registration or qualification is available;

 

(iv)                               the Unit Holder understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to the Unit Holder) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on satisfaction of various conditions and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may only afford the basis for sales under certain circumstances and only in limited amounts;

 

(v)                                  the Unit Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the Company as he or she has requested;

 

(vi)                               the Unit Holder understands that the Unit Holder’s ownership of the Incentive Units will have tax consequences to the Unit Holder, including, without limitation, responsibility to pay taxes from Company profits allocated to the Incentive Units under the Operating Agreement; and the Unit Holder has had opportunity to discuss the foregoing matters with the Unit Holder’s tax advisor; and

 

(vii)                            if and only if the “Unit Holder” party to this Agreement is a trust or other estate planning vehicle established by an employee, officer, director, member, manager, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (or of a third-party management company providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) (in any such case, a “ Principal ”), the Unit Holder expressly acknowledges and agrees that (A) the grant of Incentive Units hereunder is expressly conditional on the ongoing service of the Principal to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, (B) any rights granted to Unit Holder hereunder and pursuant to the Operating Agreement shall cease and

 

2



 

be of no further force or effect upon the cessation of employment or service by the Principal with respect to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (except that the Unit Holder shall be entitled to retain any Vested Incentive Units that became vested prior to such cessation of employment or service by the Principal subject to the terms of this Agreement) and (C) the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply to any Principal as if such Principal was a direct party to this Agreement, and any breach by a Principal of the provisions of said Section 5 shall be specifically enforceable against Unit Holder in addition to any available remedy of the Company or its Subsidiaries against such Principal.

 

2.                                       Units .

 

(a)                                  The Incentive Units shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Unit Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Unit Holder does not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which the Unit Holder is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which the Unit Holder is subject.

 

(c)                                   As an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Unit Holder acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(i)                                      no provision contained herein shall entitle the Unit Holder (or a Principal, if applicable) to remain in the employment or service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or affect the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate its employment or other relationship with the Unit Holder (or a Principal, if applicable) at any time for any reason; and

 

(ii)                                   except as provided in any other agreement between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Unit Holder (if any), the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to the Unit Holder, and the Unit Holder shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, at any time prior to, upon or in connection with the forfeiture of the Incentive Units upon the termination of the Unit Holder’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Incentive Units .

 

(a)                                  The Unit Holder shall forfeit his or her right to participate in distributions from the Company pursuant to the Operating Agreement in respect of the Incentive Units subject to vesting and will forfeit all Incentive Units subject to vesting upon the termination of the Unit Holder’s (or a Principal’s, if applicable) employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except as otherwise provided for in any applicable Employment Agreement) and any Vested Incentive Units held by the Unit Holder at that time shall remain subject to the applicable terms set forth in the Operating Agreement, the Plan, this Agreement and any applicable Employment Agreement.

 

3



 

(b)                                  For so long as the Unit Holder (or a Principal, if applicable) remains employed by or in the service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Incentive Units will become “vested” (the “ Vested Incentive Units ”) (and no longer be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 3(a)  above) pursuant to the following schedule:

 

[TBD]

 

(c)                                   In the event that any Incentive Units are forfeited pursuant to this Section 3 , the Unit Holder (and any Principal, if applicable) and his or her successors or assigns shall take (at the Company’s expense) all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals and take all other actions necessary and desirable to facilitate consummation of such forfeiture.

 

(d)                                  Any distributions under the Operating Agreement that are made on account of any portion of the Incentive Units that have not vested pursuant to this Section 3 as of the date of such distribution (and which have not been forfeited pursuant to this Section 3 ), other than distributions required by Section 8.03 of the Operating Agreement, shall be deposited into an escrow account established by the Company, which amounts shall be released to the Unit Holder if, as and when the forfeiture obligations with respect to such Incentive Units (or portion thereof) under this Section 3 lapse . Amounts shall be released from the escrow account to pay any and all taxes on the income assessed on the escrow account. Any amounts remaining in the escrow account in respect of Incentive Units which have been forfeited in accordance with Section 3 shall be released from the escrow and returned to the Company.

 

4.                                       Restrictions on Transfer, Voting and Distributions .

 

(a)                                  The Company and the Unit Holder acknowledge and agree that the Incentive Units are subject to and restricted by the Operating Agreement and has agreed to join the Operating Agreement as a member by execution of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Operating Agreement, no Incentive Units which have not vested pursuant to Section 3 hereof may be Transferred to any Person. The Vested Incentive Units may be transferred in accordance with the Operating Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Unit Holder acknowledges that the Incentive Units (whether vested or not vested) shall not have any voting or other consent or approval rights under the Operating Agreement unless expressly set forth therein.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 3 hereof, the Unit Holder acknowledges that he or she shall be entitled to distributions under the Operating Agreement in respect of the Incentive Units (whether or not vested) only at such times and in such circumstances as set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

5.                                       Restrictive Covenants and Other Agreements of Unit Holder .

 

(a)                                  During the Unit Holder’s employment or service period with the Company or its Subsidiaries and for one (1) year thereafter following any termination of employment or service, the Unit Holder shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, member, employee or consultant or equity-holder of any entity: (i) provide any wealth management services, including personal financial planning or personal advisory services of the

 

4



 

type provided or contemplated to be provided by the Company or its Subsidiaries at the time of such termination to any individual or entity anywhere in the continental United States (a “ Competitive Business ”); (ii) provide finder, broker or financial advisory services to any Competitive Business; (iii) interfere with any potential acquisition by the Company or its Subsidiaries of any other business or discourage any party to any such potential acquisition from engaging in any such transaction; or (iv) provide any services currently provided by the Company to or on behalf of its Subsidiaries or affiliates to any business or enterprise that is similar to, or otherwise competitive with, the Company.

 

(b)                                  In addition, during the Unit Holder’s employment or service period with the Company or its Subsidiaries and for one (1) year thereafter, the Unit Holder shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, member, employee or consultant or equity-holder of any entity: (i) directly or indirectly hire, offer to hire, divert, entice away, solicit or in any other manner persuade, or attempt to do any of the foregoing (each, a “ Solicitation ”), any person or entity who is (or who was during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to such Solicitation) an officer, employee, agent or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or other acquisition prospects of the Company, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for, the Unit Holder or any third party; (ii) engage in a Solicitation with respect to any person who was, at any time within twelve (12) months prior to the Solicitation, an officer, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for the Unit Holder or any other third party engaged in a Competitive Business; (iii) solicit or do business with any customer or client of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company, any potential customer or client of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company (A) in any manner which interferes with such person’s relationship or potential relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any such potential acquisition target of the Company, as the case may be, or (B) in an effort to obtain such person as a customer, client, supplier, consultant, salesman, agent or representative to any Competitive Business; or (iv) work together in any business or enterprise involving wealth management services (other than the Company and its affiliates) with any other current or former senior executives of the Company. As used in this Section 5 , the term “ Subsidiaries ” refers to both direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(c)                                   The Unit Holder shall not at any time, whether during or after the termination of the Unit Holder’s employment or service with the Company or its Subsidiaries, reveal to any person any Confidential Information (as defined below) except to employees or agents of the Company or its Subsidiaries who need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of their employment or activities on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or as otherwise authorized by the Company in writing. The term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any non-public information concerning the organization, business or finances of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or of any third party for whom the Company is under an obligation to keep information confidential that is maintained by the Company as confidential. Such Confidential Information shall include trade secrets or confidential information in respect of acquisition models, services, inventions, products, designs, methods, know-how, techniques, systems, processes, engineering data, software programs and software code, works of authorship, customer and supplier lists, customer and supplier information, financial information, pricing information, business plans, projects, plans, notes, memoranda, reports, data, sketches, specifications and proposals. The Unit Holder shall keep confidential all matters entrusted to the Unit Holder and

 

5



 

shall not use or attempt to use any Confidential Information except as may be required in the ordinary course of performing the Unit Holder’s duties as an employee, officer, director, agent or other representative of the Company or its Subsidiaries, nor shall the Unit Holder use any Confidential Information in any manner which injures or causes losses to the Company.

 

(d)                                  The Unit Holder shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, its Subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective predecessors and successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light. The Company (on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries) shall not, and agrees to instruct its senior executives not to, malign, denigrate or disparage the Unit Holder with respect to any of the Unit Holder’s past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray the Unit Holder in an unfavorable light. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any person from making any truthful statement to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order such person to disclose or make accessible such information or in connection with the enforcement of a party’s legal or equitable rights.

 

(e)                                   If the Unit Holder is a U.S. taxpayer, within thirty (30) days from the Effective Date, the Unit Holder shall duly file with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company), and shall deliver a copy of such election, as filed with the Internal Revenue Service, to the Company. Such election under Section 83(b) of the Code by any holder of any Incentive Units shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to cause any such Incentive Units to be Vested Incentive Units.

 

(f)                                    In connection with any Change in Control, the Unit Holder agrees (i) to disclose to the Board of Managers of the Company any compensation or consideration of any type, including in respect of restrictive covenants or “goodwill,” to be received by the Unit Holder at or in connection with such transaction, including in connection with any duties, responsibilities or obligations that such the Unit Holder will assume after consummation of such Change in Control and (ii) to cooperate in good faith with the Company and the prospective purchaser in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company to facilitate such Change in Control.

 

(g)                                   The covenants set forth in this Agreement supplement and are in addition to any other covenants to which the Unit Holder is bound, subject to Section 6(b).

 

6.                                       General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such

 

6



 

provision in any other jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Plan, the Operating Agreement and Employment Agreements, if applicable, embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) this Agreement is subject to the Plan and constitutes an Award Agreement under the Plan, (ii) in the event of any conflict between a specific provision of this Agreement and the Plan, the provision in this Agreement shall govern and shall supersede the applicable provision contained in the Plan and (iii) in the event of any conflict between a specific provision of this Agreement and any Employment Agreement, the provision contained in such Employment Agreement shall govern and shall supersede the applicable provision contained herein, except for terms in this Agreement that specifically relate to the Incentive Units granted pursuant to this Agreement and are more favorable to the Unit Holder, which terms shall control with respect to such Incentive Units.

 

(c)                                   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, including by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or other forms of electronic signature delivery, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(d)                                  Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Unit Holder, the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, representative and estate, as the case may be (including subsequent holders of Incentive Units); provided that the rights and obligations of the Unit Holder under this Agreement shall not be Transferable except in connection with a permitted Transfer of Incentive Units hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTS PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION), THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

 

(f)                                    Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement and any such Person granted rights hereunder whether or not such Person is a signatory hereto shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) for any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in

 

7



 

its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party and any such Person granted rights hereunder whether or not such Person is a signatory hereto may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief (without posting any bond or deposit) in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Unit Holder and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of such provisions or affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

(h)                                  Notices . Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally delivered, transmitted via facsimile, mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the address below indicated or at such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder and received when delivered personally, when received if transmitted via facsimile, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one (1) day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

If to the Company, to:

 

825 Third Avenue, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Fax: (650) 475-3927

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

with copy to:

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP
666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
New York, NY 10103
Fax: (917) 849-5370

 

Attn: Robert Seber

 

If to the Unit Holder, at the address of such Unit Holder on the books and records of the Company.

 

(i)                                      Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . All representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

 

(j)                                     Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

8



 

(k)                                  Construction . Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

 

(l)                                      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(m)                              Nouns and Pronouns . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Incentive Unit Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

UNIT HOLDER

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: [Award Recipient]

 

 

 

Number of

 

Incentive Units

 

Issued: [ · ]

 

 

 

Applicable Hurdle Amount

 

Per Incentive Unit: [ · ]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INCENTIVE UNIT AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.1 8

 

This COMMON UNIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of this             day of            ,             (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Focus Financial Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and                 (the “ Unit Holder ”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of July 3, 2017 (as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Operating Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue to the Unit Holder Common Units (all of such Common Units issued to the Unit Holder are referred to herein as the “ Common Units ”).

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition p recedent to the issuance of the Common Units that the Common Units be subject to restrictions as set forth in this Agreement and in the Operating Agreement; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, i n consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Issuance of Units .

 

(a)                                  The Company hereby issues to the Unit Holder the number of Common Units set forth below the Unit Holder’s name on the signature page hereto, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Operating Agreement.

 

(b)                                  In connection with the acquisition of the Common Units hereunder, the Unit Holder represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(i)                                      the Common Units to be acquired by the Unit Holder pursuant to this Agreement will be acquired for the Unit Holder’s own account, for investment only and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any applicable state securities laws, and the Common Units will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws or this Agreement or the Operating Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the Unit Holder is either an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or other representative of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (or of a third-party management company providing services to the Company or one of its subsidiaries) or is a trust or other estate planning entity established on behalf of such an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or other representative of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (or of a third-party management company providing services to the Company

 



 

or one of its subsidiaries), and has generally such knowledge and experience in business and financial matters and with respect to investments in securities of privately held companies so as to enable him or her to understand and evaluate the risks and benefits of his or her investment in the Common Units;

 

(iii)                                the Unit Holder has no need for liquidity in his or her investment in the Common Units and is able to bear the economic risk of his or her investment in the Common Units for an indefinite period of time and understands that the Common Units have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, by reason of the issuance of the Common Units in a transaction exempt from the registration and qualification requirements of the Securities Act or such state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered or qualified under the Securities Act or such state securities laws or an exemption from such registration or qualification is available;

 

(iv)                               the Unit Holder understands that the exemption from registration afforded by Rule 144 (the provisions of which are known to the Unit Holder) promulgated under the Securities Act depends on satisfaction of various conditions and that, if applicable, Rule 144 may only afford the basis for sales under certain circumstances and only in limited amounts;

 

(v)                                  the Unit Holder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the Company as he or she has requested;

 

(vi)                               the Unit Holder understands that the Unit Holder’s ownership of the Common Units will have tax consequences to the Unit Holder, including, without limitation, responsibility to pay taxes from Company profits allocated to the Common Units under the Operating Agreement; and the Unit Holder has had opportunity to discuss the foregoing matters with the Unit Holder’s tax advisor and assess any potential tax filings or elections, such as an election under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

(vii)                            if and only if the “Unit Holder” party to this Agreement is a trust or other estate planning vehicle established by an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or other representative of the Company or one of its subsidiaries (or of a third-party management company providing services to the Company or one of its subsidiaries) (in any such case, a “ Principal ”), the Unit Holder expressly acknowledges and agrees that (A) the grant of Common Units hereunder is expressly conditional on the ongoing service of the Principal to the Company or one of its subsidiaries, (B) any rights granted to Unit Holder hereunder and pursuant to the Operating Agreement shall cease and be of no further force or effect upon the cessation of employment or service by the Principal with respect to the Company or one of its subsidiaries (except that the Unit Holder shall be entitled to retain any Vested Units that became vested prior to such cessation of employment or service by the Principal) and (C) the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply to any Principal as if such Principal was a direct party to this Agreement, and any breach by a Principal of the provisions of said Section 5

 

2



 

shall be specifically enforceable against Unit Holder in addition to any available remedy of the Company or its subsidiaries against such Principal.

 

2.                                       Units .

 

(a)                                  The Common Units shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Unit Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Unit Holder does not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which the Unit Holder is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which the Unit Holder is subject.

 

(c)                                   As an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Unit Holder acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(i)                                      no provision contained herein shall entitle the Unit Holder (or a Principal, if applicable) to remain in the employment or service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, if any, or affect the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate its employment or other relationship with the Unit Holder (or a Principal, if applicable) at any time for any reason; and

 

(ii)                                   except as provided in any other agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the Unit Holder (if any), the Company shall have no duty or obligation to disclose to the Unit Holder, and the Unit Holder shall have no right to be advised of, any material information regarding the Company or any of its subsidiaries, if any, at any time prior to, upon or in connection with the forfeiture of the Common Units upon the termination of the Unit Holder’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Common Units .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided expressly herein, the Unit Holder shall forfeit his or her right to participate in distributions from the Company pursuant to the Operating Agreement in respect of the Common Units subject to vesting pursuant to this Agreement and will forfeit all Common Units subject to vesting upon the termination of the Unit Holder’s (or a Principal’s, if applicable) employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  For so long as the Unit Holder (or a Principal, if applicable) remains employed by or in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Common Units will become “vested” (the “ Vested Units ”) (and no longer be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 3(a) above) in accordance with the following schedule:

 

[TBD]

 

(c)                                   In the event that any Common Units are forfeited pursuant to this Section 3, the Unit Holder (and any Principal, if applicable) and his or her successors or assigns shall take (at

 

3



 

the Company’s expense) all steps necessary and desirable to obtain all required third-party, governmental and regulatory consents and approvals and take all other actions necessary and desirable to facilitate consummation of such forfeiture.

 

(d)                                  Any distributions under the Operating Agreement that are made on account of any portion of the Common Units that have not vested pursuant to this Section 3 as of the date of such distribution (and which have not been forfeited pursuant to this Section 3), other than distributions required by Section 8.04 of the Operating Agreement, shall be deposited into an escrow account established by the Company, which amounts shall be released to the Unit Holder if, as and when the forfeiture obligations with respect to such Common Units under this Section 3 lapse.  Amounts shall be released from the escrow account to pay any and all taxes on the income assessed on the escrow account.  Any amounts remaining in the escrow account in respect of Common Units which have been forfeited in accordance with Section 3 shall be released from the escrow and returned to the Company.

 

4.                                       Restrictions on Transfer, Voting and Distributions .

 

(a)                                  The Company and the Unit Holder acknowledge and agree that the Common Units are subject to and restricted by the Operating Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Operating Agreement, no Common Units which have not vested pursuant to Section 3 hereof may be transferred to any person.  The Vested Units may be transferred in accordance with the Operating Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Unit Holder acknowledges that the Common Units granted pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent such Common Units have become Vested Units, shall have the voting and other consent or approval rights set forth in the Operating Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, Common Units granted pursuant to this Agreement that have not become Vested Units shall not have voting or other consent or approval rights for purposes of the Operating Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 3 hereof, the Unit Holder acknowledges that he or she shall be entitled to distributions under the Operating Agreement in respect of the Common Units (whether or not vested) only at such times and in such circumstances as set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

5.                                       Restrictive Covenants of Unit Holder .

 

(a)                                  During the Unit Holder’s employment or service period with the Company or its subsidiaries and for one-hundred-eighty (180) days thereafter following any termination of employment or service, the Unit Holder shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or consultant or equity-holder of any entity: (i) provide any wealth management services, including personal financial planning or personal advisory services of the type provided or contemplated to be provided by the Company or its subsidiaries at the time of such termination to any individual or entity anywhere in the continental United States (a “ Competitive Business ”); (ii) provide finder, broker or financial advisory services to any Competitive Business; (iii) interfere with any potential acquisition by the Company or its subsidiaries of any other business or discourage any party to any such potential acquisition from

 

4



 

engaging in any such transaction; or (iv) provide any services currently provided by the Company to or on behalf of its subsidiaries or affiliates to any business or enterprise that is similar to, or otherwise competitive with, the Company.

 

(b)                                  In addition, during the Unit Holder’s employment or service period with the Company or its subsidiaries and for twelve (12) months thereafter, the Unit Holder shall not, directly or indirectly, alone or as a partner, officer, director, manager, employee or consultant or equity-holder of any entity: (i) directly or indirectly hire, offer to hire, divert, entice away, solicit or in any other manner persuade, or attempt to do any of the foregoing (each, a “ Solicitation ”), any person or entity who is (or who was during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to such Solicitation) an officer, employee, agent or consultant of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or other acquisition prospects of the Company, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for, the Unit Holder or any third party; (ii) engage in a Solicitation with respect to any person who was, at any time within twelve (12) months prior to the Solicitation, an officer, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to accept employment with, or otherwise work for the Unit Holder or any other third party engaged in a Competitive Business; (iii) solicit or do business with any customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company, any potential customer or client of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any potential acquisition target of the Company (A) in any manner which interferes with such person’s relationship or potential relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries, or any such potential acquisition target of the Company, as the case may be, or (B) in an effort to obtain such person as a customer, client, supplier, consultant, salesman, agent or representative to any Competitive Business; or (iv) work together in any business or enterprise involving wealth management services (other than the Company and its affiliates) with any other current or former senior executives of the Company.

 

(c)                                   The Unit Holder shall not at any time, whether during or after the termination of the Unit Holder’s employment or service with the Company or its subsidiaries, reveal to any person any Confidential Information (as defined below) except to employees or agents of the Company or its subsidiaries who need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of their employment or activities on behalf of the Company or its subsidiaries, or as otherwise authorized by the Company in writing.  The term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any non-public information concerning the organization, business or finances of the Company or its subsidiaries, or of any third party for whom the Company is under an obligation to keep information confidential that is maintained by the Company as confidential.  Such Confidential Information shall include trade secrets or confidential information in respect of acquisition models, services, inventions, products, designs, methods, know-how, techniques, systems, processes, engineering data, software programs and software code, works of authorship, customer and supplier lists, customer and supplier information, financial information, pricing information, business plans, projects, plans, notes, memoranda, reports, data, sketches, specifications and proposals.  The Unit Holder shall keep confidential all matters entrusted to the Unit Holder and shall not use or attempt to use any Confidential Information except as may be required in the ordinary course of performing the Unit Holder’s duties as an employee, officer, director, agent or other representative of the Company or its subsidiaries, nor shall the Unit Holder use any Confidential Information in any manner which injures or causes losses to the Company.

 

5



 

(d)                                  The Unit Holder shall not, whether in writing or orally, malign, denigrate or disparage the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates or their respective predecessors and successors, or any of the current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, members, agents or representatives of any of the foregoing, with respect to any of their respective past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray any of the aforementioned parties in an unfavorable light.  The Company (on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries) shall not, and agrees to instruct its senior executives not to, malign, denigrate or disparage the Unit Holder with respect to any of the Unit Holder’s past or present activities, or otherwise publish (whether in writing or orally) statements that tend to portray the Unit Holder in an unfavorable light.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any person from making any truthful statement to the extent required by law or by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body (including any committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order such person to disclose or make accessible such information or in connection with the enforcement of a party’s legal or equitable rights.

 

6.                                       General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Severability .  It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought.  Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Operating Agreement embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

(c)                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, including by facsimile, portable document format (.pdf) or other forms of electronic signature delivery, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(d)                                  Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Unit Holder, the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, representative and estate, as the case may be (including subsequent holders of Common Units); provided that the rights and obligations of the Unit Holder under this Agreement shall not be assignable except in connection with a permitted

 

6



 

transfer of Common Units hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTS PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION), THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED.  IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY.

 

(f)                                    Remedies .  Each of the parties to this Agreement and any such person granted rights hereunder whether or not such person is a signatory hereto shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees) for any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party and any such person granted rights hereunder whether or not such person is a signatory hereto may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief (without posting any bond or deposit) in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Amendment and Waiver .  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and the Unit Holder and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of such provisions or affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

(h)                                  Notices .  Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally delivered, transmitted via facsimile, mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the address below indicated or at such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.  Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder and received when delivered personally, when received if transmitted via facsimile, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one (1) day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

If to the Company, to:

 

825 Third Avenue, 27 th  Floor

New York, New York 10022

Fax: (650) 475-3927

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

with copy to:

 

7



 

Vinson & Elkins LLP

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10103

Fax: (917) 849-5370

Attn: Robert Seber

 

If to the Unit Holder, to:

 

Name

Street

City, State ZIP

 

(i)                                      Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

 

(j)                                     Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

(k)                                  Construction .  Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates.  The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

 

(l)                                      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(m)                              Nouns and Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Common Unit Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIT HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Name

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

Common Units

 

Issued: # of units

 

 

 

Current Price

 

Per Common Unit: [$]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMMON UNIT AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.1 9

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of         , 2018 by and between Focus Financial Partners Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                (“Indemnitee”).  This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as may be amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as may be amended, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).  The Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, as well as any rights

 



 

of Indemnitees under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and this Agreement and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Services to the Company.   Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee, as a director or officer of another Enterprise (as defined below), as applicable. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or any Enterprise, as applicable, as provided in Section 16 hereof.

 

Section 2.                                            Definitions.   As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b)                                  A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

i.                                           Acquisition of Stock by Third Party.  Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the

 

2



 

Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

ii.                                        Change in Board of Directors.  During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

iii.                                     Corporate Transactions.  The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Surviving Entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Surviving Entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such Surviving Entity;

 

iv.                                    Liquidation.  The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

v.                                       Other Events.  There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(A)                                “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(B)                                “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(C)                                “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise

 

3



 

becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(D)                                “Surviving Entity” shall mean the surviving entity in a merger or consolidation or any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, such surviving entity.

 

(c)                                   “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(d)                                  “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                   “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(f)                                    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and other costs of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with, or as a result of, prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a deponent or witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be, and (iii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, by litigation or otherwise.  The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g)                                   “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either

 

4



 

such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(h)                                  The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, regulatory or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.  If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

 

(i)                                      Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                            Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings.   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for

 

5



 

indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

 

Section 4.                                            Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  If applicable law so provides, no indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction (after the time for an appeal has expired) to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court (as hereinafter defined) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 5.                                            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.                                            Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, is or was made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests in any Proceeding or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.                                            Partial Indemnification.   If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6



 

Section 8.                                            Additional Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Section 8(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

i.                                           to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

 

ii.                                        to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

Section 9.                                            Exclusions.   Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

(b)                                  for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; provided that the Company shall advance Expenses in connection with Indemnitee’s defense of a claim under Section 16(b), which advances shall be repaid to the Company if it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification; or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements); or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

 

(c)                                   except as provided in Section 14(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any

 

7



 

part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) such payment arises in connection with any mandatory counterclaim or cross claim or affirmative defense brought or raised by Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

Section 10.                                     Advances of Expenses.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 14(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(c), and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  In accordance with Section 14(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.  The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) by the Company pursuant to this Section 10, if and only to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final non-appealable judgment or other final non-appealable adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement.  This Section 10 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

 

Section 11.                                     Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

 

(a)                                  Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof.  The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding, in each case, to the extent known to Indemnitee.  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding.  The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

(b)                                  The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

8


 

(c)                                   The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (in whole or in part) if such settlement would impose any Expense, judgment, liability, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee which Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Section 12.                                     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case:  (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.  The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

 

(b)                                  In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b).  If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall

 

9



 

act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

(c)                                   If the Company disputes a portion of the amounts for which indemnification is requested, the undisputed portion shall be paid and only the disputed portion withheld pending resolution of any such dispute.

 

Section 13.                                     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a)                                  In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 14(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(b) shall not

 

10



 

apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement and if ( A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Enterprise.  The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(d) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

(e)                                   The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 14.                                     Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 14(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been

 

11



 

made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder.  The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

 

12



 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

Section 15.                                     Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise and (ii) shall be interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement and insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Proceeding, Expense, liability or matter that is the subject of the Indemnity Obligations (as defined below), (ii) the

 

13



 

Company shall be primarily liable for all Indemnity Obligations and any indemnification afforded to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding, Expense, liability or matter that is the subject of Indemnity Obligations, whether created by applicable law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated to indemnify Indemnitee or advance Expenses or liabilities to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company hereunder, (iv) the Company shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses or liabilities to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or insurer of any such Person and (v) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company hereunder. In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Indemnity Obligation owed by the Company or payable under any Company insurance policy, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment of an Indemnity Obligation by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for any Indemnity Obligation to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. Any indemnification, insurance or advancement provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated with respect to any liability arising as a result of Indemnitee’s status as director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or capacity as an officer or director of any Person is specifically in excess over any Indemnity Obligation of the Company or valid and any collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company under this Agreement. As used herein, the term “Indemnity Obligations” shall mean all obligations of the Company to Indemnitee under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, this Agreement or otherwise, including the Company’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

 

Section 16.                                     Duration of Agreement.   This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or any other Enterprise, as applicable, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding (including any appeal thereof) commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement relating thereto.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives. The Company shall require and shall cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to, by written agreement, expressly assume and agree to perform this

 

14



 

Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 17.                                     Severability.   Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations hereunder shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 18.                                     Enforcement.

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 19.                                     Modification and Waiver.   No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 20.                                     Notice by Indemnitee.   Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

15



 

Section 21.                                     Notices.   All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to

 

Focus Financial Partners Inc.

825 Third Avenue, 27 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: General Counsel

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 22.                                     Contribution.   To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

Section 23.                                     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.   This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 24.                                     Identical Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the

 

16



 

party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Section 25.                                     Miscellaneous.   Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.  The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

FOCUS FINANCIAL PARTNERS INC.

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Office:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17




Exhibit 21.1

 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

Acorn Insurance Agency, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

Atlas Private Wealth Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Atlas Risk Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

BAM Advisor Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

BAM Risk Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Bartlett & Co. Wealth Management LLC

 

Delaware

 

BFSG, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Bordeaux Wealth Advisors LLC

 

Delaware

 

BRFA Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Brownlie & Braden Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Buckingham Asset Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Campbell Deegan Wealth Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Carnick & Kubik Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

CFO4Life Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Cornerstone Risk Management Advisors, LLC

 

North Carolina

 

Cornerstone Wealth Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Crestwood Advisors Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Dorchester Wealth Management Company

 

Canada

 

Douglas Lane & Associates, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Eton Advisors Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

FFO-HG LLC

 

Delaware

 

FI Services Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

FI Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Financial Professionals Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Flynn Family Office LLC

 

Delaware

 

Focus Australia Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

Focus Canada Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Focus Formation Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Focus International Partners LLC

 

Delaware

 

Focus MW Lomax Australia, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Focus Operating Holding Co.

 

Delaware

 

Focus Operating, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Focus SCS Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

Fort Pitt Capital Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Fortem Financial Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Fortem Financial Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Foundation Investment Management Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Gelfand, Rennert & Feldman, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Gratus Capital, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

Greystone Financial Services (Holdings) Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Greystone Financial Services Limited

 

England and Wales

 

Greystone Wealth Management Limited

 

England and Wales

 

GRF Advisory Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

GW & Wade Asset Management Company, LLC

 

Delaware

 

GW & Wade, LLC

 

Delaware

 

GYL Financial Synergies, LLC

 

Delaware

 

HC Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

HoyleCohen, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Institutional and Family Asset Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Investment Professionals Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

JFS Risk Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

JFS Wealth Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

Joel Isaacson & Co., LLC

 

Delaware

 

Kovitz Investment Group Partners, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Kovitz Securities, LLC

 

Delaware

 

LaFleur & Godfrey LLC

 

Delaware

 

Lake Street Advisors Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Lara, May & Associates, LLC

 

Delaware

 

LLBH Private Wealth Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

LVW Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

LVW Flynn, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Merriman Wealth Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

NKSFB, LLC

 

Delaware

 

One Charles Group Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

One Charles Private Wealth Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

PAM Fiduciary Services Limited, LLC

 

South Dakota

 

Patton Albertson Miller Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Pettinga Financial Advisors LLC

 

Delaware

 

Quadrant Insurance Wealth Structuring, LLC

 

Pennsylvania

 

Quadrant Private Wealth Management, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Relative Value Partners Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Resnick Investment Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Retirement Advisory Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Retirement Benefit Consulting Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Retirement Consulting Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Retirement Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Sapient Private Wealth Management Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

SCS Capital Management LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

SCS Financial Partners LLC

 

Delaware

 

Sentinel Benefits Group, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

Sentinel Benefits Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Sentinel Financial Group, LLC

 

Massachusetts

 

Sentinel Insurance Agency, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

Sentinel Pension Advisors, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

Sentinel Securities, Inc.

 

Massachusetts

 

Strategic Point Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Strategic Point Investment Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Strategic Wealth Partners Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Summit Financial Wealth Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Superannuation Professionals Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Telemus Capital, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

Telemus Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

The Colony Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

The Fiduciary Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

The Portfolio Strategy Group, LLC

 

Delaware

 

TrinityPoint Wealth Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

TrinityPoint Wealth Insurance, LLC

 

Delaware

 

TrinityPoint Wealth, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Vestor Capital Insurance Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Vestor Capital Securities, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Vestor Capital, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Waddell & Associates, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Wespac Advisors, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Wespac Benefit & Insurance Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Legal Name of Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Org

 

Wespac Plan Services, LLC

 

Delaware

 

XML Financial, LLC

 

Delaware

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 20, 2018 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Focus Financial Partners, LLC appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

        We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 20, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Focus Financial Partners Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

        We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
June 29, 2018




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.2


Consent of Independent Auditors

        We hereby consent to the use of our Independent Auditors' Report dated April 27, 2017 on the consolidated financial statements of SCS Financial Services, LLC and Subsidiaries, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading of "Experts" in the prospectus.

/s/ MAYER HOFFMAN MCCANN P.C.

Boston, Massachusetts
June 29, 2018




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Auditors

Exhibit 23.4

 

Consent of Cerulli Associates

 

Reference is made to the Form S-1 registration statement, including any amendments or supplements thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the initial public offering of Class A Common Stock of Focus Financial Partners Inc. (the “ Company ”). We hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement as the source for the factual information and projections included on Exhibit A hereto.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Cerulli Associates

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kurt Cerulli

 

Name:

Kurt Cerulli

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

June 29, 2018

 

Boston, Massachusetts

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Certain information contained in “Prospectus Summary” and “Business” is based on studies, analyses and surveys prepared by Cerulli Associates, Inc. . . . and other third-party sources.

 

According to the Cerulli U.S. RIA Marketplace 2017 Report (the “Cerulli 2017 RIA Report”), in 2017, advisors in the RIA channel allocated 56% of moderate risk investor’s portfolios to equity, 32% to fixed income and cash and 12% to alternatives and other.

 

In 2016, RIAs grew 6.5% to 36,959 total advisors, according to the Cerulli U.S. Advisor Metrics 2017 Report (the “Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report”).  In addition, from 2007 to 2016, RIAs increased their share of total advisors across all channels from 7.0% to 11.9%.  The number of advisors in the RIA channel is expected to reach 42,523 advisors with an advisor headcount share of 14.1% by 2021, based on estimates from the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report.  In addition to a growing number of advisors, the RIA channel is fragmented with 14,693 RIAs as of December 31, 2016, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report.

 

As of December 31, 2016, 20.7% of advisors across all channels worked for RIAs or hybrid RIA firms (those firms that can act either in a fiduciary-based advisory capacity or a suitability-based broker capacity), collectively, and such percentage is expected to grow to 23.2% by the end of 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 RIA Report.

 

Wirehouse asset market share fell from 42.6% to 36.1% between 2007 and 2016 and is expected to fall further to 32.5% by 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report.  Conversely, RIAs and hybrid RIA firms saw an increase in their collective asset market share from 16.8% to 22.7% between 2007 and 2016 and are expected to have an asset market share of 25.0% by 2021, according to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report.

 

According to the Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report, 20% of all RIAs are unsure who their practice successor will be. The Cerulli 2017 Advisor Report found that the average age of an RIA advisor was 53.3 years and 24% of RIA advisors planned to exit the industry in the next nine years.